Skip to main content

Full text of "The Graduate catalog"

See other formats


BOARD  OF 
REGENTS 


Mr.  Allen  L.  Schwait,  Chairman 

Mr.  Ralph  W.  Frey,  Vice  Chairman 

Mr.  A.  Paul  Moss,  Secretary 

Mrs.  Constance  C.  Stuart,  Treasurer 

Mrs.  Betty  R.  Coss,  Assistant  Secretary 

Ms.  Claudia  Ordonez,  Assistant  Treasurer 

The  Hon.  Wayne  A.  Cawley,  Jr.,  Ex  Officio 

Dr.  Joel  A.  Carrington 

Mr.  A.  James  Clark 

Mr.  Frank  A.  Gunther,  Jr. 

The  Hon.  Blair  Lee,  III 

Mr.  George  V.  McGowan 

Mr.  Albert  W.  Turner 

Mr.  J.  Benjamin  Unkle,  Jr. 

Mr.  John  W.  T.  Webb 


OFFICERS  OF  THE 
UNIVERSITY 


Mr 

Dr. 

Dr. 

Dr. 

Mr 

Mr 

OFFICERS  OF  THE 

Dr. 

COLLEGE  PARK 

Dr. 

CAMPUS 

Mr 

Dr.  John  S.  Toll,  President 
Dr.  Albert  H.  Bowker,  Executive  Vice  President 
Dr.  Rita  R.  Colwell,  Vice  President  for  Academic  Affairs 
(vacant),  Vice  President  for  Agricultural  Affairs  and  Provost 
for  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences 

Donald  L.  Myers.  Vice  President  for  General  Administration 
Patricia  S.  Florestano,  Vice  President  for  Governmental 
Relations 

David  S.  Sparks.  Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies 
and  Research 

Leroy  Keith,  Jr.,  Vice  President  for  Policy  and  Planning 
Robert  G.  Smith,  Vice  President  for  University  Relations 
Richard  P.  Siemer,  Acting  Comptroller 


John  B.  Slaughter.  Chancellor 

William  E.  Kirwan,  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 
Charles  F.  Sturtz.  Vice  Chancellor  for  Administrative  Affairs 
Dr.  William  L.  Thomas,  Jr.  Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs 


THE  GRADUATE 
SCHOOL,  COLLEGE 
PARK  CAMPUS 


Dr.  Arnold  Thackray,  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 
and  Research 
(effective  December  1,  1985) 


GRADUATE  CATALOG 


1986 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Archive 

in  2010  with  funding  from 

Lyrasis  Members  and  Sloan  Foundation 


http://www.archive.org/details/graduatecatalog1986univ 


A  Guide  to  Graduate  Programs 


Graduate  Program 

Aerospace  Engineering 
(ENAE) 


Agricultural  &  Extension  Education 
(AEED) 


Degrees  Offered 

M  S  .  PhD 


M.S..  Ph  D  . 
AGS  Certificate 


Agricultural  &  Resource  Economics 
(AREC) 

M  S.  PhD. 

Agricultural  Engineering 
(ENAG) 

MS  ,  Ph  D 

Agronomy 
(AGRO) 

MS  .  Ph  D 

American  Studies 
(AMST) 

MA.  PhD 

Animal  Sciences 
(ADVP) 

M.S.,  Ph.D. 

Anthropology 
(ANTH) 

M  AA 

Applied  Mathematics 
(MAPL) 

MA  .  Ph  D 

Architecture 
(ARCH) 

M  Arch 

Art  (History  or  Studio  Arts) 
(ARTS) 

MA.MF/ 

Astronomy 
(ASTR) 

MS.  Ph.D. 

Biochemistry 
(BCHM) 

MS.  Ph.D. 

Botany 
(BOTN) 

MS..  Ph.D. 

Business  &  Management 
(BMGT) 

MS..  MB./ 

Business/Law  Combined 
(LMBA) 

MBA,  J  D 

Business/Public  Affairs  Combined 
(BMPM) 


MBA.  M.P.M. 


Page     Contact  Person 

59  Dr   Sung  Lee 

BLDG  094 
454-8767 

63  Dr   Clifford  Nelson 

RM   0220.  Symons  Hall 
454-3738 

67  Dr   Bruce  Gardner 

RM    2202A,  Symons  Hall 
454-3806 

71  Dr    Fred  Wheaton 

RM    1124.  Shriver  Lab 
454-3901 

74  Dr   James  Miller 

RM   1109.  HJ.  Patterson  Hall 
454-3718 

78  Dr  John  Caughey 

RM   2140,  Taliaferro 
454-4661 

81  Dr  John  Vandersall 

RM.  4151,  Animal  Science  Bldg 
454-7848 

88  Ms   AnnaMarie  Brennan 

RM    1107.  Woods  Hall 
454-4154 

92  Ms.  Ann  Barlied 

RM    1112,  Glenn  L.  Martin  Bldg 
454-4362 

100         Stephen  F.  Sachs 

RM   1205.  Architec   Bldg. 
454-3427 

106  Ms  Julie  Mamani 
RM  1211.  Art/Soc 
454-3431 

113         Dr   Leo  Blitz 

Astronomy  Program 
454-6061 

117  Dr    Marcia  Durso 

RM.  1320.  Chemistry 
454-5231 

119         Dr   Glenn  Patterson 

RM.  1210.  H.J   Patterson  Hall 
454-3812 

124         Ms   Mary  Ann  Conley 
MBA  Coordinator 
RM    3104.  Tydings  Hall 
454-5140 

127  Ms   Mary  Ann  Conley 
RM   3104,  Tydings  Hall 
454-5140 

128  Ms   Mary  Ann  Conley 
RM   3104,  Tydings  Hall 
454-5140 


Graduate  Program 

Chemical  Engineering 
(ENCH) 


Chemical  Physics 
(CHPH) 


Chemistry 
(CHEM) 


Civil  Engineering 
(ENCE) 


Communication  Arts  &  Theatre 
(CMRT) 


Comparative  Literature 
(CMLT) 


Computer  Science 
(CMSC) 


Counseling  &  Personnel  Services 
(EDCP) 

Criminal  Justice  &  Criminology 
(CRIM) 


Curriculum  &  Instruction 
(EDCI) 

Economics 
(ECON) 

Education  Policy,  Planning  & 

Administration 

(EDPA) 

Electrical  Engineering 
(ENEE) 


Engineering  Materials 
(ENME) 


Degrees  Offered 

M  S  ,  Ph.D. 
M  S  ,  Ph  D 

M  S  .  Ph  D 
M.S..  Ph  D 


MA,  M.F.A.,  Ph.D. 
(see  Public 
Communication) 


MA.  Ph  D. 


M.S.,  Ph.D. 


M.Ed.,  MA,  PhD 
Integrated  Master's 
AGS  certificate 

MA  .  Ph  D 


M.Ed..  MA.  Ed  D  . 
Ph.D.,  AGS  Certificate 


MA,  Ph.D. 


M.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D  , 
Ph.D.,  AGS  Certificate 


M.S.,  PhD 


MS.  Ph  D 


Page    Contact  Person 

143         Dr   Ted  Smith 

R.  2115,  Chemical  Engineering  Bldg 
454-5098 

148         Dr   Michael  Coplan 

RM    1114.  Inst,  for  Physical 
Science  &  Technology 
454-3839 

150         Dr    Marcia  Durso 

RM.  1320.  Chemistry 
454-5231 

157         Dr   James  Colville 

RM.  1173D,  BLDG    088 
454-2438 

167         Dr  Vicki  Freimuth 
Speech 

Dr  James  Webster 
Radio-Television-Film 

Dr   Roger  Meersman 
Theatre 

Tawes  Fine  Arts  Bldg 
454-2541 

180         Dr   John  Fuegi 

RM   4223,  Jiminez  Hall 
454-2685 

183         Graduate  Office 
RM.  2317      , 

Computing  &  Space  Sciences  Bldg 
454-2002 

189         Dr    E.G.  Campbell 

RM.  1210,  Benjamin  Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

197         Dr   Charles  Wellford 

RM.  2220.  Le  Frak  Hall 
454-4538/5318 

200         Dr    E.G.  Campbell 

RM    1210.  Benjamin  Bldg. 
454-2015/3443 

214         Dr   John  Adams 

RM.  3115L.  Tydings  Hall 
454-3451 

223         Dr   E  G.  Campbell 

RM   1210,  Benjamin  Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

233         Dr.  Gilmer  Blackenship 
•     Electrical  Engineering 
454-4173 

244         Dr  John  Hoffman 

RM    1110.  Chemical  Engineering 
454-2434 


Graduate  Program 

English  Language  &  Literature 
(ENGL) 


Entomology 
(ENTM) 

Family  and  Community 

Development 

(FMCD) 

Food,  Nutrition  &  Institution 

Administration 

(FNIA) 

Food  Science 
(FDSC) 

French  Language  &  Literature 
(FRIT) 

Geography 
(GEOG) 

Geography/Library  &  Information 

Services 

(GELS) 

Geology 
(GEOL) 

Germanic  Language  &  Literature 
(GERS) 


Degrees  Offered 

M  A  ,  Ph  D 
M  S  .  Ph  D 
M  S 

M  S  .  Ph  D 


MS  ,  Ph  D 


MA.  Ph  D 


MA..  Ph  D 


MA,  M  L.S. 


MS.  Ph  D 


MA,  Ph  D 


Government  and  Politics 
(GVPT) 

MA, 

Ph  D 

Health  Education 
(HLTH) 

MA  , 

Ph  D 

Hearing  &  Speech  Science 
(HESP) 

MA  . 

Ph  D 

History 
(HIST) 

MA 

Ph  D 

History/Library  &  Information 

Services 

(HILS) 

M  A 

MLS 

Horticulture 
(HORT) 

MS 

Ph  D 

Page     Contact  Person 

248         Dr    Leopold  Damrosch 
RM    1131.  Taliaferro 
454-4109 

253         Dr   Robert  F    Denno 

RM    1300  B.  Symons  Hall 
454-3843 

257         Dr    Roger  Rubin  or 
Dr   Noel  Myncks 
Marie  Mount  Hall.  Suite  1204 
454-2142 

262         Dr   Elizabeth  Prather 
RM    3304 
Mane  Mount  Hall 
454-2139 

269         Dr   Robert  Wiley 

RM.  1122  A,  Holzapfel  Hall 
454-3611/2829 

273         Dr   Madeleine  Therrien 
3123  Jiminez  Hall 
454-4303 

277         Dr   Kenneth  Corey 

RM   1113,  Le  Frak  Hall 
454-2241 

284  Dr    Kenneth  Corey 

RM    1113,  Le  Frak  Hall 
454-2241 

285  Dr   Jerry  Weidner 

RM   4101.  Geology  Building, 
454-3548 

291  Dr   Otto  F.  Best 

RM   3215.  Jiminez  Hall 
454-4301 

297         Dr   Don  Piper 

RM   2181  G,  Le  Frak  Hall 
454-6745 

306         Dr   Roger  Allen 

RM.  2383,  Physical  Education 
Recreation  &  Health 
454-3055 

309         Dr   Sandra  Hamlet 

RM    1000,  Le  Frak  Hall 
454-5831 

314         Dr   James  Gilbert 

RM.  2115,  Francis  Scott  Key  Hall 
454-2846 

327  Ms  Jean  Diepenbrock 
Dr   James  Gilbert 

RM   4110,  Hornbake  Library 
454-3016/2846 

328  Dr   Timothy  Ng 

RM.  1122,  Holzapfel  Hall 
454-2463 


Graduate  Program 

Human  Development 
(EDHD) 


Industrial,  Technological  & 
Occupational  Education 
(EDIT) 


Degrees  Offered      Page    Contact  Person 


M.Ed.,  MA,  Ed  D  , 
Ph.D..  AGS  Certificate 


M.Ed.,  MA,  Ed.D., 
Ph.D.,  AGS  Certificate 


Journalism 
(JOUR) 

MA  (PhD   see  Public 
Communication) 

Library  &  Information  Services 
(LBSC) 

M  L  S  .  Ph  D 

Ma  ri  n  e-E  st  uanne-Environ  mental 

Sciences 

(MEES) 

MS  ,  Ph  D 

Mathematical  Statistics 
(STAT) 

MA  .  PhD 

Mathematics 
(MATH) 

MA,  Ph.D. 

Measurement,  Statistics 
and  Evaluation 
(EDMS) 

M  A  ,  Ph  D 

Mechanical  Engineering 
(ENME) 

M.S..  Ph  D 

Meteorology 
(METO) 

MS..  Ph.D. 

Microbiology 
(MICB) 

MS..  Ph.D. 

Music 
(MUSC) 

M  M.,  D  M  A  .  Ph.D. 

Nuclear  Engineering 
(ENNU) 

M  S  ,  Ph  D 

Nutritional  Sciences 
(NUSC) 

M.S.,  Ph  D 

Philosophy 
(PHIL) 

MA  ,  PhD 

Physical  Education 
(PHED) 

M.A..  Ph.D. 

331  Dr   E.G.  Campbell 

RM   1210,  Benjamin  Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

338         Dr   E.G.  Campbell 

RM    1210.  Benjamin  Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

346         Dr  John  L.  Martin 

RM   2104,  Journalism 
454-2232/5040 

350         Ms   Jean  Diepenbrock 

RM.  4110.  Hornbake  Library 
454-3016 

358         Dr   Robert  E.  Menzer 
RM   0313.  Symons  Hall 
454-3714 

361  Dr   Paul  Smith 

RM.  1107,  Mathematics  Bldg 
454-4944 

365  Dr  Jeffrey  Cooper 
Mathematics  Bldg. 
454-2841 


376         Dr.  E.G.  Campbell 

RM    1210.  Benjamin  Bldg. 
454-2015/3443 

380         Dr  Colin  H    Marks 

RM   2168.  Engineering  Classroom 

Building 

454-4216 

389         Dr   Robert  G   Ellingson 

RM   2201.  Space  Science 
454-2708 

394         Dr.  Anthony  MacOuillan 
RM.  3112  A.  Skinner  Bldg 
454-5370 

398         Dr   Stewart  Gordon 

RM   2114,  Tawes  Fine  Arts  Bldg 
454-2504 

409  Dr    Frank  Munno 

RM   2309,  Chemical  Engineering 
454-2430/2436 

412         Dr  Joseph  H   Soares,  Jr 

RM   2145.  Animal  Sciences  Bldg 
454-5062 

415         Director  of  Graduate  Studies 
RM.  1131,  Skinner  Hall 
454-2850 

420         Dr   Sally  Phillips 

RM   2339.  Physical  Education. 
Recreation  &  Health  Bldg 
454-2652/6664 


Graduate  Program 


Physics 
(PHYS) 


Poultry  Science 
(POUL) 

Psychology 
(PSYC) 

School  of  Public  Affairs 
(Public  Management  and 
Public  Policy) 

Public  Communications 
(PCOM) 


Recreation 
(RECR) 


Sociology 
(SOCY) 


Spanish  Language  &  Literature 
(SPAP) 


Special  Education 
(EDSP) 


Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 
(TXCE) 

Toxicology 


Urban  Studies 

(URBS) 

Zoology 

(ZOOL) 


Degrees  Offered 

MS  .  Ph  D 


MS  ,  Ph.D 


M.S..  M  A  .  Ph  D 


M.P.M.,  M  PP 


Ph.D. 


MA,  Ph.D. 


MA,  Ph.D. 


MA.  Ph.D. 


M.Ed.,  MA.,  Ed  D, 
Ph.D.,  AGS  Certificate 


MA  ,  Ph.D 


MS  .  Ph.D. 


MA 


M.S..  Ph.D. 


Page     Contact  Person 

428         Mrs  Jean  Clement 

RM    1 120.  Physics  &  Astronomy 

Building 

454-3514 

439  Dr  Owen  B  Thomas 

RM   3129.  Animal  Science  Bldg 
454-3837 

440  Dr   Barry  Smith 

RM    1147,  Zoology-Psychology 
454-6392 

452         Ms   Lynn  E   Chasen 

Suite  1218.  Le  Frak  Hall 
454-7238 

458         Dr   Thomas  J  Aylward 

RM.  1206.  Tawes  Fine  Arts  Bldg 
454-4373/2541 

460         Dr  Alan  R  Graefe 

RM   2356,  Physical  Education, 
Recreation  &  Health 
454-3390/2930 

464         Dr   Ramon  Henkel 

RM   2103.  Art/Soc   Bldg 
454-5933 

474         Dr   Eduartd  Gramberg 

RM.  2215  G,  Jiminez  Hall 
454-4305/6 

480         Dr.  EG  Campbell 

RM.  1210.  Benjamin  Bldg 
454-2015/3443 

489         Dr.  B.F.  Smith 

RM   2100,  Marie  Mount  Hall 
454-5150 

495         Dr  Jack  Schubert,  UMBC 
5401  Wilkens  Avenue 
Catonsville,  MD  21228 

495         Ms.  Barbara  Williams 
RM   1113.  Le  Frak  Hall 
454-2662 

500         Dr.  J.  David  Allan 

RM   3210,  Zoology-Psychology 

Building 

454-5197 


Contents 


Part  1 :  General  Information 
Admission  to  Graduate  School 

General  11 

Criteria  for  Admission    11 

Categories  of  Admission  to  Degree  Programs    13 

Non-degree  Admission  Categories  13 

Offer  of  Admission  16 

Admission  Time  Limits    16 

Change  of  Degree  Level  or  Program    16 

Termination  of  Admission    16 

Admission  of  Faculty   17 

Application  Instructions    17 

International  Student  Applications  18 

Records  Maintenance  and  Disposition  19 

Fees  and  Expenses 

Payment  ot  Fees  19 

Refund  of  Fees    20 

University  Refund  Statement  20 

Graduate  Fees  19 

Determination  of  in-State  Status  for  Admission,  Tuition,  and 

Charge-differential  Purposes  21 

Fellowships,  Assistantships,  and  Financial 
Assistance 

Fellowships  22 

Graduate  School  Tuition  Scholarships   23 

Assistantships  23 

Work-Study  Program    24 

Graduate  Tuition  Grants  24 

Loans  and  Part-time  Employment   24 

Golden  I.D.  Program    25 

Veteran  Benefits    25 

Registration  and  Credits 

Academic  Calendar   26 

Developing  a  Program    26 

Course  Numbering  System    27 

Designation  of  Full  and  Part-time  Students   27 

Minimum  Registration  Requirements   ■; 28 

Partial  Credit  Course  Registration  for  Handicapped  Students    28 

The  Inter-Campus  Student  29 

Registration  Through  the  Washington  Consortium  Arrangement  ...  29 

Graduate  Credit  for  Senior  Undergraduates  30 


Undergraduate  Credit  for  Graduate  Level  Courses  30 

Credit  by  Examination  31 

Transfer  of  Credit   31 

Criteria  that  Courses  Must  Meet  to  be  Accepted  for  Graduate  Credit  31 

Course  and  Credit  Changes  32 

Grades  for  Graduate  Students  33 

Computation  of  Grade  Point  Average  34 

The  Academic  Record    34 

Degree  Requirements 

Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable  to  all  Master's  Degrees  34 
Graduate  School  Requirements  for  the  M.A.,  M.S.,  Thesis  Option, 

Non-thesis  Option  35 

Requirements  for  the  M.Ed.  Degree  36 

Requirements  Applicable  to  Other  Master's  Degrees  36 

Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable  to  All  Doctoral  Degrees  37 
Graduate  School  Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy         38 

Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Education  39 

Requirements  for  Other  Doctoral  Degrees  39 

Waiver  of  Regulations   39 

Commencement    40 

Resources 

Location    40 

Special  Research  Resources,  Special  Opportunities  for  the  Artist  .  40 

Libraries   42 

Institutes,  Centers,  and  Bureaus    43 

Consortia   53 

Student  Services 

Housing    55 

Food  Services  56 

Career  Development  Center   56 

Counseling  Center  56 

Health  Care    57 

Health  Insurance  57 

Publications  of  Interest  to  Graduate  Students  58 

Part  2:  Graduate  Programs  59 

Part  3:  The  Graduate  Faculty  519 

Part  4:  Other  University  of  Maryland  Campuses  603 
Part  5:  Appendices 

University  Policy  Statements  605 

Policies  on  Non-Discrimination    605 


Resolutions  on  Academic  Integrity  605 

Code  of  Student  Conduct  607 

University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records    607 

Index  613 

Campus  and  Area  Maps  632 


11 


General 
Information 


Admission  to  Graduate  School 

General 

Responsibility  for  admitting  applicants  to  graduate  programs  rests  with  the  Dean  and 
the  staff,  who  regularly  seek  the  advice  of  the  department  chair  and  graduate 
admission  committees  of  the  academic  programs  in  making  their  decisions.  In  the 
case  of  foreign  student  applicants,  the  University's  Director  of  International  Education 
Services  is  also  consulted.  Standards  applied  by  the  Graduate  School  and  individual 
programs  are  to  insure  that  students  admitted  have  high  qualifications  and  a 
reasonable  expectation  of  successfully  completing  a  graduate  program.  Standards  for 
admission  to  doctoral  programs  are  frequently  higher  than  those  for  admission  to 
master's  programs.  In  many  degree  programs  applications  by  qualified  students  for 
admission  to  graduate  study  regularly  exceed  the  number  of  students  who  can  be 
accommodated.  In  order  to  maintain  programs  of  outstanding  quality,  the  number  of 
spaces  in  each  program  is  limited  according  to  the  availability  of  faculty,  special 
resources,  and  funds  for  students  requiring  financial  assistance.  The  Graduate  School 
admits  the  most  highly  qualified  applicants  up  to  the  limit  of  the  number  of  spaces  in 
each  program. 

Criteria  for  Admission 

Notes  about  Eligibility  for  Admission 

Those  who  have  earned  or  will  earn  a  bachelor's  degree  at  a  college  or  university  in 
the  United  States  or  the  equivalent  of  this  degree  in  another  country,  will  be 
considered  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  at  UMCP. 

a.  Students  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  University  of  Maryland  during  or  after 
their  final  year  of  undergraduate  study,  but  must  furnish  proof  of  graduation  before  the 
end  of  their  first  term  of  enrollment  at  the  University. 

b.  Students  applying  for  admission  to  a  master's  degree  program  in  a  field  of 
specialization  in  which  they  already  hold  a  master's  degree  or  its  equivalent  may  do  so 
only  if  the  previous  degree  program  was  of  substantially  different  character  or  was  not 
accredited. 

c.  Summer  only — Students  applying  for  entrance  in  either  of  the  two  summer 
sessions  should  check  the  Summer  Sessions  Bulletin  to  determine  if  the  courses  they 
wish  to  take  will  be  offered.  To  obtain  this  publication,  write  to  Summer  Sessions 
Office,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland,  20742. 

d.  Non-U. S.  Citizens  who  are  Permanent  Residents  and  or  immigrants  may  use 
regular  applications.     Other   Non-U. S.   Citizens   must   use  the   International  Student 


12     Admission  to  Graduate  School 


Application  Formobtainable  from  of  the  Office  of  Graduate  Admissions,  Graduate 
School,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland,  20742.  Applications  from  all 
other  Non-U. S.  Citizens  must  be  received  in  the  Graduate  School  Office  on  or  before 
February  1  for  Fall  Semesters  and  on  or  before  June  1  for  Spring  Semesters. 

The  decision  to  admit  an  applicant  to  a  program  is  based  primarily  on  a 
combination  of  the  following  criteria  according  to  requirements  of  the  specific  program 
or  department. 

1.  Quality  of  previous  undergraduate  and  graduate  work.  The  Graduate  School 
requires  as  a  minimum  standard  a  B  average  or  3.0  on  a  4.0  scale,  in  a  program  of 
study  resulting  in  the  award  of  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited 
college  or  university.  In  addition,  the  student's  undergraduate  program  should 
include  completion  of  the  prerequisites  for  graduate  study  in  the  chosen  field.  In 
individual  programs,  where  resources  are  available,  a  few  applicants  who  do  not 
meet  this  minimum  standard  for  undergraduate  work  may  be  provisionally  admitted 
if  there  is  compelling  evidence  on  the  basis  of  other  criteria  of  a  reasonable 
likelihood  of  success  in  the  program  the  person  desires  to  enter.  If  an  applicant  has 
studied  at  the  graduate  level  elsewhere  less  weight  may  be,  but  is  not  necessarily, 
placed  on  the  quality  of  the  undergraduate  academic  record.  Some  programs  may 
require  a  higher  minimum  grade  average  for  admission. 
2  Strength  of  letters  of  recommendation  from  persons  competent  to  judge  the 
applicant's  probable  success  in  graduate  school.  Usually  these  letters  are  from 
the  applicant's  former  professors  who  are  able  to  give  an  in-depth  evaluation  of  the 
applicant's  strengths  and  weaknesses  with  respect  to  academic  work.  Additional 
recommendations  may  come  from  employers  or  supervisors  who  are  familiar  with 
the  applicant's  work  experience.  Applicants  should  instruct  their  references  to 
send  all  letters  of  recommendation  directly  to  the  program  in  which  they  desire 
entrance.  (See  application  form.) 
3.  Scores  on  a  nationally  standardized  examination.  Because  the  predictive  utility  of 
these  scores  may  vary  from  one  group  of  applicants  to  another,  a  discriminating 
use  of  all  relevant  materials  will  be  made  in  each  applicant's  case.  The  three  most 
widely  used  standardized  examinations  are  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations, 
Graduate  Management  Admissions  Test,  and  the  Miller  Analogies  Test. 

.GRADUATE  RECORD  EXAMINATIONS  (GRE):  Although  many  graduate 
programs  do  not  require  the  GRE,  almost  all  will  use  such  test  scores  as  an 
additional  measure  of  an  applicant's  qualifications.  The  GRE  may  be  taken  in 
either  or  both  of  two  forms:  The  General  Test  and  The  Advanced  Test. 
Applicants  can  take  this  test  in  their  senior  year  or  when  filing  for  admission. 
For  details,  applicants  should  write  directly  to  Graduate  Record  Examinations, 
Educational  Testing  Service,  Box  955,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540. 
GRADUATE  MANAGEMENT  ADMISSIONS  TEST  (GMAT):  Details  about  this  test, 
required  when  applying  to  a  program  in  Business  and  Management,  can  be 
obtained  by  writing  to  the  Educational  Testing  Service,  Box  966,  Princeton,  N.J., 
08540. 

THE  MILLER  ANALOGIES  TEST  (MAT):  Details  about  the  graduate  form  of  this 

test  can  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Director,  Counseling  Center,  University  of 

Maryland,  College  Park,  Md.  20742. 

For  information  on  the  programs  requiring  one  of  these  tests,  please  see  the  List  of 

Graduate  Programs  in  this  catalog  and  the  instructions  accompanying  application 


Admission  to  Graduate  School     13 


forms. 
4    Statement  by  the  applicant  of  academic  career  objectives  and  their  relation  to 
the    intended    program   of   study.   These   statements   help   the   department   or 
program  identify  students  whose  objectives  are  consonant  with  the  objectives  of  the 
program. 

5.  Other  evidence  of  graduate  potential.  Some  programs  require  other  evidence  of 
graduate  potential,  such  as  a  portfolio  of  creative  work,  completion  of  specialized 
examinations,  or  personal  interviews. 

Categories  of  Admission  to  Degree  Programs 

Full  Graduate  Status 

For  admission  in  this  category  an  applicant  must  have  received  a  baccalaureate 
degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  institution  and  be  otherwise  fully  qualified  in  every 
respect. 

Provisional  Graduate  Status 

This  designation  may  be  used  wnen  1)  the  quality  of  the  previous  academic  record  at 
a  regionally  accredited  institution  is  lower  than  established  standards  or  when  there  is 
a  lack  of  adequate  prerequisite  course  work  in  the  chosen  field;  2)  when  applicants 
have  majored  in  another  area  with  a  creditable  record  but  there  is  some  doubt  about 
their  ability  to  pursue  the  program  of  study  in  question;  3)  when  the  applicant  is 
engaged  in  graduate  study  at  another  institution  but  is  not  able  to  furnish  a  transcript 
indicating  completion  of  course  work  or  degree  requirements;  or  4)  when  the  applicant 
has  completed  the  baccalaureate  but  has  not  yet  submitted  official  verification  of  the 
last  semester's  work  and  receipt  of  the  degree.  No  student  will  be  allowed  to  enroll 
who  has  not  completed  the  baccalaureate  degree.  Final  official  transcripts  indicating 
receipt  of  the  degree  must  be  submitted  before  the  end  of  the  first  semester. 

A  program  to  correct  any  deficiencies  in  preparation  will  be  outlined  by  the  faculty, 
and  the  student  is  expected  to  become  fully  qualified  within  a  specified  time  limit. 
When  all  conditions  have  been  met,  the  department  may  recommend  admission  of  the 
student  to  full  status.  Students  who  are  unable  to  qualify  for  full  admission  under  the 
conditions  specified  may  have  their  admission  terminated. 

Non-degree  Admission  Categories 

Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  Status 

The  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  program  is  designed  to  promote  a  high  level  of 
professional  competence  in  an  area  of  specialization  in  the  field  of  education.  The 
candidate  must  be  able  to  show  that  he  or  she  can  operate  as  an  effective  counselor, 
administrator,  teacher  or  skilled  person  in  a  major  field  of  professional  endeavor.  The 
Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  is  offered  through  most  of  the  programs  in 
the  College  of  Education  and  the  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  program  in  the 
College  of  Agriculture.  The  Certificate  is  awarded  by  the  College  of  Education  or  by 
the  College  of  Agriculture.  Requirements  are  as  follows: 

1 .  Applicants  must  meet  the  same  general  criteria  for  admission  as  are  prescribed  for 
degree  seekers.  Additionally,  the  applicant  must  have  completed  a  master's  degree 
or  the  equivalent  in  credits  earned  either  at  the  University  of  Maryland  or  at  another 
regionally  accredited  institution.  The  Miller  Analogies  Test  scores  are  required  at 
the  time  of  application. 


14     Admission  to  Graduate  School 


2.  Coursework  totaling  not  more  than  30  credits  with  grades  of  at  least  a  "B"  from  an 
accredited  institution  may  be  transferred  to  the  program  at  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

3.  The  program  must  be  developed  in  cooperation  with  an  advisor  and  filed  with  the 
Graduate  Studies  office  in  the  College  of  Education. 

4.  The  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  program  requires  a  minimum  of  60 
semester  hours  of  credit  with  not  less  than  30  semester  hours  of  credit  completed 
with  the  University  of  Maryland.  At  least  one  half  of  the  credits  earned  either  at 
other  institutions  or  at  the  University  of  Maryland  must  be  in  courses  comparable  to 
those  in  the  600-800  series.  The  student  may  be  required  to  take  a  substantial 
portion  of  the  program  in  departments  other  than  those  in  the  College  of  Education 
or  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Registration  in  certain  kinds  of  field  study,  field 
experience,  apprenticeship  or  internship  may  also  be  required. 

5.  There  will  be  a  written  examination  of  not  less  than  six  hours.  A  "B"  average  with  no 
"D"  or  "F"  grades  will  be  required  before  the  certificate  can  be  awarded. 

For  additional  details  see  "Statement  of  Policies  and  Procedures;  Advanced  Graduate 
Specialist  Program  in  Education,"  issued  by  the  College  of  Education. 

Advanced  Special  Student  Status 

The  Advanced  Special  Student  Status  is  designed  to  provide  an  opportunity  to 
individuals  who  do  not  have  an  immediate  degree  objective  in  mind  to  take  graduate 
level  courses.  Although  the  primary  mission  of  the  Graduate  School  is  to  conduct 
programs  of  graduate  instruction  leading  to  advanced  degrees,  the  Graduate  Faculty 
welcomes,  to  the  extent  that  resources  allow,  qualified  students  who  have  no  degree 
objectives.  Unofficial  transcripts  or  photocopies  of  diplomas  will  be  accepted  with  the 
application  for  evaluation  purposes,  but  by  the  end  of  the  first  semester  of  enrollment, 
the  student  must  submit  official  copies  of  all  required  documents.  Official  transcripts 
must  be  submitted  from  all  institutions  except  the  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park. 
Applicants  for  admission  to  Advanced  Special  Student  Status  must  hold  a 
baccalaureate  degree  and  satisfy  at  least  one  of  the  following  criteria: 

1  Hold  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  institution  with  an 
overall  "B"  (3.0)  average.  Applicants  must  submit  official  transcripts  covering  all 
credits  used  in  satisfying  the  baccalaureate  degree  requirements. 

2  Hold  a  master's  or  doctoral  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  institution. 
Applicants  must  submit  an  official  transcript  showing  the  award  of  a  master's  or 
doctoral  degree. 

3  Hold  a  baccalaureate  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  institution  and  have 
at  least  four  years  of  successful  post-baccalaureate  work  or  professional 
experience.  Applicants  must  submit  an  official  transcript  showing  the  award  of  the 
baccalaureate  degree  and  a  signed  statement  summarizing  successful 
post-baccalaureate  work  or  professional  experience. 

4  Achieve  a  score  that  places  the  applicant  in  the  upper  50  percentile  of 
appropriate  national  standardized  aptitude  examinations  such  as  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test,  the  Miller's  Analogies  Test,  the  Graduate 
Management  Admissions  Test.  Where  different  percentiles  are  possible,  the 
Graduate  School  will  determine  which  score  is  acceptable. 

Admission  to  Advanced  Special  Student  status  will  continue  for  five  years.  If  there 
is  no  registration  in  three  consecutive  academic  year  semesters,  the  admitted  status 
will  lapse,  after  which  a  new  application  will  be  required. 


Admission  to  Graduate  School     15 


Advanced  Special  Students  must  maintain  a  2.75  grade  point  average. 

Advanced  Special  Students  must  pay  all  standard  graduate  fees.  Students  in  this 
status  are  not  eligible  to  hold  appointments  as  Graduate  Teaching  or  Research 
Assistants  or  Fellows,  or  receive  other  forms  of  financial  aid.  All  other  services, 
e.g. parking,  library  privileges,  etc.,  are  the  same  as  those  accorded  to  other  graduate 
students. 

Admission  to  Advanced  Special  Student  status  is  not  intended  to  be  used  as  a 
preparatory  program  for  later  admission  to  a  doctoral  or  master's  program  nor  to  the 
Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  program.  Only  six  credits  earned  while  in 
this  status  may  be  applicable  to  a  degree  or  certificate  program  at  a  later  time,  with 
the  approval  of  the  faculty  in  the  desired  program,  if  the  student  is  subsequently 
accepted  for  degree  or  certificate  study.  For  consideration  of  admission  to  a  degree 
program  at  a  later  time,  the  student  must  submit  a  new  application. 

Visiting  Graduate  Student  Status 

A  graduate  student  matriculated  in  another  graduate  school  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  the 
Graduate  School  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  and  who  intends 
thereafter  to  return  to  the  graduate  school  in  which  he  is  matriculated,  may  be 
admitted  as  a  Visiting  Graduate  Student. 

Criteria  for  enrollment  as  a  visitor  are  admission  to  and  good  standing  in  another 
recognized  graduate  school.  The  applicant  need  not  submit  full  transcripts  of  credits, 
but  must  apply  for  admission  to  the  UMCP  Graduate  School  and  pay  the  application 
fee.  In  lieu  of  transcripts,  a  student  may  have  the  appropriate  graduate  dean  certify,  in 
writing,  to  the  Graduate  School  that  the  student  is  in  good  standing  and  that  the 
credits  will  be  accepted  toward  the  graduate  degree.  Unless  otherwise  specified, 
admission  will  be  offered  for  one  year  only. 

National  Science  Foundation  Institute  Status 

Application  for  admission  to  an  NSF  Institute  should  be  made  directly  to  the  director  of 
the  Institute.  If  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  is  also  necessary,  the  decision  will 
be  based  on  the  same  criteria  for  admitting  other  degree  applicants.  Admission  to  an 
NSF  Institute  status  does  not  imply  that  the  individual  will  be  automatically  admitted  in 
any  other  status  at  a  later  date.  The  NSF  status  terminates  upon  completion  of  the 
Institute  in  which  the  student  was  enrolled.  A  new  application  must  be  submitted  for 
admission  to  any  other  graduate  status  or  program. 

Students  already  admitted  to  a  regular  graduate  degree  or  nondegree  status  may 
also  qualify  for  participation  in  an  NSF  Institute. 

Undergraduate/Non-Degree  Student  (Special  Student) 

This  is  an  undergraduate  classification  and  may  be  assigned  by  the  Director  of 
Admissions  (undergraduate  division)  to  those  applicants  who  have  received  the 
baccalaureate  or  an  advanced  degree  from  a  regionally  accredited  institution  but  who 
do  not  desire  or  who  do  not  qualify  for  graduate  admission.  Non-degree  seeking 
students  who  do  not  have  a  baccalaureate  degree  or  an  R.N.  must  submit  transcripts 
and  meet  regular  admission  standards.  Transcripts  are  not  required  from  students  with 
baccalaureate  degrees  or  an  R.N. 

Application  for  Non-degree  Student  Status— Undergraduate  must  be  made  directly 
to  the  Office  of  Admissions,  not  to  the  Graduate  School. 

Students  often  need  permission  from  the  deans  of  the  various  schools  and  colleges 
of  the  university  to  enroll  as  a  Non-degree  Student.  Non-degree  Students  may  enroll 


16     Admission  to  Graduate  School 


for  courses  through  the  500  numbered  series  for  which  they  possess  the  necessary 
prerequisites.  Courses  numbered  600  or  above  are  intended  for  admitted  graduate 
students  only. 

The  student  is  warned  that  no  credit  earned  while  in  a  Non-degree  Student 
Status — Undergraduate  may  be  applied  at  a  later  date  to  a  degree  program. 

Offer  of  Admission 

A  written  offer  of  admission  is  made  to  all  accepted  applicants  and  specifies  the  date 
of  entrance,  which  will  normally  coincide  with  the  date  requested  in  the  application. 
The  student  must  accept  or  decline  the  offer  of  admission  by  the  date  indicated  in  the 
offer.  Individuals  whose  offers  of  admission  have  lapsed  must  submit  a  new 
application  and  fee,  if  they  want  to  be  reconsidered  for  admission  at  a  later  date. 

The  offer  of  admission  is  also  a  permit-to-register  for  courses  and  must  be 
presented  by  the  student  at  the  time  of  the  first  registration.  Identification  as  a 
graduate  student,  to  be  used  thereafter,  will  be  issued  at  the  time  of  first  registration. 

Admission  Time  Limits 

Applicants  are  offered  admission  for  a  five-year  period.  A  doctoral  student  must  be 
admitted  to  candidacy  within  five  years  of  entrance,  after  which  another  four-year 
period  is  permitted  for  the  completion  of  the  remaining  requirements. 

Change  of  Degree-Level  or  Program 

Students  are  admitted  only  to  a  specified  program  and  within  that  program  only  for  the 
specified  objective:  e.g.,  master's  degree,  doctoral  degree,  or  Advanced  Graduate 
Specialist  Certificate.  If  students  wish  to  change  either  the  program  or  their  status  (for 
example,  from  Advanced  Special  Student  to  degree  status),  they  must  submit  a  new 
application.   Admission  in  the  new  status  is  not  granted  automatically. 

Students  must  be  re-admitted  when  the  original  objective  has  been  attained;  for 
example,  when  a  student  who  is  admitted  for  the  master's  degree  completes  the 
requirements  for  that  degree.  If  the  student  wishes  to  continue  for  the  doctorate,  a  new 
application  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program  must  be  submitted;  requests  for 
admission  to  the  doctoral  program  are  subject  to  the  same  review  process  applied  to 
others  seeking  admission  to  that  program. 

A  student  can  be  admitted  to  only  one  graduate  program  at  any  one  time. 
Application  for  and  acceptance  of  an  offer  of  admission  in  a  second  graduate  program 
automatically  invalidates  the  student's  admission  to  the  first  program. 

Termination  of  Admission 

Students  must  maintain  an  average  grade  of  B  or  better  in  all  graduate  courses  taken 
and  must  otherwise  satisfy  all  additional  departmental  and  Graduate  School  program 
requirements.  The  admission  of  all  students,  both  degree  and  non-degree,  is 
continued  at  the  discretion  of  the  major  professor,  the  department  or  program  director, 
and  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 


Admission  to  Graduate  School     17 


Admission  of  Faculty 

No  member  of  the  faculty  employed  by  the  University  of  Maryland  having  the  rank  of 
Assistant  Professor  or  above  is  permitted  to  take  work  leading  to  an  advanced  degree 
at  this  institution.  Faculty  who  wish  to  take  course  work  for  personal  enrichment  may 
wish  to  investigate  the  Advanced  Special  Student  status. 

Application  Instructions 

Application  Forms 

For  a  copy  of  the  application  write  to  the  Graduate  School  Mail  Room,  South 
Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland,  20742. 

To  apply  you  must  send  both  the  completed  application  and  complete,  official 
transcripts  covering  all  credits  earned  at  any  institution,  in  duplicate,  to  the  Office  of 
the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland  20742. 

Each  applicant  must  submit  two  official  copies  of  academic  transcripts  which 
include  all  undergraduate  and  graduate  work.  Each  transcript  should  bear  the 
signature  of  the  registrar  and  the  seal  of  the  granting  institution  and  should  include  the 
years  of  attendance,  courses  taken,  grades  received,  class  standing,  and  the  degree, 
diploma  or  certificate  conferred.  If  you  attended  UMCP,  the  Graduate  School  will 
obtain  your  records  for  courses  completed  on  the  College  Park  campus.  To  facilitate 
the  processing  of  your  application,  you  may  attach  two  official  copies  of  your 
transcripts  from  other  institutions  to  your  application. 

Although  photocopies  of  credentials  are  acceptable  for  initial  reviews,  regular 
admission  status  cannot  be  granted,  nor  will  any  degree  be  awarded,  until  the 
Graduate  School  has  received  official  copies  of  all  academic  credentials  certified  by 
an  administrative  official  of  the  school,  college  or  university. 

Application  Deadlines 

Students  should  pay  special  attention  to  the  deadlines  listed  in  each  application 
booklet.  In  general  it  is  to  the  student's  advantage  to  apply  well  before  the  published 
deadline,  particularly  if  the  applicant  wishes  to  be  considered  for  fellowships, 
assistantships,  or  other  forms  of  financial  aid.  The  Graduate  School  recommends  that 
students  time  their  applications,  transcripts,  and  letters  of  recommendation  to  arrive 
before  February  1 . 

If  possible,  the  application  should  arrive  before  the  arrival  of  transcripts  and  other 
supporting  evidence  of  preparation,  if  these  materials  cannot  be  attached  to  the 
application. 

Application  deadlines  for  the  Fall  and  Spring  Semesters  are  listed  below: 

1.  Fall  (Aug.)  Semester — Each  department, in  consultation  with  the  Graduate  School, 
sets  its  own  deadlines  for  Fall  semester  entrances  for  U.S.  citizens,  resident  aliens, 
and  refugees. 

2.  Spring  (Jan.)  Semester— Application  for  entry  for  the  January  semester  must  be 
received  prior  to  November  1 . 

3.  International  Students — All  citizens  of  foreign  countries  must  submit  applications  for 
admission  by  the  following  dates: 

(a)Fall — February  1  of  prior  academic  year, 
(b)  Spring —  June  1  of  prior  academic  year. 


18     Admission  to  Graduate  School 


Applicants  are  solely  responsible  for  making  certain  that  their  transcripts  have,  in 
fact,  been  received  by  the  Graduate  School  and  not  by  the  Registrar's  Office  or  the 
graduate  program  desired,  since  no  follow-up  action  can  be  taken  by  the  Graduate 
School. 

Application  Fee 

A  non-refundable  application  fee  of  $20.00  must  accompany  each  application.  (See 
exceptions  under  "Graduate  Fees."  Payment  must  be  made  by  check  or  money  order 
payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland.  Do  not  send  stamps  or  cash. 

Summer  School 

Students  applying  for  entrance  in  either  of  the  two  summer  sessions  are  urged  to 
check  the  Summer  Sessions  Bulletin  to  determine  if  the  courses  they  wish  to  take  will 
be  offered  in  a  particular  session.  To  obtain  this  publication,  write  to  Summer  Sessions 
Office,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742. 

International  Student  Application 

Foreign  students  seeking  admission  to  the  University  of  Maryland  should  not  plan  to 
leave  their  country  before  receiving  an  official  offer  of  admission  from  the  Director  of 
Graduate  Records  of  the  Graduate  School. 

Academic  Credentials 

The  complete  application  and  official  academic  credentials  for  all  non-U. S. 
citizens — beginning  with  secondary  school  records — should  be  received  by  the 
Graduate  Admissions  Office  by  February  1  for  the  Fall  Semester  and  by  June  1  for  the 
Spring  Semester.  Space  available  for  foreign  students  may  have  been  filled  prior  to 
this  deadline,  and  all  qualified  students  may  not  be  accepted. 

English  Proficiency  Test 

In  addition  to  meeting  academic  requirements,  foreign  student  applicants  must 
demonstrate  proficiency  in  English  by  taking  the  Test  of  English  as  a  Foreign  language 
(TOEFL).  Because  TOEFL  is  given  only  six  times  a  year  throughout  various  parts  of  the 
world,  as  soon  as  students  contemplate  study  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  they 
should  make  arrangements  to  take  the  test.  For  test  information,  write  to  TOEFL 
Director,  Educational  Testing  Service,  Box  899,  Princeton,  New  Jersey  08540.  When 
applicants  are  ready  to  begin  their  studies,  they  will  be  expected  to  read,  speak,  and 
write  English  fluently,  to  understand  lectures  and  to  take  pertinent  notes. 

Financial  Resources 

Each  international  applicant  must  furnish  a  statement  of  financial  status  to  the  Office  of 
International  Education  Services.  Approximately  $12,480.00  annually  is  required  for 
educational  and  living  expenses.  This  figure,  for  the  1984-85  academic  year, 
increases  annually. 

Immigration  Documents 

It  is  necessary  for  students  eligible  for  admission  to-  secure  from  the  university's 
Director  of  International  Education  Services  the  immigration  form  required  for  obtaining 
the  appropriate  visa.  Students  already  studying  in  the  United  States  who  wish  to 
transfer  to  the  University  of  Maryland  must  also  secure  proper  immigration  documents 
to  request  the  Immigration  and  Naturalization  Service  to  grant  permission  for  transfer. 


Fees  and  Expenses     19 


Reporting  Upon  Arrival 

Every  foreign  student  is  expected  to  report  to  the  Office  of  International  Education 
Services,  North  Administration  Building,  as  soon  as  possible  after  arrival  at  the 
University.  This  Office  will  be  able  to  assist  not  only  with  various  problems  regarding 
immigration,  housing,  and  fees,  but  also  with  problems  relating  generally  to  orientation 
to  university  and  community  life. 

Questions  concerning  criteria  and  requirements  for  foreign  applicants  should  be 
addressed  to  the  Director,  International  Education  Services,  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Md.  20742. 

Records  Maintenance  and  Disposition 

All  records,  including  academic  records  from  other  institutions,  become  part  of  the 
official  file  and  can  neither  be  returned  nor  duplicated  for  any  purpose.  Students 
should  obtain  an  additional  copy  of  their  official  credentials  to  keep  in  their  possession 
for  advisory  purposes  and  for  other  personal  requirements. 

The  admission  credentials  and  the  application  data  of  applicants  are  retained  for 
18  months  only  and  then  destroyed  in  the  following  cases:  1)  Applicants  who  do  not 
register  for  courses  at  the  time  for  which  they  have  been  admitted;  2)  Those  whose 
applications  have  been  disapproved;  3)  Applicants  who  do  not  respond  to  the 
departmental  requests  for  additional  information;  and  4)  Those  whose  applications  are 
not  complete  with  respect  to  the  receipt  of  all  transcripts  or  test  results. 

Fees  and  Expenses 

Payment  of  Fees 

Registration  is  not  completed  or  official  until  all  financial  obligations  are  satisfied. 
Although  the  University  regularly  mails  bills  to  students,  it  cannot  assume  responsibility 
for  their  receipt.  If  a  student  does  not  receive  a  bill  on  or  before  the  beginning  of  each 
semester,  it  is  the  student's  responsibility  to  obtain  a  copy  of  the  bill  at  Room  1103, 
South  Administration  Building,  8:30-4:30,  Monday  through  Friday. 

The  University  of  Maryland  does  not  have  a  deferred  payment  plan.  Payment  for 
past  due  balances  and  current  semester  fees  are  due  on  or  before  the  first  day  of 
classes. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  not  to  defer  payment  on  the  basis  of  a  pending 
application  for  financial  assistance  to  an  outside  agency,  including  Veterans 
Administration  benefits,  bank  loans,  guaranteed  student  loan  programs,  etc. 

Students  will  be  severed  from  University  services  for  delinquent  indebtedness  to 
the  University.  In  the  event  that  severance  occurs,  the  individual  may  make  payment 
during  the  semester  in  which  services  were  severed  and  all  services  except  housing 
will  be  restored.  A  $25.00  Restoration  of  Services  fee  will  be  assessed  in  addition  to 
payment  for  the  total  past  due  amount. 

State  of  Maryland  legislation  has  established  a  State  Central  Collections  Unit,  and 
in  accordance  with  State  law  the  University  is  required  to  turn  over  all  delinquent 
accounts  to  that  office  for  collection  and  subsequent  legal  action. 


20     Fees  and  Expenses 


Refund  of  Fees 

A  Cancellation  of  Registration  submitted  to  the  Withdrawal  and  Reenrollment  Office 
before  the  official  first  day  of  classes  entitles  the  student  to  a  full  credit  or  refund  of 
semester  tuition. 

After  classes  begin,  students  who  wish  to  terminate  their  registration  must  follow  the 
withdrawal  procedures  stated  in  the  "Schedule  of  Classes."  Students  will  find  the 
necessary  forms  for  withdrawal  in  the  Records  Office.  The  effective  date  used  in 
computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  withdrawal  form  is  filed.  "Stop  Payment"  on  a 
check,  failure  to  pay  the  semester  bill,  failure  to  attend  classes,  do  not  constitute 
withdrawal. 

A  request  for  a  refund  must  be  processed  by  the  student  with  the  Division  of 
Business  Services;  otherwise  any  credit  on  the  student  account  will  automatically  be 
carried  over  to  the  next  semester. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  University  will  be  credited  for  tuition  in  accordance 
with  the  following  schedule: 

Period  from  date  Refundable  tuition 

instruction  begins  only  (Additional 

fees  non-refundable) 

Two  weeks  or  less 80% 

Between  two  and  three  weeks  60% 

Between  three  and  four  weeks 40% 

Between  four  and  five  weeks 20% 

Over  five  weeks  No  Refund 

University  Refund  Statement 

Tuition,  refundable  fees  and  refundable  deposits  are  authorized  for  refund  only  if 
the  student  completes  the  prescribed  withdrawal  procedures  or  is  dismissed  from  the 
University.  Residence  Hall  and  Dining  Services  charges  are  authorized  for  refund  only 
if  the  student  completes  the  prescribed  residence  hall  and  dining  services  contract 
release  procedures.  Please  refer  to  current  "Schedule  of  Classes"  for  complete  refund 
information  and  procedures. 

Graduate  Fees  * 

Application  fee1  $20.00 

A  non-refundable  $20  application  fee  and  a  separate  application  must  be 

submitted  for  each  program  in  which  entrance  is  sought. 
The  University  is  pleased  to  waive  the  application  fee  under  the  following 

circumstances: 

1 .  The  student  has  been  admitted  to  and  has  attended  the  University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park  Graduate  School  previously. 

2.  The  student  is  a  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park  senior  or  graduate  with  an 
overall  grade  point  average  of  3.5  or  better. 

3.  The  student  is  a  senior  or  a  graduate  of  ah  accredited  U.  S.  college  or  university 
with  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  3.75  or  better.    In  order  to  claim  this 
waiver,  you  must  include  transcripts  with  the  application. 

Tuition  Per  Credit  Hour:1 

Resident  Student  $87.00 


Fees  and  Expenses     21 


Non-Resident  Student ...  $1 54.00 

Students  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  must  pay  graduate  tuition  fees  whether  or 

not  the  credit  will  be  used  to  satisfy  program  requirements.  A  graduate  student  who 

wishes  to  audit  a  course  must  pay  the  usual  graduate  tuition. 
Continuous  Registration  Fee(per  semester)  $1 0 .00 

Registration  Fee(per  semester)1  $5  00 

Graduation  Fee, 

Master's  Degree2 $25.00 

Graduation  Fee, 

Doctor's  Degree2 $50.00 

Mandatory  Fees3 

(Students  taking  1  -8  credits) $46.00 

(Students  taking  9  or  more  credits)  $72.50 

The  fees  and  waivers  listed  here  are  those  charged  at  the  time  this  Catalog  went  to 
press  and  are  offered  as  a  general  guide.  They  are  subject  to  change.  Fees  charged 
in  a  particular  semester  are  published  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes  for  that  semester. 

1  non-refundable 

2  refundable 

3  For  a  breakdown  of  the  "Mandatory  Fees,"  consult  the  "Schedule  of  Classes." 

Determination  of  In-State  Status  for  Admission,  Tuition  and 
Charge-Differential  Purposes 

An  initial  determination  of  in-state  status  for  admission,  tuition  and  charge-differential 
purposes  will  be  made  by  the  University  at  the  time  a  student's  application  for 
admission  is  under  consideration.  The  determination  made  at  that  time,  and  any 
determination  made  thereafter  shall  prevail  in  each  semester  until  the  determination  is 
successfully  challenged.  The  deadline  for  meeting  all  requirements  for  an  in-state 
status  and  for  submitting  all  documents  for  reclassification  is  the  last  day  of  registration 
for  the  semester  the  student  wishes  to  be  classified  as  an  in-state  student. 

The  volume  of  requests  for  reclassification  may  necessitate  a  delay  in  completing 
the  review  process.  It  is  hoped  that  a  decision  in  each  case  will  be  made  within  ninety 
(90)  days  of  a  request  for  determination.  During  this  period  of  time,  or  any  further 
period  of  time  required  by  the  University,  fees  and  charges  based  on  the  previous 
determination  must  be  paid.  If  the  determination  is  changed,  any  excess  fees  and 
charges  will  be  refunded. 

Persons  who  are  interested  in  obtaining  a  copy  of  the  regulations  or  who  wish 
assistance  with  their  classification  should  contact:  The  Graduate  School  Office  of 
Graduate  Records,  Room  2117,  South  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland. 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742— phone  (301)  454-5438. 


22     Fellowships,  Assistantships  and  Financial  Assistance 

Fellowships,  Assistantships  and  Financial 
Assistance 

The  University  of  Maryland  recognizes  the  high  cost  of  education  today  and  makes 
every  effort  to  offer  financial  assistance  to  qualified  students  through  a  variety  of 
programs.  Approximately  one-half  of  all  full-time  graduate  students  receive  financial 
support,  which  may  include  remission  of  tuition  fees,  through  teaching  and  research 
assistantships,  the  work-study  program,  and  University  and  state  fellowships.  Referrals 
for  on-campus  or  area  employment  opportunities  for  students  and  students'  spouses 
are  also  available  in  various  departments  and  in  specific  student  service  centers  on 
campus. 

Admission  to  a  graduate  program  is  a  prerequisite  for  the  award  of  a  teaching  or 
research  assistantship,  a  fellowship,  a  traineeship,  a  loan,  or  a  work-study  award. 
Please  be  sure  that  all  required  documents  for  your  application  for  admission,  as  well 
as  the  appropriate  application  for  financial  aid,  have  been  submitted.  Some  awards 
are  made  on  the  basis  of  the  applicant's  academic  merit,  others  onthe  basis  of  need. 

There  are  three  campus  units  which  administer  the  primary  forms  of  financial 
support:  the  Graduate  School,  the  individual  programs,  and  the  Office  of  Student 
Financial  Aid.  The  Graduate  School  processes  applications  for  the  University  of 
Maryland  Fellowships  (application  deadline:  February  1)  and  the  Other  Race  Grants 
(application  deadlines:  early  November  and  June).  The  individual  programs  award 
graduate  teaching  and  research  assistantships  (priority  application  deadline:  March  1) 
and  nominate  students  for  the  Graduate  Fellowships  (to  be  considered  for  nomination, 
apply  by  February  1).  The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  processes  College 
Work-Study  and  National  Direct  Student  Loans  (priority  date  for  consideration: 
February  15).  To  be  considered  for  the  priority  date  in  the  Office  of  Student  Financial 
Aid,  you  must  have  submitted  a  completed  University  financial  aid  application,  a 
completed  Financial  Aid  Form  (available  at  most  colleges  throughout  the  country  and 
by  request  from  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid), financial  aid  transcripts,  if 
appropriate,  and  any  other  required  documentation  to  be  received  by  the  Office  of 
Student  Financial  Aid  by  February  15.  Note  that  the  Financial  Aid  Form  must  be  sent  to 
the  College  Scholarship  Service  in  Princeton  for  analysis,  which  takes  approximately  4 
weeks. 

A  more  detailed  description  of  the  various  forms  of  financial  assistance  is  given 
below. 

Fellowships 

A  fellowship  is  an  award  bestowed  on  a  student  who  displays  academic  merit  and 
promise.  All  applicants  for  fellowships  must  be  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  on  a 
full-time  basis  to  be  eligible.  Inquiries  and  requests  for  appropriate  forms  should  be 
directed  to  the  Graduate  Fellowship  Office,  Room  2114,  South  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742.    _ 

The  Maryland  Fellowship  Program,  established  by  the  State  Legislature  and 
administered  by  the  Graduate  School,  provides  a  limited  number  of  fellowships  to 
qualified  applicants  who  are  enrolled  in  doctoral  programs  The  stipend  is  $4,000  for 
the  academic  year,  with  remission  of  tuition.  These  fellowships  carry  a  three  year 
non-renewable  tenure,  for  students  making  satisfactory  progress  toward  the  degree. 


Fellowships,  Assistantships  and  Financial  Assistance     23 

Deadline  for  the  application,  which  is  available  from  the  Fellowship  Office  of  the 
Graduate  School,  is  February  1. 

The  Graduate  School  Fellowships  are  awarded  annually  on  a  competitive  basis. 
Students  cannot  appply  directly  for  the  award;  rather,  they  must  be  nominated  by  the 
department  in  which  they  intend  to  enroll.  The  stipend,  which  includes  remission  of 
tuition,  was  $7,000  for  the  1985-86  academic  year.  The  standard  application  for 
financial  aid  will  serve  as  an  application  for  this  fellowship  program  and  must  be 
submitted  by  February  1  directly  to  the  department  in  which  you  seek  admission. 
Awards  are  based  upon  the  nomination  and  recommendation  of  the  department  chair. 

Other  Race  Grants  This  grant  is  intended  to  increase  the  participation  of  Black 
students  in  graduate  education  at  the  College  Park  campus.  Students  who  are 
first-year  students  and  students  in  disciplines  in  which  Blacks  are  underrepresented 
will  be  given  preference. 

Applicants  for  the  Other  Race  grant  must: 

(1)  Be  citizens  or  permanent  resident  aliens  who  are  classified  as  Maryland 
residents; 

(2)  Be  admitted  as  degree-seeking  students; 

(3)  Be  willing  to  register  as  full-time  students; 

(4)  Be  able  to  demonstrate  special  merit  or  need. 

The  individual  educational  grants  vary,  and  have  ranged  from  $500  -  $6,000. 
Tuition  is  also  remitted  for  up  to  10  credits  per  semester.  Students  may  apply  for 
reappointment  on  a  yearly  basis  for  up  to  three  years.  Additional  details  and 
application  materials  are  available  from  the  Fellowship  Office  of  the  Graduate  School. 

In  addition  to  these  University  sponsored  fellowships,  the  Graduate  School  has  a 
Fellowship  Information  Office  which  lists  fellowships  and  grants  available  from  outside 
agencies. 

Graduate  School  Tuition  Scholarships 

First-time  students  who  are  residents  of  the  state  of  Maryland  and  have  an 
undergraduate  GPA  of  3.60  or  better  from  an  accredited  American  college  or 
university  may  ask  their  departments  to  nominate  them  for  a  Graduate  Tuition 
Scholarship.  If  you  think  you  qualify,  please  mark  the  appropriate  space  on  the 
departmentally-  administered  financial  aid  form.  Departments  may  have  additional 
criteria,  e.g.,  full-time  status,  for  nomina  tion  of  students  in  their  program. 

Assistantships 

Offers  of  assistantships,  which  are  made  by  the  individual  departments,  arecontingent 
upon  the  applicant's  acceptance  as  a  graduate  student  by  the  Graduate  School. 
Departments  may  set  additional  criteria. 

Graduate  Teaching  Assistantships  are  available  to  qualified  graduate  students  in 
many  departments  and  programs.  In  addition  to  remission  of  tuition,  these  carry 
ten-month  or  twelve  month  stipends  ranging,  in  1985-86,  from  $7,000  to  $9,480. 
Applications  for  assistantships  should  be  made  directly  to  the  department  in  which  the 
applicant  will  study. 

Graduate  Research  Assistantships,  with  comparable  stipends,  are  available  in  some 
departments  on  a  ten  or  twelve  month  basis.  For  information  inquire  in  the  individual 


24     Fellowships,  Assistantships  and  Financial  Assistance 

department  or  program. 

Resident  Graduate  Assistantships,  in  limited  number,  are  also  available.  In  1985-86, 
the  12  month  stipend  is  $7,780,  plus  remission  of  tuition,  in  exchange  for  part-time 
work  in  undergraduate  residence  halls  as  Residence  Halls  staff  members.  These 
Resident  Assistantships  are  open  to  both  men  and  women.  Applications  for  a  Resident 
Graduate  Assistantship  should  be  made  to  the  Office  of  Human  Resources, 
Department  of  Resident  Life,  Cumberland  Hall,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland  20742. 

Administrative  Assistantships  Many  offices  on  campus  currently  have  graduate 
assistant  positions.  For  further  information,  contact  the  Fellowship  Office,  or  the 
individual  office  or  department. 

Work  Study  Program 

The  University  has  in  operation  a  College  Work-Study  Program  which  offers  part-time 
opportunities  for  students  who  demonstrate  sufficient  financial  need.  Every  effort  is 
made  to  match  the  student's  interests  and  career  goals  with  suitable  assignments. 
Graduate  students  who  are  awarded  work-study  are  usually  given  positions  in  their 
programs,  according  to  their  experience  and  skill,  assisting  with  research  projects  or 
administrative  duties.  To  apply,  you  must  submit  to  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid 
a  completed  financial  aid  application,  financial  aid  transcripts,  if  appropriate,  and  any 
other  required  documentation.  A  Financial  Aid  Form,  developed  by  the  College 
Scholarship  Service  and  available  at  most  colleges  throughout  the  country  or  by 
request  from  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid,  must  also  be  submitted.  For  priority 
consideration,  all  materials  must  be  received  in  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid  by 
February  15. 

Graduate  Tuition  Grants 

These  grants,  which  are  awarded  on  the  basis  of  financial  need,  provide  remission  of 
tuition  of  up  to  ten  credits.  Recipients  must  enroll  as  at  least  half-time  students.  To 
apply,  complete  the  regular  University  financial  aid  application. 

Loans  and  Part-Time  Employment 

National  Direct  Student  Loan  Funds  are  available  to  graduate  students  of  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Applicants  must  be  United  States  nationals  (citizens  permanent 
resident  status,  or  recognized  refugees).  Loans  are  approved  based  upon  financial 
need.  Repayment  begins  six  months  after  the  borrower  leaves  school,  and  no  interest 
is  charged  until  the  beginning  of  the  repayment  schedule.  Interest  after  that  date  is 
charged  at  the  rate  of  five  percent  per  annum.  Repayment  of  the  loan,  including 
interest,  is  deferred  during  the  time  the  borrower  may  be  in  military  service,  the  Peace 
Corps,  VISTA,  and  ACTION,  up  to  a  period  of  three  years  as  well  as  during  time  of 
continued  study  on  at  least  a  half-time  basis.  Applications  should  be  directed  to  the 
Director,  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid,  North  Administrative  Building,  University  of 
Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20742,  by  February  15  for  the  fall  semester. 

Guaranteed  Student  Loan  programs  which  have  been  established  for  State  of 
Maryland  residents  through  the  Maryland  Higher  Education  Loan  Corporation,  permit 
students   to    borrow   money   from   their   hometown    banks   or   other   local   financial 


Fellowships,  Assistantships  and  Financial  Assistance     25 

institutions.  When  the  student's  adjusted  gross  income,  or  that  of  his/her  parents  in  the 
case  of  dependent  students,  exceeds  $30,000,  students  must  submit  documentation, 
to  determine  need.  Graduate  students  in  good  standing  may  borrow  up  to  $5,000  per 
year,  but  state  agencies  and  individual  banks  may  set  their  own  limits  up  to  this 
amount.  A  five  percent  origination  fee  will  be  deducted  from  the  face  value  of  each 
student's  loan.  In  1985-86  new  notes  bear  8%  simple  interest.  Students  who 
previously  borrowed  at  7%  or  9%  may  continue  to  borrow  at  that  rate.  Monthly 
repayments  begin  six  months  after  graduation  or  withdrawal  from  school.  The  federal 
government  will  pay  the  interest  for  eligible  students  while  the  student  is  in  school. 
Further  details  regarding  this  program  for  Maryland  residents  may  be  secured  from  the 
Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid.  For  prospective  non-Maryland  borrowers  unable  to 
obtain  information  concerning  the  particular  loan  programs  of  their  states,  the  Office  of 
Student  Financial  Aid  can  provide  necessary  information. 

PLUS  Loans.  Under  this  federal  loan  program,  $3,000  per  year  (up  to  a  $15,000  total) 
may  be  borrowed  at  12%  interest.  The  award  is  based  on  the  cost  of  university 
attendance,  and  there  is  no  financial  needs  test.  Repayment  of  the  loan  begins 
immediately,  with  the  exception  of  full-time  students,  who  can  have  the  principal 
deferred.    For  application  forms  contact  the  Financial  Aid  Office,  or  the  lender. 

The  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid,  located  in  the  North  Administration  Building, 
serves  without  charge  as  a  clearinghouse  for  students  seeking  part-time  work  and 
employers  seeking  help.  Many  jobs  are  available  in  the  residence  halls,  libraries, 
laboratories,  and  elsewhere  on  and  off  campus.  All  full-time  students  seeking  work  are 
welcome  to  visit  the  office  and  consult  referral  lists.  A  computer  scholarship  search  is 
also  available. 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Office  of  Student  Financial  Aid, 
Student  Employment  Section,  located  in  Room  2114,  North  Administration  Building, 
Telephone:  454-3046. 

Golden  Identification  Card  for  Senior  Citizens  of  Maryland 

The  purpose  of  this  status  is  to  make  available  without  charge  courses  and  services  of 
the  University's  campuses  to  citizens  who  are  60  years  of  age  or  older,  who  are 
residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland  and  who  are  retired  (retired  persons  will  be 
considered  those  who  affirm  that  they  are  not  engaged  in  gainful  employment  for  more 
than  20  hours  per  week).  People  meeting  these  requirements  may  apply  for  graduate 
admission,  either  as  degree  or  nondegree  students,  and  must  meet  the  same 
admissions  criteria  pertaining  to  either  category  as  do  all  applicants.  Once  admitted 
and  having  been  issued  the  Golden  Identification  Card,  such  persons  may  register  for 
courses  in  any  session,  subject  to  the  same  restrictions  as  any  other  student,  and  use 
the  library  and  other  campus  facilities  during  the  time  they  are  enrolled  in  courses. 
Tuition  fees  will  be  waived  for  holders  of  the  Golden  Identification  Card. 

Veterans  Benefits 

Recent  federal  legislation  has  had  significant  impact  on  the  veteran-graduate  student. 
People  who  originally  were  entitled  to  36  months  of  V.A.  Educational  Benefits  now  have 
a  total  of  45  months  of  educational  benefits.  The  new  complement  of  benefits  can  be 
used  for  graduate  work. 

See  the  Veterans  Section  of  the  current  Schedule  of  Classes  for  other  current 


26     Registration  and  Credits 


information. 

Veterans  Administration  counselors  work  on  campus  full-time  to  assist  veterans, 
their  dependents,  and  servicemen  and  women  with  all  V.A.  related  questions  and 
problems.  These  representatives  can  offer  you  help  in  getting  your  monthly  educational 
assistance  checks,  as  well  as  other  less  known  but  available  benefits.  Some  of  these 
are  compensation  for  service  connected  disabilities,  guaranteed  home  loans,  and 
vocational  rehabilitation  services  for  disabled  veterans. 

Related  information,  such  as  facts  on  individual  state  bonuses,  removal  of 
derogatory  SPN  codes  from  your  military  discharge  (DD214),  and  University  of 
Maryland  Veterans  Club  activities,  is  also  available. 

The  counselors  are  available  on  a  walk-in-basis  during  normal  office  hours  in  Room 
1108  North  Administration  Building.  Telephone  454-3430. 


Registration  and  Credits 


Registration  for  courses  is  ongoing  during  most  of  the  time  that  the  University  is  in 
session.  Information  concerning  registration  procedures,  deadlines,  and  current  tuition 
and  expenses  is  found  in  the  "Schedule  of  Classes,"  published  regularly  by  the  Office 
of  Registration  and  Records.  Students  interested  in  summer  session  courses  should 
consult  the  Summer  Session  "Schedule  of  Classes,"  obtainable  from  the  Office  of 
Summer  Sessions,  Reckord  Armory. 

Academic  Calendar 

The  Academic  Calendar  is  printed  in  the  "Schedule  of  Classes"  for  each  semester.  The 
Graduate  School  has  an  "Important  Dates"  card  for  graduate  students,  which  lists 
deadlines  for  submitting  requirements  for  degrees  in  a  particular  academic  year. 

Developing  a  Program 

The  student  is  responsible  for  ascertaining  and  complying  with  the  rules  and 
procedures  of  the  Graduate  School  and  all  applicable  department  or  graduate 
program  requirements  which  govern  the  individual  program  of  study. 

Registration  for  the  newly  admitted  graduate  student  seeking  a  degree  or  certificate 
begins  with  a  visit  to  the  student's  academic  advisor  in  the  graduate  program  or 
department  to  which  the  student  has  been  admitted.  There  the  student  will  obtain 
information  about  specific  degree  or  certificate  requirements,  which  supplement  those 
of  the  Graduate  School. 

The  student  will  consult  the  "Schedule  of  Classes"  and  will  develop,  in  consultation 
with  a  graduate  faculty  advisor,  an  individual  program  of  study  and  research. 

Students  admitted  to  Advanced  Special  Student  Status  may  seek  advice  from  the 
Office  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research  or  from  appropriate  faculty 
members. 

While  most  questions  normally  raised  by  graduate  students,  and  most  problems 
they  meet,  will  be  answered  or  resolved  by  the  faculty  advisor  or  a  departmental 
committee,  students  should  remember  that  -the  staff  of  the  Graduate  School  is 
specifically  charged  with  the  responsibility  for  assisting  graduate  students  who  need 
additional  information,  guidance,  or  assistance.  Further,  the  Dean  for  Graduate 
Students  is  the  individual  to  whom  requests  or  petitions  for  exceptions  or  waivers  of 
regulations  or  graduate  degree  requirements  should   be  addressed  and  to  whom 


Registration  and  Credits     27 


appeals  from  decisions  of  departmental  or  program  faculty  or  administrators  should  be 
directed. 

Course  Numbering  System 

Courses  are  designated  as  follows: 

000-099— Non-credit  courses. 

100-199 — Primarily  first-year  courses. 

200-299 — Primarily  sophomore  courses. 

300-399 — Junior   and    senior   courses    not   acceptable   for   credit   toward    graduate 

degrees. 

400-499 — Junior  and   senior  courses  acceptable  for  credit  toward   some  graduate 

degrees. 

500-599 — Professional       school       courses       (Dentistry,       Law,       Medicine)       and 

post-baccalaureate  courses  not  for  graduate  degree  credit. 

600-898 — Courses  restricted  to  graduate  students. 

799 — Master's  thesis  credit. 

899— Doctoral  dissertation  credit 

The  first  character  of  the  numeric  position  determines  the  level  of  the  course  and 
the  last  two  digits  are  used  for  course  identification.  Courses  ending  with  an  8  or  9  are 
courses  that  are  repeatable  for  credit.  All  non-repeatable  courses  must  end  in  0 
through  7. 

Graduate  credit  will  not  be  given  unless  the  student  has  been  admitted  to  the 
Graduate  School. 

Designation  of  Full  and  Part-time  Graduate  Students 

In  order  to  reflect  accurately  the  involvement  of  graduate  students  in  their  programs  of 
study  and  research  and  the  use  of  University  resources  in  those  programs,  the 
Graduate  School  uses  the  graduate  unit  in  making  calculations  to  determine  full  or 
part-time  student  status  in  the  administration  of  the  minimum  registration  requirements 
described  below  and  in  responding  to  student  requests  for  certification  of  full-time 
student  status.  The  number  of  graduate  units  per  semester  credit  hour  is  calculated  in 
the  following  manner: 

Courses  in  the  series:  000-399  carry  2  units/credit  hour. 

Courses  in  the  series:  400-499  carry  4  units/credit  hour. 

Courses  in  the  series:  500-599  carry  5  units/credit  hour. 

Courses  in  the  series:  600-898  carry  6  units/credit  hour. 

Research  course:  799  carries  12  units/credit  hour. 

Research  course:  899  carries  18  units/credit  hour. 

To  be  certified  as  a  full-time  student  a  graduate  student  must  be  officially 
registered  for  a  combination  of  courses  equivalent  to  48  units  per  semester.  Graduate 
assistants  holding  regular  appointments  are  full — time  students  if  they  are  registered 
for  at  least  24  units  in  addition  to  the  assistantship.  Courses  taken  for  Audit  do  not 
generate  graduate  units  and  cannot  be  used  in  calculating  full-  time  or  part-time 


28     Registration  and  Credits 


status. 

Minimum  Registration  Requirements 

All  graduate  students,  masters  and  doctoral,  making  any  demand  upon  the  academic 
or  support  services  of  the  university,  whether  taking  courses,  using  university  libraries, 
laboratories,  computer  facilities,  office  space,  housing,  or  consulting  with  faculty 
advisors,  taking  comprehensive  or  final  oral  examinations,  must  register  for  the  number 
of  graduate  units  which  will,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty  advisor,  accurately  reflect 
the  student's  involvement  in  graduate  study  and  use  of  university  resources.  In  no 
case  will  registration  be  for  less  than  one  credit. 

Minimum  Registration  Requirements  for  Doctoral  Candidates 

Doctoral  students  who  have  been  advanced  to  candidacy  must  register  each 
semester,  excluding  summer  sessions,  until  the  degree  is  awarded. 

Dissertation  Research 

Those  who  have  not  completed  the  required  semester  credit  hours  of  Dissertation 
Research  (899)  must  register  for  a  minimum  of  one  credit  of  research  each  semester. 
(See  the  following  sections  for  specific  doctoral  degree  registration  requirements.) 
Doctoral  candidates  whose  demands  upon  the  University  are  greater  than  that 
represented  by  this  minimum  registration  will,  of  course,  be  expected  to  register  for  the 
number  of  units  which  reflect  their  use  of  University  resources. 

Continuous  Registration 

Doctoral  candidates  who  have  completed  the  required  minimum  of  credit  hours  of 
Dissertation  Research  (899),  and  who  are  making  no  use  of  University  resources,  must 
meet  a  Continuous  Registration  requirement,  in  each  semester,  except  for  summer 
sessions,  until  the  degree  is  awarded.  This  requirement  is  met  by  submitting  the 
Continuous  Registration  Form  and  paying  the  $10.00  Continuous  Registration  fee,  in 
person  or  by  mail,  directly  to  the  Graduate  School.  Forms  and  fees  must  be  received 
before  the  end  of  the  eighth  week  of  classes  during  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 
Continuous  Registration  forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  School,  Room 
2117,  South  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland 
20742. 

Failure  to  comply  with  the  requirement  for  maintaining  Continuous  Registration  will 
be  taken  as  evidence  that  the  student  has  terminated  the  doctoral  program,  and 
admitted  status  to  the  Graduate  School  will  be  terminated.  A  new  application  for 
admission,  with  the  consequent  reevaluation  of  the  student's  performance,  will  be 
required  of  a  student  wishing  to  resume  a  graduate  program,  whose  admission  has 
been  terminated  under  this  regulation. 

Partial  Credit  Course  Registration  for  Handicapped  Students 

The  Graduate  School  recognizes  that  physically  handicapped  students  may  derive 
considerable  educational  benefit  from  courses  which  include  laboratories  or  other 
non-classroom  activities  in  which  the  student  is" prevented  from  participating  because 
of  the  handicap.  It  is,  therefore,  the  policy  of  the  Graduate  School  to  allow 
handicapped  students  to  enroll  in  such  courses,  complete  only  those  parts  of  the 
course  that  their  physical  capabilities  permit,  and  receive  credit  for  the  course 
proportionate  to  their  levels  of  participation. 


Registration  and  Credits     29 


Physically  handicapped  graduate  students  wishing  to  enroll  in  such  courses  but 
participate  only  in  certain  aspects  of  them,  should  consult  the  Associate  Dean  for 
Student  Affairs  in  the  Graduate  School.  The  Dean  will  assist  the  student  in  making  the 
necessary  arrangements  with  the  department  offering  the  course,  the  department 
supervising  the  student's  graduate  program,  and  the  Registration  Office.  The  final 
agreement  as  to  the  student's  level  of  participation  and  the  amount  of  credit  to  be 
awarded  will  be  specified  in  an  agreement  to  be  drawn  up  by  the  Graduate  School 
and  signed  by  all  parties  concerned. 

The  Inter-Campus  Student 

A  student  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  on  any  campus  of  the  University  is  eligible 
to  take  courses  on  any  other  campus  of  the  University  with  the  approval  of  the 
academic  advisor  and  the  graduate  deans  on  the  home  and  host  campuses.  Credits 
earned  on  a  host  campus  are  resident  credit  at  the  home  campus  and  meet  all  degree 
requirements.  Transcripts  of  work  taken  at  another  campus  will  be  maintained  on  the 
home  campus,  and  fees  will  be  paid  to  the  home  campus.  Forms  for  registration  as  an 
inter-campus  student  may  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  School  offices  on  any 
campus  of  the  University. 

Registration  Through  the  Washington  Consortium  Arrangement 

The  University  of  Maryland  College  Park  is  a  member  of  the  Consortium  of  Universities 
of  the  Washington  Metropolitan  Area.  Other  institutions  currently  associated  with  the 
consortium  include  the  American  University,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  the 
George  Washington  University,  Howard  University,  University  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,  Gallaudet  College,  Mount  Vernon  College,  and  Trinity  College.  Students 
enrolled  in  these  institutions  are  able  to  attend  certain  classes  at  the  other  campuses 
and  have  the  credit  considered  "residence"  credits  at  their  own  institutions.  The 
consortium  program  permits  both  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  to  participate. 
The  policies  governing  registration  through  the  Consortium  arrangement  are  listed 
below. 

UMCP  Graduate  Students 

1.  University  of  Maryland  College  Park  degree-seeking  graduate  students  may  take 
courses  at  other  consortium  schools,  to  be  treated  as  UMCP  residence  credits,  with 
the  approval  of  the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies  of  the  degree  program  in  which 
they  are  enrolled. 

2.  No  more  than  25%  of  the  course  credits  required  for  the  UMCP  graduate  degree 
may  be  taken  at  other  consortium  schools  through  the  consortium  arrangement. 
Practica,  internships,  workshops  and  similar  experiential  learning  courses  cannot 
be  taken  at  other  consortium  schools. 

3.  Significant  factors  to  be  considered  by  the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies  may 
include  but  are  not  limited  to: 

a.  Unavailability  of  a  similar  of  comparable  course  at  UMCP  within  a  reasonable 
time  frame.   Mere  convenience  is  not  adequate  justification. 

b.  Possible  enhancement  of  the  student's  overall  program  in  a  way  not  possible  at 
UMCP,  as  by  the  presence  of  unique  faculty  or  the  availability  of  a  course  not 
offered  at  UMCP. 

c.  The  level  and  content  of  the  course,  including  the  nature  of  prerequisite 
coursework. 


30     Registration  and  Credits 


Visiting  Students 

1 .  Students  from  other  consortium  schools  may  register  for  University  of  Maryland 
College  Park  courses  on  a  space  available  basis  beginning  with  the  first  day  of 
classes. 

2.  Courses  for  majors  in  departments  or  colleges  at  UMCP  that  have  selective 
admission  programs  will  not  normally  be  available  to  students  from  other 
consortium  schools. 

3.  Students  from  other  consortium  schools  are  expected  to  meet  all  prerequisites  for 
UMCP  courses  for  which  they  wish  to  enroll. 

4.  Students  from  other  consortium  schools  will  not  normally  be  permitted  to  register  for 
practica,  workshops,  internships  and  other  experiential  courses  at  UMCP. 

5.  Students  from  other  consortium  schools  who  have  previously  applied  for  admission 
to  a  UMCP  graduate  degree  program  and  have  been  denied  admisssion  will  be 
permitted  to  register  for  graduate  courses  in  that  program  only  with  the  specific 
approval  of  the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies  of  that  program. 

6.  Students  from  other  consortium  schools  who  have  been  dismissed  from  UMCP  for 
disciplinary  or  financial  reasons  will  not  be  permitted  to  enroll  in  courses  at  UMCP 
under  the  consortium  arrangement. 

Graduate  Credit  for  Senior  Undergraduates 

A  senior  in  the  final  semester  at  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  who  is 
within  seven  credit  hours  of  completing  the  requirements  for  an  undergraduate  degree 
may,  with  the  approval  of  the  undergraduate  dean,  the  provost  of  the  division,  the 
department  or  program  offering  the  course,  and  the  Graduate  School,  register  for 
graduate  courses.  These  may  later  be  counted  for  graduate  credit  toward  an 
advanced  degree  at  the  University,  if  the  student  has  been  approved  for  admission  to 
the  Graduate  School.  The  total  of  undergraduate  and  graduate  courses  must  not 
exceed  15  credits  for  the  semester.  Excess  credits  in  the  senior  year  cannot  be  used 
for  graduate  credit  unless  proper  prearrangement  is  made.  Seniors  who  wish  to 
register  for  graduate  credit  should  inquire  at  the  Graduate  School,  Office  of  the 
Director  of  Records,  for  information  about  the  procedure. 

Undergraduate  Credit  for  Graduate  Level  Courses 

Subject  to  requirements  determined  by  the  graduate  faculty  members  of  the 
department  or  program  offering  the  course,  undergraduate  students  may  register  for 
graduate  level  courses,  i.e.,  those  numbered  from  600  to  898,  with  the  exception  of 
799  and  899,  for  undergraduate  credit. 

A  student  seeking  to  utilize  this  option  will  normally  be  in  the  senior  year,  have 
earned  an  accumulated  grade  point  average  of  3.0,  have  successfully  completed,  with 
a  grade  of  B  or  better,  the  prerequisite  and  correlative  courses,  and  be  a  major  in  the 
appropriate  or  a  closely  related  department.  The  student  will  be  required  to  obtain 
prior  approval  of  the  department  offering  the  course. 

Enrollment  in  a  graduate  level  course  does  not  in  any  way  imply  subsequent 
departmental  or  Graduate  School  approval  for  admission  into  a  graduate  program,  nor 
may  the  course  be  used  as  credit  for  a  graduate  degree  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 


Registration  and  Credits     31 


Credit  by  Examination 

A  graduate  student  may  obtain  graduate  credit  by  examination  in  courses  at  the  400 
level  previously  identified  by  the  appropriate  department  or  program.  As  a  general 
rule,  credit  by  examination  is  not  available  for  courses  at  the  600,  700,  or  800  levels 
for,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Graduate  Council,  courses  at  these  levels  require  a 
continuing  interaction  between  faculty  and  students  to  achieve  the  educational  goals  of 
advanced  study. 

Students  may  receive  credit  by  examination  only  for  courses  for  which  they  are 
otherwise  eligible  to  receive  graduate  credit.  The  department  or  program  in  which  the 
student  is  enrolled  may  establish  a  limit  on  the  number  of  credits  which  may  be  earned 
in  this  manner.  Graduate  students  seeking  credit  by  examination  must  obtain  the 
consent  of  their  advisor  and  of  the  instructor  currently  responsible  for  the  course.  Once 
the  student  begins  the  examination,  the  grade  earned  will  be  recorded. 

The  Graduate  School  maintains  a  list  of  courses  for  which  examinations  are 
available  or  will  be  prepared.  The  fee  for  credit  by  examination  is  $30.00  per  course 
regardless  of  the  number  of  credits  or  units  to  be  earned. 

Transfer  of  Credit 

A  maximum  of  six  semester  hours  of  graduate  level  course  credits  earned  at  regionally 
accredited  institutions  prior  to,  or  after,  matriculation  in  the  Graduate  School  may  be 
applied  toward  master's  degrees  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Proportionately  larger 
amounts  of  credit  may  be  applied  toward  doctoral  degrees. 

All  graduate  study  credits  offered  as  transfer  credit  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

1 .  They  must  have  received  graduate  credit  at  the  institution  where  earned. 

2.  They  must  not  have  been  used  to  meet  the  requirements  for  any  degree  previously 
earned. 

3.  They  must  have  been  taken  within  the  time  limits  applicable  to  degrees  awarded  by 
the  Graduate  School. 

4.  The  department  or  program  to  which  the  student  has  been  admitted  at  Maryland 
must  certify  the  courses  are  appropriate  to  the  degree  program  the  student  is 
pursuing  at  Maryland. 

5.  The  student  must  have  earned  a  B  or  better  in  the  courses  offered  for  transfer 
credit. 

6.  Transfer  work  normally  satisfies  only  the  400  level  requirements  for  the  master's 
degree  and  does  not  apply  to  the  upper  level  requirement. 

A  student  seeking  acceptance  of  transfer  credit  is  advised  to  submit  the  necessary 
transcripts  and  certification  of  department  or  program  approval  to  the  Graduate  School 
as  promptly  as  possible  for  its  review  and  decision. 

Criteria  that  Courses  Must  Meet  to  be  Accepted  for  Graduate  Credit 

Any  courses,  workshops,  or  seminars  planned  to  take  place  in  a  span  of  time  less  than 
a  normal  academic  semester  or  summer  session  and  offering  graduate  credit  to  the 
participants  must  meet  the  following  criteria: 

1.  There  must  be  15  "contact  hours"  per  graduate  credit. 

a.  Lectures:  1  contact  hour  per  50  minutes  lecture. 

b.  Non-lecture  contact  (laboratory,  workshops,  discussion  and  problem  working 
sessions,  etc.):  1  contact  hour  per  2  or  3  hour  session. 

2.  No  more  than  three  "contact  hours"  per  day  will  be  permitted.    (Three  "contact 


32     Registration  and  Credits 


hours"  are  equivalent  to  0.2  credits) 
3.  Credit  may  be  accumulated  at  the  rate  of  no  more  than  one  credit  per  week. 

Course  and  Credit  Changes 

A  graduate  student  may  change  elections  (drop  a  course,  add  a  course,  change 
between  audit  and  credit  status,  change  the  number  of  credits  for  a  course  within  the 
listed  range,  cancel  registration  or  withdraw  from  the  University)  by  obtaining  the 
necessary  approvals  and  observing  the  published  deadlines  and  procedures.  The 
deadlines  are  published  each  term  in  the  Schedule  of  Classes;  the  procedures 
governing  each  of  these  transactions  are  listed  below. 

Procedures  for  Dropping  a  Course 

A  graduate  student  may  drop  a  course  through  the  10th  week  of  classes  in  a  term  by 
submitting  a  Schedule  Adjustment  Form  to  the  Registrations  Office  North 
Administration  Building.  Currently,  there  is  a  $2.00  charge  for  each  drop  processed 
after  the  10th  day  of  class.  There  is  no  refund  of  tuition  and  fees  for  drops  processed 
after  the  5th  class  day  (see  Schedule  of  Classes). 

Procedure  for  Adding  a  Course  after  Registration 

A  graduate  student  may  add  a  course  until  the  10th  day  of  classes  in  a  term  (see 
Schedule  of  Classes  for  precise  date  each  term),  without  paying  the  $2.00 
administrative  fee  and  without  Graduate  School  approval. 

To  add  a  course: 

Submit  Schedule  Adjustment  Form  to  the  Registration  Office,  North  Administration 
Building  (an  appointment  is  necessary  during  the  first  ten  days  of  class.  See  Schedule 
of  Classes  for  further  details). 

After  the  10th  day  of  classes  all  graduate  students  are  required  to  obtain: 

1 .  Departmental  and  instructor  authorization  stamped  or  written  on  the  add  slip. 

2.  Approval  of  the  Office  of  the  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Students,  2125  South 
Administration  Building,  for  each  add. 

Approved  requests  must  be  promptly  delivered  to  the  Records  Office,  1101  North 
Administration  Building. 

Procedures  for  Late  Registration 

Students  registering  after  the  established  registration  period  and  before  the  end  of 
business  hours  on  the  tenth  day  of  classes  in  each  term  must  call  the  Office  of 
Registrations  and  Records  for  an  appointment  to  register  during  the  late  registration 
period.  Students  registering  after  the  established  registration  period  (i.e.,  beginning 
with  the  schedule  adjustment  period)  will  be  assessed  a  $20  late  registration  fee. 
To  register  after  the  tenth  day  of  classes  a  graduate  student  must: 

1 .  Obtain  the  approval  of  the  department  written  or  stamped  on  the  registration  form. 

2.  Obtain  the  written  approval  of  the  Office  of  the  Associate  Dean  for  Student  Affairs, 
2125  South  Administration  Building.  A  written  explanation  of  the  circumstances 
involved  may  be  required. 

Procedures  for  Credit  Level  Change  and  Change  of  Grading  Option 

Students  wishing  to  change  their  grading  option  or  credit  level  in  a  course  may  do  so 
without  special  approval  until  the  tenth  class  day  each  term.  After  the  tenth  class  day, 
departmental  and  Graduate  School  authorization  is  required  until  the  end  of  tenth 
week.  No  credit  level  changes  or  changes  or  grading  options  are  permitted  after  the 
tenth  week  of  classes. 


Registration  and  Credits     33 


1.  Exceptions  to  this  deadline  require  the  written  approval  of  the  instructor  and  the 
approval  of  the  Graduate  School. 

2.  The  departmental  stamp  must  be  placed  on  the  change  of  grading  option/credit 
level  form. 

3.  Approved    forms    should    be    submitted    to    the    Registrations    Office,    North 
Administration  Building. 

Procedures  for  Withdrawal  from  the  University. 

Graduate  students  wishing  to  cancel  their  admitted  status  and  withdraw  permanently 
from  the  University  may  do  so  at  any  time.  The  procedure  for  withdrawal  is  to  write  a 
letter  of  resignation  to  the  Associate  Dean  for  Student  Affairs.  This  letter  will  be 
reviewed  and  processed  and  the  necessary  offices  notified.  Please  note  that  although 
students  may  withdraw  during  the  course  of  a  given  term,  they  are  liable  for  all  fees 
and  other  obligations  due  the  University,  and  their  academic  records  will  reflect  their 
status  at  the  time  of  withdrawal.  It  should  be  noted  that  readmission  to  the  same 
program  is  not  possible  should  the  student  wish  to  return  to  the  University  at  some 
later  time. 

Procedure  for  Cancelling  Registration  for  a  Term 

To  cancel  a  registration  for  a  given  term,  after  the  stated  deadlines,  a  graduate  student 
must  provide  a  written  explanation,  endorsed  by  the  graduate  director  of  his  or  her 
program,  to  the  Associate  Dean  for  for  Student  Affairs.  If  appropriate,  the  request  will 
be  processed  and,  if  fees  are  involved,  the  necessary  adjustments  made.  Please  note 
that  the  cancellation  of  one's  classes  during  the  course  of  a  given  term  is  not  meant  to 
be  used  as  a  means  of  avoiding  poor  grades. 

Grades  for  Graduate  Students 

A  minimum  grade  point  average  of  3.0  on  all  graduate — level  courses  taken  is  required 
for  graduation  with  a  graduate  degree.  Graduate  students  are  required  to  meet  all 
departmental  and  program  rules  and  regulations.  Departments  and  programs  may 
stipulate  requirements  more  stringent  than  those  minimally  expected  by  the  Graduate 
School. 

Grading  Systems 

The  conventional  A  through  F  grading  system  is  used  in  graduate  level  courses. 

A  "Satisfactory  or  Failure"  (S-F)  grading  system  may  be  used,  at  the  discretion  of 
the  department  of  program,  for  certain  types  of  graduate  study.  These  include 
courses  which  require  independent  field  work,  special  projects,  or  independent  study. 
Departmental  seminars,  workshops,  and  departmental  courses  in  instructional  methods 
may  also  be  appropriate  for  the  S-F  grading  system. 

The  "Pass-Fail"  grading  system  is  a  grading  option  for  undergraduates.  However, 
in  certain  cases,  a  Department  or  Program  may  give  permission  for  a  graduate  student 
to  use  the  Pass-Fail  option  for  any  100-300  level  courses  that  student  takes.  Graduate 
credit  may  not  be  earned  for  these  courses. 

Thesis  and  dissertation  research,  and  courses  labelled  "Independent  Study"  or 
"Special  Problems,"  may  use  either  the  A-F  or  the  S-F  grading  system. 

Only  one  grading  system  will  be  used  for  a  single  course  in  a  particular  semester. 
The  grading  system  will  be  designated  by  the  department  or  program  offering  the 
course. 


34     Degree  Requirements 


Computation  of  Grade  Point  Average 

The  A  is  calculated  at  4  quality  points,  B  at  3  quality  points  and  C  at  2  quality  points. 
The  grades  of  D,  F,  and  I  receive  no  quality  points.  After  a  student  is  matriculated  as  a 
graduate  student,  all  courses  taken  numbered  400  and  above,  except  500-level 
courses,  those  numbered  799  or  899,  and  those  graded  with  an  S,  will  be  used  in  the 
calculation  of  the  grade  point  average.  A  student  may  repeat  any  course  in  an  effort  to 
earn  a  better  grade.  The  later  grade,  whether  higher  or  lower,  will  be  used  in 
computing  the  grade  point  average.  Grades  for  graduate  students  remain  as  part  of 
the  student's  permanent  record  and  may  be  changed  only  by  the  original  instructor  on 
certification,  approved  by  the  department  chair  and  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 
and  Research,  that  an  actual  mistake  was  made  in  determining  or  recording  the  grade. 
No  course  taken  after  August  23,  1974,  will  be  considered  "not  applicable"  for  the 
purpose  of  computing  the  grade  point  average  of  a  graduate  student.  No  graduate 
credit  transferred  from  another  institution  will  be  included  in  the  calculation  of  the 
grade  point  average. 

The  Academic  Record  (Transcript) 

A  graduate  student's  academic  record  (transcript)  is  intended  to  serve  as  a  complete 
history  of  the  student's  academic  progress  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  As  such,  it 
cannotbe  altered  except  in  conformance  with  stated  Graduate  School  policies 
governing  change  of  election.  Under  no  circumstances  will  the  academic  records  be 
altered  because  of  dissatisfaction  with  a  grade  or  other  academic  accomplishment. 

Degree  Requirements 

Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable  to  all  Master's  Degrees. 

Programs 

The  entire  course  of  study  undertaken  for  any  master's  degree  must  constitute  a 
unified,  coherent  program  which  is  approved  by  the  student's  advisor  and  by  the 
Graduate  School. 

A  minimum  of  thirty  semester  hours  in  courses  acceptable  for  credit  towards  a 
graduate  degree  is  required;  in  certain  cases  six  of  the  thirty  semester  hours  must  be 
thesis  research  credits.  The  graduate  program  must  include  at  least  12  hours  of 
course  work  at  the  600  level  or  higher.  If  the  student  is  inadequately  prepared  for  the 
required  graduate  courses,  additional  courses  may  be  required,  which  may  not  be 
considered  as  part  of  the  student's  graduate  program.  Credits  to  be  applied  to  a 
student's  program  for  a  master's  degree  cannot  have  been  used  to  satisfy  any  other 
previously  earned  degrees. 

Grade-point  Average 

The  student  seeking  any  master's  degree  must  maintain  an  average  grade  of  B  over 
all  courses  taken  for  graduate  credit. 

Time  Limitation 

All  requirements  for  the  master's  degree  must  be  completed  within  a  five  year  period. 
This  time  limit  applies  to  any  transfer  work  from  other  institutions  to  be  included  in  a 
student's  program. 

Residence  Requirements 


Degree  Requirements     35 


A  minimum  residence  of  one  year  of  full-time  study,  or  its  equivalent,  at  this  university 
is  required. 

Additional  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  special  departmental  or  collegiate  requirements 
may  be  imposed,  especially  for  degrees  which  are  offered  only  in  one  department, 
college,  or  division.  For  these  special  requirements  consult  the  descriptions  which 
appear  under  the  departmental  or  collegiate  listing  in  this  catalog  or  the  special 
publications  which  can  be  obtained  from  the  department  or  college. 

Graduate  School  Requirements  for  the  Degrees  of  Master  of  Arts 
and  Master  of  Science 

THESIS  OPTION 

Course  Requirements 

A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  including  six  hours  of  thesis  research  credit  (799)  is 
required  for  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science.  Of  the  24  hours 
required  in  graduate  courses,  no  less  than  12  must  be  earned  in  the  major  subject.  No 
less  than  one-half  of  the  total  required  course  credits  for  the  degree,  or  a  minimum  of 
twelve,  must  be  selected  from  courses  numbered  600  or  above. 

Thesis  Requirement 

A  thesis  must  be  submitted  for  the  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science  degrees 
except  for  those  programs  in  which  a  non-thesis  option  has  been  approved  by  the 
Dean  in  conformity  with  the  policy  of  the  Graduate  Council.  Approval  of  the  thesis  is 
the  responsibility  of  an  examining  committee  appointed  by  the  Dean,  on  the 
recommendation  of  the  student's  advisor.  The  advisor  is  the  chairperson  of  the 
committee,  and  the  remaining  members  of  the  committee  are  members  of  the  graduate 
faculty  who  are  familiar  with  the  student's  program  of  study.  The  chairperson  and  the 
candidate  are  informed  of  the  membership  of  the  examining  committee  by  the  Dean. 

Directions  for  the  preparation  and  submission  of  theses  will  be  found  in  the 
Graduate  School  Requirements  for  Theses  and  Dissertations,  which  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Room  2114,  South  Administration  Building. 

Oral  Examination 

A  final  oral  examination  on  the  thesis  shall  be  held  when  the  student  has  completed 
the  thesis  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  student's  advisor,  providing  all  other  requirements 
for  the  degree  have  been  completed,  and  a  3.0  grade  point  average,  computed  in 
accordance  with  the  regulations  described  under  "Grades  for  Graduate  Students"  has 
been  earned. 

The  examining  committee,  with  a  minimum  of  three  members,  conducts  the  oral 
examination  (an  additional  comprehensive  written  examination  may  be  required  at  the 
option  of  the  department  or  program).  The  chairperson  of  the  examining  committee 
selects  the  time  and  place  for  the  examination  and  notifies  other  members  of  the 
committee  and  the  candidate.  Members  of  the  committee  must  be  given  a  minimum  of 
seven  school  days  in  which  to  read  the  thesis.  The  duration  of  the  examination  is 
normally  about  an  hour,  but  it  may  be  longer  if  necessary  to  insure  an  adequate 
examination. 

The  decision  to  accept  the  examination  as  satisfactory  must  be  unanimous. 
Students   may   present   themselves  for  examination   only  twice.   The   report  of  the 


36     Degree  Requirements 


committee,  signed  by  each  member,  must  be  submitted  to  the  Dean  for  Graduate 
Studies  and  Research  no  later  than  the  appropriate  date  listed  in  the  "Important  Dates 
for  Advisors  and  Students,"  if  the  student  is  to  receive  a  diploma  at  the 
Commencement  in  the  semester  in  which  the  examination  is  held. 

NON-THESIS  OPTION 

The  requirements  for  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science  degrees  without  thesis  vary 
slightly  among  departments  and  programs  in  which  this  option  is  available.  Standards 
for  admission  are,  however,  identical  with  those  for  admission  to  any  other  master's 
program.  The  quality  of  the  work  expected  of  the  student  is  also  identical  to  that 
expected  in  the  thesis  programs. 

The  general  requirements  for  those  on  the  non-thesis  program  are  a  minimum  of  30 
semester  credit  hours  in  courses  approved  for  graduate  credit  with  a  minimum 
average  grade  of  B  in  all  course  work  taken;  a  minimum  of  18  semester  credit  hours  in 
courses  numbered  600  or  above;  the  submission  of  one  or  more  scholarly  papers;  and 
successful  completion  of  a  comprehensive  final  examination,  a  portion  of  which  must 
be  written. 

A  student  following  a  non-thesis  master's  program  will  be  expected  to  meet  the 
same  deadlines  for  application  for  a  diploma  and  for  final  examination  reports 
established  for  all  other  degree  programs. 

For  information  on  programs  which  offer  the  non-thesis  option,  see  the  list  of 
Graduate  Programs  in  this  Catalog. 

Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  Education 

Nearly  all  departments  in  Education  offer  the  Master  of  Education  (M.Ed.)  degree  with 
the  following  requirements: 

1.  A  minimum  of  30  semester  hours  in  coursework  with  a  grade  average  of  B.  Grades 
for  courses  not  a  part  of  the  program  but  taken  in  graduate  status  will  be  computed 
in  the  average. 

2.  A  minimum  of  15  hours  in  courses  numbered  600-800  with  the  remainder  at  least 
in  the  400  series.  Some  departments  require  courses  in  departments  outside  of 
those  in  Education. 

3.  A  comprehensive  written  examination  taken  at  the  end  of  coursework.  A  part  of  the 
examination  may  be  oral. 

4.  EDMS  646  or  MUED  690  and  one  seminar  paper;  or  two  seminar  papers. 

5.  EDMS  446  or  EDMS  451. 

6.  Test  battery. 

For  further  details,  see  "Statement  of  Policies  and  Procedures:  Master's  Degrees  in 
Education,"  issued  by  the  College  of  Education,  and  descriptions  of  departmental 
programs. 

Requirements  Applicable  to  other  Master's  Degrees 

The  particular  requirements  for  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Architecture,  Master  of 
Business  Administration,  Master  of  Library  Science,  Master  of  Music,  and  Master  of 
Fine  Arts  are  given  under  the  individual  Graduate  Program  entries  in  those  fields. 


Degree  Requirements     37 


Graduate  School  Requirements  Applicable  to  all  Doctoral  Degrees 

Credit  Requirements 

The  Graduate  School  requires  that  every  student  seeking  the  doctoral  degree  register 
for  a  minimum  of  12  research  credits,  but  the  number  of  research  and  other  credit 
hours  required  in  the  program  varies  with  the  degree  and  program  in  question. 

Residence 

The  equivalent  of  three  years  of  full-time  graduate  study  and  research  is  the  minimum 
required.  Of  the  three  years,  the  equivalent  of  at  least  one  year  must  be  spent  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  On  a  part-time  basis  the  time  needed  will  be  increased 
correspondingly.  All  work  at  other  institutions  offered  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the 
requirements  for  any  doctoral  degree  must  be  submitted,  with  the  recommendation  of 
the  department  or  program  concerned,  to  the  Graduate  School  for  approval  at  the  time 
of  application  for  admission  to  candidacy.  Official  transcripts  of  the  work  must  be  filed 
in  the  Graduate  School. 

Admission  to  Candidacy 

Preliminary  examinations,  or  such  other  substantial  tests  as  the  departments  may  elect, 
are  frequently  prerequisite  for  admission  to  candidacy. 

A  student  must  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the  doctorate  within  five  years  after 
admission  to  the  doctoral  program  and  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  date  on 
which  the  degree  will  be  conferred. 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student  to  submit  an  application  for  admission  to 
candidacy  when  all  the  requirements  for  candidacy  have  been  fulfilled.  Applications 
for  admission  to  candidacy  are  made  in  duplicate  by  the  student  and  submitted  to  the 
major  department  for  further  action  and  transmission  to  the  Graduate  School. 
Application  forms  may  be  obtained  at  the  Graduate  School  Records  Office. 

Time  Limitation 

The  student  must  complete  the  entire  program  for  the  degree,  including  the 
dissertation  and  final  examination,  during  a  four  year  period  after  admission  to 
candidacy.  Extensions  of  time  are  granted  only  under  the  most  unusual  circumstances. 
If  students  fall  to  complete  all  requirements  within  the  time  allotted,  they  must  submit 
another  application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  and,  if  readmitted,  another 
application  for  Advancement  to  Candidacy,  after  satisfying  the  usual  program 
prerequisites  prior  to  Advancement  to  Candidacy. 

Dissertation 

A  dissertation  or  its  equivalent  is  required  of  all  candidates  for  a  doctoral  degree.  The 
topic  of  the  dissertation  must  be  approved  by  the  department  or  program  committee. 

During  the  preparation  of  the  dissertation,  all  candidates  for  any  doctoral  degree 
must  register  for  the  prescribed  number  of  semester  hours  of  Doctoral  Dissertation 
Research  (899)  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Directions  for  the  preparation  and  submission  of  dissertations  will  be  found  in  the 
Graduate  School  Requirements  for  Theses  and  Dissertations,  which  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Graduate  School  Records  Office. 

Publication  of  the  Dissertation 

If  a  student  wishes  to  publish  all  or  a  portion  of  the  thesis  or  dissertation  prior  to  its 
defense  and  approval  by  the  Graduate  Faculty  examining  committee,  he  or  she  must 
first  seek  the  approval  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  This  approval 


38     Degree  Requirements 


is  sought  through  a  letter  to  the  Dean,  endorsed  by  the  dissertation  advisor,  containing 
an  explanation  of  the  need  for  early  publication. 

Final  Examination 

The  final  oral  defense  of  the  dissertation  is  conducted  by  a  committee  of  the  Graduate 
Faculty  appointed  by  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  Nominations  for 
membership  on  the  committee  are  submitted  by  the  student's  major  professor  by  the 
third  week  of  the  semester  in  which  the  student  expects  to  complete  all  requirements, 
but  no  later  than  two  months  prior  to  the  examination,  on  the  designated  form. 

The  major  professor  serves  as  chair  of  the  committee,  which  will  consist  of  a 
minimum  of  five  voting  members,  all  of  whom  hold  the  doctoral  degree.  At  least  one  of 
the  five  must  be  a  Regular  Member  of  the  Graduate  Faculty  in  a  department  or 
graduate  program  at  UMCP  external  to  the  one  in  which  the  student  is  seeking  the 
degree.  A  minimum  of  three  members  of  the  committee  must  be  regular  members  of 
the  Graduate  Faculty  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

One  or  more  members  of  the  committee  may  be  persons  from  other  institutions  who 
hold  the  doctorate  and  who  are  distinguished  scholars  in  the  field  of  the  dissertation. 

One  member  of  the  committee,  usually  the  campus  member  from  another 
department  or  program,  is  designated  as  the  Dean's  representative.  In  addition  to 
having  the  normal  responsibility  of  a  faculty  examiner,  the  Dean's  representative  has 
the  responsibility  of  assuring  that  the  examination  is  conducted  according  to 
established  procedures.  Any  disagreement  over  the  examination  procedures  is 
referred  to  the  Dean's  representative  for  decision. 

The  time  and  place  of  the  examination  are  established  by  the  chairperson  of  the 
committee.  The  student  is  responsible  for  distributing  a  complete  copy  of  the 
dissertation  to  each  member  of  the  committee  at  least  ten  days  before  the 
examination. 

All  final  oral  examinations  are  open  to  all  members  of  the  Graduate  Faculty.  After 
the  examination,  the  committee  deliberates  and  votes  in  private.  Two  or  more  negative 
votes  constitute  a  failure.  The  student  may  be  examined  no  more  than  twice. 

Additional  Requirements 

In  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  special  departmental  or  collegiate  requirements 
may  be  imposed,  especially  for  those  degrees  which  are  offered  in  only  one 
department,  college,  or  division.  For  these  special  requirements,  consult  the 
descriptions  which  appear  under  the  departmental  or  collegiate  listing  in  this  catalog 
or  the  special  publications  which  can  be  obtained  from  the  department,  college,  or 
division. 

Graduate  School  Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of 
Philosophy 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree  is  granted  only  upon  sufficient  evidence  of  high 
attainment  in  scholarship  and  the  ability  to  engage  in  independent  research.  It  is  not 
awarded  for  the  completion  of  course  and  seminar  requirements  no  matter  how 
successfully  completed. 

Residence 

See  requirements  for  all  doctoral  degrees. 

Foreign  Language  Requirement 


Degree  Requirements     39 


A  number  of  departments  have  a  foreign  language  requirement  for  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree.  The  student  should  inquire  in  the  department  regarding  this 
requirement.  Students  must  satisfy  the  departmental  or  program  requirement  before 
they  can  be  admitted  to  candidacy  for  the  doctorate. 

Program 

There  is  no  Graduate  School  requirement  for  a  specific  number  of  course  credits  in 
either  a  major  or  a  minor  subject.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  Graduate  School  to  encourage 
the  development  of  individual  programs  for  each  student  who  seeks  the  PhD.  To  that 
end,  the  academic  departments  and  interdisciplinary  programs  have  been  directed  to 
determine  major  and  minor  requirements,  levels  or  sequences  of  required  courses, 
and  similar  requirements  for  submission  to  the  Graduate  Council  for  approval. 

Admission  to  Candidacy 

See  requirements  for  all  doctoral  degrees. 

Dissertation 

The  ability  to  do  independent  research  must  be  demonstrated  by  an  original 
dissertation  on  a  topic  approved  by  the  department  or  program. 

During  the  preparation  of  the  dissertation,  all  candidates  for  the  Doctor  of 
Philosophy  degree  must  register  for  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  of  doctoral 
research  (899)  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Final  Examination 

See  requirements  for  all  doctoral  degrees. 

Requirements  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Education 

The  requirements  for  the  Doctor  of  Education  (Ed.d).  degree  are  for  the  most  part  the 
same  as  those  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  the  College  of  Education.  The 
Ed.D.  project  requires  a  minimum  of  6  semester  hours  of  dissertation  credit,  while  the 
Ph.D.  requires  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  of  dissertation  credit.  Consult  the 
Graduate  Studies  Office  in  the  College  of  Education  and  the  individual  department  for 
additional  details. 

Requirements  for  other  Doctoral  Degrees 

The  particular  requirements  for  the  degrees  of  Doctor  of  Musical  Arts  are  given  under 
the  corresponding  program  description. 

Petition  for  Waiver  or  Partial  Waiver  of  a  Regulation 

All  policies  of  the  Graduate  School  have  been  formulated  by  the  Graduate  Council,  the 
governing  body  of  the  Graduate  School,  with  the  goal  of  ensuring  academic  quality. 
These  policies  must  be  equitably  and  uniformly  enforced  for  all  graduate  students. 
Nevertheless,  circumstances  occasionally  occur  which  warrant  individual 
consideration.  Therefore,  if  a  graduate  student  believes  that  there  are  compelling 
reasons  for  a  specific  regulation  to  be  waived  or  modified,  the  student  should  submit  a 
written  petition  to  the  Graduate  School,  Room  2125  South  Administration,  explaining 
the  facts  and  issues  which  bear  on  the  case.  In  all  instances,  the  petitions  must  be 
reviewed  by  the  departmental  graduate  director  or  chair  and,  if  the  petition  involves  a 
course,  by  the  course  instructor.  If  both  of  these  people  recommend  approval  and  so 
state  in  writing,  it  is  then  forwarded  to  the  Graduate  School  for  final  review. 


40     Resources 


Commencement 

Applications  for  the  diploma  must  be  filed  with  the  Office  of  Admissions  and 
Registrations  within  the  first  three  weeks  of  the  semester  in  which  the  candidate 
expects  to  obtain  a  degree,  except  during  summer  session.  During  the  summer 
session,  the  application  must  be  filed  during  the  first  week  of  the  second  summer 
session.  Exact  dates  are  noted  for  each  semester  and  the  summer  sessions  in 
"Important  Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students." 

If,  for  any  reason,  students  do  not  graduate  at  the  end  of  the  semester  in  which 
they  have  applied  for  the  diploma,  they  must  re-apply  for  it  in  the  semester  in  which 
they  expect  to  graduate. 

Academic  costume  is  required  of  all  candidates  at  commencement  exercises. 
Those  who  so  desire  may  purchase  or  rent  caps  and  gowns  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  student  supply  store.  Orders  must  be  filed  eight  weeks  before  the  date  of 
commencement  but  may  be  cancelled  later  if  students  find  themselves  unable  to 
complete  the  requirements  for  the  degree. 

Resources 

Location 

In  location,  faculty  and  students  at  the  University  of  Maryland  enjoy  the  best  of  all 
possible  worlds.  Situated  on  1,300  acres  in  Prince  Georges  County,  the  College  Park 
Campus  is  a  part  of  the  larger  metropolitan  area  of  Washington,  D.C.,  which  is  rapidly 
becoming  the  nation's  capital  in  cultural  and  intellectual  activity  as  well  as  political 
power.  The  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts,  the  Filene  Center,  and  the  many 
fine  area  theaters  regularly  present  performances  by  the  world's  most  exciting  and 
renowned  artists.  The  Smithsonian  Museums  and  the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  among 
others,  sponsor  standing  collections  and  special  exhibits  that  attract  national  attention. 
In  addition  to  cultural  activities,  the  nation's  Capital  provides  interested  students  the 
opportunity  to  observe  at  first  hand  the  work  of  federal  institutions;  to  sit  in  the  galleries 
of  Congress;  to  watch  the  Supreme  Court  in  session;  and  to  attend  public 
Congressional  hearings.  The  possibilities  for  personal  enrichment  offered  in  this 
exciting  cosmopolitan  area  are  indeed  enormous. 

Outside  the  metropolitan  area,  and  just  minutes  from  the  campus,  the  scene  in  the 
Maryland  countryside  is  pleasantly  rural.  Maryland  offers  a  great  variety  of  recreational 
and  leisure  activities  in  its  many  fine  national  and  state  parks,  from  the  Catoctin 
Mountains  in  Western  Maryland  to  the  Assateague  Island  National  Seashore  on  the 
Atlantic  bound  Eastern  Shore,  all  within  a  pleasant  drive  from  the  campus.  Historic 
Annapolis,  the  state  capital,  is  only  a  short  drive  away,  and  the  city  of  Baltimore,  with 
its  rich  variety  of  ethnic  heritages,  its  cultural  and  educational  institutions,  and  its 
impressive  urban  transformation,  is  only  thirty  miles  from  College  Park. 

Special  Research  Resources 

The  College  Park  Campus  is  in  the  midst  of  one  of  the  greatest  concentrations  of 
research  facilities  and  intellectual  talent  in  the  nation,  if  not  in  the  world.  Libraries  and 
laboratories  serving  virtually  every  academic  discipline  are  within  easy  commuting 
distance.  There  is  a  steady  and  growing  interchange  of  ideas,  information,  technical 


Resources     41 


skills,  and  scholars  between  the  university  and  these  centers.  The  libraries  and 
facilities  of  many  of  these  centers  are  open  to  qualified  graduate  students  at  the 
university.  The  resources  of  many  more  are  available  by  special  arrangement 

In  the  humanities,  the  Library  of  Congress  and  the  Folger  Shakespeare  Library,  with 
its  extensive  collection  of  rare  manuscripts,  are  among  the  worlds  most  outstanding 
research  libraries.  In  addition,  Dumbarton  Oaks;  the  National  Archives;  the  Smithsonian 
Institution;  the  World  Bank;  the  National  Library  of  Medicine;  the  National  Agricultural 
Library;  the  Enoch  Pratt  Free  Library  of  Baltimore;  the  libraries  of  the  Federal 
Departments  of  Labor;  Commerce;  Interior;  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare;  Housing 
and  Urban  Development;  and  Transportation,  and  approximately  500  other  specialized 
libraries  are  all  within  a  few  minutes  drive  of  the  College  Park  Campus  These 
resources  make  the  University  of  Maryland  one  of  the  most  attractive  in  the  nation  for 
scholars  of  all  disciplines. 

The  proximity  of  the  Beltsville  Agricultural  Research  Center  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture  has  stimulated  the  development  of  both  laboratories  and 
opportunities  for  field  research  in  the  agricultural  and  life-sciences.  The  National 
Institutes  of  Health  offer  unparalleled  opportunities  for  collaboration  in  biomedical  and 
behavior  research.  Opportunities  are  also  available  for  collaborative  graduate  study 
programs  with  other  major  government  laboratories,  such  as  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  the  Naval  Research  Laboratory,  and  the  U.S.  Geological  Survey. 

The  long-standing  involvement  of  the  State  of  Maryland  in  the  development  of  the 
commercial  and  recreational  resources  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  has  resulted  in  the 
establishment  of  outstanding  research  facilities  for  the  study  of  marine  science  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  Center  for  Environmental  and  Estuarine  Studies,  with  research 
facilities  at  Horn  Point  near  Cambridge,  at  Crisfield,  and  at  Solomons  Island,  Maryland. 

Campus  facilities  are  also  excellent  for  research  in  every  discipline.  Work  in  the 
behavioral  sciences,  particularly  in  learning,  is  centered  in  laboratories  equipped  for 
fully  automated  research  on  rats,  pigeons,  and  monkeys. 

Exceptional  research  facilities  in  the  physical  sciences  include  two  small  Van  de 
Graaff  accelerators;  an  assortment  of  computers,  including  a  PDP  11/45,  a  UNIVAC 
1108  and  a  UNIVAC  1100/41;  a  10  KW  training  nuclear  reactor;  a  full  scale  low  velocity 
wind  tunnel;  several  small  hypersonic  helium  wind  tunnels;  specialized  facilities  in  the 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology;  a  psychopharmacology  laboratory; 
shock  tubes;  a  quiescent  plasma  device  (Q  machine)  for  plasma  research;  and 
rotating  tanks  for  laboratory  studies  of  meteorological  phenomena. 

Students  also  have  access  to  research  farms,  greenhouses,  and  even 
laboratory-equipped  vessels  for  research  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  The  University  also 
owns  and  operates  one  of  the  world's  largest  and  most  sophisticated  long-wavelength 
radio  telescopes  located  in  Clark  Lake,  California  and  a  cosmic  ray  laboratory  located 
in  New  Mexico. 

Special  Opportunities  for  Artists 

Advanced  work  in  the  creative  and  performing  arts  at  College  Park  is  concentrated  in 
the  Tawes  Fine  Arts  Building  and  the  recently  completed  Art-Sociology  Building. 
Creative  work  is  greatly  stimulated  by  the  close  interaction  that  has  developed 
between  the  students  and  faculty  of  the  University  and  the  artists  and  scholars  at  the 
National  Gallery,  the  Corcoran  Gallery,  the  Hirshhorn  Museum,  the  Phillips  Gallery,  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  as  well  as  the  musicians  of  the  National  Symphony  Orchestra 


42     Resources 


and  small  musical  groups.  The  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts  and  the  Filene 
Center  (Wolf  Trap  Farm  Park)  have  further  enhanced  the  climate  for  creative  artists 
attending  the  University. 

Outstanding  work  on  campus  in  theater,  dance,  radio,  and  television  is  aided  by 
the  proximity  of  the  campus  to  the  National  Theater,  the  Arena  Stage,  the  Morris 
Mechanic  Theater,  and  numerous  little  theater  groups  in  the  Washington  and  Baltimore 
area.  There  is  a  frequent  and  steady  interchange  of  ideas  and  talent  between  students 
and  faculty  at  the  University  and  both  educational  and  commercial  radio  and  television 
media  as  a  consequence  of  the  large  professional  staffs  which  are  maintained  in  the 
Washington  area. 

Libraries 

The  University  library  system  includes  major  research  libraries  on  both  the  College 
Park  and  Baltimore  Campuses. 

The  Libraries  on  the  College  Park  Campus  contain  nearly  2,000,000  volumes,  and 
they  subscribe  to  more  than  15,000  periodicals  and  newspapers.  Additional  collections 
of  research  materials  are  available  on  microfilm,  microfiche,  phonorecords,  tapes,  and 
films. 

The  Theodore  R.  McKeldin  Library  is  the  largest  library  on  campus  and  the 
principal  library  for  graduate  use.  Special  collections  include  those  of  Richard  Von 
Mises  in  mathematics  and  applied  mechanics;  Max  Born  in  the  physical  sciences; 
Thomas  I.  Cook  in  political  science;  Romeo  Mansueti  in  the  biological  sciences; 
Katherine  Anne  Porter;  Maryland;  U.S.  government  publications  (for  which  the 
University  is  a  regional  depository);  documents  of  the  United  Nations,  the  League  of 
Nations  and  other  international  organizations,  agricultural  experiment  station  and 
extension  service  publications;  maps  from  the  U.S.  Army  Map  Service;  the  files  of  the 
Industrial  Union  of  Marine  and  Shipbuilding  Workers  of  America;  the  Wallenstein 
collection  of  musical  scores;  and  research  collections  of  the  American  Bandmasters 
Association,  the  National  Association  of  Wind  and  Percussion  Instructors,  and  the 
Music  Educators  National  Conference.  In  addition,  the  collections  include  microfilm 
productions  of  government  documents,  rare  books,  early  journals,  and  newspapers. 

Within  the  East  Asia  Collection  is  the  world's  largest  repository  of  published  and 
unpublished  Japanese-language  materials  from  the  Allied  Occupation  period. 

Graduate  students  at  UMCP  are  not  served  by  McKeldin  alone.  Several 
departments  and  colleges  maintain  specialized  libraries  for  student  use,  with 
collections  of  importance  to  advanced  students.  These  include  the  Library  of  the 
College  of  Library  and  Information  Services,  which  contains  materials  for  library 
science  and  a  Juvenile  Teaching  Materials  Collection,  and  the  Engineering  and 
Physical  Sciences  Library,  which  houses  the  Technical  Report  Center  with  over 
400,000  items  from  NASA,  USDE,  and  other  U.S.  and  foreign  governmental  agencies. 

Our  libraries  have  several  exciting  recent  acquisitions  which  will  be  of  special 
interest  to  graduate  students.  One  new  collection,  to  be  known  as  the  International 
Piano  Archives  at  Maryland,  contains  more  than  17,000  tapes,  records  and  piano  rolls, 
several  thousand  pieces  of  sheet  music  and  scores,  and  important  documents,  letters 
and  other  materials  relating  to  pianists  Joseph  Hofmann,  Anton  Rubinstein  and  others. 

The  University  has  also  recently  acquired  an  exceptional  collection  in  astronomy: 
the  entire  library  of  the  Georgetown  University  Observatory,  which  contains  numerous 
catalogs,  journals,  and  observatory  bulletins  dating  back  to  the  1800's.  Much  of  this 


Resources     43 

material  has  never  been  published  commercially,  and  when  cataloguing  is  completed, 
Maryland  will  have  one  of  the  most  interesting  and  extensive  astronomy  collections  in 
the  country. 

Institutes,  Centers,  and  Bureaus 

Acknowledging  the  importance  of  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  knowledge,  the 
University  maintains  organized  research  units  outside  the  usual  department  structures. 
These  institutes,  centers,  and  bureaus  offer  valuable  opportunities  for  faculty  and 
students  to  engage  in  research  and  study  in  specialized  areas  and  in  public  service 
activities. 

Institute  for  Child  Study  :  Director:  Robert  C.  Hardy,  in  its  program  the  institute 
collects,  interprets,  and  synthesizes  the  scientific  findings  in  various  fields  that  are 
concerned  with  human  growth,  development,  learning  and  behavior.  Programs,  which 
have  a  psychological  focus,  provide  study  of  all  aspects  of  life  span  development  from 
infancy  through  aging.  Institute  research  is  primarily  concerned  with  social  aspects  of 
development.  The  Institute  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of 
Education,  Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of  Philosophy  and  Doctor  of  Education  degrees,  and 
the  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  in  the  area  of  human  development. 

Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  :  Director  Charles  Wellford  The 
Institute  coordinates  the  University's  interests  and  activities  in  the  areas  of  law 
enforcement,  criminology,  and  corrections.  The  Institute  has  a  very  extensive  and 
carefully  integrated  undergraduate  program.  Special  emphasis,  however,  is  placed  on 
graduate  programs  and  on  research. 

The  research  capabilities  and  the  academic  programs  of  the  Institute  make 
possible  the  achievement  of  its  primary  goal — the  education  of  social  and  behavioral 
scientists  who  have  chosen  the  problem  of  crime  and  its  prevention  and  controls  as 
their  specialization.  The  Institute  offers  the  M.A.  degree  with  options  in  criminology  or 
criminal  justice  and  the  Ph.D.  degree  in  criminal  justice  and  criminology. 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  :  Director:  J  R.  Dorfman  The 
Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  is  a  center  for  interdisciplinary  research 
in  pure  and  applied  science  problems  that  lie  between  those  areas  served  by  the 
academic  departments.  These  interdisciplinary  problems  afford  challenging 
opportunities  for  thesis  research  and  classroom  instruction.  Current  research  topics 
include  a  variety  of  problems  in  applied  mathematics,  statistical  physics,  optical 
physics,  fluid  mechanics,  physics  of  condensed  matter,  space  science,  upper 
atmospheric  physics,  engineering  physics,  and  biomathematics.  Other  areas  of 
interest  are  remote  sensing,  the  effect  of  ionizing  radiation  on  chemical  systems,  and 
the  history  of  science  and  technology. 

Courses  and  thesis  research  guidance  by  the  faculty  of  the  Institute  are  provided 
through  the  graduate  programs  in  the  academic  departments  of  the  Division  of 
Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering.  The  Institute  sponsors  a  wide 
variety  of  seminars.  Of  principal  interest  are  general  seminars  in  statistical  physics, 
applied  mathematics,  fluid  dynamics,  and  in  atomic  and  molecular  physics.  Information 
about  these  can  be  obtained  by  writing  the  Director  or  by  calling  (301)  454-2636. 

Institute  for  Research  in  Higher  and  Adult  Education  :  Director  Robert  0  Berdahl 


44     Resources 


The  primary  focus  of  the  institute  is  to  encourage  and  support  the  study  of  public 
policy  issues  concerning  the  relations  between  institutions  of  higher  and  adult 
education  and  their  state  and  federal  governments.  The  institute  concentrates  on  state 
level  problems,  particularly  those  relating  to  Maryland  institutions,  with  special 
emphasis  on  research  and  public  service  for  community  colleges. 

The  institute's  location  in  College  Park,  next  to  the  nation's  capital,  facilitates 
monitoring  and  researching  federal  policies  in  postsecondary  education.  The  institute 
addresses  problems  such  as  (1)  legislative  performance  audits  of  higher  education,  (2) 
evaluation  of  statewide  boards  of  higher  education,  (3)  interactions  among  statewide 
boards,  accrediting  agencies  and  universities,  (4)  fundraising  and  research 
development,  and  (5)  inter-institutional  cooperation. 

The  teaching  base  of  greatest  relevance  to  the  institute  lies  in  the  graduate 
programs  in  higher  and  adult  education  in  the  UMCP  Department  of  Education  Policy, 
Planning  and  Administration;  however,  interaction  with  students  and  faculty  from  other 
relevant  areas  is  strongly  encouraged. 

Other  activities  of  the  institute  include  an  annual  lecture  series,  conferences  on 
topics  of  special  interest,  publication  of  occasional  papers,  and  a  visiting  scholars 
program. 

Institute  for  the  Study  of  Exceptional  Children  and  Youth  :  Director:  Philip  J  Burke 
The  institute  is  a  research  unit  adjunct  to  the  Department  of  Special  Education  in  the 
College  of  Education  at  UMCP.  The  institute  is  a  problem-centered  organization 
engaged  in  innovation,  research,  and  evaluation  related  to  major  issues  affecting  the 
lives  of  exceptional  individuals,  the  gifted  and  talented  as  well  as  the  handicapped. 
The  institute  has  five  interlocking  task  areas:  policy  studies,  consumer  involvement  and 
evaluation,  leadership  development,  interdisciplinary  studies,  and  dissemination. 

Projects  include  (1)  the  Special  Education  Leadership  Policy  Development 
Program;  (2)  the  Knowledge  Base  Project  for  the  Improvement  of  Personel  Preparation 
in  Special  Education;  (3)  a  statewide  Olympics  of  the  Mind  for  gifted  and  talented 
students;  (4)  a  federally-supported  study  of  the  use  of  microcompters  in  teaching 
autistic  children. 

The  institute  is  designed  to  become  an  ongoing  part  of  the  University  and  will  add 
new  activities  and  components  as  needs  and  opportunities  arise.  Recognizing  that  a 
society  can  be  judged  by  its  ability  to  meet  the  needs  of  exceptional  populations,  the 
institute  intends  to  focus  its  resources  on  key  issues,  problems,  and  research  areas 
that  will  maintain  a  strong  and  independent  voice  in  matters  relating  to  exceptional 
children  and  youth. 

Institute  for  Urban  Studies:  Director:  Kenneth  E.  Corey.  The  Institute  aims  at 
developing  students  knowledgeable  both  in  the  technical  competencies  which 
constitute  the  skills  of  "urban  manpower"  and  in  the  professional  understanding  of  the 
urban  community  as  an  object  of  interdisciplinary  analysis. 

The  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  is  a  multi-campus  interdisciplinary  B.A.  and  M.A. 
degree  granting  program.  It  was  created  to  offer  a  teaching  program  to  educate  urban 
administrators  and  specialists  to  plan,  manage  and  develop  metropolitan  communities. 
The  Washington-Baltimore  urban  corridor  provides  an  excellent  teaching  and  research 
setting  for  faculty  and  students.  Since  contemporary  urban  problems  must  be  solved 
by  a  multi-disciplinary  approach,  the  master's  program  supplements  the  Institute's  core 
courses  with  the  specialized  problem  solving  methods  of  the  diverse  departments  and 
professional  schools  of  the  University.    The  Institute  has  developed  a  joint  program 


Resources     45 


with  the  UMAB  Community  Planning  Program  to  enable  the  Master  of  Community 
Planning  (M.C.P.)  degree  to  be  taken  by  students  in  College  Park  as  well  as  in 
Baltimore. 

Center  on  Aging:  Director:  Dr.  George  Baker.  The  Center  on  Aging,  established  in 
1974,  has  a  university-wide  mandate  to  promote  aging-related  activities.  The  center's 
goals  are  to:  (1)  Promote  aging-related  research  by  assisting  in  proposal  preparation 
and  in  communication  with  various  government  and  private  funding  sources.  (2) 
Encourage  departments,  schools,  and  colleges  to  pursue  aging-related  research  and 
develop  gerontologically-oriented  courses.  (3)  Provide  students  with  educational 
programs,  field  experiences,  training  opportunities,  and  job  placements  that  will 
prepare  them  for  careers  in  aging-related  occupations.  (4)  Conduct  training  programs, 
sponsor  conferences,  and  provide  on  and  off-campus  technical  assistance  to  meet  the 
needs  of  practitioners  who  serve  older  persons.  In  addition,  the  Center  sponsors  a 
colloquium  series  on  aging-related  topics  that  is  open  to  students  and  the  public, 
conducts  training  and  conferences  for  community  level  practitioners,  and  offers  an 
annual  Senior  Center  Training  Institute  for  persons  involved  in  direct  service  activities 
for  the  elderly.  The  Center  coordinates  the  Graduate  Gerontology  Certificate  to 
students  pursuing  Master's  and  doctoral  degrees  in  regular  university  departments  as 
well  as  to  persons  who  return  to  the  campus  as  advanced  special  students. 

Architecture  and  Engineering  Performance  Information  Center  :  Director  Donald 
W.  Vannoy.  Housed  in  the  Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and 
Engineering,  and  cooperative  with  the  School  of  Architecture,  AEPIC  is  designed  to 
permit  architects  and  engineers  to  efficiently  retrieve  information  on  incidents  involving 
the  performance  of  projects  for  which  they  are  responsible  as  conceivers,  planners, 
designers,  constructors,  operators,  or  investigators. 

The  information  is  structured  for  use  in  planning  new  projects;  reviewing  existing 
projects  for  rehabilitation,  re-use,  remedial  work  or  restoration;  teaching  case  studies; 
modifying  codes  and  regulations;  planning  research;  preparing  professional  texts; 
investigating  for  negotiations,  arbitration  or  litigation  proceedings;  and  developing  new 
products  for  the  construction  industry  in  order  to  improve  professional  practice  and 
prevent  repetition  of  poor  practice. 

Center  for  Mathematics  Education:  Director:  Dr.  Martin  L.  Johnson.  The  Center  for 
Mathematics  Education  facilitates  a  graduate  program  in  mathematics  education — a 
program  with  an  integrated  focus  relating  mathematics,  psychology,  and  learning.  The 
faculty  of  the  Center  believe  that  crucial  to  the  kind  of  research  effort  envisioned  is  a 
milieu  conducive  to  such  an  effort — a  physical-psychological  locale  in  which  students, 
faculty,  participating  children,  parents,  and  appropriate  visitors  can  become  involved 
in  the  formal  and  informal  interactions  so  essential  to  integrative  research. 

In  support  of  its  graduate  program,  the  center  sponsors  two  major  projects:  The 
Arithmetic  Clinic  and  the  Mathematics  Teaching  Laboratory.  The  Arithmetic  Clinic 
provides  a  context  wherein  graduate  students  can  study  difficulties  in  teaching  and 
learning  mathematics  as  they  work  directly  with  children.  Models  and  procedures  for 
the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  learning  difficulties  in  mathematics  are  tested  and 
refined.' 

The  Mathematics  Teaching  Laboratory  provides  an  extensive  array  of  materials  for 
teaching  elementary  school  mathematics-materials  which  graduate  students  not  only 
evaluate  but  also  use  in  their  work  with  children  or  with  pre-service  teachers. 


46     Resources 


Center  for  Business  and  Public  Policy  :  Director:  Lee  E.  Preston.  The  Center, 
housed  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Management  at  UMCP,  seeks  to  encourage 
more  effective  management  in  the  contemporary  social  and  political  environment.  It 
stimulates  study,  research  and  dialogue  among  faculty  and  students,  members  of  the 
management  community,  and  public  officials  concerning  the  broad  pattern  and 
changing  character  of  business  and  society  relationships,  and  directs  attention  to 
specific  public  policy  issues  through  conferences  and  seminars.  It  emphasizes  the 
development  of  managerial  skills  and  tools  for  scanning  the  social  environment, 
analyzing  corporate  social  performance,  and  developing  strategies  for  business 
response  to  social  change. 

In  addition  to  MBA  and  doctoral  candidates  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Management,  graduate  students  from  throughout  the  University  may  participate  in 
courses  and  research  opportunities  offered  by  the  Center,  and  faculty  from  other 
departments  are  drawn  upon  for  individual  projects  and  programs.  Students  preparing 
for  specialized  careers  in  corporate  external  affairs  will  be  placed  in  field  internships 
through  the  Center  so  that  they  can  gain  appropriate  experience  as  part  of  their 
educational  programs. 

The  Center  publishes  and  distributes  a  wide  range  of  documents  reflecting  its  work, 
and  is  the  editorial  office  for  the  annual  volumes  Research  in  Corporate  Social 
Performance  and  Policy,  published  by  JAI  Press,  Greenwich,  Connecticut. 

Center  for  Educational  Research  and  Development  (CERD)  :  Director  Dr.  John  T 
Guthrie.  Associate  Director:  Dr.  Gerald  V.  Teague.  The  Center  for  Educational 
Research  and  Development  (CERD)  is  a  research  facility  devoted  to  promoting  the 
study  of  analysis  and  complex  issues  in  education.  The  problems  addressed  include 
student  learning  and  development,  teacher  effectiveness,  curriculum  theory,  policy 
analysis,  and  the  social  context  of  education.  Issues  are  examined  through  a  variety 
of  methodologies  including  qualitative  approaches,  surveys,  correlational  studies, 
experiments  and  philosophical/literary  analysis.  The  Center  communicates  its  findings 
broadly,  attempting  to  bring  new  knowledge  to  the  attention  of  educational 
decision-makers  and  the  public  through  a  variety  of  publication  outlets. 

The  Center  provides  service  to  College  staff  in  the  development  of  scholarly 
activities.  Assistance  is  given  in  the  areas  of  literature  retrieval  and  review,  research 
design  and  analysis,  and  the  communication  of  findings.  Preparation  of  grant 
proposals  including  financial  preparation,  monitoring  and  accounting  is  supported.  For 
the  purposes  of  conducting  research  activities  and  sustaining  communication 
regarding  the  application  of  new  knowledge  to  educational  problems,  the  Center 
provides  a  liaison  with  local,  State  and  National  education  agencies.  Collaborations  of 
educational,  corporate,  and  university  communities  engaged  in  common  research 
pursuits  are  facilitated. 

Center  for  Curriculum  Development  and  Change  :  Director  Louise  M.Berman  This 
Center  is  committed  to  working  with  public  and  private  schools,  schools  of  nursing  and 
medicine,  business  and  industrial  organizations,  museums,  and  governmental  and 
private  agencies  on  issues  pertaining  to  curriculum  development  and  change. 

Among  the  activities  of  interest  to  Center  staff  and  groups  they  serve  are  plans  for 
designing,  implementing,  and  evaluating  curriculum  programs:  advanced  study  and 
inservice  education  for  faculty  and  administrators:  networking  and  identification  of 
specialized  experts  in  the  curriculum  field;  and  development  of  national  and 
international  curriculum  programs  and  exchanges.    The  Center  is  associated  with  the 


Resources     47 


Department  of  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration. 

Center  for  the  Study  of  Education  Policy  and  Human  Values  :  Director  Barbara  J 
Finkelstein  This  Center  is  devoted  to  the  examination  of  education  policy  as  it  reflects 
and  expresses  values.    It  provides  a  setting  in  which  students,  faculty,  legislators,  civil 
servants,  and  other  education  publics  can  explore  the  social  and  moral  complexities 
and  ambiguities  inherent  in  educational  goals  and  practices. 

Activities  of  the  Center  include  problem  indentification,  producing  essays  and 
monographs,  organizing  conferences,  and  facilitating  dialogue  and  discussion  of 
relevant  issues.  Internships  and  postdoctoral  study  opportunities  are  available  in  the 
Center  for  individuals  interested  in  the  humanistic  study  of  education.  The  Center  is 
associated  with  the  Department  of  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration. 

Comparative  Education  Center  :  Director:  George  A.  Male  Established  in  1967,  the 
Comparative  Education  Center  provides  cross-cultural  encouragement  and  assistance 
to  faculty  and  students  with  international  education  interests.  Center  staff  members 
represent  special  competence  on  Western  Europe,  Africa,  the  Near  East,  and  on 
international  organizations. 

The  Center  arranges  study  visits  for  educators  from  other  countries,  holds  symposia 
and  occasional  lectures,  and  periodically  publishes  research  essays  on  international 
education  topics.  The  Center  is  associated  with  the  Department  of  Education  Policy, 
Planning,  and  Administration. 

Computer  Science  Center:  Director:  Glenn  Ricart.  The  Computer  Science  Center 
provides  the  academic  community  of  the  University  with  ready  access  to  large-scale 
computer  facilities.  The  Center's  primary  function  is  the  effective  operation, 
maintenance,  and  management  of  these  facilities  so  as  to  provide,  as  nearly  as 
possible,  uninterrupted  computer  services  to  the  University  community.  The  Center 
also  carries  on  an  active  program  of  basic  and  applied  research  in  computer  science. 

Graduate  students  and  faculty  with  programming  problems  can  bring  them  to  a 
group  of  programmer  consultants  who  work  on  an  individualized  basis  to  assist  in 
applying  appropriate  computer  techniques.  The  Center  also  has  a  staff  of  systems 
analysts  to  assist  in  debugging  programs,  to  adapt  software  developed  elsewhere  to 
use  the  Center's  equipment,  and  to  devise  original  software  to  meet  user  needs.  Some 
of  the  additional  services  offered  are  keypunching,  on-line  data  entry, 
photo-typesetting,  and  optical  scanning.  A  large  inventory  of  specialized  software  is 
available  through  the  program  library,  and  many  non-credit  short  courses  are 
presented  each  semester  for  users  with  specialized  needs. 

As  of  February  1985,  computing  at  the  Computer  Science  Center  is  furnished  by  a 
Sperry  Univac  1100/82,  two  IBM  4341  systems,  and  one  IBM  4381  system.  The 
1100/82  serves  research  and  advanced  instructional  needs  by  supporting  200 
simultaneous  interactive  terminal  users  as  well  as  a  batch  processing  environment. 
The  IBM  computers  are  functionally  dedicated  to  specific  areas  of  instruction.  Two 
4341  systems,  each  of  which  supports  55  simultaneous  interactive  terminal  users, 
provide  Fortran,  Pascal,  Cobol,  and  Basic  to  lower-level  classes.  The  IBM  4381,  which 
is  jointly  owned  by  the  Sea  Grant  Program,  is  primarily  used  for  statistical  analysis 
(SAS,  SPSS,  etc.),  graphics,  and  advanced  Fortran  applications. 

Center  of  Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies:  Director:  Paul  A  Weinstein  The 
Program  of  Industrial  Relations  and  Labor  Studies  was  recently  organized  at  UMCP 
and  is  concerned  with  two  kinds  of  activity.  The  first  is  interdisciplinary  research 


48     Resources 


directed  primarily  toward  the  study  of  labor-management  relations,  wages  and  related 
problems,  the  labor  market,  comparative  studies  and  personnel  problems.  The 
Program  draws  on  the  expertise  and  interests  of  faculty  from  the  College  of  Business 
and  Management,  the  School  of  Law  and  the  Department  of  Economics,  History, 
Psychology  and  Sociology.  The  second  main  activity  consists  of  community  and  labor 
relations  education  projects  serving  management,  unions,  the  public  and  other  groups 
interested  in  industrial  relations  and  labor-related  activities.  These  projects  consist  of 
public  lectures,  conferences,  and  symposia  as  well  as  non-credit  courses. 
Discussions  concerning  the  development  of  a  Master's  degree  in  Industrial  Relations 
and  Labor  Studies  are  currently  underway. 

Center  for  International  Development  :  Director:  Edward  E.  Azar.  The  Center  for 
International  Development  was  created  by  the  University  of  Maryland  to  contribute  to 
international  research  and  education  on  the  subject  of  development,  conflict  resolution 
and  world  order.  The  center  is  transnational  in  scope  and  interdisciplinary  in 
approach.  It  places  a  heavy  emphasis  on  the  application  of  international  behavioral 
and  social  sciences  to  understanding  the  problems  of  international  socio-economic 
change,  conflict  resolution  and  international  security. 

The  center  brings  together  experts  concerned  with  the  problems  of 
underdevelopment,  conflict  and  application  of  creative  strategies  for  the  resolution  of 
internal  strife  and  international  violence.  In  a  highly  interdependent  and  complex 
world,  the  center  reaches  across  national  boundaries  to  pursue  co-learning  with 
international  scholars,  especially  from  the  developing  countries.  In  this  context,  one  of 
the  central  concerns  of  the  center  is  the  analysis  and  promotion  of  long-term 
international  cooperation  between  the  United  States  and  the  Third  World. 

At  present,  long-term  research  projects  underway  at  the  center  include  theory 
projects  in  development  diplomacy  and  protracted  social  conflict,  a  methods  project,  a 
policy  project  dealing  with  the  role  of  international  business  in  world  development  and 
in  regional  and  international  cooperation,  and  a  data  project  whose  nucleus  is  the 
Conflict  and  Peace  Data  Bank(COPDAB). 

In  addition,  the  center  permits  students  interested  in  energy  and  environmental 
politics,  world  food  problems,  technology  transfer  and  Third  World  development  to 
pursue  a  specialization  through  the  center's  World  Order  Studies  program. 

The  center  also  sponsors  research  seminars,  public  conferences  and  training 
workshops  and  provides  numerous  opportunities  for  intellectual  and  professional 
enrichment  of  scholars  within  and  outside  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Center  for  Language  and  Cognition  :  Director:  David  L.  Horton.  The  purpose  of  the 
Center  for  Language  and  Cognition  is  to  provide  a  central  focus  for  instruction  and 
research  training  on  all  aspects  of  language  and  cognition  represented  by  the  training 
staff.  The  Center's  specific  goals  are  to  (1)  encourage  and  support  research  and  (2)  to 
train  students  capable  of  making  substantial  contributions  to  the  understanding  of 
human  cognitive  systems  and  of  relating  this  understanding  to  behavior  in  natural 
settings. 

The  training  program  consists  of  classroom  instruction  (courses  and  seminars), 
research  apprenticeships,  and  a  variety  of  special  features  designed  to  provide  an 
integrative  program  for  all  students.  The  special  features  include  an  "interdisciplinary" 
center  seminar  which  provides  a  common  forum  for  the  discussion  of  contemporary 
issues  and  an  evening  discussion  seminar  in  which  a  variety  of  professional,  practical, 
and  theoretical  issues  are  considered.    Also  of  importance  are  the  visiting  scholar 


Resources     49 


series,  a  technical  report  series,  and  a  variety  of  informal  procedures  for  the  training  of 
competent,  mature  scientists. 

Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  :  Director  Dr  Douglas  MacLean  The 
Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  conducts  an  interdisciplinary  program  of 
research  and  curriculum  development,  investigating  the  structure  of  arguments  and  the 
nature  of  values  relevant  to  the  formation,  justification,  and  criticism  of  public  policy. 
Most  research  efforts,  chosen  from  topics  expected  to  be  a  focus  of  public  policy 
debate  during  the  next  decade,  are  coordinated  by  center  research  staff  and 
conducted  cooperatively  by  working  groups  composed  of  philosophers,  policymakers, 
analysts,  and  other  experts  from  within  and  without  the  government.  This  diversity 
permits  comprehensive  examination  of  the  major  aspects  of  the  complex  issues 
investigated.  Current  research  areas  include:  regulatory  policy,  environmental  ethics, 
nuclear  strategy,  the  nature  of  ecology,  the  rationality  of  attitudes  toward  risk,  equality 
of  opportunity,  the  ethics  of  legal  negotiation,  and  the  mass  media  and  democratic 
values.  Research  products  are  made  available  through  commercial  publication, 
distribution  of  model  courses,  a  quarterly  newsletter,  working  papers,  and  workshops. 

The  Center's  curriculum  development  seeks  to  bring  philosophical  issues  before 
future  policymakers  and  citizens.  Courses  dealing  with  contemporary  normative  issues 
in  the  national  and  international  arenas  are  offered  through  the  School  of  Law,  School 
of  Public  Affairs,  and  various  undergraduate  programs.  Courses  which  have  been 
offered  include:  Hunger  and  Affluence,  Philosophical  issues  in  Public  Policy;  Human 
Rights  and  Foreign  Policy;  Ethics  and  Energy  Policy;  The  Endangered  Species 
Problem;  Risk  and  Consent;  Ethics  and  the  New  International  Order;  The  Morality  of 
Forced  Military  Service;  Theory  of  Regulatory  Policy;  Ethics  and  National  Security;  and 
Environmental  Ethics.  The  Center  is  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Divisions  of  Arts  and 
Humanities  and  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences. 

The  Maryland  Center  for  Productivity  and  Quality  of  Working  Life  :  Director  Tom 
Tuttle.  The  Maryland  Center  for  Productivity  and  Quality  of  Working  Life  operates  within 
the  College  of  Business  and  Management.  The  Center  has  four  major  functions:  1)  to 
foster  increased  productivity  and  quality  of  working  life  through  work  with  various 
public  and  private  sector  organizations  in  Maryland;  2)  to  act  as  a  clearing  house  for 
information  about  productivity  and  quality  of  working  life  and  publish  a  bimonthly 
newsletter,  "The  Maryland  Workplace;"  (3)  to  increase  knowledge  levels  about 
productivity  and  quality  of  working  life  in  Maryland  through  the  regular  curriculum  of 
the  University,  as  well  as  through  training  programs  sponsored  by  the  Center;  and  4) 
to  conduct  research  which  adds  to  the  body  of  knowledge  about  productivity  and  the 
quality  of  working  life. 

Reading  Center  :  Director:  Robert  M.  Wilson.  The  Reading  Center  provides  support 
services  for  undergraduate  and  graduate  students  in  the  area  of  reading  education. 
The  faculty  of  the  center  believe  that  a  positive  learning  environment  facilitates  learning 
and  are  continuously  searching  for  ways  to  improve  reading  instuction. 

The  center  operates  a  diagnostic  and  remedial  clinic  in  which  graduate  students 
work  with  children  who  have  mild  to  severe  reading  difficulties.  Clinic  diagnosis  and 
instruction  is  of  the  highest  quality  and  is  closely  supervised.  Over  2,000  children 
have  been  assisted  in  the  clinic.  Hundreds  of  graduate  students  have  refined  their 
diagnostic  and  remedial  instructional  skills  there.  The  clinic  provides  a  pool  of 
research  subjects  for  faculty  and  graduate  students. 


50     Resources 


The  center  facilitates  faculty  research  through  awarding  small  grants,  obtaining 
research  subjects,  and  sponsoring  staff  development  in  such  areas  as  research 
design  and  statistical  procedures. 

Collaborative  efforts  are  made  with  other  UMCP  faculty  as  well  as  with  the  Maryland 
State  Department  of  Education  and  the  local  schools.  These  efforts  have  resulted  in 
interdisciplinary  classes,  conferences,  and  research  projects.  Faculty  and  graduate 
students  aid  local  schools  by  conducting  inservice  activities,  consulting  on  curriculum 
development,  and  providing  support  to  parent  organizations. 

Center  for  Renaissance  and  Baroque  Studies  :  Director:  Samuel  Schoenbaum 
(UMCP).  Executive  Director:  Susan  Zimmerman  (UMCP).  The  Center  for  Renaissance 
and  Baroque  Studies,  housed  in  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities  at  UMCP,  was 
established  in  1981  to  serve  all  disciplines  within  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities. 

The  Center  has  several  objectives:  to  promote  interdisciplinary  research  and 
teaching  among  faculty  in  Renaissance  and  Baroque  studies;  to  aid  individual 
departments  in  the  development  of  new  curricula  and  programs;  to  support  and 
publicize  faculty  research  projects;  to  develop  research  opportunities  for  graduate 
students;  to  promote  closer  relations  with  major  research  centers  in  the  Washington 
and  Baltimore  areas;  to  encourage  the  development  of  campus  resources  in  the 
humanities,  such  as  library  collections;  to  strengthen  ties  with  faculty  in  humanities 
disciplines  from  regional  colleges  and  universities;  and  to  enrich  the  life  of  the 
university  and  area  community  through  guest  lectures,  conferences,  exhibitions, 
concerts,  and  other  public  presentations. 

Major  programs  sponsored  by  the  Center  include  the  Maryland  Handel  Festival  and 
Symposium  under  the  direction  of  Paul  Traver,  professor  of  music;  the 
scholar-in-residence  program,  which  appoints  a  distinguished  scholar  for  a  semester 
to  teach,  lecture,  and  conduct  faculty  colloquia;  and  at  least  one  interdisciplinary 
symposium. 

Research  and  Development  Laboratory  on  School-Based  Administration  :  Director: 
Edward  J.  Andrew,  Jr.  This  laboratory  is  the  research  and  development  unit  of  the 
Maryland  Commission  on  School-Based  Administration  and  the  Maryland  Assessment 
Center  Project.  It  is  concerned  with  the  professional  preparation  and  inservice 
development  of  school  principals. 

Collaborating  with  the  Department  of  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration 
in  these  efforts  are  the  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education,  other  institutions  of 
higher  education,  and  the  24  local  school  districts  in  Maryland. 

The  Laboratory's  mission  is  to  devise  and  activate  a  systematic  plan  to  strengthen 
the  effectiveness  of  school  principals  in  Maryland  through  programs  of  principal 
assessment,  professional  preparation  and  development,  and  research  on  principal 
assessment  and  development. 

Science  Teaching  Center  :  Director:  Emment  L.  Wright.  The  Science  Teaching 
Center  is  a  component  of  the  Department  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  As  such,  the 
center  offers  graduate  programs  and  conducts  research  in  science  education. 
Program  options  are  available  for  individuals  from  informal  instructional  settings  and  for 
elementary,  secondary  and  college  teachers  of  science,  as  well  as  for  science 
supervisors.  Center  facilities  include  the  Science  Teaching  Center  library,  the 
International  Clearinghouse  on  Science  and  Mathematics  Curricular  Development,  and 
instructional  laboratories.   Activities  of  the  center  include  the  review  of  books  and  films 


Resources     51 


for  the  National  Science  Teachers  Association  and  the  National  Association  of  Biology 
Teachers,  and  the  development  of  research  projects  in  association  with  other  units  on 
the  UMCP  campus.  In  addition,  the  center  sponsors  projects  and  workshops,  for  local 
educational  authorities,  state  departments  of  education,  federal  agencies,  and  state, 
national  and  international  organizations. 

Survey  Research  Center  :  Director:  John  Robinson.  The  Survey  Research  Center 
was  created  in  1980  as  a  Division-wide  research  facility  within  the  behavioral  and 
social  sciences.  The  Center  specializes  in  the  design  of  questionnaires  and  the 
conduct  of  surveys  for  policy  purposes,  and  has  the  capacity  to  conduct  mini-survey 
experiments,  and  in-depth  clinical  interviews.  The  Center  provides  assistance  to 
researchers  in  sample  design,  has  technical  expertise  on  the  storage,  manipulation, 
and  analysis  of  very  large  data  sets,  and  provides  support  services  to  archive  and 
maintain  such  data  sets. 

The  Center  supports  graduate  education  by  providing  both  technical  training  and 
practical  experience  to  students.  Also,  the  Center  has  a  strong  community  service 
mission  through  the  provision  of  technical  assistance  on  survey  methods  and  survey 
design  to  units  of  state  and  local  governments,  and  by  conducting  surveys  on  a 
contract  or  grant  basis  for  these  governmental  units. 

Transportation  Studies  Center  :  Director:  Lowell  Birdwell  (UMCP).  Housed  in  the 
Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical  Sciences  and  Engineering,  and  with  input  from 
the  other  divisions  of  the  College  Park  campus  as  well  as  from  academic  departments 
on  the  Baltimore  County  campus,  the  Center  acts  as  a  catalyst  to  foster  research  and 
development  and  interdisciplinary  studies  in  transportation  and  to  provide  the  means 
for  investigators  from  different  disciplines  to  work  together  on  a  wide  range  of 
transportation  related  problems.  Objectives  of  the  Center  are  to  identify  potential 
research  projects  by  establishing  a  dialogue  and  rapport  with  sponsoring  agencies 
and  offices;  to  provide  coordination  between  the  various  disciplines  engaged  in  or 
having  potential  to  engage  in  transportation  research  and  between  potential  research 
sponsors  and  University  researchers;  to  facilitate  cooperation  between  the  University  of 
Maryland  and  other  universities  and  industry,  for  joint  undertakings;  to  promote  and, 
where  appropriate,  to  supervise  specific  educational  programs  of  an  interdisciplinary 
nature. 

Among  the  areas  identified  as  having  interest  and  research  potential  are 
transportation  systems  management,  transportation  planning,  public  policy,  public 
utilities,  systems  economics,  multiple  uses  of  rights-of-way,  mass  transit  systems, 
conservation  of  energy,  terminal  siting,  bridge  and  pavement  design,  traffic  flow 
coordination,  traffic  safety  and  efficiency,  transportation  economics,  aerospace 
transportation,  meteorological  factors,  noise  control,  highway  landscaping, 
environmental  considerations,  and  air,  rail,  water  and  highway  alternatives. 

Water  Resources  Center  :  Director:  Robert  E.  Menzer.  The  Water  Resources 
Research  Center  sponsors  and  coordinates  research  on  all  aspects  of  water  supply, 
demand,  distribution,  utilization,  quality  enhancement  or  degradation,  and  allocation  or 
management.  The  center  brings  together  water  resource  user  groups,  such  as  local, 
state  and  federal  management  and  regulatory  agencies  and  citizens  groups,  with 
university  researchers  and  educators  to  assist  in  the  solution  of  both  basic  and  applied 
water  resources  problems.  Research  proposals  are  solicited  from  researchers  which 
address  water  problems  within  the  state,  while  water  resources  problems  confronting 


52     Resources 


management,  regulatory  and  health  agencies  and  or  citizens  of  the  state  are 
determined  by  use  of  an  advisory  committee.  The  center  acts  to  bring  together  the 
technical  expertise,  financial  resources  and  other  contributions  necessary  to  help  solve 
existing  water  resources  problems  and  to  generate  basic  scientific  information  which 
may  contribute  to  solutions  of  future  problems  or  which  may  prevent  development  of 
new  water  resource  problems.  The  center's  funds  are  derived  from  the  Office  of  Water 
Policy.  U.S.  Department  of  Interior,  under  PL  95-467,  from  substantial  university 
contributions  in  faculty  time  and  other  expenses,  and  from  other  local,  state  and 
federal  agencies  and  private  sources.  Funds  are  made  available  for  research  projects 
on  a  competitive  basis.  Training  of  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  in  water 
resources  and  the  transfer  of  existing  water  resources  knowledge  to  user  groups  are 
integral  components  of  the  center's  activities. 

Center  for  Young  Children  :  Director:  Marilyn  Church.  The  Center  for  Young  Children 
is  a  research  facility  for  graduate  students  and  faculty.  It  is  located  in  the  College  of 
Education  and  is  under  the  direction  of  the  Department  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction. 
Approximately  70  children  ages  3  through  5  attend  daily  sessions  in  a  nursery 
school-kindergarten  setting.  Observation  booths  adjoin  each  room  providing  facilities 
for  observational  research  and  instruction.  An  individual  testing  room  is  also  available 
for  use  in  working  with  individuals  or  small  groups  of  children. 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research  :  Director:  John  H.  Cumberland.  The 
Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research  conducts  research  in  the  areas  of 
regional,  urban  and  environmental  economics.  Projects  are  funded  by  the  University, 
and  by  State  and  Federal  Government  agencies.  Research  is  conducted  by  Bureau 
faculty  members,  who  hold  joint  appointments  with  the  Department  of  Economics,  and 
by  advanced  graduate  students  working  on  degree  programs. 

Bureau  of  Governmental  Research:  Acting  Director:  Peter  Brown.  Activities  of  the 
Bureau  of  Governmental  Research  relate  primarily  to  the  problems  of  state  and  local 
government  in  Maryland.  The  Bureau  engages  in  research  and  publishes  findings  with 
reference  to  local,  state  and  national  governments  and  their  interrelationships.  It 
undertakes  surveys,  sponsored  programs  and  grants,  and  offers  its  assistance  and 
service  to  units  of  government  in  Maryland.  The  bureau  furnishes  opportunities  for 
qualified  students  interested  in  research  and  career  development  in  state  and  local 
administration.  The  Bureau  also  acts  as  coordinator  for  the  Annual  School  for  Maryland 
Assessing  Officers. 

Institute  for  Governmental  Service:  Director:  Patricia  S.  Florestano.  The  Institute 
provides  consulting  services  to  county,  municipal,  and  state  governments. 
Consultation  and  assistance  are  provided  on  specific  problems  in  such  areas  as 
program  evaluation,  survey  research,  preparation  of  charters  and  codes  of  ordinances, 
fiscal  management,  personnel,  zoning,  and  related  local  or  intergovernmental  activities. 
The  staff  analyzes  and  shares  with  governmental  officials  information  concerning 
professional  developments  and  opportunities  for  new  or  improved  programs  and 
facilities. 


Resources     53 


Consortia 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  a  number  of  national  and  local  consortia 
concerned  with  advanced  education  and  research.  They  offer  a  variety  of  opportunities 
for  senior  scholar  and  graduate  student  research. 

OAK  RIDGE  ASSOCIATED  UNIVERSITIES,  INC.  (ORAU),  is  a  non-profit  educational 
and  research  consortium  of  51  colleges  and  universities  in  the  South  formed  in  order 
to  broaden  the  opportunities  for  member  institutions  collectively  to  participate  in  many 
fields  of  education  and  research  in  the  natural  sciences  related  to  the  environment, 
energy,  and  health.  Educational  programs  range  from  short  term  courses  or  institutes, 
conducted  with  ORAU  facilities  and  staff,  to  fellowship  programs  administered  by 
ORAU  for  the  U.S.  Department  of  Energy. 

The  National  Center  for  Atmospheric  Research  (NCAR),  was  created  to  serve  as  a 
focal  point  of  a  vigorous  and  expanding  national  research  effort  in  the  atmospheric 
sciences.  NCAR  is  operated  under  the  sponsorship  of  the  National  Science  Foundation 
by  the  UNIVERSITY  CORPORATION  FOR  ATMOSPHERIC  RESEARCH  (UCAR),  made 
up  of  48  U.S.  and  Canadian  universities  with  doctoral  programs  in  the  atmospheric 
sciences  or  related  fields.  The  scientific  staff  includes  meteorologists,  astronomers, 
chemists,  physicists,  mathematicians,  and  representatives  of  other  disciplines.  Over 
the  years,  UMCP  Meteorology  department,  faculty,  and  staff  members  have  had  an 
active  collaboration  with  NCAR  colleagues  and  have  made  use  of  NCAR  facilities.  The 
Meteorology  Department  maintains  a  mini-computer  which  allows  access  to  NCAR's 
CRAY  I  computer. 

UNIVERSITIES  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION  (URA),  a  group  of  52  universities 
engaged  in  high  energy  research,  is  the  sponsoring  organization  for  the  Fermi  National 
Accelerator  Laboratory,  funded  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Energy.  The  accelerator, 
located  near  Batavia,  Illinois,  is  the  world's  highest-energy  proton  accelerator. 
University  of  Maryland  faculty  and  graduatestudents  have  been  involved  in 
experiments  at  Fermilab  since  its  inception. 

The  INTER-UNIVERSITY  COMMUNICATIONS  COUNCIL  (EDUCOM)  provides  a 
forum  for  the  appraisal  of  the  current  state  of  the  art  in  communications  science  and 
technology  and  their  relation  to  the  planning  and  programs  of  colleges  and 
universities.  The  council  particularly  fosters  inter-university  cooperation  in  the  area  of 
communications  science. 

The  UNIVERSITIES  SPACE  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION  (USRA)  was  designed  to 
promote  cooperation  between  universities,  research  organizations,  and  the  government 
in  the  development  of  space  science  and  technology,  and  in  the  operation  of 
laboratories  and  facilities  for  research,  development,  and  education  in  these  fields. 
USRA  currently  has  four  active  research  programs.  They  focus  on  low  gravity  cloud 
physics,  computer  applications  in  science  and  engineering,  lunar  science,  and 
materials  processing  in  space. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  a  member  of  the  INTER-UNIVERSITY  CONSORTIUM 
FOR  POLITICAL  and  SOCIAL  RESEARCH  (ICPSR)  One  purpose  of  the  Consortium  is 
to  facilitate  collection  and  distribution  of  useful  data  for  social  science  research.  The 
data  include  survey  data  from  the  University  of  Michigan  Center  for  Political  Studies 
and  from  studies  conducted  by  other  organizations  or  by  individuals,  census  data  for 
the  United  States,  election  data,  legislative  roll  calls,  judicial  decision  results,  and 
biographical  data. 

The  University  of  Maryland  jointly  participates  in  the  CHESAPEAKE  RESEARCH 


54     Resources 


CONSORTIUM,  INC.,  a  wide  scale  environmental  research  program,  with  the  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  the  Virginia  Institute  of  Marine  Science,  and  the  Smithsonian 
Institution.  The  Consortium  coordinates  and  integrates  research  on  the  Chesapeake 
Bay  region  and  is  compiling  a  vast  amount  of  scientific  data  to  assist  in  the 
management  and  control  of  the  area.  Each  participating  institution  calls  on  faculty- 
expertise  in  a  diversity  of  disciplines  including  biology,  chemistry,  physics, 
engineering,  geology,  and  the  social  and  behavioral  sciences.  Through  this 
interdisciplinary  research  program  a  computerized  Management  Resource  Bank  is 
being  developed  containing  a  biological  inventory  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  region,  a 
legal  survey,  and  socioeconomic  data  of  the  surrounding  communities.  The  Consortium 
provides  research  opportunities  for  faculty  members,  graduate  students,  and 
undergraduate  students  at  the  University. 

Officially  chartered  in  1969,  the  ASSOCIATION  OF  SEA  GRANT  PROGRAM 
INSTITUTIONS  is  a  growing  organization  concerned  with  the  development  and  wise 
use  of  ocean  and  Great  Lakes  resources.  Composed  of  the  nation's  major  colleges, 
universities  and  institutions  with  ocean  programs,  the  Association  works  for  the 
betterment  of  the  management  and  utilization  of  marine  resources.  Maryland's 
research  and  education  program  is  greatly  involved  with  estuarine  processes  and 
commercial  fisheries,  especially  oysters,  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  Other  important 
research  efforts  such  as  the  joint  cholera  program  with  Florida,  Louisiana  and  Oregon, 
represent  strong  national  efforts. 

The  University  of  Maryland  was  awarded  its  first  institutional  Sea  Grant  funding  by 
the  Department  of  Commerce  for  the  calendar  year  1977.  Although  forty-six 
universities,  colleges  and  non-profit  organizations  hold  either  regular  or  associate 
memberships  in  SGA,  Maryland  is  one  of  only  about  twenty  who  have  comprehensive 
institutional  programs  and  who  are  eligible  to  become  Sea  Grant  Colleges. 

The  goal  of  the  CONSORTIUM  ON  HUMAN  RELATIONSHIPS  IN  EDUCATION  is  to 
involve  all  interested  agencies  in  the  State  of  Maryland  in  the  identification, 
development,  and  utilization  of  the  human  resources  of  the  State  for  the  purpose  of 
improving  human  relationships  in  education.  The  consortium  provides  training 
activities  for  educational  personnel,  promotes  the  sharing  of  expertise  among 
education  professionals,  disseminates  information  as  to  activities,  personnel  and 
materials  concerning  human  relationships,  and  promotes  cooperative  relationships 
among  the  agencies  involved. 

Established  in  1965,  the  UNIVERSITIES  COUNCIL  ON  WATER  RESOURCES 
(UCOWR),  is  a  national  consortium  with  approximately  80  members.  UCOWR  was 
created  to  provide  a  forum  for  interchange  of  information  pertaining  to  water  resources 
research  in  academic  communities.  Member  institutions  also  exchange  information  on 
special  conferences,  seminars,  symposia  and  graduate  study  opportunities. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  an  associate  member  of  the  UNIVERSITY-NATIONAL 
OCEANOGRAPHIC  LABORATORY  SYSTEM  (UNOLS)  established  to  improve 
coordinated  use  of  federally  supported  oceanographic  facilities,  bringing  together  the 
Community  of  Academic  Oceanographic  Institutions  which  operate  those  facilities,  and 
creating  a  mechanism  for  such  coordinated  utilization  of  and  planning  for 
oceanographic  facilities.  As  an  associate  member,  the  University  of  Maryland  has  a 
very  active  graduate  level  research  program  in  the  marine  sciences  and  operates 
facilities  through  the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Environmental  Studies. 

Chartered  in  1981-1982  with  the  University  of  Maryland  among  its  founding 
members,  the  POTOMAC  RIVER  BASIN  CONSORTIUM  comprises  20  or  so  academic, 


Student  Services     55 


governmental  and  private  sector  institutions  whose  intent  is  to  expand  scholarly  and 
popular  interest  and  involvement  with  the  many  natural,  cultural,  and  historical 
dimensions  of  the  Potomac  Valley  basin  and  its  subregions  and  the  Chesapeake  Bay 
Consortium  interests  range  from  agriculture,  anthropology,  and  engineering  to  historic 
preservation,  environment,  geography,  history,  public  policy  and  urban  studies. 
Consortium  activities,  intermural  and  interdisciplinary,  are  aimed  at  enhancing 
opportunities  for  collaborative  studies  of  the  region  in  academic  curricula,  student 
exchange,  internships,  workshops,  seminars,  and  a  publication  program  of  academic 
studies  and  papers. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  one  of  the  charter  members  of  THE  SOUTHEASTERN 
UNIVERSITIES  RESEARCH  ASSOCIATION  (SURA),  a  consortium  of  institutions  of 
higher  learning  formed  in  1980  for  the  purpose  of  managing  large  cooperative  projects 
in  science,  engineering  and  medicine.  SURA's  first  undertaking  was  the  proposal  for  a 
National  Electron  Accelerator  Laboratory  (NEAL).  Although  NEAL's  primary  research 
potential  is  in  nuclear  science,  research  in  condensed  matter  physics,  medicine,  and 
industrial  applications  is  a  natural  byproduct. 

The  purpose  of  the  SOUTH-EAST  CONSORTIUM  FOR  INTERNATIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT  is  to  respond  to  the  economic  and  social  needs  of  limited  resource 
peoples  and  less  developed  countries.  Membership  in  the  organization  is  open  to 
universities,  research  institutions  and  other  organizations  with  capabilities  related  to 
rural  and  urban  development  and  technology  transfer.  The  University  of  Maryland  is  a 
charter  member  and  has  participated  in  several  SECID  technical  assistance  contracts 
including  ones  in  Kenya,  Sri  Lanka,  Sierra  Leone,  Guyana,  Malawi,  Zambia,  Senegal, 
and  Mali. 

Student  Services 

Housing 

The  Off-Campus  Housing  Office  (Room  1195,  Student  Union,  454-3645),  in 
cooperation  with  many  of  the  local  landlords  and  apartment  managers,  maintains  an 
extensive  and  up-to-date  list  of  vacancies  under  several  headings  (Rooms. 
Unfurnished  Apartments,  Houses  to  Share,  etc.).  This  office  can  also  provide  students 
with  convenient  maps  of  the  College  Park  area  and  with  lists  of  local  motels,  trailer  and 
mobile  home  parks,  real  estate  agents,  and  furniture  rental  companies.  In  addition,  the 
University  has  set  aside  a  limited  number  of  furnished  rooms  in  the  undergraduate 
residence  halls  for  single  graduate  students. 

Current  rates  for  housing  in  the  area  are  about  $150-$225  per  month  for  a  room  in 
a  private  home,  $275-$375  per  month  for  an  efficiency  or  one  bedroom  apartment; 
$175-$225/month  for  a  shared  apartment,  and  $500-$600/month  for  a  two-bedroom 
house. 

The  University  itself  maintains  two  apartment  complexes  for  married  graduate 
students  and  for  a  limited  number  of  single  graduate  students.  Both  Lord  Calvert 
Apartments  and  University  Hills  Apartments  are  within  walking  distance  of  campus, 
which  means  that  there  is  usually  a  waiting  list,  especially  during  the  period 
immediately  preceding  the  fall  semester.  Priority  for  housing  in  these  complexes  is 
currently  given  to  married  full-time  graduate  assistants,  then  married  full-time  graduate 
non-assistants. 

Rent  for  a  one-bedroom  apartment  is  currently  (1985-86)  $294-$311 /month,  with 


56     Student  Services 


two-bedroom  apartments  costing  from  $331  to  $348/month;  a  limited  number  of 
efficiencies  are  available  to  single  students  for  a  monthly  rent  of  $253-$285.  Students 
must  sign  a  one  year  lease  and  pay  a  security  deposit  of  $100  (payable  when  the 
applicant's  name  is  added  to  the  waiting  list).  There  is  a  nonrefundable  application  fee 
of  $10  for  adding  a  name  to  the  waiting  list.  After  the  initial  lease  expires,  residence  in 
the  apartments  is  on  a  monthly  basis.  Graduate  students  who  maintain  full-time  status 
are  permitted  to  live  in  the  apartments  for  a  maximum  of  thirty-six  months. 

Information  and  applications  for  University-owned  housing  can  be  obtained  from 
the  Rental  Office,  3424  Tulane  Drive,  Hyattsville,  Maryland  20783  (422-7445). 

University  Food  Services 

The  University  Food  Service  offers  several  dining  contract  options  which  are  available 
to  graduate  students.  The  options  and  their  costs  on  a  semester  basis  for  1985-1986 
were  any  19  meals  per  week  for  $789.00;  any  15  meals  per  week  for  $735.50;  and  any 
10  meals  per  week  for  $700.00.  University  people  can  obtain  guest  meal  tickets  for 
individual  meals  in  contract  dining  halls  for  fairly  reasonable  prices  (unlimited 
quantities  for  $3.80  at  breakfast,  $4.75  for  lunch  or  brunch,  and  $6.00  at  dinner).  More 
information  about  contract  dining  can  be  obtained  from  the  dining  services  office 
(454-2906). 

In  addition  to  the  services  offered  by  the  contract  dining  halls,  graduate  students 
may  wish  to  take  advantage  of  the  cash  line  services  available  at  the  Hill  Dining  Hall  or 
the  various  restaurants  and  snack  bars  at  the  Student  Union. 

Hillel  Kosher  Dining  Club,  housed  in  Hillel  House,  7612  Mowatt  Lane,  College  Park 
(422-6200),  provides  Kosher  meals  on  either  a  regular  or  occasional  basis.  The 
Maryland  Food  Co-op,  located  in  the  basement  of  the  Student  Union,  provides  natural 
foods  and  vegetarian  options,  and  students  may  earn  food  credits  by  working  there. 

Career  Development  Center 

The  Career  Development  Center,  located  in  Hombake  Library  offers  a  wide  variety  of 
services  to  graduate  students.  The  goal  of  the  Center  is  to  assist  students  in  exploring 
career  opportunities  and  planning  their  careers.  Services  include  career  advising,  the 
Career  Library,  the  credentials  service,  and  the  on-campus  interview  program. 

The  career  advising  program  includes  both  individual  and  group  advising  sessions 
and  workshops  on  jobseeking  skills,  resume  preparation,  and  interviewing  skills.  The 
Career  Library  contains  occupational  information,  full-time  job  listings,  employer 
directories,  and  other  reference  sources. 

Graduate  students  are  eligible  to  participate  in  the  on-campus  interview  program, 
which  involves  campus  visits  by  representatives  from  business,  government,  and 
education.  Students  interested  in  employment  in  the  fields  of  education  and  library 
science  will  find  the  credentials  service  especially  valuable. 

Certain  services  of  the  Center  are  also  available  to  students'  spouses. 

Counseling  Center 

The  Counseling  Center  offers  consultation  onr  education/psychological  concerns;  an 
open  educational-vocational  information  library;  recorded  interviews  with  department 
heads  on  the  characteristics  of  graduate  majors  offered  on  the  campus;  and  a  weekly 
Research  and  Data  series  of  presentations  on  current  educational/psychological 
topics. 


Student  Services     57 


Available  services  include  the  following:  the  Counseling  Service,  which  offers  initial 
consultation  on  any  problems  and  provides  further  counseling  services  or  referral 
services  to  appropriate  individuals  or  agencies  in  the  area;  the  Reading  and  Study 
Skills  Laboratory,  for  those  interested  in  improving  any  of  their  educational  skills 
including  special  assistance  for  students  for  whom  English  is  a  second  language,  the 
Parent  Consultation  and  Child  Evaluation  Service,  providing  a  variety  of  services  to  the 
parents  of  young  children  with  learning  or  behavior  problems;  and  the  Testing, 
Research  and  Data  Processing  Division,  which  serves  as  the  testing  and  census  taking 
arm  of  the  campus. 

The  Center  provides  consultation  to  a  variety  of  groups  and  individuals  concerning 
organizational  development  and  group  productivity.  Other  programs  include  a  series  of 
self-understanding  and  development  groups  for  interested  students  and  staff. 

The  Center  provides  a  wide  variety  of  research  reports  on  characteristics  of 
students  and  campus  environment. 

National  testing  programs  (GRE,  Miller  Analogies,  etc.)  are  administered  by  the 
Counseling  Center  as  well  as  testing  for  counseling  purposes.  Office  location; 
Shoemaker  Building.  Telephone:  Counseling  Services  454-2931;  Reading  and  Study 
Skills  Lab  454-2935;  Testing  Information  454-3127. 

Health  Care 

The  University  Health  Center  is  located  on  Campus  Drive  directly  across  from  the 
Student  Union.  Both  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  are  eligible  for  health  care 
at  the  Health  Center.  Services  provided  include  both  emergency  and  routine  medical 
care,  mental  health  evaluation  and  treatment,  health  education,  laboratory,  x-ray, 
gynecological  services,  and  upon  referral  from  a  Health  Center  physician, 
dermatological  services  and  orthopedic  services. 

Students  requiring  service  should  call  the  Health  Center  for  an  appointment. 
Students  who  are  injured  or  are  too  ill  to  wait  for  an  appointment  will  be  seen  on  a 
walk-in  basis.    Emergencies  always  receive  highest  priority. 

The  Health  Center  is  open  8:00  a.m.-8:00  p.m.  weekdays  and  11:00  a.m.-3:00 
p.m.  on  weekends  with  acute  illnesses  taking  priority  on  evenings  and  weekends. 
People  with  emergencies  are  seen  24  hours  a  day. 

Upon  payment  of  the  health  fee  registration,  a  student  becomes  eligible  for  routine 
medical  care  and  professional  services  at  the  Health  Center.  Charges  however,  are 
made  for  certain  laboratory  tests,  all  x-rays,  casts  and  allergy  injections.  It  should  be 
noted  that  the  mandatory  health  fee  is  not  a  form  of  health  insurance.  For  information 
and  emergencies,  call  454-3444;  Appointments,  454-4923;  Mental  Health,  454-4925; 
Women's  Health,  454-4923;  Health  Education,  454-4922. 

Health  Insurance 

Because  the  mandatory  health  fee  is  not  a  form  of  health  insurance  and  many  students 
do  not  have  adequate  coverage,  a  voluntary  group  insurance  policy  is  available  to 
students.  This  policy  provides  benefits,  at  very  reasonable  rates,  for  hospital,  surgery, 
emergency,  laboratory,  and  x-ray  purposes;  some  coverage  for  mental  and  nervous 
problems;  and  contains  a  major  hospital  provision.  Students  may  enroll  at  mid-year  for 
a  half-yearly  rate,  and  they  may  elect  to  have  family  coverage.  Enrollment  periods  for 
the  policy  are  August  15,  October  1,  January  1,  and  March  1.  For  additional 
information  and  application  forms,  see  the  brochure  available  in  the  Health  Center  or  in 


58     Student  Services 


the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

In  addition,  graduate  assistants  are  eligible  for  the  State  employee  insurance  plan 
options.  For  further  information,  contact  your  department,  or  the  Personnel  Benefits 
office. 

Publications  of  Interest  to  Graduate  Students 

In  addition  to  the  Catalog,  the  Graduate  School  prepares  the  following  publications: 

Graduate  Application  Booklet:  This  booklet,  which  contains  the  application  forms  and 
information  you  need  to  complete  the  forms,  is  available  on  request  from  the  Graduate 
School  Mailing  Office  or  from  the  individual  departments. 

Guide  to  Graduate  Life.  This  handbook,  designed  to  provide  the  new  graduate 
student  with  an  introduction  to  the  campus  and  the  College  Park  area,  is  available  from 
the  office  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 

Graduate  Assistant  Handbook.  This  handbook  sets  forth  policies,  procedures,  and 
services  of  interest  to  graduate  assistants  and  is  available  from  the  departmental 
graduate  offices  and  the  office  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 

Graduate  School  Requirements  for  Theses  and  Dissertations.  This  manual  contains 
the  instructions  for  preparation  of  theses  and  dissertations  and  is  available  from  the 
Graduate  School  (Room  2117,  South  Administration). 

Important  Dates  for  Advisors  and  Students.  This  calendar  card  of  dates  for 
submission  of  final  documents  is  available  from  the  various  departmental  graduate 
offices,  as  well  as  from  the  office  of  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research. 


59 


Graduate 
Programs 


Aerospace  Engineering 


Professor  and  Chair:  Gessow 

Professors:  Anderson,  Donaldson,  Melnik,  Plotkin 

Associate  Professors:  Barlow,  Jones,  Chopra,  Lee,  Winklemann 

Assistant  Professor:  Fabunmi 

Lecturers:  Billig,  Chandler,  Griffin,  Hong,  Jobanek,  Johnson,  Regan,  Vamos,  Waltrup 

Hong,  Jobanek,  Johnson,  Regan,  Salkind,  Vamos,  Waltrup 

The  Aerospace  Engineering  Department  offers  a  broad  program  of  graduate  studies 

leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  curricula 

for  these  degrees  are  adapted  to  meet  the  objectives  and  background  of  the  individual 

student  and  are  planned  by  the  student  and  an  advisor.    Applications  for  admission 

are  invited  from  those  holding  a  B.S.    degree  in  engineering,  the  physical  sciences, 

and  mathematics.    Aerodynamics  and  Propulsion,  Structural  Mechanics,  and  Flight 

Dynamics  are  the  major  areas  of  specialization  available  to  graduate  students.  Within 

these  areas  of  specialization,  the  student  can  tailor  programs  such  as  Computational 

Fluid  Dynamics,  and  Helicopter  or  V/STOL  Technology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Two  master's  degree  options  are  available:  thesis  and  non-thesis.  No  special 
departmental  requirements  are  imposed  beyond  the  Graduate  School  requirements. 

For  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree,  the  Aerospace  Engineering  Department 
requires  a  minimum  of  48  semester  hours  of  course-work  beyond  the  B.S.  including  (1) 
not  less  than  18  hours  within  one  departmental  area  of  specialization,  (2)  not  less  than 
9  hours  from  among  the  other  areas  of  specialization  in  the  department,  (3)  not  less 
than  12  hours  in  courses  which  emphasize  the  physical  sciences  or  mathematics 
rather  than  their  applications.  The  total  in  (2)  plus  that  in  (3)  must  be  at  least  24  hours 
of  which  no  more  than  6  are  less  than  600  level.  Written  qualifying  and  oral 
comprehensive  examinations  are  also  required. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  research  facilities  of  the  department  are  available  to  the  graduate  student.  The 
aerodynamic  facilities  include  two  subsonic,  and  a  supersonic  wind  tunnel.  Facilities 
are  also  available  for  static  and  vibration  testing  of  structures.  An  assortment  of 
computers  including  a  UNIVAC  1108  complemented  by  remote  access  units  on  a 
time-sharing  basis  are  available.  The  Department  provides  special  facilities  for  the  use 
of  students  which  include  remote  terminals,  mini-computers  and  personal  computers. 
Under  special  circumstances,    thesis  research  may  be  accomplished  in  off-campus 


60     ENAE  —  Engineering,  Aerospace 


research  facilities. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  graduate  assistantships  and  fellowships,  including  the  Glenn  L.  Martin 
Rotorcraft  and  Hypersonic  fellowships,  are  available  for  financial  assistance. 

Courses 

ENAE  —  Engineering,  Aerospace 

ENAE  401  Aerospace  Laboratory  II  (2)  Prerequisites:  ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345. 
Corequisites:  ENAE  452  and  ENAE  471.  Application  of  fundamental  measurement 
techniques  to  experiments  in  aerospace  engineering,  structural,  aerodynamic,  and 
propulsion  tests,  correlation  of  theory  with  experimental  results. 

ENAE  402  Aerospace  Laboratory  III  (1)  Prerequisites:  ENAE  305  and  ENAE  345. 
Corequisites:  ENAE  452,  ENAE  471,  and  ENAE  475.  Application  of  fundamental 
measurement  techniques  to  experiments  in  aerospace  engineering,  structural, 
aerodynamic,  flight  simulation,  and  heat  transfer  tests.  Correlation  of  theory  with 
experimental  results. 

ENAE  411  Aircraft  Design  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE  345,  ENAE  451,  and  ENAE  371. 
Theory,  background  and  methods  of  airplane  design,  subsonic  and  supersonic. 

ENAE  412  Design  of  Aerospace  Vehicles  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE  345  and  ENAE 
371.  Theory,  background  and  methods  of  space  vehicle  design  for  manned  orbiting 
vehicles,  manned  lunar  and  planetary  landing  systems. 

ENAE  415  Computer-aided  Structural  Design  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  452 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  structural  design  concepts  and  analysis 
techniques.  Introduction  to  computer  software  for  structural  analysis  which  is  utilized  to 
verify  exact  solutions  and  perform  parametric  design  studies  of  aerospace  structures. 
Not  open  to  students  who  have  earned  credit  in  ENAE  431. 

ENAE  445  Stability  and  Control  of  Aerospace  Vehicles  (3)  PrerequisiteENAE  345 
and  ENAE  371 .  Stability,  control  and  miscellaneous  topics  in  dynamics. 

ENAE  451  Flight  Structures  I:  Introduction  to  Solid  Mechanics  (4)  Prerequisite: 
ENES  220.  An  introduction  to  the  analysis  of  aircraft  structural  members.  Introduction 
to  theory  of  of  elasticity,  mechanical  behavior  of  materials,  thermal  effects, 
finite-difference  approximations,  virtual  work,  variational  and  energy  principles  for  static 
systems. 

ENAE  452  Flight  Structures  II:  Structural  Elements  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  451 
Application  of  variational  and  energy  principles  to  analysis  of  elastic  bodies;  stresses 
and  deflections  of  beams  including  effects  of  non-principal  axes,  non-homogeneity, 
and  thermal  gradients;  differential  equations  of  beams,  bars,  and  cables.  Stresses  and 
deflections  of  torsional  members,  stresses  due  to  shear.  Deflection  analysis  of 
structures. 

ENAE  453  Matrix  Methods  in  Computational  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  452 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  the  concepts  of  computational  analysis  of 
continuous  media  by  use  of  matrix  methods.  Foundation  for  use  of  finite  elements  in 
any  field  of  continuum  mechanics,  with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  the  displacement 
method  to  solve  thermal  and  structural  problems. 


ENAE  —  Engineering,  Aerospace     61 


ENAE  457  Flight  Structures  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  452  or  equivalent  An 
advanced  undergraduate  course  dealing  with  the  theory  and  analysis  of  the  structures 
of  flight  vehicles.  Stresses  due  to  shear,  indeterminate  structures,  plate  theory, 
buckling  and  failure  of  columns  and  plates. 

ENAE  461  Flight  Propulsion  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  216  and  ENAE  471  Operating 
principles  of  piston,  turbojet,  turboprop,  ramjet  and  rocket  engines,  thermodynamic 
cycle  analysis  and  engine  performance,  aerothermochemistry  of  combustion,  fuels, 
and  propellants. 

ENAE  462  Flight  Propulsion  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  461.  Advanced  and  current 
topics  in  flight  propulsion. 

ENAE  471  Aerodynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  371  and  ENME  216.  Elements  of 
compressible  flow  with  applications  to  aerospace  engineering  problems 

ENAE  472  Aerodynamics  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  371.  Theory  of  the  flow  of  an 
incompressible  fluid. 

ENAE  473  Aerodynamics  of  High-Speed  Flight  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  472  or 
equivalent.  An  advanced  course  dealing  with  aerodynamic  problems  of  flight  at 
supersonic  and  hypersonic  velocities.  Unified  hypersonic  and  supersonic  small 
disturbance  theories,  real  gas  effects,  aerodynamic  heating  and  mass  transfer  with 
applications  to  hypersonic  flight  and  re-entry. 

ENAE  475  Viscous  Flow  and  Aerodynamic  Heating  (3)  Prerequisites    ENAE  371 
ENAE   471,    and   ENME   216.    Fundamental   aspects  of  viscous  flow,   Navier-Stokes 
equations,    similarity,    boundary   layer  equations;   laminar,   transitional   and   turbulent 
incompressible  flows  on  airfoils,  thermal  boundary  layers  and  convective  heat  transfer; 
conduction  through  solids,  introduction  to  radiative  heat  transfer. 

ENAE  488  Topics  in  Aerospace  Engineering  (1-4)  Technical  elective  taken  with  the 
permission  of  the  student's  advisor  and  instructor.  Lecture  and  conference  courses 
designed  to  extend  the  student's  understanding  of  aerospace  engineering.  Current 
topics  are  emphasized. 

ENAE  499  Elective  Research  (1-3)  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  three  credits. 
Elective  for  seniors  in  aerospace  engineering  with  permission  of  the  student's  advisor 
and  the  instructor.  Original  research  projects  terminating  in  a  a  written  report. 

ENAE  640  Flight  Mechanics  I  (3)  Prerequisites  -  ENAE  445  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Studies  in  the  dynamics  and  control  of  flight  vehicles.  Fundamentals  of  the  dynamics 
of  rigid  and  non-rigid  bodies  and  their  motion  under  the  influence  of  aerodynamic  and 
gravitational  forces. 

ENAE  641  Flight  Mechanics  II  (3)  Prerequisites  -  ENAE  640  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
continuation  of  ENAE  640. 

ENAE  646  Helicopter  Theory  I  (3)  Prerequisites  -  ENAE  461  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Theories  of  rotor  aerodynamics  in  axial  and  nonaxial  flight,  dynamics  of  rotor  blades, 
helicaopter  performance,  stability,  control,  and  current  methods  of  helicopter  dynamic 
analysis.  Development  of  a  digital  program  for  dynamic  simulation  of  helicopter  flight. 

ENAE  647  Helicopter  Theory  II  (3)  Prerequisites  -  ENAE  646  or  consent  of  instructor. 

A  continuation  of  ENAE  646. 

ENAE  650  Variational  Methods  in  Structural  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisites  ENAE  452 


62     ENAE  —  Engineering,  Aerospace 


or  equivalent.  Review  of  theory  of  linear  elasticity  with  introduction  to  cartesian  tensors; 
application  of  calculus  of  variations  and  variational  principles  of  elasticity;  Castigliano's 
theorems;  applications  to  aerospace  structures. 

ENAE  652  Finite  Element  Method  in  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  453  and 
ENAE  650,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Development  of  finite  element  representation  of 
continua  using  Galerkin  and  variational  techniques.  Derivation  of  shell  elements  and 
parametric  representation  of  two  and  three  dimensional  elements.  Application  to 
aerospace  structures,  fluids  and  diffusion  processes. 

ENAE  653  Nonlinear  Finite  Element  Analysis  of  Continua  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE 
652.  Finite  element  formulation  of  nonlinear  and  time  dependent  processes. 
Introduction  to  tensors,  nonlinear  elasticity,  plasticity  and  creep.  Application  to 
nonlinear  continua  including  aerospace  structures,  shells,  radiation  heat  transfer, 
creep. 

ENAE  655  Structural  Dynamics  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  246  and  ENAE  452  or 
equivalents:  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  principles  of  dynamics  necessary  for 
structural  analysis;  solutions  of  eigenvalue  problems  for  discrete  and  continuous  elastic 
systems,  solutions  to  forced  response  boundary  value  problems  by  direct,  modal,  and 
transform  methods. 

ENAE  656  Structural  Dynamcis  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  655  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Topics  in  aeroelasticity:  wing  divergence;  aileron  reversal;  flexibility  effects  on  aircraft 
stability  derivatives;  wing,  empennage  and  aircraft  flutter;  aircraft  gust  response. 

ENAE  657  Theory  of  Structural  Stability  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  451  or  equivalent. 
Static  and  dynamic  stability  of  structural  systems.  Classification  of  leading  systems: 
linear  and  nonlinear  post — buckling  behavior.  Perfect  and  imperfect  system  behavior. 
Buckling  and  failure  of  columns  and  plates. 

ENAE  661  Advanced  Propulsion  (3)  PrerequisiTES,  ENAE461 ,  462.  Special  problems 
of  thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  aircraft  power  plants;  jet,  rocket  and  ramjet 
engines.    Plasma,  ion  and  nuclear  propulsion  for  space  vehicles. 

ENAE  662  Advanced  Propulsion  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENAE461,  462.  Special  problems 
of  thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  aircraft  power  plants;  jet,  rocket  and  ramjet 
engines.    Plasma,  ion  and  nuclear  propulsion  for  space  vehicles. 

ENAE  671  Aerodynamics  of  Incompressible  Fluids  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  463  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Fundamental  equations  in  fluid  mechanics.  Irrotational  motion. 
Circulation  theory  of  lift.  Thin  airfoil  theory.  Lifting  line  theory.  Wind  tunnel  corrections. 
Perturbation  methods. 

ENAE  672  Aerodynamics  of  Incompressible  Fluids  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  463  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Fundamental  equations  in  fluid  mechanics.  Irrotational  motion. 
Circulation  theory  of  lift.  Thin  airfoil  theory.  Lifting  line  theory.  Wind  tunnel  corrections. 
Perturbation  methods. 

ENAE  673  Aerodynamics  of  Compressible  Fluids  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  472  or 
permission  of  instructor.  One  dimensional  flow,  of  a  perfect  compressible  fluid.  Shock 
waves.  Two  -  dimensional  linearized  theory  of  compressible  flow.  Two  -  dimensional 
transonic  and  hypersonic  flows.  Exact  solutions  of  two  dimensional  isotropic  flow. 
Linearized  theory  of  three  -  dimensional  potential  flow.  Exact  solution  of  axially 
symmetrical  potential  flow.  One  -  dimensional  flow  with  friction  and  heat  addition. 


Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  Program     63 


ENAE  674  Aerodynamics  of  Compressible  Fluids  (3)  Prerequisite  ENAE  472  or 
permission  of  instructor.  One  dimensional  flow  of  a  perfect  compressible  fluid.  Shock 
waves.  Two  -  dimensional  linearized  theory  of  compressible  flow.  Two  -  dimensional 
transonic  and  hypersonic  flows.  Exact  solutions  of  two  dimensional  isotropic  flow. 
Linearized  theory  of  three  -  dimensional  potential  flow.  Exact  solution  of  axially 
symetrical  potential  flow.  One  -  dimensional  flow  with  friction  and  heat  addition. 

ENAE  675  Aerodynamics  of  Viscous  Fluids  (3)  Derivation  of  navier  stokes  equations, 
some  exact  solutions:  boundary  layer  equations  Laminar  flow-similar  solutions, 
compressibility,  transformations,  analytic  approximations,  numerical  methods,  stability 
and  transition  of  turbulent  flow.  Turbulent  flow-isotropic  turbulence,  boundary  layer 
flows,  free  mixing  flows. 

ENAE  676  Aerodynamics  of  Viscous  Fluids  (3)  Derivation  of  navier  stokes  equations, 
some  exact  solutions:  boundary  layer  equations.  Laminar  flow-similar  solutions, 
compressibility,  transformations,  analytic  approximations,  numerical  methods,  stability 
and  transition  to  turbulent  flow.  Turbulent  flow-istropic  turbulence,  boundary  layer 
flows,  free  mixing  flows. 

ENAE  688  Seminar  (1-3) 

ENAE  757  Advanced  Structural  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENAE  655  or  equivalent. 
Fundamentals  of  probability  theory  pertinent  to  random  vibrations,  including  correlation 
functions,  and  spectral  densities;  example  random  processes;  response  of  single 
degree  and  multidegree  of  freedom  systems. 

ENAE  788  Selected  Topics  in  Aerospace  Engineering  (1-3) 

ENAE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENAE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 
iram 


Progi 


Professor  and  Chair:  Nelson 

Professors:  Longest,  Ryden  (Emeritus) 

Associate  Professors:  Cooper,  Rivera,  Seibel 

Assistant  Professor:  Gibson 

Affiliate  Professors:  Booth,  Coffindaffer,  DeColon,  Shelton,  Snipp 

Adjunct  Professors:  Richards,  Soobitsky,  Werge 

This  is  a  multidisciplinary  department  consisting  of  several  educational  and  social 

science  specialities.  As  such,  the  Department  of  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

serves  the  academic  and  continuing  education  needs  and  interests  of  the  Cooperative 

Extension    workers,    teachers    of    agriculture/agribusiness    and    renewable    natural 

resource  programs,  and  professionals  involved  in  adult  and  continuing  education, 

community  development,  rural  sociology,  and  environmental  education. 


64     AEED  —  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees  and  the  Advanced  Graduate 
Specialist  Certificate  (requiring  30  credits  beyond  the  master's  degree)  may  be 
obtained  in  options  in  Agricultural  Education,  Environmental  Education,  Extension, 
Adult  and  Continuing  Education,  and  Community  Development. 

Specialization  options  in  Agricultural  Education  are  teacher  education,  research, 
and  administration  and  supervision.  Specialization  options  under  certification, 
Extension,  Adult  and  Continuing  Education  include  staff  development,  program 
development,  administration  and  supervision,  and  continuing  education.  The 
multidisciplinary  Community  Development  program  specialties  include  various  social 
science  disciplines  with  research,  teaching,  and  extension  functions;  human  and 
organizational  planning  and  development;  and  public  affairs  education. 

In  the  Master  of  Science  programs  both  thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are  available. 
Applicants  for  all  programs  must  present  transcripts  and  recommendations  for 
evaluation. 

No  specific  number  of  credits  is  required  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree.  Each 
student's  program  is  planned  by  the  student's  faculty  committee  according  to  previous 
education  and  experience,  special  interests  and  needs,  and  professional  plans  of  the 
individual.  No  foreign  Language  is  required  but  is  encouraged  for  those  interested  in 
international  development  areas.  Students  are  encouraged  to  develop  research 
competencies  through  specific  courses  and  participation  in  Department  research 
programs. 

Applicants  must  present  results  of  the  Miller  Analogies  and/or  GRE  tests  with  their 
applications  for  admission,  along  with  recommendations  from  individuals  competent  to 
evaluate  academic  strengths  of  the  applicant. 

Courses 

AEED  —  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

AEED  423  Extension  Communications  (3)  An  introduction  to  communications  in 
teaching  and  within  an  organization,  including  barriers  to  communication,  the  diffusion 
process  and  the  application  of  communication  principles  person  to  person,  with 
groups  and  through  mass  media. 

AEED   426   Development   and   Management   of   Extension   Youth   Programs   (3) 

Designed  for  present  and  prospective  state  leaders  of  extension  youth  programs. 
Program  development,  principles  of  program  management,  leadership  development 
and  counseling;  science,  career  selection  and  citizenship  in  youth  programs,  field 
experience  in  working  with  youth  from  low  income  families,  urban  work. 

AEED  427  Group  Dynamics  in  Continuing  and  Extension  Education  (3)  Concepts 
involved  in  working  with  groups  planning  extension  and  continuing  education 
programs.  Analysis  of  group  behavior  and  group  dynamics  related  to  small  groups 
and  development  of  a  competence  in  the  selection  of  appropriate  methods  and 
techniques. 

AEED  464  Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society  (3)  Examination  of  the  many  aspects  of  rural 
life  that  affect  and  are  affected  by  changes  in  technical,  natural  and  human  resources. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  role  which  diverse  organizations,  agencies  and  institutions 
play  in  the  education  and  adjustment  of  rural  people  to  the  demands  of  modern 


AEED  —  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education     65 


society. 

AEED  466  Rural  Poverty  in  an  Affluent  Society  (3)  Topics  examined  include 
conditions  under  which  people  in  poverty  exist,  factors  giving  rise  to  such  conditions, 
problems  faced  by  the  rural  poor,  and  the  kinds  of  assistance  they  need  to  rise  out  of 
poverty.  Topics  and  issues  are  examined  in  the  context  of  rural-urban  interrelationships 
and  their  effects  on  rural  poverty.  Special  attention  is  given  to  past  and  present 
programs  designed  to  alleviate  poverty  and  to  considerations  and  recommendations 
for  future  action. 

AEED  487  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  (3)  Designed  primarily  for  teachers 
Study  of  state's  natural  resources:  soil,  water,  fisheries,  wildlife,  forests,  and  minerals: 
natural  resources  problems  and  practices.  Extensive  field  study.  Concentration  on 
subject  matter.  Taken  concurrently  with  AEED  497  in  summer  season. 

AEED  488  Critique  in  Rural  Education  (1)  Current  problems  and  trends  in  rural 
education. 

AEED  489  Field  Experience  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department.  Planned  field 
experience  for  both  major  and  non-major  students.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  four 
credits. 

AEED  497  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources  (3)  Designed  primarily  for  teachers 
Study  of  state's  natural  resources:  soil,  water,  fisheries,  wildlife,  forests,  and  minerals: 
natural  resources  problems  and  practices.  Extensive  field  study.  Methods  of  teaching 
conservation  included.  Taken  concurrently  with  AEED  487  in  summer  season. 

AEED  499  Special  Problems  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  staff  approval. 

AEED   606    Program    Planning   and    Evaluation   in   Agricultural   Education   (2-3) 

Second  semester.  Analysis  of  community  agricultural  education  needs,  selection  and 
organization  of  course  content,  criteria  and  procedures  for  evaluating  programs. 

AEED  626  Program  Development  in  Adult  and  Continuing  Education  (3)  Concepts 
in  program  planning  and  development.  Study  and  analysis  of  program  design  and 
implementation  in  adult  and  continuing  education. 

AEED  627  Program  Evaluation  in  Adult  and  Continuing  Education  (3)  Prerequisite 
AEED  626  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  analysis  of  program  evaluation  concepts  as  they 
relate  specifically  to  adult  continuing  education.  Program  evaluation  concepts,  issues 
and  problems  with  emphasis  on  the  use  of  evaluation  procedures. 

AEED  628  Seminar  in  Program  Planning  (1-5)  The  student  assists  in  the 
development  of  an  educational  program  in  an  institutional  or  community  setting.  He 
also  develops  an  individualized  unit  of  study  applicable  to  the  program.  Seminar 
sessions  are  based  on  the  actual  problems  of  diagnosing  needs,  planning, 
conducting,  and  evaluating  programs.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  five  credits. 

AEED    630    Teaching-learning    in    Adult    and    Continuing    Education    (3)    The 

teaching/learning  process  in  adult  continuing  education.  Instructional  techniques  and 
methodologies  appropriate  for  adults.  The  curriculum  development  process.  Issues 
and  priorities  in  adult  continuing  education. 

AEED  631  Seminar  in  Adult  Basic  Education  (3)  The  social  context  of  illiteracy 
Problems  and  issues  in  literacy  education.  Existing  strategies  of  adult  basic  education 
(ABE). 


66     AEED  —  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 


AEED  632  International  Extension/Adult  Education  (3)  The  state  of  extension/adult 
education  in  other  countries.  The  social  context  of  extension/adult  education  in 
selected  countries.  Analysis  of  existing  extension/adult  education  programs  and  the 
contributions  of  these  systems  to  the  field. 

AEED  642  Continuing  Education  in  Extension  (3)  Studies  the  process  through  which 
adults  have  and  use  opportunities  to  learn  systematically  under  the  guidance  of  an 
agent,  teacher  or  leader.  A  variety  of  program  areas  will  be  reviewed  giving  the 
student  an  opportunity  to  plan,  conduct  and  evaluate  learning  activities  for  adults. 

AEED  661  Rural  Community  Analysis  (3)  First  semester.  Analysis  of  structure  and 
function  of  rural  society  and  application  of  social  understandings  to  educational 
processes. 

AEED  663  Developing  Rural  Leadership  (2-3)  First  semester  Theories  of  leadership 
are  emphasized.  Techniques  of  identifying  formal  and  informal  leaders  and  the 
development  of  rural  lay  leaders. 

AEED  691  Research  Methods  in  Adult  and  Continuing  Education  (3)  The  scientific 
method,  problem  identification,  survey  of  research  literature,  preparing  research  plans, 
design  of  studies,  experimentation,  analysis  of  data  and  thesis  writing. 

AEED  699  Special  Problems  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  approval  of  staff. 

AEED  707  Supervision  of  Student  Teaching  (1)  Summer  session.  Identification  of 
experiences  and  activities  in  an  effective  student  teaching  program,  responsibilities 
and  duties  of  supervising  teachers,  and  evaluation  of  student  teaching. 

AEED  789  Special  Topics  (1-3)  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits 
provided  content  is  different. 

AEED  798  Seminar  in  Rural  Education  (1-3)  Problems  in  the  organization, 
administration,  and  supervision  of  the  several  agencies  of  rural  and/or  vocational 
education.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  eight  credits. 

AEED  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

AEED  882  Agricultural  College  Instruction  (1) 

AEED  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education  (1-8)  Prerequisites:  experience,  a  master's 
degree,  and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are  available  to  selected  students  whose 
application  for  an  apprenticeship  has  been  approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Each 
apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester  full-time  or  the  equivalent  with 
an  appropriate  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  persons  involved. 

AEED  889  Internship  in  Education  (3-8)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  advisor.  Internships 
in  the  major  area  of  study  for  experienced  students  who  are  assigned  to  an 
appropriate  school  system,  educational  institution,  or  agency  in  a  situation  different 
than  that  in  which  the  student  is  regularly  employed.  * 

AEED  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  Program     67 


Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 
Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Hueth 

Professors:  Brown,  Cain,  Foster,  Gardner,  Lessley,  McConnell,  Norton,  Stevens,  Tuthill, 

Wysong 

Associate  Professors:  Bockstael,  Chambers,  Hardie,  Lawrence,  Levins,  Lopez,  Strand 

Assistant  Professor:  Phipps 

The  Department  of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  offers  a  course  of  study 
leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  graduate 
program  prepares  students  through  courses  in  traditional  subject  matter  areas, 
research  experiences  designed  to  give  technical  and  creative  competency  in  applied 
economics,  and  seminar  and  discussion  opportunities. 

The  Department  provides  two  areas  of  specialization,  agricultural  economics  and 
resource  economics.  Both  areas  of  specialization  integrate  opportunity  for  study  and 
research  from  a  variety  of  disciplines  related  to  agricultural  and  resource  economics. 
Study  and  research  within  these  two  areas  of  specilization  can  include  agricultural 
development,  international  trade,  agricultural  marketing,  farm  management  and 
production  economics,  agricultural  policy,  econometrics,  land  use,  marine  resources, 
water  resources  and  environmental  quality. 

There  are  substantial  employment  opportunities  for  persons  with  advanced  training 
in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  Graduates  from  the  Department  obtain 
employment  in  government,  industry  and  universities.  In  government,  graduates  are 
hired  by  such  agencies  as  U.S.  Departments  of  Agriculture  and  Interior  and  the 
Environmental  Protection  Agency.  Some  obtain  positions  with  the  World  Bank  and 
similar  agencies.  Industry  openings  are  usually  with  larger  companies,  often  involve 
research,  but  sometimes  include  management  or  program  responsibilities.  Positions 
obtained  in  academics  usually  include  assistant  professor  positions  (teaching, 
research,  extension)  in  major  universities.  A  few  graduates  have  accepted  teaching 
positions  in  smaller  colleges. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are  available  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  both 
areas  of  specialization.  The  thesis  option  requires  a  minimum  of  24  credits  for  course 
work  and  six  credits  for  thesis.  The  final  examination  is  oral,  takes  place  after 
completion  of  the  thesis  and  is  primarily  a  defense  of  the  thesis.  The  non-thesis  option 
requires  33  credits  for  course  work,  and  a  scholarly  paper.  There  is  a  final 
comprehensive  written  examination  for  the  non-thesis  option.  The  examination  is 
primarily  concerned  with  course  work  taken  during  the  program. 

Students  with  a  bachelor's  degree  generally  enter  the  master's  program  before 
applying  for  the  doctoral  program.  A  minimum  of  48  credits  for  course  work  beyond 
the  bachelor's  degree  and  12  credits  for  dissertation  research  are  required  for  the 
Ph.D.  degree.  Qualifying  examinations  are  administered  on  completion  of  core  course 
requirements.  Written  field  examinations  are  held  when  course  work  has  been 
completed.  An  oral  dissertation  defense  is  also  required. 

There  is  no  foreign  language  requirement  for  any  graduate  degree.  The  time 
required  to  complete  a  master's  degree  is  generally  two  years.  The  Ph.D.  adds  a 
minimum    of    two    years    beyond    the    Master's    program.    The    Graduate    Record 


68     AREC  —  Agriculture  and  Resource  Economics 


Examination  (GRE)  Aptitude  Test  scores  are  required  with  the  application  for 
admission. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  actively  employs  the  resources  of  many  state,  federal,  and 
international  agencies  unique  to  the  Washington,  D.C.  area  to  offer  experience  from 
the  world  of  government  and  business.  The  Library  of  Congress  in  Washington  and  the 
National  Agricultural  Library  in  Beltsville  (just  north  of  the  campus)  enhance  teaching 
and  research  efforts. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  assistantships  are  offered  to  qualified  applicants  on  the  basis  of  past 
academic  performance  and  availability  of  funds.  Many  full-time  students  in  the 
Department  hold  assistantships  or  some  other  form  of  financial  aid.  Part-time  and 
summer  work  is  often  available  for  students  not  on  assistantships. 

Additional  Information 

The  Policy  Handbook  for  the  Graduate  Program  provides  course  requirements, 
examination  procedures  and  descriptive  material  for  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  programs.  For 
specific  information,  contact: 

Dr.  Bruce  Gardner 

Graduate  Coordinator 

Department  of  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics 

Courses 

AREC  —  Agriculture  and  Resource  Economics 

AREC  404  Prices  of  Agricultural  Products  (3)  Prerequisite  ECON  403  An 
introduction  to  agricultural  price  behavior.  The  use  of  price  information  in  the 
decision-making  process,  the  relation  of  supply  and  demand  in  determining 
agricultural  prices,  and  the  relation  of  prices  to  grade,  time,  location,  and  stages  of 
processing  in  the  marketing  system.  Elementary  methods  of  price  analysis,  the 
concept  of  parity  and  the  role  of  price  support  programs  in  agricultural  decisions. 

AREC  405  Economics  of  Agricultural  Production  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  403  and 
MATH  220.  The  use  and  application  of  production  economics  in  agriculture  and 
resource  industries  through  graphical  and  mathematical  approaches.  Production 
functions,  cost  functions,  multiple  product  and  joint  production,  and  production 
processes  through  time. 

AREC  407  Agricultural  Finance  (3)  Prerequisite:  AREC  250.  Application  of  economic 
principles  to  develop  criteria  for  a  sound  farm  business,  including  credit  source  and 
use,  preparing  and  filing  income  tax  returns,  methods  of  appraising  farm  properties, 
the  summary  and  analysis  of  farm  records,  leading  to  effective  control  and  profitable 
operation  of  the  farm  business. 

AREC  414  Agricultural  Business  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  AREC  250  The 
different  forms  of  businesses.  Management  functions,  business  indicators,  measures  of 
performance,  and  operational  analysis.  Case  studies  are  used  to  show  applications  of 
management  techniques,   course  in 


AREC  —  Agriculture  and  Resource  Economics     69 


AREC  427  Economics  of  Agricultural  Marketing  Systems  (3)  Prerequiste  AREC 
250.  Basic  economic  theory  as  applied  to  the  marketing  of  agricultural  products, 
including  price,  cost,  and  financial  analysis.  Current  developments  affecting  market 
structure  including  effects  of  contractual  arrangement,  vertical  integration, 
governmental  policies  and  regulation. 

AREC  432  Introduction  to  Natural  Resources  Policy  (3)  Development  of  natural 
resource  policy  and  analysis  of  the  evolution  of  public  intervention  in  the  use  of  natural 
resources.  Examination  of  present  policies  and  of  conflicts  between  private  individuals, 
public  interest  groups,  and  government  agencies. 

AREC  433  Food  and  Agricultural  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  AREC  250.  Economic  and 
political  context  of  governmental  involvement  in  the  farm  and  food  sector.  Historical 
programs  and  current  policy  issues.  Analysis  of  economic  effects  of  agricultural 
programs,  their  benefits  and  costs,  and  comparison  of  policy  alternatives.  Analyzes  the 
interrelationship  among  international  development,  agricultural  trade  and  general 
economic  and  domestic  agricultural  policies. 

AREC  445  World  Agricultural  Development  and  the  Quality  of  Life  (3)  Prerequisite: 
AREC  250.  An  examination  of  the  key  aspects  of  the  agricultural  development  of  less 
developed  countries  related  to  resources,  technology,  cultural  and  social  setting, 
population,  infrastructure,  incentives,  education,  and  government.  Environmental 
impact  of  agricultural  development,  basic  economic  and  social  characteristics  of 
peasant  agriculture,  theories  and  models  of  agricultural  development,  selected  aspects 
of  agricultural  development  planning. 

AREC  453  Natural  Resources  and  Public  Policy  (3)  Prerequisites:  AREC  250  or 
ECON  203.  Rational  use  and  reuse  of  natural  resources.  Theory,  methodology,  and 
policies  concerned  with  the  allocation  of  natural  resources  among  alternative  uses. 
Optimum  state  of  conservation,  market  failure,  safe  minimum  standard,  and 
cost-benefit  analysis. 

AREC  484  Introduction  to  Econometrics  in  Agriculture  (3)  An  introduction  to  the 
application  of  econometric  techniques  to  agricultural  problems  with  emphasis  on  the 
assumptions  and  computational  techniques  necessary  to  derive  statistical  estimates, 
test  hypotheses,  and  make  predictions  with  the  use  of  single  equation  models. 
Includes  linear  and  non-linear  regression  models,  internal  least  squares,  discriminant 
analysis  and  factor  analysis. 

AREC    489    Special    Topics    in    Agricultural    and    Resources    Economics    (3) 

Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  credits. 

AREC  495  Honors  Reading  Course  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  I  (3) 

Selected  readings  in  political  and  economic  theory  from  1700  to  1850.  This  course 
develops  a  basic  understanding  of  the  development  of  economic  and  political  thought 
as  a  foundation  for  understanding  our  present  society  and  its  cultural  heritage. 
Prerequisite:  acceptance  in  the  honors  program  of  the  department  of  agricultural  and 
resource  economics. 

AREC  496  Honors  Reading  Course  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  II  (3) 
Selected  readings  in  political  and  economic  theory  from  1850  to  the  present.  This 
couse  continues  the  development  of  a  basic  understanding  of  economic  and  political 
thought  begun  in  AREC  495  by  the  examination  of  modern  problems  in  agricultural 
and  resource  economics  in  the  light  of  the  material  read  and  discussed  in  AREC  495 


70     AREC  —  Agriculture  and  Resource  Economics 


and  AREC  496.  Prerequisite:  successful  complettin  of  AREC  495  and  registration  in 
the  honors  program  of  the  department  and  resource  economics. 

AREC  639  Internship  in  Resource  Management  (2-4)  Prerequisite  permission  of 
major  advisor  and  department  chairman.  Open  only  to  graduate  students  in  the  arec 
resource  management  curriculum.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  four  hours. 

AREC  685  Applications  of  Mathematical  Programming  in  Agriculture  Business 
and  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites'  ECON  403  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  application  of 
mathematical  programming  to  solve  a  wide  variety  of  problems  in  agriculture,  business 
and  economics.  Emphasis  on  modeling  large-scale  systems  and  interpreting  results. 

AREC  689  Special  Topics  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  (3)  First  and 
second  semester.  Subject  matter  taught  will  be  varied  and  will  depend  on  the  persons 
available  for  teaching  unique  and  specialized  phases  of  agricultural  and  resource 
economics.  The  course  will  be  taught  by  the  staff  or  visiting  agricultural  and  resource 
economists  who  may  be  secured  on  lectureship  or  visiting  professor  basis. 

AREC  698  Seminar  (1)  First  and  second  semesters.  Students  will  participate  through 
study  of  problems  in  the  field,  reporting  to  seminar  members  and  defending  positions 
adopted.  Outstanding  leaders  in  the  field  will  present  ideas  for  analysis  and  discussion 
among  class  members.  Students  involved  in  original  research  will  present  progress 
reports.  Class  discussion  will  provide  opportunity  for  constructive  criticism  and 
guidance. 

AREC  699  Special  Problems  in  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  (1-2)  First 
and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Intensive  study  and  analysis  of  specific 
problems  in  the  field  of  agricultural  and  resource  economics,  which  provide  information 
in  depth  in  areas  of  special  interest  to  the  student. 

AREC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

AREC  804  Advanced  Agricultural  Price  and  Demand  Analysis  (3)  Second  semester 
An  advanced  study  in  the  theory  of:  (1)  the  individual  consumer,  (2)  household 
behavior,  and  (3)  aggregate  demand.  The  concepts  of  price  and  cross  elasticities  of 
demand,  income  elasticity  of  demand,  and  elasticity  of  substitution  will  be  examined  in 
detail.  The  use  of  demand  theory  in  the  analysis  of  welfare  problems,  market 
equilibrium  (with  special  emphasis  on  trade)  and  the  problem  of  insufficient  and 
excessive  aggregate  demand  will  be  discussed. 

AREC  806  Economics  of  Agricultural  Production  (3)  First  semester  Study  of  the 
more  complex  problems  involved  in  the  long-range  adjustments,  organization  and 
operation  of  farm  resources,  including  the  impact  of  new  technology  and  methods. 
Applications  of  the  theory  of  the  firm,  linear  programming,  activity  analysis  and 
input-output  analysis. 

AREC  824  Food  Distribution  Management  (3)  Theory  and  practice  of  the  complex 
functional  and  institutional  aspects  of  food  distribution  systems  analyzed  from  the 
perspective  of  management  decision-making  in  the  food  industry.  Possible  long  range 
economic  effects  of  current  structural  adjustments:  social  and  ecological  aspects  of 
food  industry  management  decision-making. 

AREC  832  Agricultural  Price  and  income  Policy  (3)  Second  semester,  alternate 
years,  1973.  The  evolution  of  agricultural  policy  in  the  united  states,  emphazing  the 
origin  and  development  of  governmental  programs,  and  their  effects  upon  agricultural 


Agricultural  Engineering  Program     71 


production,  prices  and  income. 

AREC    844    International    Agriculture    Trade    (3)    Economic    theory,    policies    and 

practices  in  international  trade  in  agricultural  products  Principal  theories  of 
international  trade  and  finance,  agricultural  trade  policies  of  various  countries,  and 
agricultural  trade  practices 

AREC  845  Agriculture  in  World  Economic  Development  (3)  First  semester,  alternate 
years,  1972.  Theories  and  concepts  of  what  makes  economic  development  happen 
Approaches  and  programs  for  stimulating  the  transformation  from  a  primitive 
agricultural  economy  to  an  economy  of  rapidly  developing  commercial  agriculture  and 
industry.  Analysis  of  selected  agricultural  development  programs  in  Asia,  Africa  and 
Latin  America. 

AREC  852  Advanced  Resource  Economics  (3)  Second  semester,  alternate  years 
Assessment  and  evaluation  of  our  natural,  capital,  and  human  resources,  the  use  of 
economic  theory  and  various  techniques  to  guide  the  allocation  of  these  resources 
within  a  comprehensive  framework;  and  the  institutional  arrangements  for  using  these 
resources.  ECON  403  or  equivalent  is  a  prerequisite. 

AREC  883  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  Research  Techniques  (3)  First 
semester.  Emphasis  is  given  to  philosophy  and  basic  objectives  of  research  in  the  field 
of  agricultural  and  resource  economics.  The  course  is  designed  to  help  students 
define  a  research  problem  and  work  out  logical  procedures  for  executing  research  in 
the  social  sciences.  Attention  is  given  to  the  techniques  and  tools  available  to 
agricultural  and  resource  economics.  Research  documents  in  the  field  will  be 
appraised  from  the  standpoint  of  procedures  and  evaluation  of  the  search. 

AREC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Agricultural  Engineering  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Chair:  Stewart 

Professors:  Harris,  Wheaton 

Associate  Professors:  Grant,  Johnson 

Assistant  Professors:  Farsaie,  Frey,  Magette,  Muller,  Rebuck 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Sager 

Affiliate  Assistant  Professor:  Brinsfield 

Visiting  Professor:  Yeck 

The  Department  of  Agricultural  Engineering  offers  a  graduate  program  of  study  with 

specialization  in  either  agricultural  or  aquacultural  engineering  leading  to  the  degree  of 

Master  of  Science  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Courses  and  research  problems  place 

emphasis  on  the  engineering  aspects  of  the  production,  harvesting,  processing  and 

marketing    of   terrestrial    and    aquatic    food    and    fiber   products.    Concern   for   the 

conservation   of   land   and   water   resources   and   the   utilization   and/or  disposal   of 

byproducts  associated  with  biological  systems  is  included  in  order  to  maintain  and 

enhance  the  quality  of  our  environment  while  contributing  to  efficient  production  of 

food  and  fiber  to  meet  increasing  population  demands. 

Agricultural  Engineering  graduate  students  can  look  forward  to  excellent 
employment  opportunities.  Recent  estimates  indicate  three  to  five  openings  presently 
exist  for  every  student  completing  an  advanced  degree  in  Agricultural  Engineering. 
Future   projections   indicate  the  demand   for  Agricultural   Engineers  with  advanced 


72     ENAG  —  Engineering  Agricultural 


degrees  will  be  as  good  or  better  than  it  is  presently. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  is  open  to  B.S.  graduates  in  engineering,  physical  science  or  biological 
science  who  meet  graduate  school  requirements  and  who  have  satisfactorily 
completed  a  core  of  basic  engineering  courses.  For  the  thesis  M.S.  program,  a 
minimum  of  30  semester  hours  are  required  of  which  at  least  9  hours  will  be 
agricultural  engineering  courses,  6  hours  will  be  thesis  research  and  3  hours  will  be 
biometrics.  A  non-thesis  M.S.  is  also  available,  requiring  a  minimum  of  33  semester 
credit  hours.  At  least  9  credit  hours  will  be  ENAG  courses,  3  hours  will  be  a  required 
paper  and  3  hours  will  be  biometrics. 

A  minimum  of  60  credit  hours  beyond  a  B.S.  are  required  for  the  Ph.D.  program  of 
which  12  hours  will  be  thesis  research  and  3  hours  will  be  biometrics.  Additional 
coures  may  be  required  depending  on  the  student's  background. 

The  Department  has  no  language  requirements  for  either  graduate  degree.  Except 
for  the  above  requirements,  a  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  program  is  planned  on  a  personal  basis 
and  is  oriented  toward  the  intellectual  and  professional  objectives  of  the  student. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  well-equipped  laboratories  in  the  Department,  the  facilities  of  the 
Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  the  Computer  Science  Center,  and  the  College  of 
Engineering  are  available.  Facilities  of  the  University  of  Maryland  Center  for 
Environmental  and  Estuarine  Studies  enhances  the  aquacultural  phase  of  the 
Department's  graduate  program. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  may  be  available  to  qualified  candidates. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information  contact: 
Chair, 
Agricultural  Engineering  Department 

Courses 

ENAG  —  Engineering  Agricultural 

ENAG  401  Agricultural  Production  Equipment  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENAG  100.  Principles  of  operation  and  functions  of  power  and 
machinery  units  as  related  to  tillage;  cutting,  conveying,  and  separating  units;  and 
control  mechanisms.  Principles  of  internal  combustion  engines  and  power  unit 
components,    in 

ENAG  402  Agricultural  Materials  Handling  and  Environmental  Control  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENAG  100.  Characteristics  of 
construction  materials  and  details  of  agricultural  structures.  Fundamentals  of  electricity, 
electrical  circuits,  and  electrical  controls.  Materials  handling  and  environmental 
requirements  of  farm  products  and  animals. 

ENAG  414  Mechanics  of  Food  Processing  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 


ENAG  —  Engineering  Agricultural     73 


week.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  121.  Applications  in  the  processing  and  preservation  of 
foods,  of  power  transmission,  hydraulics,  electricity,  thermodynamics,  refrigeration, 
instruments  and  controls,  materials  handling  and  time  and  motion  analysis. 

ENAG  421  Power  Systems  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  two  hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ENME  217,  ENEE  300  and  ENME  342  or  ENCE  330.  Analysis  of  energy 
conversion  devices  including  internal  combustion  engines,  electrical  and  hydraulic 
motors.  Fundamentals  of  power  transmission  and  coordination  of  power  sources  with 
methods  of  power  transmission. 

ENAG  422  Soil  and  Water  Engineering  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ENME  342  or  ENCE  330.  Applications  of  engineering  and  soil  sciences  in  erosion 
control,  drainage,  irrigation  and  watershed  management.  Principles  of  agricultural 
hydrology  and  design  of  water  control  and  conveyance  systems. 

ENAG  424  Functional  and  Environmental  Design  of  Agricultural  Structures  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENAG  454.  An  analytical 
approach  to  the  design  and  planning  of  functional  and  environmental  requirements  of 
plants  and  animals  in  semi-  or  completely  enclosed  structures. 

ENAG  432  General  Hydrology  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Qualitative  aspects  of 
basic  hydrologic  principles  pertaining  to  the  properties,  distribution  and  circulation  of 
water  as  related  to  public  interest  in  water  resources. 

ENAG  433  Engineering  Hydrology  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites:  MATH 
246,  ENCE  330  or  ENME  342.  Properties,  distribution  and  circulation  of  water  from  the 
sea  and  in  the  atmosphere  emphasizing  movement  overland,  in  channels  and  through 
the  soil  profile.  Qualitative  and  quantitative  factors  are  considered. 

ENAG  435  Aquacultural  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department.  A  study 
of  the  engineering  aspects  of  development,  utilization  and  conservation  of  aquatic 
systems.  Emphasis  will  be  on  harvesting  and  processing  aquatic  animals  or  plants  as 
related  to  other  facets  of  water  resources  management. 

ENAG  444  Functional  Design  of  Machinery  and  Equipment  (3)  Two  lectures  and 
one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENES  221  and  senior  standing.  Theory 
and  methods  of  agricultural  machine  design.  Application  of  machine  design  principles 
and  physical  properties  of  soils  and  agricultural  products  in  designing  machines  to 
perform  specific  tasks. 

ENAG  454  Bioligical  Process  Engineering  (4)  Prerequisite:  ENME  342  or  ENCE  330. 
Design  of  systems  to  pump,  heat,  cool,  dry  and  control  biological  materials  as  part  of 
food  and  agricultural  engineering.  The  effect  of  physical  parameters  on  biological 
material  response  to  these  processes. 

ENAG  488  Topics  in  Agricultural  Engineering  Technology  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Selected  topics  in  agricultural  engineering  technology  of 
current  need  and  interest.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  topics  are 
different.    Not  acceptable  for  credit  towards  major  in  agricultural  engineering. 

ENAG  489  Special  Problems  in  Agricultural  Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  approval 
of  department.  Student  will  select  an  engineering  problem  and  prepare  a  technical 
report.  The  problem  may  include  design,  experimentation,  and/or  data  analysis. 

ENAG    499    Special    Problems    in    Agricultural    Engineering    Technology    (1-3) 

Prerequisite:    approval    of    department.    Not    acceptable   for    majors    in    agricultural 


74     Agronomy  Program 


engineering.  Problems  assigned  in  proportion  to  credit. 

ENAG  601  Instrumentation  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  approval  of  department. 
Analysis  of  instrumentation  requirements  and  techniques  for  research  and  operational 
agricultural  or  biological  systems. 

ENAG  612  Similitude  in  Agricultural  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCE  350  and 
either  ENME  342  or  ENCE  330,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Application  and  use  of 
dimensional  and  model  analysis  for  studying  mechanical,  structural,  and  fluid  systems 
encountered  in  agricultural  engineering. 

ENAG  631  Land  and  Water  Resource  Development  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENAG  422  or  approval  of  department.  A  comprehensive  study  of  engineering  aspects 
of  orderly  development  for  land  and  water  resources.  Emphasis  on  project  formulation, 
data  acquisition,  project  analysis  and  engineering  economy. 

ENAG  642  Engineering  Dynamics  of  Biological  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  AGEN  454 
or  equivalent.  Description  of  the  physical  state  of  a  biological  system  using  geometry, 
physical  properties  and  forces.  Discussion  of  important  interrelationships, 
measurement  techniques  and  resulting  transport  processes  as  applied  to  biological 
process  engineering. 

ENAG  688  Advanced  Topics  in  Agricultural  Engineering  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  of  current  interest  in  the  various  areas  of  agricultural 
engineering.   Maximum  eight  credits. 

ENAG  698  Seminar  (1)  First  and  second  semesters. 

ENAG  699  Special  Problems  in  Agricultural  and  Aquacultural  Engineering  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semester  and  summer  school.  Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount 
of  credit. 

ENAG  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENAG  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Agronomy  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Miller 

Professors:  Axley,  Aycock,  Bandel,  Decker,  Fanning,  McKee 

Associate  Professors:  Kenworthy,  Mcintosh,  Mulchi,  Sammons,Tumer,Vough,Weil, 

Weismiller 

Assistant  Professors:  Angle,  Bruns,  Dernoeden,  Glenn,  Rabinhorst,  Ritter,  Thomison, 

Welterlen 

The  Department  of  Agronomy  offers  graduate  courses  of  study  leading  to  the  degrees 
of  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  student  may  pursue  major  work  in 
the  crops  division  or  in  the  soils  division  of  the  Department.  Programs  are  offered  in 
cereal  crop  production,  forage  management,  turf  management,  plant  breeding, 
tobacco  production,  crop  physiology,  weed  science,  -soil  chemistry,  soil  physics,  soil 
fertility,  soil  and  water  conservation,  soil  genesis  and  classification,  soil  survey  and 
land  use,  soil  mineralogy,  soil  biochemistry,  soil  microbiology,  air  pollution,  waste 
disposal,  and  soil  environment  interactions. 

All  graduates  with  advanced  degrees  in  Agronomy  from  this  university  have  found 
employment  in  areas  of  their  interests.  Most  are  doing  teaching  or  research  at  other 
universities  or  with  the  federal  government;  some  are  with  international  agencies  and  a 


AGRO  —  Agronomy     75 


few  have  advanced  to  administrative  positions.  A  number  are  employed  by  industries 
in  research  or  sales-related  positions.  Some  graduates  are  managing  whole  divisions 
of  these  corporations.  Others  are  employed  by  consulting  firms  or  are  breeding  new 
varieties  of  crops  for  sale  to  the  farmers.  Opportunities  for  employment  of  Agronomy 
graduates  in  the  future  appear  to  be  excellent. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are  available  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree.  A 
bachelor's  degree  in  Agronomy  is  not  required  if  the  student  has  adequate  training  in 
the  basic  sciences.  All  students  must  complete  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in 
Agronomy  before  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  Departmental  regulations  have 
been  assembled  for  the  guidance  of  candidates  for  graduate  degrees.  Copies  of  these 
regulations  are  available  from  the  Department  of  Agronomy. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Agronomy  Department  has  over  20  well-equipped  laboratories  to  carry  out  basic 
and  applied  research  in  crop  and  soil  science.  Basic  equipment  in  the  laboratories 
include:  X-ray  diffraction  and  mass  spectrophotometer,  atomic  absorption  gas 
chromatograph,  isotope  counters,  petrographic  microscopes  and  equipment  for  thin 
section  preparations,  neutron  soil  moisture  probe  and  scaler,  tissue  culture  equipment, 
grain  quality  analyzer,  and  carbonfurnace.  Growth  chambers,  extensive  greenhouse 
space,  and  five  research  farms  permit  a  wide  range  of  environmental  conditions  for 
research  into  plant  growth  processes.  A  complete  complement  of  planting  and 
harvesting  equipment  is  available  for  field  research.  A  computer  center,  located  on 
campus,  is  available  for  use  by  the  Department.  Microcomputers  within  the 
department  are  also  available.  The  University  and  the  National  Agricultural  Sciences 
Libraries,  supplemented  by  the  Library  of  Congress,  make  the  library  resources  among 
the  best  in  the  nation.  Many  projects  of  the  Department  are  conducted  in  cooperation 
with  the  Agricultural  Research  Service  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture 
with  headquarters  located  three  miles  from  the  campus. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  research  assistantships  and  teaching  assistantships  are  available 
for  qualified  applicants. 

Courses 

AGRO  —  Agronomy 

AGRO  403  Crop  Breeding  (3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  414  or  ZOOL  213.  Principles  and 

methods  of  breeding  annual  self  and  cross-pollinated   plant  and  perennial  forage 

species. 

AGRO  404  Tobacco  Production  (3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  100.  A  study  of  the  history, 

adaptation,  distribution,  culture,  and  improvement  of  various  types  of  tobacco,  with 

special  emphasis  on  problems  in  Maryland  tobacco  production.  Physical  and  chemical 

factors  associated  with  yield  and  quality  of  tobacco  will  be  stressed. 

AGRO  405  Turf  Management  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 

Prerequisite:  BOTN100.  A  study  of  principles  and  practices  of  managing  turf  for  lawns, 


76     AGRO  —  Agronomy 


golf  courses,  athletic  fields,  playgrounds,  airfields  and  highways  for  commerical  sod 
production. 

AGRO  406  Forage  Crop  Production  (3)  Prerequisites:  BOTN  101,  and  AGRO  100;  or 
concurrent  enrollment  in  these  courses.  A  general  look  at  world  grasslands;  production 
and  management  requirements  of  major  grasses  and  legumes  for  quality  hay,  silage 
and  pasture  for  livestock  feed;  new  cultivar  development  and  release;  seed  production 
and  distribution  of  improved  cultivars. 

AGRO  407  Cereal  and  Oil  Crops  (3)  Prerequisites:  BOTN  101  and  AGRO  100;  or 
concurrent  enrollment  in  these  courses.  A  study  of  principles  and  practices  of  corn, 
small  grains,  rice,  millets,  sorghums,  and  soybeans  and  other  oil  seed  crops.  A  study 
of  seed  production,  processing,  distribution  and  federal  and  state  seed  control 
programs  of  corn,  small  grains  and  soybeans. 

AGRO  411  Soil  Fertility  Principles  (3)  Prerequisite:  AGRO  302.  A  study  of  the 
chemical,  physical,  and  biological  characteristics  of  soils  that  are  important  in  growing 
crops.  Soil  deficiencies  of  physical,  chemical,  or  biological  nature  and  their  correction 
by  the  use  of  lime,  fertilizers,  and  rotations  are  discussed  and  illustrated. 

AGRO  412  Commercial  Fertilizers  (3)  Prerequisite:  AGRO  302  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  manufacturing  of  commercial  fertilizers  and  their  use  in  soils 
for  efficient  crop  production. 

AGRO  413  Soil  and  Water  Conservation  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite:  AGRO  302  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  importance 
and  causes  of  soil  erosion,  methods  of  soil  erosion  control,  and  the  effect  of 
conservation  practices  on  soil-moisture  supply.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  farm 
planning  for  soil  and  water  conservation.  The  laboratory  period  will  be  largely  devoted 
to  field  trips. 

AGRO  414  Soil  Classification  and  Geography  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  AGRO  302  or  permission  of  instructor.  Processes  and 
factors  of  soil  genesis.  Taxonomy  of  soils  of  the  world  by  U.S.  System.  Laboratory 
covers  soil  morphological  characteristics,  composition,  classification,  survey  and  field 
trips  to  examine  and  describe  soils. 

AGRO  415  Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  AGRO  302.  Evaluation  of  soils  in  the  uses  of  land  and  the 
environmental  implications  of  soil  utilization.  Interpretation  of  soil  information  and  soil 
surveys  as  applied  to  both  agricultural  and  non-agricultural  problems.  Incorporation  of 
soil  data  into  legislation,  environmental  standards  and  land  use  plans. 

AGRO  417  Soil  Physics  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  AGRO  302  and  a  course  in  physics,  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  physical  properties  of  soils  with  special  emphasis  on  relationship  to  soil  productivity. 

AGRO  421  Soil  Chemistry  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  AGRO  302  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  chemical 
composition  of  soils;  cation  and  anion  exchange;  acid,  alkaline  and  saline  soil 
conditions;  and  soil  fixation  of  plant  nutrients. 'Chemical  methods  of  soil  analysis  will  be 
studied  with  emphasis  on  their  relation  to  fertilizer  requirements. 

AGRO  422  Soil  Biochemistry  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  AGRO  302,  CHEM  104  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  biochemical 


AGRO  —  Agronomy     77 


processes  involved  in  the  formation  and  decomposition  of  organic  soil  constituents. 
Significance  of  soil-biochemical  processes  involved  in  plant  nutrition  will  be 
considered. 

AGRO  423  Soil-Water  Pollution  (3)  Prerequisite:  AGRO  302  and  CHEM  104  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Reaction  and  fate  of  pesticides,  agricultural  fertilizers, 
industrial  and  animal  wastes  in  soil  and  water  with  emphasis  on  their  relation  to  the 
environment. 

AGRO  451  Cropping  Systems  (2)  Prerequisite:  AGRO  102  or  equivalent.  The 
coordination  of  information  from  various  courses  in  the  development  of  balanced 
cropping  systems,  appropriate  to  differnet  objectives  in  various  areas  of  the  state  and 
nation. 

AGRO  453  Weed  Control  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
AGRO  102  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the  use  of  cultural  practices  and  chemical 
herbicides  in  the  control  of  weeds. 

AGRO  499  Special  Problems  in  Agronomy  (1-3)  Prerequisites  AGRO  302,  406,  407 
or  permission  of  instructor.  A  detailed  study,  including  a  written  report  of  an  important 
problem  in  agronomy. 

AGRO  601  Advanced  Crop  Breeding  I  (2)  Prerequisite:  AGRO  403  or  equivalent. 
Genetic  and  cytogenetic  theories  as  related  to  plant  breeding  including  interspecific 
and  intergeneric  hybridization,  polyploidy,  and  sterility  mechanisms. 

AGRO  602  Advanced  Crop  Breeding  II  (2)  Prerequisites:  AGRO  601  and  a  graduate 
statistics  course.  Quantitative  inheritance  in  plant  breeding  including  genetic 
constitution  of  a  population,  continuous  variation,  estimation  of  genetic  variances, 
heterosis  and  inbreeding,  heritability,  and  population  movement. 

AGRO  608  Research  Methods  (2)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  staff. 
Development  of  research  viewpoint  by  detailed  study  and  report  on  crop  research  of 
the  Maryland  experiment  station  or  review  of  literature  on  specific  phases  of  a 
problem. 

AGRO  722  Advanced  Soil  Chemistry  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1972-73.)  Prerequisites:  AGRO  202 
and  permission  of  instructor.  A  continuation  of  AGRO  421  with  emphasis  on  soil 
chemistry  of  minor  elements  necessary  for  plant  growth. 

AGRO  789  Recent  Advances  in  Agronomy  (2-4)  First  semester  Two  hours  each 
year.  Total  credit  four  hours.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  recent 
advances  in  agronomy  research. 

AGRO  798  Agronomy  Seminar  (1)  First  and  second  semesters.  Total  credit  toward 
master  of  science  degree,  2;  toward  Ph.D.  Degree,  6.  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor. 

AGRO  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

AGRO  802  Breeding  For  Resistance  to  Plant  Pests  (3)  Second  semester,  alternate 
years.  (Offered  1972-73.)  Prerequisites:  ENTM  252,  BOTN  221,  AGRO  403,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  development  of  breeding  techniques  for 
selecting  and  utilizing  resistance  to  insects  and  diseases  in  crop  plants  and  the  effect 
of  resistance  on  the  interrelationships  of  host  and  pest. 


78     American  Studies  Program 


AGRO  804  Design  and  Analysis  of  Crop  Research  (3)  Field  plot  technique, 
application  of  statistcal  of  application  of  statistical  analysis  to  agronomic  data,  and 
preparation  of  the  research  project. 

AGRO  805  Factors  Affecting  Crop  Yields  (2)  Prerequisites:  BOTN  441  or  BOTN  641 
plus  advanced  training  in  plant  sciences.  Major  emphasis  will  be  on  physiological 
processes  affecting  yield  and  productivity  of  major  food  fiber  and  industrial  crops  of 
the  world.  Topics  such  as  photosynthesis,  respiration,  photorespiration,  nitrogen 
metabolism  will  be  related  to  crop  growth  as  affected  by  management  decisions. 
Topics  of  discussion  will  also  include  growth  analysis  and  the  use  of  computer 
modeling  of  crop  growth  by  plant  scientists. 

AGRO  806  Herbicide  Chemistry  and  Physiology  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week  Second 
semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1972-1973.)  Prerequisite:  AGRO  453  and  CHEM 
104  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  importance  of  chemical  structure  in  relation  to 
biologically  significant  reactions  will  be  emphasized  in  more  than  10  different  herbicide 
groups.  Recent  advances  in  herbicidal  metabolism,  translocation,  and  mode  of  action 
will  be  reviewed.  Adsorption,  decomposition  and  movement  in  the  soil  will  also  be 
studied. 

AGRO  807  Advanced  Forage  Crops  (2)  First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered 
1972-1973.)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  441  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
fundamental  study  of  physiological  and  ecological  responses  of  grasses  and  legumes 
to  environmental  factors,  including  fertilizer  elements,  soil  moisture,  soil  temperature, 
humidity,  lenght  of  day,  quality  and  intensity  of  light,  wind  movement,  and  defoliation 
practices.  Relationship  of  these  factors  to  life  history,  production,  chemical  and 
botanical  composition,  quality,  and  persistence  of  forages  will  be  considered. 

AGRO  821  Advanced  Methods  of  Soil  Investigation  (3)  First  semester,  alternate 
years.  (Offered  1973-1974.)  Prerequisites:  AGRO  202  and  permission  of  instructor.  An 
advanced  study  of  the  theory  of  the  chemical  methods  of  soil  investigation  with 
emphasis  on  problems  involving  application  of  physical  chemistry. 

AGRO  831  Soil  Mineralogy  (4)  Soil  minerals,  with  emphasis  on  clay  minerals,  are 
studied  from  the  viewpoint  of  soil  genesis  and  physical  chemistry.  Mineralogical 
analyses  by  x-ray  and  chemical  techniques. 

AGRO  832  Advanced  Soil  Physics  (3)  Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered 
1973-1974.)  Prerequisites:  AGRO  202  and  permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced  study 
of  physical  properties  of  soils. 

AGRO  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


American  Studies  Program 


Associate  Professor  and  Chair:  Kelly 

Associate  Director  and  Director  of  Graduate  Studies:  Caughey 

Associate  Professors:  Caughey,  Johns,  Lounsbury,  Mihtz 

Assistant  Professor:  Diner 

Adjunct  Professor:  Washburn 

American  Studies  offers  an  interdisciplinary  program  leading  to  both  the  M.A.  and 

Ph.D.  Graduate  students  in  the  field  take  (1)  courses  in  the  various  allied  departments 

(e.g.,    Anthropology,    Art,    Communication    Arts    and    Theatre,    Education,    English, 


American  Studies  Program     79 


Geography,  Government  and  Politics,  History,  Journalism,  Philosophy,  Sociology, 
Women's  Studies),  and  (2)  intergrating  courses  in  the  core  program  taught  by  the 
American  Studies  faculty. 

All  students  take  the  introductory  graduate  proseminar,  which  focuses  on  the 
history,  theory,  and  methodology  of  American  culture  studies.  Other  graduate  seminars 
vary  from  semester  to  semester — sometimes  concentrating  on  a  cultural  time  period 
(e.g.,  Victorian  America),  a  particular  mode  of  cultural  expression  (e.g.,  film,  material 
culture,  popular  culture),  or  a  particular  theme  or  methodology  (e.g..  ethnography  and 
culture  studies,  literature  considered  in  cultural  context,  sex  roles  and 'feminist  theory). 
A  special  cooperative  venture  enables  students  interested  in  material  culture  to  take 
substantial  course  work  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Because  of  the  broad,  interdisciplinary  character  of  American  Studies,  degree 
holders  have  a  wider  range  of  employment  opportunities  than  candidates  with  more 
narrowly  focused  degrees.  Government  service  offers  an  abundant  outlet  for  American 
Studies  degree  holders,  with  UMCP  candidates  and/or  graduates  currently  holding 
employment  at  the  Smithsonian,  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  the  Department 
of  Labor,  and  Capitol  Hill,  and  in  a  variety  of  public  service  institutions  related  to  the 
government.  The  American  Studies  degree  has  proven  valuable  in  the 
communications  industry:  newspaper  work,  television,  and  radio.  Recent  graduates 
have  held  or  now  hold  teaching  positions  at  such  institutions  as  Syracuse  University, 
the  University  of  California  at  Santa  Cruz,  Temple  University,  the  University  of 
Maryland,  Baltimore  County,  Alexandria  University  (Egypt),  and  several  community 
colleges. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Master's  candidates  are  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of  30  hours  of  course  work. 
All  candidates  are  required  to  take  at  least  9  hours  of  core  American  Studies 
seminars— 3  hours  of  AMST  618,  and  6  hours  of  AMST  628  and  629.  In  addition, 
students  select  an  area  of  concentration  from  courses  offered  in  the  allied 
departments,  either  emphasizing  the  orientation  of  a  single  discipline  or  pursuing  a 
topic  or  issue  that  spans  several  fields  (e.g.,  Afro-American  culture,  historic 
preservation,  the  media,  women's  studies). 

Candidates  write  a  thesis  for  six  hours  of  credit.  Alternatively,  with  permission,  they 
take  two  3-hour  courses  and  an  examination  based  on  an  individual  reading  list;  in 
addition,  they  write  a  scholarly  paper. 

Many  students  accepted  for  the  doctoral  program  already  have  an  MA.  in 
American  Studies.  Well-qualified  candidates  without  an  American  Studies  M.A.  are 
admitted  to  the  doctoral  program,  but  they  may  be  required  to  make  up  background 
deficiencies. 

Core  program  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  are  similar  to  those  for  the  M.A.— 12  hours 
of  American  Studies  courses:  3  at  the  618  level,  6  in  AMST  628  and  629,  and  3  in 
AMST  828, "Research  Seminar  in  American  Studies".  The  remainder  of  the  student's 
course  work  is  taken  from  courses  in  the  allied  departments,  and  in  other  core 
American  Studies  electives. 

Ph.D.  candidates  must  complete  at  least  30  semester  hours  beyond  the  M.A., 
including  an  18-hour  residency  requirement.  Candidates  must  also  demonstrate 
proficiency  in  a  tool  (e.g.,  foreign  language,  computer  science, culture  concept),  must 
pass  a  comprehensive  written  examination,  and  must  write  a  dissertation  based  upon 
original  research  and  interpretation. 


80     AMST  —  American  Studies 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  proximity  of  many  federal  institutions  allows  for  a  firsthand  appreciation  of  politics 
and  cultural  life,  while  the  facilities  of  the  National  Archives  and  the  Library  of 
Congress  give  the  historian  access  to  the  materials  documenting  the  experiences  of 
past  generations.  Important  galleries,  including  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and 
the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  exhibit  the  high  points  of  creative  expression  in  the  visual 
arts.  The  holdings  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  contain  artifacts  from  the  vernacular 
traditions  in  architecture  and  technology,  from  the  folk  arts,  and  from  Native  American 
culture.  The  District  of  Columbia  and  its  surrounding  regions  represent  an  impressive 
aggregate  of  associations  and  communities — alternative  political  strategies  sponsored 
by  public  interest  groups,  the  focus  upon  black  cultural  identity  found  in  the  Anacostia 
Neighborhood  Museum,  the  "new  cities"  of  Columbia,  Maryland  and  Reston, 
Virginia — which  seek  to  confront  the  crises  of  urban  America  in  a  constructive  manner. 
The  department,  drawing  upon  the  resources  of  its  cultural  environment,  offers  the 
individual  an  education  in  the  most  meaningful  sense;  a  personal  encounter  with 
academic  tradition  related  to  the  processes  of  immediate  and  contemporary  social 
change. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  assistantships  are  available  for  qualified  graduate  students. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information,  please  write  to  the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies,  American 
Studies  Program,  University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

AMST  —  American  Studies 

AMST  418  Cultural  Themes  in  America  (3)  Examination  of  structure  and  development 
of  American  culture  through  themes  such  as  "the  dynamics  of  change  and  conflict", 
"culture  and  mental  disorders", "race",  "ethnicity",  "regionalism",  "landscape",  "humor". 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

AMST  426  Culture  and  the  Arts  in  America  (3)  Analysis  of  development  of  American 
cultural  institutions  and  artifacts.  Ehphasis  on  relationship  between  intellectual  and 
esthetic  climate  and  the  institutions  and  artifacts. 

AMST  428  American  Cultural  Eras  (3)  Investigation  of  a  decade,  period,  or 
generation  as  a  case  study  in  significant  social  change  within  an  American  context. 
Case  studies  include  "Puritan  dynamics  in  American  culture,  1630-1700",  "Antebellum 
America,  1840-1860",  "American  culture  in  the  Great  Depression".  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

AMST  429  Perspectives  on  Popular  Culture  (3)  Topics  in  popular  culture  studies, 
including  the  examination  of  particular  genres,  themes,  and  issues.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

AMST  432  Literature  and  American  Society  (3)  Examination  of  the  relationship 
between  literature  and  society:  including  literature  as  cultural  communication  and  the 
institutional    framework    governing    its    production,    distribution,    conservation    and 


Animal  Sciences  Program     81 


evaluation. 

AMST  450  Seminar  in  American  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Developments  in  theories  and  methods  of  American  studies  scholarship,  with 
emphasis  upon  interaction  between  the  humanities  and  the  social  sciences  in  the 
process  of  cultural  analysis  and  evaluation. 

AMST  498  Special  Topics  in  American  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite  a  course  in 
American  history,  literature,  or  government,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Topics  of 
special  interest.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  when  topics  differ. 

AMST  618  Introductory  Seminar  in  American  Studies  (3) 

AMST  628  Seminar  in  American  Studies  (3) 

AMST  629  Seminar  in  American  Studies  (3) 

AMST  638  Orientation  Seminar:  Material  Aspects  of  American  Civilization  (3) 

Class  meets  at  the  Smithsonian. 

AMST  639  Reading  Course  in  Selected  Aspects  of  American  Civilization  (3)  Class 
meets  at  the  Smithsonian. 

AMST  698  Directed  Readings  in  American  Studies  (3)  This  course  is  designed  to 
provide  students  with  the  opportunity  to  pursue  independent,  interdisciplinary  research 
and  reading  in  specific  aspects  of  American  culture  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

AMST  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

AMST  828  Research  Seminar  in  American  Studies  (3)  Research  and  writing  in 
American  studies.  Repeatable  to  six  credits,  provided  topics  are  different. 

AMST  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Animal  Sciences  Program 


Professor  and  Program  Chair:  Vandersall 

Professors:  (Animal  Science)  Westhoff  (Department  Chair),  Ftyger,  Vandersall,  William, 

Young  (Veterinary  Medicine),  Hammond  (Associate  Dean),  Marquart,  Mohanty 

Associate  Professors:  (Animal  Science)  DeBarthe,  Douglass,  Erdman,  Hartsock, 

Majeskie,  Mather,  Russek-Cohen,  Stricklin,  Vijay,  (Veterinary  Medicine)  Dutta, 

Mallinson,  Manspeaker 

Assistant  Professors:  (Animal  Science)  Alston-Mills,  Cassel,  Hudson,  Leighton,  Peters, 

Varner  (Veterinary  Medicine)  Gorham,  Ingling,  Ogden,  Robl,  Snyder 

Professors  Emeriti:  Green,  Keeney,  King,  Leffel,  Mattick 

Adjunct  Professor:  Hawk 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Paape 

The  Graduate  Program  in  the  Animal  Sciences  offers  work  leading  to  the  degrees  of 

Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Both  the  thesis  and  non-thesis  options 

are  available  for  the  Master's  Degree.    Areas  of  concentration  within  the  Program 

include  animal  nutrition,  physiology,  genetics,  breeding,  behavior,  pathology,  virology, 

immunology  and  cell  biology.   Opportunities  for  study  are  primarily  related  to  domestic 

species  but  studies  with  wild  animals  are  available. 


82     Animal  Sciences  Program 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  are  required  to  submit  scores  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations 
(aptitude)  and  at  least  3  letters  of  recommendation. 

It  is  recommended  that  during  the  first  semester,  required  by  the  second,  that  the 
student  select  a  chair  and  members  of  his/her  Advisory  Committee  for  Program 
approval.  With  this  committee's  advice,  a  proposed  schedule  of  courses  which 
includes  at  least  one  credit  of  ADVP  Seminar  (ANSC  698A)  must  also  be  filed. 
Committees  may  require  remedial  courses  if  the  student  enters  with  inadequate 
prerequisistes  or  has  deficiencies  in  her/his  undergraduate  program.  By  the  next 
semester  a  thesis  research  proposal  or  non-thesis  "scholarly  paper"  must  be  approved 
and  filed.  The  thesis  or  "scholarly  paper"  must  be  presented  in  a  public  seminar  in 
addition  to  the  final  oral  examination  by  the  Advisory  Committee.  A  written 
comprehensive  examination  is  required  of  non-thesis  students.  A  final  bound  copy  of 
the  thesis  or  scholarly  paper  must  be  submitted  to  the  Program  office.  Students  with 
adequate  undergraduate  training  usually  complete  the  Master's  degree  within  two 
years. 

Ph.D.  students  entering  from  other  institutions  with  the  Master's  are  expected  to 
meet  the  requirements  indicated  above.  The  M.S.  is  not  a  prerequisite  for  admission 
to  Ph.D.  study,  however  most  students  find  it  advantageous.  Two  additional  credits  of 
the  program  seminar  are  required.  Early  in  the  program  an  Advisory  Committee  must 
be  formed  for  Program  approval.  A  plan  of  study  and  research  proposal  must  be  filed 
as  in  the  Master's  program.  At  least  one  semester  of  teaching  experience  is  required. 
The  Admission  to  Candidacy  examinations  are  both  written  and  oral.  Prior  to  the  final 
oral  examination  the  candidate  must  present  his/her  dissertation  in  a  public  seminar. 
In  addition  to  the  dissertation,  at  least  one  paper  in  form  for  publication  in  a  referred 
scientific  journal  must  be  approved.  A  final  bound  copy  of  the  dissertation  must  be 
submitted  to  the  Program  office.  Completion  of  the  Ph.D.  degree  should  be  completed 
within  three  years  after  the  M.S.  degree. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Faculty  in  the  program  are  an  outstanding  group  representing  research  accomplished 
in  a  wide  variety  of  related  fields.  Excellent  supporting  courses  in  physiology, 
biochemistry  and  microbiology  are  available  in  the  appropriate  departments.  Courses 
in  biometrics  listed  in  the  catalog  under  BIOM  provide  a  strong  background  in 
experimental  design  and  statistical  analysis.  Several  terminals  and  micro  computers 
are  available  in  the  Animal  Sciences  Center.  The  Computer  Science  Center  offers 
courses  in  programming  and  computer  language,  as  well  as  facilities  for  the  statistical 
analysis  of  thesis  data. 

Outstanding  laboratory  facilities  are  available  in  the  Animal  Sciences  Center  which 
includes  the  combined  resources  of  the  Departments  of  Animal  Sciences  and  College 
of  Veterinary  Medicine.  Facilities  are  available  for  cell  culture,  monoclonal  antibody 
production,  and  enzyme-linked  immunosorbant  assays.  •  Instrumentation  is  available  to 
graduate  students  for  gas  lipid  chromatography,  atomic  absorption,  ultra  violet  and 
visable  spectrophotometry,  calorimetry,  electron  microscopy,  liquid  scintillation 
radioactivity  measurements,  electrophoresis,  ultracentrifugation,  ovum 
micromanipulation  and  a  variety  of  microbiological  techniques.  Controlled  environment 
facilities  in  the  Center  permit  work  with  laboratory  animals  and  detailed  experiments  on 
larger    animals.     Surgical    facilities    are    available    for    research    in    the    areas    of 


ANSC  —  Animal  Science     83 


reproductive  and  nutritional  physiology. 

Herds  and  flocks  of  beef  cattle,  dairy  cattle,  horses,  sheep  and  swine  are  readily 
available  for  graduate  research.  Limited  numbers  of  experiments  can  be  conducted  on 
the  campus  with  large  animals.  Experiments  requiring  large  numbers  of  animals  are 
carried  out  at  one  of  four  outlying  farms. 

A  cooperative  agreement  with  the  Agricultural  Research  Service  at  nearby 
Beltsville,  Maryland  (BARC)  makes  available  laboratory,  animal  and  research  personnel 
resources  of  importance  in  the  graduate  program. 

In  addition  to  excellent  library  facilities  on  the  Campus,  the  National  Agricultural 
Library,  the  National  Library  of  Medicine  and  the  Library  of  Congress,  all  located  within 
10  miles,  constitute  the  best  library  resource  for  graduate  study  available  anywhere. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  Graduate  Assistantships  are  available  and  awarded  to  students 
presenting  strong  academic  records  and  a  capability  and  motivation  to  perform  well  in 
teaching  or  research  assignments. 

Additional  Information 

For  specific  information  on  the  Program,  admission  procedures  or  financial  aid, 
contact: 

Dr. J.  H.  Vandersall,  Chair,  Animal  Sciences  Graduate  Committee,  Department  of 
Animal  Sciences. 

Courses 

ANSC  —  Animal  Science 

ANSC  401  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite  CHEM  104;  ANSC  212  and 
BCHM  261  recommended.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  all  nutrients  in  the  body 
including  their  digestion,  absorption  and  metabolism.  Dietary  requirements  and 
nutritional  deficiency  syndromes  of  laboratory  and  farm  animals  and  man. 

ANSC  402  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  MATH  110,  ANSC  401  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  critical 
study  of  those  factors  which  influence  the  nutritional  requirements  of  ruminants,  swine 
and  poultry.  Practical  feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in  formulation  of 
economically  efficient  rations  will  be  presented. 

ANSC  406  Environmental  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisites:  anatomy  and  physiology.  The 
specific  anatomical  and  physiological  modifications  employed  by  animals  adapted  to 
certain  stressful  environments  will  be  considered.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed 
on  the  problems  of  temperature  regulation  and  water  balance.  Specific  areas  for 
consideration  will  include:  animals  in  cold  (including  hibernation),  animals  in  dry  heat, 
diving  animals  and  animals  in  high  altitudes. 

ANSC  407  Advanced  Dairy  Production  (1)  An  advanced  course  primarily  designed 
for  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  county  agents.  It  includes  a  study  of  the 
newer  discoveries  in  dairy  cattle  nutrition,  breeding  and  management. 
ANSC  412  Introduction  to  Diseases  of  Animals  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MICB  200  and  ZOOL  101.  This  course  gives  basic 
instruction    in    the    nature   of   disease:    including    causation,    immunity,    methods   of 


84     ANSC  —  Animal  Science 


diagnosis,  economic  importance,  public  health  aspects  and  prevention  and  control  ot 
the  common  diseases  of  sheep,  cattle,  swine,  horses  and  poultry. 

ANSC  413  Laboratory  Animal  Management  (3)  A  comprehensive  course  in  care  and 
management  of  laboratory  animals.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  physiology,  anatomy 
and  special  uses  for  the  different  species.  Disease  prevention  and  regulations  for 
maintaining  animal  colonies  will  be  covered.  Field  trips  will  be  required. 

ANSC  415  Parasitic  Diseases  of  Domestic  Animals  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ANSC  412  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  parasitic 
diseases  resulting  from  protozoan  and  Helminth  infection  and  arthropod  infestation. 
Emphasis  on  parasites  of  veterinary  importance:  their  identification;  life  cycles, 
pathological  effects  and  controi  by  management. 

ANSC  416  Wildlife  Management  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory.  An  introduction 
to  the  interrelationships  of  game  birds  and  mammals  with  their  environment,  population 
dynamics  and  the  principles  of  wildlife  management. 

ANSC  421  Swine  Production  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ANSC  101,  221,  and  ANSC  203  or  401.  A  study  of  swine 
production  systems  including  the  principles  of  animal  science  for  the  efficient  and 
economical  management  of  swine  breeding,  feeding,  reproduction  and  marketing. 

ANSC  422  Meats  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ANSC  221.  A  course  designed  to  give  the  basic  facts  about  meat  as  a  food  and  the 
factors  influencing  acceptability,  marketing,  and  quality  of  fresh  meats.  It  includes 
comparisons  of  characteristics  of  live  animals  with  their  carcasses,  grading  and 
evaluating  carcasses  as  well  as  wholesale  cuts,  and  the  distribution  and 
merchandising  of  the  nation's  meat  supply.  Laboratory  periods  are  conducted  in 
packing  houses,  meat  distribution  centers,  retail  outlets  and  University  Meats 
Laboratory. 

ANSC  423  Beef  Production  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  ANSC  401.  Application  of  various  phases  of  animal  science  to  the 
management  and  production  of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine. 

ANSC  424  Sheep  Production  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  ANSC  101,  ANSC  221,  and  ANSC  203  or  401.  A  study  of 
sheep  production  systems  including  the  principles  of  animal  science  for  the  efficient 
and  economical  management  of  sheep  breeding,  feeding,  reproduction  and  marketing. 

ANSC  425  Herpetology  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ANSC  101,  ANSC  221,  and  ANSC  203  or  401.  A  study  of  beef 
production  systems  including  the  principles  of  animal  science  for  the  efficient  and 
economical  management  of  beef  breeding,  feeding,  reproduction  and  marketing. 

ANSC  426  Principles  of  Breeding  (3)  Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ANSC  201  or  equivalent,  ANSC  222,  ANSC  423  OR  424.  Graduate  credit 
(1-3  hours)  allowed  with  permission  of  instructor.  The  practical  aspects  of  animal 
breeding,  heredity,  variation,  selection,  development,  systems  of  breeding  and 
pedigree  study  are  considered. 

ANSC  430  Topics  in  Equine  Science  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  discussion 
period  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ANSC  211,  212,  230.  Pre-  or  corequisite,  ANSC  401. 
Specific  problems  of  importance  to  the  equine  industry,   including  such  areas  as 


ANSC  —  Animal  Science     85 


nutrition,  physiology,  anatomy,  genetics  and  pathology. 

ANSC  431  Horse  Production  (2)  One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Laboratory  and  assigned  project  to  be  performed  at  University  of  Maryland  Horse 
Farm,  Ellicott  City,  Md.  Prerequisite:  ANSC  101.  210,  211.  230  and  consent  of 
department.  Field  trips.  Application  of  equine  science  principles  to  the  management 
and  production  of  horses. 

ANSC  432  Breeding  Farm  Management  (2)  One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  ANSC  211,  212,  230  and  consent  of  department.  Animal 
equine  science  principles  in  the  management  of  equine  breeding  establishments.  Field 
trips. 

ANSC  442  Dairy  Cattle  Breeding  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ANSC  242,  and  ANSC  201.  A  specialized  course  in  breeding 
dairy  cattle.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  methods  of  evaluation  and  selection,  systems  of 
breeding  and  breeding  programs. 

ANSC  443  Physiology  and  Biochemistry  of  Lactation  (3)  Prerequisites  ANSC  212 
or  equivalent  and  CHEM  261  or  CHEM  461.  Three  lectures  per  week.  The  physiology 
and  biochemistry  of  milk  production  in  domestic  animals,  particularly  cattle.  Mammary 
gland  development  and  maintenance  from  the  embryo  to  the  fully  developed  lactating 
gland.  Abnormalities  of  the  mammary  gland. 

ANSC  444  Analysis  of  Dairy  Production  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites  AREC  406  and 
ANSC  203  or  214,  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  business  aspects  of  dairy  farming 
including  an  evaluation  of  the  costs  and  returns  associated  with  each  segment.  The 
economic  impact  of  pertinent  management  decisions  is  studied.  Recent  developments 
in  animal  nutrition  and  genetics,  agricultural  economics,  agricultural  engineering,  and 
agronomic  practices  are  discussed  as  they  apply  to  management  of  a  dairy  herd. 

ANSC  446  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Reproduction  (3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  422  or 
ANSC  212.  Anatomy  and  physiology  of  reproductive  processes  in  domesticated  and 
wild  mammals. 

ANSC  447  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Reproduction  Laboratory  (1)  Pre-  or 
corequisites:  ANSC  446.  One  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Animal  handling, 
artificial  insemination  procedures  and  analytical  techniques  useful  in  animal 
management  and  reproductive  research.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  for 
ANSC  446  prior  to  fall  1976. 

ANSC  452  Avian  Physiology  (2)  (Alternate  even  years)  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Prerequisites:  a  basic  course  in  animal  physiology.  The  basic 
physiology  of  the  bird  is  discussed,  excluding  the  reproductive  system.  Special 
emphasis  is  given  to  physiological  differences  between  birds  and  other  vertebrates. 

ANSC  462  Physiology  of  Hatchability  (1)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  421  or  422.  The  physiology  of  embryonic  development  as 
related  to  principles  of  hatchability  and  problems  of  incubation  encountered  in  the 
hatchery  industry  are  discussed. 

ANSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite:  ANSC  401/NUSC  402  or  concurrent 
registration.  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Digestibility  studies  with  ruminant  and 
monogastric  animals,  proximate  analysis  of  various  food  products,  and  feeding  trials 
demonstrating  classical  nutritional  deficiencies  in  laboratory  animals. 


86     ANSC  —  Animal  Science 


ANSC  464  Poultry  Hygiene  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  MICB  200  and  ANSC  101.  Virus,  bacterial  and  protozoan  diseases, 
parasitic  diseases,  prevention,  control  and  eradication. 

ANSC  466  Avian  Anatomy  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  ZOOL  210.  Gross  and  microscopic  structure,  dissection  and 
demonstration. 

ANSC  467  Poultry  Breeding  and  Feeding  (1)  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for 
teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  extension  service  workers.  The  first  half  will  be 
devoted  to  problems  concerning  breeding  and  the  development  of  breeding  stock. 
The  second  half  will  be  devoted  to  nutrition. 

ANSC  477  Poultry  Products  and  Marketing  (1)  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for 
teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  county  agents.  It  deals  with  the  factors  affecting 
the  quality  of  poultry  products  and  with  hatchery  management  problems,  egg  and 
poultry  grading,  preservation  problems  and  market  outlets  for  Maryland  poultry. 

ANSC  480  Special  Topics  in  Fish  and  Wildlife  Management  (3)  Three  lectures. 
Analysis  of  various  state  and  federal  programs  related  to  fish  and  wildlife  management. 
This  would  include:  fish  stocking  programs,  Maryland  deer  management  program, 
warm  water  fish  management,  acid  drainage  problems,  water  quality,  water  fowl 
management,  wild  turkey  management  and  regulations  relative  to  the  administration  of 
these  programs. 

ANSC  487  Special  Topics  in  Animal  Science  (1)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and 
extension  service  personnel.  One  primary  topic  to  be  selected  mutually  by  the 
instructor  and  students  will  be  presented  each  session. 

ANSC  601  Advanced  Ruminant  Nutrition  (2)  First  semester  One  one-hour  lecture 
and  one-three  hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Physiological,  microbiological  and  biochemical  aspects  of  the  nutrition  of  ruminants  as 
compared  to  other  animals. 

ANSC  603  Mineral  Metabolism  (3)  Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  CHEM  481  and  463.  The  role  of  minerals  in  metabolism  of  animals  and 
man.  Topics  to  be  covered  include  the  role  of  minerals  in  energy  metabolism,  bone 
structure,  electrolyte  balance,  and  as  catalysts. 

ANSC  604  Vitamin  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANSC  401  and  CHEM  461.  Two 
one-hour  lectures  and  one  two-hour  discussion  period  per  week.  Advanced  study  of 
the  fundamental  role  of  vitamins  and  vitamin-like  cofactors  in  nutrition  including 
chemical  properties,  absorption,  metabolism,  excretion  and  deficiency  syndromes  A 
critical  study  of  the  biochemical  basis  of  vitamin  function,  interrelationship  of  vitamins 
with  other  substances  and  of  certain  laboratory  techniques. 

ANSC  610  Electron  Microscopy  (4)  First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and 
two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites:  permission  of  instructor.  Theory  of 
electron  microscopy,  electron  optics,  specimen„preparation  and  techniques,  operation 
of  electron  photography,  interpretation  of  electron  images,  related  instruments  and 
techniques. 

ANSC  612  Energy  Nutrition  (2)  Second  semester.  Prerequisites:  ANSC  402  or  NUSC 
450,  CHEM  461,  or  consent  of  instructor.  One  lecture,  one  2  hour  laboratory  per  week. 


ANSC  —  Animal  Science     87 


Basic  concepts  of  animal  energetics  with  quantitative  descriptions  of  energy 
requirements  and  utilization. 

ANSC  614  Proteins  (2)  Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  2  hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ANSC  402  and  CHEM  461  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced 
study  of  the  roles  of  amino  acids  in  nutrition  and  metabolism.  Protein  digestion, 
absorption,  anabolism,  catabolism  and  amino  acid  balance. 

ANSC  622  Advanced  Breeding  (2)  Second  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  a 
week.  Prerequisites:  ANSC  426  or  equivalent,  and  biological  statistics.  This  course 
deals  with  the  more  technical  phases  of  heredity  and  variation,  selection  indices, 
breeding  systems,  and  inheritance  in  farm  animals. 

ANSC  641  Expermental  Mammalian  Surgery  I  (2)  First  semester  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor.  A  course  presenting  the  fundamentals  of  anesthesia  and  the 
art  of  experimental  surgery,  especially  to  obtain  research  preparations. 

ANSC  642  Experimental  Mammalian  Surgery  II  (3)  Second  semester  Prerequisites 
ANSC  641,  permission  of  instructor.  A  course  emphasizing  advanced  surgical 
practices  to  obtain  research  preparations,  cardiovascular  surgery  and  chronic 
vascularly  isolated  organ  techniques,  experience  with  pump  oxygenator  systems, 
profound  hypothermia,  hemodialysis,  infusion  systems,  implantation  and  transplantation 
procedures  are  taught. 

ANSC  643  Research  Methods  (3)  First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 

periods    per    week.      Prerequisite:  permission    of    instructor.    The    application    of 

biochemical,  physio-chemical  and  statistical  methods  to  problems  in  biological 
research. 

ANSC  660  Poultry  Literature  (1-4)  First  and  second  semesters.  Readings  on 
individual  topics  are  assigned.  Written  reports  required.  Methods  of  analysis  and 
presentation  of  scientific  material  are  discussed. 

ANSC  661  Physiology  of  Reproduction  (3)  First  semester  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ANSC  212  or  its  equivalent.  The  role  of  the 
endocrines  in  reproduction  is  considered.  Fertiltiy,  sexual  maturity,  egg  formation, 
ovulation,  and  the  physiology  of  oviposition  are  studied.  Comparative  processes  in 
birds  and  mammals  are  discussed. 

ANSC  663  Advanced  Nutrition  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite  ANSC/NUSC  401:  and 
either  CHEM  462  or  NUSC  670.  One  hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Basic  instrumentation  and  techniques  desired  for  advanced  nutritional  research. 
The  effect  of  various  nutritional  parameters  upon  intermediary  metabolism,  enzyme 
kinetics,  endocrinology,  and  nutrient  absorption  in  laboratory  animals. 

ANSC  665  Physiological  Genetics  of  Domestic  Animals  (2)  Second  semester  Two 
lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites:  a  course  in  basic  genetics  and  biochemistry.  The 
underlying  physiological  basis  for  genetic  differences  in  production  traits  and  selected 
morphological  traits  will  be  discussed.  Inheritance  of  enzymes,  protein  polymorphisms 
and  physiological  traits  will  be  studied. 

ANSC  677  Advanced  Animal  Adaptations  to  the  Environment  (2)  First  semester 
Two  lectures  or  discussions  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ANSC  406,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  detailed  consideration  of  certain  anatomical  and  physiological 
modifications  employed  by  mamals  adapted  to  cold,  dry  heat  or  altitude.  Each  student 


88     Anthropology  Program 


will  submit  for  discussion  a  library  paper  concerning  a  specific  adaptation  to  an 
environmental  stress. 

ANSC  686  Veterinary  Bacteriology  and  Mycology  (3)  Prerequisite  -  ANSC  412.  The 
characteristics  and  role  of  pathogenic  bacteria  and  fungi  in  diseases  of  domestic 
animals  with  emphasis  upon  their  pathogenic  properties,  pathogenesis  and  types  of 
disease,  epizootiology,  modes  of  transmission  and  prophylaxis. 

ANSC  687  Veterinary  Virology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MICB  460.  A  detailed  study  of  virus 
and  rickettsial  diseases  of  domestic  and  laboratory  animals.  Emphasis  on  viruses  of 
veterinary  importance  along  with  techniques  for  their  propagation,  characterization  and 
identification. 

ANSC  690  Seminar  in  Population  Genetics  of  Domestic  Animals  (3)  Second 
semester.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  246  and  AGRI  401  or  their  equivalents.  Current 
literature  and  research  dealing  with  the  principles  of  population  genetics  as  they  apply 
to  breeding  and  selection  programs  for  the  genetic  improvement  of  domestic  animals, 
population  structure,  estimation  of  genetic  parameters,  correlated  characters, 
principles  and  methods  of  selection,  relationship  and  systems  of  mating. 

ANSC  698  Seminar  (1)  First  and  second  semesters.  Students  are  required  to  prepare 
papers  based  upon  current  scientific  publications  relating  to  animal  science,  or  upon 
their  research  work,  for  presentation  before  and  discussion  by  the  class;  (1)  recent 
advances;  (2)  nutrition;  (3)  physiology;  (4)  biochemistry. 

ANSC  699  Special  Problems  in  Animal  Science  (1-2)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of  credit.  Prerequisite:  approval  of  staff. 
Problems  will  be  assigned  which  relate  specifically  to  the  character  of  work  the  student 
is  pursuing. 

ANSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ANSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Anthropology  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Chair:  Chambers 

Professors:  Agar,  Gonzalez,  Kerley,  A.  Williams,  M.  Williams 

Associate  Professor:  Leone 

Assistant  Professors:  Dent,  Stewart 

Lecturers:  Cassidy,  Eidson,  Kedar 

The   Department  of  Anthropology  offers  a  Master  of  Applied  Anthropology  (MAA) 

degree.   This  is  a  new  professional  program  for  students  interested  in  an  anthropology 

career  outside  academia.    Core  courses  include  preparation  in  cultural  analysis  and 

management.  Students  intern  with  an  agency  or  organization  suitable  to  their  career 

interests.   Specialization  is  flexible,  permitting  students  to  select  from  a  variety  of  areas 

of  career  focus  or  to  tailor  course  requirements  to  their  special  career  requirements. 

Admission  and  Degree  Requirements 

Students  are  required  to  submit  evidence  of  Graduate  Record  Examination  Scores  and 
to  fulfill  the  regular  admission  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School.  Forty-two 
semester  hours  of  work  are  required.  All  students  must  complete  an  internship.  There 
is  no  thesis  requirement. 


ANTH  —  Anthropology     89 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

A  departmental  computer  lab  is  available  for  student  use;  four  teaching  and  research 
labs  for  physical  anthropology  and  archeology;  photographic  darkroom;  and  a 
departmental  library. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  teaching  assistantships  are  available  to  qualified  graduate 
students.  Part-time  employment  related  to  department  research  is  occasionally 
available. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information  please  contact: 
Dr.  Michael  Agar,  Graduate  Director 
Department  of  Anthropology 
University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

ANTH  —  Anthropology 

ANTH  401  Cultural  Anthropology:  Principles  and  Processes  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH 

101,  102,  or  221.  An  examination  of  the  nature  of  human  culture  and  its  processes, 
both  historical  and  functional.  The  approach  will  be  topical  and  theoretical  rather  than 
descriptive. 

ANTH  402  Cultural  Anthropology:  World  Ethnography  (3)  Prerequisite   ANTH  101, 

102,  or  221.  A  descriptive  survey  of  the  culture  areas  of  the  world  through  an 
examination  of  the  ways  of  selected  representative  societies. 

ANTH  412  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  Oceania  (3)  A  survey  of  the  cultures  of 
Polynesia,  Micronesia,  Melanesia  and  Australia.  Theoretical  and  cultural-historical 
problems  will  be  emphasized. 

ANTH  414  Ethnology  of  Africa  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANTH  101  and  102.  The  native 
peoples  and  cultures  of  Africa  and  their  historical  relationships,  with  emphasis  on  that 
portion  of  the  continent  south  of  the  Sahara. 

ANTH  417  Peoples  and  Cultures  of  the  Far  East  (3)  A  survey  of  the  major 
sociopolitical  systems  of  China,  Korea  and  Japan.  Major  anthropological  questions  will 
be  dealt  with  in  presenting  this  material. 

ANTH  423  Ethnology  of  the  Southwest  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANTH  101  and  102.  Culture 
history,  economic  and  social  institutions,  religion,  and  mythology  of  the  Indians  of  the 
southwest  United  States. 

ANTH  424  Ethnology  of  North  America  (3)  Prerequisites   ANTH  101  and  102   The 

native  people  and  cultures  of  North  America  north  of  Mexico  and  their  historical 
relationships,  including  the  effects  of  contact  with  European-derived  populations. 

ANTH  426  Ethnology  of  Middle  America  (3)  Prerequisites  ANTH  101  and  102 
Cultural  background  and  modern  social,  economic  and  religious  life  of  Indian  and 
Mesitzo  groups  in  Mexico  and  central  America;  processes  of  acculturation  and 
currents  in  cultural  development. 


90     ANTH  —  Anthropology 


ANTH  431  Social  Organization  of  Primitive  Peoples  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANTH  101  and 
102.  A  comparative  survey  of  the  structures  of  non-literate  and  folk  societies,  covering 
both  general  principles  and  special  regional  developments. 

ANTH  434  Religion  of  Primitive  Peoples  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANTH  101  and  102  A 
survey  of  the  religious  systems  of  primitive  and  folk  societies,  with  emphasis  on  the 
relation  of  religion  to  other  aspects  of  culture. 

ANTH  436  Primitive  Technology  and  Economy  (3)  A  survey  of  technology,  food 
economy  and  general  economic  processes  in  non-industrial  societies. 

ANTH  437  Politics  and  Government  in  Primitive  Society  (3)  A  combined  survey  of 
politics  in  human  societies  and  of  important  anthropological  theories  concerning  this 
aspect  of  society. 

ANTH  441  Archaeology  of  the  Old  World  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101  or  241  A 
survey  of  the  archaeological  materials  of  Europe,  Asia  and  Africa,  with  emphasis  on 
chronological  and  regional  interrelationships. 

ANTH  451  Archaeology  of  the  New  World  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101  or  241  A 
survey  of  the  archaeological  materials  of  North  and  South  America  with  emphasis  on 
chronological  and  regional  interrelationships. 

ANTH  461  Human  Osteology  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  A  laboratory 
study  of  the  human  skeleton,  its  morphology,  measurement,  and  anatomic 
relationships. 

ANTH  462  Primate  Anatomy  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101  The  gross 
anatomy  of  non-human  primates.  Laboratory  dissection  of  various  primate  cadavers 
under  supervision.   Occasional  lectures. 

ANTH  463  Primate  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  A  combination  lecture  and 
laboratory  examination  of  non-human  primates.  Major  studies  of  various  types  that 
have  been  undertaken  in  the  laboratory  and  in  the  field. 

ANTH  465  Human  Growth  and  Constitution  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101.  A  laboratory 
study  of  the  growth,  development  and  age  changes  in  the  human  body  from 
conception  through  old  age,  including  gross  photographic,  radiographic,  and 
microscopic  study  of  growth  and  variation. 

ANTH  466  Forensic  Anthropology  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  461  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  A  laboratory  study  of  the  methods  used  to  identify  human 
remains  by  anthropological  techniques  and  discussion  of  the  role  of  the  anthropologist 
in  medico-legal  investigation. 

ANTH  467  Human  Population  Biology  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  101  A 
laboratory  study  of  human  population  genetics,  dynamics  and  variation,  including 
anthropological  seriology,  biochemistry,  dermatoglyphics  and  hair  microscopy. 

ANTH  498  Field  Methods  in  Ethnology  (1-6)  Field  training  in  the  collection  and 
recording  of  ethnological  data. 

ANTH  499  Field  Methods  in  Archaeology  (1-6)  Field  training  in  the  techniques  of 
archaeological  survey  and  excavation. 

ANTH  601  Applied  Anthropology  (3)  History  and  theory  of  applied  anthropology.  The 
relationship  between  applied  anthropology  and  other  major  subfields  of  the  profession; 
the  interdisciplinary  and  public  context  of  application;  problems  of  significance  and 


ANTH  —  Anthropology     91 


utility  in  applied  work. 

ANTH  605  Theory  of  Cultural  Anthropology  (3)  History  and  current  trends  of  cultural 
anthropological  theory,  as  a  basic  orientation  for  graduate  studies  and  research. 

ANTH  606  Methods  of  Cultural  Analysis  I  (3)  Objectives  of  cultural  analysis  and  their 
relationship  to  policy  and  decision  making.  An  introduction  to  problem  formulation, 
qualitative  and  quantative  research  design,  and  the  conduct  of  research;  problems  of 
reliability  and  validity  in  social  research. 

ANTH  607  Methods  of  Cultural  Analysis  II  (3)  Advanced  preparation  in  the  analysis 
and  review  of  social  research.  Case  studies  of  the  uses  of  cultural  analysis  in  applied 
contexts  (i.e.,  social  indicators,  evaluation,  impact  assessment,  forecasting). 

ANTH  611  Management  and  Cultural  Process  (3)  Basic  principles  of  managing 
cultural  and  human  resources,  decision-making  in  public  and  private  contexts.  The 
diversity  and  types  of  cultural  resources  (archeological,  historical,  folk  and 
sociocultural),  and  their  recognition  and  value  in  contemporary  society;  introduction  to 
the  identification,  protection  and  professional  management  of  cultural  resources. 

ANTH  620  Strategies  for  Cultural  Understanding  (3)  The  political,  scientific, 
bureaucratic,  and  ideological  background  to  decision  making  in  the  public  and  private 
sectors. 

ANTH  621  Cultural  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  An  examination 
of  the  nature  of  the  interrelationships  between  human  cultures  and  the  natural 
environmentals  in  which  they  exist. 

ANTH  630  Quantitative  Approaches  to  Applied  Anthropology  (3)  Introduction  to 
variety  of  statistical  techniques  applied  to  problems  in  policy  and  decision  making. 
Practical  experience  in  computer  applications  for  problems  in  cultural  analysis  and 
management.  The  use  of  existing  statistical  data  sources. 

ANTH  641  Method  and  Theory  in  Archaeology  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  An  examination  of  the  principles  and  purposes  involved  in  the  gathering  and 
interpretation  of  archaeological  data. 

ANTH  681  Processes  of  Culture  Change  (3)  Change  in  culture  due  to  contact, 
diffusion,  innovation,  fusion,  integration,  and  cultural  evolution. 

ANTH  688  Current  Developments  in  Anthropology  (3)  Detailed  investigation  of  a 
current  problem  or  research  technique,  the  topic  to  be  chosen  in  accordance  with 
faculty  interests  and  student  needs.  May  be  repeated,  as  content  varies,  for  a  total  of 
not  more  than  nine  semester  hours. 

ANTH  689  Special  Problems  in  Anthropology  (1-6) 

ANTH  698  Advanced  Field  Training  in  Ethnology  (1-6)  Offered  in  the  summer 
session  only. 

ANTH  699  Advanced  Field  Training  in  Archaeology  (1-6)  Offered  in  the  summer 
session  only. 

ANTH  701  Internship  Preparation  (3)  Preparation  for  internship  includes  practicum 
training  in  development,  presentation  and  evaluation  of  position  papers,  proposals  and 
work  plans;  literature  search  and  use  of  secondary  data  sources  in  decision  making 
affecting  cultural  analysis  and  management.  Ethics  and  professional  development  for 
work  in  non-academic  settings. 


92     Applied  Mathematics  Program 


ANTH  705  Internship  (6-12)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  701.  Problem-oriented  internship  with 
an  appropriate  public  agency  or  private  institution  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  and 
agency  supervisor. 

ANTH  712  Internship  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANTH  705.  The  preparation  and 
presentation  ofintemship  reports;  development  of  skills  in  report  writing  and 
presentation.  The  completion  of  a  professional  quality  report  based  on  the  internship 
experience.  Review  of  problems  in  ethics  and  professional  development. 

Applied  Mathematics  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Wolfe 

(ENAE)  Professor:  Donaldson 

Associate  Professors:  Jones 

(BMGT)  Professors:  Bodin,  Gass,  Golden,  Kotz 

Associate  Professors:  Alt,  Assad,  Ball,  Fromovitz,  Widhelm 

Assistant  Professor:  Trader 

(ENCH)  Professors:  Cadman,  Gentry,  McAvoy 

Assistant  Professor:  Calabrese 

(ENCE)  Professor:  Sternberg 

Associate  Professors:  Garber,  Schwartz 

(CMSC)  Professors:  Agrawala,  Basili,  Edmundson,  Kanal,  Minker,  Stewart 

Associate  Professor:  O'Leary 

(ECON)  Professors:  Almon,  Betancourt,  Kelejian 

Associate  Professor:  Coughlin 

(ENEE)  Professors:  Baras,  Blankenship,  DeClaris,  Davisson,  Ephremides,Harger, 

Mayergoyz,  Newcomb  Ott,  Taylor 

Associate  Professors:  Krishnaprasad,  Tretter 

Assistant  Professors:  Makowski,  Narayan 

(MATH)  Professors:  Alexander,  Antman,  Benedetto,  Berenstein,  Cooper,  Douglis, 

Evans,  Fitzpatrick,  Greenberg,  Hummel,  Liu,  Johnson,  Katok,  Osborn,  Pearl,  Wolfe 

Associate  Professors:  Arnold,  Sather,  Schneider,  Sweet,  Vogelius 

(ENME)  Professors:  Marks,  Yang 

Associate  Professors:  Bernard,  Walston 

Associate  Professor:  Shih 

(METO)  Professors:  Baer,  Vernekar 

Associate  Professors:  Robock,  Rodenhuis 

(IPST)  Research  Professors:  Babuska,  Dorfman,  Faller,  Hubbard,  Kellogg,  Olver, 

Yorke,  Zwanzig  (Distinguished  Professor) 

Distinguished  Professor:  Johnson 

(PHYS)  Professors:  Banerjee,  Brill,  SDagt,  Ferrell,  Glasser,  Glick,  Gluckstern, 

Greenberg,  Griffin,  Korenman,  MacDonald,  Misner,  Prange,  Redish,  Sucher,  Woo 

Associate  Professors:  Fivel,  Hu,  Kim,  Wang 

Assistant  Professors:  Das  Sarma,  Hassam 

(STAT)  Professors:  Mikulski,  Yang 

Associate  Professors:  Kedem,  Slud,  Smith  (PUAF) 

Professor:  Young  (ANSC) 

Associate  Professor:  Russek 

The  Interdisciplinary  Applied  Mathematics  Program  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of 


Applied  Mathematics  Program     93 


Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  These  are  awarded  for  graduate  study  and  research  in 
mathematics  and  its  applications  in  the  engineering,  physical,  and  social  sciences.  In 
addition,  the  Applied  Mathematics  Program  offers  certified  minors  in  applied 
mathematics  for  graduate  students  not  enrolled  in  the  Program. 

The  Program  is  administratively  affiliated  with  the  Department  of  Mathematics.  In 
particular,  under  this  arrangement  the  Department  of  Mathematics  assumes  the 
responsibility  for  the  administration  of  the  applied  mathematics  courses  under  the 
MAPL  label.  Moreover,  the  Graduate  Office  of  the  Department  maintains  the  records  of 
all  students  in  the  Applied  Mathematics  Program  and  handles  correspondence  with 
those  applying  for  admission.  However,  it  is  important  that  any  application  for 
admission  indicates  clearly  whether  a  student  wishes  to  enter  the  Mathematics  (MATH) 
or  the  Applied  Mathematics  (MAPL)  Program. 

The  faculty  considers  the  primary  aim  of  applied  mathematics  to  be  the 
understanding  of  a  wide  spectrum  of  scientific  phenomena  through  the  use  of 
mathematical  ideas,  methods,  and  techniques.  The  applied  mathematician  should  be 
both  a  mathematical  specialist  and  a  versatile  scientist,  whose  interests  and 
motivations  derive  from  a  strong  desire  to  confront  highly  complex  or  descriptive 
situations  with  mathematical  analysis  and  ideas.  In  line  with  this,  at  least  half  of  the 
required  work  is  expected  to  be  in  courses  with  primarily  mathematical  content,  and 
the  remaining  part  has  to  include  a  coherent  set  of  courses  in  some  field  of  application 
outside  of  the  usual  mathematics  curriculum.  Some  of  the  areas  currently  pursued  by 
graduate  students  in  the  Program  are  various  areas  of  physics,  information  structures, 
meteorology,  operations  research,  pattern  recognition,  structural  mechanics,  and 
systems  and  control  theory.  Many  other  areas  of  study  are  available  through  the 
participating  departments.  It  may  also  be  noted  that  the  faculty  includes  a  strong 
group  in  numerical  analysis  and  that  all  students  include  courses  on  numerical  and 
scientific  computing  in  their  programs. 

Employment  opportunities  in  industry,  government,  and  education  are  currently  very 
good  for  the  applied  mathematician.  Our  graduates  have  little  difficulty  finding 
satisfactory  employment.  In  particular,  the  local  employment  environment  is  very 
favorable  since  there  are  many  scientific  and  educational  institutions  in  the  area,  such 
as  the  Goddard  Space  Flight  Center,  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  and  the 
National  Institutes  of  Health. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  general  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School,  applicants  for 
admission  to  graduate  study  in  the  Program  should  have  completed,  with  at  least  a  B 
average  (3.0  on  a  4.0  scale),  an  undergraduate  program  of  study  which  includes  a 
strong  emphasis  on  mathematics.  The  student's  general  ability  for  graduate  study  in 
the  Program  and  mathematical  capabilities  will  be  determined  from  his  or  her  record 
and  recommendations. 

A  mathematical  preparation  with  grades  of  B  or  better  at  least  through  the  level  of 
advanced  calculus  in  a  school  of  good  academic  standing  will  normally  be  considered 
sufficient  demonstration  of  the  required  mathematical  background.  Previous  education 
in  some  part  of  an  application  area,  such  as  physics,  one  of  the  engineering 
disciplines,  economics,  etc.,  and  a  basic  competence  in  computational  techniques  will 
be  favorably  considered  in  a  student's  application  for  admission  to  the  Program, 
although  this  is  not  a  prerequisite. 


94     Applied  Mathematics  Program 


When  a  student  has  decided  upon  an  area  of  specialization,  a  study  advisory 
committee  is  appointed  by  the  Director  of  the  Program.  This  committee,  working 
together  with  the  student,  is  responsible  for  formulating  a  course  of  study  leading 
toward  the  degree  sought.  This  course  of  study  must  constitute  a  unified,  coherent 
program  in  an  acceptable  field  of  specialization  of  applied  mathematics  and  must 
meet  with  the  approval  of  the  Graduate  Committee  for  Applied  Mathematics. 

Besides  any  other  requirements  specified  by  the  Graduate  School,  the  following 
specific  conditions  must  be  met  for  an  M.A.  degree  in  Applied  Mathematics: 

(1)  At  least  12  of  the  24  required  course  credits  for  the  M.A.  degree  with  thesis  are 
in  courses  with  primarily  mathematical  content.  At  least  6  of  these  12  credits  are  on 
the  600-800  level.  At  least  3  of  the  12  credits  are  in  a  course  on  numerical  analysis.  At 
least  1  of  the  12  credits  is  in  an  approved  applied  mathematics  seminar. 

(2)  The  24  required  course  credits  include  either  6  credits  at  the  600-800  level,  or 
alternatively,  9  credits  of  which  3  are  at  the  600-800  level,  in  courses  whose  content  is 
primarily  in  the  student's  chosen  field(s)  of  application. 

No  course  may  be  used  to  meet  the  requirements  under  both  (1)  and  (2)  above. 

(1)  At  least  15  of  the  30  required  course  credits  for  the  non-thesis  master's  option 
are  in  courses  with  primarily  mathematical  content.  At  least  9  of  these  15  credits  are 
on  a  600-800  level.  At  least  3  of  these  15  credits  are  in  a  course  on  numerical 
analysis.  At  least  1  of  the  15  credits  is  an  approved  applied  mathematics  seminar. 

(2)  The  30  required  course  credits  include  either  6  credits  at  the  600-800  level,  or, 
alternately,  9  credits  of  which  3  are  at  the  600-800  level,  in  courses  whose  content  is 
primarily  in  the  student's  chosen  field(s)  of  application. 

No  course  may  be  used  to  meet  the  requirements  under  both  (1)  and  (2)  above. 

The  student  must  pass  the  comprehensive  examination  for  the  M.A.  degree  without 
thesis.  The  examination  consists  of  at  least  three  parts,  with  at  least  one  of  the  parts  in 
a  mathematics  area,  and  at  least  one  of  the  parts  in  an  area  of  application.  The  parts 
shall  be  taken  as  closely  together  as  possible.  (Comprehensive  examinations  are  not 
required  for  the  M.A.  degree  with  thesis.)  A  scholarly  paper  is  required  for  the  M.A. 
degree  without  thesis. 

The  student  in  the  doctoral  program  must  take  a  minimum  of  36  hours  of  courses 
exclusive  of  dissertation  research.  At  least  24  of  these  36  credits  are  at  the  600-800 
level. 

A  transfer  of  at  most  24  credits  of  graduate-level  work  taken  at  a  regionally 
accredited  institution  prior  to  or  after  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  Program  is  permitted 
providing  (1)  the  Graduate  Committee  for  Applied  Mathematics  has  approved  the 
transfer;  (2)  a  grade  of  B  or  better  was  earned  in  the  courses  taken  (no  course  with 
pass/fail  grades  will  be  accepted);  (3)  the  credit  was  earned  within  the  time  limit 
imposed  for  completing  the  Ph.D.  degree  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Course  Distribution:  1)  at  least  18  of  the  required  36  credits  are  in  courses  with 
primarily  mathematical  content.  At  least  9  of  these  18  credits  are  on  the  600-800  level. 
At  least  3  of  the  18  credits  are  in  numerical  analysis.  At  least  2  of  the  18  credits  are  in 
approved  mathematics  seminars.  2)  The  36  credits  include  either  6  credits  at  the 
600-800  level  or  alternately  9  credits  of  which  3  are  at  the  600-800  level  in  courses 
whose  content  is  primarily  in  the  student's  chosen  field(s)  of  application.  3)  No  course 
may  be  used  to  meet  the  requirements  under  both  items  (1)  and  (2)  above. 

The  student  must  pass  the  comprehensive  examination  for  the  Ph.D.  The 
examination  consists  of  at  least  three  parts,  with  at  least  one  of  the  parts  in  an  area  of 
mathematics,  and  at  least  one  of  the  parts  in  an  area  of  application.  The  parts  shall  be 


MAPL  —  Applied  Mathematics     95 


taken  as  closely  together  as  possible. 

In  addition  the  student  must  pass  the  Candidacy  Examination  for  the  Ph.D.  degree. 
The  Candidacy  Examination  is  an  oral  examination  which  serves  as  a  test  of  the 
detailed  preparation  of  a  student  in  the  area  of  specialization  and  seeks  to  discover  if 
he  or  she  has  a  deep  enough  understanding  to  carry  out  the  proposed  research.  The 
examination  assumes  further  advanced  course  work  beyond  the  Comprehensive 
Examination. 

Certified  Minors 

The  Applied  Mathematics  Program  offers  certified  minors  in  applied  mathematics  to 
regular  graduate  students  who  are  enrolled  in  a  graduate  degree  program  of  the 
University  of  Maryland  other  than  the  Program  itself.  The  successful  completion  of  the 
requirements  for  such  a  minor  will  be  recorded  in  the  student's  transcripts.  Moreover,  a 
number  of  departments  participating  in  the  Applied  Mathematics  Program  permit  the 
requirements  for  the  certified  minor  to  replace  part  of  the  degree  requirements  of  the 
major  department. 

A  student  wishing  to  pursue  a  certified  minor  in  applied  mathematics  must  fill  out 
an  application  form  for  participation  in  the  Certified  Minor  Program.  Such  forms  are 
available  from  the  office  of  the  Director  of  the  Applied  Mathematics  Program. 

The  Certified  Minor  Program  at  the  Master's  level  must  contain  at  least  either  6 
semester  hours  in  400-level  courses  and  3  semester  hours  in  600-level  courses,  or  6 
semester  hours  in  600-level  courses.  At  the  doctoral  level  the  Certified  Minor  Program 
must  contain  at  least  9  semester  hours  of  graduate  credit,  of  which  at  most  3  hours 
may  be  on  the  400-level. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  main  source  of  support  for  full-time  students  in  the  Program  is  teaching 
assistantships  in  the  Department  of  Mathematics.  These  assistantships  carry  a  stipend 
plus  remission  of  tuition  of  up  to  ten  hours  each  semester.  In  addition  there  are  some 
research  assistantships  available  in  participating  departments  once  a  student  has 
acquired  advanced  training. 

Courses 

MAPL  —  Applied  Mathematics 

MAPL  460  Computational  Methods  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240,  241,  and  CMSC  110 
or  equivalent.  Basic  computational  methods  for  interpolation,  least  squares, 
approximation,  numerical  quadrature,  numerical  solution  of  polynomial  and 
transcendental  equations,  systems  of  linear  equations  and  initial  value  problems  for 
ordinary  differential  equations.  Emphasis  on  the  methods  and  their  computational 
properties  rather  than  on  their  analytic  aspects.  Listed  also  as  CMSC  460.  (Credit  will 
be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses,  MAPL  460  or  MAPL  470.) 

MAPL  470  Numerical  Mathematics:  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  240  AND  241; 
CMSC  110  or  equivalent.  The  first  half  of  a  one-year  introduction  to  numerical  analysis 
at  the  advanced  undergraduate  level,  supplemented  with  programming  assignments. 
Interpolation,  numerical  differentiation  and  integration,  solution  of  nonlinear  equations, 
acceleration  of  convergence,  numerical  treatment  of  differential  equations.  Listed  also 
as  CMSC  470.  (Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses,  MAPL  460  or  MAPL 


96     MAPL  —  Applied  Mathematics 


470.) 

MAPL  471  Numerical  Mathematics:  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and 
MATH  241;  CMSC  110  or  equivalent.  The  course,  with  MAPL/CMSC  470,  forms  a 
one-year  introduction  to  numerical  analysis  at  the  advanced  undergraduate  level. 
Direct  solution  of  linear  systems,  norms,  least  squares  problems,  the  symmetric 
eigenvalue  problem,  basic  iterative  methods.  Topics  will  be  supplemented  with 
programming  assignments.  (Listed  also  as  CMSC  471.) 

MAPL  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  110;  MATH  405  or  MATH  401.  Linear 
programming  including  the  simplex  algorithm  and  dual  linear  programs,  convex  sets 
and  elements  of  convex  programming,  combinatorial  optimization  integer 
programming.  (Listed  also  as  CMSC  477.) 

MAPL  498  Selected  Topics  in  Applied  Mathematics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Topics  in  applied  mathematics  of  special  interest  to  advanced 
undergraduate  students.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject 
matter  is  different. 

MAPL  600  Advanced  Linear  Numerical  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  MAPL  470,  471 
and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474;  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  in  numerical 
linear  algebra,  such  as  dense  eigenvalue  problems,  sparse  elimination,  iterative 
methods,  and  other  topics.  (Same  as  CMSC  770.) 

MAPL  604  Numerical  Solution  of  Nonlinear  Equations  (3)  Prerequisites:  MAPL  470, 
471  and  MATH  410;  or  consent  of  instructor.  Numerical  solution  of  nonlinear  equations 
in  one  and  several  variables.  Existence  questions.  Minimization  methods.  Selected 
applications.  (Same  as  CMSC  772.) 

MAPL  607  Advanced  Numerical  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  410  and 
MAPL/CMSC  477;  or  equivalent.  Modern  numerical  methods  for  solving  unconstrained 
and  constrained  nonlinear  optimization  problems  in  finite  dimensions.  Design  of 
computational  algorithms  and  on  the  analysis  of  their  properties. 

MAPL  610  Numerical  Solution  of  Ordinary  Differential  Equations  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MAPL/CMSC  470  and  MATH  414;  or  consent  of  instructor.  Methods  for  solving  initial 
value  problems  in  ordinary  differential  equations.  Single  step  and  multi-step  methods, 
stability  and  convergence,  adaptive  methods.  Shooting  methods  for  boundary  value 
problems. 

MAPL  612  Numerical  Methods  in  Partial  Differential  Equations  (3)  Prerequisites: 
concurrent  registration  in  MATH/MAPL  680  or  in  MAPL  650;  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Introduction  to  problems  and  methodologies  of  the  solution  of  partial 
differential  equations.  Finite  difference  methods  for  elliptic,  parabolic,  and  hyperbolic 
equations,  first  order  systems,  and  eigenvalue  problems.  Variational  formulation  of 
elliptic  problems.  The  finite  element  method  and  its  relation  to  finite  difference 
methods. 

MAPL  614  Mathematics  of  the  Finite  Element  Method  (3)  Prerequisites:  concurrent 
registration  in  MATH/MAPL  681  or  in  MATH/MAPL  685;  or  MAPL  612  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Variational  formulations  of  linear  and  nonlinear  elliptic  boundary  value 
problems;  formulation  of  the  finite  element  method;  construction  of  finite  element 
subspaces;  error  estimates;  eigenvalue  problems;  time  dependent  problems. 

MAPL  640  System  Theory  (3)  General  system  models.  State  variables  and  state 


MAPL  —  Applied  Mathematics     97 


spaces.  Differential  dynamical  systems.  Discrete  time  systems.  Linearity  and  its 
implications.  Controllability  and  observability.  State  space  structure  and 
representation.  Realization  theory  and  algorithmic  solutions.  Parameterizations  of  linear 
systems;  canonical  forms.  Basic  results  from  stability  theory.  Stabilizability.  Fine 
structure  of  linear  multivariate  systems;  minimal  indices  and  polynomial  matrices. 
Inverse  Nyquist  array.  Geometric  methods  in  design.  Interplay  between  frequency 
domain  and  state  space  design  methods.  Interactive  computer-aided  design  methods. 
(Listed  also  as  ENEE  663) 

MAPL  641  Optimal  Control  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  460  or  consent  of  the 
instructor. General  optimization  and  control  problems.  Static  optimization  problems. 
Linear  and  nonlinear  programming  methods.  Geometric  interpretations.  Dynamic 
optimization  problems.  Discrete  time  maximum  priciple  and  applications.  Pontryagin 
maximum  principle  in  continuous  time.  Dynamic-programming.  Feedback  realization  of 
solutions.  Extensive  applications  to  problems  in  optimal  design,  navigation  and 
guidance,  power  systems.  Introduction  to  state  constrained  and  singular  optimal 
control  problems.  (Listed  also  as  ENEE  664.) 

MAPL  644  Estimation  and  Detection  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  620  or  equivalent 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Estimation  of  unknown  parameters,  Cramer-Rao  lower  bound: 
optimum  (map)  demodulation:  filtering,  amplitude  and  angle  modulation,  comparison 
with  conventional  systems;  statistical  decision  theory;  Bayes,  minimax, 
neyman/pearson,  criteria-68  simple  and  composite  hypotheses;  application  to  coherent 
and  incoherent  signal  detection;  m-ary  hypotheses;  application  to  uncoded  and  coded 
digital  communication  systems.  (Listed  also  as  ENEE  621.) 

MAPL  650  Advanced  Mathematics  For  the  Physical  Sciences  I  (3)  Prerequisites 
MATH  240  AND  410.  Effective  analytic  methods  for  the  study  of  linear  and  nonlinear 
equations  that  arise  in  the  physical  sciences;  algebraic  equations,  integral  equations 
and  ordinary  differential  equations.  (Not  open  to  graduate  students  in  math  or  mapl 
without  special  permission  from  their  advisor.) 

MAPL  651  Advanced  Mathematics  For  the  Physical  Sciences  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MAPL  650.  Continuation  of  MAPL  650.  Partial  differential  equations;  linear  and 
nonlinear  eigenvalue  problems.  (Not  open  to  graduate  students  in  MATH  or  MAPL 
without  special  permission  from  their  advisor.) 

MAPL  655  Asymptotic  Analysis  and  Special  Functions  I  (3)  Prerequisite  MATH  413 
or  MATH  463.  Transcendental  equations,  gamma  function,  orthogonal  polynomials, 
Bessel  functions,  integral  transforms,  Watson's  lemma,  Laplace's  method,  stationary 
phase,  analytic  theory  of  ordinary  differential  equations,  Liouville-Green  (or  WKBJ) 
approximation.  (Cross-listed  with  MATH  655) 

MAPL  656  Asymptotic  Analysis  and  Special  Functions  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
MATH/MAPL  655.  Steepest  descents,  coalescing  saddle-points,  singular  integral 
equations,  irregular  singularities,  Bessel,  hypergeometric,  and  Legendre  functions, 
Euler-Maclaurin  formula,  Darboux's  method,  turning  points,  phase  shift.  (Cross-listed 
with  MATH  656) 

MAPL  670  Ordinary  Differential  Equations  I  (3)  Prerequisites   MATH  405  and  410  or 

the  equivalent.  Existence  and  uniqueness,  linear  systems  usually  with  Floquet  theory 
for  periodic  systems,  linearization  and  stability,  planar  systems  usually  with 
Poincare-Bendixson  theorem.  (Same  as  MATH  670) 


98     MAPL  —  Applied  Mathematics 


MAPL  671  Ordinary  Differential  Equations  II  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  630  and 
MATH/MAPL  670  or  equivalent.  The  content  of  this  course  varies  with  the  interests  of 
the  instructor  and  the  class.  Stability  theory,  control,  time  delay  systems,  Hamiltonian 
systems,  bifurcation  theory,  and  boundary  value  problems.  (Same  as  MATH  671) 

MAPL  673  Classical  Methods  in  Partial  Differential  Equations  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  410  or  equivalent.  Cauchy  problem  for  the  wave  equation  and  heat  equation, 
Dirichlet  and  Neumann  problem  for  Laplace's  equation.  Classification  of  equations, 
Cauchy-Kowaleski  theorem.  General  second  order  linear  and  nonlinear  elliptic  and 
parabolic  equations.  (Same  as  MATH  673.) 

MAPL  674  Classical  Methods  in  Partial  Differential  Equations  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL  673.  General  theory  of  first  order  partial  differential  equations, 
characteristics,  complete  integrals,  Hamilton-Jacobi  theory.  Hyperbolic  systems  in  two 
independent  variables,  existence  and  uniqueness,  shock  waves,  applications  to 
compressible  flow.  (Same  as  MATH  674.) 

MAPL  680  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary  Value  Problems  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  405 
and  410  or  equivalent.  Operational  methods  applied  to  ordinary  differential  equations. 
Introduction  to  linear  spaces,  compact  operators  in  Hilbert  space,  study  of 
eigenvalues.   (Same  as  MATH  680.) 

MAPL  681  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary  Value  Problems  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL  680.  Boundary  value  problems  for  linear  differential  equations.  Method  of 
energy  integrals  applied  to  Laplace's  equation,  heat  equation  and  the  wave  equation. 
Study  of  eigenvalues.  (Same  as  MATH  681.) 

MAPL  685  Modern  Methods  in  Partial  Differential  Equations  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  630  and  631.  Spaces  of  distributions,  Fourier  transforms,  concept  of  weak  and 
strong  solutions.  Existence,  uniqueness  and  regularity  theory  for  elliptic  and  parabolic 
problems  using  methods  of  functional  analysis.  (Same  as  MATH  685.) 

MAPL  686  Modern  Methods  in  Partial  Differential  Equations  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL  685.  Emphasis  on  nonlinear  problems.  Sobolev  embedding  theorems, 
methods  of  monotonicity,  compactness,  applications  to  elliptic,  parabolic  and 
hyperbolic  problems.   (Same  as  MATH  686.) 

MAPL  698  Advanced  Topics  in  Applied  Mathematics  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  if  topic  differs. 

MAPL  699  Applied  Mathematics  Seminar  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Seminar  to  acquaint  students  with  a  variety  of  applications  of  mathematics  and  to 
develop  skills  in  presentation  techniques.  Repeatable  if  topic  differs. 

MAPL  701  Introduction  to  Continuum  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Background  from  algebra  and  geometry,  kinematics  of  deformation.  Stress 
equations  of  motion,  thermodynamics  of  deforming  continua.  Theory  of  constitutive 
relations.  Materials  with  memory.  Initial  boundary  value  problems  of  nonlinear  solid  and 
fluid  thermomechanics.  Boundary  value  problems  of  linear  theories  of  solids  and  fluids. 

MAPL  710  Linear  Elasticity  (3)  Prerequisite:  MAPL  701  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Formulation  of  the  equations.  Compatibility,  uniquess,  existence,  representation  and 
qualitative  behavior  of  solutions.  Variational  principles.  St.  Venant  beam  problems, 
plane  strain  and  plane  stress,  half — space  problems,  contact  problems,  vibration 
problems,  wave  propagation.    Emphasis  is  placed  on  formulation  and  technique  rather 


MAPL  —  Applied  Mathematics     99 


than  on  specific  examples. 

MAPL  711  Non-linear  Elasticity  (3)  Prerequisite:  MAPL  701,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Formulation  of  initial  boundary  value  problems.  Constituive  restrictions.  Special 
solutions.  Perturbation  methods  and  their  validity.  Theories  of  rods  and  shells. 
Buckling  and  stability.  Shock  propagation. 

MAPL  720  Fluid  Dynamics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  A  mathematical 
formulation  and  treatment  of  problems  arising  in  the  theory  of  incompressible, 
compressible  and  viscous  fluids. 

MAPL  721  Fluid  Dynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  A  continuation  of 
MAPL  720. 

MAPL  731  Information  Theory  (3)  Corequisite:  ENEE  620.  Prerequisite:  STAT  400  or 
equivalent.  Information  measure,  entrophy,  mutual  information:  source  encoding; 
noiseless  coding  theorem,  noisy  coding  theorem;  exponential  error  bounds; 
introduction  to  probalistic  error  correcting  codes,  block  and  convolutional  codes  and 
error  bounds;  channels  with  memory;  continuous  channels;  rate  distortion  function. 
(Same  as  ENEE  721.) 

MAPL  732  Error  Correcting  Codes  (3)  Introduction  to  linear  codes;  bounds  on  the 
error  correction  capabilities  of  codes;  convolutional  codes  with  threshold,  sequential 
and  Viterbi  decoding;  cyclic  random  error  corrcting  codes;  P-N  sequences;  cyclic  and 
convolutional  burst  error  correcting  codes.   (Listed  also  as  ENEE  722.) 

MAPL  735  Advanced  Methods  and  Algorithms  in  Detection  and  Filtering  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  621.  Foundations  of  random  processes.  Conditional  expectations. 
Markov  processes  and  martingales.  ITO  calculus.  Detection  and  estimation  of 
continuous  signals  with  continuous  observations.  Jump  processes.  Detection  and 
estimation  with  discontinuous  observations.  Discrete-time  case.  Fast  algorithms  for 
digital  filtering  problems.  (Listed  also  as  ENEE  772.) 

MAPL  740  Mathematical  Methods  in  Control  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  663 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Applications  of  compactness  in  control  and  communication, 
geometric  methods  in  optimal  control  of  lumped  and  distributed  systems  and  harmonic 
analysis  of  linear  systems.  Applications  to  control  and  estimation  problems.  (Listed 
also. as  ENEE  760.) 

MAPL  741  Control  of  Distributed  Parameter  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  an 
introductory  course  in  functional  analytic  methods  at  the  level  of  ENEE  760,  and 
background  in  control  and  system  theory.  Study  of  systems  governed  by  partial 
differential  equations.  Delay  systems.  Boundary  and  distributed  control,  Lyapunov 
stability.  Optimal  control  of  systems  governed  by  partial  differential  equations  and  of 
delay  systems.  Applications  to  continuum  mechanics,  distributed  networks,  biology, 
economics,  and  engineering.   (Same  as  ENEE  761.) 

MAPL  742  Stochastic  Control  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  620  or  equivalent;  and  ENEE 
663  /  MAPL  640;  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Stochastic  control  systems,  numerical 
methods  for  the  Ricatti  equation,  the  separation  principle,  control  of  linear  systems  with 
Gaussian  signals  and  quadratic  cost,  nonlinear  stochastic  control,  stochastic  stability, 
introduction  to  stochastic  games.  (Same  as  ENEE  762.) 

MAPL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

MAPL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


100     Architecture  Program 


Architecture  Program 


Professor  and  Dean:  Steffi  an 

Graduate  Director:  Sachs 

Undergraduate  Director:  DuPuy 

Assistant  to  the  Dean:  LaPanne 

Professors:  Hill,  Loss,  Lu,  Schlesinger,  Steffian 

Associate  Professors:  Bechhoefer,  Bennett,  Fogle,  Johns,  Lewis,  DuPuy,  Etlin,  Vann 

Assistant  Professors:  Dean,  Wiedemann,  Mclnturff.  Berke 

Lecturers:  Muse,  Rixey,  Schumacher 

The  School  of  Architecture  offers  a  graduate  program  leading  to  the  professional 

degree,  Master  of  Architecture.  The  School's  basic  objective  is  to  provide  the  highest 

possible  quality  professional  education  and  training  in  architecture.   Its  program  is 

organized  around  required  courses  in  architectural  and  urban  design,  architectural 

history  and  theory  and  architectural  science  and  technology.    Electives  in  Architecture 

and  related  fields  are  available  in  a  curriculum  that  is  rigorous  and  challenging. 

The  School  is  accredited  by  the  National  Architectural  Accreditation  Board.  It  is  a 

member  of  the  Association  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Architecture  assigned  to  the 

Northeastern  Region. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  the  graduate  program  is  competitive.  Candidates  must  satisfy  the  general 
requirements  of  the  Graduate  School  and  submit  the  following:  1)  three  letters  of 
recommendation  from  persons  competent  to  judge  the  applicant's  probable  success  in 
graduate  architectural  school;  2)  results  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  aptitude 
tests  (not  over  five  years  old);  and  3)  evidence  of  creative  ability  in  the  form  of  a 
portfolio  of  drawings,  photographs,  or  other  expressive  media;  details  concerning 
format  and  content  may  be  obtained  from  the  School  of  Architecture. 

Applications  will  be  considered  from  three  categories  of  students:  1)  students  with 
four-year  baccalaureate  degrees  (architecture  or  equivalent  major)  from  accredited 
architecture  schools;  2)  students  with  baccalaureate  degrees  not  in  architecture  from 
an  accredited  college  or  university  who  successfully  complete  specified 
undergraduate  prerequisites  which  are  outlined  by  the  School  of  Architecture;  and  3) 
students  with  an  accredited  professional  degree  in  architecture,  Bachelor  or  Master  of 
Architecture.  Students  are  expected  to  enroll  on  a  full-time  basis.  For  complete 
information  on  curricula  requirements  for  these  categories,  write  to  the  School  of 
Architecture. 

1)  Students  entering  the  program  with  a  four-year  baccalaureate  degree  in 
architecture  from  an  accredited  college  or  university  normally  require  two  years  of 
graduate  study  to  complete  the  requirements  for  the  professional  degree,  Master  of 
Architecture.  The  established  curriculum  requires  four  semesters  of  academic  work 
encompassing  a  total  of  60  credits.  Additional  credits  may  be  required  depending 
upon  the  admissions  committee's  evaluation  of  the  individual's  academic  and 
architectural  experience. 

2)  Students  entering  the  professional  program  with  other  than  architecture 
undergraduate  majors  will  normally  require  eight  semesters  of  design  studio  and  other 
prerequisite  courses.  All  requirements  for  the  Master  of  Architecture,  including 
prerequisites,  may  be  completed  in  three  calendar  years,  if  two  semesters  of  summer 


ARCH  —  Architecture     101 


design  work  are  included.  Information  on  required  courses  and  curriculum  may  be 
obtained  from  the  School  of  Architecture. 

3)  A  special  option  leading  to  the  Master  of  Architecture  degree  is  available  to 
those  students  already  possessing  a  professional  degree  in  architecture  (B.  Arch,  or 
M.  Arch.)  from  an  accredited  program.  This  option  is  designed  to  accommodate  the 
needs  of  students  who  wish  to  do  advanced  work  beyond  that  required  for  the 
professional  degree.  Applicants  must  specify  in  detail  the  nature  of  the  proposed 
course  of  study,  for  review  and  approval  by  the  admissions  committee  prior  to  their 
admission.  They  must  complete  a  minimum  of  30  credits,  including  ARCH  799  Thesis 
in  Architecture  (6  credits).  At  least  12  credits,  other  than  thesis,  shall  be  600-level  or 
above.  All  course  selections  must  be  approved  by  the  graduate  committee  of  the 
School. 

Presently,  areas  of  concentration  in  which  the  School  has  noteworthy  resources  for 
advanced  work  are  architectural  and  urban  design,  architectural  history  and 
preservation,  and  architectural  technology. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  School  of  Architecture  of  the  University  of  Maryland  is  ideally  located  between 
Washington,  D.C.  and  Baltimore,  in  the  midst  of  a  large  number  of  historical 
communities  and  a  varied  physical  environment.  The  resulting  opportunity  for 
environmental  design  study  is  unsurpassed.  Resources  of  the  School  include  a 
modern  physical  plant  designed  for  environmental  design  education;  extensive  on-site 
libraries  of  books,  current  periodicals  and  slides;  a  faculty  whose  credentials 
encompass  expertise  in  design,  architectural  structures,  solar  and  conventional 
heating  and  cooling  system  design,  energy  optimization,  architectural  history  and 
preservation,  urban  planning,  landscape  architecture  and  other  environmental  design 
specialities.  The  School  also  provides  graduate  students  an  opportunity  for 
professional  experience  and  service  through  its  nonprofit  Center  for  Architectural 
Design  and  Research,  CADRE  Corporation,  housed  in  the  School,  whose  mission  is  to 
broaden  the  educational  experience  of  students  through  environmental  design  services 
directed  by  faculty  members,  rendered  to  a  variety  of  clients. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  School  of  Architecture  offers  a  limited  and  varying  number  of  teaching  and 
research  assistantships,  scholarships,  fellowships  and  internships.  Applicants  should 
apply  for  financial  assistance  when  submitting  the  application  for  admission. 

Courses 

ARCH  —  Architecture 

ARCH  402  Architecture  Studio  III  (6)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  nine  hours  of  studio 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  ARCH  303  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  Design  projects 
involving  the  elements  of  environmental  control,  basic  structural  systems,  building 
processes  and  materials.  For  architecture  majors  only. 

ARCH  403  Architecture  Studio  IV  (6)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  nine  hours  of  studio 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  ARCH  402  with  a  grade  of  C  or  better.  Design  projects 
involving  forms  generated  by  different  structural  systems,  environmental  controls  and 
methods  of  construction.  For  architecture  majors  only. 


102     ARCH  —  Architecture 


ARCH  408  Selected  Topics  in  Architecture  Studio  (1-6)  Prerequisite  ARCH  403,  or 
equivalent,  and  permission  of  instructor.  Topical  problems  in  architecture  and  urban 
design.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  412  Architectural  Structures  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  312.  Design  of  steel, 
timber,  and  reinforced  concrete  elements,  and  subsystems;  analysis  of  architectural 
building  systems.  Introduction  to  design  for  both  natural  and  man-made  hazards. 

ARCH  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  For  Buildings  (3)  Prerequisite  ARCH  313  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Methods  of  utilizing  solar  energy  to  provide  heating,  cooling, 
hot  water,  and  electricity  for  buildings  and  related  techniques  for  reducing  energy 
consumption. 

ARCH   415   Illumination,   Electrical   and  Systems  Technology   in   Buildings  (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  115  and  PHYS  122.  For  architecture  majors  only.  Theory, 
quantification,  and  architectural  design  applications  for  electrical  systems,  illumination, 
daylighting,  communication  systems,  conveying  systems,  fire  protection  and  plumbing. 

ARCH  416  Advanced  Architectural  Structures  (3)  Prerequisites  ARCH  403  and 
ARCH  412.  Analysis  of  structural  issues  in  architectural  design;  structure  as  an 
architectural  form  determinant;  integration  of  architectural,  structural  and  other 
technical  disciplines  in  building  design. 

ARCH  417  Advanced  Environmental  Technology  in  Buildings  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ARCH  403,  313,  and  415.  Analysis  of  environmental  technology  issues  in  architectural 
design;  mechanical  systems,  illumination  and  acoustics  as  architectural  form 
determinants;  integration  of  environmental  technology  systems  and  related  technical 
disciplines  in  building  design. 

ARCH  418  Selected  Topics  in  Architectural  Science  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  content  is  different. 

ARCH  419  Independent  Studies  in  Architectural  Science  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must 
have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  7  credits. 

ARCH  420  History  of  American  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  221  or 
permission  of  instructor.  American  architecture  from  the  late  17th  to  the  20th  century. 

ARCH  421  Seminar  in  the  History  of  American  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH 
420  or  permission  of  instructor.  Advanced  investigation  of  historical  problems  in 
American  architecture. 

ARCH  422  History  of  Greek  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  222  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Survey  of  Greek  architecture  from  750-100  B.C. 

ARCH  423  History  of  Roman  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  222  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Survey  of  Roman  architecture  from  500  B.C.  To  A.D.  325. 

ARCH  424  History  of  Russian  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  221,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Major  trends  in  Russian  architecture  in  the  medieval  (10th  - 
17th  centuries),  Imperial  (1703  -  1917),  and  Soviet  periods. 

ARCH  427  Theories  of  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  221,  or  permission  of 
instructor.    Selected    historical    and    modern    theories    of   architectural    design.    For 
architecture  majors  only. 
ARCH  428  Selected  Topics  in  Architectural  History  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 


ARCH  —  Architecture     103 


instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  429  Independent  Studies  in  Architectural  History  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must 
have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  432  History  of  Medieval  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  221,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Architecture  of  western  Europe  from  the  early  Christian  and 
Byzantine  periods  through  the  late  Gothic,  with  consideration  of  parallel  developments 
in  the  eastern  world. 

ARCH  433  History  of  Renaissance  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  221,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Renaisssance  architectural  principles  and  trends  in  the  15th 
and  16th  centuries  and  their  modifications  in  the  Baroque  period. 

ARCH  434  History  of  Modern  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  221,  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Architectural  trends  and  principles  from  1750  to  the  present,  with 
emphasis  on  developments  since  the  mid-1 9th  century. 

ARCH  435  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Modern  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH 
434  or  permission  of  instructor.  Advanced  investigation  of  historical  problems  in 
modern  architecture. 

ARCH  436  History  of  Islamic  Architecture  (3)  Survey  of  Islamic  architecture  from  the 
seventh  through  the  eighteenth  century. 

ARCH  437  History  of  Pre-Columbian  Architecture  (3)  Architecture  of  Pre-Columbian 
Mexico  and  Central  America  from  the  Pre-Classic  Period  through  the  Spanish 
conquest. 

ARCH  442  Studies  in  Visual  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  303.  Studio  work  in  visual 
design  independent  of  architectural  problem  solving. 

ARCH  443  The  Photography  of  Architecture  (3)  One  and  one-half  hours  lecture  and 
four  hours  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ARCH  344.  Examination  of  the  meaning 
of  documentation  and  the  use  of  photography  in  the  evaluation  of  architecture. 
Architecture  students  only,  except  by  permission  of  the  instructor. 

ARCH  445  Visual  Analysis  of  Architecture  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of 
studio  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ARCH  303  and  ARCH  343,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Visual  principles  of  architectural  design  through  graphic  analysis. 

ARCH  447  Advanced  Seminar  in  Photography  (3)  Prerequisites:  ARCH  340  or  APDS 
337  or  JOUR  351;  and  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  study  of  photographic  criticism 
through  empirical  methods,  for  students  proficient  in  photographic  skills.  Photographic 
assignments,  laboratory,  seminar,  3  hours  per  week. 

ARCH  448  Selected  Topics  in  Visual  Studies  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  449  Independent  Studies  in  Visual  Studies  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a 
faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  450  Introduction  to  Urban  Planning  (3)  Introduction  to  city  planning  theory, 
methodology  and  techniques,  dealing  with  normative,  urban,  structural,  economic, 
social  aspects  of  the  city;  urban  planning  as  a  process.  Architectural  majors  or  by 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Lecture,  seminar,  3  hours  per  week. 


104     ARCH  —  Architecture 


ARCH  451  Urban  Design  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  350  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Advanced  investigation  into  problems  of  analysis  and  evaluation  of  the 
design  of  urban  areas,  spaces  and  complexes  with  emphasis  on  physical  and  social 
considerations,  effects  of  public  policies,  through  case  studies.  Field  observations. 

ARCH  453  Urban  Problems  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  A  case 
study  of  urban  development  issues,  dealing  primarily  with  socio-economic  aspects  of 
changes  in  the  built  environment. 

ARCH  454  Theories  of  Urban  Form  (3)  Theories  of  planning  and  design  of  urban 
spaces,  building  complexes,  and  new  communities. 

ARCH  458  Selected  Topics  in  Urban  Planning  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  459  Independent  Studies  in  Urban  Planning  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a 
faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  460  Site  Analysis  and  Design  (3)  Principles  and  methods  of  site  analysis;  the 
influence  of  natural  and  man-made  site  factors  on  site  design  and  architectural  form. 
For  architecture  majors  only,  or  by  permission  of  instructor. 

ARCH  461  Design  and  Energy  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  402  and  ARCH  415.  Two  hours 
of  seminar,  two  hours  of  laboratory  each  week.  Energy  strategies  in  building  related  to 
the  broader  context  of  architectural  problem  solving. 

ARCH  470  Computer  Applications  in  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite  ARCH  302  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  computer  programming  and  utilization,  with 
emphasis  on  architectural  applications. 

ARCH  472  Economic  Determinants  in  Architecture  (3)  Introduction  to  economic 
factors  influencing  architectural  form  and  design,  including  land  economics,  real 
estate,  financing,  project  development,  financial  planning,  construction  and  cost 
control. 

ARCH  475  Advanced  Architectural  Construction  and  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ARCH  375  and  403.  Processes  of  construction,  assembly,  integration,  and  coordination 
of  architectural,  mechanical,  electrical,  and  structural  aspects  of  building;  special 
attention  to  design  development  of  building  details. 

ARCH  478  Selected  Topics  in  Architecture  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  7  credits,  provided  the  content  is  different. 

ARCH  479  Independent  Studies  in  Architecture  (1-4)  Proposed  work  must  have  a 
faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum  committee.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  480  Problems  and  Methods  of  Architectural  Preservation  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ARCH  420  or  permission  of  instructor.  Theory  and  practice  of  preservation  in  America, 
with  emphasis  on  the  problems  and  techniques  of  community  preservation. 

ARCH  481  The  Architect  in  Archaeology  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  The 
role  of  the  architect  in  field  archaeology  and  the  analysis  of  excavating,  recording,  and 
publishing  selected  archaeological  expeditions. 

ARCH  482  The  Archaeology  of  Roman  and  Byzantine  Palestine  (3)  Archaeological 
sites  in  Palestine  (Isreal  and  Jordan)  from  the  reign  of  Herod  the  Great  to  the  Moslem 


ARCH  —  Architecture     105 


conquest. 

ARCH  483  Field  Archaeology  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor.  Participation 
in  field  archaeology  with  an  excavation  officially  recognized  by  proper  authorities  of 
local  government. 

ARCH  488  Selected  Topics  in  Architectural  Preservation  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  seven  credits,  provided  the  content  is 
different. 

ARCH  489  Independent  Studies  in  Architectural  Preservation  (1-4)  Proposed  work 
must  have  a  faculty  sponsor  and  receive  approval  of  the  curriculum  committee. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

ARCH  600  Architecture  Studio  V  (6)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  nine  hours  of  studio 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  ARCH  403,  or  equivalent.  Comprehensive  building  and  urban 
design;  studio  options  in  advanced  topical  problems. 

ARCH  601  Architecture  Studio  VI  (6)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  nine  hours  of  studio 
per  week.    Prerequisite:  ARCH  600.  Continuation  of  ARCH  600. 

ARCH  612  Advanced  Structural  Analysis  in  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH 
416.  Qualitative  and  quantitative  analysis  and  design  of  selected  complex  structural 
systems. 

ARCH  613  Structural  Systems  in  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  416  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Theory  and  application  of  selected  complex  structural 
systems  as  they  relate  to  architectural  decisions. 

ARCH  614  Environmental  Systems  in  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  415  AND 
417  or  permission  of  instructor.  Qualitative  analysis  of  selected  environmental  systems 
and  design  determinants. 

ARCH  678  Selected  Topics  in  Architecture  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided  the  subject  matter  is 
different. 

ARCH  679  Independent  Studies  in  Architecture  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ARCH  700  Architecture  Studio  VII  (6)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  nine  hours  of  studio 
per  week.    Prerequisite:  ARCH  601 .  Continuation  of  ARCH  601 . 

ARCH  770  Professional  Practice  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  601.  Project  management, 
organizational,  legal,  economic  and  ethical  aspects  of  architecture. 

ARCH  797  Thesis  Proseminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARCH  601.  Directed  research  and 
preparation  of  thesis  program. 

ARCH  798  Thesis  in  Architecture  (1-6)  Prerequisites:  ARCH  700  AND  797. 

ARCH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 


106     Art  Program 


Art  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Burn  ham 

Professors:  Denny,  Driskell,  Levitine,  Miller,  Morrison,  Rearick,  Truitt 

Associate  Professors:  DeMonte,  DiFederico,  Farquhar,  Forbes,  Gelman,  Hargrove, 

Klank,  Krushenick,  Lapinski,  Niese,  Pogue,  Spiro,  Stafford, Wheelock.Withers 

Assistant  Professors:  Caswell,  Craig,  Ferraioli,  Kehoe,  Kim,  Meizlik,  Richardson,  Van 

Alstine,  Venit 

Lecturers:  Divito,  Gossage,  Wright 

The  Department  of  Art  offers  programs  of  graduate  study  leading  to  the  degrees  of 

Master  of  Arts  in  art  history,  Master  of  Fine  Arts  in  studio  art  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 

in  art  history.  Both  disciplines,  rooted  in  the  concept  of  art  as  a  humanistic  experience, 

share  an  essential  common  aim:  the  development  of  the  student's  aesthetic  sensitivity, 

understanding  and  knowledge.  The  major  in  art  history  is  committed  to  the  advanced 

study  and  scholarly  interpretation  of  existing  works  of  art,  from  the  prehistoric  era  to 

the  present,  while  the  studio  major  stresses  the  student's  direct  participation  in  the 

creation  of  works  of  art. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

For  admission  to  graduate  study  in  studio  art,  an  undergraduate  degree  with  an  art 
major  from  an  accredited  college  or  university,  or  its  equivalent,  is  required.  The 
candidate  should  have  approximately  30  credit  hours  of  undergraduate  work  in  studio 
courses  and  12  credit  hours  in  art  history  courses.  Other  humanities  area  courses 
should  be  part  of  the  candidate's  undergraduate  preparation.  In  addition,  special 
departmental  requirements  must  be  met.  Candidates  for  the  Master  of  Fine  Arts 
degree  will  be  required  to  pass  an  oral  comprehensive  examination,  present  an 
exhibition  of  their  thesis  work,  write  an  abstract  based  on  the  thesis,  and  present  an 
oral  defense  of  the  thesis. 

For  admission  to  graduate  study  in  art  history,  in  addition  to  the  approved 
undergraduate  degree,  or  its  equivalent,  special  departmental  requirements  must  be 
met.  Departmental  requirements  for  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Art  History  include 
ARTH  692;  reading  knowledge  of  French  or  German  (evidenced  by  an  examination 
administered  by  the  Art  Department);  a  written  comprehensive  examination  which  tests 
the  candidate's  knowledge  and  comprehension  of  principal  areas  and  phases  of  art 
history;  a  thesis  which  demonstrates  competency  in  research  and  in  original 
investigation  by  the  candidate;  and  a  final  oral  examination  on  the  thesis  and  the  field 
which  it  represents. 

Requirements  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  in  Art  History  include  ARTH  692; 
reading  knowledge  of  French  and  German;  an  oral  examination  and  a  written 
examination;  a  dissertation  which  demonstrates  the  candidate's  capacity  to  perform 
independent  research  in  the  field  of  art  history;  and  a  final  oral  examination  on  the 
dissertation  and  the  field  it  represents. 

Applicants  are  encouraged  to  submit  their  applications  by  March  1  for  entrance  in 
the  Fall  and  by  November  1  for  entrance  in  Spring  as  the  available  spaces  are  usually 
filled  early. 


ARTE  —  Art  Education     107 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Middle  Atlantic  Symposium  in  the  History  of  Art  is  an  annual  Spring  event  which  is 
sponsored  by  the  University  of  Maryland  and  held  jointly  at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art 
and  the  University.  This  symposium  provides  the  opportunity  for  advanced  graduate 
students  from  the  member  institutions  to  present  their  research  in  professional  form. 
From  time  to  time  the  Department  of  Art  also  publishes  abstracts  of  the  Symposium 
papers  in  Studies  in  Art  History  presented  at  the  Middle  Atlantic  Symposium  in  the 
History  of  Art. 

The  University  also  supports  the  University  of  Maryland  Caesarea  Project,  an 
ongoing  excavation  at  Caesarea  Maritima,  Israel.  Qualified  graduate  students  are 
eligible  for  participation  in  the  excavations,  and  work  at  this  site  may  lead  to  M.A.  or 
Ph.D.    dissertation  subjects. 

The  University  of  Maryland  Art  Gallery  is  an  adjunct  of  the  Department  of  Art  which 
maintains  a  collection  of  twentieth-century  American  paintings  and  works  on  paper  and 
a  study  collection  of  African  sculpture.  The  staff,  which  includes  at  least  one  full-time 
graduate  assistant  a  year,  organizes  and  hosts  major  exhibitions  of  historical  and 
contemporary  art  for  the  benefit  of  the  University  community  and  the  general  public. 
Major  catalogues  are  published  each  year  and  a  series  of  graduate  courses  in 
museum  practice  are  offered  wihin  the  Gallery. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  thirty-five  minutes  from  the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  the 
National  Museum  of  American  Art,  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  the  Freer  Gallery,  the 
Corcoran  Gallery,  the  Phillips  Gallery,  Dumbarton  Oaks,  and  the  Hirshhorn  Museum 
and  Sculpture  Garden.  In  Baltimore,  forty-five  minutes  from  the  University,  is  the 
Baltimore  Museum  of  Art  and  the  Walters  Art  Gallery.  In  addition  to  the  36,000-volume 
art  library,  students  have  access  to  the  Library  of  Congress,  Archives  of  American  Art, 
and  the  research  libraries  of  Dumbarton  Oaks,  National  Museum  of  American  Art  and 
other  branches  of  the  Smithsonian. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  assistantships  are  available  in  art. 

Additional  Information 

Description  of  Departmental  requirements  for  the  above  programs  and  other 
information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Department  of  Art. 

For  information  on  work  leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Education  in  art 
education,  the  student  is  referred  to  the  section  devoted  to  Secondary  Education  in 
this  catalog. 

Courses 

ARTE  —  Art  Education 
ARTE  600  Advanced  Problems  in  Art  Education  (3) 
ARTE  601  Advanced  Problems  in  Art  Education  (3) 
ARTE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 


108     ARTH  —  Art  History 


ARTH  —  Art  History 

ARTH  401  Greek  and  Roman  Painting  (3)  Survey  of  Greek  and  Roman  frescoes  and 
panels;  study  of  extant  paintings  and  lost  works  known  only  through  literary  sources. 

ARTH  402  Greek  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Greek  art  and  archaeology  from  1000  B.C. 
To  50  B.C. 

ARTH  403  Roman  Art  and  Archaeology  (3)  Roman  art  and  archaeology  from 
Etruscan  origins  to  Diocletian. 

ARTH  404  Bronze  Age  Art  (3)  Art  of  the  Near  East,  Egypt  and  Aegean. 

ARTH  405  Japanese  Painting  (3)  Survey  of  Japanese  painting  from  the  sixth  through 
the  sixteenth  centuries,  including  traditional  Buddhist  painting,  narrative  scrolls,  and 
Zen-related  ink  painting. 

ARTH  406  Arts  of  China  (3)  Chinese  art  from  pre-history  through  the  14th  century, 
with  special  focus  on  painting,  sculpture,  and  minor  arts. 

ARTH  407  Arts  of  Japan  (3)  A  survey  of  Japanese  art  from  pre-history  through  14th 
century,  concentrating  on  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting. 

ARTH  410  Early  Christian  -  Early  Byzantine  Art  (3)  Sculpture,  painting,  architecture, 
and  the  minor  arts  from  about  312  TO  726  AD. 

ARTH  411  Byzantine  Art,  726  -  1453  (3)  Sculpture,  painting,  architecture  and  the 
minor  arts  from  726  to  1453  A.D. 

ARTH  412  Medieval  Art  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  Middle  Ages. 
First  semester  will  stress  Romanesque. 

ARTH  413  Medieval  Art  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  Middle  Ages. 
Second  semester  will  stress  the  Gothic  period. 

ARTH  416  Northern  European  Painting  in  the  15th  Century  (3)  Painting  in  the 
Netherlands,  France  and  Germany. 

ARTH  417  Northern  European  Painting  in  the  16th  Century  (3)  Painting  in  the 
Netherlands,  France  and  Germany. 

ARTH  422  Early  Renaissance  Art  in  Italy  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting 
from  about  1400  to  1430. 

ARTH  423  Early  Renaissance  Art  in  Italy  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting 
from  about  1430  to  1475. 

ARTH  424  High  Renaissance  Art  in  Italy  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from 
about  1475  to  1500. 

ARTH  425  High  Renaissance  Art  in  Italy  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from 
about  1500  to  1525. 

ARTH  430  European  Baroque  Art  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  of  the 
major  southern  European  centers  in  the  17th  century. 

ARTH  431  European  Baroque  Art  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  of  the 
major  northern  European  centers  in  the  17th  century. 

ARTH  434  French  Painting  (3)  French  painting  from  1400  to  1600.  From  Fouquet  to 
Poussin. 


ARTH  —  Art  History     109 


ARTH  435  French  Painting  (3)  French  painting  from  1600  to  1800.  From  Le  Brun  to 
David. 

ARTH  440  19th  Century  European  Art  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in 
Europe  from  Neo-Classicism  to  Romanticism. 

ARTH  441  19th  Century  European  Art  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in 
Europe.  From  Realism,  to  Impressionism  and  Symbolism. 

ARTH  445  Impressionism  and  Neo-lmpressionism  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH  260,  261 
or  consent  of  instructor.  History  of  Impressionism  and  Neo-lmpressionism:  artists, 
styles,  art  theories,  criticism,  sources  and  influence  on  20th  century. 

ARTH  450  20th  Century  Art  (3)  Painting,  sculpture  and  architecture  from  the  late  19th 
century  to  1920. 

ARTH  451  20th  Century  Art  (3)  Painting,  sculpture  and  architecture  from  1920  to  the 
present. 

ARTH  452  History  of  Photography  (3)  History  of  photography  as  art  from  1839  to  the 
present. 

ARTH  454  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Century  Sculpture  (3)  Trends  in  sculpture  from 
Neo-Classicism  to  the  present.  Emphasis  will  be  put  on  the  redefinition  of  sculpture 
during  the  20th  century. 

ARTH  460  History  of  the  Graphic  Arts  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH  100,  or  ARTH  260  and 
261,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Graphic  techniques  and  styles  in  Europe  from  1400  to 
1800;  contributions  of  major  artists. 

ARTH  462  African  Art  (3)  First  semester,  the  cultures  west  of  the  Niger  river  (Nigeria 
through  Mali)  FROM  400  B.C.  To  the  present.  The  art  is  studied  through  its 
iconography  and  function  in  the  culture  and  the  intercultural  influences  upon  the 
artists,  including  a  study  of  the  societies,  cults  and  ceremonies  during  which  the  art 
was  used. 

ARTH  463  African  Art  (3)  Second  semester,  the  cultures  east  and  south  of  Nigeria. 
The  art  is  studied  through  its  iconography  and  function  in  the  culture  and  the 
intercultural  influences  upon  the  artists,  including  a  study  of  the  societies,  cults  and 
ceremonies  during  which  the  art  was  used. 

ARTH  464  African  Art  Research  (3)  Seminar  with  concentration  on  particular  aspects 
of  African  art.   The  course  is  given  at  the  Museum  of  African  Art  in  Washington,  D.  C. 

ARTH  470  Latin  American  Art  (3)  Art  of  the  Pre-Hispanic  and  the  Colonial  periods. 

ARTH  471  Latin  American  Art  (3)  Art  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 

ARTH  473  Arts  of  Black  Americans  I  (3)  The  visual  arts  of  Black  Americans  from  the 
Colonial  period  through  the  19th  century,  including  crafts  and  decorative  arts. 

ARTH  474  Arts  of  Black  Americans  II  (3)  The  visual  arts  of  Black  Americans  in  the 
20th  century,  including  crafts  and  decorative  arts. 

ARTH  476  History  of  American  Art  to  1900  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in 
the  United  States  from  the  Colonial  period  to  1900. 

ARTH  477  History  of  American  Art  Since  1900  (3)  Architecture,  sculpture  and 
painting  in  the  United  States  from  1900  to  the  present. 


110     ARTH  —  Art  History 


ARTH  489  Special  Topics  in  Art  History  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
head  or  instructor.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ARTH  498  Directed  Studies  in  Art  History  I  (2-3)  For  advanced  students,  by 
permission  of  department  chairman.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
differs. 

ARTH  499  Directed  Studies  in  Art  History  II  (2-3) 

ARTH  612  Romanesque  Art  (3)  Painting  and  sculpture  in  Western  Europe  in  the  11th 
and  12th  centuries;  regional  styles;  relationships  between  styles  of  painting  and 
sculpture;  religious  content. 

ARTH  614  Gothic  Art  (3)  Painting  and  sculpture  in  Western  Europe  in  the  11th  and 
12th  centuries;  regional  styles;  relationships  between  styles  of  painting  and  sculpture; 
religious  content. 

ARTH  630  The  Art  of  Mannerism  (3)  Prerequisite:  ART  423  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Mannerism  in  Europe  during  the  16th  century;  beginnings  in  Italy; 
ramifications  in  France,  Germany,  Flanders,  Spain;  painting,  architecture,  and 
sculpture. 

ARTH  634  French  Painting  From  Lebrun  to  Gericault:  1715-1815  (3)  Development 
of  iconography  and  style  from  the  Baroque  to  neo-Classicism  and  Romanticism. 
Trends  and  major  artists. 

ARTH  656  19th  Century  Realism,  1830-1860  (3)  Prerequisite:  ART  440  OR  441  or 

equivalent.  Courbet  and  the  problem  of  realism;  precursors,  David,  Gericault, 
landscape  schools;  Manet;  artistic  and  social  theories;  realism  outside  France. 

ARTH  662  20th  Century  European  Art  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH  450,  451  or  equivalent. 
A  detailed  examination  of  the  art  of  a  individual  country  in  the  12th  century:  France, 
Germany,  Italy,  Spain,  England. 

ARTH  676  20th  Century  American  Art  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH  450,  451  or  equivalent. 
The  "Eight,"  the  Armory  show,  American  abstraction,  romantic-realism,  new  deal  art 
projects,  American  surrealism  and  expressionism. 

ARTH  692  Methods  of  Art  History  (3)  Methods  of  research  and  criticism  applied  to 
typical  art-historical  problems;  bibliography  and  other  research  tools.  May  be  taken  for 
credit  one  or  two  semesters. 

ARTH  694  Museum  Training  Program  (3) 

ARTH  695  Museum  Training  Program  (3) 

ARTH  698  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in  Art  History  (3)  For  advanced  graduate 
students,  by  permission  of  head  of  department.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if 
content  differs. 

ARTH  699  Special  Topics  in  Art  History  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department 
head  or  instructor. 

ARTH  702  Seminar  in  Classical  Art  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH  402,  403  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

ARTH  708  Seminar  in  Japanese  Painting  (3)  Prerequisite  -  ARTH  406  OR  407  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Japanese  painting  of  the  14th  through  16th  centuries,  and  its 
origins  in  Chinese  models.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if  the 


ARTS  —  Art  Studio     111 


content  differs. 

ARTH  709  Seminar  in  Early  Christian  and  Byzantine  Art  (3)  Prerequisite  -  ARTH  410 
OR  411  or  permission  of  instructor.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  the  content  differs. 

ARTH  712  Seminar  in  Medieval  Art  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH  412,  413  or  permission  of 
instructor. 

ARTH  728  Seminar  Topics  in  Italian  Renaissance  Art  (3)  Problems  selected  from 
significant  themes  in  the  field  of  Italian  Renaissance  art  and  architecture,  1200-1600. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content  differs. 

ARTH  736  Seminar  in  18th  Century  European  Art  (3) 

ARTH  740  Seminar  in  Romanticism  (3)  Problems  derived  from  the  development  of 
romantic  art  during  the  18th  and  19th  centuries. 

ARTH  743  Seminar  in  19th  Century  European  Art  (3)  Problems  derived  from  the 
period  starting  with  David  and  ending  with  Cezanne. 

ARTH  760  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Art  (3) 

ARTH  770  Seminar  in  Latin-American  Art  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH  471  or  permission 
of  instructor. 

ARTH  772  Seminar  in  Modern  Mexican  Art  (3)  Prerequisite:  ARTH  471  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Problems  of  Mexican  art  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries;  Mexicanismo;  the 
"mural  renaissance";  architectural  regionalism. 

ARTH  774  Seminar  in  19th  Century  American  Art  (3)  Problems  in  architecture  and 
painting  from  the  end  of  the  Colonial  period  until  1860. 

ARTH  780  Seminar:  Problems  in  Architectural  History  and  Criticism  (3) 

ARTH  784  Seminar  in  Literary  Sources  of  Art  History  (3)  Art  historical  sources  from 
Pliny  to  Malraux. 

ARTH  798  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in  Art  History  (3) 

ARTH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ARTH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

ARTS  —  Art  Studio 

ARTS  404  Experiments  in  Visual  Processes  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
either  ARTS  220,  330  OR  340.  Investigation  and  execution  of  process  oriented  art. 
Group  and  individual  experimental  projects. 

ARTS  418  Drawing  (3)  Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ARTS  210.  Original 
compositions  from  the  figure  and  nature,  supplemented  by  problems  of  personal  and 
expressive  drawing.  Repeatable  for  total  of  12  credits. 

ARTS  428  Painting  (3)  Six  studio  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ARTS  320.  Original 
compositions  based  upon  nature,  figure,  still  life  and  expressive  painting  emphasizing 
development  of  personal  directions.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  twelve  credits. 

ARTS  438  Sculpture  (3)  Six  studio  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  One  300  level 
sculpture  course  and  consent  of  instructor.  Continuation  of  300  level  elements  of 
sculpture  courses  with  emphasis  on  developing  personal  directions  in  chosen  media. 


112     ARTS  —  Art  Studio 


Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  twelve  credits. 

ARTS  448  Printmaking  (3)  Six  studio  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites:  One  300  level 
printmaking  course  and  consent  of  instructor.  Continuation  of  300  level  elements  of 
printmaking  courses  with  emphasis  on  developing  personal  directions  in  chosen 
media.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  twelve  credits. 

ARTS  468  Advanced  Seminar  in  Studio  Art  (3)  Three  studio,  three  discussion  hours 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Relationship  of  student's  work  to 
historical  and  contemporary  context.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ARTS  489  Special  Problems  in  Studio  Arts  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

ARTS  498  Directed  Studies  in  Studio  Art  (2-3)  For  advanced  students,  by 
permission  of  department  chairman.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content 
differs. 

ARTS  610  Drawing  (3)  Sustained  treatment  of  a  theme  chosen  by  student.  Wide 
variety  of  media. 

ARTS  614  Drawing  (3)  Traditional  materials  and  methods  including  oriental,  sumi  ink 
drawing  and  techniques  of  classical  european  masters. 

ARTS  616  Drawing  (3)  Detailed  anatomical  study  of  the  human  figure  and  preparation 
of  large  scale  mural  compositions. 

ARTS  620  Painting  (3) 

ARTS  624  Painting  (3) 

ARTS  626  Painting  (3) 

ARTS  627  Painting  (3) 

ARTS  630  Experimentation  in  Sculpture  (3) 

ARTS  634  Experimentation  in  Sculpture  (3) 

ARTS  636  Materials  and  Techniques  in  Sculpture  (3)  For  advanced  students, 
methods  of  armature  building,  and  the  use  of  a  variety  of  stone,  wood,  metal,  and 
plastic  materials. 

ARTS  637  Sculpture:  Casting  and  Foundry  (3)  The  traditional  methods  of  plaster 
casting  and  the  complicated  types  involving  metal,  cire  perdue,  sand-casting  and 
newer  methods,  such  as  cold  metal  process. 

ARTS  640  Printmaking  (3)  Advanced  problems.  Relief  process. 

ARTS  644  Printmaking  (3)  Advanced  problems.  Intaglio  process. 

ARTS  646  Printmaking  (3)  Advanced  problems.  Lithographic  process. 

ARTS  647  Seminar  in  Printmaking  (3) 

ARTS  689  Special  Problems  in  Studio  Art  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

ARTS  690  Drawing  and  Painting  (3)  Preparation  and  execution  of  a  wall  decoration. 

ARTS  698  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in  Studio  Art  (3)  For  advanced  graduate 
students  by  permission  of  head  of  department.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if 
content  differs. 


Astronomy  Program     113 


ARTS  798  Directed  Graduate  Studies  in  Studio  Art  (3) 
ARTS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 


Astronomy  Program 


Professor  and  Director:  Kundu 

Professors:  A'Hearn,  Bell,  Enckson,  Kerr,  Papadopoulos  Rose,  Trimble,  (part  time) 

Wentzel 

Adjunct  Professors:  Brandt,  Westerhout 

Associate  Professors:  Eichler,  Harrington,  Matthews,  Wilson,  Zipoy 

Assistant  Professors:  Blitz,  Hartquist,  Heckman 

The  Astronomy   Program,   administratively   part  of  the   Department  of   Physics  and 

Astronomy,  offers  programs  of  study  leading  to  the  degrees  of  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  in 

Astronomy.  The  M.S.  program  includes  both  thesis  and  non-thesis  options.  Areas  of 

specialization  include:  galactic  structure,  interstellar  medium,  extragalactic  astronomy, 

stellar    atmospheres,    stellar    evolution,    solar    physics,    solar    system,    astronomical 

instrumentation,  cometary  studies,  and  high  energy  and  plasma  astrophysics. 

A  full  schedule  of  courses  in  all  fields  of  astronomy  is  offered  including  galactic 
astronomy,  astrophysics,  solar  system  astronomy,  observational  astronomy,  celestial 
mechanics,  solar  physics,  study  of  the  interstellar  medium,  extragalactic  astronomy, 
and  Plasma  astrophysics.  The  faculty  has  expertise  in  most  major  branches  of 
astronomy.  The  research  program  is  centered  around  several  major  areas  of  interest. 
One  is  high  energy  and  plasma  astrophysics  with  particular  interest  centering  on 
applications  to  the  study  of  extragalactic  radio  sources  and  of  solar  phenomena.  There 
are  related  observational  programs  in  the  areas  of  solar  radio  astronomy  and  of 
extragalactic  astronomy.  Other  areas  include  galactic  structure,  the  interstellar 
medium  with  particular  emphases  on  molecules  in  space  and  on  star  formation,  stellar 
atmospheres  and  cometary  physics. 

Job  opportunities  in  the  "traditional"  areas  of  universities  and  observatories  are 
extremely  limited,  although  initial  temporary  appointments  as  Research  Associates  are 
considerably  easier  to  obtain.  While  the  more  traditional  positions  are  highly 
competitive,  opportunities  exist  in  other  areas  especially  in  computer  software  firms 
which  do  contract  work  for  federal  laboratories.  All  recent  Maryland  Astronomy  Ph.D.'s 
have  obtained  full  time  employment. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

No  formal  undergraduate  course  work  in  astronomy  is  required.  However,  an  entering 
student  should  have  a  working  knowledge  of  the  basic  facts  of  astronomy  such  as  is 
obtainable  from  one  of  the  many  elementary  textbooks.  A  more  advanced  knowledge 
of  astronomy  will  of  course  enable  a  student  to  progress  more  rapidly  during  the  first 
year  of  graduate  work. 

Normally  a  satisfactory  score  on  the  GRE  Advanced  Test  in  Physics  is  required 
before  an  applicant's  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  will  be  considered.  In  special 
cases,  the  Graduate  Entrance  Committee  may  waive  this  requirement,  and  set  other 
conditions  as  a  requirement  for  admission,  to  be  fulfilled  either  before  admission  or 
during  the  first  year  at  Maryland. 

Ph.D.  program:  During  the  first  two  years,  full  time  students  must  take  at  least  four 
and  normally  will  take  all  of  the  principal  courses:  ASTR  600,  605,  610,  620,  640,  and 


114     Astronomy  Program 


670,  plus  the  required  physics.  A  research  project,  ASTR  690  and  691,  is  required 
during  the  second  year.  Students  will  be  aided  in  identifying  a  suitable  project  by  the 
end  of  the  first  year.  Qualification  for  the  Ph.D.  program  is  based  on  the  overall 
performance  in  course  work,  research  project,  and  a  written  examination  integrating 
the  six  principal  courses.  The  examination  is  taken  during  the  summer  after  the 
second  year,  with  an  allowance  for  students  who  postphoned  one  or  two  of  the 
principal  courses. 

Course  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  include  the  principal  courses,  at  least  two 
additional  advanced  astronomy  courses,  and  twelve  credits  of  advanced  physics.  In 
addition,  students  must  acquire  some  personal  experience  with  modern  observational 
methods  and  analysis,  normally  by  accompanying  a  faculty  member  to  a  suitable 
observatory.  All  of  the  principal  courses  are  required  before  advancement  to 
candidacy. 

Candidates  for  the  Master  of  Science  Degree  with  thesis  are  required  to  obtain  24 
credits  (exclusive  of  registration  for  masters  research)  of  which  at  least  12  are  in  the 
major  area  and  at  least  12  must  be  at  the  600  level  (not  necessarily  the  same  12).  In 
addition,  at  least  6  credits  must  be  in  a  related  field  (supporting  area). 

To  obtain  the  Master  of  Science  Degree  without  a  thesis,  6  credits  in  the  major  at 
the  600  level  are  required  in  addition  to  the  general  requirements  described  above. 
That  is,  a  total  of  30  credits  are  required,  of  which  18  must  be  in  the  major,  and  at 
least  18  at  the  600  level.  The  student  must  also  pass  a  written  examination,  usually 
consisting  of  the  written  part  of  the  Ph.D.  Qualifying  Examination  with  appropriately 
chosen  passing  requirements. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Astronomy  Program  carries  on  an  extensive  research  program  in  the  areas 
discussed  above  with  the  graduate  students  playing  an  active  role  in  this  research. 
Approximately  one-fourth  of  all  research  papers  published  have  a  graduate  student  as 
one  of  the  authors.  The  Program  maintains  a  small  optical  observatory  on  campus. 
Due  to  the  site,  its  main  use  is  to  enable  students  to  gain  experience  in  observational 
techniques  and  to  test  out  new  equipment.  There  is  an  important  effort  in  the  program 
devoted  to  the  development  of  optical  instrumentation.  A  Fourier  Transform 
Spectrometer  is  now  essentially  operational  and  a  photoelectric  Fabry  Perot 
Interferometer  is  being  further  developed. 

The  Program  also  operates  a  radio  observatory  near  Borrego  Springs,  California. 
This  is  designed  to  operate  at  meter  wavelengths  and  is  one  of  the  major  long 
wavelength  observatories  in  the  country.  A  major  commitment  of  this  observatory  will 
be  to  solar  research.  A  recently  developed  radio  heliograph  will  provide  real  time 
mapping  of  the  radio  sun.  Work  will  also  go  on  there  in  the  areas  of  galactic  and 
extragalactic  radio  astronomy. 

The  Program  has  strong  interaction  with  the  national  astronomy  observatories,  and 
many  of  the  students  and  faculty  carry  on  observing  programs  at  them.  There  are  also 
very  close  ties  with  neighboring  scientific  institutes.  A  major  program  of  cooperative 
research  has  been  established  with  the  Goddard  Space  Flight  Center  and  a  number  of 
graduate  students  carry  on  research  programs  there.  There  are  also  close  contacts 
with  the  Naval  Observatory,  the  Naval  Research  Labs  and  other  government  institutes. 


ASTR  —  Astronomy     115 


Financial  Assistance 

Essentially  all  eligible  graduate  students  are  funded.  The  program  offers  both 
Research  and  Teaching  Assistantships. 

Additional  Information 

For  more  information,  especially  for  physics  courses  related  to  astronomy,  see  the 
section  on  Physics.  A  brochure  entitled  "Graduate  Study  in  Astronomy,"  describing  the 
requirements,  the  courses  and  the  research  program  in  detail,  is  available  from  the 
department.  All  correspondence,  including  that  concerning  admission  to  the 
Astronomy  Program,  should  be  addressed  to: 

Astronomy  Program 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

ASTR  —  Astronomy 

ASTR  400  Stellar  Astrophysics  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Stellar  atmospheres,  stellar  structure  and  evolution,  neutron  stars 
and  black  holes. 

ASTR  401  Interstellar  and  Extragalactic  Astrophysics  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  PHYS 
422  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  physics  of  the  interstellar  medium  and  of 
astrophysics  as  it  relates  to  galaxies  and  cosmology. 

ASTR  410  Observational  Astronomy  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  294  or  263,  and  3 

credits  in  astronomy.  An  introduction  to  current  methods  of  obtaining  astronomical 
information.  Emphasis  on  optical  and  radio  techniques,  with  brief  coverage  of  X-ray, 
ultraviolet,  and  infrared  techniques.  Emphasis  on  understanding  how  instruments  affect 
the  data. 

ASTR  411  Observational  Astronomy  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ASTR  410.  Laboratory  work 
with  photographic  and  photoelectric  techniques  and  with  components  of  radio 
telescopes.  Two  longer  individual  projects  involving  observations  with  various 
instruments.  Often  requires  all-night  observing  sessions. 

ASTR  420  Introduction  to  Galactic  Research  (3)  Prerequisite  PHYS  192  and  ASTR 
182  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Methods  of  galactic  research,  stellar 
motions,  clusters  of  stars,  evolution  of  the  galaxy,  study  of  our  own  and  nearby 
galaxies. 

ASTR  430  The  Solar  System  (3)  Prerequisite  -  MATH  246  and  either  PHYS  263  or 
PHYS  294,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  structure  of  planetary  atmospheres,  radiative 
transfer  in  planetary  atmospheres,  remote  sensing  of  planetary  surfaces,  interior 
structure  of  planets.  Structure  of  comets.  Brief  discussions  of  asteroids,  satellite 
systems,  and  solar  system  evolution. 

ASTR  440  Introduction  to  Extra-Galactic  Astronomy  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  192  and 
ASTR  182  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Properties  of  normal  and  peculiar 
galaxies,  including  radio  galaxies  and  quasars;  expansion  of  the  universe  and 
cosmology. 

ASTR  450  Celestial  Mechanics  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  410  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Celestial  mechanics,  orbit  theory,  equations  of  motion. 


116     ASTR  —  Astronomy 


ASTR  498  Special  Problems  in  Astronomy  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  major  in  physics  or 
astronomy  and/or  consent  of  advisor.  Research  or  special  study.  Credit  according  to 
work  done. 

ASTR  600  Stellar  Atmospheres  (3)  Prerequisite:  ASTR  650  or  an  equivalent  brief 
introduction  to  stellar  atmospheres,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Oberservational  methods, 
line  formation,  curve  of  growth,  equation  of  transfer,  stars  with  large  envelopes, 
variable  stars,  novae,  magnetic  fields  in  stars. 

ASTR  605  Stellar  Interiors  (3)  Prerequisite:  ASTR  651  or  an  equivalent  brief 
introduction  to  stellar  interiors,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  stellar  structure  and 
evolution:  energy  transfer  and  generation  in  the  interior  of  a  star,  the  structure  of  stars 
including  problems  of  turbulence,  determination  of  chemical  composition, 
non-homogeneous  stars,  pulsating  stars,  novae,  evolution  of  both  young  and  old  stars, 
the  final  stages  of  stellar  evolution. 

ASTR  620  Galactic  Research  (3)  Prerequisites:  ASTR  420,  410,  411,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Current  methods  of  research  into  galactic  structure,  kinematics,  and 
dynamics.  Basic  dynamical  theory.  Optical  and  radio  observational  methods  and 
current  results.  Review  of  presently-determined  distribution  and  kinematics  of  the  major 
constituents  of  the  galaxy.  Evolution  of  the  galaxy. 

ASTR  625  Dynamics  of  Stellar  Systems  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  601  or  ASTR  420.  Study  of  the  structure  and  evolution  of  dynamical  systems 
encountered  in  astronomy.  Stellar  encounters  viewed  as  a  two-body  problem, 
statistical  treatment  of  encounters,  study  of  dynamical  problems  in  connection  with  star 
clusters,  ellipsoidal  galaxies,  nuclei  of  galaxies,  high-velocity  stars. 

ASTR  630  Physics  of  the  Solar  System  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  422.  A  survey  of  the  problems  of  interplanetary  space,  the  solar  wind,  comets 
and  meteors,  planetary  structure  and  atmospheres,  motions  of  particles  in  the  earth's 
magnetic  field. 

ASTR  650  Survey  of  Astrophysics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  41 1  AND  422  or  their 
equivalents,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  first  semester  survey  of  the  theoretical  tools 
of  astrophysics.  Gas  and  magnetohydrodynamics  applied  to  interstellar  and  solar 
phenomena.  Radiation  of  high-energy  particles.  Introduction  to  stellar  atmospheres. 

ASTR  651  Survey  of  Astrophysics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ASTR  650  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Brief  survey  of  stellar  structure  and  evolution,  and  the  physics  of  the 
interstellar  medium  and  the  solar  atmosphere. 

ASTR  660  Solar  Physics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  422,  ASTR  400  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  solar  atmosphere.  Physics  of  solar  phenomena,  such  as 
solar  flares,  structure  of  the  corona,  etc. 

ASTR  670  Interstellar  Matter  (3)  Prerequisite:  ASTR  651  or  an  equivalent  brief 
introduction  to  interstellar  matter,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  physical 
properties  of  interstellar  gas  and  dust:  regions,of  ionized  hydrogen,  regions  of  neutral 
hydrogen,  the  problems  of  interstellar  dust  and  molecules. 

ASTR  688  Special  Topics  in  Modern  Astronomy  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Special  topics  such  as  extragalactic  radio  sources,  plasma  astrophysics,  the 
H.R.  diagram,  chemistry  of  the  interstellar  medium,  radiophysics  of  the  sun. 

ASTR  698  Seminar  (1)  Seminars  on  various  topics  in  advanced  astronomy  are  held 


Biochemistry  Program     117 


each  semester,  with  the  contents  varied  each  year.  One  credit  for  each  semester. 
There  are  weekly  colloquia  by  staff,  astronomers  from  the  Washington  area,  and 
visiting  astronomers,  usually  on  topics  related  to  their  own  work. 

ASTR  699  Special  Problems  in  Advanced  Astronomy  (1-6) 

ASTR  788  Selected  Topics  in  Modern  Astronomy  (1-3) 

ASTR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ASTR  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Biochemistry  Program 

Professors:  Gerlt,  Holmlund,  Munn,  Ponnamperuma 
Associate  Professors:  Armstrong,  Dunaway-Mariano,  Hansen,  Sampugna 
Assistant  Professors BrusWow 

The  Graduate  Program  in  Biochemistry  is  the  College  Park  component  of  the  University 
of  Maryland  Graduate  Program  in  Biochemistry  which  also  has  components  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  Baltimore  County  and  at  the  University  of  Maryland  Medical 
School  and  Dental  School  in  Baltimore.  The  program  offers  study  leading  to  Master  of 
Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees.  Research  specialization  at  College  Park  is 
available  in  analytical  biochemistry,  developmental  biochemistry,  drug  metabolism, 
enzyme  kinetics,  immunochemistry,  lipid  biochemistry,  marine  biochemistry,  membrane 
structure  and  function,  metabolic  regulation,  neurochemistry,  nucleic  acid 
biochemistry,  and  nutritional  biochemistry. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Both  the  thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are  offered  for  the  M.S.  degree.  Applicants 
should  have  completed  an  undergraduate  program  of  study  with  strong  emphasis  on 
chemistry  and/or  biology  with  appropriate  supporting  courses  in  mathematics  and 
physics.  Before  obtaining  a  degree  in  the  program,  a  student  must  demonstrate 
adequate  preparation  in  biochemistry,  and  in  analytical,  organic  and  physical 
chemistry.  For  this  purpose  diagnostic  examinations  in  these  subjects  are  offered  to 
students  at  the  beginning  of  their  first  semester.  Students  who  perform  unsatisfactorily 
on  these  examinations  or  who  may  not  have  had  undergraduate  preparation  in  one  or 
more  of  these  areas,  will  be  advised  to  register  for  appropriate  courses.  Information  on 
course  work,  comprehensive  examinations  and  the  research  interests  of  the  faculty  is 
available  for  the  guidance  of  degree  candidates. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Biochemistry  research  is  conducted  in  a  new  wing  occupied  in  1975.  In  addition  to 
well-equipped  research  laboratories,  the  following  central  facilities  are  available:  animal 
colony,  fermentation  pilot  plant,  electron  microscope,  analytical  ultracentrifuge,  PDP-1 1 
computer,  liquid  scintillation  counters,  nuclear  magnetic  resonance  spectrometers,  and 
a  chemistry-biochemistry  library. 


118     BCHM  —  Biochemistry 


Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  teaching  assistantships  are  usually  available  in  the  Chemistry  and 
Biochemistry  Department.  The  Assistantships  involve  teaching  undergraduate 
laboratory  and  recitation  classes  and  permit  a  tuition  waiver  for  a  ten-credit  program  of 
graduate  study  each  semester. 

Additional  Information 

Information  on  requirements  and  research  interests  of  the  faculty  may  be  obtained 
from  the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies,  Department  of  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry. 

Courses 

BCHM  —  Biochemistry 

BCHM  461  Biochemistry  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  CHEM  243  or  245;  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  comprehensive  introduction  to  general  biochemistry.  The  chemistry  and 
metabolism  of  carbohydrates,  lipids,  nucleic  acids,  and  proteins. 

BCHM  462  Biochemistry  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  BCHM  461.  A  continuation  of  BCHM  461 

BCHM  463  Biochemistry  Laboratory  I  (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.   Pre  or  corerequisite:  BCHM  461. 

BCHM  464  Biochemistry  Laboratory  II  (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.    Prerequisite:  CHEM  483  or  BCHM  463,  pre  or  corequisite:  BCHM  462. 

BCHM  666  Biophysical  Chemistry  (2)  Prerequisite:  BCHM  461  and  CHEM  482,  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

BCHM  668  Special  Problems  in  Biochemistry  (2-4)  Two  to  four  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.   Prerequisite:  BCHM  464  or  equivalent. 

BCHM  669  Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry  (2)  Prerequisite:  BCHM  462  or  equivalent. 

BCHM  671  Protein  Chemistry  and  Enzymic  Catalysis  (3)  Principles  of  protein 
structure  and  function,  characterization  of  active  sites,  enzyme  mechanisms  and 
kinetics,  antibody  structure. 

BCHM  672  Biological  Membranes  (3)  Organization  of  biological  membranes, 
metabolism  of  membrane  lipids,  membrane  proteins,  including  receptors,  membrane 
functions  including  bioenergetics  and  transport,  assembly  of  membranes. 

BCHM  673  Regulation  of  Metabolism  (3)  Intracellular  milieu,  compartmentation, 
metabolic  and  enzymic  approaches  to  identifying  control  points,  regulation  by  covalent 
modification  of  enzymes,  metabolic  disorders. 

BCHM  674  Nucleic  Acids  (3)  Chemistry  of  nucleotides  and  polynucleotides, 
organization  of  cells  and  genome  from  viruses  to  eukaryotes,  dna  replication,  ma 
synthesis,  ribosome  biogenesis,  regulation  of  protein  synthesis. 

BCHM  699  Special  Problems  in  Biochemistry  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  one  semester  of 
graduate  study  in  biochemistry.  Laboratory  experience  in  a  research  environment. 
Restricted  to  students  in  the  non-thesis  M.S.  option.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

BCHM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 


Botany  Program     119 


BCHM  898  Seminar  (1) 

BCHM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Botany  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Patterson 

Professors:  Bean,  Corbett.  Kantzes,  Krusberg.  Lockard1,  Reveal,  Sisler 

Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Bottino,  Cooke,  Karlander,  Motta,  Racusen,  Steiner.  Sze, 

Teramura 

Assistant  Professors:  Collmer,  Forseth,  Grybauskas.  Hutcheson,  Millay,  Van 

Valkenburg,  Wolniak 

1Joint  appointment  with  Secondary  Education 

The  Department  of  Botany  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master 
of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Courses  and  research  problems  are  developed 
on  a  personal  basis  and  arranged  according  to  the  intellectual  and  professional  needs 
of  the  student.  Course  programs  are  flexible  and  are  designed  under  close  supervision 
by  the  student's  advisor.  The  objective  of  the  program  is  to  equip  the  student  with  a 
background  and  techniques  for  a  career  in  plant  science  in  academic,  governmental, 
industrial  or  private  laboratories. 

The  areas  of  specialization  are  anatomy  and  morphology,  plant  biochemistry,  cell 
biology,  plant  ecology,  physiology  of  fungi,  genetics  and  molecular  biology,  marine 
botany,  mycology,  paleobotany,  plant  nematology,  plant  pathology,  phycology,  plant 
physiology,  taxonomy,  and  virology. 

Job  opportunities  for  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degree  holders  in  Botany  continue  to  be  good. 
A  very  high  percentage  of  our  graduates  currently  find  appropriate  positions  within  a 
short  time  of  graduation.  Conditions  can  change  rapidly  within  the  discipline,  however, 
and  consultation  with  a  graduate  advisor  is  recommended. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

There  are  no  special  admission  requirements.  A  high  degree  of  intellectual  excellence 
is  of  greater  consequence  than  completion  of  a  particular  curriculum  at  the 
undergraduate  level.  The  degree  requirements  are  flexible.  However,  they  involve 
demonstration  of  competence  in  the  broad  field  of  botany,  as  well  as  completion  of 
courses  in  other  disciplines  which  are  supportive  of  modern  competence  in  this  field.  A 
foreign  language  may  be  required  if  deemed  essential  by  the  student's  Graduate 
Advisory  Committee. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  laboratories  equipped  to  investigate  most  phases  of  botanical 
and  molecular  biological  research.  Field  and  greenhouse  facilities  are  available  for 
research  requiring  plant  culture.  Major  pieces  of  equipment  include  two  transmission 
electron  microscopes,  ultracentrifuges,  a  liquid  chromatograph,  low-speed  centrifuges, 
microtomes  for  cutting  ultrathin  sections,  infra-red  spectrophotometer,  recording 
spectrophotometers,  gas  chromatographs,  and  environmentally  controlled  growth 
chambers.  A  herbarium,  departmental  reference  room,  enzyme  preparation  rooms, 
dark  rooms,  cold  rooms,  special  culture  apparatus  for  algae,  funggi  and  higher  plants, 
spectrophotometers,  and  respirometers  are  among  the  many  special  pieces  of 
equipment  and  facilities  that  are  available  for  research. 


120     BOTN  —  Botany 


Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  is  available  in  the  form  of  teaching  and  research  assistantships. 

Additional  Information 

The  Department  has  a  special  brochure  available  upon  request.  For  specific 
information  on  departmental  programs,  admission  procedures  or  financial  aid,  contact: 

Chair,  Department  of  Botany 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

BOTN  —  Botany 

BOTN  401  Origins  of  Modern  Botany  (1)  Prerequisite:  20  credit  hours  in  biological 
sciences  including  BOTN  101  or  permission  of  instructor.  History  of  botany  as  a 
science,  from  ancient  Greece  through  the  18th  century;  emphasis  on  botany  as  an 
intellectual  and  cultural  pursuit. 

BOTN  403  Medicinal  and  Poisonous  Plants  (2)  Prerequisites:  BOTN  101  and  CHEM 
104.  A  study  of  plants  important  to  man  that  have  medicinal  or  poisonous  properties. 
Emphasis  on  plant  source,  plant  description,  the  active  agent  and  its  beneficial  or 
detrimental  physiological  action  and  effects. 

BOTN  405  Advanced  Plant  Taxonomy  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN  202  and  BOTN  212,  or  equivalents.  A  review  of  the 
history  and  principles  of  plant  taxonomy  with  emphasis  on  monographic  and  floristic 
research.  A  detailed  laboratory  review  of  the  families  of  flowering  plants. 

BOTN  407  Teaching  Methods  in  Botany  (2)  Four  two-hour  laboratory  demonstration 
periods  per  week,  for  eight  weeks.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  101  or  permission  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  the  biological  principles  of  common  plants,  and  demonstrations,  projects, 
and  visual  aids  suitable  for  teaching  in  primary  and  secondary  schools. 

BOTN  410  Grass  Systematlcs  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  212  or  AGRO  405  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  grass  family  including  the  structure,  classification,  identification,  and 
economic  importance  of  members  of  this  diverse  family.  Grass  identification. 

BOTN  411  Evolutionary  Biology  of  Plants  (3)  Prerequisite   BOTN  202  or  equivalent 
Evolution   of   basic   plant   biological   systems,   major  structural   adaptations  of  plant 
organs,  and  origins  of  vascular  plant  groups.  The  pace,  patterns  and  mechanisms  of 
evolution,  discussed  within  a  genetic,  systematic  and  paleontological  framework. 

BOTN  412  Vascular  Plant  Morphology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN  202  OR  416,  or  equivalents.  Comparative 
studies  of  structural  adaptations,  reproductive  biology,  and  phylogenetic  relationships 
of  bryophytes,  fern  "allies,"  ferns,  gymnosperms  and  angiosperms. 

BOTN  413  Plant  Geography  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  101  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  plant  distribution  throughout  the  world  and  the  factors  generally  associated 
with  such  distribution. 

BOTN  414  Plant  Genetics  (3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  101  or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
basic  principles  of  plant  genetics  are  presented;  the  mechanics  of  transmission  of  the 


BOTN  — Botany     121 


hereditary  factors  in  relation  to  the  life  cycle  of  seed  plants,  the  genetics  of  specialized 
organs  and  tissues,  spontaneous  and  induced  mutations  of  basic  and  economic 
significance  gene  action,  genetic  maps,  the  fundamentals  of  polyploidy,  and  genetics 
in  relation  to  methods  of  plant  breeding  are  the  topics  considered. 

BOTN  416  Plant  Structure  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  2-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  101.  A  survey  of  the  basic  structural  features  of  vascular 
plants,  including  subcellular  organelles,  cells,  tissues,  and  organs.  Emphasis  on 
structural  phenomena  as  they  relate  to  physiological  processes  of  agricultural 
importance. 

BOTN  417  Field  Botany  and  Taxonomy  (2)  Four  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week 
for  eight  weeks.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  101  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  identification 
of  trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs,  emphasizing  the  native  plants  of  Maryland.  Manuals,  keys, 
and  other  techniques  will  be  used.  Numerous  short  field  trips  will  be  taken.  Each 
student  will  make  an  individual  collection. 

BOTN  420  Plant  Cell  Biology  (3)  Prerequisites:  organic  chemistry  and  two  years  of 
botany,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  eucaryotic  cell  organization, 
integrating  structure  with  function  and  concentrating  on  subcellular  organelles  and  the 
mechanisms  of  physiological  regulation  at  the  cellular  level. 

BOTN  423  Diseases  of  Agronomic  Crops  and  Turf  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  221. 
Practical  experience  in  recognition  and  control  of  diseases  affecting  field  crops  such 
as  corn,  soybeans,  small  grains,  tobacco  and  turf.  Symptoms  of  ecomomic  importance 
and  control  measures  for  the  important  diseases  of  these  crops. 

BOTN  426  Mycology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BOTANY  101  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  An  introductory 
course  in  the  biology,  morphology  and  taxonomy  of  the  fungi. 

BOTN  427  Field  Plant  Pathology  (1)  Summer  session:  lecture  and  laboratory  to  be 
arranged.  Prerequisite  BOTN  221,  or  equivalent.  The  techniques  of  pesticide 
evaluation  and  the  identification  and  control  of  diseases  of  Maryland  crops  are 
discussed.  Offered  in  alternate  years  or  more  frequently  with  demand. 

BOTN  441  Plant  Physiology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN  101  and  general  chemistry.  Organic  chemistry  strongly 
recommended.  A  survey  of  the  general  physiological  activities  of  plants. 

BOTN  456  Principles  of  Microscopy  (2)  Two  lectures  and  one  demonstration  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  420  or  its  equivalent.  An  introduction  to  optical  principles 
that  underlie  light  and  electron  microscopic  image  formation.  Brightfield,  darkfield, 
phase  contrast,  differential  interference  contrast,  fluorescence  and  polarized  light 
microscopy.  Comparison  of  light  and  electron  microscopy.  The  application  of  these 
techniques  to  problems  in  biological  research. 

BOTN  462  Plant  Ecology  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  101  or  permission  of  instructor.  The 
dynamics  of  populations  as  affected  by  environmental  factors  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  structure  and  composition  of  natural  plant  communities,  both  terrestial  and 
aquatic. 

BOTN  463  Ecology  of  Marsh  and  Dune  Vegetation  (2)  Prerequisites:  BOTN  101  or 
permission  of  instructor.  An  examination  of  the  biology  of  higher  plants  in  dune  and 
marsh  ecosystems. 


122     BOTN  —  Botany 


BOTN  464  Plant  Ecology  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  462  or  its  equivalent  or 
concurrent  enrollment  therein.  One  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Two  or  three 
field  trips  per  semester.  The  application  of  field  and  experimental  methods  to  the 
qualitative  and  quantitative  study  of  vegatation  and  ecosystems. 

BOTN  471  Marine  and  Estuarine  Botany  (3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  441  or  equivalent. 
An  ecological  discussion  of  plant  life  in  the  marine  environment  of  sea  coasts,  salt 
marshes,  estuaries  and  open  seas. 

BOTN  475  General  Phycology  (4)  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN  101  and  BOTN  202,  or  permission  of  instructor.  An 
introductory  study  of  both  macro-  and  micro-algae,  including  the  taxonomy, 
morphology,  and  life  cycles  of  both  fresh  water  and  marine  forms. 

BOTN  476  Biology  of  Phytoplankton  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratories 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  101  and  an  introductory  course  in  ecology  (ZOOL  212 
or  equivalent)  or  permission  of  instructor.  Collection,  identification,  culture,  physical 
and  chemical  requirements,  life  cycles,  community  structure,  specialized  environments, 
blooms  of  phytoplankton. 

BOTN  484  Plant  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  441  and  CHEM  233.  3  lectures 
per  week.  Biochemical  processes  characteristic  of  plants,  including  photosysnthesis, 
nitrogen  fixation  and  biosynthesis  of  plant  macromolecules. 

BOTN  611  Paleobotany  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  botn  416,  or  equivalent.  Form  and  evolution  of  selected  fossil  plant 
groups  beginning  with  precambrian  biota  and  finishing  with  flowering  plants. 
Geological  setting,  with  consideration  of  ecology  and  sedimentology  of  preservation. 

BOTN  620  Methods  in  Plant  Tissue  Culture  (2)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  A  methodology  and 
techniques  course  designed  to  give  the  student  background  and  experience  in  plant 
tissue  culture. 

BOTN  621  Physiology  of  Fungi  (2)  First  semester.  Prerequisites:  organic  chemistry 
and  BOTN  441  or  equivalent  in  bacterial  or  animal  physiology.  A  study  of  various 
aspects  of  fungal  metabolism,  nutrition,  biochemical  transformation,  fungal  products, 
and  mechanism  of  fungicidal  action. 

BOTN  623  Physiology  of  Fungi  Laboratory  (1)  First  semester.  One  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN  621  or  concurrent  registration  therein.  Application  of 
equipment  and  techniques  in  the  study  of  fungal  physiology. 

BOTN  624  Prokaryotic  Plant  Pathogens  (2)  Two  one-hour  lectures  and  one  one-hour 
discussion  session  per  week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN  221  and  permission  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  plant-pathogenic  prokaryotes  with  emphasis  on  systematics,  etiology, 
cytological  and  physiological  characteristics  of  the  plant-pathogen  interaction,  ecology, 
epidemiology,  control,  and  genetics. 

BOTN  625  Prokaryotic  Plant  Pathogens  Laboratory  (2)  One  four  hour  laboratory  and 
discussion  period  per  week.  Prerequisites:  BOTN  221,  BOTN  628  or  concurrent 
registration  therein,  and  permission  of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  techniques  and 
methods  applicable  to  clinical  studies  and  to  research  with  prokaryotic  plant 
pathogens. 

BOTN  632  Plant  Virology  (2)  Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week  on  the 


BOTN  — Botany     123 


biological,  biochemical,  and  biophysical  aspects  of  viruses  and  virus  diseases  of 
plants.  Prerequisites:  bachelor's  degree  or  equivalent  in  any  biological  science  and 
permission  of  instructor. 

BOTN  634  Plant  Virology  Laboratory  (2)  Second  semester  Two  laboratories  per 
week  on  the  application  and  techniques  for  studying  the  biological,  biochemical  and 
biophysical  aspects  of  plant  viruses.  Prerequisites:  bachelor's  degree  or  equivalent  in 
any  biological  science  and  BOTN  632  or  concurrent  registration  therein,  and 
permission  of  the  instructor. 

BOTN  636  Plant  Nematology  (4)  Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  221  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Not  offered 
1970-71).  The  study  of  plant-parasitic  nematodes,  their  morphology,  anatomy, 
taxonomy,  genetics,  physiology,  ecology,  host-parasite  relations  and  control.  Recent 
advances  in  this  field  will  be  emphasized. 

BOTN  640  Molecular  Mechanisms  of  Plant  Pathogenesis  (2)  Prerequisites  BCHM 
461  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Evaluation  of  current  evidence  on  the  role  in  plant 
disease  development  of  various  molecules  produced  by  hosts  and  parasites. 
Examination  of  the  molecular  basis  of  microbial  pathogenicity  and  plant  disease 
resistance. 

BOTN  644  Plant  Biochemistry  Laboratory  (2)  Pre  or  corequisite  BOTN  642  Use  of 
apparutus  and  application  of  techniques  in  the  study  of  the  chemistry  of  plants  and 
plant  materials. 

BOTN  645  Growth  and  Development  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  441 .  Physiology  of  plant 
hormones,  control  of  morphogenesis  and  regulation  of  biosynthesis, 
photomorphogenesis  and  photoperiodism. 

BOTN  646  Plant  Morphogenesis  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  416  or  equivalent. 
Biophysical  aspects  of  plant  development  with  particular  focus  on  such  structural 
phenomena  as  molecular  self-assembly,  polarity,  cell  division,  cell  expansion,  meristem 
organization,  phyllotaxis,  and  organ  formation. 

BOTN  650  Nutrition  and  Transport  in  Plants  (2)  Prerequisite  BOTN  441  or 
permission  of  instructor.  The  uptake,  partioning  and  utilization  of  the  materials  of  the 
plant  body.  Transport  of  ions  across  cell  membranes,  fixation  and  metabolism  of 
carbon  and  nitrogen,  and  long  distance  transport  of  inorganic  chemicals  and 
photosynthates  in  vascular  plants.  Special  emphasis  on  control  and  regulatory 
mechanisms  that  are  unique  to  plant  systems. 

BOTN  652  Plant  Biophysics  (2)  Prerequisite:  MATH  220,  BOTN  441  plus  one  year  of 
college  physics,  or  their  equivalents.  An  advanced  course  dealing  with  physical  and 
chemical  phenomena  associated  with  the  study  of  plants,  stress  on  problem  solving. 

BOTN  654  Plant  Biophysics  Laboratory  (2)  Pre  or  corequisite:  BOTN  652 
Techniques  in  measurement  of  and  utilization  of  light  and  other  parameters  associated 
with  plants. 

BOTN  656  Techniques  in  Microscopy  (3)  Prerequisites:  BOTN  456.  Two  three-hour 
laboratories  per  week  and  additional  arranged  time.  Preparation  and  study  of 
biological  materials  for  light  and  electron  microscopy. 

BOTN  661  Advanced  Plant  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisite:  a  working  knowledge  of 
elementary    genetics    and    calculus,    or    permission    of    the    instructor.    Population 


124     Business  and  Management  Program 


dynamics,  evolutionary  mechanisms,  and  quantitative  aspects  of  the  analysis  of  natural 
communities.  Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to  recent  theoretical  developments. 

BOTN  662  Physiological  Plant  Ecology  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  462  or  its  equivalent. 
Environmental  effects  on  plant  ecophysiology.  Microclimatology,  leaf  energy  balance, 
plant  responses  to  temperature  and  radiation,  physiological  adaptions,  water  relations, 
plant  gas  exchange  and  resistance. 

BOTN  672  Physiology  of  Algae  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  642  or  equivalent,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor  a  study  of  the  physiology  of  the  algae. 

BOTN  684  Plant  Membrane  Physiology  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  441,  484  or 
equivalent.  Biochemical  and  biophysical  approaches  to  plant  membrane  structure  and 
function. 

BOTN  685  Advanced  Plant  Physiology  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  441  or 
consent  of  instructor.  One  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Biochemical  and  biophysical  approaches  to  the  study  of  the  physiological  processes 
of  plants. 

BOTN  689  Special  Topics  in  Botany  (1-3)  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled  and 
organization  of  course.  Maximum  credit  toward  an  advanced  degree  for  the  individual 
student  at  the  discretion  of  the  department.  This  course  is  organized  as  lectures, 
discussions  or  literature  surveys  on  specialized  advanced  topics  under  the  direction  of 
visiting  lecturers  or  or  resident  faculty 

BOTN  698  Seminar  in  Botany  (1)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Discussion  of  special  topics  and  current  literature  in  all  phases  of  botany. 

BOTN  699  Special  Problems  in  Botany  (1-3)  Credit  according  to  time  and  scheduled 
and  organization  of  course.  Maximum  credit  towards  an  advanced  degree  for  the 
individual  student  at  the  discretion  of  the  student's  advisor.  This  course  emphasizes 
research  on  a  specialized  advanced  topic  and  may  consist  primarily  of  experimental 
procedures  under  the  direction  of  visiting  lecturers  or  resident  faculty. 

BOTN  721  Clinical  and  Field  Plant  Pathology  (1-2)  Diagnosis  of  plant  diseases 
under  clinical  conditions,  observation  of  symtoms  and  disease  patterns  in  the  field, 
collecting  specimens,  and  writing  control  recommendations.  Student  electing  one 
credit  hour  may  emphasize  either  field  or  clinical  aspects. 

BOTN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

BOTN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Business  and  Management  Program 

Dean:  Lamone 

Associate  Dean:  Carter 

Assistant  Dean:  Brown 

Director  of  Doctoral  Program:  Alt 

Director  of  MBA  &  MS  Programs:  Waikart 

Chairpersons:  Bradford,  Golden,  Gordon,  Green,  Locke,  Poist,  Yao 

Professor  Emeritus:  Wright 

Professors:  Bartol,  Bodin,  Bradford,  Carroll,  Dawson,  Gannon,  Gass,  Golden,  Gordon, 

Greer,  Haslem,  Jolson,  Kolodny,  Kotz,  Lamone,  Leete,  Levine,  Locke*(Psychology), 


Business  and  Management  Program     125 


Loeb,  S.,  Masi(Affiliated).  Polakoff*(Economics),  Preston,  Simon,  Taff 

Associate  Professors:  Alt,  Assad,  Ball,  Bedingfield,  Chen,  Corsi,  Courtright,  Edelson, 

Edmister,  Fromovitz,  Hynes,  Loeb,  M.,  Nickels,  Poist,  Schneier,  Spekman,  Widhelm, 

Yao 

Assistant  Professors:  Ahad,  Barbera,  Basu,  Christofi,  Eun,  Friar,  Goldenberg,  Grimm, 

Hamer,  Hevner,  Holcomb,  Huss,  Krapfel,  Mattingly  (Affiliated),  Meisinger  (Affiliated), 

Olian,  Power,  Schick,  Smith,  K.,  Smith,  R.,  Soubra,  Stark,  Sutton,  Taylor,  Trader, 

Wardlow 

"Joint  appointment  with  the  unit  indicated 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  offers  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degrees 

of  Master  of  Business  Administration   (MBA),   Master  of  Science  in   Business  and 

Management  (MS),  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  (Ph.D.).  The  College's  MBA  program  is 

accredited  nationally  by  the  American  Assembly  of  Collegiate  Schools  of  Business. 

Only  about  30%   of  the   more  than   1,000  graduate   programs  in  the  country  are 

accredited  by  the  AACSB,  a  reflection  of  the  quality  of  faculty,  students,  curriculum 

and  facilities. 

Areas  of  faculty  specialization  include  accounting;  finance;  management  science 
statistics  and  information  systems;  marketing;  organizational  behavior  and  industrial 
relations,  and  transportation,  business  and  public  policy. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  criteria  for  the  MBA,  MS  and  PhD  programs  are  based  on  (1)  quality  of 
recent  undergraduate  and  graduate  course  work;  (2)  score  on  the  Graduate 
Management  Admission  Test  (GMAT);  (3)  letters  of  recommendation;  and  (4)  other 
relevant  information  and  professional  experience  with  heaviest  weight  given  to  (1)  and 
(2). 

MBA  Program  The  College  of  Business  and  Management  offers  an  MBA  program 
designed  to  provide  the  educational  foundation  for  those  students  with  the  potential  to 
exhibit  the  highest  degree  of  excellence  in  future  careers  as  professional  managers. 
The  MBA  program  requires  54  credits  of  course  work  (18  courses  of  which  5  are 
electives),  normally  4  semesters  for  a  full-time  student.  There  is  no  thesis  requirement. 
Successful  students  in  the  program  are  expected  to  demonstrate  the  following:  (1)  a 
thorough  and  integrated  knowledge  of  the  basic  tools,  concepts  and  theories  relating 
to  professional  management;  (2)  behavioral  and  analytical  skills  necessary  to  deal 
creatively  and  effectively  with  organizations  and  management  problems;  3)  an 
understanding  of  the  economic,  political,  technological,  and  social  environments  in 
which  organizations  operate;  4)  a  sense  of  professional  and  personal  integrity  and 
social  responsibility  in  the  conduct  of  managerial  affairs  both  internal  and  external  to 
the  organization. 

Program  prerequisites  include  a  bachelor's  degree,  working  knowledge  of  calculus, 
and  a  computer  programming  language. 

About  one-half  of  the  students  enrolled  are  full  time  and  one-half  are  part-  time. 
Full-time  students  take  15  credits  during  each  semester  of  the  first  year,  attend  a 
four-session  management  workshop  the  second  semester  of  their  first  year  and  take  12 
credits  each  semester  during  their  second  year.  Part-time  students  take  6  credits  and 
the  management  workship  each  regular  semester  and  may  take  courses  during  the 
summer.  Should  these  requirements  not  be  met  or  should  a  student's  grade  point 
average  fall  below  3.0,  the  student  will  be  placed  on  probation  and  granted  one 


126     Business  and  Management  Program 


semester  to  remedy  these  deficiencies.  Failure  to  do  so  will  result  in  termination  from 
the  program.  Most  courses  for  part-time  students  will  begin  at  7:00  p.m.  However, 
occasionally  there  may  be  an  evening  course  with  an  earlier  starting  time.  Maryland 
MBA  graduates  obtain  employment  in  a  wide  spectrum  of  organizations.  Starting 
salaries  typically  range  from  $26,000  to  $35,000  per  year. 

MS  Program  The  College  offers  an  MS  program  for  students  wishing  to  concentrate  in 
Accounting  and  Information  Systems,  Information  Systems,  Operations  Research,  or 
Statistics.  The  Program  is  designed  for  students  with  strong  quantitative  skills  who 
desire  a  more  technical  management  education.  Students  typically  come  to  the 
program  with  undergraduate  majors  in  Business,  Engineering,  Sciences,  Information 
and  Computer  Systems,  Mathematics,  or  Economics.  Prerequisites  include  calculus 
and  a  high  level  computer  language.  Additional  pre-requisites  in  Business, 
Economics,  and  Probability  or  Statistics  are  determined  by  the  student's  concentration. 
Depending  on  the  concentration  selected,  the  program  calls  for  either  30  or  33  credit 
hours  beyond  the  prerequisites.  A  thesis  option  is  offered  which  may  represent  6 
credits  in  the  area  of  concentration.  Program  progress  and  admission  standards 
described  above  for  the  MBA  program  are  also  applicable  to  the  MS  program. 

PhD  Program  The  PhD  program  is  designed  to  produce  outstanding  scholars  in 
management  related  disciplines.  To  this  end,  a  strong  research  philosophy  pervades 
the  entire  program.  The  low  student  to  faculty  ratio  fosters  a  high  degree  of  interaction 
between  faculty  and  students  on  research  projects  of  mutual  interest,  frequently 
culminating  in  journal  articles.  Students  whose  career  aspirations  are  congruent  with 
the  program's  research  orientation  can  look  forward  to  a  learning  experience  that  is 
notonly  demanding  but  also  stimulating  and  enriching.  Recent  graduates  are 
employed  at  the  following  academic  institutions:  Ben  Gurion  University,  Boston 
College,  Georgia  Tech,  Penn  State,  Texas  A  &  M,  Syracuse,  Houston,  the  University  of 
Southern  California,  the  University  of  North  Carolina,  and  the  University  of  Texas. 

Maryland  PhD  students  achieve  excellence  through  (1)  course  work  preparation  in 
basic  and  major  and  minor  fields  (required),  supervised  teaching  during  the  period  of 
residence  (recommended),  and  independent  research  culminating  in  the  writing  of  a 
doctoral  dissertation  (required).  A  full  time  commitment  (6  courses  per  academic  year) 
to  the  program  is  mandatory  as  a  condition  of  admittance. 

All  PhD  students  are  provisionally  admitted  and  must  achieve  a  3.25  GPA  in  each 
of  their  first  two  semesters.  Failure  to  do  so  results  in  being  placed  on  probation.  The 
probationary  period  will  last  one  semester,  at  which  time  the  student  will  be  dismissed 
unless  a  3.25  overall  GPA  is  obtained. 

PhD  requirements  for  the  typical  student  range  from  42  to  75  credits  (42  credits  for 
students  entering  with  an  MBA;  60  credits  for  students  entering  with  an  MS;  75  credits 
for  students  entering  with  only  a  bachelor's  degree),  including  dissertation  credits. 
Thirty-three  of  the  hours  are  devoted  to  fulfilling  the  general  requirements,  discussed 
below,  with  the  remaining  credits  distributed  among  the  student's  major  and  minor 
fields  of  study. 

The  general  requirements  for  all  PhD  students  are  BMGT  611,  BMGT  640,  BMGT 
650,  BMGT  660,  two  three-credit  graduate  courses  in  economics  (BMGT  670  and 
BMGT  671  are  acceptable  for  all  students  except  accounting  and  finance  majors),  nine 
credits  in  quantitative  methods  at  the  600  level  or  above  approved  by  the  student's 
faculty  chairman,  and  BMGT  880.  These  general  program  requirements  (except  for 
BMGT  880)  may  be  waived  by  the  Director  of  Doctoral  Studies  if  equivalent  courses  at 


Business  and  Management  Program     127 


AACSB  accredited  schools  have  been  satisfactorily  completed.  Some  of  these  courses 
may  be  included  in  the  major  and  minor  course  requirements. 

The  PhD  student  may  select  a  single  major  with  two  minors  or  a  double  major. 
Major  and  Minor  areas  in  the  college  include  the  following:  (1)  Accounting,  (2)  Finance, 
(3)  Management  Science,  Statistics,  and  Information  Systems,  (4)  Marketing,  (5) 
Organizational  Behavior  and  Organization  Theory,  (6)  Human  Resource  Management 
and  Labor  Relations,  (7)  Transportation  and  Physical  Distribution,  and  (8) 
Strategy/Planning  (including  Public  Policy).  Both  the  single  and  the  double  major 
arrangements  comprise  42  credit  hours  in  total. 

For  a  single  major,  the  student  takes  18  credits  beyond  the  bachelor's  degree  in 
the  major  field,  at  least  6  of  which  must  be  taken  in  graduate  seminars  at  the  800  level 
at  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  minors  may  include  areas  inside  or  outside  the 
College  of  Business  and  Management.  Typical  outside  minors  include  such  areas  as 
Computer  Science,  Economics,  Engineering,  Mathematics,  Government  and  Politics, 
Psychology,  and  Sociology.  Each  minor  is  comprised  of  12  credits,  at  least  3  of  which 
must  be  taken  in  graduate  seminars  at  the  800  level. 

For  a  double  major,  the  student  takes  21  credit  hours  in  each  of  two  major  fields, 
one  of  which  may  be  in  a  discipline  outside  the  College  of  Business  and  Management. 
Special  permission  from  the  College's  graduate  committee  is  required  for  a  double 
major. 

Each  student's  PhD  program  must  be  approved  initially  by  the  student's  major  area 
faculty  chair  or  his  or  her  representative  and  the  Director  of  Doctoral  Studies.  Minor 
areas  must  be  approved  initially  by  the  minor  area  chairperson  or  his  or  her 
designated  representative. 

Students  take  written  comprehensive  examinations  in  the  major  area  and  one  minor 
subject  area.  Following  successful  completion  of  the  written  examinations,  each 
student  must  pass  an  oral  examination  given  by  a  committee  of  the  college  graduate 
faculty.  Any  student  receiving  a  "pass  with  distinction"  in  all  written  examinations  will 
be  exempted  from  the  oral  comprehensive.  Failure  to  pass  any  major  or  minor  written 
comprehensive  examination  in  two  attempts  will  result  in  termination  from  the  program. 

The  dissertation  proppoal  is  defended  by  each  PhD  candidate  at  an  open  meeting. 
All  faculty  and  other  PhD  students  are  invited  to  attend  and  participate  in  the  proposal 
defense. 

The  dissertation  must  exhibit  the  candidate's  competence  in  analysis,  interpretation, 
and  presentation  of  research  findings,  and  should  be  a  major  contribution  to  the 
literature  of  the  field.  The  candidate  must  defend  his  or  her  dissertation  in  a  final  oral 
dissertation  defense. 

MBA/JD  Joint  Program 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  and  the  School  of  Law  of  the  University  of 
Maryland  at  Baltimore  offer  a  joint  program  of  studies  leading  to  MBA  and  JD  degrees. 
Under  the  terms  of  the  joint  program,  a  student  may  earn  both  degrees  in  four 
academic  years.  The  accelerated  program  is  possible  because  some  courses  can  be 
credited  toward  both  degrees.  Candidates  must  apply  for  admission  to  the  Law 
School  at  Baltimore  as  well  as  to  The  Graduate  School  at  College  Park  and  must  be 
admitted  to  both  programs. 

Under  the  joint  program,  75  credits  in  law  school  coupled  with  39  credits  in 
business  courses  are  required  for  graduation.  Fifteen  credits  of  law  will  be  substituted 
for  MBA  elective  coursework.  Grade  point  averages  in  each  program  will  be  computed 


128     Business  and  Management  Program 


separately  and  students  must  maintain  minimum  standards  in  each  school  to  continue 
in  the  program.  The  Graduate  School  will  not  accept  transfer  credit  for  coursework 
taken  outside  the  joint  program.  A  student  must  complete  both  programs  satisfactorily 
in  order  to  receive  both  degrees.  A  student  whose  enrollment  in  either  program  is 
terminated  may  elect  to  complete  work  for  the  degree  in  which  he  or  she  remains 
enrolled  but  such  completion  must  be  upon  the  same  conditions  as  required  of  regular 
(nonjoint  program)  degree  candidates.  Student  programs  must  be  approved  by  the 
law  school  adviser  for  the  joint  program  and  the  MBA  Program  Director.  For  further 
discussion  of  admission  and  degree  requirements,  students  should  see  above  and 
consult  the  entry  in  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Law  catalog. 

MBA/MPM  Joint  Program 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  and  the  School  of  Public  Affairs  offer  a  joint 
program  of  studies  leading  to  the  MBA  and  MPM  degrees.  Under  the  terms  of  the 
joint  program,  a  student  may  earn  both  degrees  in  approximately  five  semesters.  The 
accelerated  program  is  possible  because  some  courses  can  be  credited  toward  both 
degrees.   Candidates  must  be  admitted  to  both  programs. 

Under  the  joint  program,  66  credits  are  required  for  graduation,  split  roughly 
equally  between  the  programs.  Grade  point  averages  in  each  program  will  be 
computed  separately  and  students  must  maintain  minimum  standards  in  each  school 
to  continue  in  the  program.  A  student  must  complete  both  programs  satisfactorily  in 
order  to  receive  both  degrees.  A  student  whose  enrollment  in  either  program  is 
termiinted  may  elect  to  complete  work  for  the  degree  in  which  he  or  she  remains 
enrolled  but  such  completion  must  be  upon  the  same  conditions  as  required  of  regular 
(nonjoint  program)  degree  candidates.  Student  programs  must  be  approved  by  the 
Associate  Dean  of  the  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  the  MBA  Program  Director.  For 
further  discussion  of  admission  and  degree  requirements,  students  should  see  the 
general  admissions  requirements  for  each  program. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  College  faculty  has  been  recruited  from  the  graduate  programs  of  leading 
universities  in  the  nation.  They  are  dedicated  scholars,  teachers,  and  professional 
leaders,  with  a  strong  commitment  to  academic  excellence,  and  to  the  education  of 
the  professional  manager  and  researcher. 

Special  programs  offered  by  the  College  include  an  Executives-in-Residence 
Program  and  an  MBA  practicum  course,  BMGT  791,  in  which  students  research  a 
problem  of  significant  management  concern  in  a  participating  firm  or  agency.  Through 
graduate  program  requirements  and  faculty  research  activities,  students  gain  exposure 
to  private  enterprise  to  the  public  sector,  and  to  the  vast  educational,  research,  library, 
and  cultural  resources  of  Washington,  D.C. 

The  students  also  have  access  to  the  exceptional  academic  and  professional 
resources  of  the  College  Park  campus  including  .excellent  library  and  computer 
facilities.  A  remote  computer  terminal  and  on-line  teletype  facilities  are  located  in  the 
building. 


BMGT  —  Business  and  Management     129 


Financial  Assistance 

Financial  aid  is  available  to  qualified  students  in  the  form  of  fellowships,  graduate 
assistantships,  work-study,  scholarships,  and  for  PhD  students,  instructorships. 

Additional  Information 

The  College  has  available  brochures  which  give  specific  degree  requirements  for  the 
MBA  and  PhD  programs.  Initial  inquiries  should  be  directed  to: 

Director  of  the  Masters  Programs 

College  of  Business  and  Management 

or 

Director  of  the  Doctoral  Program 

College  of  Business  and  Management 

Uiversity  of  Maryland 

Courses 

BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 

BMGT  402  Database  and  Data  Communication  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
302.  Introduction  to  database  and  data  communications  systems.  Modeling  and 
database  construction  using  the  three  data  models:  network,  relational  and 
hierarchical.  Implementation  project  using  DMS  1100  database  system.  Data 
communications  protocols  and  communications  support  software.  Analysis  of 
distributed  systems  and  computer  networks.  Emphasis  on  new  technologies. 

BMGT  403  Systems  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  402.  Techniques  and  tools 
applicable  to  the  analysis  and  design  of  computer  based  information  systems.  System 
life  cycle,  requirements  analysis,  logical  design  of  data  bases,  performance  evaluation. 
Emphasis  on  case  studies.  Project  required  that  involves  the  design,  analysis  and 
implementation  of  an  information  system. 

BMGT  404  Seminar  in   Decision  Support  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:   BMGT  301 
Design  of  computer  systems  to  solve  business  problems  and  to  support  decision 
making.  Human  and  organizational  factors  are  considered.  Emphasis  on  case  studies. 

BMGT  410  Fund  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  310.  An  introduction  to  the 
fund-based  theory  and  practice  of  accounting  as  applied  to  governmental  entities  and 
not-for-profit  associations. 

BMGT  417  Advanced  Tax  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisites  -  BMGT  311  and  323.  Federal 
taxation  of  corporations,  partnerships,  fiduciaries,  and  gratuitous  transfers.  Tools  and 
techniques  of  tax  research  for  compliance  and  planning. 

BMGT  420  Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  as 
an  accounting  major  or  consent  of  instructor.  Enrollment  limited  to  upper  one-third  of 
senior  class.  Seminar  coverage  of  outstanding  current  non-text  literature,  current 
problems  and  case  studies  in  accounting. 

BMGT  421  Undergraduate  Accounting  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  as 
an  accounting  major  or  consent  of  instructor.  Enrollment  limited  to  upper  one-third  of 
senior  class.  Seminar  coverage  of  outstanding  current  non-text  literature,  current 
problems  and  case  studies  in  accounting. 


130     BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 


BMGT  422  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  31 1 .  A  study  of  the 
independent  accountant's  attest  function,  generally  accepted  auditing  standards, 
compliance  and  substantive  tests,  and  report  forms  and  opinions. 

BMGT  424  Advanced  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  31 1 .  Advanced  accounting 
theory  applied  to  specialized  topics  and  current  problems.  Emphasis  on  consolidated 
statements  and  partnership  accounting. 

BMGT  426  Advanced  Cost  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  321 .  Advanced  cost 
accounting  with  emphasis  on  managerial  aspects  of  internal  record-keeping  and 
control  systems. 

BMGT  427  Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  422.  An 
examination  and  in  depth  study  of  special  auditing  topics  such  as  statistical  sampling, 
professional  ethics,  EDP  auditing,  legal  liability,  and  SEC  accounting. 

BMGT  430  Linear  Statistical  Models  in  Business  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  230  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Model  building  involving  an  intensive  study  of  the  general  linear 
stochastic  model  and  the  applications  of  this  model  to  business  problems.  The  model 
is  derived  in  matrix  form  and  this  form  is  used  to  analyze  both  the  regression  and 
anova  formulations  of  the  general  linear  model. 

BMGT  431  Design  of  Statistical  Experiments  in  Business  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
230  OR  231.  Surveys  ANOVA  models,  basic  and  advanced  experimental  design 
concepts.  Non-parametric  tests  and  correlation  are  emphasized.  Applications  of  these 
techniques  to  business  problems  in  primarily  the  marketing  and  behavioral  sciences 
are  stressed. 

BMGT  432  Sample  Survey  Design  For  Business  and  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  230  OR  231 .  Design  of  probability  samples.  Simple  random  sampling,  stratified 
random  sampling,  systematic  sampling,  and  cluster  sampling  designs  are  developed 
and  compared  for  efficiency  under  varying  assumptions  about  the  population  sampled. 
Advanced  designs  such  as  multistage  cluster  sampling  and  replicated  sampling  are 
surveyed.  Implementing  these  techniques  in  estimating  parameters  of  business  models 
is  stressed. 

BMGT  433  Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  231  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Bayesian  approach  to  the  use  of  sample  information  in 
decision-making.  Concepts  of  loss,  risk,  decision  criteria,  expected  returns,  and 
expected  utility  are  examined.  Application  of  these  concepts  to  decision-making  in  the 
firm  in  various  contexts  are  considered. 

BMGT  434  Introduction  to  Optimization  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  220  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Primarily  for  students  majoring  in  management  science  and 
statistics.  Linear  programming,  postoptimality  analysis,  network  algorithms,  dynamic 
programming,  nonlinear  programming  and  single  variable  minimization. 

BMGT  435  Introduction  to  Applied  Probability  Models  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  220 
and  BMGT  231  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Stochastic  models  in  management. 
Stochastic  Markov  processes,  probabalistic  inventory  models,  queueing  theory, 
simulation,  reliability  theory  and  dynamic  programming. 

BMGT  436  Applications  of  Mathematical  Programming  in  Management  Science  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  434  or  permission  of  instructor.  Theory  and  applications  of  linear, 
integer,    and    nonlinear    programming    models    to    management    decisions.    Topics 


BMGT  —  Business  and  Management     131 


convered  include  the  basic  theorems  of  linear  programming;  the  matrix  formulation  of 
the  simplex,  and  dual  Simplex  algorithms;  decomposition,  cutting  plane,  branch  and 
bound,  and  implicit  enumeration  algorithms;  gradient  based  algorithms;  and  quadratic 
programming.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  upon  model  formulation  and  solution  using 
prepared  computer  algorithms. 

BMGT    438    Topics    in    Statistical    Analysis    For    Business    Management    (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  430  and  MATH  240  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Selected 
topics  in  statistical  analysis  which  are  relevant  to  management  for  students  with 
knowledge  of  basic  statistical  methods.  Topics  include  evolutionary  operation  and 
response  surface  analysis,  forecasting  techniques,  pathologies  of  the  linear  model  and 
their  remedies,  multivariate  statistical  models,  and  non-parametric  models. 

BMGT  440  Financial  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  340.  Analysis  and 
discussion  of  cases  and  readings  relating  to  financial  decisions  of  the  firm.  The 
application  of  finance  concepts  to  the  solution  of  financial  problems  is  emphasized. 

BMGT  443  Security  Analysis  and  Valuation  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  343  Study  and 
application  of  the  concepts,  methods,  models,  and  empirical  findings  to  the  analysis, 
valuation,  and  selection  of  securities,  especially  common  stock. 

BMGT  444  Futures  Contracts  and  Options  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  343  The 
institutional  features  and  economic  rationale  underlying  markets  in  futures  and  options. 
Hedging,  speculation,  structure  of  futures  prices,  interest  rate  futures,  efficiency  in 
futures  markets,  and  stock  and  commodity  options. 

BMGT  445  Commerical  Bank  Management  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  340  and  ECON 
430.  Analysis  and  discussion  of  cases  and  readings  in  commercial  bank  management. 
The  loan  function  is  emphasized;  also  the  management  of  liquidity  reserves, 
investments  for  income,  and  source  of  funds.  Bank  objectives,  functions,  policies, 
organization,  structure,  services,  and  regulation  are  considered. 

BMGT  450  Marketing  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  230  AND  350 
Recommended  that  BMGT  430  be  taken  prior  to  this  course.  This  course  is  intended  to 
develop  skill  in  the  use  of  scientific  methods  in  the  acquisition,  analysis  and 
interpretation  of  marketing  data.  It  covers  the  specialized  fields  of  marketing  research; 
the  planning  of  survey  projects,  sample  design,  tabulation  procedure  and  report 
preparation. 

BMGT  451  Consumer  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  350.  Recommended  that 
PSYC  100  and  221  be  taken  prior  to  this  course.  Considers  the  growing  importance  of 
the  American  consumer  in  the  marketing  system  and  the  need  to  understand  him. 
Topics  include  the  foundation  considerations  underlying  consumer  behavior  such  as 
economic,  social,  psychological  and  cultural  factors.  Analysis  of  the  consumer  in 
marketing  situations-as  a  buyer  and  user  of  products  and  services-and  in  relation  to 
the  various  individual  social  and  marketing  factors  affecting  his  behavior.  The  influence 
of  marketing  communications  is  also  considered. 

BMGT  453  Industrial  Marketing  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  350  plus  one  other 
marketing  course.  The  industrial  and  business  sector  of  the  marketing  system  is 
considered  rather  than  the  household  or  ultimate  consumer  sector.  Industrial  products 
range  from  raw  materials  and  supplies  to  the  major  equipment  in  a  plant,  business 
office,  or  institution.  Topics  include  product  planning  and  introduction,  market  analysis 
and    forecasting,    channels,    pricing,    field    sales    force    management,    advertising, 


132     BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 


marketing  cost  analysis,  and  government  relations.  Particular  attention  is  given  to 
industrial,  business  and  institutional  buying  policies  and  practice  and  to  the  analysis  of 
buyer  behavior. 

BMGT  454  International  Marketing  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  350  plus  any  other 
marketing  course.  A  study  of  the  marketing  functions  from  the  viewpoint  of  the 
international  executive.  In  addition  to  the  coverage  of  international  marketing  policies 
relating  to  product  adaptation,  data  collection  and  analysis,  channels  of  distribution, 
pricing,  communications,  and  cost  analysis,  consideration  is  given  to  the  cultural, 
legal,  financial,  and  organizational  aspects  of  international  marketing. 

BMGT  455  Sales  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  350.  The  role  of  the  sales 
manager,  both  at  headquarters  and  in  the  field,  in  the  management  of  people, 
resources  and  marketing  functions.  An  analysis  of  the  problems  involved  in  sales 
organization,  forecasting,  planning,  communicating,  evaluating  and  controlling.  The 
application  of  quantitative  techniques  and  pertinent  behavioral  science  concepts  in  the 
management  of  the  sales  effort  and  sales  force. 

BMGT  456  Advertising  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  354.  The  role  of  advertising  in  the 
American  economy;  the  impact  of  advertising  on  our  economic  and  social  life,  the 
methods  and  techniques  currently  applied  by  advertising  practitioners;  the  role  of  the 
newspaper,  magazine,  and  other  media  in  the  development  of  an  advertising 
campaign,  modern  research  methods  to  improve  the  effectiveness  of  advertising  and 
the  organization  of  the  advertising  business.  (Not  open  for  credit  to  students  with  credit 
for  BMGT  352.) 

BMGT  457  Marketing  Policies  and  Strategies  (3)  Prerequisite:  three  courses  in 
marketing.  Integrative  decision  making  in  marketing.  Emphasis  on  consumer  and 
market  analysis  and  the  appropriate  decision  models.  Case  studies  are  included. 

BMGT  460  Personnel  Management:  Analysis  and  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
360.  Recommended,  BMGT  230.  Research  findings,  special  readings,  case  analysis, 
simulation,  and  field  investigations  are  used  to  develop  a  better  understanding  of 
personnel  problems,  alternative  solutions  and  their  practical  ramifications. 

BMGT  462  Labor  Legislation  (3)  Case  method  analysis  of  the  modern  law  of 
industrial  relations.  Cases  include  the  decisions  of  administrative  agencies,  courts  and 
arbitration  tribunals. 

BMGT  463  Public  Sector  Labor  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  362  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Development  and  structure  of  labor  relations  in  public  sector  employment; 
federal,  state,  and  local  government  responses  to  unionization  and  collective 
bargaining. 

BMGT  464  Organizational  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  364.  An  examination  of 
research  and  theory  concerning  the  forces  which  contribute  to  the  behavior  of 
organizational  members.  Topics  covered  include:  work  group  behavior,  supervisory 
behavior,  intergroup  relations,  employee  goals  and  attitudes,  communication  problems, 
organizational  change,  and  organizational  goals  and  design. 

BMGT  467  Undergraduate  Seminar  in  Personnel  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is  open  only  to  the  top  one-third  of  undergraduate 
majors  in  personnel  and  labor  relations  and  is  offered  during  the  fall  semester  of  each 
year.   Highlights  major  developments.  Guest  lecturers  make  periodic  presentations. 


BMGT  —  Business  and  Management     133 


BMGT  470  Land  Transportation  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  370.  Overall  view  of 
managerial  problems  facing  land  carriers;  emphasis  on  rail  and  motor  modes  of 
transportation. 

BMGT  471  Air  and  Water  Transportation  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  370 
Overall  view  of  managerial  problems  facing  air  and  water  carriers;  emphasis  on 
international  and  domestic  aspects  of  air  and  water  modes  of  transportation.  (Not  open 
for  credit  to  students  with  credit  for  BMGT  472.) 

BMGT  473  Advanced  Transportation  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  370.  A  critical 
examination  of  current  government  transportation  policy  and  proposed  solutions. 
Urban  and  intercity  managerial  transport  problems  are  also  considered. 

BMGT  474  Urban  Transport  and  Urban  Development  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  203  or 
205.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  urban  transportation  in  present  and  future  urban 
development.  The  interaction  of  transport  pricing  and  service,  urban  planning, 
institutional  restraints,  and  public  land  uses  is  studied. 

BMGT  475  Advanced  Logistics  Management  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  370,  372,  332 
Application  of  the  concepts  of  BMGT  372  to  problem  solving  and  special  projects  in 
logistics  management;  case  analysis  is  stressed. 

BMGT  480  Legal  Environment  of  Business  (3)  The  course  examines  the  principal 
ideas  in  law  stressing  those  which  are  relevant  for  the  modern  business  executive. 
Legal  reasoning  as  it  has  evolved  in  this  country  will  be  one  of  the  central  topics  of 
study.  Several  leading  antitrust  cases  will  be  studied  to  illustrate  vividly  the  reasoning 
process  as  well  as  the  interplay  of  business,  philosophy,  and  the  various  conceptions 
of  the  nature  of  law  which  give  direction  to  the  process.  Examination  of  contemporary 
legal  problems  and  proposed  solutions,  especially  those  most  likely  to  affect  the 
business  community,  are  also  covered. 

BMGT  481  Public  Utilities  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  203  or  205.  Using  the  regulated 
industries  as  specific  examples,  attention  is  focused  on  broad  and  general  problems  in 
such  diverse  fields  as  constitutional  law,  administrative  law,  public  administration, 
government  control  of  business,  advanced  economic  theory,  accounting,  valuation  and 
depreciation,  taxation,  finance,  engineering,  and  management. 

BMGT  482  Business  and  Government  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  203  or  205.  A  study  of 
the  role  of  government  in  modern  economic  life.  Social  control  of  business  as  a 
remedy  for  the  abuses  of  business  enterprise  arising  from  the  decline  of  competition. 
Criteria  of  limitations  on  government  regulation  of  private  enterprise. 

BMGT  485  Advanced  Production  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  385.  A  study 
of  typical  problems  encountered  by  the  factory  manager.  The  objective  is  to  develop 
the  ability  to  analyze  and  solve  problems  in  management  control  of  production  and  in 
the  formulation  of  production  policies.  Among  the  topics  covered  are  plant  location, 
production  planning  and  control,  methods  analysis,  and  time  study. 

BMGT  490  Urban  Land  Management  (3)  Covers  the  managerial  and  decision  making 
aspects  of  urban  land  and  property.  Included  are  such  subjects  as  land  use  and 
valuation  matters. 

BMGT  493  Honors  Study  (3)  First  semester  of  the  senior  year.  Prerequisite: 
candidacy  for  honors  in  business  and  management.  The  course  is  designed  for  honors 
students  who  have  elected  to  conduct  intensive  study  (independent  or  group).  The 


134     BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 


student  will  work  under  the  direct  guidance  of  a  faculty  advisor  and  the  chairman  of 
the  honors  committee.  They  shall  determine  that  the  area  of  study  is  of  a  scope  and 
intensity  deserving  of  a  candidate's  attention.  Formal  written  and/or  oral  reports  on  the 
study  may  be  required  by  the  faculty  advisor  and/or  chairman  of  the  honors  program. 
Group  meetings  of  the  candidates  may  be  called  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty 
advisors  and/or  chairman  of  the  honors  committee. 

BMGT  494  Honors  Study  (3)  Second  semester  of  the  senior  year.  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
493,  and  continued  candidacy  for  honors  in  Business  and  Management.  The  student 
shall  continue  and  complete  the  research  initiated  in  BMGT  493,  additional  reports 
may  be  required  at  the  discretion  of  the  faculty  advisor  and  honors  program  chairman. 
Group  meetings  may  be  held. 

BMGT  495  Business  Policies  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  340,  350,  364,  and  senior 
standing.  A  case  study  course  in  which  the  aim  is  to  have  the  student  apply  what  they 
have  learned  of  general  management  principles  and  their  specialized  functional 
applications  to  the  overall  management  function  in  the  enterprise. 

BMGT  496  Business  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  course  in  BMGT  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Normative  role  of  business  in  society;  consideration  of  the  sometimes 
conflicting  interests  and  claims  on  the  firm  and  its  objectives. 

BMGT  498  Special  Topics  in  Business  and  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor.  Special  topics  in  business  and  management  designed  to  meet 
the  changing  needs  and  interests  of  students  and  faculty.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  if  the  subject  matter  is  different. 

BMGT  501  Business  Functions  (4)  Intensive  review  of  marketing  and  finance 
functions  in  the  business  enterprise.  Credit  not  applicable  to  graduate  degrees. 

BMGT  505  Organizational  Behavior  and  Strategic  Management  (3)  Intensive  review 
of  organizational  behavior  theory,  and  administrative  processes  and  policy  in  the 
business  enterprise.  Credit  not  applicable  to  graduate  degrees. 

BMGT  610  Financial  Accounting  (3)  Intensive  review  of  the  technical  and  conceptual 
aspects  of  financial  accounting  and  accounting  information  systems  as  they  apply  to 
the  business  enterprise. 

BMGT  611  Managerial  Accounting  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  610.  The  use  of 
accounting  data  for  corporate  financial  planning  and  control.  Organization  for  control, 
profit  planning,  budgeting,  relevant  costing,  return  on  investment,  and  administration  of 
the  controllership  function  in  smaller  organizations. 

BMGT  620  Management  Information  Systems  (3)  The  concepts,  theory  and 
techniques  of  information  systems.  The  system  life  cycle.  The  role  of  information 
systems  in  the  management  and  control  of  the  organization.  Effectiveness  measures  of 
information  systems.  Case  studies  of  information  systems  as  developed  by  industry 
and  government.  Societal  impact. 

BMGT  630  Managerial  Statistics  (3)  Application  of  statistical  concepts  to  solution  of 
business  problems;  laboratory  use  of  computer  packages. 

BMGT  631  Operations  Research  and  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  630 
Application  of  operations  research  and  operations  management  concepts  to  solution  of 
business  problems.  Emphasis  on  integrated  approach  to  management  decision 
making. 


BMGT  —  Business  and  Management     135 


BMGT  640  Financial  Management  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  610  and  630.  The  role  of 
financial  management  in  the  firm.  Valuation  and  leverage,  capital  budgeting,  cost  of 
capital,  dividend  policy,  long-term  financing,  working  capital  management,  short-term 
financing,  intermediate-term  financing  and  leasing,  mergers  and  international  financial 
management  topics. 

BMGT  650  Marketing  Management  (3)  Analysis  of  marketing  problems  and  evaluation 
of  specific  marketing  efforts  regarding  the  organizations'  products  and  services, 
pricing  activities,  channel  selection,  and  promotion  strategies  in  both  domestic  and 
international  markets. 

BMGT  660  Management  and  Organizational  Behavior  (3)  The  influence  of  the 
behavioral  sciences  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  management.  Motivation,  leadership, 
and  international  styles  of  management. 

BMGT  661  Human  Resources  Management  (3)  The  human  resorce  function  in 
organizations.  Human  resource  planning,  procurement  and  selection,  training  and 
development,  performance  appraisal,  wage  and  salary  administration,  and  equal 
employment  opportunity. 

BMGT  670  Economic  Environment  (3)  The  macroeconomic  environment  and  its 
impact  on  the  business  enterprise.  Nature  of  economic  fluctuations,  analysis  of 
consumer  spending,  theory  and  analysis  of  investment  spending,  supply  and  demand 
for  money  and  capital,  modern  macroeconomic  theory,  international  problems, 
forecasting  and  an  analysis  of  economic  conditions. 

BMGT  671  Managerial  Economics  (3)  The  application  of  economic  theory  to  the 
business  enterprise  in  respect  to  the  determination  of  policy  and  the  handling  of 
management  problems  with  particular  reference  to  the  firm  producing  a  complex  line 
of  products,  nature  of  competition,  pricing  policy,  interrelationship  of  production  and 
marketing  problems,  basic  types  of  cost,  control  systems,  theories  of  depreciation  and 
investment  and  the  impact  of  each  upon  costs. 

BMGT  672  Physical  Distribution  Management  (3)  Managerial  practices  required  to 
fulfill  the  physical  movement  needs  of  extractive,  manufacturing,  and  merchandising 
firms.  The  total  cost  approach  to  physical  distribution.  Interrelations  among  purchased 
transport  services,  privately-supplied  transport  services,  warehousing,  inventory 
control,  materials  handling,  packaging,  and  plant  location.  The  communications 
network  to  support  physical  distribution.  The  problems  of  coordination  between  the 
physical  movement  management  function  and  other  functional  areas  within  the 
business  firm,  such  as  accounting,  finance,  marketing,  and  production. 

BMGT  680  Business  and  Public  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  670  Survey  of 
conceptual  and  legal  aspects  of  the  business-environment  relationship;  nature  of 
public  policy;  major  historic  and  current  policy  issues;  business  role  in  the  policy 
process;  developing  and  managing  corporate  social  policy  and  impact;  special 
problems  of  the  multinational  corporation. 

BMGT  690  Strategic  Management  (3)  Prerequisites:  All  other  MBA  core  courses. 
Case  studies  and  research  in  the  identification  of  management  problems,  the 
evaluation  of  alternative  solutions,  and  the  recommendation  for  management 
implementation. 

BMGT  701  Management  Analysis  and  Communication  (1)  Analysis  of  business 
problems  through  case  studies  to  generate  written  and/or  oral  reports  describing 


136     BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 


problem  definition,  alternative  solutions,  decision  criteria,  and  recommended  solutions. 

BMGT  702  Applied  Security  Analysis  and  Portfolio  Management  (3)  Prerequisites: 
BMGT  640,  BMGT  743  and  permission  of  instructor.  Applications  in  definition  of 
investment  objectives,  security  analysis,  portfolio  analysis,  portfolio  selection,  and 
portfolio  management  as  they  relate  to  the  MBA  Educational  Investment  Fund. 
Emphasis  on  analysis  and  recommendations. 

BMGT  710  Advanced  Accounting  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  610.  Contemporary 
issues  in  financial  accounting.  The  nature  of  income,  the  relationship  between  asset 
valuation  and  income  determination,  and  various  approaches  to  accounting  for 
inflation.  The  accounting  standards  setting  process.  The  measurement  and  valuation  of 
assets  (e.g.,  foreign  investments)  and  liabilities  (e.g.,  leases  and  pensions). 

BMGT  711  Advanced  Managerial  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite:  First  year  MBA 
courses.  Study  of  advanced  topics  such  as  residual  income,  transfer  pricing, 
information  inductance,  break-even  analysis  under  uncertainty,  statistical  significance 
of  standard  cost  variance,  cost  analysis  and  pricing  decisions,  distribution  cost 
accounting,  accounting  data  and  managerial  incentive  contracts,  and  decision  support 
systems  for  capital  budgeting. 

BMGT  712  Accounting  in  Regulated  Industries  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  611  Study  of 
the  unique  accounting  problems  of  industrital  regulation  by  governmental  agencies. 

BMGT  713  The  Impact  of  Taxation  On  Business  Decisions  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
61 1 .  The  impact  of  tax  law  and  regulations  on  alternative  strategies  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  large,  multidivisional  firm.  Problems  of  acquisitions,  mergers,  spinoffs, 
and  other  divestures  from  the  viewpoint  of  profit  planning,  cash  flow,  and  tax 
deferment. 

BMGT  715  International  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  611.  International 
accounting,  its  problems  and  organization  with  the  study  of  the  issues  involved; 
international  standards  of  accounting  and  auditing;  national  differences  in  accounting 
thought  and  practice. 

BMGT  721  File  Processing  and  Database  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Concepts  and  techniques  for  structuring  data  on  secondary  storage 
devices.  Experience  in  the  use  of  these  techniques.  The  basic  data  structures 
necessary  for  these  techniques.  Typical  file  processing  applications. 

BMGT  723  Database  Technology  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  620  or  permission  of 
instructor.  The  concepts,  theory  and  models  of  data,  its  structure,  manipulation,  and 
storage.  The  various  architectures  of  data  management  systems.  Evaluation  and 
selection  of  database  systems. 

BMGT  724  Economics  of  Information  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  620  or  BMGT 
721.  Methods  for  the  economic  construction  and  operation  of  computer  systems. 
Techniques  for  sizing  and  costing  system  components  and  for  optimizing  system 
design.  Methods  for  efficient  utilization  of  computer  resources  with  particular 
consideration  of  relavent  economic  topics  such  as  transfer  pricing,  joint  costs,  peak 
load  pricing  problems  and  public  goods  problems. 

BMGT  725  Information  Systems  Analysis  and  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  620  or 
BMGT  721 .  Introduction  to  practical  techniques  for  information  systems  and  design. 
Design    requirements   for    information    processing    systems.    Models    and    tools   for 


BMGT  —  Business  and  Management     137 


requirement  analysis.  Case  studies  for  real  world  systems  and  applications. 

BMGT  726  Distributed  Data  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  620  or  BMGT  721. 
Introduction  to  distributed  data  processing  concepts.  The  building  blocks  of  distributed 
systems:  computers,  terminals,  and  communications;  the  interface  and  protocols  that 
allow  them  to  function  as  an  integrated  system.  Major  categories  of  distributed 
systems;  resource-sharing  networks,  multiple-processor  networks,  and  tightly  coupled 
multiprocessors. 

BMGT  727  Security  and  Control  of  Information  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  620 
or  BMGT  721.  The  information  control  risks  faced  by  corporations.  Techniques  for 
enhancing  the  security  and  integrity  of  corporate  information  resources.  The  auditing 
and  control  procedures  for  corporate  information  systems.  Real-world  case  studies. 

BMGT  73C  Bayesian  Statistics  and  Decision  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  630 
Concepts  and  methods  of  Bayesian  statistical  decision  theory  with  application  to 
business  problems. 

BMGT  731  Theory  of  Survey  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  630.  The  usefulness  of 
statistical  principles  in  survey  design.  The  nature  of  statistical  estimation,  the 
differential  attributes  of  different  estimators,  the  merits  and  weaknesses  of  available 
sampling  methods  and  designs,  the  distinctive  aspects  of  simple  random  samples, 
stratified  random  samples,  and  cluster  samples,  ratio  estimates  and  the  problems 
posed  by  biases  and  non-sampling  errors. 

BMGT  733  Developments  and  Trends  in  Production  Management  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  631.  Case  studies  of  production  problems  in  a  number  of  industries.  Decisions 
concerning  operating  programs  and  manufacturing  policies  at  the  top  level  of 
manufacturing.  Basic  concepts  of  process  and  product  technology,  taking  into 
consideration  the  scale,  operating  range,  capital  cost,  method  of  control,  and  degree 
of  mechanization  at  each  successive  stage  in  the  manufacturing  process. 

BMGT  735  Application  of  Management  Science  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  631. 
Selected  topics  and  case  studies  in  the  application  of  management  science  to 
decision  making  in  various  functional  fields. 

BMGT  736  Philosophy  and  Practice  of  Management  Science  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
630  and  632.  Critical  examination  of  the  philosophy  underlining  the  techniques  and 
methodology  of  management  science  from  a  systems  analysis  point  of  view. 

BMGT  737  Management  Simulation  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  631.  Methodology  of 
systems  simulation,  Monte  Carlo  simulation,  and  discrete  simulation.  Verification  and 
validation  of  simulation  models  with  computer  applications. 

BMGT  741  Advanced  Financial  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  640.  Concepts 
underlying  financial  decision  making  in  the  firm.  Case  studies,  model  building  and 
applications  in  financial  theory  and  management. 

BMGT  742  Financial  Planning  and  Strategy  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  640  Integration 
and  extension  of  financial  theory  to  financial  planning  and  strategy.  Financial  decision 
making  through  case  analysis  and  financial  planning  models. 

BMGT  743  Investment  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  640.  Methods  of  security 
selection  and  portfolio  management  in  the  debt  and  equity  markets.  Investment 
alternatives,  securities  markets,  bond  and  common  stock  valuation,  options,  portfolio 
theory,  and  behavior  of  stock  prices. 


138     BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 


BMGT  744  Futures  Contracts  and  Options  Management  (3)  Prerequisites  BMGT 
640  and  BMGT  743.  The  institutional  features  and  economic  rationale  underlying 
markets  in  futures  and  options.  Hedging,  speculation  ,  structure  of  futures  prices, 
interest  rate  futures,  efficiency  in  futures  markets,  and  stock  and  commodity  options. 
Current  journal  literature. 

BMGT  745  Financial  Institutions  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  640.  The  role 
of  financial  management  in  financial  institutions.  The  economic  role  and  regulation  of 
financial  institutions,  analysis  of  risks  and  returns  on  financial  assets  and  liabilities,  and 
the  structure  of  assets,  liabilities  and  capital. 

BMGT  746  International  Financial  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  640  The  role 
of  financial  management  in  the  multinational  firm.  The  financing  and  managing  of 
foreign  investments,  assets,  currencies,  imports  and  exports.  National  and  international 
financial  institutions  and  markets. 

BMGT  747  Risk  Management  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  640.  Strategies  for  pure  risk 
management,  including  property,  personnel,  and  liablility  exposures.  Quantitative 
decision-making  techniques  applied  to  self-insurance,  insurance,  and  noninsurance 
transfers  in  organizations. 

BMGT  751  Marketing  Communications  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  650 
The  role  of  advertising,  promotion,  public  relations  and  related  efforts  in  the 
accomplishment  of  a  firm's  total  marketing  objectives.  The  development  of 
competence  in  the  formulation  of  mass  communications,  objectives  in  budget 
optimization,  media  appraisal,  theme  selection,  program  implementation  and 
management,  and  results  measurement. 

BMGT  752  Marketing  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisites:  BMGT  630  and  650.  The 
process  of  acquiring,  classifying  and  interpreting  primary  and  secondary  marketing 
data  needed  for  intelligent,  profitable  marketing  decisions.  Evaluation  of  the 
appropriateness  of  alternative  methodologies  such  as  the  inductive,  deductive,  survey, 
observational,  and  experimental.  Recent  developments  in  the  systematic  recording 
and  use  of  internal  and  external  data  needed  for  marketing  decisions. 

BMGT  753  International  Marketing  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  650.  Environmental, 
organizational,  and  financial  aspects  of  international  marketing  as  well  as  problems  of 
marketing  research,  pricing,  channels  of  distribution,  product  policy,  and 
communications  which  face  U.S.  firms  trading  with  foreign  firms  or  which  face  foreign 
firms  in  their  operations. 

BMGT  754  Buyer  Behavior  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  650.  A  systematic 
examination  and  evaluation  of  the  literature,  research  tradition  and  theory  of  buyer 
behavior  in  the  market  place  from  a  fundamental  and  applied  perspective.  The 
cognitive  and  behavioral  bases  underlying  the  buying  process  of  individuals  and 
institutions. 

BMGT  761  Problems  and  Applications  in  Personnel  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite 
BMGT  661.  Applications  in  the  design,  implementation,  and  evaluation  of  human 
resource  management  programs.  Experiential  learning  activities  and  simulations. 

BMGT  762  Problems  and  Issues  in  Collective  Bargaining  (3)  Current  problems  and 
issues  in  collective  bargaining,  including  methods  of  handling  industrial  disputes,  legal 
restrictions  on  various  collective  bargaining  activities,  theory  and  philosophy  of 
collective  bargaining,  and  internal  union  problems. 


BMGT  —  Business  and  Management     139 


BMGT  763  Administration  of  Labor  Relations  (3)  Analysis  of  labor  relations  at  the 
plant  level  with  emphasis  on  the  negotiation  and  administration  of  labor  contracts. 
Union  policy  and  influence  on  personnel  management  activities. 

BMGT  765  Application  of  Behaviorial  Science  to  Business  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT 
660.  Case  analysis  of  behavioral  knowledge  applied  to  management  problems. 
Analysis  of  modes  for  introducing  change,  group  versus  organizational  goals, 
organizational  barriers  to  personal  growth,  the  effect  of  authority  systems  on  behavior, 
and  the  relationship  between  technology  and  social  structure. 

BMGT  766  Management  Planning  and  Control  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  660 
Analysis  of  planning  and  control  systems  as  they  relate  to  the  fulfillment  of 
organizational  objectives.  Identification  of  organizational  objectives,  responsibility 
centers,  information  needs,  and  information  networks.  Case  studies  of  integrated 
planning  and  control  systems. 

BMGT  770  Transportation  Theory  and  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  672  The 
transportation  system  and  its  components.  The  development  and  present  form  of 
transportation  in  both  the  United  States  and  other  countries.  Theoretical  concepts 
employed  in  the  analysis  of  transport  problems. 

BMGT  771  Transportation  and  Public  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  672  The  nature 
and  consequences  of  relations  between  governments  and  agencies  thereof,  carriers  in 
the  various  modes,  and  users  of  transport.  The  control  of  transport  firms  by  regulatory 
bodies,  taxation  of  carriers,  methods  employed  in  the  allocation  of  funds  to  the 
construction,  operation,  and  maintenance  of  publicly-provided  transport  facilities,  and 
the  direct  subsidization  of  services  supplied  by  privately-owned  entities.  Labor  and 
safety.  Comparative  international  transport  policies  and  problems. 

BMGT  773  Transportation  Strategies  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  672.  Organization 
structure,  policies,  and  procedures  employed  in  the  administration  of  inter-  and 
intraurban  transport  firms.  Managerial  development,  operational  and  financial  planning 
and  control,  demand  analysis,  pricing,  promotional  policies,  intra-  and  intermodal 
competitive  and  complementary  relationships,  and  methods  for  accommodating  public 
policies  designed  to  delimit  the  managerial  discretion  of  carrier  executives. 
Administrative  problems  peculiar  to  publicly-owned  and  operated  transport  entities. 

BMGT  777  Policy  Issues  in  Public  Utilities:  Energy  and  the  Environment  (3) 

Prerequisite:  BMGT  671 .  Current  developments  in  regulatory  policy  and  issues  arising 
among  public  utilities,  regulatory  agencies,  and  the  general  public.  Emphasis  on  the 
electric,  gas,  water,  and  communications  industries  in  both  the  public  and  private 
sectors  of  the  economy.  Changing  and  emerging  problems  such  as  cost  analysis, 
depreciation,  finance,  taxes,  rate  of  return,  the  rate  base,  differential  rate-making,  and 
labor.  The  growing  importance  of  technological  developments  and  their  impact  on 
state  and  federal  regulatory  agencies. 

BMGT  791  MBA  Field  Project  (3)  Permission  of  director  of  MBA  program.  Experiental 
research  project  in  the  identification  of  management  problems,  the  evaluation  of 
alternative  solutions,  and  the  recommendation  for  management. 

BMGT  794  The  Environment  of  International  Business  (3)  The  international  business 
environment  as  it  affects  company  policy  and  procedures.  In-depth  analysis  and 
comprehensive  case  studies  of  the  business  functions  undertaken  in  international 
operations. 


140     BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 


BMGT  795  Management  of  the  Multinational  Firm  (3)  The  problems  and  policies  of 
international  business  enterprise  at  the  management  level.  Management  of  a 
multinational  enterprise  as  well  as  management  within  foreign  units.  The  multinational 
firm  as  a  socio-econometric  institution.  Cases  in  comparative  management. 

BMGT  798  Special  Topics  in  Business  and  Management  (3)  Selected  advanced 
topics  in  the  various  fields  of  graduate  study  in  business  and  management.  With 
permission  of  the  college  program  director,  may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  provided  the  content  is  different. 

BMGT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

BMGT  808  Doctoral  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission  to  the  D.B.A.  Program  or 
approval  of  the  college  director  of  graduate  studies.  Selected  advanced  topics  in  the 
various  fields  of  doctoral  study  in  business  and  management.  With  permission  of  the 
college  director  of  graduate  studies,  may  be  repeated  provided  the  content  is 
different. 

BMGT  811  Seminar  in  Accounting  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite  -  BMGT  710  or  equivalent. 
Seminar  in  the  continuing  development  of  the  fundamental  theoretical  framework  of 
accounting. 

BMGT  814  Current  Problems  of  Professional  Practice  (3)  Generally  accepted 
auditing  standards,  auditing  practices,  legal  and  ethical  responsibilities,  and  the 
accounting  and  reporting  requirements  of  the  securities  and  exchange  commission. 

BMGT  821  Seminar  in  Management  Accounting  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  720  or 
equivalent.  Seminar  in  the  management  and  controllership  aspects  of  accounting  in 
large  business  organizations. 

BMGT  823  Data  Base  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  721 .  The  problem  of  data  base 
design  in  the  development  of  information  systems.  An  integrated  database  design 
methodology.  Techniques  for  different  phases  of  database  design.  Computer-aided 
tools  for  data  base  design. 

BMGT  824  Database  Systems  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  721  The 
important  design  issues  in  the  software  architecture  of  a  database  management 
system.  Group  projects  for  the  purpose  of  designing  and  implementing  subsystems  of 
a  simple  relational  database  system.  Database  types  and  applications. 

BMGT  828  Independent  Study  in  Business  and  Management  (1-9) 

BMGT  830  Operations  Research:  Linear  Programming  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240 
or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Concepts  and  applications  of  linear 
programming  models,  theoretical  development  of  the  simplex  algorithm,  and 
primal-dual  problems  and  theory. 

BMGT  831  Operations  Research:  Extension  of  Linear  Programming  and  Network 
Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  830  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Concepts  and  applications  of  network  and  graph  theory  in  linear  models  with 
emphasis  on  computional  algorithms. 

BMGT  832  Operations  Research:  Optimization  and  Nonlinear  Programming  (3) 

Prerequisites:  BMGT  830  and  MATH  241  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Theory  and  applications  of  algorithmic  approaches  to  solving  unconstrained  and 
constrained  non-linear  optimization  problems.  The  Kuhn  Tucker  conditions,  Lagrangian 
and  Duality  Theory,  types  of  convexity,  and  convergence  criteria.  Feasible  direction 


BMGT  —  Business  and  Management     141 


procedures,  penalty  and  barrier  techniques,  and  cutting  plane  procedures. 

BMGT  833  Operations  Research:  Integer  Programming  (3)  Prerequisite  BMGT  830 
and  MATH  241  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Theory,  applications,  and 
computational  methods  of  interger  optimization.  Zero-one  implicit  enumeration,  branch 
and  bound  methods,  and  cutting  plane  methods. 

BMGT  834  Operations  Research:  Probabilistic  Models  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  241 
and  STAT  400  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Theoretical  foundations  for  the 
construction,  optimization,  and  applications  of  probabilistic  models.  Queuing  theory, 
inventory  theory,  markov  processes,  renewal  theory,  and  stochastic  linear 
programming. 

BMGT  835  Simulation  and  Design  of  Experiments  (3)  Prerequisites:  knowledge  of 
fortran  programming,  BMGT  732  AND  734  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor 
Statistical  design  and  analysis  of  simulation  experiments. 

BMGT  840  Seminar  in  Financial  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Seminar  in  selected  classic  and  current  theoretical  and  empirical  research  in  the 
foundations  of  finance. 

BMGT  841  Seminar  in  Corporate  Finance  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Seminar  in  selected  classic  and  current  theoretical  and  empirical  research  in  corporate 
finance. 

BMGT  843  Seminar  in  Portfolio  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Seminar  in  selected  classic  and  current  theoretical  and  empirical  research  in  portfolio 
theory. 

BMGT  845  Seminar  in  Financial  Institutions  and  Markets  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  instructor.  Seminar  in  selected  classic  and  current  theoretical  and 
empirical  research  in  financial  institutions  and  markets. 

BMGT  850  Marketing  Channels  Analysis  (3)  Focuses  on  the  fundamentals  explain 
alternate  channels  of  distribution  and  the  roles  played  by  various  intermediaries,  the 
evolution  of  business  structures  in  marketing,  reasons  for  change,  and  projected 
marketing  patterns  for  the  future.  M.B.A.  Candidates  may  register  with  permission  of 
instructor. 

BMGT  851   Quantitative  Methods  in  Marketing:  Demand  and  Cost  Analysis  (3) 

Consideration  is  given  to  quantitative  methods  in  the  analysis  and  prediction  of  market 
demand  and  marketing  costs.  Topics  in  connection  with  demand  include  market 
potentials,  sales  forecasting,  consumer  analysis,  promotional  and  pricing  results,  and 
the  like.  Cost  analysis  focuses  on  allocation  of  costs  by  marketing  functions,  products, 
territories,  customers  and  marketing  personnel.  Statistical  techniques,  mathematics, 
models  and  other  methods  are  utilized  in  the  solution  of  marketing  problems.  M.B.A. 
Candidates  may  register  with  permission  of  instructor. 

BMGT  852  Theory  in  Marketing  (3)  An  inquiry  into  the  problems  and  elements  of 
theory  development  in  general  with  specific  reference  to  the  field  of  marketing.  A 
critical  analysis  and  evaluation  of  past  and  contemporary  efforts  to  formulate  theories 
of  marketing  and  to  integrate  theories  from  the  social  sciences  into  a  marketing 
framework.  Attention  is  given  to  the  development  of  concepts  in  all  areas  of  marketing 
thought  and  to  their  potential  application  in  the  business  firm. 

BMGT  860  Seminar  in  Human  Resource  Planning  and  Selection  (3)  Prerequisite: 


142     BMGT  —  Business  and  Management 


BMGT  760  or  permission  of  instructor.  Seminar  in  selected  theoretical  and  empirical 
literature  in  human  resource  planning,  forecasting,  and  staffing. 

BMGT  861  Seminar  in  Performance  Appraisal  and  Training  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
760  or  permission  of  instructor.  Seminar  in  selected  theoretical  and  empirical  literature 
in  performance  appraisal  and  training. 

BMGT  862  Seminar  in  Compensation  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  760  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Seminar  in  selected  theoretical  and  empirical  literature  in  the 
compensation  of  human  resources. 

BMGT  863  Seminar:  the  Organization  and  the  Individual  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  764 
or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Seminar  in  the  literature  on  the  relationship 
between  individual  and  organizational  characteristics. 

BMGT  864  Seminar  in  Interpersonal  Relations  and  the  Group  Process  in 
Organizatio  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  764  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Emphasis  on  the  literature  of  small  group  behavior  among  industrial  work  groups, 
white-collar  work  groups,  professional  staff,  and  managerial  units. 

BMGT  865  Seminar  in  Comparative  Theories  of  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite: 
BMGT  764  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  the  inerdisciplinary 
literature  on  classical  management,  systems,  and  contingency  theories  of  organization. 

BMGT  866  Seminar  in  Organizational  Conflict  and  Change  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT 
764  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  the  introduction  of  planned 
and  systematic  changes  in  small  work  groups,  organizational  subsystems,  and  the 
entire  or  organization  through  the  use  of  behavioral  science  techniques. 

BMGT  872  Business  Logistics  (3)  Concentrates  on  the  design  and  application  of 
methods  for  the  solution  of  advanced  physical  movement  problems  of  business  firms. 
Provides  thorough  coverage  of  a  variety  of  analytical  techniques  relevant  to  the 
solution  of  these  problems.  Where  appropriate,  experience  will  be  provided  in  the 
utilization  of  computers  to  assist  in  managerial  logistical  decision-making. 

BMGT  873  Transportation  Science  (3)  Focuses  on  the  application  of  quantitative  and 
qualitative  techniques  of  analysis  to  managerial  problems  drawn  from  firms  in  each  of 
the  various  modes  of  transport.  Included  is  the  application  of  simulation  to  areas  such 
as  the  control  of  equipment  selection  and  terminal  and  line  operations.  The  application 
of  advanced  analytical  techniques  to  problems  involving  resource  use  efficiency  within 
the  transportation  industry  and  between  transportation  and  other  sectors  of  the 
economy  is  an  integral  part  of  the  course. 

BMGT  880  Business  Research  Methodology  (3)  Covers  the  nature,  scope,  and 
application  of  research  methodology.  The  identification  and  formulation  of  research 
designs  applicable  to  business  and  related  fields.  Required  of  D.B.A.  Students. 

BMGT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


ENCH  —  Engineering,  Chemical     143 


Chemical  Engineering  Program 

Professor  and  Department  Chair:  Cadman 

Professors:  Beckmann,  Birkner2,  Gentry,  McAvoy,  Regan,  Schroeder1,  Smith 

Associate  Professor:  Gasner 

Assistant  Professors:  Calabrese,  Choi,  Davison,  Hong 

1  part-time 

2joint  appointment  with  Civil  Engineering 

An   individual   plan   of  graduate   study  compatible  with  the   student's   interest   and 

background  is  established  between  the  student,  an  advisor,  and  the  Department  Chair. 

The  general  chemical  engineering  program  is  focused  on  four  major  areas;  applied 

polymer     science,     biochemical     engineering,     environmental     and     energy-related 

engineering,  and  process  and  analysis  simulation. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  are  open  to  qualified  students 
holding  the  B.S.  degree.  Admission  may  be  granted  to  students  with  degrees  in  any 
of  the  engineering  and  science  areas  from  accredited  programs.  In  some  cases  it  may 
be  necessary  to  require  courses  to  fulfill  the  background.  The  general  regulations  of 
the  Graduate  School  apply  in  reviewing  applications. 

The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree  has  the  choice  of  following  a  plan  of  study  with 
or  without  thesis.  The  equivalent  of  at  least  three  years  of  full-time  study  beyond  the 
B.S.  degree  is  required  for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  All  students  seeking  graduate  degrees 
in  Chemical  Engineering  must  enroll  in  ENCH  610,  620,  630,  and  640.  In  addition  to 
the  general  rules  of  the  Graduate  School  certain  special  degree  requirements  are  set 
forth  by  the  Department  in  its  departmental  publications. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

A  number  of  special  facilities  are  available  for  graduate  study  and  research  and  are 
coordinated  through  the  Laboratory  for  Radiation  and  Polymer  Science,  the  Laboratory 
for  Process  Analysis  and  Simulation,  the  Laboratory  for  Biochemical  Engineering  and 
Environmental  Studies,  and  the  Nuclear  Reactor  Facility.  These  laboratories  contain 
analog  and  digital  process  control  computers,  a  gamma  radiation  facility,  an  electron 
accelerator,  an  electron  paramagnetic  resonance  spectrometer,  crystal  growth  and 
mechanical  testing  equipment,  and  X-ray  units. 

Courses 

ENCH  —  Engineering,  Chemical 

ENCH  425  Transport  Processes  II:  Heat  Transfer  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  246.  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  ENCH  280.  Steady  and  unsteady  state  conduction,  convective  heat 
transfer,  radiation,  design  of  condensers,  heat  exchangers,  evaporators,  and  other 
types  of  heat  transfer  equipment. 

ENCH  427  Transport  Processes  III:  Mass  Transfer  (3)  Prerequisite:   ENCH  425 
Steady  and  unsteady  state  molecular  diffusion,  inter-phase  transfer,  simultaneous  heat 
and  mass  transfer,  boundary  layer  theory,  mass  transfer  and  chemical  reaction.  Design 
applications  in  humidification,  gas  absorption,  distillation,  extraction,  adsorption  and 
ion  exchange. 


144     ENCH  —  Engineering,  Chemical 


ENCH  437  Chemical  Engineering  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisites  ENCH  427.  ENCH 
440,  ENCH  442.  Application  of  chemical  engineering  process  and  unit  operation 
principles  in  small  scale  semi-commercial  equipment.  Data  from  experimental 
observations  are  used  to  evaluate  performance  and  efficiency  of  operations. 
Emphasis  on  correct  presentation  of  results  in  report  form. 

ENCH  440  Chemical  Engineering  Kinetics  (3)  Prerequisites  ENCH  300,  ENCH  325, 
CHEM  481.  Fundamental  of  chemical  reaction  kinetics  and  their  application  to  the 
design  and  operation  of  chemical  reactors.  Reaction  rate  theory,  homogeneous 
reactions  and  catalysis  electrochemical  reactions.  Catalytic  reactor  design. 

ENCH  442  Chemical  Engineering  Systems  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCH  300, 
ENCH  425.  Dynamic  response  applied  to  process  systems.  Goals  and  modes  of 
control,  Laplace  transformations,  analysis  and  synthesis  of  simple  control  systems, 
closed  loop  response,  dynamic  testing. 

ENCH  444  Process  Engineering  Economics  and  Design  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCH 
427,  ENCH  440,  ENCH  442.  Principles  of  chemical  engineering  economics  and 
process  design.  Emphasis  on  equipment  types,  equipment  design  principles,  capital 
cost  estimation,  operating  costs,  and  profitability. 

ENCH  445  Process  Engineering  and  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  427.  Utilization 
of  chemical  engineering  principles  for  the  design  of  process  equipment.  Typical 
problems  in  the  design  of  chemical  plants.  Comprehensive  reports  are  required. 

ENCH  446  Process  Engineering  Economics  and  Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH 
444.  Application  of  chemical  engineering  principles  for  the  design  of  chemical 
processing  equipment.  Typical  problems  in  the  design  of  chemical  plants.  Not  open 
to  students  who  already  have  credit  for  ENCH  445. 

ENCH  450  Chemical  Process  Development  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  427  Chemical 
process  industries  from  the  the  standpoint  of  technology,  raw  materials,  products  and 
processing  equipment.  Operations  of  major  chemical  processes  and  industries 
combined  with  quantitative  analysis  of  process  requirements  and  yields. 

ENCH  452  Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  427. 
Application  of  digital  and  analog  computers  to  chemical  engineering  problems. 
Numerical  methods,  programming,  differential  equations,  curve  fitting,  amplifiers  and 
analog  circuits. 

ENCH  453  Applied  Mathematics  in  Chemical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH 
427.  Mathematical  techniques  applied  to  the  analysis  and  solution  of  chemical 
engineering  problems.  Use  of  differentiation,  integration,  differential  equations,  partial 
differential  equations  and  integral  transforms.  Application  of  infinite  series,  numerical 
and  statistical  methods. 

ENCH  454  Chemical  Process  Analysis  and  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCH 
427,  440.  Applications  of  mathematical  models  to  the  analysis  and  optimization  of 
chemical  processes.  Models  based  on  transport,  chemical  kinetics  and  other  chemical 
engineering  principles  will  be  employed.  '  Emphasis  on  evaluation  of  process 
alternatives. 

ENCH  455  Chemical  Process  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  427  and  440.  One 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Experimental  study  of  various  chemical 
processes  through  laboratory  and  small  semi-commercial  scale  equipment.    Reaction 


ENCH  —  Engineering,  Chemical     145 


kinetics,  fluid  mechanics,  heat  and  mass  transfer. 

ENCH  461  Control  of  Air  Pollution  Sources  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in 
engineering  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theory  and  application  of  methods  for  the  control 
and  removal  of  airborne  materials.  Principles  of  design  and  performance  of  air  quality 
control  equipment. 

ENCH  468  Research  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor.  Investigation  of  a 
research  project  under  the  direction  of  a  faculty  member.  Comprehensive  reports  are 
required.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ENCH  475  Electrochemical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  425.  Fundamentals 
of  electrochemistry  with  application  to  engineering  and  commercial  processes. 
Equilibrium  potentials,  reaction  mechanisms,  cell  kinetics,  polarization,  surface 
phenomena.  Electrorefining,  electrowinning,  oxidation  and  reduction,  solid,  liquid  and 
gas  systems.  Aspects  of  design  and  performance  of  electroprocess  plants. 

ENCH  480  Engineering  Analysis  of  Physiological  Systems  (3)  Engineering 
description  and  analysis  of  physiological  systems.  Survey  of  bioengineering  literature 
and  an  introduction  to  mathematical  modeling  of  physiological  systems. 

ENCH  482  Biochemical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in  engineering 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  biochemical  and  microbiological  applications 
to  commerical  and  engineering  processes,  including  industrial  fermentation, 
enzymology,  ultrafiltration,  food  and  pharmaceutical  processing  and  resulting  waste 
treatment.  Enzyme  kinetics,  cell  growth,  energetics  and  mass  transfer. 

ENCH  485  Biochemical  Engineering  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite  or  co-requisite: 
ENCH  482.  Techniques  of  measuring  pertinent  parameters  in  fermentation  reactors, 
quantification  of  production  variables  for  primary  and  secondary  metabolites  such  as 
enzymes  and  antibiotics,  the  insolublization  of  enzymes  for  reactors,  and  the 
demonstration  of  separation  techniques  such  as  ultrafiltration  and  affinity 
chromatography. 

ENCH  490  Introduction  to  Polymer  Science  (3)  Prerequisite  ENCH  425  The 
elements  of  the  chemistry,  physics,  processing  methods,  and  engineering  applications 
of  polymers. 

ENCH  492  Applied  Physical  Chemistry  of  Polymers  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  481 
Corequisite:  CHEM  482  or  consent  of  instructor.  Kinetics  of  formation  of  high  polymers, 
determination  of  molecular  weight  and  structure,  and  applied  thermodynamics  and 
phase  equilibria  of  polymer  solutions. 

ENCH  494  Polymer  Technology  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  490  or  492  One 

lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Measurement  of  mechanical,  electrical, 
optical,  thermal  properties  of  polymers,  measurement  of  molecular  weight  by 
viscosimetry  isometric  and  light  scattering  methods.  Application  of  X-ray,  NMR,  ESR, 
spectroscopy  molecular  relaxation,  microscopy  and  electron  microscopy  to  the 
determination  of  polymer  structure,  effects  of  ultraviolet  light  and  high  energy  radiation. 

ENCH  495  Rheology  of  Polymer  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite  -  ENCH  490  or  492 
Mechanical  behavior  with  emphasis  on  the  continuum  point  of  view  and  its  relationship 
to  structural  types.  Elasticity,  viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and  plasticity  of  single  phase 
and  multiphase  materials.  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENCH  495  may  not  take  ENMA 
495  for  credit. 


146     ENCH  —  Engineering,  Chemical 


ENCH  496  Processing  of  Polymer  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  490  or  492.  A 
comprehensive  analysis  of  the  operations  carried  out  on  polymeric  materials  to 
increase  their  utility.  Conversion  operations  such  as  molding  extrusion,  blending,  film 
forming,  and  calendering.  Development  of  engineering  skills  required  to  practice  in  the 
high  polymer  industry.  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENCH  496  may  not  take  ENMA 
496  for  credit. 

ENCH  609  Graduate  Seminar  (1) 

ENCH  610  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics  (3)  First  semester  Advanced 
application  of  the  general  thermodynamic  methods  to  chemical  engineering  problems. 
First  and  second  law  consequences;  estimation  and  correlation  of  thermodynamic 
properties;  phase  and  chemical  reaction  equilibria. 

ENCH  620  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis  (3)  First  semester,  application  of 
selected  mathematical  techniques  to  the  analysis  and  solution  of  engineering 
problems;  included  are  the  applications  of  matrices,  vectors,  tensors,  differential 
equations,  integral  transforms,  and  probability  methods  to  such  problems  as  unsteady 
heat  transfer,  transient  phenomena  in  mass  transfer  operations,  stagewise  processes, 
chemical  reactors,  process  control,  and  nuclear  reactor  physics. 

ENCH  630  Transport  Phenomena  (3)  First  semester.  Heat,  mass  and  momentum 
transfer  theory  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  basic  transport  equations.  Steady  and 
unsteady  state;  laminar  and  turbulent  flow;  boundary  layer  theory,  mechanics  of 
turbulent  transport;  with  specific  application  to  complex  chemical  engineering 
situations. 

ENCH  640  Advanced  Chemical  Reaction  Kinetics  (3)  Second  semester.  The  theory 
and  application  of  chemical  reaction  kinetics  to  reactor  design.  Reaction  rate  theory; 
homogeneous  batch  and  flow  reactors;  fundamentals  of  catalysis;  design  of 
heterogeneous  flow  reactors. 

ENCH  648  Special  Problems  in  Chemical  Engineering  (1-16) 

ENCH  655  Radiation  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  such  radiation  applications  as  synthesizing  chemicals,  preserving  foods, 
control  of  industrial  processes.  Design  of  irradiation  installations,  e.G.,  Cobalt  60 
Gamma  ray  sources,  electronuclear  machine  arrangement,  and  chemical  reactors. 

ENCH  656  Radiation  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  such  radiation  applications  as  synthesizing  chemicals,  preserving  foods, 
control  of  industrial  processes.  Design  of  irradiation  installations,  e.g.,  Cobalt  60 
Gamma  ray  sources,  electronuclear  machine  arrangement,  and  chemical  reactors. 

ENCH  667  Radiation  Effects  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 
Effect  of  massive  doses  of  radiation  on  the  properties  of  matter  for  purposes  other  than 
those  pointed  toward  nuclear  power.  Radiation  processing,  radiation-induced  chemical 
reactions,  and  conversion  of  radiation  energy;  isotope  power  sources. 

ENCH  670  Rheology  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENMA  650 
Mechanical  behavior  with  emphasis  on  the  continuum  point  of  view  and  its  relationship 
to  structural  types.  Elasticity,  viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and  plasticity  in  single  phase 
and  multiphase  materials. 

ENCH  720  Process  Analysis  and  Simulation  (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite: 
ENCH  630.  Development  of  mathematical  models  of  chemical  processes  based  on 


ENCH  —  Engineering,  Chemical     147 


transport  phenomena,  chemical  kinetics,  and  other  chemical  engineering  methods. 
Emphasis  on  principles  of  model  building  and  simulation  utilizing  mathematical 
solutions  and  computer  methods. 

ENCH  723  Process  Engineering  and  Design  (3)  First  and  second  semesters 
Coordination  of  chemical  engineering  and  economics  to  advanced  process 
engineering  and  design.  Optimization  of  investment  and  operating  costs.  Solution  of 
typical  problems  encountered  in  the  design  of  chemical  engineering  plants. 

ENCH  730  Complex  Equilibrium  Stage  Processes  (3)  Second  semester  The  theory 
and  application  of  complex  equilibrium  stages.  Binary  and  multicomponent  absorption; 
extraction;  fiquefaction. 

ENCH  735  Chemical  Process  Dynamics  (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisites:  Differential 
equations  or  consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  open  and  closed  control  loops  and  their 
elements;  dynamic  response  of  processes;  choice  of  variables  and  linkages;  dynamic 
testing  and  synthesis;  noise  and  drift;  chemical  process  systems  analysis;  strategies 
for  optimum  operation. 

ENCH  737  Chemical  Process  Optimization  (3)  Second  semester  Techniques  of 
modern  optimization  theory  as  applied  to  chemical  engineering  problems.  Optimization 
of  single  and  multivariable  systems  with  and  without  constraints.  Application  of  partial 
optimization  techniques  to  complex  chemical  engineering  processes. 

ENCH  761  Enzyme  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  640.  Enzyme  science  and 
kinetics;  principles  of  enzyme  insolublization  and  denaturation  with  application  to 
design,  operation  and  modeling  of  enzyme  reactors.  The  relationship  between  mass 
transfer  and  apparent  kinetics  in  enzyme  systems;  and  techniques  of  separation  and 
purification  of  enzymes. 

ENCH  762  Advanced  Biochemical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  482  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  to  include  use  of  a  digital  computer  for 
mathematical  modeling  of  the  dynamics  of  biological  systems;  separation  techniques 
for  heat  sensitive  biologically  active  materials;  and  transport  phenomena  in  biological 
systems. 

ENCH  763  Engineering  of  Artificial  Organs  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  480  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Design  concepts  and  engineering  analysis  of  devices  to  supplement  or 
replace  natural  functions;  artificial  kidney;  heart  assistor;  membrane  oxygenator; 
materials  problems,  physiological  considerations. 

ENCH  784  Polymer  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  490  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Application  and  correlation  of  mechanical  and  dielectric  relaxation,  NMR,  electron 
microscopy,  X-ray  diffraction,  diffusion  and  electrical  properties  to  the  mechanical 
properties  and  structure  of  polymers  in  the  solid  state. 

ENCH  786  Polymer  Processing  and  Applications  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCH  490  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Application  of  theoretical  knowledge  of  polymers  to  industrial 
processes.  An  analysis  of  polymerization,  stabilization,  electrical,  rheological,  thermal, 
mechanical  and  optical  properties  and  their  influence  on  processing  conditions  and 
end  use  applications. 

ENCH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENCH  818  Advanced  Topics  in  Thermodynamics  (3)  Second  semester  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  604. 


148     Chemical  Physics  Program 


ENCH  828  Advanced  Topics  in  Chemical  Reaction  Systems  (3)  First  semester. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  ENCH  640. 

ENCH  838  Advanced  Topics  in  Transfer  Theory  (3)  First  semester    Offered   in 
alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  ENCH  720. 

ENCH  848  Advanced  Topics  in  Separation  Processes  (3)  Second  semester.  Offered 
in  alternate  years. 

ENCH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Chemical  Physics  Program 

Director:  Sengers 

Associate  Director:  Alexander 

(CHEM)  Professors:  Alexander,  Moore 

Associate  Professors:  Greer,  Khanna,  Miller,  Tossell,  Weiner 

Assistant  Professor:  Mignerey 

(ENCH)  Professors:  Gentry,  Hoffman 

Assistant  Professor:  Mansfield 

(ENEE)  Professors:  Hochuli,  Lee 

Associate  Professor:  Davis. 

(ENME)  Assistant  Professor:  Radermacher 

Associate  Professor:  Gupta 

(IPST)  Professors:  Benesch,  Ginter,  Sengers,  Wilderson,  Zwanzig. 

Associate  Professors:  Coplan,  Gammon,  Mcllrath. 

Assistant  Professor:  Hill,  Kirkpatrick 

Adjunct  Professor:  Nossal 

(METO)  Associate  Professor:  Ellingson 

(PHYS)  Professors:  Lynn,  Redish 

Associate  Professor:  Einstein 

Assistant  Professor:  Williams 

(PHYS/IPST)  Professors:  Dorfman,  Ferrell 

The  Chemical   Physics  Program  provides  an  academic  path  for  those  candidates 

wishing  to  establish  a  professional  career  for  which  knowledge  of  both  physics  and 

chemistry  is  desirable.   The   program  offers   M.S.   and   Ph.D.   degrees  in  chemical 

physics.   Candidates   have  the  option  of  concentrating  their  studies   in   chemistry, 

physics,    chemical    engineering,    electrical   engineering,    mechanical   engineering   or 

meteorology. 

The  Chemical  Physics  Program  is  under  the  joint  sponsorship  of  the  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology,  the  Chemistry  Department,  the  Department  of 
Physics  and  Astronomy  and  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  Chemical  Physics 
Committee  oversees  the  program.  The  Committee  consists  of  faculty  representatives  of 
the  sponsoring  units,  and  has  the  director  of  the  Chemical  Physics  Program  as  its 
chair.  The  Chemical  Physics  Program  Office  which  is  affiliated  with  the  Institute  for 
Physical  Science  and  Technology  administers  the  program. 

About  34  faculty  members  at  the  College  Park  campus,  active  in  subject  areas 
related  to  chemical  physics,  are  affiliated  with  the  Chemical  Physics  Program.  The 
areas  of  study  cover  a  very  broad  range  of  subjects.  Examples  are:  atomic  and 
molecular  science  including  atomic  and  molecular  structure  and  spectroscopy,  laser 
physics  and  quantum  electronics,  atmospheric  physics  and  spectroscopy,  statistical 


Chemical  Physics  Program     149 


physics,  thermodynamics  and  phase  transitions,  physics  and  chemistry  of  gases  and 
condensed  matter.  Some  of  the  research  activities  are  related  to  similar  activities  in 
several  government  laboratories  in  the  Washington  metropolitan  area.  A  booklet 
describing  the  scope  of  chemical  physics  at  the  College  Park  campus  can  be 
obtained  from  the  Chemical  Physics  Program  Office  upon  request. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  with  an  undergraduate  major  in  physics,  chemistry,  engineering  or 
mathematics  may  apply.  However,  for  a  successful  completion  of  the  chemical  physics 
study  a  strong  background  in  physics  and  some  background  in  chemistry  is  desirable. 
Students  admitted  to  the  Chemical  Physics  Program  will  also  be  listed  as  graduate 
students  in  the  department  of  their  chosen  area  of  concentration;  however,  all  matters 
concerning  the  course  of  study  will  be  handled  by  the  Chemical  Physics  Program 
Committee  and  the  Chemical  Physics  Program  Office. 

The  course  program  will  be  adjusted  to  the  needs  of  the  individual  student.  In 
case  the  candidate  does  not  possess  the  required  undergraduate  background  in  both 
physics  and  chemistry,  the  candidate's  advisory  committee  will  prescribe  appropriate 
undergraduate  courses.  Candidates  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  are  required  to  pass  the 
chemical  physics  qualifying  examination  which  is  based  on  material  covered  by  the 
physics  qualifying  examination  in  the  areas  of  classical  mechanics,  quantum 
mechanics,  statistical  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  electricity  and  magnetism. 
Additional  questions  cover  areas  specifically  appropriate  to  chemical  physics,  namely 
atomic  and  molecular  spectroscopy  and  structure,  molecular  bonding  theory,  chemical 
reaction  dynamics  and  chemical  thermodynamics  and  statistical  mechanics.  In 
addition  to  successfully  passing  the  qualifying  examination,  the  student  will  be 
required  to  take  a  graduate  laboratory  course,  2  semesters  of  seminar,  4  advanced 
courses  and  12  credit  hours  of  thesis  research  concluded  by  the  presentation  and 
defense  of  an  original  dissertation.  Under  certain  circumstances  graduate  students  can 
have  access  to  the  resources  available  at  government  laboratories  in  the  Washington 
metropolitan  area. 

Candidates  for  the  M.S.  degree  may  choose  between  a  thesis  or  non-thesis  option. 
Programs  of  work  are  arranged  on  an  individual  basis  and  require  approval  of  an 
advisor  associated  with  the  chemical  physics  program.  The  requirements  for  the 
non-thesis  option  are  completion  of  30  credit  hours  of  courses  including  PHYS  602, 
PHYS  622,  CHEM  601  and  a  graduate  laboratory  course,  unless  specifically  exempted, 
submitting  a  scholarly  paper  and  passing  a  written  examination.  The  requirements  for 
the  thesis  option  are  completion  of  24  credit  hours  of  courses  including  PHYS  602,  or 
CHEM  687,  PHYS  622,  CHEM  601  and  a  graduate  laboratory,  unless  specifically 
exempted,  6  credit  hours  of  thesis  research,  a  written  thesis  and  a  passing  grade  on 
an  oral  examination  which  includes  the  defense  of  the  written  thesis. 

Financial  Assistance 

Teaching  and  research  assistantships  are  available  for  qualified  students. 


150     CHPH  —  Chemical  Physics 


Additional  Information 

Requests  for  further  information  concerning  the  Chemical  Physics  Program  can  be 
obtained  by  writing  to  : 

Professor  J.  V.  Sengers,  Director, 

Chemical  Physics  Program  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology, 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology, 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

CHPH  —  Chemical  Physics 

CHPH  611  Fundamentals  of  Atomic  and  Molecular  Spectroscopy  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  622  or  equivalent.  Atomic  and  molecular  physics.  Energy  levels  of  multi-electron 
atoms  and  diatomic  molecules;  transition  between  energy  levels. 

CHPH  612  Molecular  Structure  and  Kinetics  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Molecular  structure,  atomic  and  molecular  collisions  and  chemical  kinetics  including 
experimental  techniques. 

CHPH  618  Special  Projects  in  Chemical  Physics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Independent  reading  and  study  covering  chemical  physics  subject  areas 
not  available  in  other  courses.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

CHPH  709  Seminar  in  Chemical  Physics  (1)  Current  research  and  developments  in 
chemical  physics. 

CHPH  718  Special  Topics  in  Chemical  Physics  (1-3)  A  discussion  of  current 
research  problems  in  chemical  physics. 

CHPH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

CHPH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Chemistry  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Mazzocchi 

Professor  and  Associate  Chair:  Walters 

Professors:  Adler,  Alexander,  Ammon,  Bailey,  Bellama,  Castellan,  Freeman,  Gerlt, 

Gordon,  Greer,  Grim,  Helz,  Henery-Logan,  Holmlund,  Huheey,  Jaquith,  Jarvis,  Khanna, 

Kozarich  Mariano,  Mazzocchi,  Moore,  Munn,  O'Haver,  Ponnamperuma,  Pratt 

(Emeritus),  Rollinson  (Emeritus),  Stewart,  Stuntz  (Emeritus),  Svirbely  (Emeritus),  Tossell, 

Vanderslice  (Emeritus),  Veitch  (Emeritus),  Walters,  Weiner 

Associate  Professors:  Armstrong,  Boyd,  DeVoe,  Dunaway-Mariano,  Hansen,  Heikkinen, 

Kasler,  Miller,  Mignerey,  Murphy,  Ondov,  Sampugna 

Assistant  Professors:  Brusilow,  Herndon 

Research  Professor:  Bailey 

The  Chemistry  Department  offers  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  or  Doctor 

of    Philosophy    degrees    with    specialization    in    the   fields    of   analytical    chemistry, 

biochemistry,  bioorganic  chemistry,  chemical  physics  (in  cooperation  with  the  Institute 

of  Physical  Sciences  &  Technology  and  the  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy), 

environmental    chemistry,    geochemistry,    inorganic    chemistry,    nuclear    chemistry, 

organic  chemistry,  and  physical  chemistry.  The  graduate  program  in  biochemistry  is 


Chemistry  Program     151 


described  separately  in  this  catalog.  The  graduate  program  in  chemistry  has  been 
designed  with  maximum  flexibility  so  that  students  can  achieve  a  strong  background  in 
their  chosen  field  of  specialization.  Graduates  usually  accept  positions  with  state, 
federal,  or  private  research  laboratories. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Both  the  thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are  offered  for  the  M.S.  degree.  Departmental 
regulations  concerning  diagnostic  examinations,  comprehensive  examinations,  and 
other  matters  pertaining  to  course  work  have  been  assembled  for  the  guidance  of 
candidates  for  graduate  degrees.  Copies  of  these  regulations  are  available  from  the 
Department  of  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  many  special  research  facilities  to  support  research  in  the  fields 
given  above.  The  new  research  wing  of  the  chemistry  building  houses  biochemistry 
research,  a  centralized  animal  colony,  and  some  of  the  inorganic  and  analytical 
chemical  research.  Nuclear  chemistry  facilities  include  the  140-MeV  cyclotron  housed 
in  the  Physics  Department.  Other  facilities  include  "clean"  rooms  for  lunar  and 
environmental  sample  analysis,  an  electron  microscope,  X-ray  fluorescence 
instrumentation,  an  electron  microprobe,  mass  spectrometers,  NMR  spectrometers 
including  100  MHz  and  200  MHz  Fourier-transform  NMR  spectrometers,  ESCA 
spectrometers,  ultracentrifuges,  and  analytical  optical  spectrometers.  Departmental 
research  is  supported  on  two  large  computers  in  the  Computer  Science  Building,  a 
UNIVAC  1100/41  and  a  UNIVAC  1108,  both  of  which  are  accessible  by  remote 
time-sharing  terminals.  A  variety  of  facilities  including  a  laser  laboratory,  and  other 
electron  microscopes  are  available  on  campus.  The  Department  has  an  excellent 
glassblowing  shop,  a  fine  student  faculty  machine  shop,  and  access  to  other  campus 
machine  shops.  The  Chemistry  Library,  located  in  the  new  research  wing,  has  an 
extensive  collection  of  books,  journals,  and  abstracts  in  chemistry,  biochemistry  and 
allied  fields.  Included  in  the  Chemistry  Library  is  a  computer  terminal  for  literature 
searching. 

Financial  Assistance 

Entering  graduate  students  are  normally  supported  on  graduate  teaching 
assistantships.  Their  assistantships  usually  involve  teaching  undergraduate  laboratory 
and  recitation  classes  and  enable  the  student  to  pursue  a  ten-credit  program  of 
graduate  study  each  semester. 

Additional  Information 

The  Department  has  a  brochure  available  describing  its  graduate  program  and  the 
research  interests  of  its  faculty.  For  a  copy  of  the  brochure,  or  for  specific  information 
on  graduate  programs  in  chemistry,  admissions  procedures,  or  financial  aid,  contact: 

Dr.  William  Walters 

Associate  Chairman  for  Graduate  Studies  and  Research, 

Department  of  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry 

University  of  Maryland 


152     CHEM  —  Chemistry 


Courses 

CHEM  —  Chemistry 

CHEM  401  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  481 . 

CHEM  403  Radiochemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  one  year  of 
college  chemistry  and  one  year  of  college  physics.  Radioactive  decay;  introduction  to 
properties  of  atomic  nuclei;  nuclear  processes  in  cosmology;  chemical,  biomedical 
and  environmental  applications  of  radioactivity;  nuclear  processes  as  chemical  tools; 
interaction  of  radiation  with  matter. 

CHEM  421  Advanced  Quantitative  Analysis  (3)  Pre  or  corequisite:  CHEM  482  and 
CHEM  483.  An  examination  of  some  advanced  topics  in  quantitative  analysis  including 
nonaqueous  titrations,  precipitation,  phenomena,  complex  equilibria,  and  the  analytical 
chemistry  of  the  less  familiar  elements. 

CHEM  423  Organic  Quantitative  Analysis  (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  243  or  245,  and  CHEM  113  OR  115,  and  consent  of 
instructor.  The  semi-micro  determination  of  carbon,  hydrogen,  nitrogen,  halogen  and 
certain  functional  groups. 

CHEM  425  Instrumental  Methods  of  Analysis  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  321.  An  introduction  to  modern 
instrumentation  in  analytical  chemistry.  Electronics,  spectroscopy,  chromatography  and 
electrochemistry. 

CHEM  433  Chemical  Synthesis  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods 
per  week.    Prerequisites:  CHEM  1 13  OR  1 15,  AND  243  OR  245. 

CHEM  441  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  481.  An  advanced 
study  of  the  compounds  of  carbon,  with  special  emphasis  on  molecular  orbital  theory 
and  organic  reaction  mechanisms. 

CHEM  443  Qualitative  Organic  Analysis  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  113  OR  115,  AND  243  OR  245.  The 
systematic  identification  of  organic  compounds. 

CHEM  473  Geochemistry  of  Solids  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
482  or  GEOL  422.  Principles  of  crystal  chemistry  applied  to  structures,  properties  and 
reactions  of  minerals  and  non-metallic  solids.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  relation  of 
structural  stability  to  bonding,  ionic  size,  charge,  order-disorder,  polymorphism,  and 
isomorphism. 

CHEM  474  Environmental  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  481,  or  equivalent.  The  sources  of  various  elements  and  chemical  reactions 
between  them  in  the  atmosphere  and  hydrosphere  are  treated.  Causes  and  biological 
effects  of  air  and  water  pollution  by  certain  elements  are  discussed. 

CHEM  481  Physical  Chemistry  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  CHEM  113  OR  115;  CHEM  243  OR 
245;  MATH  141;  PHYS  142  or  PHYS  263  (PHYS  263  may  be  taken  concurrently);  or 
consent  of  instructor.   A  course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemical  engineers. 

CHEM  482  Physical  Chemistry  II  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
481 ,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemical  engineers. 

CHEM  483  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  I  (2)  One  hour  lecture-recitation  and 


CHEM  —  Chemistry     153 


one-three  hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Corequisite:  CHEM  481.  An  introduction  to 
the  principles  and  application  of  quantitative  techniques  in  physical  chemical 
measurements.  Experiments  will  be  coordinated  with  topics  in  CHEM  481. 

CHEM  484  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  II  (2)  One  hour  lecture-recitation  and 
one-three  hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  481,  483;  corequisite: 
CHEM  482.  A  continuation  of  CHEM  483.  Advanced  quantitative  techniques 
necessary  in  physical  chemical  measurements.  Experiments  will  be  coordinated  with 
topics  in  CHEM  482. 

CHEM  485  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  (2)  Prerequisite  CHEM  482  Quantum 
chemistry  and  other  selected  topics. 

CHEM  486  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  482  and  consent  of  instructor. 

CHEM  487  Computer  Applications  in  the  Biological  and  Chemical  Sciences  (4) 

Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
CHEM  113;  CHEM  287  or  equivalent;  and  knowledge  of  a  scientific  programming 
language  (PASCAL,  FORTRAN  or  "C").  The  utilization  of  computers  to  solve  chemical 
and  biological  problems,  with  emphasis  on  the  utilization  of  available  software  rather 
than  "de  novo"  programming. 

CHEM  498  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  or  two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  varies  with  the  nature  of  the  topic  being 
considered.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  the  subject  matter  is  substantially 
different,  but  not  more  than  three  credits  may  be  accepted  in  satisfaction  of  major 
supporting  area  requirements  for  chemistry  majors. 

CHEM  503  Principles  of  Chemistry  I  (4)  Three  lectures  and  three  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  The  first  semester  of  a  two-semester  advanced  survey  of  major  topics  in 
general  chemistry.  Covers  the  nature  and  composition  of  matter  with  attention  to  the 
implications  of  modern  quantum  theory,  periodicity,  bonding,  molecular  geometry, 
chemical  calculations,  gases,  states  of  matter,  equilibrium,  and  acids  and  bases.  The 
laboratory  program  associated  with  this  course  involves  refinement  of  laboratory  skills 
through  a  variety  of  experiments,  mostly  quantitative  in  nature. 

CHEM  504  Fundamentals  of  Organic  Chemistry  and  Biochemistry  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prereq:  CHEM  503  or  equivalent.  A 
one-semester  survey  of  organic  chemistry  and  biochemistry.  The  chemistry  of  carbon: 
aliphatic  compounds,  aromatic  compounds,  stereochemistry,  halides,  amines,  amides, 
acids,  esters,  carbohydrates,  and  natural  products.  The  laboratory  experiments  deal 
with  synthetic  and  analytical  organic  activities. 

CHEM  513  Principles  of  Chemistry  II  (4)  Three  lectures  and  three  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  503  or  equivalent.  A  continuation  of  the  advanced 
survey  of  topics  started  in  CHEM  503.  Kinetics,  thermodynamics,  ionic  equilibria, 
oxidation-reduction,  electrochemistry,  and  the  chemistry  of  common  metals  and 
nonmetals.  Quantitative  problem  solving.  Laboraory  experiments,  mostly  quantitative  in 
nature,  support  the  topics  developed  in  the  lectures. 

CHEM  521  Quantitative  Analysis  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratories  per 
week.  Prereq:  CHEM  115  or  equivalent.  Volumetric,  gravimetric,  electrometric  and 
colorimetric  methods  in  analytical  inorganic  chemistry. 


154     CHEM  —  Chemistry 


CHEM  601  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  401  or 
equivalent.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  survey  of  the  fundamentals  of  modern 
inorganic  chemistry  which  serves  as  a  basis  for  more  advanced  work. 

CHEM  602  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  601  Three 
lectures  per  week.  A  continuation  of  CHEM  601  with  more  emphasis  on  current  work  in 
inorganic  chemistry. 

CHEM  603  Advanced  Inorganic  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  601  or  concurrent 
registration  therein.  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratories  per  week.  Practice  in 
synthesis  and  modern  experimental  techniques  in  inorganic  chemistry. 

CHEM  605  Chemistry  of  Coordination  Compounds  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  601  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Structure  and  properties  of  coordination 
compounds  and  the  theoretical  bases  on  which  these  are  interpreted. 

CHEM  606  Chemistry  of  Organometallic  Compounds  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  601  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Three  lectures  per  week.  An  in-depth  treatment  of  the  properties 
of  compounds  having  metal-carbon  bonds. 

CHEM  608  Selected  Topics  in  Inorganic  Chemistry  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  601 
AND  602,  or  equivalent.  One  to  three  lectures  per  week.  Topics  of  special  interest  and 
current  importance.  Course  may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  topics  are 
different. 

CHEM  621  Chemical  Microscopy  I  (2)  One  lecture  and  one  three  hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.  Registration  limited.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  use  of  the  microscope  in  chemistry. 

CHEM  622  Chemical  Microscopy  II  (2)  One  lecture  and  one  three  hour  laboratory 
period  per  week.    Prerequisite:  CHEM  621 .  A  study  of  the  optical  properties  of  crystals. 

CHEM  623  Optical  Methods  of  Quantitative  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  CHEM  421 
and  482  or  equivalent.  The  quantitative  applications  of  various  methods  of  optical 
spectroscopy. 

CHEM  624  Electrical  Methods  of  Quantitative  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites  CHEM  421 
and  482  or  equivalent.  The  use  of  conductivity,  potentiometry,  polarography, 
voltammetry,  amperometry,  coulometry,  and  chronopotentiometry  in  quantitative 
analysis. 

CHEM  625  Separation  Methods  in  Quantitative  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  CHEM 
421  and  482  or  equivalent.  The  theory  and  application  for  quantitative  analysis  of 
various  forms  of  chromatography,  ion  exchange,  solvent  extraction,  distillation,  and 
mass  spectroscopy. 

CHEM  628  Modern  Trends  in  Analytical  Chemistry  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  CHEM  421  AND  482.  A  study  of  advanced  methods,  including  topics 
such  as  statistical  treatment  of  analytical  data,  kinetic- methods  in  analytical  chemistry, 
analytical  measurements  based  on  radioactivity,  and  enzymatic  techniques. 

CHEM  641  Organic  Reaction  Mechanisms  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  642  Physical  Organic  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  643  Organic  Chemistry  of  High  Polymers  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  An 
advanced  course  covering  the  synthesis  of  monomers,  mechanisms  of  polymerization, 
and  the  correlation  between  structure  and  properties  in  high  polymers. 


CHEM  —  Chemistry     155 


CHEM  644  Molecular  Orbital  Theory  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  A  partial  quantitative 
application  of  molecular  orbital  theory  and  symmetry  to  the  chemical  properties  and 
reactions  of  organic  molecules.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  441  AND  482. 

CHEM  645  The  Chemistry  of  the  Steroids  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week 

CHEM  646  The  Heterocyclics  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week 

CHEM  648  Special  Topics  in  Organic  Chemistry  (1-3)  One  to  three  lecture  hours  per 
week.  Topics  of  special  interest  and  current  importance.  Course  may  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  credits  provided  the  topics  are  different. 

CHEM  664  The  Chemistry  of  Natural  Products  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  441.  The  chemistry  and  physiological  action  of  natural  products. 
Methods  of  isolation,  determination  of  structure  and  synthesis. 

CHEM  678  Special  Topics  in  Environmental  Chemistry  (3)  Prerequisite  - 
CHEMISTRY  474.  In-depth  treatment  of  environmental  chemistry  problem  areas  of 
current  research  interest.  The  topics  will  vary  somewhat  from  year  to  year.  Repeatable 
to  maximum  of  6  credits.   Provided  subject  is  different. 

CHEM  681  Infra-red  and  Raman  Spectroscopy  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week 
Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

CHEM  682  Reaction  Kinetics  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week 

CHEM  683  Electrochemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  684  or 
equivalent. 

CHEM  684  Chemical  Thermodynamics  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
CHEM  482  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  685  Molecular  Structure  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 

CHEM  686  Chemical  Crystallography  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week  Prerequisite 
consent  of  instructor.   A  detailed  treatment  of  single-crystal  x-ray  methods. 

CHEM  687  Statistical  Mechanics  and  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week 
Prerequisite:  CHEM  684  or  equivalent. 

CHEM  688  Selected  Topics  in  Physical  Chemistry  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week 

CHEM  689  Special  Topics  in  Physical  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week 

CHEM  690  Quantum  Chemistry  I  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
485. 

CHEM  691  Quantum  Chemistry  II  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
690  or  PHYS  622. 

CHEM  699  Special  Problems  in  Chemistry  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  one  semester  of 
graduate  study  in  chemistry.  Laboratory  experience  in  a  research  environment. 
Restricted  to  students  in  the  non-thesis  M.S.  Option.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

CHEM  702  Radiochemistry  Laboratory  (1-2)  One  or  two  four-hour  laboratory  periods 
per  week.  Registration  limited.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  403  (or  concurrent  registration 
therein),  and  consent  of  instructor. 

CHEM  703  Advanced  Radiochemistry  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week  Prerequisites 
CHEM  403  and  BCHM  462.    Utilization  of  radio  isotopes  with  special  emphasis  on 


156     CHEM  —  Chemistry 


applications  to  problems  in  the  life  sciences. 

CHEM  704  Advanced  Radiochemistry  Laboratory  (1-2)  One  or  two  four-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  chem  702  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Laboratory  training  in  the  utilization  of  radioisotopes  with  special  emphasis  on 
applications  to  problems  in  the  life  sciences. 

CHEM  705  Nuclear  Chemistry  (3)  Nuclear  structure  models,  radioactive  decay 
processes,  nuclear  reactions  in  complex  nuclei,  fission,  nucleosynthesis  and  nuclear 
particle  accelerators. 

CHEM  718  Special  Topics  in  Nuclear  Chemistry  (1-3)  One  to  three  lectures  per 
week.  A  discussion  of  current  research  problems.  Subtitles  will  be  given  at  each 
offering.  Repeatable  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

CHEM  721  Organic  Geochemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
221  or  equivalent.  A  discussion  of  the  fate  of  natural  organic  products  in  the 
geological  environment.  The  influence  of  diagenetic  factors,  such  as  hydrolysis,  heat, 
pressure,  etc.,  On  such  compounds  as  cellulose,  lignin,  proteins,  and  lipids.  Detailed 
consideration  of  the  origin  of  soil  organic  matter,  carbonaceous  shales,  coal,  and 
crude  oil. 

CHEM  722  Cosmochemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  482  or 
equivalent.  Current  theories  of  origin  and  evolution  of  the  solar  system  with  emphasis 
on  the  experimental  data  available  to  chemists  from  examination  of  meteorites,  the 
moon,  and  the  earth. 

CHEM  723  Marine  Geochemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM 
481  or  equivalent.  The  geochemical  evolution  of  the  ocean;  composition  of  sea  water, 
density-chlorinity-salinity  relationship  and  carbon  dioxide  system.  The  geochemistry  of 
sedimentation  with  emphasis  on  the  chemical  stability  and  inorganic  and  biological 
production  of  carbonate,  silicate  and  phosphate  containing  minerals. 

CHEM  727  Geochemical  Differentiation  (3)  Distribution  of  the  chemical  elements  in 
the  earth  and  the  mechanisms  by  which  the  distributions  came  about. 

CHEM  728  Selected  Topics  in  Analytical  Geochemistry  (2-3)  One  or  two  lectures 
per  week  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  This  course 
will  be  subtitled  each  time  it  is  offered  to  indicate  the  analytical  method  discussed. 
Repeatable  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours.  Enrollment  will  be  limited. 

CHEM  729  Special  Topics  in  Geochemistry  (1-3)  One  to  three  lectures  per  week.  A 
discussion  of  current  research  problems.  Subtitles  will  be  given  at  each  offering. 
Repeatable  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

CHEM  750  Chemical  Evolution  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  441,  BCHM  462,  or  CHEM 
721;  or  ZOOL  446;  or  BOTN  616;  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  chemical  processes 
leading  to  the  appearances  of  life  on  earth.  Theoretical  and  experimental 
considerations  related  to  the  geochemical,  organic,  and  biochemical  phenomena  of 
chemical  evolution. 

CHEM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

CHEM  898  Seminar  (1) 

CHEM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Civil  Engineering  Program     157 


Civil  Engineering  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Colville 

Professors:  Albrecht,  Birkner,  Carter,  McCuen,  Morris,  Ragan,  Rib,  Sternberg,  Witczak 

Associate  Professors:  Aggour,  Garber,  Schelling,  Schonfeld,  Schwartz,  Vannoy, 

Wolde-Tinsae 

Assistant  Professors:  Ayyub,  Chang,  Goodings,  Hao,  Perl,  Saklas,  Smith,  Walters 

The  Department  of  Civil  Engineering  offers  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degrees  of 

Master  of   Science   and    Doctor  of   Philosophy.   All   programs   are   planned   on   an 

individual  basis  by  the  student  and  an  advisor  to  consider  the  student's  background 

and  special  interests.  Courses  and  research  opportunities  are  available  in  the  general 

areas    of    transportation    and    urban    systems,    environmental    engineering,    water 

resources,    structural    engineering,    geotechnical    engineering,    and    in    construction 

engineering  and  management.    In  general,  emphasis  is  on  learning  sound  engineering 

principles  and  applying  them  to  human  needs. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  for  admission  should  hold  a  B.S.  degree  in  Civil  Engineering.  However, 
applicants  with  undergraduate  degrees  in  other  disciplines  may  be  accepted  with  the 
stipulation  that  deficiencies  in  prerequisite  undergraduate  course  work  be  corrected 
before  enrolling  in  graduate  courses.  There  are  no  entrance  examinations  required  for 
the  program. 

Two  options  are  available  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree:  thesis  and  non-thesis. 
The  Department's  policies  and  requirements  are  the  same  as  the  requirements  of  the 
Graduate  School. 

The  requirements  for  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  are  the  same  as  those 
imposed  by  the  Graduate  School.  An  approved  program  of  study  suited  to  the  needs 
of  the  student  is  developed  by  the  student  and  an  advisor.  The  student  must  pass  a 
qualifying  examination  before  being  admitted  to  candidacy.  Normally,  the  qualifying 
exam  is  taken  when  the  student's  course  work  is  at  least  75%  completed.  There  is  no 
language  requirement  for  the  Ph.D. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Departmental  research  facilities  available  to  graduate  students  include  laboratories  in 
the  following  areas;  transportation,  systems  analysis,  environmental  engineering, 
hydraulics,  remote  sensing,  structures,  and  soil  mechanics.  Computer  facilities 
available  include  the  Computer  Science  Center's  UNIVAC  1100/82  and  IBM  4341 
computers,  complemented  by  remote  terminals  and  mini-and  micro-computer  systems 
located  within  the  Department. 

The  Washington  and  Baltimore  Metropolitan  Areas  are  easily  accessible  for  data, 
field  studies,  library  access,  contacts  with  national  organizations  and  attendance  at 
national  meetings.  The  location  of  the  University  of  Maryland  offers  a  unique 
opportunity  to  obtain  an  advanced  degree  in  Civil  Engineering. 


158     ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil 


Financial  Assistance 

The  majority  of  full-time  graduate  students  receive  financial  assistance.  Inquiries  about 
financial  assistance  and  detailed  program  information  should  be  directed  to  : 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies 

Department  of  Civil  Engineering 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil 

ENCE  410  Advanced  Strength  of  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites  ENES  220,  ENCE  350 
and  MATH  246.  Strength  and  deformation  of  deformable  bodies,  plane  stress  and 
strain.  Torsion  theory,  unsymmetrical  bending,  curved  beams.  Behavior  of  beams, 
columns,  slabs,  plates  and  composite  members  under  load.  Elastic  and  inelastic 
stability. 

ENCE  411  Experimental  Stress  Analysis  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  ENES  220.  Application  of  experimental  data  on  materials  to  design 
problems.  Correlation  of  analytical  and  experimental  methods  of  analysis  with  design. 
Electric  strain  gages,  photoelasticty,  brittle  laquer  methods  and  various  analogies. 

ENCE  420  Basic  Civil  Engineering  Planning  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Urban-regional  physical  planning  from  the  civil  engineering 
viewpoint.  Integration  of  the  planning  aspects  of  engineering,  environmental,  structural, 
transportation  and  water  resources  into  a  systems  approach  to  the  practice  of  civil 
engineering.  Also  included:  site,  construction,  and  engineering  materials  planning; 
engineering  economics  and  evaluation;  current  topics. 

ENCE  421  Construction  Engineering  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  ENCE  340,  351,  370  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  ordering  of  engineered 
construction.  Modern  techniques  of  construction  planning,  estimating,  scheduling, 
operation,  control.  Construction  methods.  Contract  and  resource  management. 
Systems  approach  to  construction  management  practice. 

ENCE  430  Hydraulic  Engineering  and  Open  Channel  Flow  (4)  Three  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENCE  330.  Application  of  basic  principles  to  the 
solution  of  engineering  problems:  ideal  fluid  flow,  mechanics  of  fluid  resistance,  open 
channel  flow  under  uniform,  gradually  varied  and  rapidly  varied  conditions,  sediment 
transport,  role  of  model  studies  in  analysis  and  design. 

ENCE  431  Surface  Water  Hydrology  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCE  330  AND  360.  Study  of 
the  physical  processes  of  the  hydrologic  cycle.  Hydrometeorology,  concepts  of 
weather  modification,  evaporation  and  transpiration  infiltration  studies,  runoff 
computations,  flood  routing,  reservoir  requirements,  emphasis  on  process  simulation 
as  a  tool  in  the  water  resource  development. 

ENCE  432  Ground  Water  Hydrology  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCE  330.  Concepts  related. 
to  the  development  of  the  ground  water  resource,  hydrogeology,  hydrodynamics  of 
flow  through  porous  media,  hydraulics  of  wells,  artificial  recharge,  sea  water  intrusion, 
basin-wide  ground  water  development. 

ENCE  433  Environmental  Engineering  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  CHEM  113  and 
ENCE  221 .  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  The  theory  and  analytical 


ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil     159 


techniques  used  in  evaluating  man's  environment.  Emphasis  on  quantitative,  physical, 
electroanalytical  and  organic  chemistry  as  applied  to  chemical  analysis  of  water. 

ENCE  434  Air  Pollution  (3)  Classification  of  atmospheric  pollutants  and  their  effects 
on  visibility,  inanimate  and  animate  receptors.  Evaluation  of  source  emissions  and 
principles  of  air  pollution  control;  meteorological  factors  governing  the  distribution  and 
removal  of  air  pollutants;  air  quality  measurements  and  air  pollution  control  legislation. 

ENCE  435  Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis  and  Design  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENCE  221  and  ENCE  330.  The  application  of 
sanitary  analysis  and  fundamental  principles  to  the  design  and  operation  of  water  and 
waste  water  treatment  plants  and  the  control  of  stream  pollution. 

ENCE  440  Engineering  Soil  Tests  (4)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  340.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  sessions  per  week.  Review  of  major  soil  tests  and  their  interpretation  for 
engineering  purposes.  Engineering  classification  tests  (Atterberg  limits,  grain-size 
distribution,  specific  gravity),  permeability  and  seepage  properties,  in-situ  and  lab 
density-moisture  tests,  soil  strength  (penetrometers,  vane  shear,  CBR,  unconfined 
compression,  direct  shear  and  triaxial)  and  compressibility  characteristics. 

ENCE  441  Soil-Foundation  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  340.  Review  of  classical 
lateral  earth  pressure  theories,  analysis  of  braced  excavation  systems,  cantilever  and 
anchored  sheet  piling  design,  bearing  capacity  of  shallow  foundations  (footings  and 
mats)  design  of  deep  pile  foundations  to  include  pile  capacity  and  pile  group  action. 

ENCE  442  Highway  and  Airfield  Pavement  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  340 
Principles  relative  to  the  design,  construction  and  rehabilitation  of  highway  and  airfield 
pavement  systems.  Introduction  to  multi-layered  elastic  and  slab  theories,  properties 
of  pavement  materials  and  methods  of  characteriaztion,  stochastic  treatment  of  design 
variables,  economic  principles  of  design  alternates  and  the  effect  of  environment  upon 
pavement  performance.  Review  of  existing  rigid  and  flexible  design  methods  as  well 
as  major  fundamentals  relative  to  the  rehabilitation  of  existing  pavement  systems. 

ENCE  450  Design  of  Steel  Structures  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  ENCE  360  and  ENCE 
351.  Analyses  for  stresses  and  deflections  in  structures  by  methods  of  consistent 
deformations,  virtual  work  and  internal  strain  energy.  Application  to  design  of  plate 
girders,  indeterminate  and  continuous  trusses,  two  hinged  arches  and  other  structures. 
Elements  of  plastic  analysis  and  design  of  steel  structures. 

ENCE  451  Design  of  Concrete  Structures  (4)  Prerequisites:  ENCE  351  and  pre-  or 
corequisite  ENCE  360.  Three  lecture  hours  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Design  of 
reinforced  concrete  structures,  including  slabs,  footings,  composite  members,  building 
frames,  and  retaining  walls.  Approximate  methods  of  analysis;  code  requirements; 
influence  of  concrete  properties  on  strength  and  deflection;  optimum  design. 
Introduction  to  prestressed  concrete  design. 

ENCE  460  Modern  Techniques  For  Structural  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  360 
and  pre-  or  corequisite:  ENCE  351.  Two  lecture  hours  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Application  of  computer  oriented  methods  and  numerical  techniques  to  analysis  and 
design  of  structural  systems.  Matrix  formulation  of  the  stiffness  and  flexibility  methods 
for  framed  structures.  Introduction  of  numerical  techniques  to  the  solution  of  selected 
problems  in  such  topics  as  plates,  structural  stability,  and  vibrations. 

ENCE  461  Analysis  of  Civil  Engineering  Systems  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
department.  Application  of  the  principles  of  engineering  economy  and  statistics  to  the 


160     ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil 


solution  of  civil  engineering  problems.  Economic  comparison  of  alternatives  using 
present  worth,  annual  cost,  rate  of  return  and  cost  benefit  analyses.  Development  and 
use  of  simple  and  multiple  regression  models,  and  statistical  decision  theory. 

ENCE  463  Engineering  Economics  and  System  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
department.  Development  and  application  of  the  principles  of  engineering  economics 
to  problems  in  civl  engineering.  Evaluation  of  design  alternatives,  depreciation  and 
sensitivity  analysis.  Use  of  systems  analysis  techniques,  including  CPM,  PERT  and 
decision  networks.  Introduction  to  microeconomic  analysis. 

ENCE  470  Highway  Engineering  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  ENCE  340.  Location,  design,  construction  and  maintenance  of 
roads  and  pavements.  Introduction  to  traffic  engineering. 

ENCE  473  Air  and  Water  Transportation  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  370. 
Detailed  study  of  the  planning,  design,  construction,  operations  and  maintenance  of 
airports  and  waterways,  emphasis  on  design  and  operations  of  transportation  facilities. 

ENCE  474  Railroad  Mass  Transportation  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  370 
Detailed  study  of  the  planning,  design,  construction,  operations,  and  maintenance  of 
railroads  and  mass  transportation  systems,  emphasis  on  design  and  operations  of 
transportation  facilities. 

ENCE  489  Special  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing.  A  course  arranged  to 
meet  the  needs  of  exceptionally  well  prepared  students  for  study  in  a  particular  field  of 
civil  engineering. 

ENCE  600  Advanced  Engineering  Materials  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES  220, 
221  and  ENCE  300  or  equivalent.  Critical  examination  of  the  methods  for  testing 
engineering  materials  and  structures  under  static,  repeated,  sustained  and  impact 
forces.  Laboratory  experiments  for  the  determination  of  strength  and  stiffness  of 
structureal  alloys,  concrete  and  other  construction  materials.  Critical  examination  of  the 
effects  of  test  factors  on  the  determination  of  engineering  properties. 

ENCE  601  Structural  Materials  and  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  410  AND  411  or 

consent  of  instructor.  Relation  of  structural  analysis,  properties  of  materials  and 
laboratory  study  of  the  behavior  of  members  to  structural  design  methods,  codes  and 
specifications.  Effects  of  temperature,  loading  rates  and  state  of  combined  stress  on 
behavior  of  construction  materials. 

ENCE  603  Theories  of  Concrete  and  Granular  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCE 
600,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Critical  reviews  of  analytical  and  experimental 
investigations  of  the  behavior  of  concretes  under  diverse  conditions  of  loading  and 
environment.  Mechanics  of  granular  aggregates  and  the  chemistry  of  cements. 
Theories  of  the  design  of  Portland  cement  and  field  experience. 

ENCE  610  Advanced  Strength  of  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites  ENES  220,  221  and 
ENCE  300,  or  equivalent.  Analysis  for  stress  and  deformation  in  engineering  members 
by  the  methods  of  mechanics  of  materials  and  elementary  theories  of  elasticity  and 
plasticity.  Problems  in  flexure,  Torison  plates  and  shells,  stress  concentrations, 
indeterminate  combinations,  residual  stresses,  stability. 

ENCE  612  Structures  Research  Methods  and  Model  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  450  and  ENCE  451  or  equivalent  instrumentation,  data  analysis;  states  of  stress; 
structural  models,  structural  similitude;  analogies;  non-destructive  testing  techniques; 


ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil     161 


planning  research  projects,  lab  studies  and  reports. 

ENCE  620  Urban-regional  Civil  Engineering  Planning  (3)  First  semester 
Prerequisite:  degree  in  civil  engineering  or  consent  instructor.  Theory  and  methodology 
for  the  synthesis  of  general  civil  engineering  aspects  of  urban  and  regional  planning. 
Integration  of  land  use  conditions  and  capabilities,  population  factors  and  needs, 
engineering  economics  and  engineering  technologies.  Application  to  special 
problems  in  urban-regional  development.  Preparation  of  engineering  reports. 
Presentation  methods. 

ENCE  621  Civil  Engineering  Planning  (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  ENCE  620 
or  equivalent.  General  to  comprehensive  planning  of  complex  engineering  facilities 
such  as  industrial  plants,  bridges,  utilities  and  transportation  projects.  Planning  based 
on  the  synthesis  of  all  applicable  factors.  Emphasis  on  general  civil  engineering 
planning  including  site,  structural  and  construction  planning.  Plan  evaluation  and 
feasibility. 

ENCE  622  Urban  and  Regional  Systems  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite  or  corequisite: 
ENCE  461  or  consent  of  instructor.  Current  applications  and  research  approaches  in 
land-use  forecasting,  land-use  evaluation,  urban  transportation,  land-use 
interrelationships,  and  the  planning  implementation  process  in  a  systems  analytic 
framework. 

ENCE    623    Interpretation    of    Satellite    Imagery    For    Regional    Analysis    (3) 

Prerequisites:  foundation  courses  in  computer  programming  and  statisitcs.  The 
concepts  and  approaches  used  in  the  computer-aided  interpretation  of  digital  format 
data  collected  by  orbiting  electro-magnetic  scanner  systems.  Emphasis  on  the 
translation  of  computer  compatible  tapes  from  the  landsat  series  of  satellites  into 
information  required  for  the  analysis  of  land  and  water  related  problems  on  a  regional 
scale. 

ENCE  630  Environmental  and  Water  Resource  Systems  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor.  Application  of  statistical  and  systems  engineering  techniques 
in  the  analysis  of  information  necessary  for  the  design  or  characterization  of 
environmental  or  hydrologic  processes;  emphasis  on  the  fundamental  considerations 
that  control  the  design  of  information  collection  programs,  data  interpretation,  and  the 
evolution  of  simulation  models  used  to  support  the  decision-making  process. 

ENCE  631  Physical  Foundations  For  Hydrologic  Modeling  (3)  Prerequisite  ENCE 
431  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  detailed  analysis  of  the  physical  processes 
controlling  the  distribution  of  runoff  from  land  areas.  Infiltration,  interception, 
transpiration,  evaporation,  and  spatially  varied  flows.  Emphasis  on  developing  an 
understanding  of  the  physics  of  hydrologic  processes  and  translating  this 
understanding  into  models  that  can  be  used. 

ENCE  632  Free  Surface  Flow  (3)  Prerequisite  ENCE  330  or  equivalent.  Application  of 
fundamentals  of  fluid  mechanics  to  problems  of  free  surface  flow;  computation  of 
steady  and  transient  water  surface  profiles;  stratified  flows  in  reservoirs  and  estuaries; 
diffusion;  transition  structures;  sediment  transport. 

ENCE  633  The  Chemistry  of  Natural  Waters  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  433  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Application  of  principles  from  chemical  thermodynamics  and  kinetics  to 
the  study  and  interpretation  of  the  chemical  characteristics  of  natural  water  systems. 
Explanation  of  the  chemical  composition  of  natural  waters  from  a  consideration  of 


162     ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil 


metal  ion  solubility  controls,  ph,  carbonate  equilibria,  absorption  reactions,  redox 
reactions,  and  the  kinetics  of  oxygenation  reactions  which  occur  in  natural  water 
environments. 

ENCE  634  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  434  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  The  theory  and  techniques  used  in 
the  determination  and  measurement  of  chemical,  radiological,  and  biological  pollutants 
in  the  atmosphere.  Discussion  of  air  sampling  equipment,  analytical  methods  and  data 
evaluation. 

ENCE  635  Design  of  Water  Purification  Facilities  (3)  Corequisite:  ENCE  636  or 
equivalent.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Application  of  basic 
science  and  engineering  science  to  design  of  water  supply  and  purification  processes; 
design  and  economics  of  unit  operations  as  applied  to  environmental  systems. 

ENCE  636  Unit  Operations  of  Environmental  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE 
221  or  consent  of  instructor.  Properties  and  quality  criteria  of  drinking  water  as  related 
to  health  are  interpretated  by  a  chemical  and  biological  approach.  Legal  aspects  of 
water  use  and  handling  are  considered.  Theory  and  application  of  aeration, 
sedimentation,  filtration,  centrifugation,  desalinization,  corrosion  and  corrosion  control 
are  among  topics  to  be  considered. 

ENCE  637  Biological  Principles  of  Environmental  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor.  An  examination  of  biological  principles  directly  affecting  man 
and  his  environment,  with  particular  emphasis  on  microbiological  interactions  in 
environmental  engineering  related  to  air,  water  and  land  systems;  microbiology  and 
biochemistry  of  aerobic  and  anaerobic  treatment  processes  for  aqueous  wastes. 

ENCE  640  Advanced  Soil  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisites  -  ENCE  340  or  equivalent. 
Introduction  to  the  use  of  elastic  theory  in  stress  and  displacement  solutions  to 
geotechnical  engineering  (soil  and  rock  mechanics).  The  effect  of  soil  moisture  (at 
rest)  relative  to  effective  stress  principles,  capillary  and  frost.  Exact  and  numeric 
techniques  for  the  analysis  for  soil  seepage  under  isotropic  and  anisotropic  conditions. 
Classical  settlement  (consolidation)  and  compressiblility  theories,  including  finite 
difference  solution  for  vertical  and  radial  drainage. 

ENCE  641  Advanced  Foundations  (3)  Prerquisite  -  ENCE  340  or  equivalent. 
Introduction  to  braced  lateral  earth  pressure  concepts  and  theories  applied  to 
foundations.  Analysis  of  braced  excavations,  retaining  walls  and  design  of  cantilever 
and  anchored  sheet  piling  systems.  Principles  of  Cofferdam  design;  bearing  capacity 
theories  related  to  shallow  and  deep  foundations;  soil-foundation  interactions  for 
footing  and  mat  designs  and  analysis  of  single  pile  and  pile  group  foundations.  Exact 
and  numeric  solution  techniques. 

ENCE  642  Soil  Dynamics  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite  -  ENCE  640  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Introduction  to  field  and  laboratory  cethods  for  determining  the  dynamic 
characterization  of  soil  at  both  small  and  large  strain  levels.  Analysis  and  design  of 
soil  foundations  subjected  to  machinery  generated  vibrations.  A  critical  review  of 
earthquake  causes  and  their  effect  upon  foundations  and  earth  structures  relative  to 
earthquake  resistant  design  methodologies. 

ENCE  643  Stability  of  Earth  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  340  or  equivalent. 
Shear  strength  of  saturated  and  partially  saturated  cohesive  and  cohesionless  soils 
incorporating  the  effects  of  stress  history  and  in-situ  stress  conditions.    Fundamentals 


ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil     163 


of  lateral  earth  pressure  and  classical  methods  of  analysis.  Integration  of  basic 
techniques  of  subsurface  exploration  methods  (equipment,  sampling  tubes,  and 
number  of  samples)  with  the  above  topics  to  critically  analyze  stability  of  earth 
structures  (landslides,  slope  stability  and  earth  dam  stability). 

ENCE  644  Engineering  Soil  Problems  of  North  America  (3)  Prerequisites  -  ENCE 
340  or  equivalent.  A  critcal  review  of  the  distribution  of  the  soils  in  North  America  with 
respect  to  engineering  design  and  construction  problems.  Design  factors  such  as 
availability  of  quality  aggregate  resouces,  soil  origin  and  texture,  high  volume  change 
soils,  potentially  poor  subgrade  support  conditions,  and  frost-susceptible  soils. 

ENCE  645  Embankment  Dam  Design  (3)  The  design  procedures  involved  in 
embankment  dam  design,  touching  on  preliminary  considerations,  embankment  design 
and  construction  preparation,  with  special  attention  to  rock  fill  dams,  small  dams,  and 
mine  waste  disposal  dams.  Dam  surveillance,  safety  and  repair. 

ENCE  646  Rock  Mechanics  (3)  The  composition,  structure,  and  properties  of  intact 
rock  and  discontinuous  rock  masses  and  to  the  practical  analysis  and  design 
techniques  for  common  rock  engineering  problems. 

ENCE  647  Underground  Construction  (3)  Design  and  construction  aspects  of  soft 
ground  tunnels,  rock  tunnels  and  caverns,  shafts,  and  cut-and-cover  excavations. 
Design  criteria  and  philosophies,  excavation  systems,  ground  stability,  support 
systems,  support  load  analysis,  and  ground  movement  prediction.  Project 
management,  risk,  liability,  and  contractual  problems  peculiar  to  tunneling. 

ENCE  651  Matrix  Methods  of  Structural  Analysis  (3)  Review  of  basic  structural  and 
matrix  theory.  Development  of  force  and  displacement  methods  with  emphasis  on  the 
latter.  Discussion  of  special  topics  such  as  geometric  non-linearity,  automated  and 
optimum  design  non-prismatic  members  and  thin-walled  open  sections  and 
sub-division  of  large  structures.  Emphasis  on  applications  to  civil  engineering 
structures. 

ENCE  652  Analysis  of  Plate  and  Shell  Structures  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENCE  410  and 
ENCE  381  or  equivalent  review  of  theory  of  elasticity  and  in-plane  forces;  theory  of 
orthotropic  plates;  approximate  methods;  large  deflection  theory,  buckling;  general 
theory  of  shells,  cylindrical  shells,  domes. 

ENCE  653  Structural  Dynamics  (3)  Analysis  of  the  dynamic  response  of  structures 
and  structural  components  subjected  to  impact  load,  transient  load,  and  ground 
excitations;  study  of  single  degree-of -freedom  and  multi  degree-of-freedom  systems  in 
classical  closed  form  solution  and  approximate  numerical  solution;  solution  in  the 
frequency  domain  and  the  use  of  finite  element  method. 

ENCE  655  Plastic  Analysis  and  Design  of  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  The  study  of  the  factors  effecting  the  plastic  behavior  of  steel  structures  and 
the  criteria  necessary  for  design.  The  design  of  beams,  rigid  frames  and  multi-story 
braced  frames  using  current  specifications.  A  review  of  current  research  and  practice. 

ENCE  656  Advanced  Steel  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  450  and  ENCE  451  or 
equivalent  interpretation  of  specifications  and  codes  for  the  design  of  steel  buildings 
and  bridges.  Discussion  of  the  behavior  of  steel  connections,  members  and  structures; 
the  relationship  between  behavior  and  design  specifications. 

ENCE  657  Theory  of  Structural  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  656.  Correlation  of 


164     ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil 


theory,  experience,  and  experiments  in  study  of  structural  behavior,  proportioning,  and 

preliminary  design.   Special   design   problems  of  fatigue,   buckling,   vibrations,   and 

impact. 

ENCE  660  Engineering  Analysis  (3) 

ENCE  661  Finite  Element  Techniques  in  Engineering  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Basic  principles  and  fundamental  concepts  of  the  finite  element 
method.  Consideration  of  geometric  and  material  nonlinearities,  convergence,  mesh 
gradation  and  computational  procedures  in  analysis.  Applications  to  plane  stress  and 
plane  strain,  plates  and  shells,  eigenvalue  problems,  axi-symmetric  stress  analysis, 
and  other  problems  in  civil  engineering. 

ENCE  670  Highway  Traffic  Characteristics  and  Measurements  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  470  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  study  of  the  fundamental  traits  and  behavior 
patterns  of  the  road  user  and  his  vehicle  in  traffic.  The  basic  characteristics  of  the 
pedestrian,  the  driver,  the  vehicle,  traffic  volume  and  speed,  stream  flow  and 
intersection  operation,  parking,  and  accidents. 

ENCE  671  Highway  Traffic  Operations  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  470,  ENCE  670  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  traffic  laws  and  ordinances.  The  design,  application 
and  operation  of  traffic  control  devices  and  aids,  including  traffic  signs  and  signals, 
pavement  markings,  and  hazard  delineation.  Capacity,  accident,  and  parking 
analyses. 

ENCE  672  Regional  Transportation  Planning  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  471  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Factors  involved  and  the  components  of  the  process  for  planning 
statewide  and  regional  transportation  systems,  encompassing  all  modes. 
Transportation  planning  studies,  statewide  traffic  models,  investment  models, 
programming  and  scheduling. 

ENCE  673  Urban  Transportation  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  672  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Relationship  of  transportation  to  the  total  urban  complex,  the  urban  transportation 
planning  process,  the  models  used  to  achieve  the  various  steps  in  the  process  and 
the  relationship  of  private  and  public  transportation.  Consideration  of  the  factors 
influencing  the  demand  for  transportation  and  the  socio-economic  consequences  of 
transportation. 

ENCE  674  Urban  Transit  Planning  and  Rail  Transportation  Engineering  (3) 
Prerequisite:  ENCE  471  or  consent  of  instructor.  Basic  engineering  components  of 
conventional  and  high  speed  railroads  and  of  air  cushion  and  other  high  speed  new 
technology.  The  study  of  urban  rail  and  bus  transit.  The  characteristics  of  the  vehicle, 
the  supporting  way,  and  the  terminal  requirements  will  be  evaluated  with  respect  to 
system  performance,  capacity,  cost,  and  level  of  service. 

ENCE  675  Airport  Planning  and  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  471  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  planning  and  design  of  airports  .including  site  selection,  runway 
configuration,  geometric  and  structural  design  of  the  landing  area,  and  terminal 
facilities.  Methods  of  financing  airports,  estimates  of  aeronautical  demand,  air  traffic 
control,  and  airport  lighting  are  also  studied. 

ENCE  676  Highway  Traffic  Flow  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  461 ,  ENCE  462  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  An  examination  of  physical  and  statistical  laws  that  are  used 
to  represent  traffic  flow  phenomena.  Deterministic  models  including  heat  flow,  fluid 
flow,  and  energy-momentum  analogies,  car  following  models,  and  acceleration  noise. 


ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil     165 


Stochastic  approaches  using  independent  and  Markov  processes,  Queuing  models, 
and  probability  distributions. 

ENCE  677  Quantitative  Methods  in  Transportation  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENCE  461  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theory,  methods  and  applications  relevant  to  the 
study  of  micro-  and  macro-scale  transportation  systems,  in  terms  of  their  behavior, 
design,  and  evaluation.  A  selected  overview  of  optimization,  multivariate  statistics, 
stochastic  processes  and  the  general  science  of  systems  decision  processes  will  form 
the  basis  for  a  selected  study  of  pertinent  examples. 

ENCE  688  Advanced  Topics  in  Civil  Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected  by  the  faculty  from  the  current  literature  of  civil 
engineering  to  suit  the  needs  and  background  of  students.  May  be  taken  for  repeated 
credit  when  identified  by  topic  title. 

ENCE  689  Seminar  (1-16) 

ENCE  730  Environmental  and  Water  Resource  Systems  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE 
630  or  permission  of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  in  operational  research.  Applications 
to  complex  environmental  and  water  resource  systems.  The  use  of  systems  simulation 
and  probabalistic  modeling. 

ENCE  731  Advanced  Ground  Water  Hydrology  (3)  Prerequisite  ENCE  432  or 
equivalent.  Theory  and  application  of  unsteady  flow  in  porous  media.  Analysis  of  one 
and  two  dimensional  unsteady  flow.  Solutions  of  non-linear  equation  of  unsteady  flow 
with  a  free  surface.  Development  and  use  of  approximate  numerical  and  graphical 
methods  in  the  study  of  ground  water  movement. 

ENCE  732  Advanced  Hydrologic  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  A 
critical  examination  of  advanced  data  analysis  and  modeling  techniques  used  in 
hydrology;  stochastic-deterministic  interfaces;  trade-offs  among  lumped,  linked  system 
and  spatially  distributed  models;  sensitivity  analysis  in  performance  evaluation;  model 
formulation;  calibration  and  verification  concepts. 

ENCE  733  Applied  Water  Chemistry  (4)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  633  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Three  lectures,  one  lab  a  week.  A  study  of  the  chemistry  of  both  municipal 
and  industrial  water  treatment  processes.  Among  the  topics  to  be  considered  are 
water  softening,  stabilization,  chemical  destabilization  of  colloidal  materials,  ion 
exchange,  disinfection,  chemical  oxidation  and  oxygenation  reactions. 

ENCE  734  Aerosol  Science  and  Technology  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  ENCE  430  or  equivalent.  Physical  properties  of  air-borne  particles. 
Theories  of:  particle  motion  under  the  action  of  external  forces;  coagulation;  brownian 
motion  and  diffusion.  Application  of  aerosols  in  atmospheric  sciences  and  industrial 
processes. 

ENCE  735  Design  of  Municipal  and  Industrial  Wastes  Treatment  Facilities  (3) 

Corequisite:  ENCE  736  or  equivalent.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Application  of  basic  science  and  engineering  science  to  design  of  municipal  and 
industrial  waste  treatment  processes;  design  and  economics  of  unit  operations  as 
applied  to  environmental  systems. 

ENCE  736  Theory  of  Aqueous  and  Solid  Waste  Treatment  and  Disposal  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENCE  221  and  fundamentals  of  microbiology,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Theory  and  basic  principles  of  treating  and  handling  waste  products;  hydraulics  of 


166     ENCE  —  Engineering,  Civil 


sewers;  biological  oxidation;  principles  and  design  criteria  of  biological  and  physical 
treatment  processes;  disposal  of  waste  sludges  and  solids. 

ENCE  737  Industrial  Wastes  (3)  Corequisite:  ENCE  736  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the 
characterisitcs  of  liquid  wastes  from  major  industries,  and  the  processes  producing  the 
wastes.  The  theory  and  methods  of  eliminating  or  treating  the  wastes,  and  their  effects 
upon  municipal  sewage-treatment  plants,  and  receiving  waters. 

ENCE  738  Selected  Topics  in  Porous  Media  Flow  (3)  Prerequisite:   ENCE  731 
Analysis  of  two-liquid  flows  for  immiscible  fluids,  simultaneous  flow  of  two  immiscible 
fluids  and  miscible  fluids.  Hydrodynamic  dispersion  theories,  parameters  of  dispersion 
and  solutions  of  some  dispersion  problems  with  emphasis  on  migration  of  pollutants.  A 
maximum  of  six  hours  may  be  earned  in  this  course. 

ENCE  741  Aircraft  Remote  Sensing  in  Civil  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite  -  ENCE  340 
or  equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  the  use  of 
remote  sensing  in  engineering.  Emphasis  on  the  interpretation  of  aerial  photography 
and  infrared,  radar,  multispectral  and  other  sensor  data.  The  planning  of  aerial  and 
field  remote  sensing  missions  and  the  applications  of  these  sensors  to  engineering 
programs  including  regional  inventories,  route  locations,  environmental  surveys  and 
site  investigations.  Computer  analysis  of  remote  sensing  data  is  considered. 

ENCE  742  Site  Investigation  (3)  Prerequisite  -  ENCE  340  or  equivalent  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  various  techniques  for  evaluating  the  physical  environment  and 
performing  exploration  programs  for  engineering  facilities.  Methods  for  using  various 
techniques  available  for  engineering  site  investigations,  including  interpretation  of 
topographic,  geological  and  agricultural  soil  maps;  and  the  use  of  geophysical  and 
subsurface  exploration  systems. 

ENCE  745  Advanced  Pavement  Design  (3)  Fundamentals  of  recent  mechanistic 
structural  design  approaches  of  flexible  and  rigid  systems  for  highway  and  airfield 
pavements.  The  principles  of  probabilistic  (reliability)  design  approaches,  dynamic 
material  characterization,  theoretical  stress  solutions  (multilayer  and  slab  analysis)  and 
fundamental  distress  criterion  of  material  fatigue  and  deformability,  integrated  into  a 
total  structural  design  system  framework. 

ENCE  746  Pavement  Management  Systems  (3)  The  overall  framework  necessary  to 
develop  a  Pavement  Management  System  (PMS)  at  the  project  and  network  level. 
Major  emphasis  on  the  data  collection,  maintenance  and  rehabilitation  phases  of  the 
systems  concept.  Pavement  condition,  performance,  safety  and  structural  evaluation  . 
Maintenance  and  rehabilitation  methodologies  needed  to  develop  life  cycle  costing  of 
various  alternative  strategies. 

ENCE  750  Analysis  and  Design  of  Structural  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  450 
and  ENCE  451  or  equivalent  review  of  classical  determinate  and  indeterminate 
analysis  techniques;  numerical  technique;  multistory  buildings;  space  structures; 
suspension  bridges  and  cables  structures;  arches;  long  span  bridges. 

ENCE  751  Advanced  Problems  in  Structural  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  750  or 
equivalent.  Elastic  and  inelastic  behavior  of  structural  members  and  frames;  problems 
in  torsion,  stability  and  bending;  open  and  closed  thin-walled  sections;  curved  girders. 

ENCE  753  Reinforced  Concrete  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  450  AND  451  or 

equivalent  the  behavior  and  strength  of  reinforced  concrete  members  under  combined 
loadings,  including  the  effects  of  creep,  shrinkage  and  temperature.    Mechanisms  of 


Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  Program     167 


shear  resistance  and  design  procedures  for  bond,  shear  and  diagonal  tension.  Elastic 
and  ultimate  strength  analysis  and  design  of  slabs.  Columns  in  multistory  frames. 
Applications  to  reinforced  concrete  strutures. 

ENCE  754  Prestressed  Concrete  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENCE  450  AND  451  or 

equivalent.  Fundamental  concepts  of  prestressed  concrete.  Analysis  and  design  of 
flexural  members  including  composite  and  continuous  beams  with  emphasis  on  load 
balancing  technique.  Ultimate  strength  design  for  shear.  Design  of  post  tensioned  flat 
slabs.  Various  applications  of  prestressing  including  tension  members,  compression 
members,  circular  prestressing,  frames  and  folded  plates. 

ENCE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENCE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Gillespie 

Professors:  Ay  I  ward,  Bentley,  Jamieson,  Kolker,  Meersman,  Pugliese,  Wolvin 

Associate  Professors:  Falcione,  Fink,  Freimuth,  Gomery,  Kirkley,  McCaleb,  Totaro 

O'Leary,  Weiss 

Assistant  Professors:  Carlson,  Blum,  Brown,  Parks,  Robinson,  Shyles,  Webster, 

Patterson,  Elam,  Jr.,  Kriebs,  Parker 

Lecturer:  Niles 

The  Department  of  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  offers  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in 

each  of  the  three  divisions:  speech  communication;  theatre;  radio-television-film.  Within 

each  of  these  divisions  it  is  possible  to  concentrate  in  specific  areas  which  are 

described  below.   The  Department  also  offers  a  Master  of  Fine  Arts  in  Theatre. 

The  Department  also  participates  in  the  Ph.D.  degree  in  Public  Communication, 
which  embraces  all  three  divisions  and  the  College  of  Journalism.  Although  the  Ph.D. 
program  is  interdisciplinary  within  the  four  areas,  a  student  is  free  to  explore  and 
concentrate  in  specific  areas  such  as  rhetoric  and  public  address,  organizational  and 
political  communication,  governmental  communication,  broadcast  communication, 
public  relations,  international  communication,  science  and  medical  communication, 
theatrical  theory  and  aesthetics,  theatre  history  and  cinema  history  and  aesthetics.  For 
complete  information  on  admission  and  degree  requirements,  see  the  "Public 
Communication  Program"  entry. 

There  are  increasing  opportunities  for  employment  in  many  fields  associated  with 
all  aspects  of  communication.  Employment  opportunities  may  be  found  in  private 
business  and  industry,  local,  state  and  federal  government  agencies,  in  various 
educational  institutions,  and  in  the  media  and  theatre. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

For  admission  to  the  graduate  program  in  any  of  the  divisions,  the  applicant  must  meet 
all  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School  and,  normally,  provide  acceptable  Graduate 
Record  Examination  Scores.  If  applicants  do  not  have  the  equivalent  of  an 
undergraduate  major  in  their  field  of  interest,  opportunities  exist  for  them  to  take  course 
work  in  preparation  for  subsequent  admission. 

The  Department  offers  the  M.A.  degree  with  thesis  and  non-thesis  options.  Along 
with  the  minimum  requirements  established  by  the  Graduate  School,  each  division  of 


168     Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  Program 


CMRT  has  special  requisites  for  the  completion  of  its  own  program.  Graduate 
assistants  are  generally  able  to  complete  their  30  hour  programs  in  18  months,  while 
students  without  assistantships  most  often  finish  in  a  calendar  year. 

Radio-Television-Film 

A  student  in  the  Radio-Television-Film  Division  may  either  concentrate  in  a  particular 
area  (film  or  broadcasting,  for  example)  or  elect  a  more  general  program  covering  the 
multiple  aspects  of  electronic  and  film  communication.  Students  whose  academic 
goals  extend  beyond  the  Radio-Television-Film  Division  may,  upon  approval  of  their 
advisor,  take  as  many  as  twelve  credit  hours  in  cognate  fields  in  other  divisions  or 
other  departments  of  the  University.  Examples  of  such  programs  would  include 
educational  uses  of  media,  broadcast  management,  and  electronic  journalism. 

Speech  Communication 

Students  who  elect  to  pursue  a  program  of  study  in  the  Division  of  Speech 
Communication  are  encouraged  to  develop  programs  reflecting  an  understanding  of 
the  genesis,  the  nature,  and  the  effects  of  human  speech  behavior.  A  student  may 
concentrate  within  a  specialized  area  of  Speech  Communication  (Political 
Communication  or  Organizational  Communication,  for  example)  or  may  elect  a  more 
general  course  of  study.  Students  in  the  Speech  Communication  Division  are  urged  to 
augment  their  program  of  study  with  coursework  in  complementary  disciplines  and 
with  communication  internships  in  the  Washington,  D.C.,  Metropolitan  area. 

Theatre 

The  M.A.  program  in  Theatre  is  designed  to  provide  the  student  with  opportunities  to 
enhance  and  develop  historical  and  critical  faculties  and  to  prepare  for  participation  in 
further  graduate  work  at  the  doctoral  level.  This  is  accomplished  through  course  work 
and  in  the  writing  of  a  thesis  using  historical  and  critical  research  methodologies. 

The  three-year  M.F.A.  in  Theatre  is  designed  to  offer  superior  students  advanced 
training  and  opportunities  for  creative  activity.  The  program  prepares  the  student  for 
entrance  into  the  professional  theatre  or  for  teaching  in  the  creative  areas  at  the 
college  or  university  level.  The  areas  of  concentration  are  costurme  design  and 
theater  management. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  within  a  few  miles  of  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the 
Performing  Arts,  Arena  Stage,  and  the  National,  Ford's  and  Folger  Theatres,  and  the 
Wolf  Trap  Farm  Park  for  the  Performing  Arts.  In  addition,  a  number  of  Equity  and 
non-Equity  dinner  theatres  and  semi-professional  experimental  theatres  abound  in  the 
area. 

Two  of  the  greatest  libraries  in  the  world,  the  Library  of  Congress  and  the  Folger 
Shakespeare  Library,  are  in  close  proximity  toCampus.  Students  also  regularly  make 
use  of  the  Broadcast  Pioneers  Library,  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the  National 
Archives  and  the  more  than  50  specialized  libraries  and  institutions  in  the  Washington 
metropolitan  area. 

The  Department  has  use  of  the  Tawes  Fines  Arts  Theatre,  other  smaller  theatres  on 
campus,  the  Communication  Research  Center  and  audio  and  video  production 
facilities. 


RTVF  —  Radio  Television  and  Film     169 


Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  offer  approximately  one-half  of  all  full-time  graduate 
students  teaching  or  research  assistantships.  A  few  additional  students  are  employed 
in  various  divisions  of  the  Department;  these  are  required  to  pay  their  own  tuition  and 
fees. 

Additional  Information 

Descriptions  of  the  Departmental  programs  and  divisions  and  other  information  may  be 
obtained  by  writing  to: 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies 

Department  of  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

RTVF  —  Radio  Television  and  Film 

RTVF  402  Advanced  Sound  Production  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  302  and  consent  of 
instructor.  An  advanced  sound  production  methodology  in  radio  drama  and 
documentaries. 

RTVF  413  The  History  of  the  Film  (3)  An  advanced  survey  of  the  film  as  an  art  form. 
Cinema  pre-history,  actualities  and  the  Lumiere  tradition,  Melies,  Griffith,  and  their 
contemporaries,  the  silent  film  (1920-29):  Germany,  Russia,  and  the  U.S.A.,  screen 
comedy,  the  sound  film  (1926-present):  American  and  foreign  master  directors,  recent 
and  current  trends.   Recommended  prior  to  this  course:  RTVF  314. 

RTVF  414  Contemporary  American  Cinema  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  222.  An  analysis 
of  the  trends  and  major  social  issues  in  American  culture  as  they  are  expressed 
through  the  film  medium.  Emphasis  on  "new  wave",  experimental,  underground, 
independent,  and  cinema  verite  motion  pictures. 

RTVF  415  Contemporary  European  Cinema  (3)  A  comparative  and  critical  analysis  of 
the  European  motion  picture  both  as  a  distinct  art  form  reflecting  the  national  character 
of  a  particular  country  and  as  a  medium  for  mass  communications  demonstrating  the 
universality  of  the  human  condition. 

RTVF  417  Dramatic  Writing  For  Broadcasting  and  Film  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  317 
or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  principles,  methods  and  limitations  of 
writing  comedy,  drama,  and  the  documentary  for  radio,  television,  and  film. 

RTVF  418  The  Film  Auteur  (3)  The  intensive  chronological  study  of  the  work  of  one 
European  or  American  film  director  each  semester. 

RTVF  419  Film  Genres  (3)  The  study  of  one  major  film  genre  each  semester  (the 
gangster  film,  the  western,  science  fiction  and  horror,  the  political  film).  Cinema 
develops  formal  and  thematic  conversions  and  how,  as  a  medium  for  reflecting  social 
ideals  and  needs.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

RTVF  420  The   Documentary   Film  (3)  Growth,   implication,   and   the   use  of  the 

international  nonfiction  film  as  propaganda,  public  service,  promotion,  education,  and 
entertainment.  Case  studies  from  representative  documentaries  will  be  analyzed. 

RTVF  421  Film  Criticism  Uad  Theory  (3)  Critical-aesthetic  approaches  to  film  in  order 


170     RTVF  —  Radio  Television  and  Film 


to  develop  a  vocabulary  for  film  analysis.  Included  will  be  shot  analysis;  montage  and 
deep  focus;  the  Auteur  theory;  the  role  of  screenwriter,  director  of  photography,  actor; 
genre  analysis;  analysis  of  film  as  popular  art. 

RTVF  424  The  Film  Industry:  History  and  Technology  (3)  The  history,  status  and 
present  functions  of  the  American  film  industry  including  the  studio  system,  the 
innovation  of  color  and  sound,  distribution  and  exhibition. 

RTVF  425  Television  and  Politics  (3)  Critical  review  of  studies  of  the  effects  of 
political  broadcasts;  legal  and  social  issues;  surveys  and  media  campaigns. 

RTVF  440  Television  Direction  (3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF  340  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Principles  of  television  direction  including  elements  of  composition,  picturization, 
timing,  script  notation  and  program  coordination. 

RTVF  441  Television  Direction  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  440  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Advanced  theories  of  television  direction;  script  analysis  and  adaptation,  production 
coordination,  casting,  blocking,  rehearsals  and  mixing. 

RTVF  447  Quantitative  Methods  of  Broadcast  Research  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  347 
or  the  consent  of  instructor.  An  examination  of  the  fundamentals  of  survey  research 
methodology  as  it  relates  to  the  study  and  analysis  of  broadcast  audiences. 

RTVF  449  Television  Workshop  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Special 
studio  projects.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

RTVF  450  Radio  and  Television  Station  Management  (3)  The  role  of  the  manager  in 
the  modern  broadcasting  industry.  Station  communication  factors,  regulation, 
licensing,  personnel  functions,  sales,  programming  supervision,  audience  analysis,  and 
station  promotion. 

RTVF  451  Broadcast  Criticism  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  professional,  historical,  social, 
and  psychological  criticism  of  American  radio  and  television,  together  with  practical 
application  of  professional  and  scholarly  critical  methods. 

RTVF  452  International  and  Comparative  Broadcasting  Systems  (3)  A  comparative 
study  of  international  broadcasting  program  policies,  economic  systems,  control  and 
organization.  The  use  of  broadcasting  in  international  affairs  as  an  instrument  of 
propaganda,  culture  and  information  dissemination.  Monitoring  of  overseas 
broadcasts,  television  programs  and  discussions  with  representatives  of  domestic  and 
foreign  international  broadcast  agencies. 

RTVF  453  Broadcast  Regulation  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  223.  Legal  issues  involving 
radio  and  television:  freedom,  restraints,  self-regulation;  regulation  of  programming, 
competition,  rights  as  seen  by  the  broadcaster,  regulatory  agencies  and  the  public. 

RTVF  454  Cable  Television  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  223.  History,  regulatory 
development,  system  designs,  communications  capability  and  franchising  of  cable 
television. 

RTVF  456  Structure  and  Criticism  of  TV  Advertising  (3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF  222, 
RTVF  223  and  RTVF  317.  An  examination  of  the  persuasive  power  of  television 
advertising.  Analysis  of  form,  structure  and  content  of  the  television  commercial  and 
techniques  used  to  influence  attitudes  and  behavior. 

RTVF  457  Media  Economics  (3)  Economic  issues  involving  radio,  television,  film,  and 
new  technologies  of  cable  and  satellite  transmission. 


SPCH  —  Speech     171 


RTVF  466  Film  Production  III,  Synchronized  Sound  Film  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites: 
RTVF  355  and  consent  of  instructor.  Synchronized  sound  and  color  technology  with 
emphasis  on  the  16mm  format. 

RTVF  467  Film  Production  IV,  Advanced  (3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF  464  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Direction  and  production  of  16mm,  color,  synchronized  sound  motion 
picture.    Production  management,  cinematography,  and  sound  recording. 

RTVF  498  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisites:  senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Present  day  radio-television-film  research.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

RTVF  600  Introduction  to  Graduate  Study  in  Broadcasting  (3) 

RTVF  601  Visual  Communication  (3)  A  theoretical  analysis  of  aspects  of  perception; 
effects  of  visual  messages  in  human  communication  through  television  and  film. 

RTVF  621  Formal  Film  Analysis  (3)  The  elements  and  composition  of  intensive 
analysis  of  selected  narrative  films  on  a  shot  by  shot  basis. 

RTVF  628  Seminar  in  Film  (3)  Studies  of  various  aspects  of  film.  Subject  matter 
changed  each  semester.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

RTVF  629  Special  Problems  in  Film  (3)  An  experimental  course  for  the  development 
of  new  ideas  in  film.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits,  if  subject  is 
different. 

RTVF  640  Advanced  Television  Direction  (3)  Prerequisite:  RTVF  440  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Princples  of  television  direction  as  applied  to  dramatic  programs,  together 
with  a  consideration  of  the  specific  aesthetic  values  of  the  television  medium. 

RTVF  642  History  of  Broadcasting  (3)  Seminar  study  of  the  individuals,  technological 
developments,  and  social  and  economic  factors  responsible  for  the  development  and 
direction  of  the  broadcast  media  in  the  United  States. 

RTVF  648  Seminar  in  Broadcasting  (3)  Studies  of  various  aspects  of  broadcasting. 
Subject  matter  changed  each  semester. 

RTVF  649  Special  Problems  in  Broadcasting  (3)  An  experimental  course  for  the 
development  of  new  ideas  in  broadcasting. 

RTVF  662  Seminar  in  Political  Broadcasting  (3)  A  seminar  integrating  the  theory  of 
mass  communication  with  rhetorical-critical  theory  in  an  analysis  of  major  political  uses 
of  the  broadcast  media. 

RTVF  666  Producing  and  Production  Management  For  Film  (3)  Prerequisites:  RTVF 
357  or  equivalent.  Management  problems  facing  independent  and  organizational 
filmmakers,  budgeting,  production  management,  unions,  financing,  insurance,  taxes, 
and  distribution. 

RTVF  699  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

RTVF  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

SPCH  —  Speech 

SPCH  400  Introduction  to  Research  Methodologies  in  Speech  Communication  (3) 

Prerequisite:  speech  communication  major  or  minor  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  An 
introductory  survey  of  empirical  and  historical-criti  cal  research  methodologies  in 
speech  communication.  The  course  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  understand 
and  to  conduct  basic  research  in  the  field. 


172     SPCH  — Speech 


SPCH  420  Advanced  Group  Discussion  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  220  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  An  examination  of  current  research  and  techniques  in  the  discussion  and 
conference,  including  extensive  practice  in  various  types  of  discussions.  Emphasis  is 
upon  small  group  leadership  and  dynamics. 

SPCH  422  Interviewing  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Speech  principles 
and  practices  basic  to  recognized  types  of  interview,  giving  special  attention  to 
behavioral  objectives  and  communication  variables  involved  in  the  process  of 
interviewing. 

SPCH  423  Communication  Processes  in  Conferences  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  course 
in  speech  communication  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Group  participation  in 
conferences,  methods  of  problem  solving,  semantic  aspects  of  language,  and  the 
function  of  conferences  in  business,  industry  and  government  settings. 

SPCH  424  Business,  Industrial  and  Government  Communication  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Structure,  methodology  and  application  of  communication 
theory  in  the  industrial  setting  will  be  emphasized. 

SPCH  425  Communication  and  Sex  Roles  (3)  An  investigation  of  the  creation  of 
images  of  male  and  female,  and  masculine  and  feminine,  through  communication,  the 
differences  in  male  and  female  communication  behaviors  and  styles,  and  the 
implications  of  those  images  and  styles  for  male-female  interpersonal  transactions. 

SPCH    435    Development   of    Interpersonal    Communication    Competencies    (3) 

Investigation,  development  and  application  of  interpersonal  communication 
competencies,  including  assertiveness,  listening,  and  conflict  resolution. 

SPCH  440  Advanced  Oral  Interpretation  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  240.  A  study  of  the 
advanced  theories  and  techniques  employed  in  the  interpretation  of  prose,  poetry  and 
drama.  Attention  is  given  to  selections,  analyses,  cuttings,  script  compilations,  and  the 
planning  of  programs  and  performances  in  oral  interpretation. 

SPCH  441  Readers  Theatre  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  240  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Theories  and  techniques  of  readers  theatre  will  be  analyzed  to  enhance  the 
interpreting  and  directing  abilities  of  students.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to 
interpretation  and  direction  of  prose,  drama,  and  script  compilation. 

SPCH  450  Classical  and  Medieval  Rhetorical  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  theories  of  speech-making  and  speech  composition  as 
propounded  by  the  Classical  Rhetoricians.  Special  attention  is  given  to  Plato,  Aristotle, 
Socrates,  Cicero,  Quintlian,  and  St.  Augustine. 

SPCH  451  Renaissance  and  Modern  Rhetorical  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  the  development  of  modern  rhetorical  theories 
in  Europe  and  America  with  consideration  of  the  application  of  the  theories  to  public 
address.  Special  attention  is  given  to  Thomas  Sheridan,  John  Walker,  George 
Campbell,  Hugh  Blair,  Richard  Whately,  James  A. ' Winans,  Charles  Woolbert,  I.  A. 
Richards,  and  Kenneth  Burke. 

SPCH  455  Speechwriting  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Intensive  study  of  rhetorical  principles  of  speech  composition  through  study  of  model 
speeches  and  through  a  practicum  in  speech  writing.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the 
application  of  research  in  speech  writing  to  various  forms  and  styles  of  speeches. 

SPCH  460  American   Public  Address  1635-1900  (3)  Prerequisite:   SPCH  200  or 


SPCH  —  Speech     173 


consent  of  the  instructor.  Course  examines  the  rhetorical  development  of  major 
historical  movements  and  influential  spokesmen  from  1635-1900.  Emphasis  on  the 
Reign  of  Theocracy,  the  American  Revolution,  the  Presidential  Inaugural  as  a  rhetorical 
type,  the  Compromise  of  1850,  the  Lincoln-Douglas  Debates,  the  Civil  War  rhetoric  and 
the  Populist  movement. 

SPCH  461  American  Public  Address  in  the  20th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite  SPCH  200 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Course  examines  the  rhetorical  development  of  major 
historical  movements  and  influential  spokesmen  from  1900  to  the  present.  Focus  on 
the  progressive  movement  the  rise  of  labor,  women's  suffrage,  mccarthyism  and  the 
evolution  of  pro-  and  anti-war  rhetoric. 

SPCH  462  British  Public  Address  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  A  biographical,  textual  and  critical-rhetorical  study  of  Great  British  speakers 
and  their  influences.  Special  attention  will  be  devoted  to  the  "Golden  Age"  of  British 
oratory  and  to  the  forms  and  styles  of  contemporary  speakers. 

SPCH  470  Listening  (3)  A  study  of  the  listening  process,  listening  variables,  listening 
levels,  and  the  development  of  effective  listening  behavior 

SPCH  471  Diffusion  of  Innovation  (3)  Diffusion  theory  and  its  implications  for  public 
communication  campaigns. 

SPCH  472  Nonverbal  Communication  (3)  Survey  of  nonverbal  communication  in 
human  interaction;  theory  and  research  on  proxemics,  kinesics  and  paralinguistics  as 
expression  of  relationship,  affect  and  orientation  within  and  across  cultures. 

SPCH  474  Communication  Theory  and  Process  (3)  A  general  survey  of  introductory 
material  in  communication  theory. 

SPCH  475  Persuasion  in  Speech  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  200  or  230.  A  study  of  the 
bases  of  persuasion  with  emphasis  on  recent  experimental  developments  in 
persuasion. 

SPCH  476  Foundations  of  Speech  Behavior  (3)  This  course  will  provide  a  study  of 
the  acquisition  of  speech,  the  elements  that  influence  speech  behavior,  the  influences 
of  speech  behavior,  and  a  theoretical  framework  for  the  analysis  of  communication 
situations.  Students  will  apply  the  theory  to  analysis  of  specific  communication 
situations. 

SPCH  477  Speech  Communication  and  Language  (3)  Survey  of  language  acquisition 
and  development  in  human  communication  behavior;theory  and  research  on  language 
structure,  syntactic,  phonological,  and  cognitive  systems  as  an  influence  of  an 
individual's  orientation  and  development  within  and  across  cultures. 

SPCH  478  Speech  Communication  Colloquim  (1)  Current  trends  and  issues  in  the 
field  of  speech  communication,  stressing  recent  research  methods.  Recommended  for 
senior  and  graduate  student  majors  and  minors  in  speech  communication. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4  hours. 

SPCH  482  Intercultural  Communication  (3)  The  major  variables  of  communication  in 
an  intercultural  context.  Communication  problems  created  by  cultural,  racial,  and 
national  differences;  analysis  of  stereotypes,  values,  and  cultural  assumptions 
influencing  verbal  and  nonverbal  communication. 

SPCH  483  Urban  Communication  (3)  A  study  of  communication  variations  in  the 
urban  community,  exploration  of  strategies  for  improving  communication. 


174     SPCH  — Speech 


SPCH  488  Speech  Communication  Internship  (1-6)  Registration  by  permission  of 
adviser  only.  This  independent  internship  is  designed  to  give  the  speech 
communication  student  practical  career  experience  with  a  speech  communication 
professional  in  the  Washington  Metropolitan  area.  Limited  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

SPCH  489  Speech  Communication  Workshop  (1-6)  Workshops  devoted  to  special, 
in-depth  study  in  speech  communication.  Course  may  be  repeatable  to  a  maxium  of 
six  semester  hours. 

SPCH  498  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisites:  senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Present-day  speech  research. 

SPCH  499  Honors  Seminar  (3)  For  honors  students  only.  Readings,  symposiums 
visiting  lectures,  discussions. 

SPCH  600  Empirical  Research  in  Speech  Communication  (3) 

SPCH  601  Historical-critical  Research  in  Speech  Communication  (3)  Intense  study 
in  critical  and  historical  methodology  as  applicable  to  research  in  speech 
communication.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  composition  and  the  evaluation  of 
historical-critical  studies  of  significance  in  the  field  of  rhetorical  communication 
scholarship. 

SPCH     628     Organization     Communication:     Research     and     Intervention     (3) 

Prerequisite:  SPCH  424  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  role  of  the  internal  and  external 
communication  consultant  as  an  organization  change-agent.  Emphasis  upon  data 
gathered  to  facilitate  the  communication  development  of  the  organization.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

SPCH  655  Seminar  in  Speechwriting  (3)  Theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of 
speechwriting  at  an  advanced  level. 

SPCH  670  Seminar  in  Listening  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPCH  470  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  research  in  and  measurement  of  listening  behavior. 

SPCH  680  Speech  Communication  Programs  in  Education  and  Training  (3)  An 

analysis  of  instructional  development  in  speech  communication.  Instructional 
objectives,  strategies  and  evaluation  are  applied  to  educational,  corporate  and 
industrial  training  programs. 

SPCH  681  Communication  Issues  in  Human  Resource  Development  (3)  Research 
in  and  theory  of  contemporary  communication  issues  in  the  human  resource 
development  of  governmental,  corporate,  business  organizations. 

SPCH  688  Speech  Communication  Field  Experience  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Applications  of  speech  communication  principles  and  research  in 
professional  communication  settings. 

SPCH  698  Special  Problems  in  Speech  Communication  (3) 

SPCH  720  Seminar  in  Small  Group  Communication  (3)  Small  group  communication 
theory,  research,  and  applications. 

SPCH  724  Seminar  in  Organizational  Communication  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Theories  and  problems  of  human  communication  within,  between,  and/or 
among  formal  organizations  will  be  emphasized. 

SPCH  730  Seminar  in  Health  Communication  (3)  Communication  processes  in 
health  care  and  promotion. 


THET  — Theatre     175 


SPCH  755  Seminar  in  Rhetorical  Theory  (3)  Second  semester  Prerequisite  SPCH 
460,  461  or  450.  Examination  of  selected  theories  of  style  drawn  from  the  fields  of 
rhetoric  and  literature,  and  analysis  of  model  speeches. 

SPCH  760  Seminar  in  Political  Communication  (3)  Prerequisite  SPCH  601  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  A  blend  of  theory  and  practice  to  integrate  rheotrical-critical 
theory  and  empirical  methods  with  politics.  Practitioners  in  political  communication  will 
be  drawn  in  as  resource  persons.  Students  will  map  the  communication  strategy  for 
candidates  and  analyze  actual  campaign  strategies. 

SPCH  762  Seminar  in  Public  Address  (3)  An  in-depth  study  of  national  and 
international  speakers  and  issues  throughout  the  history  of  the  spoken  word.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  upon  the  application  of  rhetorical  principles  to  the  analysis  of  world 
speakers  and  their  speeches. 

SPCH  775  Seminar  in  Persuasion  and  Attitude  Change  (3)  This  seminar  will 
concentrate  on  the  problem  of  making  message  strategy  decisions.  Course  content  will 
consist  of  study  of  both  theoretical  and  empirical  research  on  attitude  and  attitude 
change  in  persuasive  communication. 

SPCH  776  Seminar  in  Interpersonal  Communication  (3)  Interpersonal 
communication  theory,  research,  and  practice. 

SPCH  798  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  An  individual 
course  designed  for  intensive  study  or  research  of  problems  in  any  one  of  the  three 
areas  of  drama,  general  speech,  or  radio/tv. 

SPCH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

THET  —  Theatre 

THET  415  Playwriting  (3)  The  writing  of  a  one-act  and  a  full-length  play. 

THET  420  Styles  and  Theories  of  Acting  (3)  Prerequisites:  THET  120,  221,  320  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  the  philosophical  basis  and  techniques  necessary 
for  acting  modern  realistic  drama  and  acting  period  style  dramas.  In-depth  study  of 
Stanislavski  System  and  application  of  those  techniques  toward  performance  in 
scenes.  Examination  and  application  of  the  techniques  necessary  for  the  preparation 
and  performance  of  an  acting  score  for  performing  Shakespeare.  Improvisation. 
Required  attendance  at  live  theatre  productions. 

THET  421  Movement  for  Actors  (3)  Studies  and  intensive  exercises  to  aid  the  acting 
student  in  understanding  physical  and  emotional  energy  flow,  body  placement, 
alignment  and  body  image.  The  physical  aspects  of  character. 

THET  422  Mime  (3)  Exploration  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  mime. 
Concentration  on  theory,  body  awareness  and  control,  balance,  isolation,  illusions, 
characterizations.  Emphasis  on  solo  and  duet  performance. 

THET  423  Stage  Combat  (3)  Principles  and  techniques  of  directing  fights  for  the 
stage  with  emphasis  on  hand-to-hand  combat,  quarterstaff  and  rapier  and  dagger. 
History  of  hand  weapons  from  primitive  man  through  the  nineteenth  century. 

THET    424    Advanced    Vocal    Performance    Skills    (3)    Prerequisite:    THET    221 
Advanced  methodology  and  performance  practice  in  vocal  production. 

THET  425  Advanced  Creative  Expression  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  125.  A  continuation 
of  THET  125  with  emphasis  on  physical  and  vocal  flexibility  through  improvisation  in 


176     THET  — Theatre 


scene  work  and  monologues. 

THET  426  Dance  for  the  Theatre  (3)  Practice  in  and  approaches  to  dance  for  the 
professional  theatre.  Intensive  work  in  tap,  show  jazz  and  show  dance,  with  work  in 
auditioning. 

THET  427  Professional  Acting  Practices  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Practices  and  approaches  to  acting  for  the  professional  theatre.  Auditioning,  scene 
study,  characterization  and  resume  formulation. 

THET  429  Actor's  Studio  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Participation  in 
dramatic  roles  executed  under  faculty  supervision  in  the  department's  productions. 
Eligible  students  must  make  commitments  and  plan  performances  with  course 
instructor  during  pre-registration.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

THET  430  Advanced  Directing  For  the  Stage  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  330  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Discussion  of  the  preparation  procedures  and  rehearsal  practices 
necessary  for  the  presentation  of  a  variety  of  theatrical  styles  and  forms.  Emphasis  on 
understanding  the  relationship  between  the  director,  the  actor,  the  script  and  the 
audience.  A  series  of  student  directed  scenes  supplemented  by  attendance  at  theatre 
productions. 

THET  440  Children's  Dramatics  (3)  Principles  and  methods  of  creative  dramatics  as 
applied  in  the  classroom  or  community  center  for  elementary,  secondary  and 
exceptional  children.  Supervised  conducting  of  classes  in  creative  dramatics  at  the 
University,  nearby  community  centers  or  schools. 

THET  441  Puppetry  for  Teaching  and  Performance  (3)  The  development  of  puppetry 
from  its  origin  to  the  present.  The  design,  execution  and  manipulation  of  hand  and  rod 
puppets  and  their  applicability  to  educational,  recreation  and  performance  situations. 

THET  445  Directing  Plays  For  Children's  Theatre  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  440  An 
introduction  into  the  formal  elements  of  directing  plays  for  children.  The  organization  of 
large  groups  of  children  in  the  framework  of  children's  theatre.  History  of  children's 
theatre,  script  analysis,  and  basic  directing  skills  for  staging  children's  theatre.  A  final 
presentation  of  a  short  established  or  original  children's  play  is  required. 

THET  450  American  Musical  Comedy  (3)  The  evolution  of  musical  comedy  through 
opera  to  early  American  extravaganzas  and  minstrels  to  the  musicals  of  the  1920's  and 
1930's.  The  development  and  highlights  of  the  form  since  1940.  The  function  and 
form  of  the  libretto,  music  and  lyrics,  and  the  roles  of  the  creative  personnel  of  a 
musical  production.   Workshops  in  performance  skills. 

THET  451  Musical  Comedy  Workshop  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 
Development  of  the  ability  to  move,  act  and  express  through  the  media  of  lyric  and 
music. 

THET  460  Theatre  Management  I  (3)  The  practical  tools  of  theatre  management: 
production  philosophies,  selecting  and  balancing  a  season,  tickets  and  box  office 
procedures,  budgeting,  graphic  arts  production,  advertising,  publicity  and  other 
promotional  devices. 

THET  461  Theatre  Management  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  460  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Case  studies,  discussions,  lectures  and  projects  concerning  advance  theatre 
management  decision  making  and  administration,  including  such  areas  as  personnel 
relations,    contract   negotiations,    theatrical    unions,   fund    raising,   touring,    audience 


THET  — Theatre     177 


development  and  public  relations. 

THET  471  Advanced  Scenic  Design  (3)  Prerequisites:  THET  170,  273,  375  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Study  of  period  styles  and  techniques  in  scenic  design.  Emphasis  on 
individual  projects  and  multi-use  theatres. 

THET  472  Stage  Property  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Materials  and 
techniques  for  the  design  and  execution  of  stage  properties  with  special  emphasis  on 
period  research,  special  materials,  and  special  effects. 

THET  473  Scene  Painting  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Scene  painting 
techniques  and  materials.  Three-dimensional  realistic  scenery  and  non-realistic 
two-dimensional  backdrops.  Individual  projects. 

THET  474  Stage  Management  and  Technical  Direction  (3)  Intensive  practical  study 
of  the  techniques  and  procedures  for  stage  management  and  technical  direction.  An 
independent  project  dealing  with  the  production  of  a  theoretical  show. 

THET  475  Professional  Lighting  Practices  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

Practice    and    approaches    to    lighting    for    the    professional    theatre.    Electricity, 

instrumentation,    safety,    regulations,    common    union    practices,    development   of    a 

production  from  designer's  work  sheets. 

THET  476  Principles  and  Theories  of  Stage  Lighting  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  170, 

recommended  THET  273.  A  study  of  the  theories  of  electrification,  instruments,  design, 

color,  and  control  for  stage  and  television.   Brief  survey  of  sound  for  the  theatre. 

Practical  work  on  productions. 

THET  477  Advanced  Lighting  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  476.  Study  of  history 

and  theory  of  lighting  design.  Design  exercises  in  proscenium,  in-the-round,  thrust, 

outdoor  pageant,  circus,  concert,  spectacle,  dance  and  television  lighting.   A  survey  of 

lighting  companies  and  equipment  and  architectural  lighting. 

THET  479  Theater  Workshop  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  THET  170  and  permission  of  the 

instructor.    Participation  in  the  technical  aspects  of  theatre  production  in  selected 

university  and  experimental  theatre  productions.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 

credits. 

THET  480  Stage  Costume  History  and  Design  I  (3)  Basic  principles  of  theatre 

costume  design  and  introduction  to  rendering  skills.  Emphasis  on  development  of 

design  conception,  unity,  character  statement,  basic  clothing  design  and  period  style 

adaptation. 

THET  481  Stage  Costume  History  and  Design  II  (3)  One  lecture  and  six  hours  of 

laboratory  per  week.    Prerequisite:  THET  480.  An  advanced  study  of  costume  design 

and    interpretation    leading    to    understanding    and    facility    in    design    of    stylized 

productions.   Emphasis  on  design  for  musical  comedy,   dance  theatre,  opera  and 

various  non-traditional  forms  of  theatre  production. 

THET  485  Advanced  Makeup  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  180  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Advanced  techniques  and  materials  in  makeup  for  the  theatre,  television  and  film. 

Practical    work    with    three-dimensional    makeup    (prosthetic    devices),    hair    pieces, 

mask-making    and    stylized    makeup.    Opportunity   to   develop   skills    in    a   creative 

approach  to  makeup  design. 

THET  486  Stage  Costume  Construction  I  (3)  Study  and  practical  experience  in 

garment  construction  and  related  costume  crafts  as  used  in  theatre  costume  design. 


178     THET  — Theatre 


Flat  pattern  development,  textiles,  theatrical  sewing  techniques  and  organization  of  the 
costume  construction  process. 

THET  487  Stage  Costume  Construction  II  (3)  Study  and  practical  experience  in  the 
construction  of  stage  costumes,  props  and  accessories.  Pattern  development  by 
draping,  millinery,  corsets,  masks,  jewelry,  armor  and  period  footwear. 

THET  490  History  of  the  Theatre  I  (3)  Evolution  of  the  theatre  from  primitive  origins, 
through  the  early  Renaissance  with  emphasis  on  playwrights  and  plays,  theatre 
architecture  and  decor,  and  significant  personalities.  Extensive  use  of  graphic  material, 
play  reading,  related  theatre-going. 

THET  491  History  of  the  Theatre  II  (3)  A  continuation  of  THET  490  beginning  with  the 
16th  century  and  progressing  into  the  20th,  examining  the  late  Renaissance, 
Elizabethan,  Restoration,  17th  to  19th  century  European,  and  early  American  theatres. 
Emphasis  on  dramatic  forms  and  styles,  theatre  architecture  and  decor,  and  significant 
personalities.  Extensive  use  of  graphic  material,  play  reading,  related  theatre-going. 

THET  495  History  of  Theatrical  Theory  and  Criticism  (3)  The  development  of 
theatrical  theory  and  criticism  from  the  Greeks  to  the  modern  theorist.  The 
philosophical  basis  of  theatre  as  an  art  form.  Important  theorists  and  the  practical 
application  of  their  theories  in  either  play  scripts  or  theatrical  productions.  Required 
attendance  at  selected  live  theatre  productions. 

THET  499  Independent  Study  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  An 
independent  study  course  in  which  each  student  completes  an  assigned  major  theatre 
project  under  close  faculty  supervision.  Projects  may  culminate  with  term  papers, 
scenic  or  costume  designs,  or  a  stage  production.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

THET  600  Introduction  to  Graduate  Study  in  Theatre  (3) 

THET  603  The  Aesthetics  of  Theatre  Arts  (3) 

THET  604  Development  of  Theatrical  Isms  (3)  Study  of  theatricalisms  from 
classicism  through  collectivism. 

THET  607  Criticism  in  the  Public  and  Communicative  Arts  (3) 

THET  610  The  American  Theatre  (3) 

THET  611  Trends  and  Opportunities  in  Modern  Theatre  (3) 

THET  612  The  Educational  Theatre  (3)  An  examination  and  analysis  of  all  aspects  of 
the  Educational  Theatre. 

THET  625  Shakespearean  Acting  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Study  and 
practice  of  Shakespearean  acting. 

THET  626  Advanced  Acting  Ensemble  in  Styles  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Performance  of  comedy,  using  the  works  of  Moliere  and  George  Bernard 
Shaw. 

THET  627  Advanced  Acting  Ensemble  in  Styles  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET  626  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Performance  of  serious  contemporary  drama  using  works  of 
Chekhov  and  Pinter. 

THET  630  The  Performing  Arts:  Contextual  Approach  (3)  The  common  contextual 
approach  to  criticism  and  research  in  theatre. 


THET  — Theatre     179 


THET  650  Directing  and  Performing  in  Musical  Theatre  (3)  Prerequisite  consent  of 
instructor.  Selection,  production,  direction  and  performance  in  musical  theatre  through 
class  and  studio  theatre  presentations. 

THET  660  Theatre  Management  (3)  The  relationship  between  professional  theatre 
management  and  educational  theatre  management.  The  goals  and  responsibilities  of 
theatre  management  in  terms  of  planning,  supervision  and  communication. 

THET  669  Independent  Study  (1-3) 

THET  670  Historical  Studies  in  Theatrical  Architecture  and  the  Scenic  Arts  (3) 

Studies  of  the  origin  of  the  physical  theatre  and  stage  scenery  from  pre-Grecian  ritual 
to  establishment  of  the  modern  theatre  plant  and  theatre  practices. 

THET  671  Theory  of  Visual  Design  in  Theatre  Forms  (3)  A  historical  and  theoretical 
study  of  the  development  of  theatre  forms  with  an  emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  the 
form  to  the  production. 

THET  672  Theory  of  Visual  Design  in  Scenery  (3)  A  historical  and  theoretical  study 
of  design  practices  in  performing  arts  with  an  emphasis  in  scene  design  and 
interpretation. 

THET  675  Theory  of  Visual  Design  in  Lighting  (3)  An  arts  with  an  emphasis  in 
lighting  design  and  interpretation. 

THET  678  Theory  of  Visual  Design  For  the  Performing  Arts  (3)  Prerequisite:  THET 
375  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  historical  and  theoretical  study  of  design  practices  in 
the  performing  arts. 

THET  681  Theory  of  Visual  Design  in  Costuming  (3)  An  arts  with  an  emphasis  in 
costume  design  and  interpretation. 

THET  688  Special  Problems  in  Drama  (3)  The  preparation  of  adaptations  and  other 
projects  in  dramaturgy. 

THET  689  Theories  of  the  Drama  (3)  Advanced  study  of  the  identification  and 
development  of  dramatic  form  from  the  early  Greek  drama  to  contemporary  forms;  the 
aesthetics  of  theatre  arts;  and  dramatic  criticism. 

THET  690  Historical  Studies  in  Greek  and  Roman  Theatre  (3)  The  ancient  theatre 
from  the  earliest  Greek  origins  through  Roman  origins  and  collapse. 

THET  691  Historical  Studies  in  Medieval  Theatre  (3)  The  origin,  development  and 
practice  of  the  medieval  theatre. 

THET  692  Historical  Studies  in  Renaissance  Theatre  (3)  An  investigation  of  varied 
elements  of  the  Renaissance  related  to  the  theatre  arts,  the  influence  of  the 
Renaissance  on  the  theatre,  and  general  theatre  practices  that  originated  in  this 
period. 

THET  693  Historical  Studies  in  Elizabethan  Theatre  (3)  A  study  of  the  Elizabethan 
era  to  gain  a  clear  understanding  of  drama  and  theatre  at  that  time. 

THET  694  Historical  Studies  in  Modern  Theatre  (3)  An  historical  survey  of 
production  styles. 

THET  698  Seminar:  Studies  in  Theatre  (3)  Research  projects  adapted  to  individual 
backgrounds  and  special  work. 


180     Comparative  Literature  Program 


THET  699  The  Theory  of  Pre-modern  Dramatic  Production  (3)  An  historical  survey 
of  production  styles. 

THET  788  Master's  Tutorial  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Collaboration  with 
a  faculty  member  on  joint  creative  and  artistic  projects. 

THET  789  Master's  Practicum  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Participation  in 
creative  and  artistic  activities  with  professional  level  theatrical  organizations. 

THET  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

Comparative  Literature  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Fuegi 

Professors:  Beck,  Bentley,  Best,  Bryer,  Damrosch,  Freedman,  Gillespie,  Gramberg, 

Herin,  Holton,  Jones,  MacBain,  Panichas,  Patterson,  J.  Russell,  Schoenbaum, 

Sosnowski 

Associate  Professors:  Barry,  Beiken,  Bennett,  Caramello,  Coogan,  Fink,  Flieger, 

Handelman,  Hallet,  Kerkham,  Mintz,  Peterson,  Tarica,  C.  Russell 

Assistant  Professor:  Felaco 

The  Program  in  Comparative  Literature  offers  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degrees  of 

Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  CMLT  Program  draws  on  a  distinguished  faculty  in  several  departments  and 
offers  concentrated  work  in  major  movements  and  genres.  The  greatest  strength  of 
the  program  is  currently  in  the  history  and  criticism  of  dramatic  literature  and  in  the 
novel.  Though  the  focus  of  courses  and  seminars  is  usually  specifically  literary, 
interdisciplinary  work  is  very  much  encouraged  as  is  practical  criticism  in  the  arts. 
Departments  cooperating  in  the  Program  include:  American  Studies,  Classics,  English, 
French  and  Italian,  German  and  Slavic,  History,  Spanish  and  Portuguese,  Dramatic 
Arts,  Radio-Television-Film,  and  the  Women's  Studies  Program. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  should  have  a  strong  background  in  the  arts  and  humanities.  Since 
advanced  work  in  Comparative  Literature  is  based  on  the  premise  that  literature  should 
be  read  in  the  original  whenever  possible,  students  are  expected  to  be  able  to  read  at 
least  one  language  other  than  English  with  a  high  degree  of  aesthetic  appreciation. 
Ph.D.  students  are  expected  to  use  at  least  two  foreign  languages  actively  in  their 
work,  and  it  is  assumed  that  efforts  will  be  made  to  develop  an  acquaintance  with  one 
or  two  additional  languages.  Entrance  examinations  are  not  required,  but  high  scores 
on  GRE  literature  and  language  examinations  will  add  weight  to  applications. 

Students  take  courses  in  CMLT  and  in  two  other  departments  of  literature.  The  M.A. 
degree  requires  thirty  hours,  either  24  hours  of  course  work  and  a  thesis,  or  thirty 
hours  of  course  work  and  a  comprehensive  examination.  No  specific  number  of  hours 
is  required  for  the  Ph.D.,  as  the  number  will  .vary  according  to  the  preparation  and 
goals  of  the  individual  student;  the  average  has  been  eight  to  ten  courses  beyond  the 
M.A.  A  Master's  degree  is  a  required  step  toward  the  Ph.D.  The  Ph.D.  comprehensive 
examinations  cover  four  major  areas,  determined  after  consultation  with  the  individual 
student's  committee. 


CMLT  —  Comparative  Literature     181 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  resources  of  the  Kennedy  Center,  the  Folger  Library,  the  American  Film  Institute, 
Kennan  Institute,  and  Dumbarton  Oaks  are  regularly  drawn  upon  ao  are  internship 
possibilities  in  the  greater  Washington  area  and  graduate  exchange  programs  with 
European  Universities. 

Financial  Assistance 

Various  assistantships  and  general  university  fellowships  are  available.  CMLT  students 
may  teach  in  various  departments  cooperating  in  the  CMLT  Program  and  may  be 
considered  for  a  year  abroad  as  a  teacher  at  cooperating  European  universities. 

Courses 

CMLT  —  Comparative  Literature 

CMLT  401  Introductory  Survey  of  Comparative  Literature  (3)  Survey  of  the 
background  of  European  literature  through  study  of  Greek  and  Latin  literature  in 
English  translations,  discussing  the  debt  of  modern  literature  to  the  ancients. 

CMLT  402  Introductory  Survey  of  Comparative  Literature  (3)  Study  of  the  medieval 
and  modern  continental  literature. 

CMLT  411  The  Greek  Drama  (3)  The  chief  works  of  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides, 
and  Aristophanes  in  English  translations.  Emphasis  on  the  historic  background,  on 
dramatic  structure,  and  on  the  effect  of  the  Attic  drama  upon  the  mind  of  the  civilized 
world. 

CMLT  415  The  Old  Testament  As  Literature  (3)  A  study  of  sources,  development 
and  literary  types. 

CMLT  416  New  Testament  As  Literature  (3)  A  study  of  the  books  of  the  New 
Testament,  with  attention  to  the  relevant  historical  background  and  to  the  transmission 
of  the  text.  A  knowledge  of  Greek  is  helpful,  but  not  essential. 

CMLT  421  The  Classical  Tradition  and  Its  Influence  in  the  Middle  Ages  and  the 
Renaissance  (3)  Emphasis  on  major  writers.  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin 
required. 

CMLT  422  The  Classical  Tradition  and  Its  Influence  in  the  Middle  Ages  and  the 
Renaissance  (3)  Emphasis  on  major  writers.  Reading  knowledge  of  Greek  or  Latin 
required. 

CMLT  430  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Narrative,  dramatic  and  lyric  literature  of 
the  middle  ages  studied  in  translation. 

CMLT  433  Dante  and  the  Romance  Tradition  (3)  A  reading  of  the  divine  comedy  to 
enlighten  the  discovery  of  reality  in  western  literature. 

CMLT  461  Romanticism:  Early  Stages  (3)  Emphasis  on  England,  France  and 
Germany.  Reading  knowledge  of  French  or  German  required. 

CMLT  462  Romanticism:  Flowering  and  Influence  (3)  Emphasis  on  England,  France 
and  Germany.  Reading  knowledge  of  French  or  German  required. 

CMLT  469  The  Continental  Novel  (3)  The  novel  in  translation  from  Stendhal  through 
the  existentialists,  selected  from  literatures  of  France,  Germany,   Italy,  Russia,  and 


182     CMLT  —  Comparative  Literature 


Spain. 

CMLT  470  Ibsen  and  the  Continental  Drama  (3)  Emphasis  on  the  major  work  of 
Ibsen,  with  some  attention  given  to  selected  predecessors,  contemporaries  and 
successors.' 

CMLT  479  Major  Contemporary  Authors  (3) 

CMLT  488  Genres  (3)  A  study  of  a  recognized  literary  form,  such  as  tragedy,  epic, 
satire,  literary  criticism,  comedy,  tragicomedy,  etc.  The  course  may  be  repeated  for 
cumulative  credit  up  to  six  hours  when  different  material  is  presented. 

CMLT  489  Major  Writers  (3)  Each  semester  two  major  writers  from  different  cultures 
and  languages  will  be  studied.  Authors  will  be  chosen  on  the  basis  of  significant 
relationships  of  cultural  and  aesthetic  contexts,  analogies  between  their  respective 
works,  and  the  importance  of  each  writer  to  his  literary  tradition. 

CMLT  496  Conference  Course  in  Comparative  Literature  (3)  Second  semester.  A 
tutorial  type  discussion  course,  correlating  the  courses  in  various  literatures  which  the 
student  has  previously  taken  with  the  primary  themes  and  masterpieces  of  world 
literature.  This  course  is  required  of  undergraduate  majors  in  comparative  literature, 
but  must  not  be  taken  until  the  final  year  of  the  student's  program. 

CMLT  498  Selected  Topics  in  Comparative  Literature  (3) 

CMLT  601  Problems  in  Comparative  Literature  (3) 

CMLT  610  Folklore  in  Literature  (3) 

CMLT  631  The  Medieval  Epic  (3) 

CMLT  632  The  Medieval  Romance  (3) 

CMLT  639  Studies  in  the  Renaissance  (3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

CMLT  640  The  Italian  Renaissance  and  Its  Influence  (3) 

CMLT  642  Problems  of  the  Baroque  in  Literature  (3) 

CMLT  649  Studies  in  Eighteenth  Century  Literature  (3)  Studies  in  eighteenth  century 
literature:  as  announced.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

CMLT  658  Studies  in  Romanticism  (3)  Studies  in  romanticism:  as  announced. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

CMLT  679  Seminar  in  Modern  and  Contemporary  Literature  (3)  Seminar  in  modern 
and  contemporary  literature:  as  announced.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

CMLT  681  Literary  Criticism:  Ancient  and  Medieval  (3) 

CMLT  682  Literary  Criticism:  Renaissance  and  Modern  (3) 

CMLT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

CMLT  801  Seminar  in  Themes  and  Types  (3) 

CMLT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Computer  Science  Program     183 


Computer  Science  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Basili 

Professors:  Agrawala,  Atchison,  Basili,  Chu2,  Edmundson3,  Kanal,  Minker,  Stewart4 

Associate  Professors:  Austing,  Davis,  Gannon,  Nau,  O'Leary,  Samet,  Shneiderman, 

Tripathi,  Weiser,  Zelkowitz 

Assistant  Professors:  Fontecilla,  Mount,  Perlis,  Ramakrishnan,  Reggia5,  Ricart1, 

Roussopoulus,  Shankar,  Smith 

Research  Professor:  Rosenfeld6 

Adjunct  Professor:  Mills 

1joint  appointment  with  Computer  Science  Center. 

2joint  appointment  with  Electrical  Engineering. 

3joint  appointment  with  Mathematics 

4joint  appointment  with  Insitute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology. 

5joint  appointment  with  UMAB 

6joint  appointment  with  Center  for  Automation  Research 

The   Department   of   Computer   Science   offers   graduate   programs   leading   to   the 

degrees   of   Master  of  Science   and   Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  the  following   areas: 

applications,     artificial     intelligence,     computer    systems,     information     processing, 

numerical  analysis,  programming  languages,  and  theory  of  computing. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  and  degree  requirements  specific  to  the  graduate  programs  in  computer 
science  are  described  in  a  brochure  available  through  the  Departmental  Education 
Office.  There  are  two  options  for  the  master's  degree:  24  hours  of  course  work  plus  the 
completion  of  a  thesis:  or  33  hours  of  course  work,  a  comprehensive  examination  plus 
the  completion  of  a  scholarly  paper.  There  is  no  minimum  course  requirement  in  the 
doctoral  program.  The  number  and  variety  of  courses  offered  each  semester  enables 
students  and  their  advisors  to  plan  individualized  degree  programs. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  a  laboratory  consisting  of  several  VAX  11/750  and  11/780 
computers,  and  utilizes  the  UNIVAC  1100/82  computer  system  maintained  by  the 
Computer  Science  Center.  The  Department  has  numerous  Xerox  Star  work  stations, 
IBM  PCs,  and  Sun  work  stations.  The  Department  is  on  ARPANET  (address  Maryland) 
and  on  CS-NET  (address  UMCP-CS). 

Additional  Information 

For  information  on  degree  programs  and  graduate  assistantships,  contact: 
Associate  Chair  for  Education, 
Department  of  Computer  Science. 
University  of  Maryland 


184     CMSC  —  Computer  Science 


Courses 

CMSC  —  Computer  Science 

CMSC  400  Introduction  to  Computer  Languages  and  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  241  or  equivalent.  A  terminal  course  suitable  for  non-CMSC  majors  with  no 
programming  background.  Organization  and  characteristics  of  computers.  Procedure 
oriented  and  assembly  languages.  Representation  of  data,  characters  and  instructions. 
Introduction  to  logic  design  and  systems  organization.  Macro  definition  and  generation. 
Program  segmentation  and  linkage.  Extensive  use  of  the  computer  to  complete 
projects  illustrating  programming  techniques  and  machine  structure.  (CMSC  400  may 
not  be  counted  for  credit  in  the  graduate  program  in  computer  science.) 

CMSC  411  Computer  System  Architecture  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  311  or  equivalent. 
Input/output  processors  and  techniques.  Intra-system  communication,  buses,  caches. 
Addressing  and  memory  hierarchies.  Microprogramming,  parallelism,  and  pipeling. 

CMSC  412  Operating  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  311  or  equivalent.  An 
introduction  to  batch  systems,  spooling  systems,  and  third-generation 
multiprogramming  systems.  Description  of  the  parts  of  an  operating  system  in  terms  of 
function,  structure,  and  implementation.  Basic  resource  allocation  policies. 

CMSC  415  Systems  Programming  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  412.  Basic  algorithms  of 
operating  system  software.  Memory  management  using  linkage  editors  and  loaders, 
dynamic  relocation  with  base  registers,  paging.  File  systems  and  input/output  control. 
Processor  allocation  for  multiprogramming,  timesharing.  Emphasis  on  practical 
systems  programming,  including  projects  such  as  a  simple  linkage  editor,  a 
stand-alone  executive,  a  file  system,  etc. 

CMSC  420  Data  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  220  or  equivalent.  Description, 

properties,  and    storage    allocation    of   data   structures    including    lists    and    trees. 

Algorithms  for    manipulating    structures.    Applications    from    areas    such    as    data 

processing,  information  retrieval,  symbol  manipulation,  and  operating  systems. 

CMSC  424  Database  Design  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC  220  and  CMSC  420.  (CMSC 
450  recommended.)  Motivation  for  the  database  approach  as  a  mechanism  for 
modelling  the  real  world.  Review  of  the  three  popular  data  models:  relational,  network, 
and  hierarchical.  Comparison  of  permissible  structures,  integrity  constraints,  storage 
strategies,  and  query  facilities.   Theory  of  database  design  logic. 

CMSC  426  Image  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  420  or  equivalent.  An 
introduction  to  basic  techniques  of  analysis  and  manipulation  of  'pictorial  data  by 
computer.  Image  input/output  devices,  image  processing  software,  enhancement, 
segmentation,  property  measurement,  Fourier  analysis.  Computer  encoding, 
processing,  and  analysis  of  curves. 

CMSC  430  Theory  of  Language  Translation  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  330  Formal 
translation  of  programming  languages,  program  syntax  and  semantics.  Finite  state 
grammars  and  recognizers.  Context-  free  parsing  techniques  such  as  recursive 
descent,  prededence,  LL(K),  LR(K)  and  SLR(K).  Machine  independent  code 
improvement  and  generation,  syntax-directed  translation  schema. 

CMSC  432  Compiler  Writing  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC  220,  330,  430.  A  detailed 
examination  of  a  compiler  for  an  algebraic  language  designed  around  the  writing  of  a 
compiler  as  the  major  part  of  the  course.  Scanning  and  parsing,  code  generation, 


CMSC  —  Computer  Science     185 


optimization  and  error  recovery,  and  compiler-writing  techniques  such  as 
bootstrapping  and  translator  writing  systems. 

CMSC  434  Human  Factors  in  Computer  and  Information  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites 
CMSC  330,  PSYC  100,  and  STAT  400.  Human  factors  issues  in  the  development  of 
software,  the  use  of  database  systems,  and  the  design  of  interactive  computer 
systems.  Experimentation  on  programming  language  control  and  data  structures, 
programming  style  issues,  documentation,  program  development  strategies, 
debugging,  and  readability  will  be  emphasized.  Interactive  system  design  issues  such 
as  response  time,  display  rates,  graphics,  on-line  assistance,  command  language, 
menu  selection,  or  speech  input/output. 

CMSC  435  Software  Design  and  Development  (3)  Prerequisite  CMSC  420  AND  430, 
or  equivalent.  State-of-the-art  techniques  in  software  design  and  development. 
Laboratory  experience  in  applying  the  techniques  covered.  Structured  design, 
structured  programming,  top-down  design  and  development,  segmentation  and 
modularization  techniques,  iterative  enhancement,  design  and  code  inspection 
techniques,  correctness,  and  chief-programmer  teams.  The  development  of  a  large 
software  project. 

CMSC  450  Elementary  Logic  and  Algorithms  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240  or  consent 
of  instructor.  This  is  the  same  course  as  MATH  444.  An  elementary  development  of 
propositional  logic,  predicate  logic,  set  algebra,  and  Boolean  algebra,  with  a 
discussion  of  Markov  algorithms,  turing  machines  and  recursive  functions.  Topics 
include  post  productions,  word  problems,  and  formal  languages. 

CMSC  451  Design  and  Analysis  of  Computer  Algorithms  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC 
122  and  CMSC  250.  CMSC  420  recommended.  Fundamental  techniques  for  designing 
and  analyzing  computer  algorithms.  Basic  methods  include  Greedy  methods, 
divide-and-conquer  techniques,  search  and  traversal  techniques,  dynamic 
programming,  backtracking  methods,  branch-and-bound  methods,  and  algebraic 
transformations. 

CMSC  452  Elementary  Theory  of  Computation  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC  122  and 
250.  An  introduction  to  the  theory  of  computation.  An  introductory  treatment  of  classes 
of  computable  functions,  computability  by  register  machines,  computability  by  turing 
machines,  unsolvable  decision  problems,  concrete  computational  complexity,  and 
complexity  of  loop  programs. 

CMSC  455  Elementary  Formal  Language  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites  CMSC  122  and 
250.  An  introduction  to  the  theory  of  formal  languages  as  applied  to  Chromsky's 
hierarchy  of  grammars  and  Chromsky's  hierarchy  of  languages,  a  summary  treatment 
of  acceptors  related  to  these  languages,  and  a  brief  introduction  to  the  theory  of 
transformational  grammars. 

CMSC  460  Computational  Methods  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  241;  CMSC  110 
or  122.  Basic  computational  methods  for  interpolation,  least  squares,  approximation, 
numerical  quadrature,  numerical  solution  of  polynomial  and  transcendental  equations, 
systems  of  linear  equations  and  initial  value  problems  for  ordinary  differential 
equations.  Emphasis  on  the  methods  and  their  computational  properties  rather  than  on 
their  analytic  aspects.  Listed  also  as  MAPL  460.  (Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of 
the  courses,  CMSC  460  or  CMSC  470.) 

CMSC  470  Numerical  Mathematics:  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240  AND  241 ; 


186     CMSC  —  Computer  Science 


CMSC  110  or  122.  The  first  half  of  a  one-year  introduction  to  numerical  analysis  at  the 
advanced  undergraduate  level,  supplemented  with  programming  assignments. 
Interpolation,  numerical  differentiation  and  integration,  solution  of  nonlinear  equations, 
acceleration  of  convergence,  numerical  treatment  of  differential  equations.  Listed  also 
as  MAPL  470.  (Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses,  CMSC  460  or  CMSC 
470.) 

CMSC  471  Numerical  Mathematics:  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240 
AND  241;  CMSC  110  or  122.  The  course,  with  MAPL/CMSC  470,  forms  a  one-year 
introduction  to  numerical  analysis  at  the  advanced  undergraduate  level.  Direct  solution 
of  linear  systems,  norms,  least  squares  problems,  the  symmetric  eigenvalue  problem, 
basic  iterative  methods.  Topics  will  be  supplemented  with  programming  assignments. 
(Listed  also  as  MAPL  471.) 

CMSC  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240  and  MATH 
241.  General  enumeration  methods,  difference  equations,  generating  functions. 
Elements  of  graph  theory,  matrix  representations  of  graphs,  applications  of  graph 
theory  to  transport  networks,  matching  theory  and  graphical  algorithms.  (Also  listed  as 
MATH  475.) 

CMSC  477  Optimization  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  401  or  MATH  405;  CMSC  110  or  122. 
Linear  programming  including  the  simplex  algorithm  and  dual  linear  programs,  convex 
sets  and  elements  of  convex  programming,  combinatorial  optimization  integer 
programming.  (Listed  also  as  MAPL  477.) 

CMSC  498  Special  Problems  in  Computer  Science  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  An  individualized  course  designed  to  allow  a  student  or  students  to  pursue 
a  specialized  topic  or  project  under  the  supervision  of  the  senior  staff.  Credit 
according  to  work  done. 

CMSC  612  Computer  Systems  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  411,  CMSC  412, 
CMSC  250,  and  STAT  400,  or  equivalent.  Basic  theoretical  results  in  computer 
systems,  including  synthetic  models  of  system  structure,  analytical  (probabilistic) 
models  of  system  structure,  analysis  of  computer  system  mechanisms,  analysis  of 
operating  system  mechanisms,  and  analysis  of  resource  allocation  policies. 

CMSC  620  Problem  Solving  Methods  in  Artificial  Intelligence  (3)  Prerequisites: 
CMSC  420  AND  450.  Underlying  theoretical  concepts  in  solving  problems  by 
heuristically  guided  trial  and  error  search  methods.  State-space  problem  reduction, 
and  first-order  predicate  calculus  representations  for  solving  problems.  Search 
algorithms  and  their  "optimality"  proofs. 

CMSC  630  Theory  of  Programming  Languages  (3)  Prerequisite  -  CMSC  430 
Syntactic  and  semantic  models  of  programming  languages.  Finite  state  processors 
and  their  application  to  lexical  analysis.  Context  free  languages,  LR(K),  precedence 
languages  as  models  of  programming  languages.  Extensions  to  context  free  grammars 
such  as  property  grammars,  inherited  and  synthesfzed  attributes,  Van  Wijngearden 
grammars  (ALGOL  68),  abstract  syntax,  the  Vienna  definition  language,  graph  models. 
Translator  writing  systems. 

CMSC  640  Computability  and  Automata  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  452  Formal 
treatment  of  abstract  computing  devices  and  the  concept  of  "effective  procedure".  (1) 
finite-state  automata.  Finite-state  transducers  and  acceptors,  finite-state  languages, 
regular  expressions  and  sets.  (2)  Turing  machines,  computability,  and  partial  recursive 


CMSC  —  Computer  Science     187 


functions.  The  Turing  formalism  as  a  model  of  the  computation  process;  (3) 
Representative  models  of  digital  computers. 

CMSC  651  Analysis  of  Algorithms  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  451  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Efficiency  of  algorithms,  orders  of  magnitude,  recurrence  relations, 
lower-bound  techniques,  time  and  space  resources,  NP-complete  problems, 
polynomial  hierarchies,  and  approximation  algorithms.  Sorting,  searching,  set 
manipulation,  graph  theory,  matrix  multiplication,  fast  Fourier  transform,  pattern 
matching,  and  integer  and  polynomial  arithmetic. 

CMSC  660  Algorithmic  Numerical  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH/CMSC  460  OR 
470,  and  CMSC  110.  Detailed  study  of  problems  arising  in  the  implementation  of 
numerical  algorithms  on  a  computer.  Typical  problems  include  rounding  errors,  their 
estimation  and  control;  numerical  stability  considerations;  stopping  criteria  for 
converging  processes;  parallel  methods.  Examples  from  linear  algebra,  differential 
equations,  minimization.   (Also  listed  as  MATH  684). 

CMSC  720  Information  Retrieval  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  420.  Designed  to  introduce 
the  student  to  computer  techniques  for  information  organization  and  retrieval  of  natural 
language  data.  Techniques  of  statistical,  syntactic  and  logical  analysis  of  natural 
language  for  retrieval,  and  the  extent  of  their  success.  Methods  of  designing  systems 
for  use  in  operational  environments.  Applications  to  both  data  and  document  systems. 

CMSC  723  Computational  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  420.  Introductory 
course  on  applications  of  computational  techniques  to  linguistics  and  natural-language 
processing.  Research  cycle  of  corpus  selection,  pre-editing,  keypunching,  processing, 
post-editing,  and  evaluation.  General-purpose  input,  processing,  and  output  routines. 
Special-purpose  programs  for  sentence  parsing  and  generation,  segmentation,  idiom 
recognition,  paraphrasing,  and  stylistic  and  discourse  analysis.  Programs  for 
dictionary,  thesaurus,  and  concordnace  compilation,  and  editing.  Systems  for 
automatic  abstracting,  translation,  and  question-answering. 

CMSC  725  Mathematical  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC  640  and  STAT  400. 
Introductory  course  on  applications  of  mathematics  to  linguistics.  Elementary  ideas  in 
phonology,  grammar,  and  semantics.  Automata,  formal  grammars  and  languages. 
Chomsky's  theory  of  transformational  grammars,  Yngve's  depthhypothesis  and 
syntactic  complexity.  Markov-chain  models  of  word  and  sentence  generation, 
shannon's  information  theory,  Carnap  and  Bar-Hillel's  semantic  theory,  lexicostatistics 
and  stylostatistics,  Zopf's  law  of  frequency  and  Mandelbrot's  rank  hypothesis. 
Mathematical  models  as  theoretical  foundation  for  computational  linguistics. 

CMSC  730  Artificial  Intelligence  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC  620  and  STAT  401. 
Heuristic  programming;  tree  search  procedures.  Programs  for  game  playing,  theorem 
finding  and  proving,  problem  solving;  multiple-purpose  programs.  Conversation  with 
computers;  question-answering  programs.  Trainable  pattern  classifiers-linear, 
piecewise  linear,  quadratic,  "o",  and  multilayer  machines.  Statistical  decision  theory, 
decision  functions,  likelihood  ratios;  mathematical  taxonomy,  cluster  detection.  Neural 
models,  computational  properties  of  neural  nets,  processing  of  sensory  information, 
representative  conceptual  models  of  the  brain. 

CMSC  733  Computer  Processing  of  Pictorial  Information  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC 
420.  Input,  output,  and  storage  of  pictorial  information.  Pictures  as  information  sources, 
efficient  encoding,  sampling,  quantization,  approximation.  Position-invariant  operations 
on  pictures,  digital  and  optical  implementations,  the  pax  language,  applications  to 


188     CMSC  —  Computer  Science 


matched  and  spatial  frequency  filtering.  Picture  quality,  "image  enhancement"  and 
"image  restoration".  Picture  properties  and  pictorial  pattern  recognition.  Processing  of 
complex  pictures;  "figure"  extraction,  properties  of  figures.  Data  structures  for  pictures 
description  and  manipulation;  "picture  languages".  Graphics  systems  for 
alphanumeric  and  other  symbols,  line  drawings  of  two-  and  three-dimensional  objects, 
cartoons  and  movies. 

CMSC  737  Topics  in  Information  Science  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  This  is  the  same  course  as  LBSC  721.  Definition  of  information  science, 
relation  to  cybernetics  and  other  sciences,  systems  analysis,  information,  basic 
constraints  on  information  systems,  processes  of  communication,  classes  and  their 
use,  optimalization  and  mechanization. 

CMSC  740  Automata  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  640.  This  is  the  same  course  as 
ENEE  652.  Introduction  to  the  theory  of  abstract  mathematical  machines.  Structural 
and  behavioral  classification  of  automata.  Finite-state  automata;  theory  of  regular  sets. 
Pushdown  automata.  Linear-bounded  automata.  Finite  transducers.  Turing  machines; 
universal  Turing  machines. 

CMSC  745  Theory  of  Formal  Languages  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  640.  Formal 
grammars;  syntax  and  semantics.  Post  productions;  Markov  algorithms.  Finite-state 
languages,  parsing,  trees,  and  ambiguity.  Theory  of  regular  sets.  Context-free 
languages;  pushdown  automata.  Context-sensitive  languages;  linear  bounded 
automata.  Unrestricted  rewriting  systems;  turing  machines.  Closure  properties  of 
languages  under  operations.   Undecidability  theorems. 

CMSC  750  Theory  of  Computability  (3)  Prerequisite:  CMSC  640.  Algorithms;  church's 
thesis.  Primitive  recursive  functions;  godel  numbering.  General  and  partial  recursive 
functions.  Turing  machines;  Turings'  thesis.  Markov  algorithms.  Church's  Lambda 
calculus.  Grzegorczyk  hierarch;  Peter  hierarchy.  Relative  recursiveness.  Word 
problems,  Post's  correspondence  problem. 

CMSC  770  Advanced  Linear  Numerical  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  MAPL  470,  471 
and  MATH  405  or  MATH  474;  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  in  numerical 
linear  algebra,  such  as  dense  eigenvalue  problems,  sparse  elimination,  iterative 
methods,  and  other  topics.  (Same  as  MAPL  600.) 

CMSC  772  Numerical  Solution  of  Nonlinear  Equations  (3)  Prerequisite:  MAPL  470, 
471  and  MATH  410;  or  consent  of  instructor.  Numerical  solution  of  nonlinear  equations 
in  one  and  several  variables.  Existence  questions.  Minimization  methods.  Selected 
applications.  (Same  as  MAPL  604.) 

CMSC  782  Modeling  and  Simulation  of  Physical  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC 
420  and  STAT  400.  Monte-Carlo  and  other  methods  of  investigating  models  of  interest 
to  physical  scientists.  Generation  and  testing  of  random  numbers.  Probabilistic, 
deterministic  and  incomplete  models. 

CMSC  798  Graduate  Seminar  in  Computer  Science  (1-3) 

CMSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

CMSC  818  Advanced  Topics  in  Computer  Systems  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected  by  the  faculty  from  the  literature  of  computer 
systems  to  suit  the  interest  and  background  of  students.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 
CMSC    828    Advanced    Topics    in    Information    Processing    (1-3)    Prerequisite: 


Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  Program     189 


permission  of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected  by  the  faculty  from  the  literature  of 
information  processing  to  suit  the  interest  and  background  of  students.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  838  Advanced  Topics  in  Programming  Languages  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected  by  faculty  from  the  literature  of 
programming  languages  to  suit  the  interest  and  background  of  students.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  840  Advanced  Automata  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite  CMSC  740.  Advances  and 
innovations  in  automata  theory.  Variants  of  elementary  automata;  multitape,  multihead, 
and  multidimensional  machines.  Counters  and  stack  automata.  Wang  machines; 
shepherdson-sturgis  machines.  Recursive  hierarchies.  Effective  computability;  relative 
uncomputability.  Probabilistic  automata. 

CMSC  858  Advanced  Topics  in  Theory  of  Computing  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected  by  the  faculty  from  the  literature  of  theory  of 
computing  to  suit  the  interest  and  background  of  students.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  878  Advanced  Topics  in  Numerical  Methods  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Advanced  topics  selected  by  the  faculty  from  the  literature  of  numerical 
methods  to  suit  the  interest  and  background  of  students.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

CMSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Consumer  Economics  Program 

(See  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  Program) 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Hershenson 

Professors:  B irk2,  Marx,  Magoon12,  Pumroy1,  Schlossberg 

Associate  Professors:  Allan,  Hoffman,  Greenberg,  Knefelkamp,  Lawrence,  Leonard2, 

Medvene2,  Power.Ray2,  Rhoads,  Spokane,  Teglasi,  Westbrook2 

Assistant  Professors:  Boyd2,  Freeman2,  Johnson,  Mullison2,  Strein,  Thomas3,  Waldo 

1joint  appointment  with  Psychology 

2joint  appointment  with  Counseling  Center. 

3joint  appointment  with  Student  Affairs 

The  Department  of  Counseling  and   Personnel  Services  offers  graduate  programs 

designed  to  provide  the  knowledge  and  skills  needed  for  practice  and  scholarship  in 

counseling  and  related  human  service  professions.    These  fields  are  concerned  with 

assisting  peopie  (individually,  in  groups,  and  in  organizations)  to  attain  their  optimal 

level   of   personal,    social,    educational   and   career  functioning.     Graduates   of  the 

Department  are  employed  in  a  variety  of  settings  including  schools,  colleges  and 

universities,    mental   health   agencies,    rehabilitation   agencies,   correctional   facilities, 

business  and  industry,  government  agencies,  other  community  service  facilities,  and 

private  practice.    These  professionals  may  serve  any  of  several  roles  either  at  the 

practitioner's  level  or  at  an  advanced  level  as  supervisors,  researchers,  educators,  or 

program  administrators.    Professional  entry-level  programs  are  offered  in  five  areas  of 

specialization: 


190     Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  Program 


1)  The  School  Counseling  specialization  program  prepares  students  to  serve  as 
either  elementary/middle  school  counselors  or  secondary  school  counselors,  in  which 
roles  they  offer  expertise  on  the  personal,  social,  educational,  and  vocational 
development  of  pupils;  provide  individual  and  group  counseling;  serve  as  consultants 
to  classroom  teachers,  school  administrators  and  parents;  and  coordinate  pupil 
personnel  services.  2)  The  School  Psychology  program  prepares  students  for 
certification  as  school  psychologists,  whose  principal  duties  are  to  assess  intellectual 
and  emotional  factors  which  affect  pupils'  functioning  in  school  settings  and  to  devise 
intervention  strategies  to  enhance  the  learning  and  behavioral  adjustment  of  pupils.  3) 
The  College  Student  Personnel  specialty  program  prepares  specialists  for  service  in 
higher  education  settings  in  two  areas  of  concentration:  college  counseling  and 
Student  Personnel  Administration  which  includes  such  functions  as  Student 
Development,  Student  Union,  Housing,  Admissions,  Placement,  Deans  of  Students  and 
Vice  Presidents  of  Student  Affairs.  4)  The  Community  Counseling  specialization 
provides  three  emphases  within  the  program:  career  development  and  vocational 
counseling,  community  mental  health  counseling  and  consultation,  and  adult 
development  and  counseling.  5)  The  Rehabilitation  Counseling  specialty  program 
prepares  counselors  to  work  with  persons  having  mental,  emotional,  social,  or  physical 
handicaps. 

Because  of  differences  in  certification,  licensure,  and  employment  requirements 
across  specialty  areas,  professional  entry-level  programs  of  two  types  are  offered, 
depending  on  the  area  of  specialization:  (1)  a  Master's  degree  program  (M.A.,  thesis 
required;  or  M.Ed.,  thesis  not  required),  or  (2)  an  integrated  Master's/Advanced 
Graduate  Specialist  (A.G.S.)  program.  In  this  program,  the  student  is  admitted  to  the 
full  sequence,  takes  the  Master's  comprehensive  examination  after  twenty-four  hours  of 
course-work,  writes  a  Master's  thesis  (if  M.A.)  after  about  twenty-four  more  hours  of 
course-work,  then  takes  the  A.G.S.  comprehensive  examination  while  completing  the 
remaining  credits  to  the  total  of  sixty  semester  hours,  and  is  awarded  the  Master's 
degree  and  A.G.S.  certificate  simultaneously.  It  is  possible  for  students  in  the 
integrated  Master's/A. G.S.  program  to  stop  at  the  Master's  level,  after  completing  thirty 
to  thirty-six  semester  hours  (including  the  thesis,  if  M.A.);  but  this  Master's  degree  will 
not  qualify  them  for  certification  in  those  specialty  areas  which  require  a  sixty-semester 
hour  academic  program.  The  applicant  is  encouraged  to  contact  the  Department  for 
further  information  concerning  the  entry-level  requirements  and  curriculum  of  each 
area  of  specialization. 

It  is  possible  for  individuals  who  wish  to  enter  a  career  in  counseling  but  who  are 
undecided  about  which  area  of  specialization  they,  wish  to  pursue  to  apply  for 
admission  at  the  Master's  level  as  "Undesignated"  applicants.  These  students  may 
apply  for  admission  to  a  specialty  area  within  their  first  15  credits  of  coursework  within 
the  department.  While  admission  to  a  particular  specialty  will  depend  on  available 
space  within  and  the  student's  appropriateness  for  that  specialty  area,  they  will  be 
assured  of  being  admitted  to  one  or  more  areas  as  long  as  their  academic 
performance  and  professional  development  have  been  satisfactory. 

The  A.G.S.  certificate  is  offered  in  all  of  the  aforementioned  areas  of  specialization. 
For  individuals  who  hold  a  thirty-credit  Master's  degree  in  counseling  or  a  closely 
related  field,  this  certificate  program  may  serve:  (1)  to  provide  the  additional  education 
required  for  professional  certification  or  licensure  in  those  specialty  areas  which 
require  a  program  of  two  year's  length,  and/or  (2)  to  provide  the  academic 
background  for  an  advanced  level  of  professional  practice  within  a  specialty  area. 


Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  Program     191 


The  Ph.D.  degree  in  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  is  offered  in  four  areas  of 
specialization:  (a)  Counseling  Psychology  (in  collaboration  with  the  Psychology 
Department);  b)  School  Psychology;  c)  College  Student  Personnel  Administration;  and 
d)  Counseling  and  Consultation.  The  goal  of  doctoral  studies  is  to  prepare  students  to 
achieve  exceptional  competence  in  the  theory  and  practice  of  their  field;  to  develop 
high  level  skills  as  researchers,  educators  and  administrators;  and  to  assume  positions 
of  leadership  in  various  relevant  settings.  Students  in  the  Counseling  Psychology 
specialization  are  educated  to  work  as  doctoral  level  counseling  psychologists  and 
supervisors  in  such  settings  as  college  and  university  counseling  centers,  community 
mental  health  agencies,  and  academic  departments.  Doctoral  level  school 
psychologists  serve  as  advanced  level  practitioners,  supervisors,  administrators, 
researchers  and  teachers  of  school  psychology.  Students  in  College  Student 
Personnel  Administration  are  prepared  to  assume  leadership  positions  as 
administrators  of  college  or  university  student  personnel  services  or  as  teachers  and 
researchers  of  college  student  personnel  work.  Doctoral  students  in  Counseling  and 
Consultation  are  prepared  to  assume  roles  as  supervisors,  consultants,  administrators, 
educators  or  researchers  in  school  counseling,  rehabilitation,  or  career  development 
programs.  All  Ph.D.  students  in  the  Department  are  educated  in  accord  with  the 
scientist-practitioner  model,  wherein  they  are  expected  to  attain  advanced  skills  as 
both  practitioners  and  researchers  in  their  area  of  specialization. 

Professionally  accreditated/approved  programs  within  the  Department  include: 
School  Psychology  (provisional)  and  Counseling  Psychology  doctoral  programs,  by  the 
American  Psychological  Association;  and  Rehabilitation  Counseling  Masters/A. G.S. 
program,  by  the  Council  on  Rehabilitation  Education.  The  M.A./A.G.S.  program  in 
School  Psychology  and  the  Masters  (M.A,  or  M.Ed.)  program  in  School  Counseling  are 
approved  for  certification  by  the  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  for  regular  admission  to  Master's  degree  programs  must  have  an  overall 
undergraduate  average  of  B  (3.0  on  a  4-point  scale)  and  must  submit  their  scores  on 
the  Miller  Analogies  Test  or  Graduate  Record  Examination  (required  for  School 
Psychology  M.A./A.G.S.  program).  Their  undergraduate  program  must  include  at  least 
15  semester  hours  of  coursework  in  behavioral  science  fields  (anthropology, 
education,  psychology,  sociology,  and/or  statistics).  Applicants  for  admission  to 
A. G.S. and  Ph.D.  programs  must  have  a  Master's  degree  in  counseling  or  a  closely 
related  field.  For  Admission  as  a  Ph.D.  student,  a  grade  point  average  of  3.5  in  prior 
graduate  work  is  required,  together  with  an  acceptable  score  on  the  Miller  Analogies 
Test  or  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  (for  Counseling  Psychology  and  School 
Psychology).  Selective  screening  of  qualified  applicants  is  necessary  in  order  to  limit 
enrollment  to  the  available  faculty  resources  of  the  Department. 

Departmental  comprehensive  examinations  are  required  of  all  Master's,  A.G.S.,  and 
doctoral  students.  All  doctoral  students  are  required  to  take  advanced  courses  in 
statistics  and  research  design.  There  are  no  foreign  language  requirements  for  the 
Ph.D.  degree. 


192     EDCP  —  Education  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

All  Master's  A.G.S.and  doctoral  students  in  the  Department  are  required  to  include 
supervised  fieldwork  experiences  as  part  of  their  degree  programs.  To  this  end,  the 
Department  has  excellent  cooperative  relationships  with  the  Division  of  Student  Affairs 
(including  such  offices  as  the  Counseling  Center,  Orientation,  Campus  Activities,  the 
Student  Union,  Resident  Life,  and  Commuter  Affairs),  with  units  in  Academic  Affairs 
(such  as  Advising,  Career  Development,  Admissions,  and  Experiential  Learning),  and 
with  units  in  University  College.  The  Department  also  runs  career  development  centers 
at  two  government  agencies  (NASA  Goddard  Space  Flight  Center  and  the  Naval 
Research  Laboratory)  at  which  students  may  gain  supervised  fieldwork  experiences. 
Fieldwork  may  also  be  done  at  a  wide  variety  of  school  systems, counseling  services, 
and  mental  health  agencies  in  the  Maryland/District  of  Columbia  area. 

In  addition  to  campus  and  department  resources,  students  also  utilize  the  many 
major  research  and  professional  institutions  of  relevance  to  the  counseling  and 
personnel  services  field  which  are  easily  accessible  to  the  campus.  These  include  the 
Library  of  Congress,  the  National  Library  of  Medicine,  the  National  Institutes  of  Health 
and  of  Education,  the  American  Psychological  Association,  and  the  American 
Association  for  Counseling  and  Development. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  offers  several  graduate  assistantships,  and  paid  experiences  have 
been  arranged  for  some  students  in  the  Department  with  a  variety  of  on-campus  and 
off-campus  agencies. 

Additional  Information 

Individual  brochures  describing  the  curriculum  of  each  professional  entry-level  and 
each  doctoral  specialization  may  be  obtained  by  writing  or  calling  [(301)  454-2026]  the 
Department. 

Courses 

EDCP  —  Education  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

EDCP  410  Introduction  to  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  (3)  Presents 
principles  and  procedures,  and  examines  the  function  of  counselors,  psychologists  in 
schools,  school  social  workers,  and  other  personnel  service  workers. 

EDCP  411  Mental  Hygiene  (3)  The  practical  application  of  the  principles  of  mental 
hygiene  to  classroom  problems. 

EDCP  413  Behavior  Modification  (3)  Knowledge  and  techniques  of  intervention  in  a 
variety  of  social  situations,  including  contingency  contracting  and  time  out  will  be 
acquired. 

EDCP  414  Principles  of  Behavior  (3)  Development  of  student  proficiency  in  analyzing 
complex  patterns  of  behavior  on  the  basis  of  empirical  evidence. 

EDCP  415  Behavior  Mediation  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCP  414.  Basic  principles  of  human 
behavior  will  be  reviewed  and  application  of  these  principles  will  be  implemented 
under  supervision. 


EDCP  —  Education  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services     193 

EDCP  417  Group  Dynamics  and  Leadership  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  discussion  and 
two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  The  nature  and  property  of  groups,  interaction 
analysis,  developmental  phases,  leadership  dynamics  and  styles,  roles  of  members 
and  interpersonal  communications.  Laboratory  involves  experimental  based  learning. 

EDCP  420  Education  and  Racism  (3)  Strategy  development  for  counselors  and 
educators  to  deal  with  problems  of  racism. 

EDCP  460  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  Counseling  (3)  Introductory  course  for 
majors  in  rehabilitation  counseling,  social  work,  psychology,  or  education  who  desire  to 
work  professionally  with  physically  or  emotionally  handicapped  persons. 

EDCP  461  Psycho-Social  Aspects  of  Disability  (3)  Theory  and  research  concerning 
disability,  with  emphasis  on  crisis  theory,  loss  and  mourning,  handicapped  as  a 
deviant  group,  sexuality  and  functional  loss,  attitude  formation,  dying  process  and 
coping.    Implications  for  counseling  and  the  rehabilitaaton  process. 

EDCP  470  Introduction  to  Student  Personnel  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
A  systematic  analysis  of  research  and  theoretical  literature  on  a  variety  of  major 
problems  in  the  organization  and  administration  of  student  personnel  services  in  higher 
education.  Included  will  be  discussion  of  such  topics  as  the  student  personnel 
philosophy  in  education,  counseling  services,  discipline,  housing,  student  activities, 
financial  aid,  health,  remedial  services,  etc. 

EDCP    489    Field    Experience    in    Counseling    and    Personnel    Services    (1-4) 

Prerequisites:  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  The  University  of  Maryland 
plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the  experience 
is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience  may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who 
have  had  teaching  experience  and  whose  application  for  such  field  experience  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to 
both  major  and  nonmajor  students.  Note:  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student 
may  earn  in  EDCP  489,  888,  AND  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDCP    498    Special    Problems    in    Counseling    and    Personnel    Services    (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to  major  students  who  have  formal 
plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems. 

EDCP  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Institutes  (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of  credits  that 
may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester  hours;  the 
symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached. 
The  following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this  course 
heading:  workshops  conducted  by  the  Department  of  Counseling  and  Personnel 
Services  (or  developed  cooperatively  with  other  departments,  colleges  and 
universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing;  clinical 
experiences  in  counseling  and  testing  centers,  reading  clinics,  speech  therapy 
laboratories,  and  special  education  centers;  institutues  developed  around  specific 
topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups. 

EDCP  605  Issues  in  Counseling  Adults  (3)  Theoretical  approaches  to  adult 
development.  The  scope  and  variety  of  settings  (industry,  education,  government)  in 
which  programs  of  adult  counseling  and  guidance  take  place,  and  the  nature  of  such 
programs. 

EDCP  606  Counseling  Adults  in  Transition  (3)  Theoretical  background  for 
understanding    adult    transitions    such    as    divorce,    promotion,    major    illness    and 


194     EDCP  —  Education  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

bereavement.  Strategies  for  helping  adult  clients  cope  with  major  life  changes. 

EDCP  610  Professional  Orientation  (3)  Survey  of  knowledge  base  and  practices  in 
counseling  and  personnel  services  specializations,  professional  ethics,  credentialling 
relevant  legislation,  current  issues. 

EDCP  611  Career  Development  Theory  and  Programs  (3)  Research  and  theory 
related  to  career  and  educational  decisions;  programs  of  related  information  and  other 
activities  in  career  decision. 

EDCP   614    Personality   Theories    in    Counseling   and    Personnel   Services   (3) 

Examination  of  constructs  and  research  relating  to  major  personality  theories  with 
emphasis  on  their  significance  for  working  with  the  behaviors  of  individuals. 

EDCP  615  Counseling  I:  Appraisal  (3)  For  counseling  and  personnel  majors  only. 
Collection  and  interpretation  of  appraisal  data,  synthesis  of  data  through  case  study 
procedures.   Development  of  interview  skills. 

EDCP  616  Counseling  II:  Theory  and  Practice  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCP  615. 
Counseling  theories  and  the  practices  which  stem  from  such  theories. 

EDCP  617  Group  Counseling  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCP  616.  A  survey  of  theory, 
research  and  practice  of  group  counseling  and  psychotherapy  with  an  introduction  to 
growth  groups  and  the  laboratory  approach,  therapeutic  factors  in  groups,  composition 
of  therapeutic  groups,  problem  clients,  therapeutic  techniques,  research  methods, 
theories,  ethics  and  training  of  group  counselors  and  therapists. 

EDCP  619  Practicum  in  Counseling  (2-6)  Prerequisites:  EDCP  616  and  permission  of 
instructor.  Sequence  of  supervised  counseling  experiences  of  increasing  complexity. 
Limited  to  eight  applicants  in  advance.  Two  hours  class  plus  laboratory. 

EDCP  626  Group  Counseling  Practicum  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCP  617,  EDCP  619,  and 
consent  of  instructor.   A  supervised  field  experience  in  group  counseling. 

EDCP  627  Process  Consultation  (3)  Prerequisite:  graduate  course  in  group  process. 
Study  of  case  consultation,  systems  consultation,  mental  health  consultation  and  the 
professional's  role  in  systems  intervention  strategies. 

EDCP  633  Diagnostic  Appraisal  of  Children  I  (4)  Assessment  of  development, 
emotional  and  learning  problems  of  children  in  schools.  Practicum  experience. 

EDCP  634  Diagnostic  Appraisal  of  Children  II  (4)  Prerequisite:  EDCP  633 
Assessment  of  development,  emotional,  and  learning  problems  of  adolescents  in 
schools.  Practicum  experience. 

EDCP  635  Therapeutic  Techniques  and  Classroom  Management  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDCP  414.  Diagnosis  and  treatment  of  problems  presented  by  teachers  and  parents. 
Practicum  experience. 

EDCP  636  Therapeutic  Techniques  and  Classroom  Management  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDCP  635.  The  objective  of  this  course  is  to  understand  and  to  treat  children's 
problems.  The  focus  is  primarily  on  the  older  child  in  secondary  school  and  the 
orientation  is  essentially  behavioral.  Practicum  experience  will  be  provided. 

EDCP  655  Organization  and  Administration  of  Personnel  Services  (2)  Prerequisite: 
EDCP  619  or  permission  of  instructor.  Exploration  of  personnel  services  programs  and 
implementing  personnel  services  practices. 


EDCP  —  Education  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services     195 

EDCP  656  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  Seminar  (2)  Prerequisite:  advanced 
standing.  Examination  of  issues  that  bear  on  professional  issues  such  as  ethics, 
interprofessional  relationships  and  research. 

EDCP  662  Medical  Aspects  of  Disability  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCP  460  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Appraisal  of  medical  aspects  in  rehabilitation;  nature,  cause,  treatment, 
limitations,  prognosis  of  most  common  disabilities;  medical  terminology;  role  of  the 
medical  specialities. 

EDCP  663  Psychiatric  Aspects  of  Disability  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCP  460  or  equivalent 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Part  of  core  curriculum  in  rehabilitation  counseling.  The 
psychiatric  rehabilitation  client:  understanding  his  needs,  treatment  approaches 
available,  and  society's  reaction  to  the  client. 

EDCP  668  Special  Topics  in  Rehabilitation  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

EDCP  716  Advanced  Counseling  Theory  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  Master's  degree 
in  counseling,  or  instructor's  permission.  Systematic  investigation  of  methods  of  theory 
analysis  and  their  application  to  counseling  theory. 

EDCP  717  Evaluation  of  Research  in  Counseling  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
department.  Research  on  process  and  outcome  in  counseling.  A  review  of  research 
and  appropriate  research  methodologies. 

EDCP  718  Advanced  Seminar  in  Group  Processes  (2-6)  Prerequisites  EDCP  626 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDCP  726  Practicum  in  Individual  Testing  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  622.  The 
administration  and  interpretation  of  the  Stanford-Binet  and  Wechsler  scales  of 
intelligence. 

EDCP  727  Practicum  in  Individual  Testing  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  622  and  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Practicum  experience  in  the  administration  of  and  the  interpretation  of 
the  results  of  individual  psychological  tests.  Alternate  instruments  to  the  Stanford-Binet 
and  Wechsler  scales  of  intelligence  and  the  measurement  of  special  abilities  through 
the  use  of  appropriate  instruments. 

EDCP  735  Seminar  in  Rehabilitation  Counseling  (2)  This  course  is  part  of  the  core 
curriculum  for  rehabilitation  counselors.  It  is  designed  to  provide  the  advanced 
rehabilitation  counseling  student  with  a  formal  seminar  to  discuss,  evaluate  and 
attempt  to  reach  personal  resolution  regarding  pertinent  professional  problems  and 
issues  in  the  field. 

EDCP  771  The  College  Student  (3)  A  demographic  study  of  the  characteristics  of 
college  students  as  well  as  a  study  of  their  aspirations,  values,  and  purposes. 

EDCP   776    Modification   of   Human    Behavior:    Laboratory   and    Practicum   (3) 

Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Individual  and  group  supervised  introduction  to 
intake  and  counseling  relationships. 

EDCP    777    Modification    of    Human    Behavior:    Laboratory    and    Praticum    (3) 

Prerequisite:   EDCP   776  and   permission  of  instructor.   Continuation  of  EDCP  776. 

Further   experience   under  direct   supervision   of  more  varied   forms  of  counseling 

relationships. 

EDCP  778  Research  Proposal  Seminar  (3)  The  development  of  thesis,  dissertation  or 


196     EDCP  —  Education  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

other  research  proposals. 

EDCP  788  Advanced  Practicum  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor,  previous 
practicum  experience.  Individual  supervision  in  one  of  the  following  areas:  (a) 
individual  counseling,  (b)  group  counseling,  (c)  consultation,  or  (d)  administration. 

EDCP    789    Advanced    Topics    in    Counseling    and    Personnel    Services    (1-6) 

Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

EDCP  798  Special  Problems  in  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  (1-6)  Master's 
AGS,  or  doctoral  candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems  under 
the  direction  of  their  advisers  may  register  for  credit  under  this  number. 

EDCP  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  six 

hours  for  Master's  thesis. 

EDCP    888    Apprenticeship    in    Counseling    and    Personnel    Services    (1-8) 

Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are  available  to  selected  students  whose 
application  for  an  apprenticeship  has  been  approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Each 
apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester  full-time  or  the  equivalent  with 
an  appropriate  staff  member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational 
institution  or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites:  teaching 
experience,  a  Master's  degree  in  education,  and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in 
education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Note:  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a 
student  may  earn  in  EDCP  489,  888,  AND  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20) 
semester  hours. 

EDCP  889  Internship  in  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  (3-8)  Internships  in  the 
major  area  of  study  are  available  to  selected  students  who  have  teaching  experience. 
The  following  groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (a)  any  student  who  has  been  advanced 
to  candidacy  for  the  Doctor's  degree;  and  (b)  any  student  who  receives  special 
approval  by  the  education  faculty  for  an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to  taking  an 
internship,  such  student  shall  have  completed  at  least  60  semester  hours  of  graduate 
work,  including  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  university  of  maryland. 
Each  intern  is  assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with  an 
appropriate  staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational 
institution  or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation  different  from 
the  one  where  the  student  is  regularly  employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a 
close  working  relationship  with  the  intern  and  the  other  persons  involved.  Note:  the 
total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDCP  489,  888,  AND  889  is 
limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDCP  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of 
6-9  hours  for  an  ED.D.   Project  and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  Dissertation. 


Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  Program     197 


Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  Program 

(Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology) 

Directorand  Professor:  Wellford 

Professor  Emeritus:  Lejins 

Professor:  Sherman 

Associate  Professors:  Ingraham,  Loftin,  Maida,  Miller 

Assistant  Professors:  Paternoster,  Smith,  Uchida,  Young 

The  Program  of  graduate  study  leading  to  a  Master  of  Arts  and  Ph.D.  degree  in  the 

area  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  is  intended  to  prepare  students  for  research, 

teaching  and  professional  employment  in  the  operational  agencies  in  the  field  of 

criminal  justice.  This  program  combines  an  intensive  background  in  a  social  science 

discipline     such     as     sociology,     psychology,     public     administration,     etc.,     with 

graduate-level  study  of  selected  aspects  of  the  criminal  justice  field. 

A  study  recently  completed  of  Institute  M.A.  and  Ph.D  alumni  reveals  that  Masters 
degree  graduates  have  found  employment  in  both  public  and  private  institutions  in 
virtually  every  kind  of  activity  associated  with  the  criminal  justice  system:  research, 
teaching,  state,  federal,  and  local  law  enforcement,  courts,  corrections,  private 
security,  funded  programs,  etc.  Ph.D.  graduates  have  found  employment  mostly  in 
teaching,  research,  and  as  administrators  in  government  agencies. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  general  Graduate  School  requirements,  special  admission 
requirements  include  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test,  a  major  in  a 
social  science  discipline,  and  9  hours  of  course  work  in  the  appropriate  area  of 
criminal  justice.  For  the  M.A.  applicant,  the  undergraduate  social  science  major  must 
have  included  at  least  one  course  each  in  theory,  statistics  and  research  methods. 
The  Ph.D.  applicant  must  have  completed  two  statistics,  two  research  methods  and 
two  theory  courses,  one  of  each  being  at  the  master's-level.  Admission  to  the  Ph.D. 
program  presupposes  completion  of  the  M.A.  degree.  At  the  discretion  of  the 
Graduate  Admissions  Committee  of  the  Institute,  deficiencies  in  some  of  the  above 
areas  may  be  made  up  by  noncredit  work  at  the  beginning  of  the  program. 

Students  enrolled  in  the  M.A.  program  have  two  options:  a  Criminology  option  and 
a  Criminal  Justice  option.  The  general  plan  of  study  for  both  options,  is  as  follows: 
Thirty  (30)  semester  hours  of  courses,  consisting  of:  1)  at  least  6  appropriate  level 
courses  in  criminology  and  criminal  justice,  three  of  which  are  required  courses,  which 
must  be  passed  with  a  'B'  or  better;  2)  a  graduate  level  course  in  statistics,  the  course 
to  be  selected  from  an  approved  list;  3)  6  credit  hours  of  either  thesis  credit  or 
additional  course  work  depending  on  the  option  selected  by  the  student;  and,  4)  one 
elective  course.  The  student  has  a  choice  between:  a)  a  M.A.  degree  with  an  M.A. 
thesis,  b)  an  M.A.  degree  without  thesis,  but  with  some  additional  requirements. 

For  completion  of  the  Ph.D.  degree,  in  addition  to  the  general  Graduate  School 
Ph.D.  requirements,  competence  in  research  methodology  and  in  quantitative 
techniques  is  expected,  as  well  as  competence  in  the  general  theory  of  the  criminal 
justice  field  and  in  the  specialization  area  selected  by  the  student.  The  necessary 
coursework  is  determined  on  the  basis  of  the  student's  previous  preparation,  needs, 
and  interests.   The  candidate  is  required  to  pass  comprehensive  examinations. 


198     CRIM  —  Criminology 


Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  teaching  assistantships  are  available  on  a  competitive  basis.  Further, 
graduate  research  assistantships  are  sometimes  available  for  graduate  students  to 
participate  in  research  projects  directed  by  faculty  members  and  funded  by  outside 
sources. 

Additional  Information 

A  brochure  describing  the  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  and  its 
programs  is  available  upon  request.  Inquiries  should  be  directed  to: 

Graduate  Program  Coordinator 

Institute  of  Criminal  Justice 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

CRIM  —  Criminology 

CRIM  432  Law  of  Corrections  (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF  230  OR  234  and  CRIM  220.  A 
review  of  the  law  of  criminal  corrections  from  sentencing  to  final  release  or  release  on 
parole.  Probation,  punishments,  special  treatments  for  special  offenders,  parole  and 
pardon,  and  the  prisoner's  civil  rights  are  also  examined. 

CRIM  450  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100.  Juvenile  delinquency  in 
relation  to  the  general  problem  of  crime;  analysis  of  factors  underlying  juvenile 
delinquency;  treatment  and  prevention. 

CRIM  451  Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention  (3)  Prerequisites:  CRIM  220  or  CRIM 
450  or  consent  of  instructor.  Methods  and  programs  in  prevention  of  crime  and 
delinquency. 

CRIM    452    Treatment    of    Criminals    and    Delinquents    in    the    Community    (3) 

Prerequisite:  CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or  consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  the 
processes  and  methods  in  the  modification  of  criminal  patterns  of  behavior  in  a 
community  setting. 

CRIM  453  Institutional  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents  (3)  Prerequisite: 
CRIM  220  or  CRIM  450  or  consent  of  instructor.  History,  organization  and  functions  of 
penal  and  correctional  institutions  for  adults  and  juveniles. 

CRIM  454  Contemporary  Criminological  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite  CRIM  220,  CRIM 
450,  and  CRIM  451  or  CRIM  452  or  CRIM  453.  Brief  historical  overview  of 
criminological  theory  up  to  the  50's.  Deviance.  Labeling.  Typologies.  Most  recent 
research  in  criminalistic  subcultures  and  middle  class  delinquency.  Recent  proposals 
for  "decriminalization". 

CRIM  455  Psychology  of  Criminal  Behavior  (3)  Prereqisites  CRIM  220  or  equivalent 
and  PSYC  331  or  equivalent.  Biological,  environmental,  and  personality  factors  which 
influence  criminal  behaviors.  Biophysiology  and  crime,  stress  and  crime, 
maladjustment  patterns,  psychoses,  personality  disorders,  aggression  and  violent 
crime,  sex-motivated  crime  and  sexual  deviations,  alcohol  and  drug  abuse,  and 
criminal  behavior. 

CRIM  498  Selected  Topics  in  Criminology  (3)  Topics  of  special  interest  to  advanced 
undergraduates  in  criminology.    Such  courses  will  be  offered  in  response  to  student 


LENF  —  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology     199 

request  and  faculty  interest.  No  more  than  six  credits  may  be  taken  by  a  student  in 
selected  topics. 

CRIM  610  Research  Methods  in  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
completion  of  research  methods  and  statistics  requirements  for  the  M.A.  Degree. 
Examination  of  special  research  problems  and  techniques. 

CRIM  650  Advanced  Criminology  (3)  First  semester.  Survey  of  the  principal  issues  in 
contemporary  criminological  theory  and  research. 

CRIM  651  Seminar  in  Criminology  (3)  Second  semester 

CRIM  652  Seminar  in  Juvenile  Delinquency  (3)  First  semester 

CRIM  653  Crime  and  Delinquency  As  A  Community  Problem  (3)  Second  semester 
An  intensive  study  of  selected  problems  in  adult  crime  and  juvenile  delinquency  in 
Maryland. 

CRIM  654  History  of  Criminological  Thought  (3)  Prerequisite:  CRIM  454  or  its 
equivalent.  A  study  of  the  development  of  criminological  thought  from  antiquity  to  the 
present. 

CRIM  699  Special  Criminological  Problems  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 
Supervised  study  of  selected  problems  in  the  field  of  criminology.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

CRIM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

CRIM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8)  Doctoral  dissertation  research  in 
criminal  justice  and  criminology. 

LENF  —  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 

LENF  400  Criminal  Courts  (3)  Prerequisites:  LENF  100  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Criminal  courts  in  the  United  States  at  all  levels;  judges,  prosecutors,  defenders, 
clerks,  court  administrators,  and  the  nature  of  their  jobs;  problems  facing  courts  and 
prosecutors  today  and  problems  of  administration;  reforms. 

LENF  444  Advanced  Law  Enforcement  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF  340  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  structuring  of  manpower,  material,  and  systems  to 
accomplish  the  major  goals  of  social  control.  Personnel  and  systems  management. 
Political  controls  and  limitations  on  authority  and  jurisdiction. 

LENF  455  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change  in  Criminal  Justice  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  An  examination  of  conceptual  and  practical  issues  related  to 
planned  change  in  criminal  justice.  Emphasis  on  the  development  of  innovative  ideas 
using  a  research  and  development  approach  to  change. 

LENF  456  Dynamics  of  Planned  Change  in  Criminal  Justice  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
LENF  455  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  examination  of  of  conceptual  and  practical 
issues  related  to  planned  change  in  criminal  justice.  Emphasis  on  change  strategies 
and  tactics  which  are  appropriate  for  criminal  justice  personnel  in  entry  level  positions. 

LENF  462  Special  Problems  in  Security  Administration  (3)  Prerequisites:  LENF  360 
and  consent  of  instructor.  An  advanced  course  for  students  desiring  to  focus  on 
specific  concerns  in  the  study  of  private  security  organizations;  business  intelligence 
and  espionage;  vulnerability  and  criticality  analyses  in  physical  security;  transportation, 
banking,  hospital  and  military  security  problems;  uniformed  security  forces;  national 


200     Curriculum  and  Instruction  Program 


defense  information;  and  others. 

LENF  498  Selected  Topics  in  Criminal  Justice  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Supervised  study  of  a  selected  topic  to  be  announced  in  the  field  of  criminal 
justice.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

LENF  600  Criminal  Justice  (3)  Prerequisites:  admission  to  the  graduate  program  in 
criminal  justice  or  consent  of  instructor.  Current  concept  of  criminal  justice  in 
relationship  to  other  concepts  in  the  field.  Historical  perspective.  Criminal  justice  and 
social  control.  Operational  implications.  Systemic  aspects.  Issues  of  evaluation. 

LENF  630  Seminar  in  Criminal  Law  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite:  LENF  230  or  its 
equivalent  and  a  course  in  introductory  criminology.  The  criminal  law  is  studied  in  the 
context  of  general  studies  in  the  area  of  the  sociology  of  law.  The  evolution  and  social 
and  psychological  factors  affecting  the  formulation  and  administration  of  criminal  laws 
are  discussed.  Also  examined  is  the  impact  of  criminal  laws  and  their  sanctions  on 
behavior  in  the  light  of  recent  empirical  evidence. 

LENF  640  Seminar  in  Criminal  Justice  Administration  (3)  Prerequisites:  one  course 
in  the  theory  of  groups  or  organizations,  one  course  in  administration;  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Examination  of  external  and  internal  factors  that  currently  impact  on  police 
administration.  Intra-organizational  relationships  and  policy  formulation;  the  conversion 
of  inputs  into  decisions  and  policies.  Strategies  for  formulating,  implementing  and 
assessing  administrative  decisions. 

LENF  650  Research  Seminar  in  Public  Policy  and  Crime  Control  (3)  Prerequisites: 
consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  the  political  and  organizational  process  of  policy 
development  and  implementation  in  criminal  justice.  Collection,  analysis  and 
interpretation  of  research  data  on  current  and  ongoing  efforts  to  form  and  implement 
policy. 

LENF  699  Special  Problems  in  Criminal  Justice  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Supervised  study  of  a  selected  problem  in  the  field  of  criminal  justice. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

LENF  720  Criminal  Justice  System  Planning  (3)  LENF  720  -  criminal  justice  system 
planning  (3)  prerequisites:  one  course  in  criminal  justice  and  one  course  in  research 
methodology.  System  theory  and  method;  examination  of  planning  methods  and 
models  based  primarily  on  a  systems  approach  to  the  operations  of  the  criminal  justice 
system. 

LENF  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  Program 

Chair:  Arends 

Professors:  E.  G.  Campbell,  Carr,  Fein,  Fey6,  Folstrom1,  Layman8,  Lockard2,  Roderick, 

Seefeldt3,  Sublett,  Weaver,  Wilson. 

Associate  Professors:  Amershek,  Brigham,  Church,  Cirrincione4,  Craig,  Davey, 

Davidson,  DeLorenzo,  Eley,  Farrell5,  Gambrell,  Garner,  Heidelbach,  Heikkinen7, 

Henkelman6,  Herman,  Jantz,  Johnson,  McCaleb9,  McWhinnie10,  Saracho,  Williams 

Assistant  Professors:  P.  Campbell,  Cole6,  Dreher,  Finley,  Gillingham,  Markham, 

Shelley1,  Slater11,  H.  Williams12,  Young13 

1Joint  appointment  with  Music 


Curriculum  and  Instruction  Program     201 


2Joint  appointment  with  Botany 

3Joint  appointment  with  Human  Development 

4Joint  appointment  with  Geography 

5Joint  appointment  with  History 

6Joint  appointment  with  Mathematics 

7Joint  appointment  with  Chemistry 

8Joint  appointment  with  Physics 

9Joint  appointment  with  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre 

10Joint  appointment  with  Housing  and  Applied  Design 

11  Joint  appointment  with  English 

12Joint  appointment  with  Library  and  Information  Services 

13Joint  appointment  with  Physical  Education 

The  Department  offers  programs  leading  to  the  following  degrees  or  diplomas:  Master 

of  Arts  <thesis  and  non-thesis),  Master  of  Education,  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist, 

Doctor  of  Education,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.    The  Department  offers  a  variety  of 

programs    individually   designed   to   meet  the   personal   and    professional   goals   of 

graduate    students.     These    goals    may    include    educational    research,    teaching, 

supervising,    providingleadership    as    curriculum    specialists   within    the    disciplines, 

teacher  education  or  consulting  at  all  levels  of  instruction:  early  childhood,  elementary, 

secondary,    and    higher   education.     Programs   are   offered   to   meet  the   needs   of 

professionals  in  school  and  non-school  settings.    All  programs  are  available  on  the 

College  Park  Campus;  some  programs  are  available  in  off  campus  centers. 

Areas  of  emphasis  include  art  education,  early  childhood  education  (birth  to  eight 
years  of  age),  elementary  education,  history/social  studies  education,  language  and 
cultural  studies  (English  education,  foreign  language  education,  teaching  English  as  a 
second  language,  speech  and  drama  education), mathematics  education,  music 
education,  professional  development  (teacher  education,  human  relations),  reading 
education,  science  education  and  uses  of  microcomputers  in  education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  master's  degree  programs  require  a  minimum  of  30  to  36  semester  hours,  the 
AGS  diploma  program  60  hours  beyond  the  bachelor's  degree,  and  the  doctorate  a 
planned  sequence  of  approximately  60  semester  hours  beyond  the  master's  degree. 
Programs  include  both  theory  and  practicum,  professional  work,  research  and 
academic  courses.  There  are  no  foreign  language  requirements  unless  the 
dissertation  is  on  a  topic  that  requires  it. 

Admission  to  the  master's  program  requires  a  3.0  undergraduate  grade  point 
average  and  the  submission  of  a  Miller  Analogies  Test  score.  Admission  to  an  AGS  or 
doctoral  program  requires  a  3.5  grade  point  average  in  previous  graduate  studies  and 
either  a  3.0  undergraduate  grade  point  average  or  at  least  the  40th  percentile  on  the 
Miller  Analogies  Test  score. 

Master's  degree  students  are  required  to  take  a  6  hour  comprehensive  examination 
near  the  end  of  their  program.  Doctoral  students  are  required  to  take  a  prelimimary 
examination,  usually  written,  after  approximately  12  semester  hours  of  work  and  a 
comprehensive  examination  near  the  completion  of  the  program.  An  oral  examination 
in  defense  of  the  dissertation  constitutes  the  final  step  in  completing  the  doctorate. 


202     EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  in  the  Department  of  Curriculum  and  Instruction  to  support  graduate 
study  and  research  include  the  Micro  Teaching  and  decision  making  laboratory,  the 
Center  for  Mathematics  Education,  the  Center  for  Young  Children,  the  Reading  Center 
and  the  Science  Teaching  Center.  Additional  facilities  in  the  College  of  Education 
include  the  Educational  Technology  Center,  the  Curriculum  Laboratory,  and  Teacher 
Education  Centers  in  local  schools. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  graduate  assistantships  are  available  in  the  Department  of  Curriculum 
and  Instruction.  These  assistants  work  with  research,  supervision  of  student  teachers, 
and  teaching  undergraduate  classes. 

Additional  Information 

Write  or  call  the  Department  (301-454-7346)  for  more  specific  information  about  the  various 
programs. 

Courses 

EDCI  401  Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  School:  Art  (4-8)  Limited  to  art  education 
majors  who  have  consent  of  department.  Fulfils  elementary  teaching  requirements  in 
K-12  art  education  program. 

EDCI  402  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  Art  (2-8)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  300 

EDCI  403  Teaching  of  Art  Criticism  in  Public  Schools  (3)  Introduction  to  theories  of 
art  criticism  as  related  to  teaching  of  art.  Trips  to  galleries  and  museums.  Open  to  fine 
arts  majors  and  students  from  other  disciplines. 

EDCI  406  Practicum  in  Art  Education:  Two-Dimensional  (3)  Theory  and  practical 
experience  in  two-dimensional  design  in  various  art  media;  development  of  teaching 
procedures  and  presentation  of  materials  in  school  settings. 

EDCI  407  Practicum  in  Art  Education:  Three-Dimensional  (3)  A  lecture-studio 
course  to  develop  skills,  material  resources,  and  educational  strategies  for 
three-dimensional  projects  in  school  settings. 

EDCI  410  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum:  Early  Childhood  (3)  Relationship  of  the 
school  curriculum,  nursery  school  through  grade  3,  to  child  growth  and  development. 
Recent  trends  in  curriculum  organization;  the  effect  of  environment  on  learning; 
readiness  to  learn;  and  adapting  curriculum  content  and  methods  to  maturity  levels  of 
children.  Primarily  for  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3. 

EDCI  411  Student  Teaching:  Preschool  (4)  Prerequisite:  completion  of  required 
methods  courses  and  consent  of  the  department. 

EDCI  412  Student  Teaching:  Kindergarten  (4)  Prerequisite:  completion  of  required 
methods  courses  and  consent  of  department. 

EDCI  413  Student  Teaching:  Primary  Grades  (8)  Prerequisite:  completion  of  required 
methods  courses  and  consent  of  department. 

EDCI  416  Mainstreaming  in  Early  Childhood  Educational  Settings  (3)  Theoretical 
bases  and  applied  practices  for  integrating  handicapped  children  into  regular  early 
childhood  programs. 


EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction     203 


EDCI  420  Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education:  Social  Studies  (3) 

Corequisite:  EDCI  421.  An  analysis  of  teaching  theory,  strategies,  and  tecniques  in 
relation  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

EDCI    421     Student    Teaching    in    Secondary    Schools:    Social    Studies    (12) 

Prerequisite:  EDCI  320. 

EDCI  422  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  Geography  (12)  Prerequisite: 
EDCI  321. 

EDCI  423  Social  Studies  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  Curriculum,  organization 
and  methods  of  teaching,  evaluation  of  materials  and  utilization  of  environmental 
resources.  Emphasis  on  multicultural  education.  Primarily  for  in-service  teachers, 
nursery  school  through  grade  3. 

EDCI  424  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Curriculum,  organization  and 
methods  of  teaching,  evaluation  of  materials  and  utilization  of  environmental  resources. 
Emphasis  on  multicultural  education.  Primarily  for  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6. 

EDCI  425  Social  Studies  and  Multicultural  Education  (3)  Seminar  relating  to  general 
social  science  principals  that  are  applicable  to  multicultural  education  as  a  component 
of  social  studies  instruction.  Cultural  experiences  arranged  on  an  independent  basis 
for  each  participant. 

EDCI    426    Methods    of    Teaching    Social    Studies    in    Secondary    Schools    (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDHD  300  and  EDCI  390.  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  objectives, 
selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans, 
textbooks  and  other  instructional  materials,  measurement  and  topics  pertinent  to  social 
studies  education.  For  in-service  teachers.  Includes  emphasis  on  multicultural 
education. 

EDCI  430  Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education:  Foreign  Language 

(3)  Co-requisite:  EDCI  431.  An  analysis  of  teaching  theory,  strategies  and  techniques 
in  relation  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

EDCI   431    Student  Teaching   in   Secondary  Schools:   Foreign   Languages   (12) 

Prerequisite:  EDCI  330. 

EDCI  432  Foreign  Language  Methods  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Methods  and  techniques  for  developmental  approach  to  the 
teaching  of  modern  foreign  languages  in  elementary  schools.  Development  of 
oral-aural  skills  in  language  development. 

EDCI  433  Teaching  the  Audio-Lingual  Skills  in  Foreign  Languages  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDHD  300  and  EDCI  390,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  objectives,  selection  and 
organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans,  textbooks  and  other 
instructional  materials,  measurement  and  topics  pertinent  to  foreign  language 
education.  For  in-service  teachers. 

EDCI  434  Methods  of  Teaching  English  to  Speakers  of  other  Languages  (3)  An 

introductory  course  in  methods  for  teaching  listening,  speaking,  reading  and  writing 
techniques  and  a  review  of  research  findings. 

EDCI  435  Teaching  Reading  in  a  Second  Language  (3)  Prerequisite  consent  of 
instructor.  Analysis  of  selected  theories  and  practices  in  first  language  reading  applied 
to  second  language  teaching/learning;  diagnostic  and  prescriptive  techniques  and 
analysis   of   the   student's   cultural    background   as   a  factor   in   evaluating    reading 


204     EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction 


achievement  in  the  second  language. 

EDCI  436  Teaching  for  Multicultural  Understanding  (3)  The  techniques  and  content 
for  teaching  culture  in  foreign  language  classes  and  English  as  a  Second  Language 
(ESL)  classes.  Research  and  evaluation  of  selected  aspects  of  a  culture  as  basis  for 
creating  teaching  materials. 

EDCI  437  Bilingual-Bicultural  Education  (3)  Analysis  of  bilingual-bicultural  education 
in  the  U.S.  and  abroad  with  emphasis  on  TESOL  Methods  of  teaching,  goals, 
instructional  materials  and  mainstreaming  of  bilingual  students. 

EDCI  438  Field  Experience  in  TESOL  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  434  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Systematic  observations,  tutoring  and  teaching  in  a  TESOL  field 
setting. 

EDCI  440  Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education:  English,  Speech, 
Drama  (1)  Corequisite:  EDCI  441.  An  analysis  of  teaching  theory,  strategies  and 
techniques  in  relation  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

EDCI  441  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  English  (12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI 
340. 

EDCI  442  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  Speech  (12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI 
340. 

EDCI  443  Literature  for  Children  and  Youth  (3)  Analysis  of  literary  materials  for 
children  and  youth.  Timeless  and  ageless  books,  and  outstanding  examples  of 
contemporary  publishing.  Evaluation  of  the  contributions  of  individual  authors, 
illustrators  and  children's  book  awards. 

EDCI  444  Language  Arts  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  Teaching  of  spelling, 
handwriting,  oral  and  written  expression  and  creative  expression.  Primarily  for 
in-service  teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3. 

EDCI  445  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Teaching  of  spelling, 
handwriting,  oral  and  written  expression  and  creative  expression.  Primarily  for 
in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6. 

EDCI  446  Methods  of  Teaching  English,  Speech,  Drama  in  Secondary  Schools  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDHD  300  and  EDCI  390,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  objectives, 
selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans, 
textbooks,  and  other  instructional  materials,  measurement  and  topics  pertinent  to 
english,  speech,  and  drama  education.  For  in-service  teachers. 

EDCI  447  Field  Experience  in  English,  Speech,  Drama  Teaching  (1)  Corequisite: 
EDCI  340.  Practical  experience  as  an  aide  to  a  regular  english,  speech  or  drama 
teacher;  assigned  responsibilities  and  participation  in  a  variety  of  teaching/learning 
activities. 

EDCI  450  Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education:  Mathematics  (3) 

Corequisite:  EDCI  451.  An  analysis  of  teaching  theory,  strategies,  and  techniques  in 
relation  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

EDCI  451  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  Mathematics  (12)  Prerequisite: 
EDCI  350. 

EDCI  452  Mathematics  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  210  or 
equivalent.  Emphasis  on  materials  and  procedures  which  help  pupils  sense  arithmetic 


EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction     205 


meanings  and  relationships.  Primarily  for  in-service  teachers,  nursery  school  through 
grade  3. 

EDCI  453  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  210  or 
equivalent.  Emphasis  on  materials  and  procedures  which  help  pupils  sense  arithmetic 
meanings  and  relationships.   Primarily  for  in-service  teachers,  grades  1-6. 

EDCI  454  The  Mathematics  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  352  or  equivalent,  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  The  definition,  design,  and  uses  of  an  elementary  school 
mathematics  laboratory.  Laboratory  visitations.  The  design  of  instructional  activities  and 
field-test  activities  with  children. 

EDCI    455    Methods    of    Teaching    Mathematics    in    Secondary    Schools    (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDHD  300  and  EDCI  390,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  objectives, 
selection  and  organization  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans, 
textbooks  and  other  instructional  materials,  measurement  and  topics  pertinent  to 
mathematics  education.   For  in-service  teachers. 

EDCI  456  Diagnosis  of  Learning  Disabilities  in  Mathematics  (3)  Prerequisites:  all 
courses  in  the  EDSP  330  block  and  MATH  210  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Development  of  skills  in  diagnosing  and  identifying  learning  disabilities  in  mathematics 
and  in  planning  for  individualized  instruction.  Clinic  participation  required. 

EDCI  461  Reading  in  Early  Childhood  Edcuation  (3)  Fundamentals  of  developmental 
reading  instruction,  including  reading  readiness,  use  of  experience  stories,  procedures 
in  using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  of  comprehension,  word  analysis,  and 
procedures  for  determining  individual  needs.  Primarily  for  in-service  teachers,  nursery 
school  through  grade  3. 

EDCI  462  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Fundamentals  of  developmental 
reading  instruction,  including  reading  readiness,  use  of  experience  stories,  procedures 
in  using  basal  readers,  the  improvement  of  comprehension,  word  analysis,  and 
procedures  for  determining  individual  needs.  Primarily  for  in-service  teachers,  grades 
1-8. 

EDCI  463  The  Teaching  of  Reading  in  the  Secondary  School  (3)  The  fundamentals 
of  secondary  reading  instruction,  including  emphasis  on  content  reading  instruction. 

EDCI  464  Clinical  Practices  in  Reading  Diagnosis  and  Instruction  (3)  Prerequisite, 
EDCI  362  or  463.  A  laboratory  course  in  which  each  student  has  one  or  more  pupils 
for  analysis  and  instruction.  At  least  one  class  meeting  per  week  to  diagnose 
individual  cases  and  to  plan  instruction. 

EDCI   466   Literature  for  Adolescents  (3)   Reading   and   analysis  of  fiction  and 

nonfiction;   methods  for  critically  assessing  quality  and  appeal;  current  theory  and 

methods  of  instruction;  research  on  response  to  literature;  curriculum  design  and 
selection  of  books. 

EDCI  467  Teaching  Writing  (3)  Sources  and  procedures  for  developing  curriculum 
objectives  and  materials  for  teaching  written  composition;  prewriting,  composing,  and 
revision  procedures;  contemporary  directions  in  rhetorical  theory;  survey  of  research 
on  composition  instruction. 

EDCI  471  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  Science  (12)  Prerequisite:  EDCI 
352 


206     EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction 


EDCI  472  Methods  of  Teaching  Science  in  Secondary  Schools  (3)  Prerequisites: 
EDHD  300,  EDCI390,  and  consent  of  instructor.  The  study  of  the  teachers  role  in 
secondary  school  science  instruction:  preparing  objectives,  planning  lessons,  selecting 
and  organizing  for  classroom  and  laboratory  instruction,  determining  appropriate 
teaching  methods,  selecting  textbooks  and  other  instructional  materials,  measuring 
and  evaluating  student  achievement.  Includes  lab  and  field  experience.  For  in-service 
teachers. 

EDCI  473  Environmental  Education  (3)  Two  lecture-discussion  periods  and  one  three 
hour  laboratory-field  experience  session  per  week.  An  interdisciplinary  course  covering 
the  literature,  techniques  and  strategies  of  environmental  education.  Emphasis  on  the 
study  of  environmental  education  programs  and  the  development  of  a  specific 
program  which  is  designed  to  implement  the  solution  of  an  environmental  problem. 
The  laboratory-field  experience  is  provided  as  a  model  for  future  activities  of  students. 
[Open  to  any  student  who  wishes  to  become  actively  involved  in  the  process  of 
environmental  education  program  development.] 

EDCI  474  Science  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  Objectives,  methods,  materials 
and  activities  for  teaching  science  in  the  elementary  school.  Primarily  for  in-service 
teachers,  nursery  school  through  grade  3. 

EDCI  475  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Objectives,  methods,  materials,  and 
activities  for  teaching  science  in  the  elementary  school.  Primarily  for  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-6. 

EDCI  476  Teaching  Ecology  and  Natural  History  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  teaching 
of  natural  history  in  the  classroom  and  in  the  field.  Ecological  principles;  resources  and 
instructional  materials;  curricular  materials.  Primarily  for  teachers,  park  naturalists,  and 
outdoor  educators. 

EDCI  480  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum:  Elementary  (3)  Relationship  of  the  school 
curriculum,  grades  1-6,  to  child  growth  and  development.  Recent  trends  in  curriculum 
organization;  the  effect  of  environment  on  learning;  readiness  to  learn;  and  adapting 
curriculum  content  and  methods  to  maturity  levels  of  children.  Primarily  for  in-service 
teachers,  grades  1-6. 

EDCI  481  Student  Teaching:  Elementary  (12)  Prerequisite:  completion  of  required 
methods  courses  and  consent  of  department. 

EDCI    482    Student    Teaching    in    Elementary    School:    Special    Education    (8) 

Prerequisite:  completion  of  required  methods  courses  and  consent  of  department. 
Limited  to  special  education  majors  who  have  previously  applied.  Provides  8  weeks  of 
full-time  experience  in  the  regular  elementary  classroom. 

EDCI  483  Student  Teaching  in  School  Media  Centers:  Elementary  (6)  Prerequisites: 
EDHD  300,  EDCI  480,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Supervised  internship  experience  in 
elementary  and  middle  school  media  centers.  Participation  at  a  professional  level  in 
the  management  and  operation  of  an  on-going  media  program. 

EDCI  484  Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  School:  Music  (4-6)  Limited  to  MUED 
majors  who  have  consent  of  department.  Fulfills  elementary  teaching  requirements  in 
K-12  music  education  programs. 

EDCI   485   Student  Teaching   in   Elementary  School:   Physical   Education   (4-8) 

Limited  to  PHED  majors  who  have  consent  of  the  department.   Fulfills  elementary 


EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction     207 


teaching  requirements  in  K-12  physical  education  programs. 

EDCI  486  Supervision  of  Student  Teachers  (3)  Designed  for  in-service  teachers  The 
development  and  refinement  of  skills  in  observing,  evaluating  and  conducting 
conferences  with  student  teachers.  Clinical  supervision  and  cooperative  problem 
solving.  Required  by  some  school  systems  for  supervision  of  student  teachers. 

EDCI  487  Introduction  to  Computers  in  Instructional  Settings  (3)  Prerequisite:  at 
least  six  hours  in  education  or  instructional  experience.  A  first-level  survey  course  for 
students  interested  in  the  possibilities  of  using  computers  for  instructional  purposes. 
"Hands-on"  experience  with  computers.  Site  visits,  guest  speakers,  and  individual 
project  opportunities. 

EDCI  488  Selected  Topics  in  Teacher  Education  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Major  in 
curriculum  and  instruction,  or  consent  of  department.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits  when  topic  is  different. 

EDCI  489  Field  Experience  in  Education  (1-4)  Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  The  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  may 
be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field 
experience  may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience 
and  whose  application  for  such  field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor 
students. Note  -  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDCI  489,  888, 
and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDCI  490  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  the  Middle  and  Junior  High  School  (3) 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  the  middle  and  junior  high  school.  Purposes,  functions 
and  characteristics  of  this  school  unit;  a  study  of  its  population,  organization,  program 
of  studies,  methods,  staff,  and  other  topics  together  with  implications  for  prospective 
teachers. 

EDCI  491  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  Health  (12)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 

EDCI  492  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  Dance  (2-8)  Prerequisite:  EDCI 
383. 

EDCI  493  Student  Teaching  in  School  Media  Centers:  Secondary  (6)  Prerequisite: 
EDHD  300  or  consent  of  instructor.  Supervised  internship  experience  in  secondary 
school  media  centers.  Participation  at  a  professional  level  in  the  management  and 
operation  of  an  on  going  media  program. 

EDCI  494  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:  Music  (2-8)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 

EDCI  495  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools:   Physical  Education  (2-8) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

EDCI  496  Student  Teaching  Seminar  in  Library  Media  Services  (3)  An  analysis  of 
theory,  strategies,  and  techniques  in  relation  to  the  student  teaching  experience. 

EDCI  498  Special  Problems  in  Teacher  Education  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
advisor.  Available  only  to  curriculum  and  instruction  majors  who  have  definite  plans  for 
individual  study  of  approved  problems.  Credit  according  to  extent  of  work. 

EDCI  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of  credits 


208     EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction 


that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester 
hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been 
reached.  The  following  types  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this 
course  heading:  workshops  conducted  by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the 
present  course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special  education  centers;  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 

EDCI  600  Trends  in  Art  Education  Curriculum  (3)  The  effect  of  recent  developments 
in  educational  thinking  and  practice  on  the  curriculum  in  art  education. 

EDCI  601  History  of  Art  Education  (3)  A  study  of  the  growth  of  the  art  curriculum  in 

American  schools.  Perspective  on  art  education  philosophy  as  viewed  through  a 
historical  survey  beginning  with  the  United  States  colonial  period  to  the  present. 

EDCI  602  The  Teaching  of  Aesthetics  in  the  Public  Schools  (3)  The  aesthetic 
foundations  of  art  education.  Development  of  skills  necessary  for  critical  investigation 
of  works  of  art,  and  identification  of  curriculum  implications  resulting  from  various 
aesthetic  and  psychological  approaches  to  art. 

EDCI  610  Curriculum  for  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  Basic  examination  of 
curriculum  theory,  research  and  practice  in  educational  settings  for  infants  and 
children  to  age  eight. 

EDCI  611  The  Young  Child  in  the  Community  (3)  Analysis  of  the  impact  of  major 
social  and  economic  trends  on  young  children  through  study  and  research  of 
community  agencies,  commercial  enterprises  and  social  experiences. 

EDCI  612  Teaching  Strategies  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  An  examination  of 
theory  and  research  concerning  teacher-learner  interaction.  Analysis  of  planning, 
organization  of  learning  environments,  evaluation  of  learning,  general  classroom 
management,  and  inter-personal  relationships. 

EDCI  613  Teacher-Parent  Relationships  (3)  Research  in  the  teachers'  role  in  parent 
involvement  in  school  activities  and  processes. 

EDCI  614  Intellectual  and  Creative  Experiences  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  A 

critical  examination  of  theories  of  intellectual  and  creative  development,  language 
development,  problem  solving  and  critical  thinking. 

EDCI  620  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum:  Social  Studies  (3)  The  effect  of 
recent  developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  on  the  curriculum  in  social 
studies. 

EDCI  621  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum:  Geography  (3)  The  effect  of 
recent  developments  in  educational  thinking  and.  practice  on  the  curriculum  in 
geography. 

EDCI  622  Teaching  Social  Studies  in  Elementary  Schools  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI 
322  or  consent  of  instructor.  Examination  of  current  literature  and  research  reports  in 
the  social  sciences  as  they  relate  to  social  studies  curriculum  and  instruction. 

EDCI  630  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum:  Foreign  Language  (3)  The 

effect  of  recent  developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  on  the  curriculum  in 
foreign  language  education. 


EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction     209 


EDCI  631  Testing  in  the  Foreign  Language/ESL  Classroom  (3)  Analysis  of 
standardized  and  teacher-made  FL/ESL  tests;  i.e.,  aptitude,  ach  ievement,  and 
proficiency;  emphasis  on  principles  of  FL/ESL  test  construction  with  opportunity  to  field 
test  commercial  and  teacher-made  materials. 

EDCI  634  Advanced  TESOL  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  434  or  equivalent. 
Reading,  writing,  listening  and  speaking  skills;  work  in  diagnosing  student  strengths 
and  weaknesses  in  English;  development  of  ESOL  instructional  materials  and  TESOL 
research  projects. 

EDCI  637  Advanced  Laboratory  Practice  in  Foreign  Language/ESOL  Education 
(2-6)  Prerequisites:  EDCI  434  and  634  or  consent  of  instructor.  Supervised  internship  in 
TESOL  setting.  Six  credits  require  full-time  work  for  one-half  semester.  A  full-time 
commitment  involving  observing,  tutoring,  teaching. 

EDCI  640  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum:  English  (3)  The  effect  of  recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  on  the  curriculum  in  english 
education. 

EDCI  641  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum:  Speech  (3)  The  effect  of  recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  on  the  curriculum  in  speech. 

EDCI  642  Communications  and  the  School  Curriculum  (3)  Curriculum  development 
based  on  communication  as  the  major  vehicle  for  describing  the  learner's  interactions 
with  persons,  knowledge,  and  materials  in  the  classroom  and  school  environment. 

EDCI  643  Teaching  Language  Arts  in  Elementary  Schools  (3)  Prerequisite,  EDCI 
342  or  consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  current  issues,  trends,  and  problems  in 
language-arts  instruction  in  terms  of  research  in  educational  theory  and  the  language 
arts;  processes  for  effecting  changes  in  methods  and  materials  for  classroom 
instruction. 

EDCI  644  Teaching  Children's  Literature  in  the  Classroom  (3)  Issues  and  trends  in 
children's  literature  with  emphasis  on  implications  in  classroom  settings.  Contemporary 
social  conditions  and  problems,  trends  in  publishing,  advertising,  censorship,  media 
adaptation,  and  reading  habits. 

EDCI  650  Trends  in  Mathematics  Education  (3)  Recent  developments  in  educational 
thinking  and  practice  which  have  affected  the  curriculum  in  mathematics. 

EDCI  651  Theoretical  and  Research  Foundations  of  Elementary  School 
Mathematics  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  352  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Theoretical  and  research  literature  interrelating  mathematics  education  with 
psychology,  sociology,  philosophy,  and  history.  Evaluation  of  the  influence  of  this 
literature  on  research,  teacher  preparation,  and  mathematics  instruction  in  schools. 

EDCI  652  Elementary  School  Mathematics  Curricula  (3)  Prerequisite  EDCI  352  or 
equivalent,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Critical  evaluation  of  past  and  present  curricular 
projects,  experimental  programs,  and  instructional  materials.  Design  and 
implementation  of  elementary  school  mathematics  curricula. 

EDCI  653  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Learning  Disabilities  in  Mathematics  I  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDCI  352  or  equivalent  and  approval  of  instructor.  Diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  disabilities  in  mathematics.  Theoretical  models,  specific  diagnostic  and 
instructional  techniques  and  materials  for  working  with  children  in  both  clinical  and 
classroom    settings.    Practice    using    techniques    by   coonucting    case   studies   with 


210     EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction 


children  previously  diagnosed  as  primarily  corrective  rather  than  severely  disabled. 
Clinic  hours  to  be  arranged. 

EDCI  654  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Learning  Disabilities  in  Mathemtics  II  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EDCI  653  or  equivalent  and  consent  of  instructor.  Diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  severe  learning  disabilities  in  elementary  school  mathematics.  Theoretical 
models,  relevant  research  and  specific  techniques  appropriate  for  accessing  the 
interaction  of  subject  matter,  organismic,  and  instructional  variables.  Clinic  hours  for 
case  study  work  to  be  arranged. 

EDCI  655  Practicum  in  Diagnosis  and  Treatment  of  Learning  Disabilities  in 
Mathematics  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  654  or  equivalent  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Supervised  clinical  research  studies  with  children  experiencing  learning  difficulties  in 
mathematics. 

EDCI  660  Corrective  Reading  Instruction  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  362  or  463,  or 

equivalent.  Diagnostic  techniques,  instructional  materials  and  teaching  procedures 
useful  in  the  regular  classroom;  appropriate  for  teachers,  supervisors,  and 
administrators. 

EDCI  661  Teaching  Reading  in  the  Content  Areas  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  362  or  463 
The  effect  of  recent  developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  on  the  teaching 
of  reading  in  the  content  areas.  Focus  on  improving  student  achievement  in  content 
disciplines  where  reading  materials  are  used  as  instructional  resources. 

EDCI  662  Reading  Diagnostic  Assessment  and  Prescription  (3)  Prerequisites:  12 
credits  of  graduate  study  in  education,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Survey  course  in 
reading  diagnosis  and  prescription  for  graduate  students  not  majoring  in  reading.  The 
interpretation  of  reading  diagnostic  techniques  with  an  overview  of  various 
prescriptions  based  on  diagnosis. 

EDCI  663  Teaching  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Implications  of  current 
theory  and  the  results  of  research  for  the  teaching  of  reading  in  the  elementary  school. 

EDCI  664  Clinical  Assessment  in  Reading  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDCI  660  and  EDCI  663 
or  667.  Clinical  diagnostic  techniques  and  materials  useful  to  the  reading  specialist  in 
assessing  serious  reading  difficulties.  At  least  one  diagnostic  screening  conducted 
with  a  school  age  student. 

EDCI  665  Clinical  Remediation  of  Reading  Disabilities  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDCI  660 
and  EDCI  663  or  667.  Remedial  procedures  and  materials  useful  to  the  reading 
specialist  in  planning  programs  of  individual  and  small  group  instruction. 

EDCI  666  The  Role  of  the  Reading  Resource  Teacher  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDCI  663  or 
667  and  EDMS  645.  Preparation  of  reading  personnel  to  function  as  resource  persons 
to  classroom  teachers,  administrators  and  the  school  community.  Emphasis  on  role 
expectations,  pertinent  research,  literature  review  and  on  site  experiences. 

EDCI  667  Teaching  Reading  in  Secondary  Schools  (3)  Implications  of  current  theory 
and  the  results  of  research  for  the  teaching  of  reading  in  the  secondary  school. 

EDCI  670  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum:  Science  (3)  The  effect  of  recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  on  the  curriculum  in  science 
education. 

EDCI  671  Teaching  Science  in  Elementary  Schools  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  372  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  the  teaching  of  science  to  children  through  (1)  the 


EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction     211 


identification  of  problems  to  teaching  science,  (2)  the  investigation  and  study  of 
research  reports  related  to  the  identified  problems,  and  (3)  the  hypothesizing  of 
methods  for  improving  the  effectiveness  of  science  education  for  children. 

EDCI  672  Curriculum  Innovations  in  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Science 
Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  curricula  in  early 
childhood-elementary  science;  interaction  with  early  childhood-element  ary  school 
children  using  selected  activities  from  science  curricula. 

EDCI  680  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum  (3)  The  effect  of  recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  on  the  curriculum. 

EDCI  681  Trends  in  Elementary  School  Curriculum  (3)  Recent  developments  in 
educational  thinking  and  practice  which  have  affected  the  curriculum  in  elementary 
education. 

EDCI  682  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum:  Urban  Schools  (3)  The  effect  of 
recent  developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  on  the  curriculum  in  urban 
schools. 

EDCI  683  Implementation  of  Curricular  Specialties  (3)  Implementation  of  curricular 
specialties  in  educational  settings;  research  methods  applied  in  curriculum 
implementation;  societal  values,  ethics  and  responsibilities  associated  with  the 
implementation  of  curricular  specialties;  and  personal  capabilities  to  successfully 
implement  curriculum. 

EDCI  684  Introduction  to  Field  Methods  in  School  and  Community  (3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Application  of  selected  field  research  methods  to  problems  of 
professional  practice.  Issues  pertaining  to  the  role  and  responsibilities  of  the  field 
investigator  working  in  schools  and  other  service  agencies.  Students  plan  and  conduct 
field  study  utilizing  qualitative  field  techniques. 

EDCI  685  Research  Methods  (3)  The  interpretation  and  conduct  of  research  in 
curriculum  and  instruction. 

EDCI  687  Applications  of  Computers  in  Instructional  Settings  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDCI  487  or  consent  of  instructor.  Applications  of  computers  in  instructional  settings. 
Psychological  and  human-factor  implications.  The  application  of  learning  theory  to 
such  topics  as  simulations,  CMI,  CAI,  and  representative  courseware  and  hardware 
evaluations. 

EDCI  700  Theory  and  Research  in  Art  Education  (3)  A  survey  of  the  research 
literature;  evaluation  of  research  techniques;  consideration  of  relevant  instructional 
curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDCI  701  Theory  and  Research  in  Music  Education  (3)  A  survey  of  the  research 
literature;  evaluation  of  research  techniques;  consideration  of  relevant  instructional 
curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDCI  710  Staffing  in  Early  Childhood  Programs  (3)  For  advanced  students  in  early 
childhood  education.  Problems  involved  in  administration  of  faculty  and  staff  in 
programs  for  young  children. 

EDCI    711    Education    and    Group   Care   of   the    Infant   and    Young    Child    (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDMS  645  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  The  historical,  theoretical  and 
empirical  basis  for  the  group  care  and  education  of  young  children  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  child  under  the  age  of  three. 


212     EDCi  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction 


EDCI  713  Research  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDMS  645  or 
equivalent.  The  design  and  conduct  of  research  with  infants  and  children  to  age  eight; 
reviews,  evaluations  and  discussions  of  significant  and  relevant  early  childhood 
research  literature. 

EDCI  720  Theory  and  Research  in  Social  Studies  Education  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDCI 
620  or  622,  and  EDMS  645.  A  survey  of  the  research  literature;  evaluation  of  research 
techniques;  considertation  of  relevant  instructional  curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of 
modern  teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDCI  730  Theory  and  Research  in  Foreign  Language/ESOL  Education  (3)  A  survey 
of  the  research  literature;  evaluation  of  research  techniques;  consideration  of  relevant 
instructional  curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and 
techniques. 

EDCI  731  Advanced  Teaching  of  Reading  in  a  Second  Language  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDCI  435.  A  survey  of  research  literature  and  evaluation  of  research  techniques 
applied  in  second  language  teaching/learning.  Interpretations  of  diagnostic 
techniques  with  prescriptions  for  meeting  individual  differences  based  upon  student's 
cultural  background. 

EDCI  740  Theory  and  Research  in  English  Education  (3)  A  survey  of  the  research 
literature;  evaluation  of  research  techniques;  consideration  of  relevant  instructional 
curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDCI  741  Theory  and  Research  in  Speech  Education  (3)  A  survey  of  the  research 
literature;  evaluation  of  research  techniques;  consideration  of  relevant  instructional 
curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDCI  750  Theory  and  Research  in  Mathematics  Education  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
research  literature;  evaluation  of  research  techniques;  consideration  of  relevant 
instructional  curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and 
techniques. 

EDCI  761  Advanced  Clinical  Practices  in  Reading  Diagnosis  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI 
665.  Corequisite:  EDCI  762.  Diagnostic  work  with  children  in  clinic  and  school 
situations.  Administration,  and  interpretation.  Prescription,  diagnostic  instrument,  case 
report  writing  and  conferences. 

EDCI  762  Advanced  Clinical  Practices  in  Reading  Instruction  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI 
665.  Corequisite:  EDCI  761.  Remedial  instruction  with  children  in  clinic  and  school 
situations.  The  development  of  competency  in  remedial  techniques,  diagnostic 
teaching  and  evaluation. 

EDCI  769  Theory  and  Research  in  Reading  (3)  Prerequisite  -  consent  of  instructor. 
Survey  of  the  literature  in  reading  and  allied  fields,  an  examination  of  current  research 
directions  and  methodologies.  Implications  for  classroom  practice.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDCI  770  Foundations  of  Science  Education  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDCI  670  or  671,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  study  and  interpretation  of  science  education  literature 
describing  the  development  of  science  education;  pre-kindergarten  through  college; 
the  establishment  of  frames  of  reference  to  determine  the  influences  on  current  and 
future  practices  in  science  education;  and  the  identification  and  critical  analysis  of 
topics  in  science  education. 


EDCI  —  Curriculum  and  Instruction     213 


EDCI  771  Theory  and  Research  in  Science  Education  (3)  Prerequisites  EDCI  770 
and  EDMS  646,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  various  techniques  and  paradigms 
for  research  in  science  education,  pre-kindergarten  through  college.  The  significance 
of  selected  science  education  research  studies.  The  identification  and  critical  analysis 
of  one  researchable  topic  in  science  education  and  the  development  of  a  proposal  for 
this  topic  which  outlines  a  well  delineated  research  plan. 

EDCI  780  Theory  and  Research  on  Teaching  (3)  Analysis  of  general  theory  and 
research  on  teaching;  the  interactive  process  of  instruction  preschool  through  higher 
education  in  school  and  non-school  settings;  future  directions  and  needed  research. 

EDCI  781  Persons  as  Researchers  (3)  Study  of  the  ways  persons  function  as 
researchers  and  the  reasons  they  pursue  selected  areas  of  inquiry.  Analysis  of 
research  roles,  designs,  and  approaches  in  a  variety  of  educational  settings. 

EDCI  782  Theory  and  Research  in  Urban  Education  (3)  A  survey  of  the  research 
literature;  evaluation  of  research  techniques;  consideration  of  relevant  instructional 
curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDCI  787  Computer  Courseware  Development  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  687  or  consent 
of  instructor.  The  design,  creation,  and  refinement  of  instructional  sequences  using 
microcomputer  capabilities  and  appropriate  learning  theory  implications.  Instructional 
modes  including  tutorial,  drill  and  practice,  simulation,  and  real-world  interfacing. 
Advanced  programming  techniques  using  BASIC  and  author  languages  such  as 
PILOT. 

EDCI  788  Selected  Topics  in  Teacher  Education  (1-3)  Current  topics  and  issues  in 
teacher  education.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  topic  is 
different. 

EDCI  798  Special  Problems  in  Teacher  Education  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
advisor.  Intended  for  masters,  AGS,  or  doctoral  students  in  education  who  desire  to 
pursue  a  research  problem. 

EDCI  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

EDCI  800  Seminar  in  Art  Education  (3) 

EDCI  810  Seminar  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3) 

EDCI  820  Seminar  in  Social  Studies  Education  (3) 

EDCI  822  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education  (3) 

EDCI  830  Seminar  in  Foreign  Language  Education  (3) 

EDCI  840  Seminar  in  English  Education  (3) 

EDCI  841  Seminar  in  Speech  Education  (3) 

EDCI  850  Seminar  in  Mathematics  Education  (3) 

EDCI  860  Seminar  in  Reading  Education  (3) 

EDCI  861  Research  Methods  in  Reading  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDCI  769  and  EDMS  646 
or  equivalent.  Current  research  questions  and  methods  culminating  in  a  study  suitable 
for  submission  to  journals.  Emphasis  on  using  and  conducting  research. 

EDCI  870  Seminar  in  Science  Education  (3) 

EDCI   880   Doctoral   Proposal   Seminar  (3)   Prerequisite:   consent  of  advisor  and 


214     Economics  Program 


instructor.  EDCI  685  and  either  EDCI  780  or  EDCI  683.  Definition  of  the  problem, 
development  of  research  design,  design  of  data  collection  processes,  and  writing  of 
proposal. 

EDCI  881  Seminar  in  Instructional  Computing  (3) 

EDCI  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education  (1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students  whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at 
least  a  semester  full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  of  a 
cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  The  sponser 
of  the  apprentice  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites:  teaching  experience,  a  master's  degree  in 
education,  and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDEL  489,  888,  889  is  limited 
to  a  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours. 

EDCI  889  Internship  in  education  (3-8)  Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  who  have  teaching  experience.  The  following  groups  of 
students  are  eligible:  (a)  any  student  who  has  been  advanced  to  candidacy  for  the 
doctor's  degree;  and  (b)  any  student  who  receives  special  approval  by  the  education 
faculty  for  an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to  taking  an  internship,  such  student  shall 
have  completed  at  least  60  semester  hours  of  graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is  assigned  to 
work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  in  a 
cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  The  internship 
must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation  different  from  the  one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  intern 
and  the  other  persons  involved.  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn 
in  EDEL  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours. 

EDCI  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Economics  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Hulten 

Professors:  Aaron,  Adams,  Almon,  Bailey,  Bergmann,  Betancourt,  Brechling,  Clague, 
Cumberland,  Harris,  Kelejian,  McGuire,  Mueller,  Oates,  O'Connell,  Olson,  Polakoff, 
Schultze,  Straszheim,  Ulmer,  Wonnacott 
Professor  Emeritus:  Dillard,  Gruchy,  Ulmer 

Associate  Professors:  Bennett,  Cropper,  Knight,  Meyer,  Murrell,  Panagariya,  Weinstein 
Assistant  Professors:  Coughlin,  Kessides,  Kiguel,  Kole,  Prucha,  Schwab,  Succar,  Wallis 
Programs  are  offered  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees. 
Areas  of  specialization  include:  economic  theory,  advanced  economic  theory, 
comparative  economic  systems  and  planning,  econometrics,  economic  development, 
economic  history,  environmental  and  natural  resource  economics,  history  of  economic 
thought,  industrial  organization,  institutional  economics,  international  economics,  labor 
economics,  monetary  economics,  public  finance,  public  choice,  and  regional  and 
urban  economics. 


Economics  Program     215 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  should  have  taken  (or  should  plan  to  take  immediately)  at  least  one 
advanced  undergraduate  course  in  microeconomics,  macroeconomics,  statistics,  and 
calculus.  In  addition,  the  Aptitude  Test  section  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  is 
required,  and  the  Advanced  Economics  Test  is  strongly  recommended.  Letters  of 
recommendation  from  three  persons  competent  to  judge  the  probability  of  the 
applicant's  success  in  graduate  school  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Director  of 
Graduate  Studies  in  Economics.  Part-time  graduate  study  is  difficult,  since  few  courses 
are  taught  at  night. 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Economics  may  be  taken  under  either  (1)  the  thesis 
option  (24  hours  plus  a  thesis)  or  (2)  the  non-thesis  option  (30  hours,  including 
Economics  621-622,  plus  a  written  examination  in  Economic  Theory  and  a  research 
paper).  The  requirements  for  the  non-thesis  option  for  the  M.A.  are  met  automatically  in 
the  course  of  the  Ph.D.  program  in  Economics. 

The  main  requirements  of  the  Ph.D.  program  are  (1)  a  written  examination  in 
economic  theory,  normally  taken  at  the  beginning  of  the  second  year  of  full-time 
graduate  study;  (2)  written  examinations  in  two  approved  optional  fields;  (3)  a 
comprehensive  oral  examination  covering  economic  theory  and  the  two  optional  fields; 
(4)  two  courses  in  Quantitative  Methods  in  Economics;  (5)  two  courses  (ECON  606, 
607)  in  the  History  of  Economic  Thought;  or  one  in  Thought  and  one  in  Economic 
History  (ECON  611  or  613);  (6)  foreign  language  competency  or  one  of  several 
options;  (7)  a  research  paper  available  to  the  faculty  at  the  time  of  the  oral 
comprehensive  examination;  (8)  a  dissertation  and  its  successful  oral  defense. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  graduate  program  in  Economics  is  a  comprehensive  one.  The  department 
possesses  special  strength  in  the  Economics  of  the  Public  Sector  and  Public  Choice. 
The  department  has  general  strengths  in  urban  economics,  poverty,  natural  resources 
and  the  environment,  in  international  economics  and  economic  development,  and  other 
applied  areas.  Special  research  projects  under  the  supervision  of  faculty  members 
are  carried  on  in  the  Economics  of  Environmental  Management,  Inter-industry 
Forecasting,  and  other  fields. 

Financial  Assistance 

Research  assistantships  are  available  in  special  projects.  Numerous  teaching 
assistantships  are  also  available.  The  department  can  usually  help  graduate  students 
find  half-time  employment  in  Federal  agencies  engaged  in  economic  research.  There 
are  a  limited  number  of  fellowships  available,  including  several  for  members  of  groups 
presently  underrepresented  among  economists. 

Additional  Information 

A  complete  description  of  the  requirements  of  the  degrees  in  economics  and  the 
admission  process  is  available  on  request  from: 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies  in  Economics 

Department  of  Economics 

University  of  Maryland, 

College  Park,  Maryland,  20742 


216     ECON  —  Economics 


Courses 

ECON  —  Economics 

ECON  401  National  Income  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201 ,  203.  Required  for 
economics  majors.  Analysis  of  the  determination  of  national  income,  employment,  and 
price  levels.  Discussion  of  consumption,  investment,  inflation,  and  government  fiscal 
and  monetary  policy. 

ECON  402  Business  Cycles  (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite:  ECON  430.  A  study  of 
the  causes  of  depressions  and  unemployment,  cyclical  and  secular  instability,  theories 
of  business  cycles,  and  the  problem  of  controlling  economic  instability. 

ECON  403  Intermediate  Price  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201 ,  203.  Required  for 
economics  majors.  An  analysis  of  the  theories  of  consumer  behavior  and  of  the  firm, 
and  of  general  price  and  distribution  theory,  with  applications  to  current  economic 
issues. 

ECON  405  Intermediate  Macro-economic  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201,  203 
and  MATH  220  or  its  equivalent.  Analysis  of  determination  of  national  income, 
employment,  prices,  and  growth.  Major  sectors  of  economy,  models  of  their 
interaction,  fiscal  and  monetary  policy,  inflation.  Especially  recommended  for 
economics  majors  and  those  with  analytic  backgrounds.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only 
one  course,  ECON  401  or  ECON  405. 

ECON  406  Intermediate  Micro-economic  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201,  203 
and  MATH  220  or  its  equivalent.  Theory  of  prices  and  markets.  Analysis  of  the  theory 
of  the  household  and  of  the  firm,  concepts  of  general  equilibirium,  and  welfare 
economics.  Especially  recommended  for  economics  majors  and  those  with  analytic 
backgrounds.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course,  ECON  403  or  ECON  406. 

ECON  407  Contemporary  Economic  Thought  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201 ,  203,  and 
senior  standing.  Graduate  students  should  take  ECON  705.  A  survey  of  the 
development  of  economic  thought  since  1900  with  special  reference  to  Thorstein 
Veblen  and  other  pre-1939  institutionalists  and  to  post-1945  neo-institutionalist  s  such 
as  J.K.  Galbraith  and  Gunnar  Myrdal. 

ECON  415  Introduction  to  Economic  Development  of  Underdeveloped  Areas  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ECON  201  AND  203;  OR  205.  An  analysis  of  the  economic  and  social 
characteristics  of  underdeveloped  areas.  Recent  theories  of  economic  development, 
obstacles  to  development,  policies  and  planning  for  development. 

ECON  418  Economic  Development  of  Selected  Areas  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  415. 
Institutional  characteristics  of  a  specific  area  are  discussed  and  alternate  strategies 
and  policies  for  development  are  analyzed. 

ECON  421  Economic  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  110  or  equivalent.  Not  open  to 
students  who  have  taken  BMGT  230  or  BMGT  231.  An  introduction  to  the  use  of 
statistics  in  economics.  Topics  include:  probability,  random  variables  and  their 
distributions,  sampling  theory,  estimation,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis  of  variance, 
regression  analysis,  correlation. 

ECON  422  Quantitative  Methods  in  Economics  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201,  203, 
AND  421  (or  BMGT  230);  or  permission  of  instructor.  Emphasizes  the  interaction 
between  the  economic  problems  posed  by  economists  and  the  assumptions  employed 
in  statistical  theory.    Deals  with  the  formulation,  estimation  and  testing  of  economic 


ECON  —  Economics     217 


models.  Topics  include  single  variable  and  multiple  variable  regression  techniques, 
theory  of  identification,  autocorrelation  and  simultaneous  equations.  Independent  work 
relating  the  material  in  the  course  to  an  economic  problem  chosen  by  the  student  is 
required. 

ECON  425  Mathematical  Economics  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  401  AND  403  and  one 

year  of  college  mathematics.  A  course  designed  to  enable  economics  majors  to 
understand  the  simpler  aspects  of  mathematical  economics.  Those  parts  of  the 
calculus  and  algebra  required  for  economic  analysis  will  be  presented. 

ECON  430  Money  and  Banking  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  ECON  203.  The 
structure  of  financial  institutions  and  their  role  in  the  provision  of  money  and  near 
money.  Analysis  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  the  techniques  of  central  banks,  and 
the  control  of  supply  of  financial  assets  in  stabilization  policy.  Relationship  of  money 
and  credit  to  economic  activity  and  the  price  level.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one 
course:  ECON  430  or  ECON  431. 

ECON  431  Theory  of  Money,  Prices  and  Economic  Activity  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON 
401  or  ECON  405.  Monetary  theory  and  the  role  of  money,  financial  institutions  and 
interest  rates  in  macro  models.  Analysis  of  money  demand  and  supply  and  of  the 
Monetarist-Keynesia  n  debate  as  they  affect  inflation  and  stabilization  policy.  Credit 
will  be  given  for  only  one  course:  ECON  430  or  ECON  431. 

ECON  440  International  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and  ECON  203.  A 
description  of  international  trade  and  the  analysis  of  international  transactions, 
exchange  rates,  and  balance  of  payments.  Analysis  of  policies  of  protection, 
devaluation,  and  exchange  rate  stabilization  and  their  consequences.  Credit  will  be 
given  for  only  one  course:  ECON  440  or  ECON  441 . 

ECON  441  Theory  of  International  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  401  or  ECON 
405,  and  ECON  403  or  ECON  406.  Theoretical  treatment  of  international  trade  and 
international  finance.  Includes  Ricardian  and  Heckscher-Ohlin  theories  of  comparative 
advantage,  analysis  of  tariffs  and  other  trade  barriers,  international  factor  mobility, 
balance  of  payments  adjustments,  exchange  rate  determination,  and  fiscal  and 
monetary  policy  in  an  open  economy.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course:  ECON 
440  or  ECON  441. 

ECON  450  Introduction  to  Public  Sector  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  and 
ECON  203;  or  ECON  205.  The  role  of  federal,  state,  and  local  governments  in  meeting 
public  wants.  Analysis  of  theories  of  taxation,  public  expenditures,  government 
budgeting,  benefit-cost  analysis  and  income  redistribution,  and  their  policy 
applications.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course:  ECON  450  or  ECON  454. 

ECON  451  Public  Choice  and  Public  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201,  203,  OR 
205.  Analysis  of  collective  decision  making,  economic  models  of  government,  program 
budgeting,  and  policy  implementation;  emphasis  on  models  of  public  choice  and 
institutions  which  affect  decision  making. 

ECON  454  Theory  of  Public  Finance  and  Fiscal  Federalism  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON 
403  or  ECON  406.  Study  of  welfare  economics  and  the  theory  of  public  goods, 
taxation,  public  expenditures,  benefit-cost  analysis,  and  state  and  local  finance. 
Applications  of  theory  to  current  policy  issues.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  course: 
ECON  450  or  ECON  454. 


218     ECON  —  Economics 


ECON  460  Industrial  Organization  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  AND  203;  OR  205. 
Changing  structure  of  the  American  economy;  price  policies  in  different  industrial 
classifications  of  monopoly  and  competition  in  relation  to  problems  of  public  policy. 

ECON  470  Theory  of  Labor  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  403  or  ECON  406.  An 
analytical  treatment  of  theories  of  labor  markets.  The  theory  of  human  capital  and 
allocation  of  time  in  household  labor  supply  models;  marginal  productivity  theory  of 
labor  demand;  market  structure  and  the  efficiency  of  labor  markets;  information  theory 
and  screening;  discrimination;  distribution  of  income;  and  unemployment.  Credit  will  be 
given  for  only  one  course:  ECON  370  or  ECON  470. 

ECON  471  Current  Problems  in  Labor  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  470.  For 
students  who  wish  to  pursue,  in  depth,  selected  topics  in  the  labor  field.  Issues  and 
topics  selected  for  detailed  examination  may  include:  manpower  training  and 
development,  unemployment  compensation  and  social  security,  race  and  sex 
discrimination  in  employment,  wage  theory,  productivity  analysis,  the  problems  of 
collective  bargaining  in  public  employment,  wage-price  controls  and  incomes  policy. 

ECON  482  Economics  of  the  Soviet  Union  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  AND  203;  OR 
205.  An  analysis  of  the  organization,  operating  principles  and  performance  of  the 
Soviet  economy  with  attention  to  the  historical  and  ideological  background,  planning, 
resources,  industry,  agriculture,  domestic  and  foreign  trade,  finance,  labor,  and  the 
structure  and  growth  of  national  income. 

ECON  484  The  Economy  of  China  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  AND  203;  OR  205. 
Policies  and  performances  of  the  Chinese  economy  since  1949.  Will  begin  with  a 
survey  of  modern  China's  economic  history.  Emphasizes  the  strategies  and  institutional 
innovations  that  the  Chinese  have  adopted  to  overcome  the  problems  of  economic 
development.  Some  economic  controversies  raised  during  the  "Cultural  Revolution"  will 
be  covered  in  review  of  the  problems  and  prospects  of  the  present  Chinese  economy. 

ECON  486  The  Economics  of  National  Planning  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  AND 
203;  OR  205.  An  analysis  of  the  principles  and  practice  of  economic  planning  with 
special  reference  to  the  planning  problems  of  West  European  countries  and  the  United 
States. 

ECON  490  Survey  of  Urban  Economic  Problems  and  Policies  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ECON  201  AND  203;  OR  205.  An  introduction  to  the  study  of  urban  economics  through 
the  examination  of  current  policy  issues.  Topics  may  include  suburbanization  of  jobs 
and  residences,  housing  and  urban  renewal,  urban  transportation,  development  of  new 
towns,  ghetto  economic  development,  problems  in  services  such  as  education  and 
police. 

ECON  491  Economics  and  Control  of  Urban  Growth  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  490  An 
analysis  of  metropolitan  development  processes,  the  consequences  of  alternative 
growth  patterns,  and  the  evaluation  of  policies  to  control  growth. 

ECON  492  Economics  of  Location  and  Regional  Growth  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON 
403,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  the  theories,  problems,  and  policies  of  regional 
economic  development  and  the  location  of  economic  activity  for  both  rural  and 
metropolitan  regions.  Methods  of  regional  analysis. 

ECON  601  Macro-economic  Analysis  (3)  First  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence, 
601  AND  602.  Topics  normally  include  general  equilibrium  theory  in  classical, 
Keynesian,    and    post-Keynesian   treatments;    the   demand   for   money;    theories   of 


ECON  —  Economics     219 


consumption  behavior  and  of  inflation. 

ECON  602  Economic  Growth  and  Instability  (3)  Second  semester  A  continuation  of 
ECON  601.  Major  topics  include  growth  and  technological  change,  investment, 
business  cycles,  and  large  empirial  macroeconomic  models.  Also  included  are 
material  on  wages  and  employment  and  on  international  and  domestic  stability. 

ECON  603  Micro-economic  Analysis  I  (3)  Prerequisite  a  calculus  course  or 
concurrent  registration  in  ECON  621 .  The  first  semester  of  a  two-semester  sequence 
which  analyzes  the  usefulness  and  shortcomings  of  prices  in  solving  the  basic 
economic  problem  of  allocating  scarce  resources  among  alternative  uses.  The  central 
problem  of  welfare  economics  and  general  equilibrium  as  a  framework  for  a  detailed 
analysis  of  consumption  and  production  theories  including  linear  programming  with 
decisions  under  uncertainty. 

ECON  604  Micro-economic  Analysis  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  603.  A  continuation  of 
ECON  603.  Theory  of  capital,  interest  and  wages.  Qualifications  of  the  basic  welfare 
theorem  caused  by  noncompetitive  market  structures,  external  economies  and 
diseconomies  and  secondary  constraints.  Application  of  price  theory  to  public 
expenditure  decisions,  investment  in  human  capital,  international  trade,  and  other 
areas  of  economics. 

ECON  605  Welfare  Economics  (3)  First  semester.  Prerequisite:  ECON  603.  The  topics 
covered  include  Pareto  optimality,  social  welfare  funtions,  indivisibilities,  consumer 
surplus,  output  and  price  policy  in  public  enterprise,  and  welfare  aspects  of  the  theory 
of  public  expenditures. 

ECON  606  History  of  Economic  Thought  (3)  First  semester  Prerequisite:  ECON  403 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  the  development  of  economic  thought  and 
theories  including  the  Greeks,  Romans,  Canonists,  Mercantilists,  Physiocrats,  Adam 
Smith,  Malthus,  Ricardo.  Relation  of  ideas  to  economic  policy. 

ECON  607  Economic  Theory  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  (3)  Second  semester 
Prerequisite:  ECON  606  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  nineteenth-century  and 
twentieth-century  schools  of  economic  thought,  particularly  the  Classicists, 
Neo-Classists,  Austrians,  German  historical  school,  American  economic  thought,  the 
Socialists,  and  Keynes. 

ECON  611  Seminar  in  American  Economic  Development  (3) 

ECON  613  Origins  and  Development  of  Capitalism  (3)  Second  semester  Studies  the 
transition  from  feudalism  to  modern  capitalistic  economies  in  Western  Europe. 
Whenever  possible,  this  economic  history  is  analyzed  with  the  aid  of  tools  of  modern 
economics,  and  in  the  light  of  comparisons  and  contrasts  with  the  less  developed 
areas  of  the  present  day. 

ECON  615  Economic  Development  of  Underdeveloped  Areas  (3)  First  semester 
Prerequisite:  ECON  401  AND  403.  An  analysis  of  the  forces  contributing  to  and 
retarding  economic  progress  in  underdeveloped  areas.  Macro  and  micro-economic 
aspects  of  development  planning  and  strategy  are  emphasized. 

ECON  616  Seminar  in  Economic  Development  (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite: 
ECON  615  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  continuation  of  ECON  615.  Special  emphasis  is 
on  the  application  of  economic  theory  in  the  institutional  setting  of  a  country  or  area  of 
particular  interest  to  the  student. 


220     ECON  —  Economics 


ECON  617  Money  and  Finance  in  Economic  Development  (3)  First  semester 
Economic  theory,  strategy  and  tactics  for  mobilizing  real  and  financial  resources  to 
finance  and  accelerate  economic  development.  Monetary,  fiscal,  and  tax  reform  policy 
and  practice  by  the  government  sector  to  design  and  implement  national  development 
plans. 

ECON  621  Quantitative  Economics  I  (3)  First  semester.  An  introduction  to  the  theory 
and  practice  of  statistical  inference.  Elements  of  computer  programming  and  a  review 
of  mathematics  germane  to  this  and  other  graduate  economics  courses  are  included. 

ECON  622  Quantitative  Economics  II  (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  ECON  621 . 
Techniques  of  estimating  relationships  among  economic  variables.  Multiple  regression, 
the  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance,  and  techniques  for  dealing  in  time  series. 
Further  topics  in  mathematics. 

ECON  623  Econometrics  I  (3)  Introduction  to  and  development  of  aspects  of 
mathematical  statistics  relevant  for  econometrics;  distribution  theory  and  inference. 
Topics  considered  include:  random  variables,  density  functions,  moment  generating 
functions,  maximum  likelihood  estimators,  sufficient  statistics. 

ECON  624  Econometrics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  623.  Formal  treatment  of 
regression  analysis;  emphasis  on  formulation,  specifications,  and  estimation  of  single 
equation  models;  elements  of  computer  usage;  experience  with  problems  and 
examples. 

ECON  661   The  Corporate  Firm  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  603,  622  OR  624.  The 

modern  firm;  review  of  the  theory  of  profit;  neoclassical  and  managerial  theories  of  the 
firm.  Decisions  of  the  firm:  investment,  research  and  development,  advertising, 
mergers;  analysis  of  determinants  and  effects  of  these  decisions.  Theoretical  and 
empirical  studies  of  the  firm. 

ECON  662  Industry  Structure,  Conduct,  and  Performance  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON 
603,  622  OR  624.  Determinants  of  industry  structures;  structural  effects  on  firm 
conduct  and  performance.  Plant  and  firm  economies  of  scale  and  their  relation  to 
concentration  levels.  Industry  entry  barriers;  competitive,  oligopolistic,  and 
monopolistic  pricing.  Impact  of  concentration,  entry  barriers,  and  other  structure 
variables  on  prices  and  profits  of  the  industry.   Social  cost  of  market  power. 

ECON  663  Antitrust  Policy  and  Regulation  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  603,  622  OR 
624.  U.S.  Antitrust  policy  after  1890;  actual  policies  compared  to  theoretical  policies  to 
promote  economic  efficiency.  Development  of  policy  toward  monopolies,  cartels, 
mergers,  and  patents.  Models  of  the  regulatory  process  and  empirical  evidence. 
Studies  of  regulation  of  electricity,  transportation,  airlines,  and  other  industries. 
Economics  of  product  safety.  Regulation  of  drugs,  automobiles,  food,  and  other 
products. 

ECON  670  The  Economics  of  Labor  Markets  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  603  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Economics  of  labor  markets  with  trade  unions  and  governmental  control. 
Employer-employee  relations  in  the  public,  voluntary,  and  private  sectors.  Nature  of 
unions  in  bargaining  and  their  impact  on  relative  wages,  wage  levels,  productivity, 
employment,  inflation.  Economic  goals  and  consequences  of  public  control, 
bargaining,  and  employment  conditions. 

ECON  682  Seminar  in  Economic  Development  of  the  Soviet  Union  (3)  Second 
semester.    Prerequisite:    ECON    482   or   consent   of    instructor.     Measurement   and 


ECON  —  Economics     221 


evaluation  of  soviet  economic  growth  including  interpretation  and  use  of  soviet 
statistics,  measurement  of  national  income,  fiscal  policies,  investment  and 
technological  change,  planning  and  economic  administration,  manpower  and  wage 
policies,  foreign  trade  and  aid.  Selected  topics  in  bloc  development  and  reform. 

ECON  686  Economic  Growth  in  Mature  Economies  (3)  A  comparative  analysis  of 
measures  for  achieving  economic  stability  and  progress  in  mature  economies  such  as 
the  major  West  European  countries  and  the  United  States,  including  fiscal  and 
monetary  policies,  tax  incentives,  manpower  programs,  redistributional  efforts,  planning 
procedures  and  nationalization. 

ECON  698  Selected  Topics  in  Economics  (3) 

ECON  703  Advanced  Economic  Theory  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  background  in  calculus 
and  matrix  algebra  such  as  provided  by  ECON  621  AND  622.  Optimization  techniques 
such  as  Lagrangian  multipliers  and  linear  programming.  Mathematical  treatment  of 
general  equilibrium,  including  interindustry  analysis,  the  theory  of  production, 
consumption,  and  welfare. 

ECON  704  Advanced  Economic  Theory  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  703.  Multi-sectoral 
growth  models  and  questions  of  optimal  growth.  Last  half  of  course  consists  of 
presentations  of  seminar  papers. 

ECON  705  Seminar  in  Institutional  Economic  Theory  (3)  Second  semester  A  study 
of  the  recent  developments  in  the  field  of  institutional  economic  theory  in  the  United 
States  and  abroad. 

ECON  706  Seminar  in  Institutional  Economic  Theory  (3) 

ECON  721  Econometrics  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  624.  Additional  topics  on  the 
single  equation  model,  including  autocorrelation,  heteroskedasticity,  dummy  variables, 
maximum  likelihood  estimation,  and  functional  forms.  Consideration  of  systems 
problems. 

ECON  722  Econometrics  IV  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  721.  Nonlinear  econometric 
systems,  simulation,  dynamic  properties  of  models,  disequilibrium  systems,  random 
parameter  models,  Bayesian  analysis,  Stochastic  control,  and  other  topics.  Emphasis 
on  applications  to  micro  and  macro  models,  to  value-of-information  problems,  and  to 
other  problems. 

ECON  731  Monetary  Theory  and  Policy  (3)  First  semester.  An  adequate  knowledge 
of  micro  and  macro-economics  is  assumed.  Theory  of  money,  financial  assets,  and 
economic  activity;  review  of  classical,  neo-classical  and  Keynesian  contribution; 
emphasis  on  post-Keynesian  contributions,  including  those  of  Tobin,  Patinkin, 
Gurley-Shaw,  Friedman,  and  others. 

ECON  732  Seminar  in  Monetary  Theory  and  Policy  (3)  Second  semester 
Prerequisite:  ECON  731  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theory  of  the  mechanisms  through 
which  central  banking  affects  economic  activity  and  prices;  formation  and 
implementation  of  of  monetary  policy;  theoretical  topics  in  monetary  policy. 

ECON  741  Advanced  International  Economics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  601  The 
international  mechanism  of  adjustment:  price,  exchange  rate,  and  income  changes. 
The  flexible  exchange  rate  system,  international  monetary  reform  and  international 
investment  and  capital  flows. 


222     ECON  —  Economics 


ECON  742  Advanced  International  Economics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  603  and 
ECON  741.  The  pure  theory  of  international  trade.  Comparative  costs,  the 
Heckscher-Ohlin  Theorem,  and  the  effect  of  trade  on  factor  prices.  Tariff  analysis, 
commercial  policy  and  customs  unions.  The  gains  from  trade  and  ranking  of  policy 
interventions. 

ECON  751  Advanced  Theory  of  Public  Finance  (3)  Review  of  utility  analysis  to 
include  the  theory  of  individual  consumer  resource  allocation  and  exchange  and 
welfare  implications.  Effects  of  alternative  tax  and  subsidy  techniques  upon  allocation, 
exchange,  and  welfare  outcomes.  Theories  of  public  goods,  their  production, 
exchange  and  consumption.  Principles  of  benefit-cost  analysis  for  government 
decisions. 

ECON  752  Seminar  in  Public  Finance  (3)  Second  semester.  Theory  of  taxation  and 
tax  policy,  with  particular  emphasis  on  income  taxation;  empirical  studies;  the  burden 
of  the  public  debt.  Research  paper  by  each  student  to  be  presented  to  seminar. 

ECON  755  Theory  of  Public  Choice  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  An 
examination  of  rationality  in  individual  and  collective  decision-making  with  particular 
reference  to  the  theory  of  games.  The  reasons  why  nonmarket  collective  decision 
procedures  are  required,  the  properties  of  several  voting  rules,  and  their  normative 
implications.  Majority  rule,  the  unanimity  rule,  the  Borda  rule,  and  the  demand 
revealing  process.  The  properties  of  various  representative  voting  mechanisms. 

ECON  756  Theory  of  Public  Choice  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  755  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  normative  properties  of  collective  choice  procedures.  Specific  reference 
to  the  theories  of  justice  advanced  by  Rawls,  Nozick  and  others;  and  the  import  of 
contractarian  theories  in  general.  The  impossibility  theorems  of  Arrow  and  Sen. 
Problems  raised  by  voter  ignorance  and  bounded  rationality.  The  theory  of 
bureaucracy. 

ECON  771  Advanced  Labor  Economics:  Theory  and  Evidence  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ECON  603,  622,  624,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Modern  analytical  and  quantitative  labor 
economics.  Labor  supply  decisions  of  individuals  and  households;  human  capital 
model  and  distribution  of  income.  Demand  for  labor;  marginal  productivity  theory, 
imperfect  information  and  screening.  Interaction  of  labor  demand  and  supply; 
unemployment;  relative  and  absolute  wages;  macroeconomic  aspects  of  the  labor 
market. 

ECON  772  Government  Policy  and  the  Labor  Market  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  771  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Impact  of  governmental  programs  on  the  labor  market.  Programs 
examined  chosen  from  among:  employment  training  and  public  employment  programs; 
public  assistance;  unemployment  insurance,  social  security,  wage-setting  policies  such 
as  fair  labor  standards  act  and  Davis-Bacon  act;  policies  toward  unionization; 
anti-discrimination  programs. 

ECON  781  Advanced  Environmental  Economics  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  603  AND 
621,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theory  of  externalities,  microeconomic  models  of 
pollution  damage  functions,  benefits  and  costs  of  alternative  pollution  control 
measures,  macroeconomic  models  of  material  and  energy  balance,  limits  to  economic 
growth  and  long-run  problems  of  intergenerational  and  interregional  efficiency  and 
equity. 

ECON  785  Advanced  Economics  of  Natural  Resources  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  603 


Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration  Program     223 

AND  621,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  rate  of  use  of  renewable  and  non-renewable 
resources  from  the  normative  and  positive  points  of  view;  evaluation  of  alternative  uses 
of  natural  environments;  irreversibilities,  discounting  and  intergenerational  transfers. 
Discussion  of  natural  resource  problems  and  policies. 

ECON  790  Advanced  Urban  Economics  (3)  Market  processes  and  public  policies  as 
related  to  urban  problems  and  metropolitan  change.  Employment,  housing, 
discrimination,  transportation  and  the  local  public  sector. 

ECON  792  Regional  and  Urban  Economics  (3)  Theoretical  and  empirical  analysis  of 
the  location  and  spatial  distribution  of  economic  activity.  Analysis  of  regional  growth 
and  development.  The  study  of  analytical  methods  and  forecasting  models. 

ECON  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ECON  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Education  Policy,  Planning,  and 
Administration  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Warren 

Professors:  V.  Anderson  (Emeritus),  Andrews,  Berdahl,  Berman,  Carbone,  Dudley, 

Finkelstein,  Male,  McClure  (Emeritus),  McLoone,  Newell  (Emeritus),  Stephens,  van 

Zwoll  (Emeritus),  Wiggin  (Emerita) 

Associate  Professors:  Agre,  Clague,  Goldman,  Hopkins,  Huden,  Lindsay,  Noll,  Selden, 

Splaine 

Assistant  Professors:  Coley,  Intriligator,  King,  Schmidtlein,  Slater 

Affiliate  Assistant  Professors:  Edelstein,  Gilmour,  Meisinger 

The  Department  of  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration  offers  programs  of 

study  for  the  M.A.,  M.Ed.,  Ed.D.,  and  Ph.D.    degrees  as  well  as  for  the  Advanced 

Graduate  Specialist  (A.G.S.)  certificate.  Areas  of  specialization  include:  administration 

and  supervision,  curriculum  theory  and  development,  education  policy,  educational 

communications,  higher  and  adult  education,  and  social  foundations  of  education.   The 

Ed.D.    programs  are  offered  in  field-based  settings  in  addition  to  the  College  Park 

campus.  All  of  the  Department's  graduate  programs  are  tailored  to  students'  objectives 

and    backgrounds.    The    programs    prepare    graduates    for    careers    in    research, 

administration,  policymaking,  planning,  supervision,  or  teaching.  Many  take  positions  in 

public  or  private  schools,  adult  and  higher  education,  non-school  educational  settings, 

government  agencies,  or  community  organizations.  Some  find  career  opportunities  in 

other  countries  or  with  international  organizations  dealing  with  education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Applicants  must  have  an  overall  B  average  and  a  B  average  in  the  last  two  years  of 
the  undergraduate  program.  In  addition,  doctoral  applicants  must  have  strong  Miller 
Analogies  Test  or  Graduate  Record  Examination  scores.  Selective  screening  of 
qualified  applicants  is  necessary  to  limit  enrollment  to  the  available  faculty  resources  of 
the  Department.  Doctoral  students  take  a  preliminary  examination  early  in  their 
programs.   All  graduate  students  must  take  comprehensive  examinations. 

A  research,  teaching,  or  administrative  internship  is  required  of  all  A.G.S.  and 
doctoral  candidates.  The  internship  is  performed  under  faculty  supervision  in  schools, 
colleges,   or  agencies,    in   roles  that  are  consistent  with  the  candidate's   program 


224     EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration 

emphasis. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  developed  close  working  relationships  with  area  schools, 
colleges,  and  local,  state,  and  federal  education  agencies  that  serve  as  resources  for 
the  academic  offerings  on  campus.  Procedures  have  been  established  which  facilitate 
the  use  of  these  agencies  for  research  and  field  experiences.  Embassies  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  provide  access  to  materials  for  the  study  of  foreign  education 
systems.  Students  in  the  Department  make  use  of  the  Center  for  the  Study  of 
Education  Policy  and  Human  Values,  Comparative  Education  Center,  the  Institute  for 
Research  in  Higher  and  Adult  Education,  the  Research  and  Development  Laboratory 
on  School-Based  Administration,  and  the  Center  for  Curriculum  Development  and 
Change. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  Graduate  Assistantships  are  available  to  qualified  graduate  students. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  a  departmental  brochure,  please  write  to  the  Department  Chair. 

Courses 

EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration 

EDPA  412  Logic  of  Teaching  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  structure  of  basic  subject  matters 
in  the  curriculum  and  of  the  standard  logical  moves  in  teaching. 

EDPA  440  Utilization  of  Educational  Media  (3)  Survey  of  classroom  uses  of 
instructional  media.  Techniques  for  integrating  media  into  instruction.  Includes 
preparation  of  a  unit  of  instruction  utilizing  professional  and  teacher  produced  media. 

EDPA  441  Instructional  Materials  Development  (3)  The  planning,  production,  and 
evaluation  of  a  variety  of  instructional  materials  for  use  in  education  and  training. 
Graphic  design,  lettering,  transparencies,  mounting,  laminating,  still  photography, 
super  8mm  photography,  audio,  video,  slide/tape,  planning  storyboards  and  scripts. 

EDPA  442  Instructional  Media  Services  (3)  Prerequisites:  teaching  experience  and 
EDPA  440,  or  equivalent.  Procedures  for  coordinating  instructional  media  programs; 
instructional  materials  acquisition,  storage,  scheduling,  distribution,  production, 
evalution  and  other  service  responsibilities;  instructional  materials  center  staff 
coordination  of  research,  curriculum  improvement  and  faculty  development  programs. 

EDPA  443  Instructional  Television  Utilization  (3)  Combining  televised  lessons, 
on-campus  seminars,  and  related  workbook  assignments,  this  course  focuses  upon 
planning  for  the  various  uses  of  instructional  television  with  students.  State,  local 
school  unit,  school,  and  classroom  uses  wiH  be  illustrated  through  film  and  studio 
production.  The  aspects  of  producing  ITV  programs  are  developed  through  the 
television  lessons  and  "hands-on"  assignments  of  the  seminars. 

EDPA  444  Programmed  Instruction  (3)  Analysis  of  programmed  instruction 
techniques;  selection,  utilization  and  evaluation  of  existing  programs  and  teaching 
machines;  developing  learning  objectives;  writing  and  validating  programs. 


EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration     225 

EDPA   471    The   Legal   Rights  and   Obligations  of  Teachers  and   Students  (3) 

Selected  state  and  federal  court  decisions,  legislation,  and  executive  guidelines 
regulating  public  education:  speech  and  other  forms  of  expression,  privacy, 
suspensions,  expulsions,  search  and  seizure,  tort  liability  for  negligence  (including 
education  malpractice),  hiring,  promotion,  dismissal  and  non-renewal  of  teachers.  No 
prior  legal  training  required. 

EDPA    488    Special    Topics    in    Education    Policy    and    Administration    (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Special  and  intensive  treatment  of  current  topics 
and  issues  in  education  policy  and  administration.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

EDPA  489  Field  Experience  in  Education  (1-4)  Prerequisites  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  The  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  may 
be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field 
experience  may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience 
and  whose  application  for  such  field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  non-major 
students.  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDPA  489,  888,  and 
889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours. 

EDPA  498  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Available  only  to  mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual  study  of 
approved  problems. 

EDPA  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of  credits 
that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester 
hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been 
reached.  The  following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this 
course  heading:  Workshops  conducted  by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the 
present  course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special  education  centers;  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 

EDPA  601  Contemporary  Social  Issues  in  Education  (3)  Theoretical  and  practical 
consideration  of  vital  social  issues  currently  affecting  education. 

EDPA  605  Comparative  Education  (3)  Analyzes  and  compares  leading  issues  in 
education  in  various  countries  of  the  world,  particularly  as  they  relate  to  crucial 
problems  in  American  education. 

EDPA  610  History  of  Western  Education  (3)  Educational  institutions  through  the 
ancient,  medieval  and  early  modern  periods  in  western  civilization,  as  seen  against  a 
background  of  socio-economic  development. 

EDPA  611  History  of  Education  in  the  United  States  (3)  A  study  of  the  origins  and 
development  of  the  principal  features  of  the  present  system  of  education  in  the  United 
States,  emphasizing  the  variety  of  interpretive  and  methodological  concerns  that  define 
the  field. 

EDPA  612  Philosophy  of  Education  (3)  A  study  of  the  great  educational  philosophers 
and  systems  of  thought  affecting  the  development  of  modern  education,  with  particular 
emphasis  on  recent  scholarship  on  philosophical  problems  in  education. 


226     EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration 

EDPA  613  Educational  Sociology  (3)  The  sociological  study  of  education  as  an 
evolving  set  of  methods  and  procedures,  and  body  of  knowledge.  Several  major 
theoretical  perspectives  used  by  sociologists  studying  education,  comprise  the  focus 
of  the  course. 

EDPA  614  Politics  of  Education  (3)  Educational  institutions  as  political  entities  with  an 
emphasis  on  their  relationships  with  federal,  state,  and  local  governments  as  well  as 
with  interest  groups.  The  application  of  competing  models  of  the  political  process  to 
the  passing  of  laws,  development  of  budgets,  and  the  control  of  the  formulation, 
implementation,  and  evaluation  of  education  policies. 

EDPA  620  Education  Policy  Analysis  (3)  Policy  making  in  education  from  planning  to 
evaluation  with  emphasis  on  the  identification  of  policy  problems  and  the  resources 
available  to  analysts  through  multi-disciplinary  approaches.  An  introductory  experience 
with  education  policy  analysis. 

EDPA  621  Decision  Making  and  Education  Policy  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDPA  620  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Organizational  decision  processes  and  policy  formation  within 
educational  organizations  —  schools,  colleges,  universities,  government  agencies  and 
industry. 

EDPA  622  Values,  Ideology,  and  Education  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  620  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  study  of  education  policy  as  it  reflects  values  and  ideologies 
and  as  it  structures  choice. 

EDPA  623  Education  Policy  and  Social  Change  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDPA  620  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Relationships  between  education  policy-making  and  social 
change.  The  work  of  theorists  in  history,  economics,  political  science,  philosophy, 
sociology  and  anthropology. 

EDPA  625  Federal  Education  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  620  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Federal  involvement  in  education  in  the  United  States  from  1780  to  the 
present,  emphasizing  the  effects  of  legislation,  court  decisions,  agencies,  and 
presidential  initiatives  on  the  distribution  of  education  opportunities. 

EDPA  626  Education  Policy  and  the  Young  (3)  The  systematic  exploration  of 
education  policy  as  it  has  organized,  reflected  and  influenced  the  lives  of  children, 
youth,  and  families,  with  particular  emphasis  on  American  policies  and  systems. 

EDPA  627  Education  Policy:  An  International  Perspective  (3)  An  analysis  of 
education  policy  issues  in  various  parts  of  the  world.  Comparisons  with  the  United 
States.  Teachers'  organizations  and  citizen  participation  in  policy  determination.  Ethnic 
and  racial  group  pressures  and  attempts  to  control  education  policy. 

EDPA  634  The  School  Curriculum  (2-3)  A  foundations  course  embracing  the 
curriculum  as  a  whole  from  early  childhood  through  adolescence,  including  a  review  of 
historical  developments,  an  analysis  of  conditions. affecting  curriculum  change,  an 
examination  of  issues  in  curriculum  making,  and  a  consideration  of  current  trends  in 
curriculum  design. 

EDPA  635  Principles  of  Curriculum  Development  (3)  Curriculum  planning, 
improvement,  and  evaluation  in  the  schools;  principles  for  the  selection  and 
organization  of  the  content  and  learning  experiences;  ways  of  working  in  classroom 
and  school  on  curriculum  improvement. 

EDPA  636  Communication  and  the  School  Curriculum  (3)  Curriculum  development 


EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration     227 

based  on  communication  as  the  major  vehicle  for  describing  the  learner's  interactions 
with  persons,  knowledge,  and  materials  in  the  classroom  and  school  environment. 
(Listed  also  as  EDEL  636.) 

EDPA  641  Selection  and  Evaluation  of  Educational  Media  (3)  Examination  of  media 
policy,  and  development  of  criteria  for  selection  and  evaluation  of  educational 
materials  for  classroom,  school  and  system  use.  Measures  of  readability,  listenability, 
visual  difficulty,  and  interest  level. 

EDPA  642  Instructional  Systems  Development  (3)  Introduction  to  the  systems 
approach  to  designing  instruction.  Survey  of  instructional  systems  and  instructional 
design  models.  Application  of  learning/instructional  theories  to  designing  instructional 
systems.  Analysis  of  criteria  for  selecting  and  utilizing  instructional  media  and  for 
evaluating  instructional  systems. 

EDPA  644  Practicum  in  Educational  Communications  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  642 
Planned  and  supervised  field  or  internship  experience  for  advanced  graduate  students 
in  educational  communications. 

EDPA  650  Professional  Seminar  in  Higher  and  Adult  Education  (3)  Introduction  to 
higher  and  adult  education  as  a  field  of  study.  Origins,  current  dimensions  and 
problems,  and  emerging  issues.  Field  trips  to  institutions,  state  and  national  capitals, 
and  involvement  in  professional  conferences. 

EDPA  651  Higher  Education  Law  (3)  Selected  court  opinions,  legislation  and 
executive  guidelines  regulating  higher  education.  First  and  fourth  amendment  rights  of 
students  and  faculty,  procedural  due  process,  equal  educational  opportunity,  equal 
protection  in  hiring,  promotion,  non-renewal  and  salaries,  individual  and  institutional 
liability  for  civil  rights  violations  and  common  law  torts.  No  prior  legal  training  required. 

EDPA  652  Higher  Education  in  American  Society  (3)  Examines  the  concepts  of 
academic  freedom,  corporate  autonomy  and  institutional  accountability  with  emphasis 
on  twentieth  century  relationships  between  higher  education  and  government  in  the 
United  States. 

EDPA  653  Organization  and  Administration  of  Higher  Education  (3)  Basic  concepts 
and  terminology  related  to  organizational  behavior  and  institutional  governance 
structures.  The  governance  and  organization  of  higher  education  in  the  United  States. 

EDPA  654  The  Community  and  Junior  College  (3)  Historical  development  and 
philosophical  foundations  of  community  and  junior  colleges  in  America  with  emphasis 
on  organizational  and  administrative  structures  in  two  year  institutions  and  the  clientele 
they  serve. 

EDPA  655  Administration  of  Adult  and  Continuing  Education  (3)  An  overview  of  the 
field  of  Adult/Continuing  education  focusing  on  the  administration  of  institutions  and 
organizations  that  provide  both  credit  and  non-credit  educational  experiences  for  adult 
learners.  Historical  development  of  adult  education  in  America.  Concepts  that  have 
molded  the  adult  education  movement,  and  issues  in  financing  and  delivering  adult 
education  programs. 

EDPA  656  Collective  Bargaining  in  Higher  Education  (3)  Legal  and  education  policy 
of  collective  bargaining  in  higher  education.  Nature  and  scope  of  the  bargaining 
process,  impact  of  collective  bargaining  on  academic  governance,  student  interests, 
personnel  decisions,  and  grievance  mechanisms. 


228     EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration 

EDPA  657  History  of  Higher  Education  in  the  United  States  (3)  History  of  higher 
education  in  America  from  colonial  times  to  the  present  with  emphasis  on  expansion  of 
higher  education  and  the  growing  complexity  of  its  structures,  organization,  and 
purposes. 

EDPA  660  Administrative  Foundations  (3)  Develops  a  theoretical  and  research 
based  structure  for  the  study  and  practice  of  administration  in  the  field  of  education  by 
introducing  the  student  to  selected  contributors  to  administration,  and  by  indicating  the 
multidisciplinary  nature  of  administrative  study  as  it  relates  to  purpose-determination, 
policy-definition,  and  task-accomplishment. 

EDPA  661  Administrative  Behavior  and  Organizational  Management  (3)  A  critical 
analysis  of  organizational  management  (informal  and  formal  dimensions),  an 
assessment  of  the  contributions  from  other  fields  (traditional  and  emerging)  to  the 
study  of  administrative  behavior  and  the  governance  of  organizations,  and  an  analysis 
and  assessment  of  the  administrator's  motivations,  perceptions,  and  sensitivity  as 
determinants  of  behavior.  The  theoretical  and  research  bases  for  these  areas  and  such 
related  concepts  as  status,  role,  systems,  interpersonal  relations,  and  sensitivity 
training  are  examined. 

EDPA  662  Administrative  Processes  (3)  Develops  competence  with  respect  to 
selected  administrative  process  areas.  Examines  efforts  to  develop  theories  and 
models  in  these  areas  and  analyzessesearch  studies  and  their  implications  for 
administrative  practice.  Develops  skill  in  selected  process  areas  through  such 
techniques  as  simulation,  role-playing,  case  analysis,  and  computer-assisted 
instruction. 

EDPA  663  Policy  Formulation  in  Education  (3)  Introduction  to  education  policy  at  all 
levels  of  school  governance.  Policy  formation,  administration  and  evaluation  issues  are 
studied.   Conceptual  and  analytical  models  for  the  study  of  policy. 

EDPA  664  School  Surveys  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Includes  study  of 
school  surveys  with  emphasis  on  problems  of  school  organization  and  adminstration, 
finance  and  school  plant  planning.  Field  work  in  school  surveys  is  required. 

EDPA   665   The   Organization   and   Administration   of   Secondary   Schools   (3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  The  work  of  the  secondary  school  principal. 
Includes  topics  such  as  personnel  problems,  school-community  relationships,  student 
activities,  schedule  making,  and  internal  financial  accounting. 

EDPA  666  Administration  and  Supervision  in  Elementary  Schools  (3)  Problems  in 
administering  elementary  schools  and  improving  instruction. 

EDPA  667  Public  School  Supervision  (3)  The  nature  and  functions  of  supervision; 
various  supervisory  techniques  and  procedures;  human  relationship  factors;  and 
personal  qualities  for  supervision. 

EDPA  671  Elementary  and  Secondary  School  Law  (3)  Selected  court  opinions, 
legislation  and  executive  guidelines  regulating  elementary  and  secondary  education. 
Equal  educational  opportunity,  first  and  fourth  amendment  rights  of  students  and 
teachers,  tort  liablity  for  negligence,  equal  protection  in  hiring,  firing  and  non-renewal 
of  teachers,  individual  and  institutional  liablity  for  federal  civil  rights  violations  and 
common  law  torts.    No  prior  legal  training  required. 

EDPA  673  Collective  Bargaining  in  Elementary-secondary  Education  (3)  Evolution 


EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration     229 

and  impact  of  collective  bargaining  in  elementary  and  secondary  education.  Impact  of 
collective  bargaining  on  the  educational  power  structure,  third-party  community 
interests  and  education  policy  making. 

EDPA  675  Public  School  Personnel  Administration  (3)  A  comparison  of  practices 
with  principles  governing  the  satisfaction  of  school  personnel  needs,  including  a  study 
of  tenure,  salary  schedules,  supervision,  rewardb,  and  other  benefits. 

EDPA  676  School  Finance  and  Business  Administration  (3)  An  introduction  to 
principles  and  practices  in  the  administration  of  the  public  school  finance  activity. 
Sources  of  tax  revenue,  the  budget,  and  the  function  of  finance  in  the  educational 
program  are  considered. 

EDPA    679    Seminar    in    Educational    Administration    and    Supervision    (2-4) 

Prerequisite:  at  least  four  hours  in  educational  adminstration  and  supervision  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  student  may  register  for  two  hours  and  may  take  the  seminar  a 
second  time  for  an  additional  two  hours. 

EDPA  690  Research  Issues  in  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration  (3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  department.  An  introduction  to  the  practice  of  research  and  a 
survey  of  various  modes  of  conceptualization,  problem  identification,  and  research 
design  used  in  studies  of  education  policy,  planning,  and  administration. 

EDPA  700  Qualitative  Research  Methods  in  Education  (3)  Qualitative  methods  in 
education  research,  emphasizing  the  paradigms  of  philosophy,  history,  sociology, 
anthropology,  and  comparative  studies  as  they  rely  on  narrative  rather  than 
quantitative  ordering  of  data. 

EDPA  705  International  Educational  Change  (3)  An  exploration  and  analysis  of  major 
trends  in  education  in  several  parts  of  the  world,  with  attention  directed  to  educational 
change  as  the  outcome  of  deliberate  efforts  by  nations  and  international  organizations 
as  well  as  those  which  occur  without  central  planning  or  direction. 

EDPA  706  Education  in  Africa  (3)  An  examination  of  the  development  of  modern 
educational  systems  in  Africa  south  of  the  Sahara  out  of  the  colonial  and  pre-colonial 
past  into  the  independent  present  and  future.  The  focus  is  on  research  into  the 
changing  philosophies  and  persistent  problems  in  African  education. 

EDPA  707  Education  in  the  Near  East  (3)  A  consideration  of  current  educational 
problems  of  the  Near  East  as  they  have  emerged  from  the  confrontation  of  the 
traditional  Muslim  educational  heritage  with  the  foreign  educational  activities  and  the 
forces  of  nationalism  and  modernization. 

EDPA  712  Analysis  of  Educational  Concepts  (3)  Analyses  of  selected  concepts 
used  in  thinking  about  education. 

EDPA  732  History  of  Curriculum  Theory  and  Development  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA 
635  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  writings  of  major  educators  in  curriculum. 
Conceptual  and  formal  similarities  and  differences  between  current  curriculum  projects 
and  historical  antecedents.  Survey  of  curriculum  materials  for  classroom  use  in  their 
relationship  to  the  curriculum  theory  of  their  time. 

EDPA  734  Organization  and  Administration  of  Teacher  Education  (3)  Teacher 
education  today.  Current  patterns  and  significant  emerging  changes,  particularly  those 
involving  teachers  and  schools.  Deals  with  selection,  curriculum,  research, 
accreditation,  and  institution-school  relationships. 


230     EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration 

EDPA  738  Scholarly  Thought  and  Contemporary  Curriculum  (1-3)  Current  curricular 
trends,  issues,  theory,  and  research  in  the  light  of  past  curricular  and  social  thought. 
Linguistic  analysis,  analysis  of  thinking,  disciplines  as  modes  of  inquiry,  influence  of 
romantic  thought,  influence  of  the  industrial  model,  shool  as  transformer  of  society,  and 
political  ideologies.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

EDPA  750  International  Higher  Education  (3)  Comparison  of  higher  education 
systems  in  several  countries,  and  of  the  problems  and  issues  in  higher  education 
faced  by  these  countries. 

EDPA  751  Law  and  Higher  Education  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  651  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Analysis  and  evaluation  of  judicial  and  executive  branch 
attempts  to  give  operational  meaning  to  federal  equity  legislation  and  to  develop 
remedial  policies  relating  to  equal  educational  and  employment  opportunity  in 
post-secondary  education. 

EDPA  752  State  Systems  of  Higher  Education  (3)  Creation,  operation,  alteration  and 
evaluation  of  state  systems  of  higher  education.  Campus  autonomy  versus  public 
accountability.  Analysis  of  topics  such  as  state  planning,  budget  and  program  review, 
and  administration  of  student  aid  and  federal  programs. 

EDPA  753  Higher  Education  Planning  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  653  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Social  science  concepts  underlying  planning.  Applications  of  planning 
concepts  and  techniques  to  higher  education  at  institutional,  state  and  national  levels. 

EDPA  754  Higher  Education  Finance  (3)  Economic  perspectives  on  higher 
education.  Ways  of  financing  higher  education  and  current  finance  issues.  Higher 
education  budget  concepts  and  processes. 

EDPA  755  Federal  Policies  in  Post-Secondary  Education  (3)  Evolution  of  the  federal 
role,  its  current  scope  and  funding.  Policy  issues  associated  with  federal  student  aid 
programs,  research  grants  and  social  equity  regulations. 

EDPA  756  Curriculum  in  Higher  Education  (3)  An  analysis  of  research  in  curriculum 
and  of  conditions  affecting  curriculum  change,  with  examination  of  issues  in  curriculum 
making  based  upon  the  history  of  higher  education  curriculum  development. 

EDPA  757  College  Teaching  (3)  An  analysis  of  various  methods  and  techniques  used 
in  college  teaching. 

EDPA  759  Seminar  in  Adult  and  Continuing  Education  (3)  Current  issues  and 
problems  in  adult  and  continuing  education  and  lifelong  learning  in  America. 

EDPA  760  The  Human  Dimension  in  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  660  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Theory,  research  findings,  and  laboratory  experiences  in  human 
skills  in  organizations.  Goal  setting,  communication,  conflict,  decision  making 
evaluation,  and  consultant  intervention. 

EDPA  761  Group  Relationships  in  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  660  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Group  relationships  and  relevant  administrative  skills  in 
educational  settings.  The  role  of  authority,  group  maturation,  group  member  roles, 
group  decision  making,  and  intra-group  and  inter-group  conflict. 

EDPA  764  General  Systems  Theory  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  662  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Theory  of  complex  systems,  principles  and  mechanisms  of  regulation, 
control,  and  adaptation  in  physical,  biological,  social,  and  symbolic  systems. 
Equi-finality,  evolution,  feedback,  hierarchy  theory,  homeostasis,  requisite  variety,  and 


EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration     231 

self-organization.  Applications  to  policy  making,  planning,  and  management  in 
educational  organizations. 

EDPA  765  General  Systems  Theory  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  764  or  permission  of 
instructor.  General  systems  theory  applied  to  actual  organizational  problems.  Field 
work  and  relevant  social  science  literature  for  the  definition  of  one  or  more  key, 
long-range  problems  and  the  development  of  plans  to  solve  the  problems. 

EDPA  766  Child  Accounting  (2)  An  inquiry  into  the  record  keeping  activities  of  the 
school  system,  including  an  examination  of  the  marking  system. 

EDPA    788    Special    Topics    in    Education    Policy    and    Administration    (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Special  and  intensive  treatment  of  current  topics 
and  issues  in  education  policy  and  administration.  Repeatable  to  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

EDPA  798  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-6)  Master's,  AGS,  or  doctoral 
candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit  under  this  number. 

EDPA  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  six 
hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDPA  805  Seminar  in  Comparative  Education  (3)  Analysis  of  educational  issues  on 
a  worldwide  basis  with  opportunities  to  focus  on  a  particular  country  on  an  individual 
basis.  Analysis  of  qualitative  research  methods  as  used  in  cross-cultural  and 
comparative  education  studies. 

EDPA  809  Research  Methods  (3)  Specific  methodologies  employed  in  educational 
studies. 

EDPA  811  Seminar  in  History  of  Education  (3)  Examination  of  current  developments 
and  continuing  controversies  in  the  field  of  history  of  education.  The  analysis  of  the 
various  ways  in  which  history  of  education  is  approached  methodologically  and 
interpretatively. 

EDPA  812  Seminar  in  Philosophy  of  Education  (3)  Examination  of  current 
developments  and  continuing  controversies  in  the  field  of  philosophy  of  education.  The 
function  of  educational  philosophy,  methodological  approaches,  and  current  research 
trends. 

EDPA  813  Seminar  in  Educational  Sociology  (3)  Sociological  analysis  of  educational 
processes  and  institutions;  emphasis  on  the  social  effects  of  formal  organizations. 

EDPA  837  Curriculum  Theory  and  Research  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  635  Critical  and 
analytic  review  of  major  themes,  concepts  and  language  forms  relevant  to  current 
curriculum  theory  and  research. 

EDPA  839  Seminar  in  Teacher  Education  (3-6)  A  problem  seminar  in  teacher 
education.  A  maximum  of  six  hours  may  be  earned  in  this  course. 

EDPA  850  Seminar  in  Problems  of  Higher  Education  (3)  Contemporary  issues  and 
problems  in  post-secondary  education  relevant  to  the  interests  of  both  administrators 
and  college/universtiy  faculty  members.  Problems  of  individual  interest.  Preparation  of 
papers  for  publication  on  post-secondary  education  topics. 

EDPA  851  College  and  University  Development  (3)  Identification  and  acquisition  of 
extramural    fiscal    resources    for    institutions    of    higher    education.    The    nature    of 


232     EDPA  —  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration 

philanthropy,  foundation  solicitation,  alumni  administration,  publications  and  public 
relations,  and  funding  agency  relationships. 

EDPA  853  Problems  in  Higher  Education  (3)  Consideration  of  current  issues  in 
higher  education  from  a  historical  perspective. 

EDPA  855  Lifelong  Learning  Policy  (3)  Prerequisites:  consent  of  instructor.  Analysis 
of  policy  initiatives  that  affect  opportunities  for  adults  to  engage  in  continued  learning. 
Policies  of  business  and  industrial  firms,  government  agencies,  unions  and 
professional  societies,  nonprofit  organizations,  and  postsecondary  education 
institutions. 

EDPA  861  Seminar:  Research  in  School  Effectiveness  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDPA  660, 
661 ,  662,  663,  and  consent  oof7instructor.    Examination  of  organizational  effectiveness 
and    the    methodologies    for   assessing    organizational    effectiveness.    An    individual 
research  project  is  required. 

EDPA  862  Seminar:  Theoretical  Basis  of  Administrative  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDPA  660,  661,  662,  663,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  administrative  behavior 
in  educational  institutions.  Development  of  a  research  design  for  the  study  of 
administrative  behavior  in  one  educational  institution. 

EDPA  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education  (1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students  whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at 
least  a  semester  full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  of  a 
cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  The  sponsor 
of  the  apprentice  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites:  teaching  experience,  a  Master's  degree  in 
education,  and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDPA  489,  888  AND  889  is 
limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours. 

EDPA  889  Internship  in  Education  (3-8)  Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  who  have  teaching  experience.  The- following  groups  of 
students  are  eligible:  (a)  any  student  who  has  been  advanced  to  candidacy  for  the 
doctor's  degree;  and  (b)  any  student  who  receives  special  approval  by  the  Education 
faculty  for  an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to  taking  an  internship,  such  student  shall 
have  completed  at  least  60  semester  hours  of  graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is  assigned  to 
work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  in  a 
cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  The  internship 
must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation  different  from  the  one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  intern 
and  the  other  persons  involved.  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn 
in  EDPA  489,  888  AND  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours. 

EDPA  895  Research  Critique  Seminar "  (3)  Critiques  of  research  designs  in 
preparation  for  the  doctoral  dissertation. 

EDPA  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of 
6-9  hours  for  an  ED.D.    Project  and  12-18  hours  for  a  PH.D.  Dissertation. 


Electrical  Engineering  Program     233 


Electrical  Engineering  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Davisson 

Professors:  Baras,  Barbe,  Blankenship,  Chu1,  DeClaris,  Ephremides,  Galloway 
(part-time),  Granatstein,  Harger,  Hochuli,  Lee,  Levine,  Ligomenides,  Lin,  Mayergoyz, 
Newcomb,  Ott2,  Peckerer  (part-time),  Rabin,  Reiser,2,  Slaughter,  Taylor,  Thee 
Associate  Professors:  Antonsen,  Davis,  Destler,  Emad,  Gligor,  Ja'Ja',  Krishnaprasad, 
Pugsley,  Silio,  Simons,  Striffler,  Tretter,  Zaki 

Assistant  Professors:  Abed,  Farvardin,  Ho,  loannou,  Makowski,  Nakajima,  Narayan, 
Owens,  Shamma,  Tits,  Visvanathan,  Webb 
1joint  appointment  with  Computer  Science 
2joint  appointment  with  Physics 

The  Electrical  Engineering  Department  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  M.S. 
and  Ph.D.  degrees.  A  diverse  offering  of  courses,  as  well  as  seminars,  colloquium 
series,  and  thesis  guidance,  encompasses  a  broad  spectrum  of  topics.  Specialization 
is  possible  in  circuits  (network  analysis  and  synthesis,  microwave  and  integrated 
circuits,  computer-aided  design  and  biomedical  applications),  communications 
(random  processes;  detection,  estimation  and  coding,  information  theories;  digital 
signal  processing,  optical  communications,  communication  networks,  remote  sensing 
systems),  computers  (computer  architecture  and  design,  operating  and  software 
systems),  control  (computer-aided  design,  nonlinear,  and  distributed  parameter 
systems,  system  optimization,  optimal  and  stochastic  control),  and  electrophysics 
(electromagnetic  theory,  charged-particle  dynamics,  quantum  electronics,  microwave, 
antenna,  and  optical  engineering),  lasers,  nonlinear  optics,  and  spectroscopy. 

Joint  programs  are  maintained  with  the  mathematics,  physics,  and  computer 
science  departments  and  the  material  science  and  chemical  physics  programs. 
Opportunities  for  programs  of  study  in  conjunction  with  many  national  laboratories  and 
technical  facilities  also  exist.  The  department  has  active  research  projects  in  optical 
communication,  communication  networks,  coding  theory,  control  theory,  remote 
sensing,  charged-particle  dynamics  energy  conversion  devices,  electric  energy 
systems,  and  many  other  areas. 

Employment  opportunities  for  graduates  of  the  Department  have  been  exceptionally 
rich  in  recent  years.  Private  industry,  research  laboratories,  government  agencies  and 
labs,  and  academic  institutions  have  been  hiring  at  virtually  unprecedented  rates.  This 
strong  demand  should  continue  through  the  coming  decade.  The  accompanying 
salary  scales  have  been,  and  should  continue  to  be,  very  attractive.  Recent  graduates 
from  the  Electrical  Engineering  Department  have  been  employed  by  IBM, 
Westinghouse,  the  Applied  Physics  Laboratory,  the  Naval  Research  Laboratory  and 
similar  institutions  in  advanced  research  and  development  positions.  Others  have 
been  employed  by  consulting  firms  working  on  a  wide  range  of  special  problems.  The 
growing  demand  for  engineering  faculty,  particularly  in  the  areas  of  computer 
engineering  and  microelectronics,  has  created  a  large  number  of  opportunities  for 
those  interested  in  teaching  careers. 


234     Electrical  Engineering  Program 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Present  minimum  requirement  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  as  an  Electrical 
Engineering  student  is  graduation  from  an  ECPD  accredited  undergraduate  program  in 
Electrical  Engineering  with  an  average  no  lower  than  B,  or  similar  undergraduate 
preparation  in  mathematics,  computer  science,  physics,  or  other  areas  of  engineering 
or  science. 

Requirements  for  the  master's  thesis  and  nonthesis  options  are  those  of  the 
Graduate  School.  All  requirements  must  be  completed  within  5  years. 

Requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  include  a  minimum  of  42  semester  hours  of 
graduate  approved  courses;  the  Ph.D.  qualifying  examination;  and  completion  of  all 
dissertation  and  oral  examination  requirements. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

There  are  modern  research  and  project  laboratories  within  the  department  which 
support  a  wide  variety  of  research  programs.  These  laboratories  include  a  laser  and 
electromagnetics  laboratory;  a  microprocessor  development  laboratory;  a  gas  laser 
laboratory  (He,  Ne,  and  C02  laser  stability  and  lifetime  and  applications);  a  solid  state 
laser  laboratory  (nonlinear  optics);  an  integrated  circuits  laboratory  (a  full-line  facility 
capable  of  producing  monolithic,  thin-film,  and  MOS  structures);  a  VLSI  Design 
laboratory;  a  microwave  circuits  laboratory;  and  an  electron-ring  accelerator  laboratory 
(ion  beam  acceleration  studies).  The  department  has  an  excellent  research 
computational  facility  including  a  VAX  11/780,  Pyramid,  and  Ridge  super 
mini-computers,  several  design  work  stations  (Valid,  Sun),  and  enhanced  PC's,  and 
extensive  links  to  the  University's  central  computing  facility.  A  complete  engineering 
library  is  housed  nearby  in  conjunction  with  the  mathematics  and  physical  science 
collections. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  aid  is  available  to  graduate  students  in  the  form  of  Graduate  Research 
Assistantships,  Graduate  Teaching  Assistantships  and  Fellowships.  Applications  for 
Graduate  Research  and  Teaching  Assistantships  should  be  completed  and  sent  to  the 
Electrical  Engineering  Office  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Graduate  Research  Assistantships  are  awarded  subject  to  availability  of  funds  and 
are  renewed  subject  to  satisfactory  research  progress.  Summer  appointments  are 
often  available. 

Graduate  Teaching  Assistantships  are  usually  awarded  in  April.  Preference  is  given 
to  United  States  citizens.  Duties  may  include  laboratory  teaching  assignments, 
assistance  in  the  computation  facility,  or  assistance  in  courses.  Teaching  Assistants 
must  register  for  at  least  nine  credit  hours  per  semester. 

Graduate  Research  Fellowships  are  available  for  highly  qualified  applicants  in  a 
number  of  areas.  In  addition,  the  Fairchild  Scholars  Program,  operated  in  conjunction 
with  Fairchild  Industries,  provides  a  unique  opportunity  for  graduate  study. 

Local  industries  and  government  agencies  have  work-study  programs  in  which 
about  half  of  the  Electrical  Engineering  graduate  student  body  participates.  Application 
should  be  made  directly  to  the  agencies. 


ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical     235 


Additional  Information 

Special  brochures  or  publications  offered  by  the  Department  may  be  obtained  by 
writing  to  this  address: 

Electrical  Engineering  Office  of 

Graduate  Studies 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical 

ENEE  400  Computer  Aided  Circuit  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  314  Computer 
aided  analysis  of  electronic  devices  and  components.  Network  topology,  computer 
formulation  of  Kirchhoff  laws,  nodal  analysis  of  linear  and  non-linear  networks, 
computer  formulation  of  the  state  equations,  time  domain  and  frequency  domain 
solution,  sensitivity  calculations. 

ENEE  407  Microwave-circuits  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite:  Senior  standing  in 
electrical  engineering  or  consent  of  instructor.  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per 
week.  Experiments  concerned  with  circuits  constructed  from  microwave  components 
providing  practical  experience  in  the  design,  construction  and  testing  of  such  circuits. 
Projects  include  microwave  filters  and  S-parameter  design  with  applications  of  current 
technology. 

ENEE  410  Electronic  Circuits  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  300  or  equivalent  knowledge  of 
circuit  theory  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  This  course  is  intended  for  students  in  the 
physical  sciences,  and  for  engineering  students  requiring  additional  study  of  electron 
circuits.  Credit  not  normally  given  for  this  course  in  an  electrical  engineering  major 
program.  (ENEE  413  may  optionally  be  taken  as  an  associated  laboratory).  P-n 
junctions,  transistors,  vacuum  tubes,  biasing  and  operating  point  stability,  switches, 
large-signal  analysis,  models,  small-signal  analysis,  frequency  response,  feedback  and 
multistage  amplifiers,  pulse  and  digital  circuits. 

ENEE  412  Advanced  Electronics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  314.  Design  and  analysis  of 
tuned  circuits,  oscillators,  VCO's  phase-locked  loops,  multipliers,  modulators  and  A/D 
converters  and  their  application  in  telemetry,  communication  and  instrumentation. 

ENEE  413  Electronics  Laboratory  (2)  One  lecture  and  three  laboratory  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  ENEE  314.  The  specification,  design  and  testing  of  basic 
electronic  circuits  and  practical  interconnections.  Emphasis  on  design  with  discrete 
solid  state  and  integrated  circuit  components  for  both  analog  and  digital  circuits. 

ENEE  414  Network  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  304.  Network  properties:  linearity, 
reciprocity,  etc.;  2-Port  descriptions  and  generalization:  Y,  S,  hybird  matrices; 
description  properties:  symmetry,  para-unity,  etc,;  basic  topological  analysis; 
state-space  techniques;  computer-aided  analysis;  sensitivity  analysis;  approximation 
theory. 

ENEE  416  Network  Synthesis  (3)  Prerequisite  :  ENEE  304.  Active  and  passive 
components,  passivity,  bounded  and  positive  real,  RC  properties  and  synthesis,  Brune 
and  Darlington  synthesis,  transfer-voltage  and  Y21  synthesis,  active  feedback 
configurations,  image  parameter  design,  computer-aided  optimization  synthesis  via  the 
embedding  concept. 


236     ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical 


ENEE    418    Projects    in    Electrical    Engineering    (1-3)    Hours    to    be    arranged 
Prerequisites:   Senior  standing  and   permission  of  the  instructor.   May  be  taken  for 
repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  of  4  credits,  with  the  permission  of  the  student's  advisor 
and  the  instructor.  Theoretical  and  experimental  projects. 

ENEE  419  Apprenticeship  in  Electrical  Engineering  (2-3)  Hours  to  be  arranged 
Prerequisite:  completion  of  sophomore  courses  and  permission  of  an  apprenticeship 
director.  May  be  taken  for  repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  of  nine  credits.  A  unique 
opportunity  for  experience  in  experimental  research  and  engineering  design.  A  few 
highly  qualified  students  will  be  selected  as  apprentices  in  one  of  the  research 
facilities  of  the  electrical  engineering  department  and  will  participate  in  the  current 
research  under  the  supervision  of  the  laboratory  director.  In  the  past,  apprenticeships 
have  been  available  in  the  following  laboratories:  biomedical,  electron  ring  accelerator, 
gas  laser,  integrated  circuits,  simulation  and  computer,  and  solid  state  laser. 

ENEE  420  Communication  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  324.  Fourier  series, 
Fourier  transforms  and  linear  system  analysis;  random  signals,  autocorrelation 
functions  and  power  spectral  densities;  analog  communication  systems:  amplitude 
modulation,  single-sideband  modulation,  frequency  and  phase  modulation,  sampling 
theorem  and  pulse-amplitude  modulation;  digital  communication  systems  pulse-code 
modulation,  phase-shift  keying,  differential  phase  shift  keying,  frequency  shift  keying; 
performance  of  analog  and  digital  communication  systems  in  the  presence  of  noise. 

ENEE  421  Information  Theory  and  Coding  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  324  Definition  of 
information  and  entropy;  Memoryless  and  Markov  sourcces;  source  coding;  Kraft  and 
MacMillan  inequalities;  Shannon's  first  theorem;  Hoffman  Codes;  Channels,  Mutual 
Information,  and  Capacity;  Shannon's  Noisy  Channel  Coding  Theorem;  Error  Correcting 
Codes. 

ENEE  425  Digital  Signal  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  322.  Sampling  as  a 
modulation  process;  aliasing;  the  sampling  theorem;  the  Z-transform  and  discrete-time 
system  analysis;  direct  and  computer-aided  design  of  recursive  and  nonrecursive 
digital  filters;  the  Discrete  Fourier  Transform  (DFT)  and  Fast  Fourier  Transform  (FFT); 
digital  filtering  using  the  FFT;  analog-to-digital  and  digital-to  analog  conversion;  effects 
of  quantization  and  finite-word-length  arithmetic. 

ENEE  426  Communication  Networks  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department.  The 
main  design  issues  associated  with  ordinary,  single-user,  point-to-point  communication 
systems  and  their  juxtaposition  to  those  involved  in  multi-user  systems  such  as 
computer  networks,  satellite  systems,  radio  nets,  and  general  comminication  networks. 
Application  of  analytical  tools  of  queueing  theory  to  design  problems  in  such  networks. 
Review  of  proposed  architectures  and  protocols. 

ENEE  434  Introduction  to  Neural  Networks  and  Signals  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  204 
or  300.  Introduction  in  the  generation  and  processing  of  bioelectric  signals  including 
structure  and  function  of  the  neuron,  membrane  theory,  generation  and  propagation  of 
nerve  impulses,  synaptic  mechanisms,  transduction  and  neural  coding  of  sensory 
events,  central  nervous  system  processing  of  sensory  information  and  correlated 
electrical  signals,  control  of  effector  organs,  muscle  contraction  and  mechanics,  and 
models  of  neurons  and  neural  networks,   course  in 

ENEE   435   Electrodes  and   Electrical   Processes   in   Biology  and   Medicine  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  204  or  300.  Techniques  for  recording  biological  signals  such  as 
brain,  muscle  and  cardial  electrical  potentials;  membrane  theory;  half-cell  potentials, 


ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical     237 


liquid  junction  potentials,  polarization  of  electrodes;  biological  and  medical 
instrumentation;  and  applications  in  the  design  of  cardial  pacemakers,  or  a  similar 
case  study. 

ENEE  438  Topics  in  Biomedical  Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the 
instructor.  May  be  taken  for  repeated  credit.  The  content  may  vary  from  semester  to 
semester.  Selected  topics  of  current  interest  from  such  areas  as  bioelectric  systems, 
modeling  instrumentation,  automated  diagnostic,  health-care  delivery,  etc.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENEE  440  Microprocessors  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE250.  Microprocessor  architectures, 
instruction  sets,  assembly  language  programming;  memory  organization,  I/O 
interfacing  (programmed,  DMA,  interrupt),  special  interfaces,  (A/D  and  D/A  converters, 
keyboard,  display,  floppy  disc,  etc.). 

ENEE  442  Software  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES  240;  ENEE  250  or 
equivalent.  Architectural  aspects  of  software  engineering.  Machine  language  and 
machine  structure;  assembly  language  and  assemblers;  macro-language  and 
macro-processors;  loaders  and  linkers;  programming  languages  and  language 
structure;  compilers  and  interpreters;  operating  systems. 

ENEE  444  Logic  Design  of  Digital  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  250  Review  of 
switching  algebra;  gates  and  logic  modules;  map  simplification  techniques; 
multiple-output  systems;  memory  elements  and  sequential  systems;  large  switching 
systems;  iterative  networks;  sample  designs,  computer  oriented  simplification 
algorithms;  state  assignment;  partition  techniques;  sequential  system  decompositions. 

ENEE  445  Computer  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  444.  One  lecture  and  three 
lab  hours  per  week.  Hardware  oriented  experiments  providing  practical  experience  in 
the  design,  construction,  and  checkout  of  components  and  interfaces  for  digital 
computers  and  data  transmission  systems.  Projects  include  classical  design 
techniques  and  applications  of  current  technology. 

ENEE  446  Digital  Computer  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  250.  Essential  elements  of 
the  hardware  design  of  digital  computers.  Arithmetic  and  logic  units,  adders, 
multipliers,  dividers,  logic  and  shifting  operations,  floating  point  arithmetic.  Memory 
organization,  design  of  a  basic  computer:  instruction  set,  bus  structure,  fetch-execute 
microoperations,  hard-wired  control  unit,  microprogrammed  control  unit,  index 
registers,  indirect  addressing,  interrupt  operation,  direct  memory  access.  Organization 
of  commercially  available  computers.  No  student  will  be  allowed  credit  for  both  CMSC 
410  and  ENEE  446. 

ENEE  450  Discrete  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENES  240  or  equivalent.  Review  of  set 
algebra  including  relations,  partial  ordering  and  mappings.  Algebraic  structures 
including  semigroups  and  groups.  Graph  theory  including  trees  and  weighted  graphs. 
Boolean  algebra  and  propositional  logic.  Applications  of  these  structures  to  various 
areas  of  computer  engineering. 

ENEE  460  Control  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  322.  Mathematical  models  for 
control  system  components.  Transform  and  time  domain  methods  for  linear  control 
systems.  Introductory  stability  theory.  Root  locus,  Bode  diagrams  and  Nyquist  plots. 
Design  specifications  in  the  time  and  frequency  domains.  Compensation  design  in  the 
time  and  frequency  domain.  Introduction  to  sampled  data  systems.  Introduction  to 
computer  aided  design  of  control  systems. 


238     ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical 


ENEE  461  Control  Systems  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  460.  One  lecture  and 
three  lab  hours  per  week.  Projects  to  enhance  the  student's  understanding  of 
feedback  control  systems  and  to  familiarize  him  with  the  characteristics  and  limitations 
of  real  control  devices.  Students  will  design,  build,  and  test  servomechanisms,  and  will 
conduct  analog  and  hybrid  computer  simulations  of  control  systems. 

ENEE  462  Systems,  Control  and  Computation  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENEE  300  or  304, 
and  MATH  246  or  consent  of  instructor.  Matrix  algebra,  state  space  analysis  of 
discrete  systems,  state  space  analysis  of  continuous  systems,  computer  algorithms  for 
circuit  analysis,  optimization  and  system  simulation. 

ENEE  472  Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  304. 
Electromechanical  transducers,  theory  of  electromechanical  systems,  power  and 
wideband  transformers,  rotating  electrical  machinery  from  the  theoretical  and 
performance  points  of  view. 

ENEE  473  Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery  Laboratory  (1)  Corequisite:  ENEE 
472.  Experiments  on  transformers,  synchronous  machines,  induction  motors,  synchros, 
loudspeakers,  other  transducers. 

ENEE  480  Fundamentals  of  Solid  State  Electronics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  381 
Review  of  Maxwell's  equation,  electromagnetic  properties  of  dielectrics;  introduction  to 
quantum  mechanics  and  quantum  statistics;  classical  and  quantum  theory  of  metals; 
theory  of  semiconductors  and  semiconductor  devices;  principle  of  magnetic  devices 
and  selected  topics. 

ENEE  481  Antennas  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  381.  Introduction  to  the  concepts  of 
radiation,  generalized  far  field  formulas;  antenna  theorems  and  fundamentals;  antenna 
arrays,  linear  and  planar  arrays;  aperture  antennas;  terminal  impedance;  propagation. 

ENEE  483  Electromagnetic  Measurements  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisites:  ENEE  305 
and  ENEE  380.  One  lecture  and  three  lab  hours  per  week.  Experiments  designed  to 
provide  familiarity  with  a  large  class  of  micro-wave  and  optical  components, 
techniques  for  interconnecting  them  into  useful  systems,  and  techniques  of  high 
frequency  and  optical  measurements. 

ENEE    487    Particle    Accelerators,    Physical    and    Engineering    Principles    (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENEE  380  and  PHYS  420,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Sources  of 
charged  particles;  methods  of  acceleration  and  focusing  of  ion  beams  in 
electromagnetic  fields;  basic  theory,  design,  and  engineering  principles  of  particle 
accelerators. 

ENEE  488  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  May  be  taken  for  repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  of  six  credits,  with  the 
permission  of  the  student's  advisor  and  the  instructor. 

ENEE  494  Solid  State  Devices  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  314.  Introduction  to 
semiconductor  materials;  p-n  junctions;  metal-semiconductor  contacts;  bipolar 
transistors,  insulated  gate  field  effect  transistors;  and  related  selected  topics. 

ENEE  495  Integrated  Circuit  Technology  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  494.  Introduction  to 
the  fabrication  technologies  for  integrated  circuits  including  oxidation,  diffusion,  and 
photolithography  ;  concepts  of  bipolar  and  MOS  device  design;  layout  of  simple  digital 
ICs. 

ENEE  496  Lasers  and  Electro-optic  Devices  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  ENEE  381 


ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical     239 


Optical  resonators,  fabry-perot  etalon.  Theory  of  laser  oscillation,  rate  equations. 
Gaseous,  solid  state,  semiconductor  and  dye  laser  systems.  Electro-optic  effects  and 
parametric  oscillators.  Holography. 

ENEE  608  Graduate  Seminar  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Every  semester 
regular  seminars  are  held  in  electrical  science  and  in  the  six  areas  of  specialization 
offered  by  the  electrical  engineering  department.  They  may  be  taken,  by  arrangement 
with  the  student's  advisor,  for  repeated  credit. 

ENEE  609  Projects  in  Electrical  Engineering  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
instructor.  Individual  projects  on  advanced  systems  in  electrical  engineering.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  up  to  a  maximum  of  three  credits. 

ENEE  610  Electrical  Network  Theory  (3)  Undergraduate  circuit  theory  or  consent  of 
the  instructor.  Matrix  algebra,  network  elements,  ports,  passivity  and  activity, 
geometrical  and  analytical  descriptions  of  networks,  state  variable  characterizations, 
scattering  matrices,  signal  flow  graphs,  sensitivity. 

ENEE  612  Non-linear  and  Analog  Integrated  Circuits  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  610  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  theory  and  design  of  nonlinear  and  analog  circuits  suitable 
for  integrated  circuit  realization.  Design  projects  required. 

ENEE  620  Random  Processes  in  Communication  and  Control  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENEE  324  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to  random  processes:  characterization, 
classification,  representation;  Gaussian  and  other  examples.  Linear  operations  on 
random  processes,  stationary  processes:  covariance  function  and  spectral  density. 
Linear  least  square  waveform  estimating  Wiener-Kolmogroff  filtering,  Kalman-Bucy 
recursive  filtering:  function  space  characterization,  non-linear  operations  on  random 
processes. 

ENEE  621  Estimation  and  Detection  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  620  or  equivalent 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Estif  unknown  parameters,  Cramer-Rao  lower  bound; 
optimum  (map)  demodulation;  filtering,  amplitude  and  angle  modulation,  comparison 
with  conventional  systems;  statistical  decision  theory  Bayes,  Minimax, 
Neyman/Pearson,  Criteria-68  simple  and  composite  hypotheses;  application  to 
coherent  and  incoherent  signal  detection;  M-ary  hypotheses;  application  to  uncoded 
and  coded  digital  communication  systems.  (Listed  also  as  MAPL  644.) 

ENEE  625  Multi-user  Communication  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  620.  Basic  queueing 
models.  Store-and  forward  communications  networks;  switching  modes; 
delay-throughput  measures;  capacity  assignment;  routing;  topological  design; 
computational  aspects;  flow  control;  error  control;  protocols;  specification  and 
validation;  local  networks;  satellite  and  packet  radio  systems;  multiple  access 
schemes;  stability  and  performance;  multi-user  information  theory;  and  large  scale 
system  theory. 

ENEE  630  Advanced  Topics:  Radar  Signals  and  Systems  (3)  Corequisite:  ENEE 
620.  Review  of  linear  systems  and  signals:  fourier  transform  representation  time 
bandwidth  product,  resolution,  complex  representation;  maximum  signal-to-noise  ratio 
criterion  receiver  and  signal  design,  radar  range  equation;  statistical  detection  theory: 
probability  of  error  performance;  statistical  estimation  theory:  unknown  parameters, 
range-Doppler  radar,  ambiguity  problem,  asymptotic  maximum  likelihood  estimation 
and  Cramer-Rao  lower  bound;  resolution  of  multiple  objects. 


240     ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical 


ENEE  633  Modeling  of  Nerves  and  Muscles  With  Applications  to  Prosthetic 
Devices  (3)  Prerequisite:  undergraduate  degree  in  engineering  or  physics,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Principles  and  circuit  models  for  resting  and  active 
membrane  potentials  of  nerves  and  muscles;  synaptic  mechanisms  including 
probabilistic  models  of  neuromuscular  transmission;  electrode  potentials  and  reactions; 
propagation  of  biopotentials  in  a  volume  conductor;  properties,  mechanical  models, 
and  circuit  analogs  for  muscles  and  proprioceptors;  spinal  reflexes  in  the  control  of 
posture;  applications  of  the  above  in  the  design  of  prosthetic  and  orthotic  devices. 

ENEE  634  Models  of  Transduction  and  Signal  Processing  in  Sensory  Systems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  633  or  ENEE  435  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  General 
organization  of  sensory  systems;  receptor  mechanisms;  receptor  and  neural  models; 
statistics  of  neural  spike  trains;  peripheral  signal  processing  in  sensory  systems,  with 
emphasis  on  vision  and  audition;  introduction  to  signal  processing  in  the  central 
nervous  system;  applications  to  development  of  sensory  protheses. 

ENEE  642  Software  System  Implementation  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  442  or 
equivalent.  Implementation  aspects  of  software  engineering.  Programming  languages; 
architectural  designs;  program  design;  structured  programming;  peripheral  storage 
devices;  I/O  programming;  debugging  and  evaluation. 

ENEE  646  Digital  Computer  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  446.  Introduction  to 
design  techniques  for  digital  computers;  digital  arithmetic;  logic  circuits;  digital 
memories;  design  of  computer  elements;  arithmetic  unit;  and  control  unit.  A  simple 
digital  computer  will  be  designed. 

ENEE  648  Advanced  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering  (3)  Every  semester  courses 
intended  for  high  degree  of  specialization  are  offered  by  visiting  or  regular  electrical 
engineering  faculty  members  in  two  or  more  of  the  areas  listed  in  488.  The  student 
should  check  with  the  electrical  engineering  office  of  graduate  studies  for  a  list  and  the 
description  of  the  topics  offered  currently. 

ENEE  654  Combinatorial  Switching  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites  ENEE  450  and  ENEE 
444.  Application  of  algebraic  techniques  to  combinatorial  switching  networks; 
multi-valued  systems;  symmetries  and  their  use;  optimization  algorithms;  heuristic 
techniques;  majority  and  threshold  logic;  function  decomposition;  cellular  cascades. 

ENEE  655  Structure  Theory  of  Machines  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENEE  450  and  ENEE  444. 
Machine  realizations;  partitions  and  the  substitution  property;  pair  algebras  and 
applications;  variable  dependence;  decomposition;  loop-free  structures;  set  system 
decompositions;  semigroup  realizations. 

ENEE  657  Simulation  of  Dynamic  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE  443  Mechanistic 
methods  for  differential  equation  solution;  application  of  analog  or  hybrid  computers 
and  digital  differential  analyzers  for  that  purpose;  design  and  structure  of  languages 
for  digital-analog  simulation  on  a  general  purpose  digital  computer:  mimic  language 
and  examples  of  its  use.  Class  will  run  simulation  programs  on  a  largr-scale  computer. 

ENEE  660  Modern  Control  System  Design  Method  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  663  and 
ENEE  620,  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Applications  of  state  space 
design  methods;  linear  regulator  problem  and  applications  to  tracking,  stabilization 
and  disturbance  elimination;  self-tuning  regulators.  State  estimators.  The  second 
method  of  Liapunov  and  applications  in  contol  systems  design.  Applications  of  modern 
frequency  domain  methods  in  control  system  design;  diagonal  dominance,  dynamic 


ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical     241 


compensation,  decoupling.  Applications  of  the  linear  quadratic  Gaussian  problem  in 
control  systems  design.  Case  studies  from  industrial,  guidance  and  other  engineering 
control  problems.  Analysis  of  computer  algorithms  are  analyzed  for  each  of  the  above 
four  basic  design  methods  provided.  Analysis  of  interactive  computer  aided  design 
methods  and  validation  procedures  are  extensively  analyzed. 

ENEE  661  Nonlinear  Control  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  460  or  consent  of 
instructor.  State  space  methods  of  stability  analysis  including  second  order  systems 
and  the  phase  plane,  linearization  and  stability  in  the  small,  stability  in  the  large  and 
Lyapunov's  second  method.  Frequency  domain  methods  including  the  describing 
function.  Popov's  method  and  functional  analytic  methods.  Introduction  to  Volterra 
series  representations  of  nonlinear  systems.  Applications  to  conrol  system  design. 

ENEE  662  Sampled-data  Control  Systems  (3)  Prerequsite,  preparations  in  linear 
feedback  control  theory  or  consent  of  instructor.  Z-transform  and  modified  Z-transform 
method  of  analysis,  root  locus  and  frequency  response  methods  of  analysis,  ideal  and 
finite  width  sampling,  discrete  and  continuous  compensation  of  digital  control  systems, 
state  space  equations,  controllability  and  observability  of  discrete  systems,  stability, 
minimum  time  and  minimum  energy  control,  statistical  design  and  the  discrete  Kalman 
filter. 

ENEE  663  System  Theory  (3)  General  systems  models.  State  variables  and  state 
spaces.  Differential  dynamical  systems.  Discrete  time  systems.  Linearity  and  its 
implications.  Controllability  and  observability.  State  space  structure  and  representation. 
Realization  theory  and  algorithmic  solutions.  Parameterizations  of  linear  systems; 
canonical  forms.  Basic  results  from  stability  theory.  Stabilizability.  Fine  structure  of 
linear  multivariable  systems;  minimal  indices  and  polynomial  matrices.  Inverse  nyquist 
array.  Geometric  methods  in  design.  Interplay  between  frequency  domain  and  state 
space  design  methods.  Interactive  computer-aided  design  methods.  (Listed  also  as 
MAPL  640) 

ENEE  664  Optimal  Control  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  460  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
General  optimization  and  control  problems.  Static  optimization  problems.  Linear  and 
nonlinear  programming  methods.  Geometric  interpretations.  Dynamic  optimization 
problems.  Discrete  time  maximum  principle  and  applications.  Pontryagin  maximum 
principle  in  continuous  time.  Dynamic-programming.  Feedback  realization  of  solutions. 
Extensive  applications  to  problems  in  optimal  design,  navigation  and  guidance,  power 
systems.  Introduction  to  state  constrained  and  singular  optimal  control  problems. 
(Listed  also  as  MAPL  641 .) 

ENEE  665  Linear  System  Identification  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  400  and  ENEE  322  or 
equivalent  ENEE  6200  representations  for  linear  systems.  Parameter  estimation 
techniques  such  as  least  square  and  maximum  likelihood.  Correlation  methods  with 
white  noise  inputs.  Stochastic  approximation  and  gradient  algorithms.  Applications  of 
quarilinearization  and  invariant  imbedding.  Effect  of  abrevation  noise. 

ENEE  680  Electromagnetic  Theory  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  381  or  equivalent. 
Theoretical  analysis  and  engineering  applications  of  Maxwell's  equations.  Boundary 
value  problems  of  electrostatics  and  magnetostatics. 

ENEE  681  Electromagnetic  Theory  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  381  or  equivalent. 
Continuation  of  ENEE  680.  Theoretical  analysis  and  engineering  applications  of 
Maxwell's  equations.  The  homogeneous  wave  equation.  Plane  wave  propgation.  The 
interaction   of   plane   waves   and   material   media.    Retarded    potentials.    The   Hertz 


242     ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical 


potential.  Simple  radiating  systems.  Relativisitic  covariance  of  Maxwell's  equations. 

ENEE  686  Charged  Particle  Dynamics,  Electron  and  Ion  Beams  (3)  Three  hours  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  General  principles  of  single-particle 
dynamics;  mapping  of  the  electric  and  magnetic  fields;  equation  of  motion  and 
methods  of  solution;  production  and  control  of  charge  particle  beams;  electron  optics; 
Liouville's  theorem;  space  charge  effects  in  high  current  beams;  design  principles  of 
special  electron  and  ion  beam  devices. 

ENEE  690  Quantum  and  Wave  Phenomena  With  Electrical  Application  (3)  Two 

lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENEE  381  and  ENEE  382  or  equivalent.  Introduction  of 
quantum  and  wave  phenomena  from  electrical  engineering  point  of  view.  Topics 
included:  general  principles  of  quantum  mechanics,  operator  algebra,  the  microwave 
resonant  cavity  and  the  analagous  potential  well  problem,  harmonic  oscillator, 
hydrogenic  atom.  Perturbation  method  applied  to  the  transmission  line  and  potential 
well  problems.  Periodically  loaded  transmission  line  and  Kronig-Penny  model  of  band 
theory. 

ENEE  696  Integrated  and  Microwave  Electronics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  310. 
Registration  in  ENEE  793  recommended.  Active  and  passive  elements  used  in 
semiconductor  structures.   Design  application  of  linear  and  digital  integrated  circuits. 

ENEE  697  Semiconductor  Devices  and  Technology  (3)  Prerequisite  ENEE  496  or 
equivalent.  Registration  in  ENEE  793  recommended.  The  principles,  structures  and 
characteristics  of  semiconductor  devices.  Technology  and  fabrication  of 
semiconductor  devices. 

ENEE  703  Semiconductor  Device  Models  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  605  or  equivalents. 
Single-frequency  models  for  transistors;  small-signal  and  wide-band  models  for 
general  non-reciprocal  devices,  hybrid-PI  and  TEE  models  for  transistors;  relationship 
of  models  to  transistor  physics;  synthesis  of  wide-band  models  from  terminal  behavior, 
computer  utilization  of  models  for  other  semiconductor  devices. 

ENEE  721  Information  Theory  (3)  Corequisite:  ENEE  620.  Prerequisite:  STAT  400  or 
equivalent.  Information  measure,  entropy,  mutual  information;  source  encoding; 
noiseless  coding  theorem,  noisy  coding  theorem;  exponential  error  bounds; 
introduction  to  probabilistic  error  correcting  codes,  block  and  convolutional  codes  and 
error  bounds;  channels  with  memory;  continuous  channels;  rate  distortion  function. 
(Same  as  MAPL731.) 

ENEE  722  Error  Correcting  Codes  (3)  Introduction  to  linear  codes;  bounds  on  the 
error  correction  capabilities  of  codes;  convolutional  codes  with  threshold,  sequential 
and  viterbi  decoding;  cyclic  random  error  correcting  codes;  P-N  sequences;  cyclic 
and  convolutional  burst  error  correcting  codes. 

ENEE  724  Digital  Signal  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  620  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Review  of  Z  transforms;  correlations  functions  and  power  spectral  densities 
for  discrete  time  stochastic  proces;es:  discrete  time  Wiener  filters;  methods  for 
designing  digital  filters  to  meet  precise  frequency  domain  specifation;  effects  of 
truncation,  round-off  and  finite  word  length  arithmetic  on  the  accuracy  and  stability  of 
digital  filters;  adaptive  equalizers  for  narrow  band  data  channels;  discrete  fourier 
transform  ans  fast  fourier  transform;  homomorphic  filtering;  Gauss-Markov  estimates; 
spectral  density  estimation. 


ENEE  —  Engineering,  Electrical     243 


ENEE  728  Advanced  Topics  in  Communication  Theory  (3)  Topics  selected,  as 
announced,  from  advanced  communication  theory  and  its  applications. 

ENEE  730  Advanced  Topics:  Radar  Signals  and  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE 
620  or  equivalent.  The  theory  of  imagine  radar  systems.  Classiciations,  resolution 
mechanisms,  and  principles.  System  design  for  additive  noise:  effects  of  ambiguity, 
multiplicative  noise,  motion  errors,  nonlinearities,  and  scattering  mechanism.  System 
design  for  ambiguity  and  multiplicative  noise.  Optical  processing.  Application  to 
synthetic  aperture,  astronomical,  and  hologram  radar. 

ENEE  733  Neural  Control  of  Animal  Movement  (3)  Prerequisite   ENEE  633  or  634 
Properties  of  muscles,  proprioceptors,  reflexes,  and  central  nervous  system  structures; 
linear  and  nonlinear  models;  field  potential  analysis  and  theories  of  cerebellar  function; 
and  the  control  and  coordination  of  these  structures  during  voluntary  and  involuntary 
movement  in  animals. 

ENEE  746  Digital  Systems  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  646.  Systems  aspects 
of  digital-computer-based  systems;  data  flow  analysis;  system  organization;  control 
languages;  consoles  and  displays;  remote  terminals;  software-hardware  tradeoff; 
system  evaluation;  case  studies  from  selected  applications  areas  such  as  data 
acquisition  and  reduction  information  storage,  or  the  like. 

ENEE  748  Topics  in  Computer  Design  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 
Such  topics  as  computer  arithmetic,  computer  reliability,  and  threshold  logic  will  be 
considered.  May  be  taken  for  repeated  credit. 

ENEE  760  Mathematical  Methods  in  Control  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  663 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Applications  of  compactness  in  control  and  communication, 
geometric  methods  in  optimal  control  of  lumped  and  distributed  systems  and  harmonic 
analysis  of  linear  systems.  Applications  to  control  and  estimation  problems.  (Listed 
also  as  MAPL  740.) 

ENEE  761  Control  of  Distributed  Parameter  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  An 
introductory  course  in  functional  analytic  methods  at  the  level  of  ENEE  760,  and 
background  in  control  and  system  theory.  Study  of  systems  governed  by  paritial 
differential  equations.  Delay  systems.  Boundary  and  distributed  control,  Lyapunov 
stability.  Optimal  control  of  systems  governed  by  paritial  differential  equations  and  of 
delay  systems.  Applications  to  continuum  mechanics,  distributed  networks,  biology, 
economics,  and  engineering.   (Same  as  MAPL  741.) 

ENEE  762  Stochastic  Control  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENEE  620  or  equivalent;  and  ENEE 
663/MAPL  640;  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Stochastic  control  systems,  numerical 
methods  for  the  Ricatti  equation,  the  separation  principle,  control  of  linear  systems  with 
Gaussian  signals  and  quadratic  cost,  non-linear  stochastic  control,  stochastic  stability, 
introduction  to  stochastic  games.  (Same  as  MAPL  742.) 

ENEE  769  Advanced  Topics  in  Control  Theory  (3)  Topics  selected,  as  announced, 
from  advanced  control  theory  and  its  applications. 

ENEE  772  Advanced   Methods  and  Algorithms  in  Detection  and   Filtering  (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENEE  621.  Foundations  of  random  processes.  Conditional  expectations. 
Markov  processes  and  Martingales.  ITO  calculus.  Detection  and  estimation  of 
continuous  signals  with  continuous  observations.  Jump  processes.  Detection  and 
estimation  with  discontinuous  observations.  Discrete-time  case.  Fast  algorithms  for 
digital  filtering  problems.  (Listed  also  as  MAPL  735.) 


244     Engineering  Materials  Program 


ENEE  774  Mathematics  of  Continuous  Networks  (3)  Nonoriented  systems,  ports, 
linear  orientations,  theory  of  distributions,  scattering  matrices,  operator  theory  of 
networks,  activity,  invariant  embedding,  multivariable  PR  and  BR  state-determined 
systems,  synthesis,  interval  functions,  tolerance  analysis,  neuron  networks  and  models, 
Manley-Rowe  relations,  oscillators  and  nonlinear  subharmonic  generation. 

ENEE  780  Microwave  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENEE  681 .  Mathematical  methods 
for  the  solution  of  the  wave  equation,  transmission  lines  and  waveguides,  selected 
topics  in  the  theory  of  waveguide  structures,  surface  guides  and  artificial  dielectrics. 

ENEE  781  Optical  Engineering  (3)  Fourier  analysis  in  two  dimensions,  diffraction 
theory,  optical  imaging  systems,  spatial  filtering,  holography. 

ENEE  782  Radio  Wave  Propagation  (3)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENEE 
681 .  General  solutions  of  Maxwell's  equations,  geometrical  optics  approximations, 
propagation  above  a  plane  earth,  effects  of  surface  irregularities  and  stratified 
atmospheres,  scattering  by  turbulence. 

ENEE  784  Antenna  Theory  (3)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  ENEE  681  or 
equivalent.  Review  of  Maxwell's  equations;  radiative  networks;  linear  antennas; 
antenna  arrays;  aperture  antennas;  advanced  topics. 

ENEE  790  Quantum  Electronics  I  (3)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  A 
knowledge  of  quantum  mechanics  and  electromagnetic  theory.  Spontaneous  emission, 
interaction  of  radiation  and  matter,  masers,  optical  resonators,  the  gas,  solid  and 
semi-conductor  lasers,  electro-optical  effect,  propagation  in  anisotropic  media  and 
light  modulation. 

ENEE  791  Quantum  Electronics  II  (3)  Nonlinear  optical  effects  and  devices,  tunable 
coherent  light  sources:  optical  parametric  oscillator;  frequency  conversion  and  dye 
laser.  Ultrashort  pulse  generation  and  measurement,  stimulated  raman  effect,  and 
applications.  Interaction  of  acoustic  and  optical  waves,  and  holography. 

ENEE  793  Solid  State  Electronics  (3)  Prerequisite:  A  graduate  course  in  quantum 
mechanics  or  consent  of  instructor.  Properties  of  crystals;  energy  bands:  electron 
transport  theory;  conductivity  and  hall  effect;  statistical  distributions;  fermi  level: 
impurities;  non-equilibrium  carrier  distributions;  normal  modes  of  vibration;  effects  of 
high  electric  fields;  P-N  junction  theory,  avalanche  breakdown;  tunneling  phenomena; 
surface  properties. 

ENEE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENEE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Engineering  Materials  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Hoffman1 
Professor  and  Dean:  Dieter2 
Professor  and  Department  Chair:  Cad  man1 
Professors:  Armstrong3,  Arsenault1, 
Adjunct  Professor:  Kramer 
Assistant  Professor:  An  kern 
Associate  Faculty:  Park4 
1Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering 
2College  of  Engineering 


ENMA  —  Engineering,  Materials     245 


3Mechanical  Engineering 

4Physics  and  Astronomy 

The  Engineering  Materials  program  is  administered  by  the  Department  of  Chemical 

and     Nuclear    Engineering       Special    areas    of    concentration    include    diffraction. 

dislocation  and   mechanical   behavior  of  materials,   x-ray  and  electron  microscopic 

techniques,  electronic  and  magnetic  behavior  of  materials,  the  chemical  physics  of 

materials,  and  the  properties  and  behaviour  of  polymeric  materials. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  are  open  to  qualified  students 
holding  the  B.S.  degree.  Admission  may  be  granted  to  students  with  degrees  in  any 
of  the  engineering  and  science  areas  from  accredited  programs.  In  some  cases  it  may 
be  necessary  to  require  courses  to  fulfill  the  background.  The  candidate  for  the  M.S. 
degree  has  the  choice  of  following  a  plan  of  study  with  thesis  or  without  thesis.  The 
equivalent  of  at  least  three  years  of  full-time  study  beyond  the  B.S.  degree  is  required 
for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  All  students  seeking  graduate  degrees  in  Engineering  Materials 
must  enroll  in  ENMA  650,  660  and  671.  In  addition  to  the  general  rules  of  the  Graduate 
School  certain  special  degree  requirements  are  set  forth  by  the  Department  in  their 
departmental  publications. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  equipment  available  includes  a  scanning  electron  microscope,  x-ray  diffraction 
equipment,  crystal  growing,  sample  preparation  and  mechanical  testing  facilities,  and 
high  pressure  and  cryogenic  equipment. 

Additional  Information 

Information  is  available  from: 

Director,  Engineering  Materials  Program 
Department  of  Chemical  and 
Nuclear  Engineering. 
University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

ENMA  —  Engineering,  Materials 

ENMA  462  Deformation  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES  230  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Relationship  of  structure  to  the  mechanical  properties  of 
materials.  Elastic  and  plastic  deformation,  microscopic  yield  criteria,  state  of  stress  and 
ductility.  Elements  of  dislocation  theory,  work  hardening,  alloy  strengthening,  creep, 
and  fracture  in  terms  of  dislocation  theory,   course  in 

ENMA  463  Chemical,  Liquid  and  Powder  Processing  of  Engineering  Materials  (3) 

Prerequisites:  ENES  230  or  consent  of  instructor.  Methods  and  processes  used  in  the 
production  of  primary  metals.  The  detailed  basic  principles  of  beneficiation  processes, 
pyrometallurgy,  hydrometallurgy,  electrometallurgy,  vapor  phase  processing  and 
electroplating.  Liquid  metal  processing  including  casting,  welding,  brazing  and 
soldering.  Powder  processing  and  sintering.  Shapes  and  structures  produced  in  the 
above  processes. 


246     ENMA  —  Engineering,  Materials 


ENMA  464  Environmental  Effects  On  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES 
230  or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  the  phenomena  associated  with  the 
resistance  of  materials  to  damage  under  severe  environmental  conditions.  Oxidation, 
corrosion,  stress  corrosion,  corrosion  fatigue  and  radiation  damage  are  examined  from 
the  point  of  view  of  mechanism  and  influence  on  the  properties  of  materials.  Methods 
of  corrosion  protection  and  criteria  for  selection  of  materials  for  use  in  radiation 
environments. 

ENMA  470  Structure  and  Properties  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  A  comprehensive 
survey  of  the  atomic  and  electronic  structure  of  solids  with  emphasis  on  the 
relationship  of  structure  to  the  physical  and  mechanical  properties. 

ENMA  471  Physical  Chemistry  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Equilibrium 
multicomponent  systems  and  relationship  to  the  phase  diagram.  Thermodynamics  of 
polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials.  Diffusion  in  solids,  kinetics  of  reactions  in 
solids. 

ENMA  472  Technology  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Relationship  of  properties  of 
solids  to  their  engineering  applications.  Criteria  for  the  choice  of  materials  for 
electronic,  mechanical  and  chemical  properties.  Particular  emphasis  on  the 
relationships  between  structure  of  the  solid  and  its  potential  engineering  application. 

ENMA  473  Processing  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  The  effect  of  processing  on  the 
structure  of  engineering  materials.  Processes  considered  include  refining,  melting  and 
solidification,  purification  by  zone  refining,  vapor  phase  processing,  mechanical 
working  and  heat  treatments. 

ENMA  495  Rheology  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENES  230  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  the  deformation  and  flow  of  engineering  materials  and 
its  relationship  to  structural  type.  Elasticity,  viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and  plasticity  of 
single  phase  and  multiphase  materials.  Students  who  have  credit  for  ENMA  495  may 
not  take  ENCH  495  for  credit. 

ENMA  496  Polymeric  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENES  230  A 
comprehensive  summary  of  the  fundamentals  of  particular  interest  in  the  science  and 
applications  of  polymers.  Polymer  single  crystals,  transformations  in  polymers, 
fabrication  of  polymers  as  to  shape  and  internal  structure.  Students  who  have  credit  for 
ENMA  496  may  not  take  ENCH  496  for  credit. 

ENMA  650  Structure  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENMA  470  or 
equivalent.  The  structural  aspects  of  crystalline  and  amorphous  solids  and 
relationships  to  bonding  types.  Point  and  space  groups.  Summary  of  diffraction  theory 
and  practice.  The  reciprocal  lattice.  Relationships  of  the  microscopically  measured 
properties  to  crystal  symmetry.  Structural  aspects  of  defects  in  crystalline  solids. 

ENMA  651  Electronic  Structure  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENMA 
650.  Electronic  and  magnetic  materials  in  relationship  to  their  applications.  Metallic 
conductors,  resistive  alloys,  superconducting  materials,  semiconductors,  hard  and  soft 
magnetic  materials,  piezo-electric  and  piezo-magnetic  materials,  optical  materials. 
Emphasis  on  relationships  between  electronic  configuration,  crystal  structure,  defect 
structure  and  physical  properties. 

ENMA  659  Special  Topics  in  Structure  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor. 


ENMA  —  Engineering,  Materials     247 


ENMA  660  Chemical  Physics  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENMA  650 
Thermodynamics  and  statistical  mechanics  of  engineering  solids.  Cohesion, 
thermodynamic  properties.  Theory  of  solid  solutions.  Thermodynamics  of  mechanical, 
electrical,  and  magnetic  phenomena  in  solids.  Chemical  thermodynamics,  phase 
transitions  and  thermodynamic  properties  of  polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials. 
Thermodynamics  of  defects  in  solids. 

ENMA  661  Kinetics  of  Reactions  in  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite  ENMA  660  The 
theory  of  thermally  activated  processes  in  solids  as  applied  to  diffusion,  nucleation  and 
interface  motion.  Cooperative  and  diffusionless  transformations.  Applications  selected 
from  processes  such  as  allotropic  transformations,  precipation,  martensite  formation, 
solidification,  ordering,  and  corrosion. 

ENMA  669  Special  Topics  in  the  Chemical  Physics  of  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite 
Consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  671  Dislocations  in  Crystalline  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite  ENMA  650  The 
nature  and  interactions  of  defects  in  crystalline  solids,  with  primary  emphasis  on 
dislocations.  The  elastic  and  electric  fields  associated  with  dislocations.  Effects  of 
imperfections  on  mechanical  and  physical  properties. 

ENMA  672  Mechanical  Properties  of  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite  ENMA 
671.  The  mechanical  properties  of  single  crystals,  polycrystalline  and  polyphase 
materials.  Yield  strength,  work  hardening,  fracture,  fatigue  and  creep  are  considered  in 
terms  of  fundamental  material  properties. 

ENMA  679  Special  Topics  in  the  Mechanical  Behavior  of  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite 
Consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  680  Experimental  Methods  in  Materials  Science  (3)  Methods  of  measuring 
the  structural  aspects  of  materials.  Optical  and  electron  microscopy.  Microscopic 
analytical  techniques.  Resonance  methods.  Electrical,  optical  and  magnetic 
measurement  techniques.   Thermodynamic  methods. 

ENMA  681  Diffraction  Techniques  in  Materials  Science  (3)  Prerequisite  ENCH  620 
Theory  of  diffraction  of  electrons,  neutrons  and  X-rays.  Strong  emphasis  on  diffraction 
methods  as  applied  to  the  study  of  defects  in  solids.  Short  range  order,  thermal 
vibrations,  stacking  faults,  microstrain. 

ENMA  689  Special  Topics  in  Experimental  Techniques  in  Materials  Science  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

ENMA  691  Special  Topics  in  Engineering  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor. 

ENMA  697  Seminar  in  Engineering  Materials  (1) 

ENMA  698  Special  Problems  in  Engineering  Materials  (1-16) 

ENMA  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENMA  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


248     English  Language  and  Literature  Program 


English  Language  and  Literature  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Cross 

Professors:  Bryer,  Damrosch,  Dillon,  Freedman,  Holton,  Hovey,  Kenny,  Kerrigan, 
Isaacs,  Lawson,  Lightfoot,  Myers,  Panichas,  Patterson,  W.   Peterson,  Russell, 
Salamanca,  Schoenbaum,  Vitzthum,  Winton,  Wittreich 

Associate  Professors:  Barry,  Bennett,  Birdsall,  Caramello,  Caretta,  Coletti,  Coogan, 
Cooper,  Donaworth,  Flieger,  Fraistat,  Fry,  D.  Hamilton,  G.  Hamilton,  Hammond, 
Handelman,  Herman,  Howard,  Jellema,  Kleine,  Mack,  Miller,  C.  Peterson,  Robinson, 
Smith,  Trousdale,  Wilson 

Assistant  Professors:  Auchard,  Cate,  Coleman,  David,  Dobin,  Dungey,  Dunn, 
Fahnestock,  James,  Joyce,  Kornblatt,  Leinwand,  Levine,  Loizeux,  Rutherford,  Seidel, 
Van  Egmond 

The  Department  of  English  offers  graduate  work  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 
Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  with  areas  of  specialization  in  English  and  American 
literature.  In  addition,  candidates  for  the  M.A.  degree  may  take  a  minor  in  composition 
and  rhetoric,  and  they  may  emphasize  creative  writing  (up  to  12  hours,  including  a 
creative  thesis,  out  of  30).  Traditionally  most  students  enrolled  in  graduate  programs 
in  English  language  and  literature  have  sought  employment  in  postsecondary  teaching. 
Although  this  situation  continues  today,  the  declining  number  of  projected  faculty 
openings  means  that  an  increasing  number  of  students  are  finding  it  desirable  to  seek 
non-academic  employment.  The  non-academic  areas  that  attract  most  of  these 
students  include  publishing,  business  and  technical  writing,  administration  and 
personnel  management.  For  the  student  who  decides  to  seek  one  of  these  alternatives, 
the  University  of  Maryland  offers  assistance  in  two  forms.  First,  for  the  graduate 
student  in  English  there  is  an  internship  program  which  provides  students  contact  with 
and  work  experience  in  various  governmental  and  professional  communities.  Second, 
there  is  the  University's  Career  Development  Center  which  helps  place  students  in 
careers  suitable  to  their  interests  and  to  their  level  of  educational  achievement. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  general  Graduate  School  requirements,  applicants  to  the  M.A. 
program  should  present  a  3.5  GPA  in  English  and  24  hours  of  upper-level  English 
courses.  Applicants  to  the  Ph.D.  program  should  present  a  3.75  GPA  and  an  M.A. 
degree  in  English.  Exceptions  are  occasionally  made  when  other  evidence  is 
unusually  strong. 

Thirty  credit  hours  are  required  for  the  M.A.;  there  is  a  distribution  requirement  to 
assure  coverage  of  the  major  historical  fields.  The  student  may  either  take  24  hours  of 
course  credit  and  write  an  M.A.  thesis  for  the  other  6  hours,  or  may  take  30  hours, 
submit  a  shorter  scholarly  paper,  and  pass  a  written  comprehensive  examination. 

The  Ph.D.  requires  51  hours  of  total  graduate  work  (normally  21  hours  beyond  the 
M.A.).  There  are  four  further  requirements,. -normally  completed  after  course  work:  (1) 
an  examination  in  a  foreign  language,  (2)  a  general  oral  examination  on  the  major 
areas  of  English  and  American  literature,  (3)  a  written  examination  on  the  student's 
area  of  specialization,  (4)  the  dissertation. 


ENGL  —  English     249 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  drawing  on  the  cultural  and  intellectual  resources  of  Washington,  D.C., 
the  English  department  is  an  active  participant  in  the  Folger  Institute  of  Renaissance 
and  18th  Century  Studies.  Folger  Institute  fellowships  have  been  awarded  to  advanced 
graduate  students  in  the  English  department. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  small  number  of  fellowships  are  awarded  by  the  Graduate  School  to  candidaates 
nominated  by  the  various  departments.  Most  financial  aid  is  in  the  form  of  teaching 
assistantships,  (two  courses  of  composition  per  semester)  which  are  awarded  by  the 
Department  in  March.  At  present  about  90  assistantships  are  awarded  each  year,  of 
which  about  25  go  to  new  students  or  to  others  who  have  not  held  them  previously. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  on  admission,  financial  aid,  and  degree  requirements  can  be 
obtained  from: 

Leopold  Damrosch,  Jr. 

Director  of  Graduate  Studies 

Department  of  English 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

ENGL  —  English 

ENGL  402  Chaucer  (3) 

ENGL  403  Shakespeare  (3)  Early  period  —  histories  and  comedies. 

ENGL  404  Shakespeare  (3)  Late  periods  —  tragedies  and  romances. 

ENGL  407  Literature  of  the  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  410  Edmund  Spenser  (3) 

ENGL  41 1  Literature  of  the  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  412  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century,  1600-1660  (3) 

ENGL  414  Milton  (3) 

ENGL  415  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century,  1660-1700  (3) 

ENGL  416  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3)  Age  of  Pope  and  Swift 

ENGL  417  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3)  Age  of  Johnson  and  the 
Preromantics. 

ENGL  418  Major  British  Writers  (3)  Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester. 

ENGL  419  Major  British  Writers  (3)  Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester. 

ENGL  420  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period  (3)  First  generation:  Blake,  Wordsworth, 
Coleridge,  et.  al. 

ENGL  421  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period  (3)  Second  generation:  Keats,  Shelly, 
Byron,  et.  al. 


250     ENGL  —  English 


ENGL  422  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  (3)  Early  years. 

ENGL  423  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period  (3)  Middle  years 

ENGL  424  Late  Victorian  and  Edwardian  Literature  (3)  A  study  of  the  literary 
movements  and  techniques  which  effected  the  transition  from  Victorian  to  modern 
literature. 

ENGL  425  Modern  British  Literature  (3)  An  historical  survey  of  the  major  writers  and 
literary  movements  in  English  prose  and  poetry  since  1900. 

ENGL  430  American  Literature,  Beginning  to  1810,  the  Colonial  and  Federal 
Periods  (3) 

ENGL  431  American  Literature,  1810  to  1865,  the  American  Renaissance  (3) 

ENGL  432  American  Literature,  1865  to  1914,  Realism  and  Naturalism  (3) 

ENGL  433  American  Literature,  1914  to  the  Present,  the  Modern  Period  (3) 

ENGL  434  American  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  435  American  Poetry:  Beginning  to  the  Present  (3) 

ENGL  436  The  Literature  of  American  Democracy  (3) 

ENGL  437  Contemporary  American  Literature  (3)  A  survey  of  the  poetry,  prose,  and 
drama  written  in  America  in  the  last  decade. 

ENGL  438  Major  American  Writers  (3)  Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester. 

ENGL  439  Major  American  Writers  (3)  Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester. 

ENGL  440  The  Novel  in  America  to  1910  (3) 

ENGL  441  The  Novel  in  America  Since  1910  (3) 

ENGL  442  Literature  of  the  South  (3)  A  historical  survey,  from  eighteenth-century 
beginnings  to  the  present. 

ENGL  443  Afro-American  Literature  (3)  An  examination  of  the  literary  expression  of 
the  Negro  in  the  United  States,  from  its  beginning  to  the  present. 

ENGL  444  Experimental  Approaches  to  Literature:  Emerson  and  Thoreau  (3) 

Variable  subject  matter  presented  in  experimental  methods  and  approaches.  Grading 
in  satisfactory /fail  only.  Consent  of  instructor  required  for  admission. 

ENGL  445  Modern  British  and  American  Poetry  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor  required  for  students  with  credit  in  ENGL  345.  A  study  of  the  formation  of  the 
"Modern  Tradition"  in  British  and  American  poetry,  exploring  the  distinctive  energy  and 
consciousness  in  the  poets  of  the  early  twentieth  century  (1896-1930).  Special 
emphasis  on  Hopkins,  Yeats,  Pound,  Eliot,  and  Stevens.  Collateral  readings  in  essays 
on  modern  poetics,  and  in  other  poets  of  the  period. 

ENGL  446  Contemporary  British  and  American  Poetry  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission 
of  instructor  required  for  students  with  credif  in  ENGL  345.  A  study  of  British  and 
American  poetry  from  the  Depression  to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  on  Auden, 
Williams,  Dylan  Thomas,  Theodore  Roethke,  Robert  Lowell.  A  more  general  study  of 
the  work  of  some  of  these:  Berryman,  Jarrell,  Fuller,  Bishop,  Wright,  Kinnell,  Larkin  and 
including  the  projectivists,  the  beats  and  the  present  scene. 

ENGL  447  Satire  (3)  An  introduction  to  English  and  American  satire  from  Chaucer  to 


ENGL  —  English     251 


the  present. 

ENGL  449  Playwriting  (3) 

ENGL  450  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Drama  (3)  Beginnings  to  Marlowe 

ENGL  451  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Drama  (3)  Jonson  to  Webster 

ENGL  452  English  Drama  From  1660  to  1800  (3) 

ENGL  453  Literary  Criticism  (3) 

ENGL  454  Modern  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  455  The  English  Novel  (3)  Eighteenth  century 

ENGL  456  The  English  Novel  (3)  Nineteenth  century 

ENGL  457  The  Modern  Novel  (3) 

ENGL  461  Folk  Narrative  (3)  Studies  in  legend,  tale  and  myth. 

ENGL  462  Folksong  and  Ballad  (3) 

ENGL  463  American  Folklore  (3)  An  examination  of  American  folklore  in  terms  of 
history  and  regional  folk  cultures.  Exploration  of  collections  of  folklore  from  various 
areas  to  reveal  the  difference  in  regional  and  ethnic  groups  as  witnessed  in  their  oral 
and  literary  traditions. 

ENGL  464  Afro-American  Folklore  and  Culture  (3)  An  examination  of  the  culture  of 
the  Negro  in  the  United  States  in  terms  of  history  (antebellum  to  the  present)  and 
social  changes  (rural  to  urban).  Exploration  of  aspects  of  Negro  culture  and  history  via 
oral  and  literary  traditions  and  life  histories. 

ENGL  465  Urban  Folklore  (3)  An  examination  of  the  folklore  currently  originating  in 
white,  urban,  American  culture. 

ENGL  466  Arthurian  Legend  (3)  Development  of  the  Arthurian  legend  of  heroism  and 
love  in  English  literature  from  medieval  to  modern  times. 

ENGL  476  Modern  Fantasy  and  Science  Fiction  (3)  Major  works  of  fantasy  and 
science  fiction  since  the  mid-eighteenth  century,  emphasizing  their  continuity  and  their 
relationships  to  philosophical  speculation,  scientific  discovery,  literary  history  and 
cultural  change. 

ENGL  478  Selected  Topics  in  English  and  American  Literature  Before  1800  (3) 

ENGL  479  Selected  Topics  in  English  and  American  Literature  After  1800  (3) 

ENGL  482  History  of  the  English  Language  (3) 

ENGL  483  American  English  (3) 

ENGL  484  Advanced  English  Grammar  (3)  Credit  may  not  be  granted  in  both  ENGL 
484  and  LING  402. 

ENGL  485  English  Phonology  and  Phonetics  (3)  An  overview  of  the  sound  system  of 
English,  surveying  traditional  methods  of  analysis  as  well  as  contemporary  feature 
analysis.    Practice  in  analysis  and  transcription  of  sound. 

ENGL  486  Introduction  to  Old  English  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  grammar,  syntax, 
and  phonology  of  Old  English.   Selected  readings  from  Old  English  prose  and  poetry. 

ENGL  489  Special  Topics  in  English  Language  (3)  Studies  in  topics  of  current 


252     ENGL  —  English 


interest;  repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENGL  493  Advanced  Expository  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  498  Creative  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  499  Advanced  Creative  Writing  (3) 

ENGL  601  Bibliography  and  Methods  (3) 

ENGL  602  Middle  English  (3) 

ENGL  603  Readings  in  English  Language  History  (3)  An  historical  survey  of  the 
syntactic,  lexical,  and  phonological  patterns  of  English  from  Old  English  and  its 
sources  in  Germanic  and  Indo-European  through  modern  English. 

ENGL  604  Old  English  (3)  Grammar,  syntax,  phonology  and  prosody  of  Old  English. 
Designed  to  give  graduate  students  a  working  knowledge  of  Old  English  and  to 
introduce  them  to  the  major  Old  English  texts  in  the  original. 

ENGL  605  Readings  in  Linguistics  (3)  A  survey  of  theoretical  and  applied  linguistics. 

ENGL  611  Approaches  to  College  Composition  (3)  A  seminar  emphasizing  rhetorical 
and  linguistic  foundations  for  the  handling  of  a  course  in  freshman  composition.  For 
graduate  assistants  (optional  to  other  graduate  students). 

ENGL  612  Approaches  to  Professional  and  Technical  Writing  (3)  A  pedagogical 
approach  to  professional  and  technical  writing,  its  history  and  methodolgy. 

ENGL  620  Readings  in  Medieval  English  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  621  Readings  in  Renaissance  English  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  622  Readings  in  Seventeenth  —  Century  English  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  623  Readings  Eighteenth-century  English  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  624  Readings  in  English  Romantic  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  625  Readings  in  English  Victorian  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  626  Readings  in  American  Literature  Before  1865  (3) 

ENGL  627  Readings  in  American  Literature  Since  1865  (3) 

ENGL  630  Readings  in  20Th  Century  English  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  699  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  departmental  approval  of  research 
project  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 

ENGL  718  Seminar  in  Medieval  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  719  Seminar  in  Renaissance  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  728  Seminar  in  Seventeenth-Century  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  729  Seminar  in  Eighteenth-Century  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  738  Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  739  Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  748  Seminar  in  American  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  749  Studies  in  Twentieth-Century  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  757  Seminar  in  Contemporary  Literary  Theory  (3)  Readings  and  research  in 
the  nature  of  literature  from  the  point  of  view  of  author,  text,  audience,  and  context. 


Entomology  Program     253 


ENGL  758  Literary  Criticism  (3) 

ENGL  759  Seminar  in  Literature  and  the  Other  Arts  (3) 

ENGL  768  Studies  in  Drama  (3) 

ENGL  769  Studies  in  Fiction  (3) 

ENGL  775  Seminar  in  Composition  Theory  (3)  Readings  and  research  in  recent 
theories  of  effective  writing. 

ENGL  778  Seminar  in  Folklore  (3) 

ENGL  779  Seminar  in  Language  Study  (3)  Seminar  in  linguistic  aspects  of  literature 
and  composition. 

ENGL  788  Studies  in  the  English  Language  (3)  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to  a 
maximum  of  9  hours. 

ENGL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENGL  819  Seminar  in  Themes  and  Types  in  English  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  828  Seminar  in  Themes  and  Types  in  American  Literature  (3) 

ENGL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Entomology  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Steinhauer 

Professors:  Barbosa,  Botrell,  Davidson,  Harrison,  Hellman,  Jubb,  Menzer,  Messersmith, 

Wood 

Associate  Professors:  Armstrong,  Denno,  Dively,  Hellman,  Linduska,  Nelson, 

Reichelderfer 

Assistant  Professors:  Lamp,  Ma,  Mitter,  Raupp,  Scott 

Adjunct  Professors:  Baker,  Erwin,  Ferguson,  Grissell,  Gwadze,  Hsu,  Knutson,  Marsh, 

Miller,  Saunders 

Adjunct  Assoc.  Professors:  Batra,  Schmidtmann 

Professors  Emeritus:  Bickley,  Bissell,  Haviland,  Jones 

Lecturer:  Spang ler 

The  Department  of  Entomology  offers  both  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degrees.    Graduate 

students  may  specialize  in  physiology  and  morphology,  toxicology,  biosystematics, 

ecology  and  behavior,  medical  entomology,  apiculture,  insect  pathology,  economic 

entomology  and  pest  management. 

Employment  opportunities  for  graduates  exist  in  industry,  academia,  federal,  state, 
and  local  governments,  and  in  international  and  national  spheres. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  applying  for  graduate  work  in  entomology  are  expected  to  have  strong 
backgrounds  in  the  biological  sciences,  chemistry  and  mathematics.  Since  the 
Department  is  particularly  anxious  to  find  strong  basic  preparation,  an  undergraduate 
major  in  entomology  is  not  required  for  admission  to  the  program.  Students  lacking 
certain  specific  courses  in  their  undergraduate  program  may  need  to  extend  the 
normal  period  of  time  required  for  the  degree. 

In  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  programs,  the  student  is  given  great  latitude  in  the  selection 


254     ENTM  —  Entomology 


of  the  advisory  study  committee,  choice  of  the  major  study  areas  and  supporting 
course  work  and  choice  of  the  research  program.  The  M.S.  degree  is  awarded 
following  the  successful  completion  of  the  course  requirements  and  a  satisfactory 
thesis.  A  non-thesis  M.S.  option  is  available  for  those  interested  in  qualifying  as  pest 
management  specialists.  In  this  program  a  field  experience  course  including  a 
comprehensive  report  is  substituted  for  the  thesis. 

Upon  admission  to  the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  program,  the  student  is  given  a  written 
departmental  examination  to  evaluate  general  knowledge  of  biology  and  entomology. 
After  passing  this  examination  the  student's  study  committee  suggests  a  program  of 
course  work  and  approves  a  detailed  research  proposal.  Following  completion  of  most 
course  work  and  demonstration  of  competency  in  one  foreign  or  computer  language, 
the  Ph.D.  student  is  given  an  oral  qualifying  examination  before  applying  for  admission 
to  candidacy. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Facilities  are  maintained  in  the  Department  for  research  in  all  areas  of  specialization 
offered,  and  in  addition,  cooperative  programs  with  other  departments  in  Agricultural 
and  Life  Sciences  are  possible.  Cooperative  research  programs  are  often  maintained 
by  the  Department  with  several  government  agencies,  such  as  the  Beltsville 
Agricultural  Research  Center,  The  U.S.  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  the 
Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Research.  Students  may  also  participate  in  the  Maryland 
Center  for  Sytematic  Entomology  where  cooperative  guidance  toward  advanced 
degrees  has  been  established  between  the  Department  and  scientists  in  the  Insect 
Identification  and  Beneficial  Insect  Introduction  Institute,  S.E.A.,  U.S.D.A.  and  the 
Department  of  Entomology,  Smithsonian  Institution.  Specialized  facilities  are  frequently 
made  available  to  graduate  students  in  these  programs.  In  many  instances  graduates 
of  the  programs  in  entomology  find  employment  in  such  government  agencies 
because  of  the  contacts  made  in  these  cooperative  projects. 

Financial  Assistance 

There  are  a  limited  number  of  teaching  and  research  assistantships  available  to 
entomology  graduate  students  on  a  competitive  basis.  Several  part-time  employment 
opportunities  are  available  in  governmental  and  private  research  and  developemental 
laboratories  in  the  area. 

Additional  Information 

The  Department's  "Guidelines  for  Graduate  Students"  gives  additional  information  on 
the  graduate  program,  including  requirements  for  admission,  course  requirements, 
examinations,  seminars  and  research  areas  and  facilities.   Copies  are  available  from: 

Department  of  Entomology 

University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

ENTM  —  Entomology 

ENTM  407  Entomology  For  Science  Teachers  (4)  Summer  Four  lectures  and  four 
three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  This  course  will  include  the  elements  of 
morphology,  taxonomy  and  biology  of  insects  using  examples  commonly  available  to 


ENTM  —  Entomology     255 


high  school  teachers.  It  will  include  practice  in  collecting,  preserving,  rearing  and 
experimenting  with  insects  insofar  as  time  will  permit. 

ENTM  412  Advanced  Apiculture  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  111.  The  theory  and  practice  of  apiary 
management.  Designed  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  keep  bees  or  requires  a 
practical  knowledge  of  bee  management. 

ENTM  423  Insect  Morphology  and  Classification  (4)  Two  one-hour  lectures  and  two 
three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  205.  A  detailed  study  of  the 
morphology  and  anatomy  of  insects.  Emphasis  on  a  comparison  of  structures  using 
specimens  from  common  orders  to  study  the  phylogenetic  relationships  and  to  form  a 
basis  for  understanding  insect  classification  systems. 

ENTM  424  Insect  Collection  and  Identification  (4)  One  hour  of  lecture  and  seven 
hours  of  field  work  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ENTM  205  and  ENTM  423.  The  techniques 
of  collecting  insects  in  the  field  and  their  classification  into  the  latest  hierarchial 
scheme.  Field  trips  will  visit  habitats  throughout  the  state.  An  insect  collection  is 
required. 

ENTM  432  Insect  Physiology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  ENTM  205,  CHEM  233,  and  CHEM  243;  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  physiology  of  different  insect  systems.  Hormonal  basis  of  insect 
metamorphosis  and  reproduction. 

ENTM  451  Insect  Pests  of  Agricultual  Crops  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  205.  The  recognition,  biology  and 
control  of  insects  injurious  to  fruit  and  vegetable  crops,  field  crops  and  stored 
products. 

ENTM  452  Insecticides  (2)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department.  The  development 
and  use  of  contact  and  stomach  poisons,  fumigants  and  other  important  chemicals, 
with  reference  to  their  chemistry,  toxic  action,  compatability,  and  host  injury.  Recent 
research  emphasized. 

ENTM  453  Insect  Pests  of  Ornamentals  and  Turf  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENTM  205  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  The 
recognition,  biology  and  control  of  insects  and  mites  injurious  to  ornamental  shrubs, 
trees,  greenhouse  crops,  and  turf.  Emphasis  on  pests  of  woody  ornamental  plants. 

ENTM  455  Urban  Entomology  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  421  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  appearance, 
habits,  life  cycles  and  methods  of  control  of  pests  of  humans,  pets  and  structures  in 
the  urban  environment.  Field  observations  of  professional  pest  control  operations  and 
a  paper  on  a  selected  pest  group  are  required. 

ENTM  472  Medical  and  Veterinary  Entomology  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  205  or  consent  of  department.  A  study  of 
the  morphology,  taxonomy,  biology  and  control  of  the  arthropod  parasites  and  disease 
vectors  of  man  and  animals.  The  ecology  and  behavior  of  vectors  in  relation  to  disease 
transmission  will  be  emphasized. 

ENTM  611  Biological  Suppression  of  Plant  Pests  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  An  advanced  course  on  the  theory  and  practice  of  biological  control  with  an 
emphasis  on  biological  insect  pest  suppression.  The  biological  control  of  weeds  and 


256     ENTM  —  Entomology 


plant  pathogens  with  emphasis  on  the  ecological  and  behavioral  foundations  of 
biological  control. 

ENTM  612  Insect  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisite:  a  course  in  general  ecology  or  permission 
of  instructor.  An  advanced  course  in  population  and  community  ecology,  plant-insect 
interactions,  and  insect  biogeography.  Emphasis  on  current  entomological  literature. 

ENTM  622  Principles  of  Systematic  Entomology  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  421.  The  principles  of  systematics 
including  traditional  classification  methods,  cladistics,  and  numerical  taxonomy. 
Nomenclature,  continental  drift,  and  speciation  theory.  A  laboratory  problem  in 
systematics  is  required. 

ENTM  623  Insect  Evolutionary  Biology  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENTM  423  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  relevance  of  evolutionary  biology  to  ecology,  comparative 
physiology/morphology,  and  pest  management.  Phylogeny  and  paleontology  of  insect 
orders;  insect  biogeography;  coevolution  and  evolutionary  ecology;  insect  speciation 
mechanisms;  population  genetics  of  insects,  with  emphasis  on  implications  for  pest 
management. 

ENTM  652  Laboratory  Methods  in  Toxicology  (1-2)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  ENTM  653  or 
MEES  641  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  A  methodology  and  techniques  course  designed  to  give  the  student  experience 
in  toxicological  research.  The  first  half  of  the  course  may  be  taken  for  one  credit  and 
will  emphasize  methods  useful  to  entomologists. 

ENTM  653  Toxicology  of  Insecticides  (3)  A  study  of  the  physical,  chemical, 
biological  and  toxicological  properties  of  insecticides.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship  of 
chemical  structure  to  insecticidal  activity  and  mode  of  action.  Insect  resistance 
mechanisms. 

ENTM  654  Advanced  Pest  Management  (4)  Three  lectures  a  week  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Current 
developments  in  pest  management  theory  and  practice.  Emphasis  on  agro-ecosystem 
components  and  their  manipulation.  Biological  and  environmental  monitoring, 
decision-making,  cost-benefit  relationships,  and  modelling. 

ENTM  662  Insect  Pathology  (3)  Three  lectures  with  directed  independent  laboratory 
study.  Prerequisite:  MICB  200,  pre-  or  corequisite:  ENTM  641  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  An  examination  of  primarily  insect  pathogens  with  special  reference  to 
symptomology,  epizootiology  and  mode  of  action,  and  the  microbial  control  of  insect 
pests. 

ENTM  672  Culicidology  (2)  Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  period  a  week.  (Alternate  years.)  The  classification,  distribution,  ecology, 
biology,  and  control  of  mosquitoes. 

ENTM  699  Advanced  Entomology  (1-6)  Credit  and  prerequisites  to  be  determined  by 
the  department.  First  and  second  semesters.  Studies  of  minor  problems  in 
morphology,  physiology,  taxonomy  and  applied  entomology,  with  particular  reference 
to  the  preparation  of  the  student  for  individual  research. 

ENTM  722  Biology  and  Taxonomy  of  Aquatic  Insects  (4)  Biology  and  taxonomy  of 
aquatic  insects.  One  four-hour  lecture  and  laboratory  combined  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
ENTM  421.  Fifteen  Saturday  labs  per  semester  will  include  the  morphology,  biology, 


Family  and  Community  Development  Program     257 


and  taxonomy  of  adult  and  immature  insects  living  in  water. 

ENTM  723  Taxonomy  of  Larval  Insects  (2)  Taxonomy  of  larval  insects.  One  lecture 
and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite:  ENTM  421  and  consent  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  identification  and  biology  of  larval  insects.  A  collection  is 
required. 

ENTM  728  Advanced  Systematics  of  Selected  Orders  (1-3)  Advanced  systematics 
of  selected  orders.  One  lecture  or  one  three-hour  laboratory  a  week  for  each  credit 
hour.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department.  Lectures  and  laboratory  sessions  on  the 
systematics  of  selected  major  insect  orders  such  as  coleoptera,  lepidoptera,  diptera, 
and  hymenoptera,  or  groups  of  minor  orders. 

ENTM  788  Entomological  Topics  (1-3)  One  lecture  or  one  two-hour  laboratory  period 
a  week  for  each  credit  hour.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  department.  Lectures,  group 
discussions  or  laboratory  sessions  on  selected  topics  such  as:  aquatic  insects, 
biological  control  of  insects,  entomological  literature,  forest  entomology,  history  of 
entomology,  insect  biochemistry,  insect  embryology,  immature  insects,  insect  behavior, 
insect  communication,  principles  of  entomological  research. 

ENTM  789  Field  Experience  in  Pest  Management  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  ENTM  654  or 
consent  of  the  department.  Involvement  in  practical  problems  of  pest  management  in 
field  situations.  The  student  will  be  assigned  to  a  problem  area  for  intensive 
experience,  usually  during  the  summer.  A  final  written  report  is  required  for  each 
assignment.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

ENTM  798  Topic  Seminar  (1)  Discussion  and  presentation  of  current  research  and 
literature. 

ENTM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENTM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Family  and  Community  Development 
ram 


Progi 


<Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chair:  Rubin 

Professors:  Clignet,  Gaylin,  Hanna 

Associate  Professors:  Myricks,  Wilson 

Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Churaman,  Epstein,  Hula,  Leslie,  Valadez 

Lecturers:  Leitch,  Werlinich 

The  Department  of  Family  and  Community  Development  is  devoted  to  describing, 

explaining,  and  improving  the  quality  of  life  in  urban,  suburban,  and  rural  areas  by 

means    of    interdisciplinary    research,    education,    community   outreach,    and    public 

service.  The  curriculum  places  special  emphasis  upon  the  family  and  the  community 

as  mediating  structures  in  determining  life  quality.  The  approach  is  holistic,  i.e.,  human 

ecology.    Departmental    graduate   training    prepares   students   for  jobs   in    research 

centers,     consulting     firms,     voluntary    organizations,     federal,     state,     and     local 

governments,  international  organizations,  and  private  practice. 

The  Department  offers  a  Master  of  Science  degree  with  three  areas  of  emphasis. 
Community  Development  is  concerned  with  the  processes  and  methods  of  local 
change,  as  well  as  individuals  or  groups  as  agents  of  change.  Specializations  include 
neighborhood      revitalization,      international     community     development,     and     the 


258FMCD  —  Family  and  Community  Development 


improvement  of  community  services. Management  and  Consumer  Studies  focuses  on 
the  efficient  utilization  of  available  family  and  community  resources,  the  relationship 
between  available  resources  and  governmental  (and  private  sector)  policies,  and  the 
development  of  expanded  resources  through  citizen  action.  Specializations  include 
program  management  and  consumer  affairs.  Family  Studies  stresses  a  working 
knowledge  of  the  growth  of  individuals  throughout  the  life  span,  with  particular 
emphases  on  inter-generational  aspects  of  family  living  and  the  effective  delivery  of 
family-oriented  services.  A  cross-cultural  perspective  is  employed.  The  familty 
emphasis  includes  a  specialization  in  family  therapy  (accredited  by  the  American 
Association  for  Marriage  and  Family  Therapy), which  draws  upon  knowledge  of  family 
dynamics  and  change  using  the  clinical  techniques  of  therapy  and  consultation. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  employs  the  general  policies  of  the  graduate  school  as  the  basic 
criteria  for  admission  to  the  Master's  program.  In  addition,  it  is  required  that  individuals 
take  the  Aptitude  section  of  the  GRE  and  have  adequate  undergraduate  preparation  in 
one  or  more  of  the  following  areas:  anthropology,  economics,  geography,  family 
development,  planning,  political  science,  psychology,  public  administration,  social 
work,  sociology,  or  urban  studies.  A  course  in  elementary  statistics  at  the 
undergraduate  level  is  required. 

The  Master's  program  is  30  hours.  The  student  may  choose  either  the  thesis  or 
non-thesis  option.  A  student  selecting  the  thesis  option  is  required  to  enroll  for  six 
hours  of  thesis  research.  For  the  non-thesis  option,  a  student  will  complete  30  hours  of 
course  work  and  take  oral  and  written  comprehensive  examinations. 

Financial  Assistance 

Due  to  the  limited  number  of  available  Graduate  Teaching  Assistantships,  and  the  high 
demand,  application  for  financial  aid  should  be  made  prior  to  April  1st  for  the  Fall 
semester  of  the  coming  year. 

Additional  Information 

Further  information  regarding  this  program  should  be  obtained  by  contacting  the 
Department  directly;  telephone  (301)  454-2142. 

Courses 

FMCD  —  Family  and  Community  Development 

FMCD  430  Gender  Role  Development  in  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisites:  SOCY100  and 
FMCD  260  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  development  of  historical,  cultural, 
developmental,  and  psychosocial  aspects  of  masculinity  and  femininity  within  the 
context  of  contemporary  families  and  the  implications  for  interpersonal  relations. 

FMCD  431  Family  Crises  and  Intervention  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100.  Family  crises 
such  as  divorce,  disability,  substance  abuse,  financial  problems,  intrafamilial  abuse, 
and  death.  Theories  and  techniques  for  intervention  and  enhancement  of  family  coping 
strategies. 

FMCD  432  Intergenerational  Aspects  of  Family  Living  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100, 
SOCY  100,  FMCD  332  or  other  human  development  course.  The  historical,  cultural, 


FMCD  —  Family  and  Community  Development     259 


developmental,  and  psychosocial  experiences  of  contemporary  American  generations. 
Interactions  across  generations  within  the  family  and  the  consequences  for  individual 
development.  Cross-national  comparisons. 

FMCD  441  Personal  and  Family  Finance  (3)  Prerequisite  ECON  201  or  205,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  individual  and  family  financial  strategies  with  particular 
emphasis  upon  financial  planning,  savings,  insurance,  investments,  income  taxes, 
housing,  and  use  of  credit. 

FMCD  443  Consumer  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  201  or  205,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  consumer  perspective  in  the  production,  marketing,  and  use  of  goods 
and  services.  Special  emphasis  on  the  investigation  of  current  issues. 

FMCD  444  Human  and  Community  Program  Management  (3)  Goals,  approaches, 
settings,  and  resources  relevant  to  the  management  of  human  service  programs  in  the 
community. 

FMCD  445  Family  and  Household  Management  (3)  Interrelationship  of  resources 
(time,  money,  energy,  space,  materials  and  human  resources)  in  operation  of  the 
household  and  in  meeting  demands  of  multiple  roles  of  family  members.  Management 
as  intervention  strategy. 

FMCD    446    Cross    Cultural    Family   and    Community    Field    Experiences    (3-6) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor.  An  experience  in  and  analysis  of  living  in  a 
sub-culture  other  than  one's  own;  participating  in  family  and  community  activities. 

FMCD  447  The  Disabled  Person  in  the  Family  and  Community  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  100  or  SOCY  100.  Disabled  persons  in  family  and  community  settings. 
Improvement  of  the  quality  of  life  of  disabled  persons. 

FMCD  448  Selected  Topics  in  Home  Management  (3)  Seminar  format  will  be  used  to 
examine  the  ways  families  set  priorities  and  organize  their  efforts  and  resources  to 
achieve  both  social  and  economic  goals.  Prior  registration  in  FMCD  250,  341,  or  other 
courses  in  management  theory,  systems  analysis  or  research  methods  is  desirable. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits  provided  subject  matter  is  different. 

FMCD  453  Family  and  Community  Advocacy  (3)  Prerequisites:  6  credits  in  SOCY 
and  GVPT.  Strategies  for  change  used  by  governmental  and  non-governmental 
institutions  to  improve  the  quality  of  family  and  community  life  in  a  variety  of  political, 
social  and  historical  contexts. 

FMCD  460  Violence  in  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  or  SOCY  105  or  FMCD 
487.  Theories  of  child,  spousal,  parental,  grandparental  abuse  in  the  family  setting, 
review  of  current  evidence,  and  an  introduction  to  methods  for  prevention  and 
remediation. 

FMCD  483  Family  and  Community  Service  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites:  6  credits  in 
SOCY  and  GVPT.  The  planning,  implementation,  administration,  and  evaluation  of 
human  services  systems  affecting  families  and  communities.  Major  organizational 
theories,  managerial  styles,  administrative  techniques,  and  issues  in  human  service 
delivery. 

FMCD  485  Introduction  to  Family  Counseling  (3)  Prerequisites:  FMCD  431,  PSYC 
331 ,  PSYC  335,  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  fundamental  theoretical  concepts  and 
clinical  procedures  that  are  unique  to  marital  and  family  therapy.  Individually-orien  ted 
pysocotherapy.  Pre-marital,  marital  and  family,  and  divorce  counseling  techniques. 


260     FMCD  —  Family  and  Community  Development 


FMCD  487  Legal  Aspects  of  Family  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite  FMCD  105  or  SOCY 
105.  Laws  and  legal  procedures,  with  emphasis  on  adoption,  marriage,  divorce, 
annullment,  and  property  rights,  and  how  they  affect  family  life. 

FMCD  497  The  Child  and  the  Law  (3)  Legislation  and  case  law  regarding  children's 
legal  rights  with  emphasis  on  the  rights  of  children  in  the  juvenile  justice  system,  and 
rights  to  medical,  educational,  and  other  social  services. 

FMCD  499  Special  Topics  (1-3)  A  -  Family  Studies  B  -  Community  Studies  C  - 
Management  and  Consumer  Studies 

FMCD  600  Research  and  Theory  in  Family  Studies  (3)  Survey  of  theories  and 
research  in  the  family.  An  overview  of  the  theoretical  frameworks  underlying  research 
on  the  family,  and  of  the  major  research  and  theory  in  the  field. 

FMCD  601  Theory  and  Practice  in  Community  Development  (3)  Community 
development  within  inter-  and  intra-national  contexts.  Inter-disciplinary  analysis  of  the 
relation  between  theory  and  practice. 

FMCD   602    Human   and   Community   Management:   Theory   and   Research   (3) 

Theories  of  management  and  their  application  to  the  family  and  community  in  a  variety 
of  social  and  historical  settings. 

FMCD   604   Integrative   Aspects   of   Family   and   Community   Development   (3) 

Multidisciplinary  approach  to  studying  and  improving  the  quality  of  life,  drawing  upon 
family,  management/consumer,  and  community  studies. 

FMCD  605  Community  Development  in  Neighborhoods  (3)  Exploration  of 
neighborhoods  in  cities,  suburbs,  and  small  towns.  Comparison  of  neighborhoods  in 
terms  of  population,  culture  and  prospects  for  community  development.  Particular 
emphasis  on  the  relevance  of  neighborhoods  for  the  quality  of  individual  and  family 
life. 

FMCD  606  Neighborhood  Management  (3)  The  management  tasks  associated  with 
community  development  efforts.  Practical  strategies  for  the  acquisition  and 
coordination  of  resources  from  public,  private,  and  non-profit  agencies. 

FMCD  609  Seminar  in  Family  and  Community  Development  (1-3)  Explorations  of 
current  theories,  methods,  and  issues  in  family  and  community  development.  Topics 
vary  with  instructor  and  student  interests.  May  be  repeated  with  the  permission  of  the 
department  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

FMCD   610    Research   methods   for   Family   and   Community   Development   (3) 

Prerequisite:  satisfactory  completion  of  department  competency  examination  in 
statistics  or  an  approved  statistics  course.  Research  methods  in  the  family  and 
community  development  field.  The  role  of  theory,  use  of  qualitative  versus  quantitative 
techniques,  and  differences  between  objective  and  subjective  measurements. 
Emphasis  on  the  logic  and  assumptions  of  research  rather  than  specific  techniques. 

FMCD   615    Needs   Assessment   for   Family   and   Community   Development   (3) 

Exploration  and  application  of  needs  assessment  in  family  and  community  programs.  A 
survey  of  theoretical  and  empirical  literature  regarding  needs,  the  quality  of  life,  and 
social  indicators,  combined  with  practical  workshop  experience. 

FMCD  625  Advanced  Consumer  Affairs  (3)  Seminar  devoted  to  research  and  theory 
related  to  consumer  affairs. 


FMCD  —  Family  and  Community  Development     261 


FMCD  630  Theory  and  Research  in  Human  Sexuality  (3)  Prerequisites  A  basic 
course  in  human  sexuality  or  consent  of  instructor.  Survey  of  theory  and  research  in 
human  sexuality  and  examination  of  implications  for  contemporary  family  and 
community  life. 

FMCD  640  Family  Therapy:  Theory  and  Techniques  (3)  The  fundamental  theoretical 
concepts  and  clinical  procedures  unique  to  marital  and  family  therapy,  with  an 
emphasis  on  those  therapies  which  operate  from  a  family  systems  perspective. 
Contrast  between  family  therapy  and  individually-oriented  psychotherapy.  Analysis  of 
family  interaction  processes  and  techniques  for  facilitating  those  processes. 

FMCD  641  The  Dynamics  of  Couple  Therapy  (3)  Prerequisite:  FMCD  640.  The 
dynamics  of  the  couple  relationship  and  methods  of  facilitating  growth  and  interaction 
within  that  relationship.  Emphasis  on  couples  with  conflicting  needs  and  expectations, 
and  dysfunctional  communication  and  conflict-negotiation  skills.  Theories  on  marital 
therapy. 

FMCD  642  Intergeneratlonal  Aspects  of  Family  Therapy  (3)  Prerequisite:  FMCD  640 
The  psychological  difficulties  encountered  within  the  family  context  which  directly 
impact  upon  the  parent  child  relationship.  Emphasis  on  families  with  school-age 
children,  and  developmental  (child)  psychopathology  in  a  family  context,  with  some 
attention  to  adult  children  and  their  parents. 

FMCD  645  Sexual  Issues  and  the  Helping  Professional  (3)  Prerequisite:  A  basic 
course  in  human  sexuality  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  Sensitization  of  students  to 
sexual  issues  and  exploration  of  how  their  perceptions  of  such  issues  affect  their  work 
with  people.  Students  are  required  to  participate  in  a  sexual  attitudes  assessment 
weekend  workshop. 

FMCD  646  Sex  Therapy:  Theory,  Skills,  and  Practice  (3)  Prerequisite:  FMCD  645  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Introduction  to  the  theory  and  practice  of  sex  therapy, 
including  information  about  human  sexual  function  and  dysfunction  and  appropriate 
intervention  methods.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship  system  and  the  dynamics  of  sexual 
functioning  within  that  system 

FMCD  647  Theory  and  Techniques  of  Family  Mediation  (3)  An  introduction  to  family 
mediation  as  an  approach  to  helping  families  deal  effectively  with  the  issues 
associated  with  separation  and  divorce.  Theory,  practice,  and  techniques  of 
negotiation,  with  an  emphasis  on  custody,  property  division,  and  the  constructive 
restructuring  of  family  relationships. 

FMCD  650  Clinical  Seminar  in  Family  Therapy  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  and  practices  of  family  therapy.  Limited  to 
students  admitted  to  the  family  therapy  practicum.  Emphasis  on  basic  therapy  skills 
applied  to  a  family  context  and  on  professional  ethics  of  the  helping  professional. 

FMCD  651  Clinical  Practicum  in  Family  Therapy  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  FMCD  650 
Clinical  casework  in  family  therapy.  Limited  to  students  admitted  to  the  family  therapy 
practicum. 

FMCD  652  Clinical  Practicum  In  Family  Therapy  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  FMCD  651  A 
continuation  of  FMCD  651.  Limited  to  students  admitted  to  the  family  therapy 
practicum. 

FMCD  653  Clinical  Practicum  in  Family  Therapy  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  FMCD  652 


262     Food,  Nutrition  and  Inrthtution  Administration  Program 

Advanced  clinical  casework  in  family  therapy.  Limited  to  students  admitted  to  the 
family  therapy  practicum. 

FMCD  660  Planning  of  Family  and  Community  Development  Programs  (3)  Theory 
and  methods  of  planning  with  special  emphasis  upon  family  and  community 
development  programs. 

FMCD  661  Evaluation  of  Family  and  Community  Development  Programs  (3)  Theory 
and  methods  of  evaluation  with  special  emphasis  upon  family  and  community 
development  programs. 

FMCD  689  Internship  in  Family  and  Community  Development  (3-6)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor  and  department.  Internship  related  to  the  student's  chosen 
specialization.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

FMCD  691  Family-Community  Consultation  (3)  The  enhancement  of  family  and 
community  services  through  the  consultation  process.  Techniques  and  approaches  to 
consultation,  including  both  the  role  of  the  consultant  and  the  needs  of  agencies. 
Individual  field  experience. 

FMCD   698   Advanced   Topics    in    Family   and   Community   Development   (1-3) 

Arranged  group  study  on  specific  topic  which  may  vary  from  term  to  term.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  12  credits. 

FMCD  699  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor  and 
department.  Repeatable  to  maximum  of  6  credits. 

FMCD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration 
ram 


Progi 


Professor  and  Chair:  Prather 

Professors:  Ahrens,  Beaton 

Associate  Professors:  Moser,  Williams 

Assistant  Professors:  Axelson,  Richardson,  Rinke 

Lecturers:  Gong,  Norton 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professors:  Behall,  Hallfrisch,  Michaelis,  Welsh 

Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Goldberg,  Reynolds 

Adjunct  Professors:  Berry,  Bodwell,  Hamosh,  Kelsay,  Reiser,  Trout 

Affiliate  Assistant  Professor:  McKenna 

The  Department  offers  programs  of  study  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor 

of  Philosophy  degrees  in  each  of  the  following   major  areas:  food,   nutrition,   and 

institution  administration.  The  Department  participates  in  an  interdepartmental  program 

for  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees  in  nutritional  science  which  is 

described  under  that  title.  The  area  of  food-  includes  study  in  experimental  foods  as 

well  as  cultural  and  consumer  aspects  of  food.   Nutrition  includes  the  science  of 

nutrition  as  well  as  the  broad  area  of  community  and  clinical  nutrition.   Institution 

administration  includes  food  service  systems  management. 


FOOD  —  Food     263 


Admission  and  Degree  information 

In  addition  to  minimum  Graduate  School  requirements,  a  satisfactory  score  on  the 
aptitude  portion  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination  is  required.  A  minimum 
combination  of  1000  with  a  minimum  of  450  on  both  the  verbal  and  quantitative  is 
required  for  admission. 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are  available  for  the  Masters  of  Science  degree  in 
food,  nutrition  or  institution  administration. 

All  Master  of  Science  students  are  required  to  take  Seminar,  Research  Methods 
and  a  statistics  course.  Other  courses  are  selected  with  the  guidance  of  an  advisor 
and/or  a  committee.  Non-thesis  option  students  must  prepare  a  research  paper, 
present  an  additional  seminar  and  take  a  written  comprehensive  examination  in 
addition  to  an  oral  examination.  An  average  of  three  or  four  semesters  is  usually 
required  to  complete  the  M.S.  thesis  option  and  two  or  three  semesters  for  the 
non-thesis  option. 

Students  with  bachelor's  degrees  may  apply  for  the  doctoral  program  although  they 
are  encouraged  to  complete  requirements  for  the  M.S.  degree.  Applicants  holding  a 
master's  degree  with  appropriate  background  courses  may  be  admitted  directly  into 
the  doctoral  program.  Previous  graduate  work  will  be  evaluated  on  an  individual 
basis.  Written  and  oral  comprehensive  examinations  are  given  upon  completion  of  all 
course  work.   A  final  oral  examination  is  held  for  the  student  to  defend  the  dissertation. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  special  arrangements  and  cooperative  agreements  with 
laboratories  at  the  Beltsville  Human  Nutrition  Center,  A.R.S.,  U.S.D.A.,  the  University 
Affiliated  Program  in  Child  Development  at  Georgetown  University  Hospital  Clinic,  and 
University  of  Maryland  Hospital  in  Baltimore  for  students  in  nutrition  and  foods.  There 
are  faculty  members  who  have  advanced  degrees  in  the  areas  of  experimental  foods 
and  food  chemistry,  cultural  foods,  community  nutrition,  clinical  nutrition,  human  and 
animal  nutrition,  and  food  service  systems. 

Financial  Assistance 

There  are  a  limited  number  of  graduate  teaching  assistantships,  traineeships  and 
research  assistantships  available. 

Additional  Information 

Copies  of  a  Department  mimeograph  with  additional  information  concerning  admission 
requirements,  courses,  faculty,  facilities,  etc.  are  available  from  the  Department 
Chairman. 

Courses 

FOOD  —  Food 

FOOD  440  Advanced  Food  Science  I  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
FOOD  250  and  CHEM  261  or  461.  Chemical  and  physical  properties  of  food  as 
related  to  consumer  use  in  the  home  and  institutions. 

FOOD  445  Advanced  Food  Science  Laboratory  (1)  Prerequisite  or  corequisite: 
FOOD  440.  One  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Chemical  determination  of  selected 


264     FOOD  —  Food 


components  in  animal  and  plant  foods. 

FOOD  450  Advanced  Food  Science  II  (3)  One  lecture,  two  laboratories  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  FOOD  440  or  equivalent.  Individual  and  group  laboratory  experimentation 
as  an  introduction  to  methods  of  food  research. 

FOOD  480  Food  Additives  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOOD  440  or  equivalent  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Effects  of  intentionaland  incidental  additives  on  food  quality,  nutritive  value 
and  safety.  Current  regulatory  procedures. 

FOOD  490  Special  Problems  in  Foods  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  FOOD  440  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Individual  selected  problems  in  the  area  of  food  science. 

FOOD  498  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Selected  current 
aspects  of  food.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject  matter  is 
substantially  different. 

FOOD  610  Readings  in  Food  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOOD  440  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
critical  survey  of  the  literature  of  recent  developments  in  food  research. 

FOOD  620  Nutritional  and  Quality  Evaluation  of  Food  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOOD  440  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Effects  of  production,  processing,  marketing,  storage,  and 
preparation  on  nutritive  value  and  quality  of  foods. 

FOOD  625  Food  Texture  (3)  Two  lectures,  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
FOOD  450  or  equivalent  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  factors  related  to  food 
texture,  the  classification  of  food  systems  according  to  textural  parameters,  use  of 
instrumentation  in  the  evaluation  of  food  texture. 

FOOD  630  Sensory  Evaluation  of  Foods  (3)  Prerequisites:  FOOD  450  or  equivalent 
and  a  statistics  course.  A  study  of  the  role  of  sensory  analysis  in  the  evaluation  of 
food  quality.  Principles  and  methodologies  of  sensory  evaluation  with  emphasis  on 
planning,  conducting,  and  reporting  sensory  tests. 

FOOD  640  Food  Enzymes  (3)  First  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  and  one 
three-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  FOOD  440  or  equivalent.  The  classification  and 
behavior  of  naturally  occurring  and  added  enzymes  in  food;  includes  the  effects  of 
temperature,  ph,  radiation,  moisture,  etc.,  On  enzyme  activity. 

FOOD  650  Advanced  Experimental  Food  (3-5)  Second  semester  Two  lectures  and 
three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Selected  readings  of  literature  in  experimental  foods. 
Development  of  individual  problem. 

FOOD  660  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  a  statistics  course.  A  study  of 
appropriate  research  methodology  and  theories  including  experimental  design.  Each 
student  is  required  to  develop  a  specimen  research  proposal. 

FOOD  670  Food-related  Behavior  of  the  Individual  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Examination  of  the  factors  that  influence  "food-related  behavior  and  of  the 
research  methods  used. 

FOOD  675  Current  Issues  in  Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration  (3) 

Prerequisite:  At  least  3  credits  of  graduate-level  coursework  in  FOOD,  NUTR.or  IADM. 
Broad  issues  related  to  the  present  and  future  quality,  quantity  and  distribution  of  the 
U.S.  food  supply.  The  integration  of  efforts  to  develop  policy  relative  to  the  U.S.  food 
supply. 

FOOD  678  Special  Topics  in  Foods  (1-6)  Individual  or  group  study  in  an  area  of 


NUTR  —  Nutrition     265 


foods. 

FOOD  688  Seminar  (1-2)  Reports  and  discussions  of  current  research  in  foods. 

FOOD  789  Non-Thesis  Research  (1-3)  Directed  graduate  study  which  forms  the  basis 
of  a  non-thesis  research  paper. 

FOOD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

FOOD  888  Doctoral  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor.  Discussion 
of  current  research  related  to  foods.  Presentation  by  doctoral  students,  faculty  and 
visiting  speakers. 

FOOD  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

NUTR  —  Nutrition 

NUTR  425  International  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite:  course  in  basic  nutrition.  Nutritional 
status  of  world  population  and  local,  national,  and  international  programs  for 
improvement. 

NUTR  430  Nutritional  Biochemistry  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  261  or  equivalent 
Nutritional  biochemistry  with  special  emphasis  on  the  relationship  between 
biochemistry  and  nutrition. 

NUTR  450  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisites:  consent  of  department; 
NUTR  300  and  BCHM  261  or  concurrent  registration  in  BCHM  462.  Two  lectures  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  A  critical  study  of  the  physiological  and  metabolic 
influences  on  nutrient  utilization,  with  particular  emphasis  on  current  problems  in 
human  nutrition. 

NUTR  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisites:  NUTR  300,  450.  Modifications  of  the  normal  adequate  diet  to 
meet  human  nutritional  needs  in  pathological  conditions. 

NUTR  468  Practicum  in  Nutrition  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  practicum  advisor. 
Inservice  training  and  practical  experience  in  the  application  of  the  principles  of 
normal  and/or  therapeutic  nutrition  in  an  approved  community  agency,  clinical  facility 
or  nutrition  research  laboratory. 

NUTR  470  Community  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisites:  NUTR  300.  A  study  of  different 
types  of  community  nutrition  programs,  problems  and  projects. 

NUTR  475  Dynamics  of  Community  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite:  NUTR  470  or  consent 
of  instructor.  The  practice  of  community  nutrition.  Community  assessment;  nutrition 
program  planning,  implementation  and  evaluation;  nutrition  education  and  counseling; 
grantmanship;  and  the  legislative  process. 

NUTR  490  Special  Problems  in  Nutrition  (2-3)  Prerequisites:  NUTR  300  and  consent 
of  instructor.  Individual  selected  problems  in  the  area  of  human  nutrition. 

NUTR  498  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Selected  current 
aspects  of  nutrition.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject  matter  is 
substantially  different. 

NUTR  600  Recent  Progress  in  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Recent  developments  in  the 
science  of  nutrition  with  emphasis  on  the  interpretation  of  these  findings  for  application 
in  health  and  disease. 


266     NUTR  —  Nutrition 


NUTR  610  Readings  in  Nutrition  (1-3)  Reports  and  discussions  of  signifant  nutritional 
research  and  investigation. 

NUTR  615  Maternal  and  Infant  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite:  NUTR  460  or  equivalent,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Current  literature  concerning  the  importance  of  diet  during 
pregnancy  and  infancy  on  the  health  of  the  mother  and  infant.  Physiological  and 
biochemical  changes  during  pregnancy  aand  infancy,  current  issues  in  infant  feeding, 
such  as  possible  effects  of  diet  during  infancy  on  obesity  and  degenerative  diseases 
in  later  life,  and  current  public  health  programs  designed  to  serve  pregnant  women 
and  infants. 

NUTR  620  Nutrition  For  Community  Services  (3)  Application  of  the  principles  of 
nutrition  to  various  community  problems  of  specific  groups  of  the  punlic.  Students  may 
select  specific  problems  for  independent  study. 

NUTR  625  Nutritional  Needs  of  the  Developmentally  Disabled  (2)  An  anlysis  of  the 
handicapping  conditions  resulting  from  abnormal  brain  structure,  maturation  or  function 
and  the  effects  on  nutritional  status.  Assessment  techniques,  requirements  and 
treatment  approaches. 

NUTR  630  Nutritional  Aspects  of  Energy  Balance  (3)  Prerequisite  CHEM  462  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  prevalence  and  basic  causes  of  caloric 
imbalance,  along  with  a  wide  variety  of  approaches  to  weight  control. 

NUTR  635  Carbohydrates,  Lipids  and  Proteins  in  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite: 
NUTR  450  or  equivalent.  Current  literature  concerning  recent  developments  in  the  area 
of  carbohydrates,  lipids  and  proteins  in  human  nutrition.  Application  of  research 
findings  to  clinical  and  community  settings. 

NUTR  645  Vitamin  and  Mineral  Nutrition  in  Humans  (3)  Current  literature  concerning 
recent  developments  in  the  areas  of  vitamin  and  mineral  metabolism.  Emphasis  on 
interactions  of  these  nutrients  and  clinical  applications  of  current  research. 

NUTR  650  Nutritional  Needs  of  Women  (2)  Current  literature  concerning  areas  of 
nutrition  that  have  special  impact  on  women  during  the  various  stages  of  the  life  cycle. 
Examination  of  nutrient  requirements  from  a  hormonal  perspective  with  an  emphasis  on 
the  alteration  of  nutritional  needs  with  hormonal  contraceptives. 

NUTR    655    Nutrition,    Food   and    Public    Policy   (3)  Prerequisite:    NUTR   450   or 

equivalent,   and   permission  of  instructor.    History  and  current  status  of  legislation 

relative  to  nutrition  and  food.  Focus  on  gaining  insights  and  skills  regarding  working 
effectively  in  the  area  of  nutrition  and  public  policy. 

NUTR  660  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  a  statistics  course.  A  study  of 
appropriate  research  methodology  and  theories  including  experimental  design.  Each 
student  is  required  to  develop  a  specimen  research  proposal. 

NUTR  670  Intermediary  Metabolism  in  Nutrition  (3)  Second  semester  Prerequisite: 
CHEM  461,  462  or  equivalent.  The  major 'routes  of  carbohydrate,  fat,  and  protein 
metabolism  with  particular  emphasis  on  metabolic  shifts  and  their  detection  and 
significance  in  nutrition. 

NUTR  675  Advanced  Clinical  Dietetics  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  A  study 
and  application  of  principles  and  theories  of  normal  and  therapeutic  nutrition  to 
assess,  plan,  implement,  evaluate  and  improve  the  total  nutritional  care  of  hospitalized 
and  ambulatory  patients. 


IADM  —  Institution  Administration     267 


NUTR  678  Special  Topics  in  Nutrition  (1-6)  Individual  or  group  study  in  an  area  of 

nutrition. 

NUTR    680    Human    Nutritional    Status    (3)    Prerequisites:    Advanced    Nutrition, 

Biochemistry  and  Physiology.    Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a 

week.    Indirect  and  direct  methods  of  appraisal  of  human  nutritional  status  which 

include:  dietary,  anthropometric,  clinical  evaluations  and  biochemical  measures. 

NUTR  698  Seminar  in  Nutrition  (1-3)  A  study  in  depth  of  a  selected  phase  of 
nutrition. 

NUTR  699  Problems  in  Nutrition  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  faculty.  Experience 
in  a  phase  of  nutrition  of  interest  to  the  student.  Use  is  made  of  experimental  animals  , 
human  studies  and  extensive,  critical  studies  of  research  methods,  techniques  or  data 
of  specific  projects. 

NUTR  789  Non-Thesis  Research  (1-3)  Directed  graduate  study  which  forms  the  basis 
of  a  non-thesis  research  paper. 

NUTR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

NUTR  888  Doctoral  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor.  Discussion 
of  current  research  related  to  nutrition.  Presentations  by  doctoral  students,  faculty  and 
visiting  speakers. 
NUTR  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

IADM  —  Institution  Administration 

IADM  410  School  Foodservice  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  morning  a  week  for  field 

experience  in  a  school  foodservice.    Prerequisite:  FOOD  200,  OR  240  and  250,  and 

NUTR  300,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  organization  and  management,  menu 

planning,  food  purchasing,  preparation,  service,  and  cost  control  in  a  school  lunch 

program. 

IADM  440  Foodservice  Personnel  Administration  (2)  Personnel  selection,  training, 

scheduling,  job  evaluation,  labor  regulations  and  communications. 

IADM  450  Foodservice  Equipment  and  Planning  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour 

laboratory  per  week.    Prerequisite:  IADM  350.  Equipment  selection,  maintenance  and 

layout.  Relation  of  the  physical  facility  to  production  and  service. 

IADM  455  Manpower  Planning  in  the  Foodservice  Industry  (3)  Prerequisites:  IADM 

350;  and  BMGT  362  or  ECON  370.  The  foodservice  labor  market  with  emphasis  on 

human    resource    planning    and    development,    workforce    productivity,    and    equal 

employment  opportunities  for  minorities  and  the   handicapped.   Future   needs  and 

implications  indicated  by  these  and  other  factors. 

IADM  480  Practicum  in  Institution  Administration  (3)  Prerequisites:  IADM  350  and 

consent  of  instructor.  Inservice  training  and  practical  experience  totaling  at  least  120 

hours  in  an  approved  foodservice  operation  under  direct  supervision  of  practicum 

advisor. 

IADM  490  Special  Problems  in  Foodservice  (2-3)  Prerequisites:  senior  standing,  five 

hours  in  IADM  courses  and  consent  of  instructor.  Individual  selected  problems  in  the 

area  of  foodservice. 

IADM  498  Special  Topics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Selected  current 


268     IADM  —  Institution  Administration 


aspects  of  institution  administration.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the 
subject  matter  is  subtantially  different. 

IADM  600  Food  Service  Administration  (3)  First  or  second  semester.  Principles  of 
organization  and  management  related  to  a  food  system.  Control  of  resources  through 
the  use  of  quantitative  methods.  Administrative  decision-making,  and  personnel 
policies  and  practices. 

IADM  610  Readings  in  Food  Administration  (3)  Reports  and  discussion  of  significant 
research  and  development  in  the  area  of  food  administration. 

IADM  630  Computer  Application  in  Food  Service  (3)  The  applications  of  computers 
within  foodservice  operations.  Basic  programming  concepts,  the  operation  of  personal 
computers,  and  larger  computer  systems.  Applications  of  software  to  such  topics  as 
cost  control  systems  and  nutrition  education. 

IADM  640  Sanitation  and  Safety  in  Food  Service  (3)  Alternate  years.  Prerequisite: 
MICB  200.  Principles  and  practices  of  sanitation  and  safety  unique  to  the  production, 
storage  and  service  of  food  in  quantity:  includes  current  legislation. 

IADM  650  Experimental  Quantity  Food  Production  (3)  Alternate  years.  Two  lectures 
and  one  three-hour  laboratory.  Prerequisites:  IADM  430  and  FOOD  450  or  equivalents. 
Application  of  experimental  methods  to  quantity  food  production,  recipe  development 
and  modification:  relationship  of  food  quality  to  production  methods. 

IADM  660  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  a  statistics  course.  A  study  of 
appropriate  research  methodology  and  theories  including  experimental  design.  Each 
student  is  required  to  develop  a  research  proposal. 

IADM    670    Control    and    Analysis   of   Costs    in    Food    Service    Industries   (3) 

Prerequisite  -  consent  of  the  instructor.  Principles  of  controlling  and  analyzing  costs  in 
food  service  operations.  The  effects  of  these  principles  on  day-to  day  operations. 

IADM  675  Advanced  Administrative  Dietetics  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
A  study  and  application  of  the  principles  and  theories  of  management  and 
organizational  behavior  management  of  a  hospital  foodservice  operation. 

IADM  678  Special  Topics  in  Institutional  Food  (1-6)  Individual  or  group  study  in  an 
area  of  institutional  food  service. 

IADM  688  Seminar  (1)  Reports  and  discussion  of  current  research  in  institution 
administration.   May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  three  semester  hours  of  credit. 

IADM  789  Non-Thesis  Research  (1-3)  Directed  graduate  study  which  forms  the  basis 
of  a  non-thesis  research  paper. 

IADM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)  First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  in 
proportion  to  work  done  and  results  accomplished.  Investigation  in  some  phases  of 
institution  administration  which  may  form  the  basis  of-a  thesis. 

IADM  888  Doctoral  Seminar  (1)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor.  Discussion 
of  current  research  related  to  the  foodservice  industry.  Presentations  by  doctoral 
students,  faculty  and  visiting  speakers. 

IADM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Food  Science  Program     269 


Food  Science  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Wiley  (Horticulture) 

Professors:  Wheaton  (Agricultural  Engineering),  Bender  (Agricultural  and  Resource 

Economics),  Bean  (Botany),  King,  Westhoff  (Animal  Science),  Keeny  (Chemistry), 

Twigg,  Quebedeaux,  Solomos  (Horticulture)  Heath  (Poultry  Science) 

Associate  Professors:  Stewart  (Agricultural  Engineering),  Vijay  (Animal  Sciences),  Doerr 

(Poultry  Science),  Chai  (CEES) 

Assistant  Professors:  Frey  (Agricultural  Engineering),  Corey,  Schlimme  (Horticulture) 

Visiting  Lecturers:  Bednarczyk,  Berry,  Cross,  Feldstein,  Gerstenfeld,  Green,  Park, 

Sidwell,  Shehata 

The  Food  Science  Program  offers  the  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy 

degrees.   The  Program  is  interdepartmental  with  participation  or  support  from  the 

Departments  of  Animal  Sciences,  Horticulture,  Botany,  Poultry  Science,  Agricultural 

Engineering,  Chemistry,  and  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  Programs  of  study 

and  research  are  individually  planned  with  the  student  and  an  appropriate  committee. 

Areas  of  study  encompass  animal,   plant,   seafood,   and  fabricated  food   products. 

Specialization  is  available  in  food  microbiology  and  fermentations,  food  chemistry  and 

biochemistry,  quality  assurance,  food  engineering  and  product  development,  nutritional 

evaluation,  food  sanitation,  packaging,  and  distribution. 

Employment  opportunities  for  MS  and  Ph.D.  degree  graduates  are  excellent. 
Students  are  employed  in  federal  and  state  regulatory  agencies,  research  and 
development  laboratories,  quality  assurance  laboratories,  chemistry  and 
microbiological  laboratories,  and  food  production  plants.  PhD  graduates  normally 
accept  positions  in  academia  with  teaching  and  research  assignments  or  in  upper 
management  positions  in  above  listed  laboratories  or  federal  agencies.  Salaries  are 
competitive. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  minimum  Graduate  School  requirements,  the  Aptitude  Test  of  the  GRE 
Examinations  is  required.  The  Food  Science  Admissions  Committee  evaluates  and 
makes  recommendations  on  all  applications  based  on  academic  and  professional 
experience  and  letters  of  recommendations  (at  least  3  required).  When  feasible  the 
Committee  may  conduct  a  personal  interview.  In  the  absence  of  a  bachelor's  degree  in 
Food  Science  or  Food  Technology  a  strong  background  in  physical  and  biological 
sciences  is  recommended.  Inadequate  prerequisites  will  result  in  a  requirement  to 
complete  a  remedial  program  to  remove  all  deficiencies.  Program  requirements  are  as 
follows:  1)  Food  Science;  (the  equivalent  of  the  following  courses):  FDSC  412,  413, 
Principles  of  Food  Processing;  FDSC  421,  423  Food  Chemistry;  FDSC  430,  434  Food 
Microbiology;  FDSC  431,  Food  Quality  Control.  2)  Biochemistry — minimum  of  3  hours 
graduate  credit.  3)  Colloquium  (seminar)-  attendance  each  semester  and  at  least  2 
presentations  for  credit  during  the  program  of  study.  4)  Provisional  admission 
requirements  must  be  satisfied  in  the  time  period  designated. 

For  the  M.S.  degree,  students  must  complete  the  program  of  study  as  approved  by 
their  committee  which  will  include  the  minimum  requirements.  Students  entering  the 
Program  without  a  background  in  Food  Science  must  complete  all  FDSC  course 
deficiencies  to  obtain  the  M.S.  degree.  For  the  M.S.  with  thesis,  a  research  proposal 
must  be  submitted  to  the  student's  committee  for  review  and  approval  by  the  end  of 


270     Food  Science  Program 


the  second  semester  of  study.  Students  who  for  various  reasons  or  circumstances 
cannot  readily  satisfy  the  thesis  research  requirement  may  select  the  MS  Non  Thesis 
option.  This  requires  6  additional  hours  of  courses  at  the  600  level  in  addition  to  the 
program  requirements  above.  A  scholarly  paper  on  a  subject  approved  by  the 
committee  must  be  prepared  and  presented  at  a  regular  FDSC  colloquium.  A  final 
comprehensive  examination  including  defense  of  the  scholarly  paper  will  be 
conducted  by  the  student's  committee.  Part  of  this  examination  will  be  written.  The 
above  programs  should  be  completed  within  3  semesters  and  a  summer  session. 

For  admission  to  the  doctoral  program,  the  M.S.  degree  is  not  required  but  is 
generally  recommended.  Students  completing  an  M.S.  degree  in  the  FDSC  Program, 
UMCP  must  receive  a  favorable  recommendation  from  the  M.S.  degree  final 
examining  committee.  Students  admitted  from  outside  the  FDSC  Program,  UMCP  will 
be  examined  orally  by  their  committee  as  a  basis  for  developing  a  suitable  program  of 
study.  The  student  must  complete  a  program  of  study  as  approved  by  the  student's 
committee  including  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School  and  FDSC  Program  There  is 
no  required  number  of  hours  of  course  work.  Programs  are  developed  based  on  the 
individual  needs  of  each  student  A  proposal  for  dissertation  research  will  be  presented 
to  the  student's  committee  for  review  and  approval  by  the  end  of  the  third  semester  of 
study.  A  comprehensive  oral  examination  will  be  conducted  by  the  committee  and 
other  interested  faculty  members  after  substantial  completion  of  the  program  of  study 
and  usually  before  the  end  of  the  fourth  semester.  Satisfactory  performance  in  this 
examination  is  required  before  recommendation  for  admission  to  candidacy  is  granted. 
Each  student  will  assist  in  teaching  at  least  one  course  regardless  of  whether 
employed  as  a  graduate  assistant.  The  candidate  will  defend  the  dissertation  before  a 
committee  of  at  least  5  members  appointed  by  the  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies.  The 
candidate's  advisor  is  usually  chair  of  the  committee.  It  is  recommended  that  the 
candidate  prepare  initial  drafts  of  intended  publications  for  review  before  the  final 
examination.  This  program  should  be  completed  in  3  years  or  less  depending  on  the 
candidate's  previous  background. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  combined  resources  of  the  participating  Departments  are  available  for  Food 
Science  research.  Laboratories,  pilot  plants,  and  equipment  are  located  in  the  Animal 
Sciences  Center,  Holzapfel  Hall,  Turner  Laboratory  and  Shriver  Hall.  Facilities  are 
available  for  the  experimental  processing  of  fruits,  vegetables,  poultry,  red  meat,  and 
dairy  products.  A  seafood  processing  facility  is  located  off  campus.  Laboratories  are 
equipped  for  microbiological,  biochemical,  biophysical,  and  engineering  research 
including  facilities  for  laboratory  animals.  Instrumentation  includes  gas-liquid 
chromatographs,  atomic  absorption  spectrophotometers,  electron  microscope, 
radioisotope  counters,  amino  acid  analyzer,  ultracentrifuge,  fermenters,  and  controlled 
environment  incubator.  University  research  farms  are  available  for  both  plant  and 
animal  production  studies.  Specialized  facilities  of  nearby  government  and  food 
industry  laboratories  are  regularly  made  available  for  graduate  student  research.  The 
National  Agricultural  Library  is  about  3  miles  from  the  campus.  The  FDSC  Program  has 
an  exchange  agreement  with  the  Food  Science  Department  of  the  Central  University  of 
Venezuela  for  graduate  study  and  research. 


FDSC  —  Food  Science     271 


Financial  Assistance 

Teaching  and  research  assistantships  are  made  available  by  the  participating 
Departments.  Financial  support  is  also  available  from  contracts  and  grants  and  by 
special  arrangements  with  several  nearby  government  laboratories. 

Additional  Information 

A  detailed  brochure,  "Graduate  Study  in  Food  Science,"  is  available  and  can  be 
obtained  by  contacting: 

Dr.  R.C.  Wiley, 

Coordinator  and  Chair, 

Food  Science  Program 

Holzaphel  Hall  1122A 

University  of  Maryland 

Telephone:  301-454-3928. 

Courses 

FDSC  —  Food  Science 

FDSC  412  Principles  of  Food  Processing  I  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per 
week.  A  study  of  the  basic  methods  by  which  foods  are  preserved  (unit  operations). 
Effect  of  raw  product  quality  and  the  various  types  of  processes  on  yield  and  quality  of 
the  preserved  products. 

FDSC  413  Principles  of  Food  Processing  II  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  detailed 
study  of  food  processing  with  emphasis  on  line  and  staff  operations,  including  physical 
facilities,  utilities,  pre-and  post-processing  operations,  processing  line  development 
and  sanitation. 

FDSC  421  Food  Chemistry  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  CHEM  113.  The 
application  of  basic  chemical  and  physical  concepts  to  the  composition  and  properties 
of  foods.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  processing  technology,  to  the  keeping 
quality,  nutritional  value,  and  acceptability  of  foods. 

FDSC  422  Food  Product  Research  and  Development  (3)  Two  lectures,  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  FDSC  413,  BCHM  461,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  the  research  and  development  function  for  improvement  of  existing 
products  and  development  of  new,  economically  feasible  and  marketable  food 
products.  Application  of  chemical-physical  characteristics  of  ingredients  to  produce 
optimum  quality  products,  cost  reduction,  consumer  evaluation,  equipment  and 
package  development. 

FDSC  423  Food  Chemistry  Laboratory  (2)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  FDSC  421  Two 
laboratory  per  week.  Analysis  of  the  major  and  minor  constituents  of  food  using 
chemical,  physical  and  instrumental  methods  in  concordance  with  current  food 
industry  and  regulatory  practices.  Laboratory  exercises  coincide  lecture  subjects  in 
FDSC  421 . 

FDSC  430  Food  Microbiology  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MICB  200  or 
equivalent.  A  study  of  microorganisms  of  major  importance  to  the  food  industry  with 
emphasis  on  food-borne  outbreaks,  public  health  significance,  bioprocessing  of  foods 
and  control  of  microbial  spoilage  of  foods. 


272     FDSC  —  Food  Science 


FDSC  431  Food  Quality  Control  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Definition  and  organization  of  the  quality  control  function  in  the  food  industry; 
preparation  of  specifications;  statistical  methods  for  acceptance  sampling;  in-plant  and 
processed  product  inspection.  Instrumental  and  sensory  methods  for  evaluating 
sensory  quality,  identity  and  wholesomeness  and  their  integration  into  grades  and 
standards  of  quality. 

FDSC  434  Food  Microbiology  Laboratory  (2)  Two  laboratories  per  week  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  FDSC  430.  A  study  of  techniques  and  procedures  used  in  the 
microbiological  examination  of  foods. 

FDSC  442  Horticultural  Products  Processing  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
per  week.  Commercial  methods  of  canning,  freezing,  dehydrating,  fermenting,  and 
chemical  preservation  of  fruit  and  vegetable  crops. 

FDSC  451  Dairy  Products  Processing  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Method  of  production  of  fluid  milk,  butter,  cheese,  condensed  and  evaporated  milk 
and  milk  products  and  ice  cream. 

FDSC  461  Technology  of  Market  Eggs  and  Poultry  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  the  technological  factors  concerned  with  the 
processing,  storage,  and  marketing  of  eggs  and  poultry  and  the  factors  affecting  their 
quality. 

FDSC  471  Meat  and  Meat  Processing  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  BCHM  461  or  permission  of  instructor.  Physical  and  chemical 
characteristics  of  meat  and  meat  products,  meat  processing,  methods  of  testing  and 
product  development. 

FDSC  482  Seafood  Products  Processing  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  BCHM  461  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  principal  preservation 
methods  for  commercial  seafood  products  with  particular  reference  to  the 
invertebrates.  Chemical  and  microbiological  aspects  of  processing  are  emphasized. 

FDSC  621  Systems  Analysis  in  the  Food  Industry  (3)  Construction  and  solution  of 
models  for  optimizing  feed,  product  formulations,  nutrient-palatability  costs.  Methods 
for  optimizing  processes,  inventories,  and  transportation  systems. 

FDSC  631  Advanced  Food  Microbiology  (2)  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  FDSC  430  or  permission  of  instructor.  An  in  depth  understanding 
and  working  knowledge  of  a  selected  number  of  problem  areas  and  contemporary 
topics  in  food  microbiology. 

FDSC  689  Seminar  in  Food  Science  (1-3)  Studies  in  depth  of  selected  phases  of 
food  science  are  frequently  best  arranged  by  employment  of  a  lecturer  from  outside 
the  University  to  teach  a  specific  phase.  Flexibility  in  the  credit  offered  permits 
adjustment  to  the  nature  of  the  course. 

FDSC  698  Colloquium  in  Food  Science  (1)  First  and  second  semester  Oral  reports 
on  special  topics  or  recently  published  research  in  food  science  and  technology. 
Distinguished  scientists  are  invited  as  guest  lecturers.  A  maximum  of  three  credits 
allowed  for  the  M.S. 

FDSC  699  Special  Problems  in  Food  Science  (1-4)  First  and  second  semesters 
Prerequisite  CHEM  461  or  permission  of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled 
and   magnitude  of  problem.   An   experimental   program  on   a  topic  other  than  the 


French  Language  and  Literature  Program     273 


student's  thesis  problem  will  be  conducted.  Four  credits  shall  be  the  maximum  allowed 
toward  on  advanced  degree. 

FDSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

FDSC   811    Advances   in    Food   Technology   (3)   First   semester,    alternate   years 
Prerequisite:   CHEM   461    or   permission   of   instructor.   A  systematic   review  of  new 
products,  processes  and  management  practices  in  the  food  industry. 

FDSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

French  Language  and  Literature  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Chair:  Tarica 

Professors:  Mac  Bain,  Therrien 

Associate  Professors:  Black,  Demaitre,  Fink,  Meijer,  Russell 

Assistant  Professors:  Felaco,  Hage,  Mossman,  Rubin,  Verdaguer 

The  Department  of  French  and   Italian  prepares  students  for  the  M.A.   and  Ph.D. 

degrees  in  French  language  and  literature.  The  composition  of  the  Graduate  faculty 

and  the  variety  of  course  offerings  make  it  possible  for  students  to  specialize  in  any 

period  or  movement  of  French  literature  or  any  aspect  of  the  French  language,  with  the 

consent  of  their  advisers. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Entry  into  the  M.A.  program  is  open  to  students  having  a  solid  grounding  in  French 
language  and  literature.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  all  applicants,  whether 
graduates  of  the  University  of  Maryland  or  not,  take  the  GRE  Advanced  Examination  in 
French. 

The  students'  knowledge  of  French  is  screened  at  the  beginning  of  their  first 
semester  through  a  Language  Proficiency  Examination.  In  addition  to  evidence  of 
independent  scholarly  research  in  the  form  of  a  thesis  (thesis  option)  or  a  substantial 
research  paper  (non-thesis  option),  successful  completion  of  the  M.A.  program 
involves  passing  a  comprehensive  examination  (a  six-hour  written  examination  followed 
by  a  one-hour  oral  examination)  in  French  literature  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the 
present.  The  M.A.  program  is  generally  completed  in  four  semesters. 

Entry  into  the  Ph.D.  program  is  open  to  the  most  highly  qualified  and  most  highly 
motivated  candidates,  who  can  show  that  individual  research  is  their  major  interest  and 
who  give  evidence  of  strong  qualifications  to  pursue  that  interest. 

All  applicants  for  the  Ph.D.  program  (except  M.A.  graduates  of  this  Department) 
must  pass  a  three-part  preliminary  examination  administered  at  the  start  of  the  Fall 
semester,  consisting  of  an  explication  de  texte,  an  essay  and  an  oral  examination, 
before  being  fully  admitted  to  the  program.  They  are  then  required  to  complete  a 
program  of  seminars  related  to  their  field  of  interest  and  to  pass  four  Special  Topic 
examinations  and  a  Foreign  Language  translation  examination  before  being  admitted 
to  candidacy  and  beginning  work  on  their  dissertation. 


274     FREN  —  French 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  University  graduate  and  undergraduate  libraries,  the  Department 
maintains  a  reference  library.  Area  research  facilities  include  the  Library  of  Congress 
and  the  Folger  Library  (specializing  in  16th  and  18th-century  literature).  The 
Department  has  a  chapter  of  a  National  Honor  Society,  Phi  Sigma  lota. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  support  is  available  in  the  form  of  assistantships  and  fellowships;  for 
information  contact  the  Department  of  French  and  Italian. 

Additional  Information 

For  complete  information  concerning  the  Department's  requirements,  set  forth  in  the 
Guide  to  Graduate  Programs  in  French,  write: 

Department  of  French  and  Italian 

Language  and  Literature. 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

FREN  —  French 

FREN  400  Applied  Linguistics  (3)  The  nature  of  applied  linguistics  and  its 
contribution  to  the  effective  teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of 
English  and  French,  with  emphasis  upon  points  of  divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation 
and  construction  of  related  drills. 

FREN  401  Stylistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  301  or  course  chairman's  consent. 
Comparative  stylistic  analysis;  translation. 

FREN  402  Advanced  Grammar  and  Phonetics  (3)  Prerequisite:  FREN  301  or  course 
chairman's  consent.  Theory  and  practice  of  grammatical  structures  and  rules  of 
phonetics. 

FREN  404  Advanced  Conversation  in  French  (3)  Prerequisites:  FREN  31 1  and  FREN 
312,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Development  of  fluency  in  French,  stress  on  correct 
sentence  structure  and  idiomatic  expression.  Credit  may  not  be  applied  toward  the 
major  in  French. 

FREN  405  Explication  De  Textes  (3)  Oral  and  written  analysis  of  short  literary  works, 
or  of  excerpts  from  longer  works  chosen  for  their  historical,  structural,  or  stylistic 
interest,  with  the  purpose  of  training  the  major  to  understand  literature  in  depth  and  to 
make  mature  esthetic  evaluations  of  it. 

FREN  406  Business  and  Commercial  French  (3)  A  study  of  French  as  used  in  the 
business  and  commercial  world. 

FREN  407  History  of  the  French  Language  (3)  Evolution  of  the  French  language  from 
Latin  to  modern  French. 

FREN  419  Studies  in  Medieval  French  Literature  (3)  Selected  topics  in  medieval 
French  literature.  Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  429  Studies  in  French  Literature  of  the  Renaissance  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
French  literature  of  the  Renaissance.    Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a  maximum 


FREN  —  French     275 


of  six  credits. 

FREN  439  Studies  in  17th  Century  French  Literature  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
seventeenth-century  French  literature.  Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits. 

FREN  449  Studies  in  18th  Century  French  Literature  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
eighteenth-century  French  literature.  Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

FREN  459  Studies  in  19th  Century  French  Literature  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
nineteenth-century  French  literature.  Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

FREN  469  Studies  in  20th  Century  French  Literature  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
twentieth-century  French  literature.  Repeatable  with  different  subtitle  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

FREN  471  French  Civilization  I  (3)  French  life,  customs,  culture,  traditions  (800-1750). 

FREN  472  French  Civilization  II  (3)  French  life,  customs,  culture,  traditions 
(1750— present-day  France).  Credit  not  allowed  for  both  FREN  472  and  FREN  370. 

FREN  473  Contemporary  French  Society  (3)  The  forces  shaping  contemporary 
France.  Analysis  of  social  groups,  economic  development,  institutions,  political 
structures.  Lectures,  discussions  and  most  readings  in  French. 

FREN  475  French  Cinema:  A  Cultural  Approach  (3)  A  study  of  French  culture, 
civilization,  and  literature  through  the  medium  of  film. 

FREN  478  Themes  and  Movements  of  French  Literature  in  Translation  (3)  Studies 
treatments  of  thematic  problems  or  of  literary  or  historical  movements  in  French 
literature.  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester.   Given  in  English. 

FREN  479  Masterworks  of  French  Literature  in  Translation  (3)  Treats  the  works  of 
one  or  more  major  French  writers.  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester.  Given  in 
English. 

FREN   489    Pro-seminar   in   Themes   Or   Movements   of   French    Literature   (3) 

Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  491  Honors  Reading  Course,  Poetry  (3)  Supervised  readings  to  be  taken 
normally  only  by  students  admitted  to  the  honors  program. 

FREN  492  Honors  Reading  Course,  Novel  (3)  Supervised  readings  to  be  taken 
normally  only  by  students  admitted  to  the  honors  program. 

FREN  493  Honors  Reading  Course,  Drama  (3)  Supervised  readings  to  be  taken 
normally  only  by  students  admitted  to  the  honors  program. 

FREN  494  Honors  Independent  Study  (3)  Honors  independent  study  involves  guided 
readings  based  on  an  honors  reading  list  and  tested  by  a  6  hour  written  examination. 
HONR  494  and  495  are  required  to  fulfill  the  departmental  honors  requirement  in 
addition  to  two  out  of  the  following,  491 H,  492H,  493H.  Open  only  to  students  admitted 
to  the  departmental  honors  program. 

FREN  495  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  Honors  thesis  research  involves  the  writing  of 
a  paper  under  the  direction  of  a  professor  in  this  department  and  an  oral  examination. 
HONR  494  and  495  are  required  to  fulfill  the  departmental  honors  requirement  in 


276     FREN  —  French 


addition  to  two  out  of  the  following,  491 H,  492H,  493H.  Open  only  to  students  admitted 
to  the  departmental  honors  program. 

FREN  498  Special  Topics  in  French  Literature  (3)  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

FREN  499  Special  Topics  in  French  Studies  (3)  An  aspect  of  French  studies,  the 
specific  topic  to  be  announced  each  time  the  course  is  offered.  Repeatable  for  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  600  Problems  in  Bibliography  and  Research  Methods  (3) 

FREN  601  The  History  of  the  French  Language  (3) 

FREN  602  Comparative  Romance  Linguistics  (3)  Also  listed  as  SPAN  612 

FREN  603  Stylistics  (3)  Advanced  composition,  translation,  stylistic  analysis. 

FREN  609  Special  Topic  in  the  French  Language  (3) 

FREN  610  La  Chanson  De  Roland  (3)  Close  reading  of  the  text,  study  of  epic 
formulae  and  early  Medieval  literary  techniques;  reading  knowledge  of  old  French 
desirable. 

FREN  619  Special  Topic  in  Medieval  French  Literature  (3) 

FREN  629  Special  Topic  in  Sixteenth  Century  French  Literature  (3) 

FREN  630  Corneille  (3) 

FREN  631  Moliere  (3) 

FREN  632  Racine  (3) 

FREN  639  Special  Topic  in  Seventeenth  Century  French  Literature  (3) 

FREN  640  Voltaire  (3) 

FREN  641  Rousseau  (3) 

FREN  642  Diderot  (3) 

FREN  649  Special  Topic  in  Eighteenth  Century  French  Literature  (3) 

FREN  650  French  Poetry  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  (3) 

FREN  651  French  Poetry  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  (3) 

FREN  652  The  French  Novel  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  (3) 

FREN  653  The  French  Novel  in  the  Nineteenth  Century  (3) 

FREN  659  Special  Topic  in  Nineteenth  Century  French  Literature  (3) 

FREN  660  French  Poetry  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3) 

FREN  662  The  French  Novel  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3) 

FREN  663  The  French  Novel  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3) 

FREN  664  The  French  Theatre  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3) 

FREN  665  The  French  Theatre  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3) 

FREN  669  Special  Topic  in  Twentieth  Century  French  Literature  (3) 

FREN  679  The  History  of  Ideas  in  France  (3)  Analysis  of  currents  of  ideas  as 
reflected  in  different  periods  and  authors  of  French  literature. 


Geography  Program     277 


FREN  689  Seminar  in  A  Great  Literary  Figure  (3) 

FREN  699  Seminar  (3)  Topic  to  be  determined  each  semester. 

FREN  702  Structural  French  Linguistics  (3)  Synchronic  description  of  the  phonology, 
morphology  and  syntax  of  modern  spoken  French:  standard  French  in  contrast  with 
other  varieties. 

FREN  709  College  Teaching  of  French  (1)  Introduction  to  the  teaching  of  French  at 
the  college  level  with  particular  emphasis  on  methodology.  Seminars  in  theory, 
demonstration  of  different  teaching  techniques,  supervised  practice  teaching,  training 
in  language  laboratory  procedures,  evaluation  of  instructional  materials.  Required  of  all 
graduate  assistants  in  French.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  two  credits. 

FREN  798  Master's  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite  permission  of  the 
department's  Director  of  Graduate  Studies.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  3  credits. 

FREN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

FREN  818  French  Literary  Criticism  (3)  Analysis  and  evaluation  of  various  trends  in 
literary  criticism  as  a  manifestation  of  the  French  literary  genius.  Topic  to  be 
determined  each  semester. 

FREN  898  Doctoral  Independent  Study  (3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

FREN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

ITAL  —  Italian 

ITAL  410  The  Italian  Renaissance  (3)  A  study  of  major  trends  of  thought  in 
Renaissance  literature,  philosophy,  art,  and  science. 

ITAL  411  Dante  (3)  Dante's  thought  as  expressed  in  his  major  writings:  "The  Vita 
Nuova,"  "De  Monarchia"  and  "The  Divine  Comedy."  In  English. 

ITAL  498  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Literature  (3)  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six 

credits. 

ITAL  499  Special  Topics  in  Italian  Studies  (3)  An  aspect  of  Italian  studies,  the 
specific  topic  to  be  announced  each  time  the  course  is  offered.  Repeatable  for  a 
maximum  of  6  credits. 


Geography  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Corey 

Professors:  Fonaroff,  Harper 

Associate  Professors:  Brodsky,  Christian,  Groves,  Mitchell,  Thompson,  Wiedel 

Assistant  Professors:  Cirrincione,  Kearney,  Lai,  Leatherman,  Petzold,  Sawyer, 

Schneider 

Lecturers:  Broome,  Chaves,  Frieswyk 

Visiting  Professor:  Deshler 

Assistant  Research  Scholar:  Go  ward 

Affiliate  Faculty:  Corsi 

The  Department  of  Geography  offers  the  Ph.D.  and  M.A.  degrees.   All  degree-seeking 

graduate  students  are  required  to  complete  the  following  courses  during  their  first  full 

year  of  study:  GEOG  483  (requires  non-class  time  on  campus);  GEOG  600,  GEOG 

605,   GEOG   610  (MA  students  only),   and  all   prerequisites  associated  with  these 


278     Geography  Program 


required  courses. 

While  progress  in  the  graduate  program  is  largely  an  individual  matter,  students 
entering  the  Ph.D.  should  think  of  three  years  as  the  norm.  The  Department  requires 
few  particular  courses-students  at  both  levels  initiate  their  own  program  of  coursework 
and  submit  a  plan  of  study  for  approval. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Incoming  MA  students  are  expected  to  have  an  undergraduate  degree  in  geography 
or  in  a  closely  related  field,  with  substantial  work  in  geography.  In  the  latter  case, 
remedial  work  may  be  required  prior  to  admission  to  the  degree  program.  All 
graduate  applicants  should  submit  aptitude  test  scores  of  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination. 

The  M.A.  degree  program  offers  four  specializations:  (1)  physical  geography  and 
environmental  analysis;  (2)  metropolitan  analysis  and  planning;  (3)  human  geography; 
and  (4)  cartography  -  geographic  information  systems  -  spatial  analysis.  Geography 
internships  are  encouraged  for  students  in  each  specialization. 

All  M.A.  degree  students  will  specialize  by  taking  at  least  five  courses  in  one  of  the 
four  M.A.  level  specialty  areas.  In  addition,  each  M.A.  student  will  devise  a 
three-course  non  -  specialization  designed  to  provide  some  breadth  of  knowledge  in 
geography  or  in  a  related  field;  a  regional  or  area-studies  focus  can  be  taken  as  part 
of  the  three-course  non-specialization.  M.A.  degree  requirements  are  set  at  a 
minimum  of  38  graduate  credit  hours.  No  more  than  13  credit  hours  may  be  taken  at 
the  400  level. 

M.A.  students  specializing  in  physical  geography  and  environmental  analysis, 
metropolitan  analysis  and  planning,  and  human  geography  may  take  the  six 
credit-hour  thesis  or  non-thesis,  two-paper  option.  Students  specializing  in 
cartography-geographic  information  systems-spatial  analysis  are  expected  to  take  the 
non-thesis,  two  paper  option.  The  non-thesis  option  involves  the  preparation  of  two 
substantial  research  papers.  All  M.A.  students  take  an  oral  examination  defense  of  a 
research  proposal  and  a  final  oral  examination  based  either  on  the  thesis  or  the  first  of 
the  two  research  papers. 

The  Ph.D.  program  provides  for  individual  student  specialization.  Doctoral 
applicants  must  submit  a  written  statement  of  study  that  is  used  to  solicit  faculty 
sponsors.  Because  of  the  degree  of  specialization  inherent  in  Ph.D.  study,  the 
Department  only  considers  applicants  whose  interests  coincide  with  departmental 
faculty  competence. 

For  admission  to  the  doctoral  program,  the  Department  normally  requires  a 
grade-point  average  higher  than  3.0  and  an  M.A.  degree  from  a  recognized 
geography  department,  or  competence  in  terms  of  fields  or  study  and  level  of 
achievement  comparable  to  the  M.A.  degree  of  the  Department.  A  non  M.A. -direct 
Ph.D.  program  is  possible  by  petition  from  the  student  and  upon  approval  of  a  faculty 
committee  appointed  by  the  Department  Chair-.- 

After  completion  of  formal  course-work  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.,  there  is  a 
two-part  qualifying  examination.  Part  One  is  a  written  examination  in  the  student's  two 
major  fields  of  specialization.  Part  Two  is  an  oral  examination  evaluating  the 
dissertation  proposal.  Upon  satisfactory  completion  of  the  dissertation  there  is  a  final 
oral  examination. 

Employment  opportunities  in  applied  geography,  especially  in  the  Washington,  D.C. 
metropolitan    area,    while    highly   competitive,    remain    strong.     Would-be    practicing 


GEOG  —  Geography     279 


geographers  should  stress  such  marketable  studies  as:  cartography,  computer 
applications,  international  development,  locational  analysis,  management  and  program 
planning. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Departmental  research  facilities  are  contemporary  and  outstanding;  they  include  a 
cartographic  laboratory,  a  computer  mapping  and  spatial  analysis  facility,  an 
environmental  analysis  laboratory,  and  a  self-instruction  laboratory.  A  minicomputer 
graphics  system  and  numerous  computer  terminals  are  housed  in  the  Department. 
These  new  instructional  quarters  in  Lefrak  Hall  include  a  physical  geography 
laboratory,  cartographic  teaching  and  production  laboratories.  The  Department 
publishes  an  Occasional  Papers  Series.  The  University's  Institute  for  Urban  Studies 
(see  "Urban  Studies  Program")  is  a  program  of  the  Department. 

Additional  Information 

More  detailed  information  on  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  programs  can  be  obtained  from: 
Graduate  Program  Advisor, 
Department  of  Geography 
1163  Lefrak  Hall, 
University  of  Maryland 
Tel:  (301)454-6655 

Courses 

GEOG  —  Geography 

GEOG  410  Colonial  North  America  (3)  The  changing  geography  of  the  U.S.  and 
Canada  from  pre-Columbian  times  to  the  end  of  the  I8th  century.  Emphasis  on  areal 
variations,  and  changes  in  the  settlements  and  economies  of  Indian  and  colonial 
populations.  Areal  specialization,  and  the  changing  patterns  of  agriculture,  industry, 
trade  and  transportation.  Population  growth,  composition  and  interior  expansion. 
Regionalization. 

GEOG  411  19th  Century  North  America  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  changing  geography 
of  the  U.  S.  and  Canada  from  1800  to  the  1920's.  The  settlement,  expansion  and 
socio-economic  development  of  the  U.  S.,  and  comparisons  with  the  Canadian 
experience.  Immigration,  economic  activities,  industrialization,  transportation  and 
urbanization. 

GEOG  414  Historical  Geography  of  the  Hispanic  World  (3)  The  social,  economic, 
political  and  cultural  geography  of  the  countries  of  the  Iberian  peninsula  and  Latin 
America  in  the  past  with  concentration  on  specific  time  periods  of  special  significance 
in  the  development  of  these  countries. 

GEOG  416  Overseas  European  Colonization  and  the  Third  World  (3)  The  impact  of 
European  overseas  expansion  on  Africa,  Asia  and  Australasia  during  the  19th  and 
early  20th  centuries.  Settlement  patterns  and  territorial  organization.  Cultural  and 
demographic  change.  Economic  organization  of  space. 

GEOG  420  Cultural  Geography  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  of  the  following;  GEOG  201  and 
202;  ANTH  101  and  102;  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  impact  of  man  through  his  ideas 
and  technology  on  the  evolution  of  geographic  landscapes.    Major  themes  in  the 


280     GEOG  —  Geography 


relationships  between  cultures  and  environments. 

GEOG  421  Cultural  Ecology  (3)  Basic  issues  concerning  the  natural  history  of  man 
from  the  perspect  ive  of  the  geographer.  Basic  components  of  selected  behavioral  and 
natural  systems,  their  evolution  and  adaptation,  and  survival  strategies. 

GEOG  422  Population  Geography  (3)  The  spatial  characteristics  of  population 
distribution  and  growth,  migration,  fertility  and  mortality  from  a  global  perspective. 
Basic  population-environmental  relationships;  carrying  capacity,  density,  relationships 
to  national  development. 

GEOG  423  Political  Geography  (3)  Geographical  factors  in  the  national  power  and 
international  relations;  an  analysis  of  the  role  of  "geopolitics"  and  "geostrategy,"  with 
special  reference  to  the  current  world  scene. 

GEOG  430  Location  Theory  and  Spatial  Analysis  (3)  Theories  and  procedures  for 
determining  the  optimal  location  of  industrial,  commercial  and  public  facilities. 
Techniques  to  evaluate  location  decisions.  The  provision  of  services  within  regions  and 
metropolitan  areas.  Emerging  trends. 

GEOG  433  Transportation  Networks  (3)  The  description  and  modeling  of  the  spatial 
components  of  transportation  systems.  The  theory  and  practice  of  analysing 
transportation  networks,  including  nodes,  links,  routes,  flows  and  regions.  Examples 
drawn  from  different  transportation  nodes. 

GEOG  434  Agricultural  and  Rural  Development  (3)  The  nature  of  agricultural 
resources,  the  major  types  of  agricultural  exploitation  in  the  world  and  the  geographic 
conditions.  Main  problems  of  conservation. 

GEOG  436  Issues  in  Urban  Transportation  (3)  The  spatial  patterns  of  personal  travel, 
movement  of  goods,  and  public  transit  services  in  cities.  Transportation  and  land  use. 
Public  policy  issues;  transportation  access,  energy  use,  and  neighborhood  disruption. 
Methods  of  data  collection  and  analysis,  travel  demand  surveys. 

GEOG  440  Process  Geomorphology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  340  or  GEOL  340  or 
consent  of  instructor.  A  quantitative  investigation  of  the  fundamental  geomorphic 
processes  shaping  modern  landscapes,  with  emphasis  on  fluvial,  coastal  and  glacial 
processes.  Field,  instrumentation  and  laboratory  analyses. 

GEOG  441  Geomorphological  Environment  (3)  Prerequisite  GEOG  201,  GEOL  100 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  regional  geomorphic  environments;  arctic,  alpine, 
coastal,  desert.  Fluvial  and  glacial  landscape  impacts.  Discussion  of  historical 
environments. 

GEOG  442  Urban  Climates  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  of  the  following;  GEOG  345,  347, 
METO  301  or  consent  of  instructor.  Effects  of  cities  on  their  climatic  environment. 
Radiant  energy  budgets,  urban  heat  islands,  precipitation  patterns  and  effects  of  the 
urban  climate  on  human  activities.  Computer  simulation  of  urban  climates  and  field 
study. 

GEOG  446  Applied  Climatology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  345  or  consent  of  instructor. 
The  components  of  the  earth's  readiation  balance  and  energy  budgets:  radiation,  soil 
heat  flux  and  the  evaporation  process.  Measurement  and  estimation  techniques. 
Practical  applications  of  microclimatological  theory  and  techniques. 

GEOG  448  Field  and  Laboratory  Techniques  in  Environmental  Science  (1-3)  Two 

lectures  and  on  two-hour  laaboratory  per  week.    Prerequisite:  one  of  the  following; 


GEOG  —  Geography     281 


GEOG  201,  GEOL  100,  AGRO  105,  ENCE  221  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  variable 
credit  course  that  introduces  field  and  laboratory  analyses  in  environmental  science. 

GEOG  450  The  Contemporary  City  (3)  The  contemporary  urban  system:  towns,  cities 
and  metropolitan  areas  and  their  role  as  concentrations  of  social  and  economic 
activity.  Patterns  of  land-use:  residential,  commercial  activity,  manufacturing,  and 
transportation.  Explanatory  and  descriptive  models.  International  comparisons. 

GEOG  454  Washington:  Past  and  Present  (3)  The  development  of  the  Washington 
area  from  its  origin  as  the  Federal  Capital  to  its  role  as  a  major  metropolitan  area.  The 
geographic  setting,  the  L'Enfant  Plan  and  its  modification,  the  federal  government  role, 
residential  and  commercial  structure.   The  growth  of  Washington's  suburbs. 

GEOG  456  The  Social  Geography  of  Metropolitan  Areas  (3)  A  socio  spatial 
approach  to  man's  interaction  with  his  urban  environment;  the  ways  people  perceive, 
define,  behave  in,  and  structure  their  cities  and  metropolitan  areas.  Spatial  patterns  of 
social  activities  as  formed  by  the  distribution  and  interaction  of  people  and  social 
institutions. 

GEOG  457  Historical  Geography  of  North  American  Cities  (3)  The  urbanization  of 
the  United  States  and  Canada  prior  to  1920.  The  evolution  of  the  urban  system  across 
the  countries  and  the  spatial  distribution  of  activities  within  cities.  The  process  of 
industrialization  and  the  concurrent  structuring  of  residential  patterns  among  ethnic 
groups. 

GEOG  462  Water  Resources  and  Water  Resource  Planning  (3)  Critical  concepts  in 
U.S.  water  resources  managememnt  with  emphasis  on  Federal  water  policy,  water 
supply,  water  quality,  flood  control  and  water  recreation  issues.  Water  resource 
planning:  basic  concepts  and  the  development  of  water  management  plans. 

GEOG  463  Geographic  Aspects  of  Pollution  (3)  Impact  of  human  activities  on  the 
environment  and  resulting  pollution  problems.  The  characteristics  and  spatial  aspects 
of  air,  water,  and  land  resource  problems.  Federal  legislation  and  planning  techniques 
to  reduce  pollution. 

GEOG  464  Energy  Resources  and  Planning  (3)  Regional  distribution  of  energy 
resources  and  consumption  in  the  U.S.  past  and  present  patterns  of  energy  use. 
Assessment  of  the  potential  of  conservation,  and  nuclear,  fossil  and  renewable  energy 
resources  with  an  emphasis  on  spatial  impact  of  energy  policy  desisions. 

GEOG  467  Energy  Resources  and  the  Environment  (3)  The  effect  of  energy 
resource  utilization  on  the  physical  environment  including  land  use,  air  and  water 
quality,  and  solid  waste  generation.  Recent  laws  designed  to  reduce  environmental 
impacts.  The  physical  consequences  of  alternative  energy  technologies. 

GEOG  470  Development  of  Cartographic  Technology  (3)  The  impact  of 
technological  improvements  in  land  surveying  and  maps  production  of  graphic 
images.  The  formation,  expansion  and  diffusion  of  geographic  information.  Study  of 
cartographic  imagery  as  a  changing  form  of  communication. 

GEOG  471  Cartographic  Production  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Map  making  and  modern  methods  of  production  and 
reproduction.  Organization  of  artwork  for  multicolor  or  series  map  production  including 
production  planning  and  quality  control. 

GEOG  475  Principles  of  Map  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  370.  The  principles  of 


282     GEOG  —  Geography 


designing  maps  for  publication  in  print  media,  including  books  and  atlases.  The 
selection  of  symbols,  colors,  lettering,  map  projections,  and  map  content.  Constraints 
and  problems  in  the  classification  and  representation  of  map  data. 

GEOG  478  Problems  in  Cartography  (3)  Prerequisite:  6  credit  hours  in  cartography 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Special  topics  in  cartography  for  advanced  students. 
Problems  of  cartographic  management;  special  use  maps;  automated  map  production; 
map  pattern  perception;  tabular  information  from  maps;  map  projections, 
transformations,  and  new  technologies.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  480  Advanced  Remote  Sensing  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  372  or  introductory 
remote  sensing  in  another  department.  Project-oriented  approach  to  specific 
applications  of  remote  sensing.  Use  of  numerical,  digital  data  and  pictoral  images  from 
aircraft  and  space  vehicles.  Image  display  and  enhancement.  Applications  in 
resources  management  and  environmental  studies. 

GEOG  481  Advanced  Computer  Mapping  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  373  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Advanced  concepts  in  automated  cartography.  Computerized  map 
projections  and  displays.   Computer  assisted  map  design  and  symbolization. 

GEOG  482  Geographic  Information  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  373  or  consent 
of  instructor.  The  construction  and  use  of  computer-based  information  systems.  The 
collection,  manipulation  and  automated  display  of  geographical  data.  Applications  in 
areas  such  as  resource  management,  political  boundaries,  terrain  analysis  and 
community  planning. 

GEOG  483  Survey  of  Computer  Facilities  for  Geography  and  Urban  Studies  (1) 

The  PRIME  computer  system.  Graphics  terminals,  digitizers,  plotters.  File  creation  and 
use  (PRIMOS),  software  for  statistical  analysis  (MINITAB),  relational  data  base 
management  system  (INFO),  digitizing  (DIGSRF2),  contour  mapping  (SURFACE  II), 
mapping  of  census  data  (CHOROMAP),  symbol  mapping  (GIMMS).  Other  computer 
facilities  on  campus. 

GEOG  490  Geographic  Concepts  and  Source  Materials  (3)  A  comprehensive  and 
systematic  survey  of  geographic  concepts  designed  exclusively  for  teachers.  Stress 
will  be  placed  upon  the  philosophy  of  geography  in  relation  to  the  social  and  physical 
sciences,  the  use  of  the  primary  tools  of  geography,  source  materials,  and  the 
problems  of  presenting  geographic  principles. 

GEOG  498  Topical  Investigations  (1-3)  Independent  study  under  individual  guidance. 
Restricted  to  advanced  undergraduate  students  with  credit  for  at  least  24  hours  in 
geography  and  to  graduate  students.  Any  exception  should  have  the  approval  of  the 
head  of  the  department. 

GEOG  600  Introduction  to  Graduate  Study  in  Geography  (3)  Introduces  the  student 
both  to  research  procedures  needed  in  graduate  work  and  to  current  trends  and 
developments  in  geographic  research.  Lectures  by  various  staff  members  form  basis 
for  discussion.    Research  paper  required. 

GEOG  601  Field  Course  (3) 

GEOG  605  Quantitative  Spatial  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  GEOG  305  and  483;  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Multivariate  statistical  method  applications  to  spatial  problems. 
Linear  and  non-linear  correlation  and  regression,  factor  analysis,  cluster  analysis. 
Spatial  statistics  including:  trend  surfaces,  sequences,  point  distributions.  Applications 


GEOG  —  Geography     283 


orientation  rather  than  mathematics  or  programming. 

GEOG  608  Seminar  in  Regional  Studies  (3)  Selected  topics  in  regional  geography. 

GEOG  610  Research  Tutorial  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  600  and  permission  of  the 
department.  Development  of  research  proposal:  critical  literature  review;  formulation  of 
research  methodology;  data  identification  and  evaluation.  Individual  meetings  with 
faculty.  Proposal  defense  at  end  of  semester. 

GEOG  615  Geomorphology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  440  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Analysis  of  physical  process  in  landscape  evolution.  Coastal  processes,  river 
mechanics,  alpone  glaciation  and  aeolian  transport. 

GEOG  618  Seminar  in  Geomorphology  (3)  Study  and  discussion  of  empirical  and 
theoretical  research  methods  applied  to  geomorphological  problems  including  review 
of  pertinent  literature. 

GEOG  625  Advanced  Climatology  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Advanced  study  of  elements  and  controls  of  the  earth's  climates.  Analysis  of  the 
energy  and  water  balances  at  the  earth's  surface  and  their  importance  and  application 
to  life  on  this  planet:  radiation,  soil  heat  flux,  evaporation  and  evapotranspiration. 

GEOG  628  Seminar  in  Climatology  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Selected 
topics  in  climatology  chosen  to  fit  the  individual  needs  of  advanced  students. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  638  Seminar  in  Environmental  and  Resource  Management  (3)  The  resource 
management  planning  process,  energy  conservation  and  renewable  energy 
development,  state  and  federal  energy  politics,  issues  in  land  use  planning,  and  water 
resources  management. 

GEOG  648  Seminar  in  Cultural  Geography  (3)  An  examination  of  selected  themes 
and  problems  in  cultural  geography. 

GEOG  658  Seminar  in  Historical  Geography  (3)  An  examination  of  themes  and 
problems  in  historical  geography  with  reference  to  selected  areas.  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor. 

GEOG  668  Seminar  in  Economic  Geography  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 
An  examination  of  themes  and  problems  in  the  field  of  economic  geography. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  678  Seminar  in  Political  Geography  (3)  Beginning  with  a  review  of 
contemporary  advanced  theory,  the  seminar  will  turn  to  problems  such  as  the  spatial 
consequences  of  political  behavior,  the  political  system  and  the  organization  of  space 
including  perceived  space,  the  organization  of  political  space.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

GEOG  679  Seminar  in  Urban  Geography  (3)  Post-industrial  urbanization;  urban 
planning  and  management;  metropolitan  systems;  internal  structure  of  the  city;  use  of 
techniques  in  urban  locational  research;  transportation  and  land  use.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  688  Seminar  in  Third  World  Devlopment  (3)  Selected  topics  in  international 
development  for  the  advanced  student.  Core-periphery  spatial  exchanges,  location 
and  accessibility  issues,  resource  constraints  and  opportunities,  planning  for  rural  and 
agricultural  development,  urbanization  processes,  emerging  regional  patterns. 


284     Dual  Master's  Degrees  Program  in  Geographic  Information  Systems 

GEOG  694  Computerized  Map  Projections  and  Transformations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GEOG  373  or  equivalent  in  computer  science,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Computer 
generated  projections;  techniques  for  transforming  one  coordinate  system  to  another; 
software  for  producing  different  map  projections;  mathematical  and  perceptual 
problems  in  producing  and  using  projections. 

GEOG  695  Spatial  Models  (3)  Mathematical  and  other  models  for  varied  subject 
matter.  Models  for  point,  line,  area,  surface  spatial  data  contexts.  Descriptive  and 
normative  models.  Aggregate  and  dis-aggregate  models.  Tools  for  research,  planning, 
decision  making.  Information  systems  context.  Intuitive  understanding  emphasized. 
Practical  experience  using  several  computer  tools.  Prerequisites:  GEOG  483  or 
equivalent,  and  GEOG  605  or  equivalent. 

GEOG  696  Geographic  Information  Systems  (3)  The  design,  use,  and  management 
of  computer  based  geographic  information  systems.  Computer  assisted  spatial  data 
collection,  management,  and  display  in  education,  government,  and  industry. 

GEOG  698  Seminar  in  Cartography  (1-6)  Forensic  cartography,  tactual  maps,  design 
with  new  technologies,  perception  and  cognitive  mapping,  history  of  cartography, 
laboratory  management. 

GEOG  699  Seminar  in  Computer  Cartography  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOG  373  or 
equivalent  course  in  computer  science  or  consent  of  instructor.  Selected  topics  in 
computer-assisted  cartography:  algorithms  for  linear  generalization,  containing 
three-dimensional  mapping  and  continuous-time  mapping.  Analysis  of  graphics 
systems  of  the  D.C.  area. 

GEOG  788  Selected  Topics  in  Geography  (1-3)  Readings  and  discussion  on 
selected  topics  in  the  field  of  geography.  To  be  taken  only  with  the  joint  consent  of 
advisor  and  head  of  the  department  of  geography. 

GEOG  789  Independent  Readings  (1-3)  Independent  reading  as  arranged  between  a 
graduate  faculty  member  and  student.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GEOG  790  Internship  in  Geography  (3)  Field  experience  in  the  student's  specialty  in 
a  federal,  state,  or  local  agency  or  private  business.  A  research  paper  required. 

GEOG  798  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Open  only  to  students  in  the  non-thesis  M.A. 
Option. 

GEOG  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

GEOG  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Dual  Master's  Degrees  Program  in 
Geographic  Information  Systems 

This  is  a  joint  program  of  the  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  and  the 
Department  of  Geography.  It  results  in  two  master's  degrees;  the  Master  of  Library 
Science  (MLS)  and  the  M.A.  in  Geography.  The  dual-degree  program  requires  a 
minimum  of  56  graduate  credit  hours.  For  a  full-time  student,  the  program  requires 
two  years  of  intensive  study.  Admission  to  the  program  is  competitive  and  students 
must  apply  separately  and  be  admitted  both  to  Library  and  Information  Services  and  to 
Geography.  Contact  either  the  Department  (301)  454-2241  or  the  College  of  Library 
and  Information  Services  454-3016  for  more  information. 


Geology  Program     285 


Geology  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Chang 

ProfessorAtiler 

Associate  Professors :Ridky,  Segovia,  Siegrist,  Stifel,  Weidner,  Wylie 

Assistant  Professors:  Candela,  Nielsen,  McLellan 

The  Department  of  Geology  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  MS  and  PhD 

degrees.  Broad  research  interests  among  faculty  members  make  study  and  research 

available  in  all  major  fields  of  geological  sciences  with  specialization  in  economic 

minerals,  fuels  and  deposits;  engineering,  and  environmental  geology;  experimental 

petrology     and     crystal     chemistry;     solution     and     trace    element    geochemistry; 

sedimentation;  straigraphy  and  paleontology;  structural  geology;  and  regional  geology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Qualified  students  with  a  major  in  geology  as  well  as  in  physics,  chemistry, biology, 
and  related  sciences  and  engineering  are  invited  to  apply  for  admission  to  the 
graduate  programs.  There  is  no  single  prescribed  curriculum  for  all  graduate  students. 
The  entire  course  of  study  is  individually  developed  for  each  student  by  his/her 
graduate  program  committee.  All  students  are  required  to  take  an  entrance 
examination,  results  from  which  are  used  to  design  their  academic  schedules. 

The  MS  degree  is  awarded  following  the  successful  completion  of  the  course 
requirements  and  a  satisfactory  thesis.  For  the  PhD  degree,  requirements  include 
satisfactory  course  work,  a  comprehensive  examination,  and  completion  of  all 
dissertation  and  oral  examination  requirements. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  all  standard  laboratory  equipment  for  rock,  mineral,  and  fossil 
preparation  and  treatment.  Special  equipment  includes  a  fully  automated  x-ray 
spectrometer,  an  electron  microprobe  analyzer,  x-ray  diffractometers,  atomic 
absorption  spectcophotometer  research  transmitted  and  reflected  light  microscopes, 
geophysical  equipment  for  magnetic,  seismic,  resistivity  and  EM  measurements,  and  a 
complete  laboratory  for  mineral  synthesis  and  phase  equilibrium  studies  at 
high-temperatures  and  high-pressures  including  hydrothermal,  internally-heated 
piston-cylinder,  and  Bridgman  opposed-anvil  systems.  Extensive  library,  computer 
and  electron  microscope  facilities  are  available  on  campus  for  graduate  research. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  located  within  the  metropolitan  area  of  Washington, 
D.C.  and  close  to  the  city  of  Baltimore  where  a  large  number  of  outstanding  institutions 
are  located.  These  include  the  United  States  Geological  Survey,  Bureau  of  Mines, 
Department  of  Energy,  Environmental  Protection  Agency,  National  Bureau  of 
Standards,  NASA's  Goddard  Space  Flight  Center,  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the 
Carnegie  Institute's  Geophysical  Laboratory  and  Department  of  Terrestrial  Magnetism, 
and  the  Geological  Survey  of  Maryland.  Opportunites  exist  for  programs  of  study  in 
cooperation  with  many  of  these  institutions. 


286     GEOL  —  Geology 


Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  students  are  eligible  for  departmental  teaching  assistantships,  Graduate 
School  assistantships,  and  grant-supported  fellowships  and  research  assistantships.  In 
addition,  some  curatorial,  library,  and  other  part-time  work  is  available. 

Additional  Information 

The  Department's  "Graduate  Programs  in  Geology  at  Maryland"  gives  additional 
information  on  the  requirements,  examinations,  faculty  research  interests  and 
publications,  research  facilities,  and  financial  aids.  Copies  are  available  from: 

Department  of  Geology, 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

GEOL  —  Geology 

GEOL  410  Industrial  Rocks  and  Minerals  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  322  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  origin;  occurrence;  mineralogy;  extraction  and  treatment  technology; 
production  and  deposit-evaluation  of  rocks  and  minerals  used  in  the  construction, 
ceramic,  chemical  and  allied  industries.  Restricted  to  non-fuels,  non-metallic,  non-gem 
materials.  Field  trips  to  industrial  locations  are  required. 

GEOL  423  Optical  Mineralogy  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratories  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  GEOL  322  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  optical  behavior  of  crystals  with 
emphasis  on  the  theory  and  application  of  the  petrographic  microscope. 

GEOL  432  Stratigraphic  Paleontology  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  GEOL  331.  Principles  of  biostratigraphy,  paleoecology  and 
pateogeography.   Laboratory  study  emphasizes  significant  index  fossils. 

GEOL  434  Micropaleontology  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  GEOL  331  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  systematic  review  of  the 
morphology,  classification,  ecology  and  geologic  ranges  of  important  microfossil 
groups,  particularly  ostracoses  and  foraminifera. 

GEOL  436  Regional  Geology  of  North  America  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  102  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  A  systematic  study  of  the  regional  geology  of  North  America 
including  history,  structure,  stratigraphy  and  petrology  of  the  physiographic  provinces 
of  the  United  States,  Canada  and  the  Caribbean. 

GEOL  443  Petrology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  322  or  consent  of  instructor.  Two  lectures 
and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  detailed  study  of  rocks:  petrogenesis;  distributions; 
chemical  and  mineralogical  relation;  macroscopic  descriptions  and  geologic 
significance. 

GEOL  444  Petrography  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisites: 
GEOL  423,  342  or  consent  of  instructor.  Microscopic  thin-section  studies  of  rocks 
stressing  the  description  and  classification  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks. 

GEOL  445  Principles  of  Geochemistry  (3)  Prerequisites:  CHEM  103  and  GEOL  322. 
An  introduction  to  the  basic  principles  of  geochemistry  including  geothermometry, 
geobarometry,  geochronology  and  the  genesis  of  natural  inorganic  materials. 

GEOL  446  Geophysics  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite: 


GEOL  —  Geology     287 


PHYS  142  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  basic  theories  and  principles 
of  geophysics  stressing  such  important  applications  as  rock  magnetism,  gravity 
anomolies,  crustal  strain  and  earthquakes,  and  surveying. 

GEOL  447  Geochemistry  of  Fuels  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  104  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Discussion  of  the  progenitors  and  the  biochemical,  chemical  and  physical 
agencies  that  convert  them  into  crude  oils,  coals  of  various  ranks,  natural  gas  and 
other  organic  fuels.  The  origin,  composition,  mineralogy  and  organic  constituents 
(kerogen)  of  oil  shales.  Mineralogy,  geochemical  cycles  and  accumulation  of  uranium 
and  thorium. 

GEOL  450  Economic  Geology  of  Energy  Sources  (3)  Problems  related  to  current 
methods  for  exploration  for  and  recovery  of  crude  oils,  coals,  asphalts,  tar  sands,  oil 
shales,  gas,  uranium,  and  geothermal  energy.  Geological,  geochemical,  engineering, 
economic  and  environmental  considerations. 

GEOL  451  Groundwater  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  100  or  consent  of  instructor. 
An  introduction  to  the  basic  geologic  parameters  associated  with  the  hydrologic  cycle. 
Problems  in  the  accumulation,  distribution  and  movement  of  groundwater  will  be 
analyzed. 

GEOL  453  Economic  Geology  (3)  Two  laboratories  a  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  322 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  geology  of  metallic  ore  deposits  stressing 
ore-forming  processes,  configuration  of  important  ore  bodies,  and  familiarization  with 
characteristic  ore  mineral  suites. 

GEOL  454  Petroleum  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  341.  The  occurrence  of 
petroleum,  the  reservoir,  fluids  in  the  reservoir,  and  preliminary  consideration  of 
reservoir  dynamics  based  upon  temperature  and  pressure.  Special  emphasis  on 
reservoir  sedimentology,  the  role  of  water  in  the  behavior  of  constituent  clays,  and 
techniques  of  wireline  logging  of  subsurface  lithologies. 

GEOL  456  Engineering  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  341  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  A  study  of  the  geological  problems 
associated  with  the  location  of  tunnels,  bridges,  dams  and  nuclear  reactors,  slope 
control,  and  natural  hazards. 

GEOL  462  Geological  Remote  Sensing  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratories  a  week. 
Prerequisites:  GEOL  341  and  342,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  An  introduction  to 
geological  remote  sensing  including  applications  of  aerial  photographic  interpretation 
to  problems  in  regional  geology,  engineering  geology,  structural  geology,  and 
stratigraphy.  Films,  filters,  and  criteria  used  in  selecting  imagery  are  also  discussed. 
Laboratory  exercises  include  measurements  of  geologic  parameters  and  compilation 
and  transference  of  data  to  base  maps. 

GEOL  471  Geochemical  Methods  of  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  103  AND  113 
Principles  and  application  of  geochemical  analysis  as  applied  to  a  variety  of  geological 
problems.  X-ray  and  optical  spectroscopy,  X-ray  diffraction,  atomic  absorption, 
electron  microprobe  and  electron  microscopy. 

GEOL  472  Tectonics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  341  or  consent  of  instructor.  Selected 
tectonic  elements  of  organic  belts  through  out  the  world  viewed  in  the  framework  of 
plate  tectonics  and  sea  floor  spreading. 

GEOL  474  Computer  Modeling  for  Geologists  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  331,  341,  342 


288     GEOL  —  Geology 


or  423;  CMSC  110.  Computer  modeling  in  the  geosciences. 

GEOL  475  General  Oceanography  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHEM  103  or  equivalent,  and  one 
additional  semester  of  physical  science.  An  introduction  to  physical,  chemical  and 
geological  processes  that  occur  in  the  marine  environment  including  physical  and 
chemical  properties  of  sea  water,  geology  of  the  sea  floor,  general  circulation  of  the 
ocean,  currents,  waves,  and  tides. 

GEOL  490  Geology  Field  Camp  (6)  Prerequisites:  GEOL  322,  331  and  341,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Six  weeks  of  summer  field  work  prior  to  senior  year.  Principles 
and  problems  in  sampling,  measuring,  mapping,  and  reporting  of  geologic  data. 
Group  field  trips  and  discussions. 

GEOL  499  Special  Problems  in  Geology  (1-3)  Prerequisites:  GEOL  102  AND  110  or 

equivalent,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Intensive  study  of  a  special  geologic  subject  or 
technique  selected  after  consultation  with  instructor.  Intended  to  provide  training  or 
instruction  not  available  in  other  courses  which  will  aid  the  student's  development  in 
his  field  of  major  interest. 

GEOL  501  Earth  Science  for  Elementary/Middle  School  Teachers  i  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  The  history  of  the  universe,  the  solar 
system  and  the  earth,  a  description  of  the  earth's  atmosphere  and  weather 
phenomena.  The  major  minerals  and  rocks  of  the  earth,  and  a  description  of  the  major 
geologic  processes  that  change  the  earth's  surface. 

GEOL  502  Earth  Science  for  Elementary/Middle  School  Teachers  II  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  501 .  Description 
of  the  earth's  interior,  the  continents  and  ocean  basins  and  an  explanation  of  those 
features  in  terms  of  the  theories  of  continental  drift,  sea  floor  spreading  and  plate 
tectonics. 

GEOL  503  Earth  Science  for  Elementary/Middle  School  Teachers  III  (4)  Three 
lectures  and  three  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  GEOL  502.  An  intensive 
field  study  of  the  geology  of  Maryland  and  the  Mid-Atlantic  States  including  the 
Coastal  Plain;  Piedmont,  Blue  Ridge,  Ridge  and  Valley.and  Appalachian  Plateau 
provinces. 

GEOL  610  Geometries  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Formulation  and  analysis 
of  geologic  problems  employing  computer  and  statistical  modeling  techniques. 

GEOL  614  Thermodynamics  of  Geological  Processes  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  141, 
CHEM  113,  GEOL  322,  and  PHYS  142.  Thermodynamics  and  its  application  to 
problems  in  mineralogy,  petrology  and  geochemistry.  Systematic  development  of  the 
laws  of  thermodynamics  and  the  principles  of  chemical  equilibrium  as  applied  to 
geological  problems. 

GEOL  621  Mineralogy  of  Ore-forming  Sulfides  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  322  or 
equivalent  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  systematic  study  of  chemical  compositions, 
crystal  structures,  and  paragenetic  relations  of  major  ore-forming  sulfides. 

GEOL  622  Mineralogy  of  the  Rock-forming  Silicates  (3)  Prerequisites:  GEOL  422 
and  CHEM  481  or  equivalents  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  systematic  study  of  the 
structure,  polymorphic  relations,  composition  and  phase  transformations  of  the  major 
rock  forming  silicates. 

GEOL  623  Ore  Microscopy  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  423.  Pre  or  corequisite:  GEOL  653. 


GEOL  —  Geology     289 


One  lecture  and  two  laboratories  per  week.  A  systematic  study  of  general  principles  of 
reflected  light  optics  and  their  application  to  the  reflected  light  polarizing  microscope 
as  well  as  techniques  for  identifying  common  ore  mineral  in  polished  section. 

GEOL  632  Biostratigraphy  and  Paleoecology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  432  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Principles  and 
processes  of  biostratigraphy  and  paleoecology  including:  controlling  parameters  of  the 
marine  environment;  mode  of  life  of  fossil  invertebrates;  evolution  and  ecological 
function  of  populations,  communities  and  provinces;  ecological  history;  time  and 
stratigraphy  including  sedimentary  systems  and  correlation. 

GEOL  634  Micropaleontology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  431  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  systematic  review  of  the  morphology, 
classification,  ecology  and  geologic  ranges  of  important  microfossil  groups,  particularly 
ostracoses  and  foraminifera. 

GEOL  641  Advanced  Structural  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  detailed  treatment  of  stress,  strain, 
deformation  of  rocks,  and  resulting  structures  on  microscopic,  mesoscopic,  and 
macroscopic  scales;  consideration  of  world  examples  of  structural  variation;  concept 
and  problems  of  plate  tectonics;  all  designed  as  a  complete  study  of  structural 
geology. 

GEOL  642  Sedimentary  Petrography  (3)  Prerequisites:  GEOL  442  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Two  laboratories  per  week.  Sampling  and  description  of 
sediments  and  sedimentary  rocks.  Includes  a  statistical  characterization  of  the  mineral 
composition,  texture,  structure,  and  geometry  of  sedimentary  bodies. 

GEOL  643  Igneous  Petrology  (3)  Prerequisites:  GEOL  443,  CHEM  481,  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Two  laboratories  per  week.  Analysis  of  the  genesis  of  the  igneous  rocks 
using  chemical,  mineralogic,  petrographic  and  field  data.  Estimation  of  intensive 
parameters,  such  as  temperature  and  pressure  on  the  basis  of  these  data. 
Interpretation  of  chemical  variation  in  related  rock  suites  in  terms  of  fractional  and 
equilibrium  crystallization  and  melting  processes. 

GEOL  644  Metamorphic  Petrology  (3)  Prerequisites:  GEOL  443  and  CHEM  481,  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Analysis  of  the 
physical  and  chemical  aspects  of  metamorphic  processes.  Suites  of  metamorphic 
rocks  by  the  use  of  chemical,  mineralogic,  petrographic,  and  field  data. 

GEOL  652  Geological  Oceanography  (3)  Prerequisite:  geoLOGY  475  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Study  of  marine  and  estuarine  environments  with  special  attention  to  present 
geological  and  geochemical  processes.  Origin  and  evolution  of  basins,  margins, 
sediments  and  water;  sediment-water  and  basalt-water  interactions;  environmental 
effects  of  societal  actions;  oceanographic  and  laboratory  techniques;  Chesapeake  bay 
processes.  Shipboard  excursions  required.  Laboratory  workups  on  collected  samples 
conducted  on  an  individual  basis  to  the  interests  of  the  student. 

GEOL  653  Advanced  Problems  in  Economic  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  453  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  systematic  study  of  particular  ore  deposit  types  or  areas  of 
mineralization,  primarily  involving  major  economically  important  metals.  Geologic 
setting,  mineralogy  and  form  and  character  of  the  ore  bodies,  chemical  and  physical 
factors  affecting  source,  transport  and  deposition  of  ore  forming  fluids. 


290     GEOL  —  Geology 


GEOL  656  Engineering  and  Environmental  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  The  relationship  of  man  to  the 
planet  earth;  his  increasing  colonization  based  upon  available  food,  materials,  and 
energy;  environmental  consequences  of  resource  extraction;  and  the  desirability  of 
planetary  management  policy  as  a  long-term  goal. 

GEOL  660  Glacial  and  Quaternary  Geology  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  The  dynamics,  form  and  thermo  characteristics  of  ice  as  related  to  glacial 
structures.  Quaternary  deposition  and  strata  in  relation  to  older  strata  as  well  as 
modern  day  sediments.  The  general  lithology,  morphology,  and  classification  of  till. 
Specific  emphasis  on  the  classical  Wisconsin  stage  of  glaciation  of  North  America. 

GEOL  663  Morphotectonics  (3)  Prerequisites:  GEOL  462  and  GEOL  664  or  consent 
of  the  instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Interactions  between 
surface  geologic  processes  and  recent  deformation  of  the  earth's  crust.  Discussion  of 
criteria  and  techniques  applicable  to  the  identification  of  recent  folding  and  faulting. 
Surface  manifestation  of  deep  structures  in  areas  covered  by  unconsolidated  deposits. 

GEOL  664  Surface  Geologic  Processes  and  Terrain  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites: 
GEOL  440  and  GEOL  441 .  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Chemical  and 
physical  processes  which  modify  compositional  and  spatial  parameters  of  geologic 
materials  at  and  near  the  surface  of  the  earth.  Applications  of  surface  process  analysis 
in  engineering  geology,  soils  studies,  archeology,  land  use  planning,  and  mineral  and 
petroleum  exploration. 

GEOL  671  Analytical  Methods  in  Minerology  (3)  Prerequisites:  GEOL  422,  CHEM 
471  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  An 
intensive  study  in  the  operation  and  application  of  instrumentation  in  mineralogical 
problems.  Emphasis  on  designing  and  testing  methods  of  analysis  for  use  in  the 
student's  research  problems  in  geology. 

GEOL  675  Geochemistry  of  Sedimentary  Environments  (3)  Prerequisite:  GEOL  442 
Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Application  of  geochemical  principles 
and  techniques  to  the  study  of  authigenesis  of  sedimentary  rocks.  Emphasis  on  the 
geochemical  parameters  that  describe  recent  sedimentary  environments  containing 
carbonates,  clays,  oron  oxides  and  sulfides.  Centering  on  instrumental  techniques 
used  in  the  study  of  chemical  sediments,  e.g.  X-ray  analysis,  electron  microscopy  and 
luminescence  petrography. 

GEOL  676  Geochemistry  of  Biosphere  (3)  Prerequisite:  two  years  of  chemistry 
including  one  year  of  either  organic  or  physical  chemistry.  An  interdisciplinary 
approach  involving  inorganic,  organic,  physical  and  biochemistry  to  integrate  the 
available  information  necessary  to  interpret  and  explain  the  major  aspects  of  the 
geochemistry  of  the  biosphere. 

GEOL  789  Recent  Advances  in  Geology  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Recent  advances  in  geology  research. 

GEOL  798  Seminar  in  Geology  (1)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Discussion  of  special  topics  in  current  literature  in  all  phases  of  geology. 

GEOL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 
GEOL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Germanic  Language  and  Literature  Program     291 


Germanic  Language  and  Literature  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Chair:  Brecht 

Professors:  Best,  Jones,  Herin,  Oster 

Associate  Professors:  Bilik,  Fletcher,  Frederiksen,  Beiken,  Pfister 

The  Germanic  Section  of  the  Department  of  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and 

Literatures    offers    programs    of    study    leading    to   the    M.A.     and    Ph.D.    degrees. 

Specialization    includes    the    following    areas:    Language    Pedagogy    and    Applied 

Linguistics;  Germanic  Philology;  Medieval  Literature  and  Culture;  and  Literature  of  the 

German  Speaking  Countries  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  Present. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  Graduate  School  requirements,  candidates  must  have  a  bachelor's 
degree  with  an  undergraduate  major  in  German  language  and  literature  or  the 
equivalent,  and  fluency  in  the  written  and  spoken  language.  Candidates  for  the 
doctorate  must  have  a  master's  degree  in  Germanic  Studies  or  in  a  related  discipline, 
for  example;  German,  Scandinavian  Studies,  Language  Education,  Medieval  Studies, 
etc. 

Degree  requirements  for  the  M.A.  (thesis  option)  are:  24  hours  of  coursework,  the 
thesis,  and  a  written  comprehensive  examination.  The  M.A.  (non-thesis  option)  requires 
30  hours  of  coursework.  a  mini-thesis  with  oral  defense,  and  a  written  comprehensive 
examination.  For  both  options  the  comprehensives  consist  of  four  two-hour 
examinations  based  on  the  coursework  and  the  M.A.  Reading  List. 

Degree  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  are  as  follows:  1)  completion  of  at  least  30 
hours  of  coursework  beyond  the  master's  degree,  over  a  period  of  residency  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  of  at  least  one  year,  and  a  further  12  hours  of  dissertation 
research;  2)  a  reading  skill  examination  in  a  language  other  than  English  or  German, 
which  may  be  another  Germanic  language  or  a  language  related  to  the  candidate's 
research;  3)  comprehensive  written  examinations;  4)  presentation  of  the  dissertation 
topic  to  the  Germanic  Section  graduate  faculty  before  the  topic  is  approved;  5)  the 
dissertation;  6)  oral  dissertation  defense.  The  doctoral  comprehensives  consist  of  six 
three-hour  examinations.  The  candidate  has  considerable  freedom  in  choosing  the 
subject  to  be  covered  in  three  of  the  examinations;  the  other  three  being  the  required 
fields  of  philology  or  applied  linguistics,  medieval  literature,  and  modern  literature. 
Candidates  who  opt  for  all  three  selected  topics  in  German  literature  will  choose 
subjects  in  the  following  periods:  16th  and  17th  centuries,  18th  century,  19th  century, 
20th  century;  in  which  case  the  required  modern  literature  examination  will  require 
interpretation  of  a  text.  Candidates  who  select  topics  from  other  fields  such  as 
philology,  Scandinavian  Studies,  medieval  studies,  etc.,  will  take  a  general  examination 
in  the  modern  literature  required  exam. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  its  course  offerings  listed  below,  the  Germanic  Section  of  the  Department 
of  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures  sponsors  the  German  Club,  the 
University  of  Maryland  Chapter  of  Delta  Phi  Alpha  (the  national  German  language 
honors  society).  Distinguished  scholars  and  lecturers,  as  well  as  visiting  professors, 
visit  the  metropolitan  area  and  campus  regularly.  College  Park's  closeness  to 
Washington,  D.C.  facilitates  participation  in  the  many  cultural  functions  of  the  capital 


292     GERM  —  German 


with  its  wealth  of  German  and  Scandinavian  social  groups  and  national  societies. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Germanic  Section  is  able  to  contribute  to  the  financial  support  of  its  graduate 
students  in  the  form  of  teaching  and  non-teaching  assistantships  as  well  as  several 
fellowships. 

Additional  Information 

For  further  information  write  to:  Director  of  Graduate  Studies,  Department  of  Germanic 
and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literature. 

Courses 

> 

GERM  —  German 

GERM  401  Advanced  Conversation  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  302  or  equivalent. 
Development  of  fluency  in  spoken  German.  Discussion  of  contemporary  issues. 

GERM  403  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  302  or  equivalent. 
Advanced  instruction  in  writing  skills. 

GERM  405  Stylistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  302  or  equivalent.  Stylistic  analysis  of 
oral  and  written  German  both  literary  and  non-literary.  Intensive  study  of  vocabulary 
and  syntax.  Dictionary  and  composition  exercises. 

GERM  415  German/English  Translation  I  (3)  An  intensive  presentation  of  German 
grammar  limited  exclusively  to  reading  skill;  graded  readings  in  the  arts  and  sciences. 
Instruction  in  English;  can  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  arts  and  humanities  foreign 
language  requirement.  May  not  be  taken  for  credit  by  students  who  have  completed 
GERM  111-115  and/or  GERM  301/302. 

GERM  416  German/English  Translation  II  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  302,  GERM  415  or 
equivalent.  Written  translation  of  materials  from  the  student's  field  of  study.  Discussion 
of  basic  problems  of  German-to-English  translation,  with  examples  from  students' 
projects.  Instruction  in  English.  Cannot  be  used  to  satisfy  the  arts  and  humanities 
foreign  language  requirement. 

GERM  418  Practicum  in  German/English  Translation  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  416  or 
equivalent.  Problems  of  professional  translating  from  German  into  English;  translation 
of  literary  and  technical  texts;  the  assembling  and  use  of  a  specialized  translator's 
reference  library.  May  be  repeated  up  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

GERM  419  Selected  Topics  in  German  Language  Study  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  302 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is 
different. 

GERM  421  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Prerequisites   GERM  321  and  322,  or 

permission  of  instructor.  German  literature  from  the  8th  through  the  15th  centuries. 
Readings  include  old  high  German  texts;  the  German  heroic,  courtly  and  popular  epic; 
Minnesang,  Meistersang,  the  late  Medieval  epic:  folk  literature  of  the  late  Middle  Ages. 
Read  in  modern  German  translation. 

GERM  422  From  the  Reformation  Through  the  Baroque  (3)  Prerequisites  GERM 
321  AND  322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the 
reformation    and    the    period    of   humanism   through   the   baroque   (ca.    1517-1720). 


GERM  —  German     293 


Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  423  From  Enlightenment  through  Storm  and  Stress  (3)  Prerequisites  GERM 
321  and  322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the 
Enlightenment  (1720-  1785),  the  Age  of  Sentimentalism  (1740-1780),  and  Storm  and 
Stress  (1767-1785).  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  424  Classicism  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and  322,  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the  Age  of  Classicism  (1786-1832). 
Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  431  Romanticism  and  Biedermeier  (3)  Prerequisites   GERM  321  and  322  or 

permission  of  instructor.  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the  periods  of 
Romanticism  (1798-1835)  and  Biedermeier  (1820-1850).  Readings  and  instruction  in 
German. 

GERM  432  Junges  Deutschland  and  Realism  (3)  Prerequisite  GERM  321  and  322, 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the  periods  of 
Junges  Deutschland  (1830-1850)  and  Realism  (1850-1890).  Readings  and  instruction 
in  German. 

GERM  433  Naturalism  and  Its  Counter  Currents  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321  and 
322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the  period  of 
naturalism  and  its  counter  currents  (1880-1920).  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM   434   Expressionism   to   1945  (3)   Prerequisites:   GERM   321    AND  322,   or 

permission  of  instructor.  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  Expressionism 
through  the  period  between  the  wars  to  the  contrast  of  Nazi  and  Exile  Literature  (ca. 
1910-1945).  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  435  From  1945  to  the  Present  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  321  and  322,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Readings  of  representative  authors  from  the  'Two 
Germanies,"  Austria,  and  Switzerland  in  the  period  from  the  end  of  World  War  II  to  the 
present.  Readings  and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  439  Selected  Topics  in  German  Literature  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  321  AND 
322,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Specialized  study  of  an  author,  school,  genre,  or 
theme.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different.  Readings 
and  instruction  in  German. 

GERM  449  Selected  Topics  in  Yiddish  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  Study  of  a  linguistic,  literary  or  cultural  topic  in  Yiddish  studies.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  459  Selected  Topics  in  Netherlandic  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Study  of  a  linguisitic,  literary  or  cultural  topic  in  Netherlandic  Studies. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  461  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and  Norwegian  I  (3)  Develops  reading  facility 
in  three  languages  in  one  semester.  Texts  read  include  Bergman's  Seventh  Seal,  tales 
by  H.C.  Andersen,  excerpts  from  works  by  Ibsen  and  Hamsun,  and  selected  folk 
literature.  No  foreign  language  prerequisite.  Not  available  for  credit  to  students  who 
have  taken  GERM  164  or  GERM  165. 

GERM  462  Reading  Swedish,  Danish  and  Norwegian  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  461 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Further  development  of  reading  facility. 


294     GERM  —  German 


GERM  463  The  Icelandic  Family  Saga  (3)  Analysis  of  the  old  Norse  saga  as 
historiography,  literature,  and  folklore.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English. 

GERM  464  The  Fantastic  and  Historic  Saga  (3)  Mythological/heroic  sagas, 
translation  of  chivalric  materials  from  the  continent,  and  the  histories  of  the  Norwegian 
kings,  the  "viking  colonies"  and  the  settlement  of  Iceland  contrasted  with  the  classical 
structure  of  the  family  saga,  chivalric  models,  and  other  national  histories  by  Germanic 
writers  of  the  Middle  Ages.  Readings  and  instruction  in  English. 

GERM  469  Selected  Topics  in  Scandinavian  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  Study  of  a  linguistic,  literary  or  cultural  topic  in  Scandinavian  studies. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  472  Introduction  to  Germanic  Philology  (3)  Prerequisites:  GERM  115  and 
GERM  471,  or  equivalent.  Reconstructed  proto-Germanic  and  surveys  of  Gothic,  Old 
Norse,  Old  English,  Old  Saxon.  The  development  of  High  German  from  the  Old  High 
German  period  through  Middle  High  German  to  modern  German;  a  short  introduction 
to  modern  German  dialectology.  Instruction  in  English. 

GERM  475  Old  Norse  (3)  The  language  of  the  old  Icelandic  saga,  the  Eddas  and 
Skaldic  poetry.  Reading  of  texts  in  the  original;  historical  development  of  Old  Norse 
and  its  role  in  the  Germanic  language  family.  No  knowledge  of  German  or  a 
Scandinavian  language  required;  instruction  in  English. 

GERM  479  Selected  Topics  in  Germanic  Philology  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Selected  topics  such  as  comparative  Germanic  studies,  Old  Norse 
language  or  readings  in  Old  Norse  literature,  modern  German  dialectology.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

GERM  499  Directed  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  by  permission  of  department  chairman 
and/or  undergraduate  advisor.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if  subject  matter 
is  different. 

GERM  610  Structure  of  the  German  Language  (3)  An  introduction  to  applied 
linguistics.  Structural  analysis  of  the  phonetics,  phonology,  morphology,  syntax  and 
lexicon  of  modern  German  contrasted  with  that  of  modern  English. 

GERM  611  College  Teaching  of  German  (3)  Instruction,  demonstration  and 
classroom  practice  under  supervision  of  modern  procedures  in  the  presentation  of 
elementary  German  courses  to  college  age  students. 

GERM  620  Methods  and  Concepts  of  Germanic  Studies  (3)  The  history,  methods 
and  concepts  of  Germanic  Studies  (language  and  literature). 

GERM  621  Middle  High  German  Literature  I  (3)  Form  and  structure  of  the  medieval 
verse  narrative;  treatment  of  the  most  important  authors  and  works  of  the  period. 

GERM  622  Middle  High  German  Literature  II  (3)  Form  and  structure  of  medieval  lyric 
poetry;  treatment  of  the  most  important  authors  of  the  period. 

GERM  631  German  Lyric  Poetry  (3)  An  exposition  of  the  genre  of  lyric  poetry,  its 
metrical  and  aesthetic  background,  illustrated  by  characteristic  examples  from  the 
Middle  Ages  to  the  present. 

GERM  632  The  German  Novelle  (3)  Study  of  the  development  of  the  genre  from  the 
18th  century  to  the  present. 

GERM  633  The  German  Novel  (3)  The  theory  and  structure  of  the  German  novel  from 


GERM  —  German     295 


the  Baroque  to  the  present. 

GERM  634  German  Drama  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  theory  and  structure  of  the 
German  drama  from  the  Baroque  to  the  present  with  extensive  interpretation  of 
characteristic  works. 

GERM  671  Gothic,  Old  High  German,  Middle  High  German  I  (3)  The  first  semester 
of  a  two-semester  practicum  in  reading  Gothic,  Old  and  Middle  High  German,  with 
emphasis  on  linguistic  analysis. 

GERM  672  Gothic,  Old  High  German,  Middle  High  German  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM 
671.  Continuation  of  GERM  671. 

GERM  691  Research  Techniques:  Documentation  (1)  Principles  and  conventions  of 
scholarly  documentation. 

GERM  692  Research  Techniques:  Bibliography  and  Manuscript  Preparation  (1) 

Bibliographic  verification  and  search  resources  and  techniques.  The  preparation  of  a 
scholarly  manuscript:  format,  editing,  and  proofreading. 

GERM  693  Research  Techniques:  Formating  (1)  Scholarly  formats  -  the  abstract, 
review,  report,  essay,  article  and  monograph  related  to  purpose,  structure,  and 
limitations. 

GERM  694  Research  Techniques:  Materials  Production  (1)  The  production  of 
camera-ready  copy  for  academic  use. 

GERM  798  Master's  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  May 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  content  differs. 

GERM  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

GERM  818  Seminar:  The  Middle  Ages  (3)  Study  of  one  or  more  representative 
authors  or  works  of  the  Middle  Ages.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits 
when  content  differs. 

GERM  819  Seminar:  The  16th  and  17th  Centuries  (3)  The  German  literature  of  the 
Humanists,  the  Reformation  and  the  Baroque  as  illustrated  by  study  of  one  or  more 
authors  of  the  16th  or  17th  centuries.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits 
when  content  differs. 

GERM  828  Seminar:  The  18th  Century  (3)  Study  of  one  or  more  authors  from  the 
Enlightenment,  Sentimentalism,  Stress,  or  Classicism  periods.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  credits  when  content  differs. 

GERM  829  Seminar:  The  19th  Century  (3)  Study  of  one  or  more  authors  of 
Romanticism,  Biedermeier,  Young  Germany  or  Realism.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  credits  when  content  differs. 

GERM  838  Seminar:  The  20th  Century  (3)  Study  of  a  literary  movement  or  of  one  or 
more  authors  from  the  period  of  Naturalism  to  the  present.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  credits  when  content  differs. 

GERM  839  Seminar:  Special  Topics  (3)  Study  of  a  topic  of  a  general  nature  and  not 
limited  to  any  specific  century.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits  when 
content  differs. 

GERM  879  Seminar  in  Germanic  Philology  (3)  In  depth  study  of  a  topic  in  Germanic 
or    Indo-European    philology    comparative    Germanic    grammar,    runology,    dialect 


296     SLAV  —  Slavic 


geography,  Eddie  or  Skaldic  poetry,  Indo-European  studies.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  credits  if  content  differs. 

GERM  889  Seminar  in  Germanic  Area  Studies  (3)  Comprehensive  study  of  a 
selected  topic  in  German  or  Germanic  area  studies:  history  of  ideas,  cultural  history, 
Germanic  literatures  other  than  German,  folk  literature  and  folklore.  May  be  repeated  to 
a  maximum  of  nine  credits  if  content  differs. 

GERM  898  Doctoral  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
May  be  repeated  up  to  a  total  of  six  credits  when  content  differs. 

GERM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

SLAV  —  Slavic 

SLAV  401  Advanced  Russian  Conversation  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  SLAV  202.  For 
students  who  wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  speaking  the  language. 

SLAV  402  Advanced  Russian  Conversation  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  SLAV  401.  A 
continuation  of  SLAV  401 . 

SLAV  403  Advanced  Russian  Composition  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  SLAV  202. 

SLAV  404  Advanced  Russian  Composition  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  SLAV  403  A 
continuation  of  SLAV  403. 

SLAV  410  Applied  Russian  Linguistics  (3)  The  nature  of  applied  linguistics  and  its 
contributions  to  the  effective  teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of 
English  and  Russian,  with  emphasis  upon  points  of  divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation 
and  construction  of  related  drills. 

SLAV  419  Selected  Topics  in  Russian  Language  Study  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Presentation  of  a  topic  in  Russian  language  study.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  if  content  differs. 

SLAV  423  Russian  Literature  of  the  18th  Century  (3) 

SLAV  431  Russian  Literature  of  the  19th  Century  I  (3) 

SLAV  432  Russian  Literature  of  the  19th  Century  II  (3) 

SLAV  433  Russian  Literature  of  the  20th  Century  (3) 

SLAV  434  Soviet  Russian  Literature  (3) 

SLAV  439  Selected  Topics  in  Russian  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Presentation  of  a  topic  in  Russian  literature.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  content  differs. 

SLAV  468  19th  Century  Russian  Literature  In  Translation  (3)  Development  of 
Russian  literary  thought  in  the  Russian  novel  and  short  prose  of  the  19th  century. 
Influence  of  western  literatures  and  philosophies  considered.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  when  content  differs. 

SLAV  469  Selected  Topics  in  Slavic  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Presentation  of  a  topic  in  Slavic  studies.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  content  differs. 

SLAV  472  Comparative  Slavic  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GERM  471  or  equivalent. 
Comparative  Slavic  linguistics  and,  especially,  a  concept  of  the  place  of  the  Russian 
language  in  the  world  of  Slavic  culture  through  the  reading  of  selected  texts  illustrating 


Government  and  Politics  Program     297 


common  Slavic  relationships  and  dissimilarities. 

SLAV  475  Old  Church  Slavonic  (3)  Introduction  to  the  language  of  the  oldest 
recorded  Slavic  documents.  Historical  presentation  of  phonology,  morphology,  and 
syntax;  reading  of  texts. 

SLAV  479  Selected  Topics  in  Slavic  Linguistics  (3)  Prerequisite  permission  of 
instructor.  Presentation  of  a  topic  in  Slavic  linguistics.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  content  differs. 

SLAV  489  Selected  Topics  in  Slavic  Area  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Presentation  of  a  topic  in  Slavic  area  studies.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits  if  content  differs. 

SLAV  499  Directed  Study  (1-3)  For  advanced  students,  by  permission  of  department 
chairman.   Course  may  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours  if  content  differs. 

Government  and  Politics  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Quester 

Professors:  Azar,  Bobrow,  Butterworth,  Claude,  Conway,  Glass,  Hsueh,  McNelly, 

Oppenheimer,  Phillips,  Segal,  Stone,  Wilkenfeld 

Associate  Professors:  Elkin,  Glendening,  Heisler,  Pirages,  Ranald,  Reeves,  Terchek, 

Uslaner 

Assistant  Professors:  Alford,  Foreman,  Kaiser,  Kaminski,  Lanning,  McCarrick,  Mcintosh, 

Oliver,  Soltan 

The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  offers  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of 
Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  Areas  of  specialization  include  American 
politics,  comparative  politics,  international  politics,  political  theory,  political  economy, 
public  administration,  public  policy,  public  law,  national  security,  and  political 
development. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Master's  degree  candidates  may  select  a  thesis  or  a  non-thesis  option,  both  of  which 
require  six  semester  hours  of  political  theory  or  political  philosophy,  and  six  semester 
hours  or  methods  courses,  and  a  comprehensive  examination  in  one  field.  Both 
options  require  a  total  of  30  semester  hours  of  credit. 

The  doctoral  program  involves  seminars,  research,  and  opportunities  for  teaching 
experience.  Generally  students  will  be  expected  to  complete  42  hours  of  graduate 
work  including  courses  in  political  theory  and  methods  which  are  required  for  all 
students.  In  consultation  with  an  advisor,  students  will  identify  two  fields  of 
specialization  and  must  pass  comprehensive  written  examinations  in  both  fields  and 
complete  a  dissertation. 

Financial  Assistance 

In  addition  to  teaching  assistantships,  the  Department  also  has  a  government 
internship  program  for  students  interested  in  public  administration  and  a  limited  and 
variable  number  of  research  positions  with  research  grants. 


298     GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics 


Additional  Information 

Further  information  and  a  manual  on  graduate  study  can  be  secured  from  the 
Department's  Office  of  the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Courses 

GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics 

GVPT  401  Problems  of  World  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  A  study  of 
governmental  problems  of  international  scope,  such  as  causes  of  war,  problems  of 
neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Students  are  required  to  report  on  readings  from  current 
literature. 

GVPT  402  International  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  basic 
character,  general  principles  and  specific  rules  of  international  law,  with  emphasis  on 
recent  and  contemporary  trends  in  the  field  and  its  relation  to  other  aspects  of 
international  affairs. 

GVPT  403  Law,  Morality  and  War  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  300  or  401  or  PHIL  142  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  exploration  of  fundamental  moral  and  legal  issues 
concerning  war.  Also  offered  as  PHIL  403. 

GVPT  411  Public  Personnel  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  410  or  BMGT 
360.  A  survey  of  public  personnel  administration,  including  the  development  of  merit 
civil  service,  the  personnel  agency,  classification,  recruitment,  examination  techniques, 
promotion,  service  ratings,  training,  discipline,  employee  relations,  and  retirement. 

GVPT  412  Public  Financial  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  410  or  ECON  450 
A  survey  of  governmental  financial  procedures,  including  processes  of  current  and 
capital  budgeting,  the  administration  of  public  borrowing,  the  techniques  of  public 
purchasing,  and  the  machinery  of  control  through  pre-audit  and  post-audit. 

GVPT  413  Governmental  Organization  and  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  410. 
A  study  of  the  theories  of  organization  and  management  in  American  government  with 
emphasis  on  new  trends,  experiments  and  reorganizations. 

GVPT  414  Administrative  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  discretion 
exercised  by  administrative  agencies,  including  analysis  of  their  functions,  their  powers 
over  persons  and  property,  their  procedures,  and  judical  sanctions  and  controls. 

GVPT  417  Comparative  Study  of  Public  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280 
or  410,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  study  of  governmental 
administrative  systems  viewed  from  the  standpoint  of  comparative  typologies  and 
theoretical  schemes  useful  in  cross-national  comparisons  and  empirical  studies  of  the 
politics  of  the  administrative  process  in  several  nations-.  Both  western  and  non-western 
countries  are  included. 

GVPT  422  Quantitative  Political  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  220,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  quantitative  methods  of  data  analysis,  including  selected 
statistical  methods,  block  analysis,  content  analysis,  and  scale  construction. 

GVPT  423  Elections  and  Electoral  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  examination  of  various  topics  relating  to  elections;  the  focus  includes  the 
legal  structure  under  which  elections  are  conducted,  the  selection  and  nomination 
process,  the  conduct  of  election  campaigns,  and  patterns  of  political  participation  and 


GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics     299 


voting  choice  in  different  types  of  elections. 

GVPT  426  Public  Opinion  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  An  examination  of  public 
opinion  and  its  effect  on  political  action,  with  emphasis  on  opinion  formation  and 
measurement,  propaganda  and  pressure  groups. 

GVPT  427  Political  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  220,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  societal  aspects  of  political  life  including  selected  aspects  of  the  sociology 
of  group  formation  and  group  dynamics,  political  association,  community  integration 
and  political  behavior  presented  in  the  context  of  the  societal  environments  of  political 
systems. 

GVPT  429  Problems  in  Political  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  The  problem 
approach  to  political  behavior  with  emphasis  on  theoretical  and  empirical  studies  on 
selected  aspects  of  the  political  process. 

GVPT  431  Introduction  to  Constitutional  Law  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  170  A 
systematic  inquiry  into  the  general  principles  of  the  American  constitutional  system, 
with  special  reference  to  the  role  of  the  judiciary  in  the  interpretation  and  enforcement 
of  the  federal  constitution. 

GVPT  432  Civil  Rights  and  the  Constitution  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  431  A  study  of 
civil  rights  in  the  American  constitutional  context,  emphasizing  freedom  of  religion, 
freedom  of  expression,  minority  discrimination,  and  the  rights  of  defendants. 

GVPT  433  The  Judicial  Process  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  An  examination  of 
judicial  organization  in  the  United  States  at  all  levels  of  government,  with  some 
emphasis  on  legal  reasoning,  legal  research  and  court  procedures. 

GVPT  434  Race  Relations  and  Public  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  political  and 
legal  examination  of  the  constitutionally  protected  rights  affecting  racial  minorities  and 
of  the  constitutional  power  of  the  federal  courts,  congress,  and  the  executive  to  define, 
protect  and  extend  these  rights. 

GVPT  435  Judicial  Behavior  (3)  A  study  of  judicial  decision  making  at  the  state  and 
national  levels,  drawing  primarily  on  the  more  recent  quantitative  and  behavioral 
literature. 

GVPT  436  The  Legal  Status  of  Women  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  An  examination  of 
judicial  interpretation  and  application  of  common,  statutory,  and  constitutional  law  as 
these  affect  the  status  of  women  in  American  society. 

GVPT  441  History  of  Political  Theory:  Ancient  and  Medieval  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
100.  A  survey  of  the  principal  political  theories  set  forth  in  the  works  of  writers  before 
Machiavelli. 

GVPT  442  History  of  Political  Theory— Medieval  to  Recent  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT 
100.  A  survey  of  the  principal  theorists  set  forth  in  the  works  of  writers  from  Michiavelli 
to  J.  S.  Mill. 

GVPT  443  Contemporary  Political  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  441  OR  442  A 
survey  of  the  principal  political  theories  and  ideologies  from  Karl  Marx  to  the  present. 

GVPT  444  American  Political  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the 
development  and  growth  of  American  political  concepts  from  the  Colonial  period  to  the 
present. 

GVPT  445  Russian  Political  Thought  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  survey  and 


300     GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics 


analysis  of  political  ideas  in  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union  from  early  times  to  the 
present. 

GVPT  448  Non-Western  Political  Thought  (3)  Examination  of  works  by  major  authors 
and  general  themes  of  political  thought  originating  in  Asia,  the  Middle  East,  and  Africa. 
This  is  not  a  survey  of  all  non-western  political  thought,  but  a  course  to  be  limited  by 
the  professor  with  each  offering.  When  repeated  by  a  student,  consent  of  instructor  is 
required. 

GVPT  450  Comparative  Study  of  Foreign  Policy  Formation  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
280  or  300,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  comparative  study  of  foreign 
policy  formation  structures  and  processes  followed  by  a  survey  of  the  domestic 
sources  of  policy  for  major  states.  A  conspectus  of  substantive  patterns  of  foreign 
policy  in  analytically  salient  types  of  systems  is  presented.  Domestic  and  global 
systemic  sources  of  foreign  policy  are  compared. 

GVPT  451  Foreign  Policy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70.  A  study  of  the 
development  of  the  foreign  policy  of  the  Soviet  Union,  with  attention  paid  to  the  forces 
and  conditions  that  make  for  continuities  and  changes  from  Tsarist  policies. 

GVPT  452  Inter-American  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  An  analytical  and 
historical  study  of  the  Latin-American  policies  of  the  United  States  and  of  problems  in 
our  relations  with  individual  countries,  with  emphasis  on  recent  developments. 

GVPT  453  Recent  East  Asian  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  The  background 
and  interpretation  of  recent  political  events  in  East  Asia  and  their  influence  on  world 
politics. 

GVPT  454  Contemporary  African  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  survey  of 
contemporary  development  in  the  international  politics  of  Africa,  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  role  of  an  emerging  Africa  in  world  affairs. 

GVPT  455  Contemporary  Middle  Eastern  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  A 
survey  of  contemporary  development  in  the  international  politics  of  the  Middle  East, 
with  special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  emerging  Middle  East  nations  in  world  affairs. 

GVPT  457  American  Foreign  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  The  principles 
and  machinery  of  the  conduct  of  American  foreign  relations,  with  emphasis  on  the 
department  of  state  and  the  foreign  service,  and  an  analysis  of  the  major  foreign 
policies  of  the  United  States. 

GVPT  460  State  and  Local  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70.  A  study  of  the 
administrative  structure,  procedures  and  policies  of  state  and  local  governments  with 
special  emphasis  on  the  state  level  and  on  intergovernmental  relationships,  and  with 
illustrations  from  Maryland  governmental  arrangments. 

GVPT  461  Metropolitan  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  1 70.  An  examination  of 
administrative  problems  relating  to  public  services,  planning  and  coordination  in  a 
metropolitan  environment. 

GVPT  462  Urban  Politics  (3)  Urban  political  process  and  institutions  considered  in  the 
light  of  changing  social  and  economic  conditions. 

GVPT  471  Women  and  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170  or  permission  of  instructor. 
An  examination  of  patterns  of  political  participation  among  women  and  of  problems  of 
public  policy  especially  relevant  to  women. 


GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics     301 


GVPT  473  Legislatures  and  Legislation  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  comprehensive 
study  of  legislative  organization  procedure  and  problems.  The  course  includes 
opportunities  for  student  contact  with  Congress  and  with  the  legislature  of  Maryland. 

GVPT  474  Political  Parties  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170.  A  descriptive  and  analytical 
examination  of  American  political  parties,  nominations,  elections,  and  political 
leadership. 

GVPT  475  The  Presidency  and  the  Executive  Branch  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  1 70  An 
examination  of  the  executive,  legislative  and  party  roles  of  the  president  in  the  political 
process. 

GVPT  479  Problems  of  American  Public  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  170  The 
background  and  interpretation  of  various  factors  which  affect  the  formation  and 
execution  of  American  public  policy. 

GVPT  480  Comparative  Political  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  280  and  at  least 

one  other  course  in  comparative  government.  A  study,  along  functional  lines,  of  major 

political   institutions,   such  as  legislatures,  executives,  courts,   bureaucracies,   public 

organizations,  and  political  parties. 

GVPT  481  Government  and  Administration  of  the  Soviet  Union  (3)  Prerequisite 

GVPT  170.  A  study  of  the  adoption  of  the  communist  philosophy  by  the  Soviet  Union, 

of  its  governmental  structure  and  of  the  administration  of  government  policy  in  the 

Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  482  Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  America  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  170  A 

comparative  study  of  the  governmental  systems  and  political  processes  of  the  Latin 

American  countries,  with  special  emphasis  on  Argentina,  Brazil,  Chile,  and  Mexico. 

GVPT  483  Government  and  Politics  of  Asia  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  280  or  453  or 
HIST  261,  or  262  or  HIFN  442,  or  445.  A  comparative  study  of  the  political  systems  of 
China,  Japan,  India  and  other  selected  Asian  countries. 

GVPT   484   Government   and    Politics   of   Africa   (3)   Prerequisite    GVPT   170    A 

comparative  study  of  the  governmental  systems  and  political  processes  of  the  African 

countries,   with   special   emphasis  on  the  problems  of  nation-building   in  emergent 

countries. 

GVPT  485  Government  and  Politics  of  the  Middle  East  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  170 

A  comparative  study  of  the  governmental  systems  and  political  processes  of  the 

Middle  Eastern  countries,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  problems  of  nation-building  in 

emergent  countries. 

GVPT  486  Comparative  Studies  in  European  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite  GVPT  280,  or 

consent  of  instructor.  A  comparative  study  of  political  processes  and  governmental 

forms  in  selected  European  countries. 

GVPT  487  The  Government  and  Politics  of  South  Asia  (3)  Political  systems  and 

governments  of  such  countries  as  India,  Pakistan,  BanglaDesh,  Ceylon,  and  Nepal. 

GVPT  492  The  Comparative  Politics  of  Race  Relations  (3)  Impact  of  government 
and  politics  on  race  relations  in  various  parts  of  the  world.  The  origins,  problems,  and 
manifestations    of    such     racial    policies    as    segregation,    apartheid,    integration, 
assimilation,  partnership,  and  nonracialism  will  be  analyzed. 
GVPT    622    Quantitative    Methods    For    Political    Science    (3)    Introduction    to 


302     GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics 


quantitiative  methods  of  data  analysis,  with  emphasis  on  statistical  methods  and 
computer  usage.  Measures  of  association,  probability,  correlation,  linear  regression 
estimation  techniques,  introductory  analysis  of  variance,  and  use  of  package  computer 
programs. 

GVPT  700  Scope  and  Method  of  Political  Science  (3)  Required  of  all  Ph.D. 
candidates.  A  seminar  in  the  methodologies  of  political  science,  and  their  respective 
applications  to  different  research  fields.  Interdisciplinary  approaches  and 
bibliographical  techniques  are  also  reviewed. 

GVPT  707  Functional  Problems  in  International  Relations:  Comparative  Systems 

(3)  A  survey  from  Kautilya  to  Kaplan  of  the  literature  in  IR  theory  with  an  emphasis  on 
comparative  historical  systems. 

GVPT  708  Seminar  in  International  Relations  Theory  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
major  approaches,  concepts,  and  theories  in  the  study  of  world  politics  with  special 
emphasis  on  contemporary  literature.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  hours. 

GVPT   710   Introduction   to   Graduate   Study   in   Public   Administration   (3)   An 

examination  of  the  history,  background,  and  trends  of  public  administration  and  the 
basic  concepts  and  the  approaches  utilized  in  the  organizational  process  of  public 
bureaucracies.  Readings  from  textual  sources  will  include  the  following:  the  study  of 
public  administration.  The  societal  and  political  environment,  organization  theory  and 
behavior,  administrative  law,  comparative  and  development  administration,  policy  and 
systems  analysis,  program  planning  and  budgeting,  manpower  resources 
development,  organizational  performance  and  accountability. 

GVPT  722  Advanced  Quantitative  Methods  For  Political  Science  (3)  Prerequisite: 
GVPT  622  or  consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  multivariate  analysis.  Elementary 
matrix  algebra,  multiple  linear  and  curvilinear  correlation  and  regression,  analysis  of 
variance,  canonical  correlation  and  regression,  discriminant  analysis,  and  several 
types  of  factor  analysis. 

GVPT  729  Special  Topics  in  Quantitative  Political  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT 
622  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  intensive  examination  of  special  topics  in  quantitative 
methods  of  political  analysis  in  such  areas  as  survey  research  methods,  exploratory 
data  analysis,  advanced  data  management  techniques,  or  advanced  methods  of 
policy  analysis.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided  the  topics  covered 
are  different. 

GVPT  730  Methods  of  Formal  Political  Theory  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  methods  of 
formal  theory,  with  emphasis  on  selected  aspects  of  philosophy  of  science  and  on 
propositional  and  quantified  logic.  The  limitations  and  potentialities  of  formal  theory  in 
both  normative  and  empirical  political  science. 

GVPT  741  Political  Theory  (3)  A  graduate  level  introduction  to  the  history  of  political 
philosophy  and  political  theory. 

GVPT  750  Policy  Evaluation  (3)  An  examination  of  the  application  of  social  indicators 
and  accounts,  field  and  laboratory  experimentation,  formal  modeling,  and  other 
techiques  drawn  from  the  social  sciences  to  problems  of  public  policy  selected  from 
various  levels  of  the  political  system. 

GVPT  770  Seminar  in  American  Political  Institutions  (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  background  and  development  of  American 


GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics     303 


government. 

GVPT  780  Seminar  in  the  Comparative  Study  of  Politics  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
salient  approaches  to  and  conceptual  frameworks  for  the  comparative  study  of  politics, 
followed  by  the  construction  of  models  and  typologies  of  political  systems. 

GVPT  799  Masters  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

GVPT  802  Seminar  in  International  Law  (3)  Reports  on  selected  topics  assigned  for 
individual  study  and  reading  in  substantive  and  procedural  international  law. 

GVPT  803  Seminar  in  International  Political  Organization  (3)  A  study  of  the  forms 
and  functions  of  various  international  organizations. 

GVPT  808  Selected  Topics  in  Functional  Problems  in  International  Relations  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  major  substantive  issues  in  contemporary  international  relations. 

GVPT  810  Governmental  Organization  Theory  (3)  A  study  of  recent  developments  in 
the  area  of  organizational  theory  with  an  emphasis  on  empirical  studies  of 
organizational  behavior. 

GVPT  812  Seminar  in  Public  Financial  Administration  (3)  Readings  and  reports  on 
topics  assigned  for  individual  or  group  study  in  the  field  of  public  financial 
administration. 

GVPT  813  Problems  of  Public  Personnel  Administration  (3)  Reports  on  topics 
assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field  of  public  personnel 
administration. 

GVPT  814  Developmental  Public  Administration  (3)  Reports,  readings  and/or  field 
surveys  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  or  group  study  in  international,  national, 
regional  or  local  environments. 

GVPT  815  Government  Administrative  Planning  and  Management  (3)  Reports  on 
topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  administrative  planning  and 
management  in  government. 

GVPT  816  Studies  in  Comparative  Governmental  Administration  (3)  An  examination 
of  theoretical  concepts  and  empirical  findings  in  the  field  of  comparative  administation. 
Individual  readings  and  research  dealing  with  the  civil  services  of  western  and 
non-western  nations  will  be  assigned. 

GVPT  818  Problems  of  Public  Administration  (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned  for 
individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field  of  public  administration. 

GVPT  822  Problems  in  Quantitative  Political  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  Three  hours 

of  statistics  or  consent  of  instuctor.   Study  of  selected  problems  in  quantitative  political 

analysis. 

GVPT  826  Seminar  in  Public  Opinion  (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual 

study  and  reading  in  the  field  of  public  opinion. 

GVPT  827  Seminar  in  Political  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite  -  GVPT  427  or  equivalent 

Inquiries  into  the  conceptual  and  theoretical  foundations  of  and  empirical  data  in  the 

field  of  political  sociology.  Individual  readings  and  research  problems  will  be  assigned, 

dealing   with   the   social   contexts   of   politics   and   the   political   aspects   of  social 

relationships. 

GVPT  828  Selected  Problems  in  Political  Behavior  (3)  individual   reading  and 


304     GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics 


research  reports  on  selected  problems  in  the  study  of  political  behavior. 

GVPT  831  Formal  Theories  of  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  730  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Survey  of  major  formal  theories  of  politics,  with  emphasis  on  those  theories 
based  on  the  assumptions  of  rationality.  The  theory  of  public  goods,  game  theory, 
coalition  theory,  and  the  theoretical  properties  of  voting  systems. 

GVPT  838  Topics  in  Formal  Political  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  831  or  consent 
of  instructor.  An  examination  of  selected  topics  in  formal  theory.  Theories  of  justice,  the 
voters  paradox,  the  liberal  paradox,  the  effects  of  costly  information,  and  theories  of 
regulation. 

GVPT  840  Analytical  Systems  and  Theory  Construction  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  700 
Examination  of  the  general  theoretical  tools  available  to  political  scientists  and  of  the 
problems  of  theory  building.  Attention  is  given  to  communications  theory, 
decision-making,  game  theory  and  other  mathematical  concepts,  personality  theory, 
role  theory,  structural-functional  analysis,  and  current  behavioral  approaches. 

GVPT  841  Great  Political  Thinkers  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  441.  Intensive  study  of  one 
or  more  men  each  semester. 

GVPT  842  Man  and  the  State  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  442.  Individual  reading  and 
reports  on  such  recurring  concepts  in  political  theory  as  liberty,  equality,  justice, 
natural  law  and  natural  rights,  private  property,  sovereignty,  nationalism  and  the 
organic  state. 

GVPT  844  American  Political  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  444.  Analytical  and 
historical  examination  of  selected  topics  in  American  political  thought. 

GVPT  845  Marxist  Political  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  443  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Intensive  study  and  analysis  of  the  leading  ideas  of  Marx  and  Engels  and 
their  development  in  the  different  forms  of  social  democracy  and  of  communism. 

GVPT  846  Theories  of  Democracy  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  442.  A  survey  and  analysis 
of  the  leading  theories  of  democratic  government,  with  attention  to  such  topics  as 
freedom,  equality,  representation,  dissent,  and  critics  of  democracy. 

GVPT  847  Seminar  in  Non-Western  Political  Theory  (3)  Intensive  study  of  selected 
segments  of  political  theory  outside  of  the  Western  European  tradition. 

GVPT  848  Current  Problems  in  Political  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  443 
Intensive  examination  of  the  development  of  political  theory  since  the  Second  World 
War. 

GVPT  850  Applied  Foreign  Policy  Analysis  (3)  Individual  research  and  reporting  on 
standards  of  policy  performance  and  analysis  with  emphasis  on  data  display, 
information  organization,  forecasting,  and  rational  resource  allocation. 

GVPT  857  Seminar  in  American  Foreign  Relations  (3)  Reports  on  selected  topics 
assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  American  foreign  policy  and  the  conduct 
of  American  foreign  relations. 

GVPT  859  Selected  Topics  in  Public  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  750  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  examination  of  selected  topics  in  public  policy,  such  as  judicial 
education,  health,  welfare,  and  resources  policy.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  provided  the  topics  covered  are  different. 

GVPT  862  Seminar  On  Intergovernmental  Relations  (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned 


GVPT  —  Government  and  Politics     305 


for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field  of  recent  intergovernmental  relations. 

GVPT  868  Problems  of  State  and  Local  Government  (3)  Report  of  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  in  the  field  of  state  local  government  throughout  the  United  States. 

GVPT  869  Seminar  in  Urban  Administration  (3)  Selected  topics  are  examined  by  the 
team  research  method  with  students  responsible  for  planning,  field  investigation,  and 
report  writing. 

GVPT  871  Seminar  in  Public  Law  (3)  Reports  on  topics  for  individual  study  and 
reading  in  the  fields  of  constitutional  and  administrative  law. 

GVPT  873  Seminar  in  Legislatures  and  Legislation  (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  and  reading  about  the  composition  and  organization  of  legislatures 
and  about  the  legislative  process. 

GVPT  874  Seminar  in  Political  Parties  and  Politics  (3)  Reports  on  topics  assigned 
for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  fields  of  political  organization  and  action. 

GVPT  876  Seminar  in  National  Security  Policy  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
components  of  United  States  security  policy.  Factors,  both  internal  and  external, 
affecting  national  security  will  be  considered.  Individual  reporting  as  assigned. 

GVPT  878  Problems  in  American  Government  and  Politics  (3)  An  examination  of 
contemporary  problems  in  various  fields  of  government  and  politics  in  the  united 
states,  with  reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study. 

GVPT  881  Comparative  Governmental  Institutions:  Soviet  Union  (3)  An  examination 
of  government  and  politics  in  the  Soviet  Union. 

GVPT  883  Comparative  Governmental  Institutions:  Asia  (3)  An  examination  of 
governments  and  politics  within  Asia. 

GVPT  884  Comparative  Governmental  Institutions:  Africa  (3)  An  examination  of 
governments  and  politics  within  Africa. 

GVPT  885  Comparative  Governmental  Institutions:  Middle  East  (3)  An  examination 
of  governments  and  politics  within  the  Middle  East. 

GVPT  886  Comparative  Governmental  Institutions:  Europe  (3)  An  examination  of 
governments  and  politics  within  Europe. 

GVPT  887  Seminar  in  the  Politics  of  Developing  Nations  (3)  An  examination  of  the 
programs  of  political  development  in  theremerging  nations  with  special  references  to 
the  newly  independent  nations  of  Asia  and  Africa,  and  the  less  developed  countries  of 
Latin  America.  Individual  reporting  as  assigned. 

GVPT  888   Selected  Topics   in   Comparative  Governmental   Institutions  (3)  An 

examination  of  special  topics  in  comparative  politics. 

GVPT  889  Selected  Topics  in  Area  Problems  in  International  Relations  (3)  Special 
topics  concerning  regional  problems  in  the  relations  of  states. 

GVPT  898  Readings  in  Government  and  Politics  (3)  Guided  readings  and 
discussions  on  selected  topics  in  political  science. 

GVPT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


306     Health  Education  Program 


Health  Education  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Burt 

Professors:  Greenberg,  Leviton 

Associate  Professors:  Clearwater,  Miller,  Allen,  Beck,  Feldman 

Assistant  Professors:  Fertziger,  Hollander,  McKay 

The  department  of  Health  Education  offers  a  program  designed  to  prepare  students  to 

enter  health  education  and  related  health  professions  in  teaching,  research,  consulting, 

and  administrative  roles.  Graduates  of  the  program  have  placement  opportunities  in 

professional   education,   research,   health  maintenance,   public  schools,   health  care 

delivery  and  promotion,  and  private  and  governmental  consulting  settings. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  offers  courses  of  study  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and 
Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  Masters  program  offers  both  thesis  and  non-thesis  options. 

The  Department  offers  fully  developed  tracks  of  study  and  some  field  experience  in 
the  areas  of  Controlling  Stress  &  Tension,  Health  Behavior,  and  Safety  Education. 
Advanced  degree  study  is  not  limited  to  these  areas.  Each  student,  in  consultation  with 
the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies,  designs  an  individual  program  of  study  to  meet 
his/her  projected  professional  needs. 

Admission  is  open  to  students  holding  at  least  a  bachelor's  degree  in  areas  related 
to  the  social,  psychological,  or  biological  basis  of  human  health.  Entrance 
requirements  include  two  semesters  of  human  anatomy  and  physiology,  an 
undergraduate  GPA  of  at  least  3.0  and  graduate  GPA  of  3.5,  satisfactory  G.R.E.  scores 
(quantitave  and  verbal  sections),  and  letters  of  recommendation. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  student  may  experience  specific  application  of  theory  through  numerous  field 
studies  and  departmental  service  programs  in  the  areas  of  controlling  stress  and 
tension,  children's  health  and  development,  programs  for  the  aged,  weight  control, 
women's  health,  and  safety  education.  Special  departmental  facilities  include  the 
Psychophysiological  Research  Laboratory,  the  Biofeedback  Learning  Lab,  and  the 
Safety  Education  Center. 

The  proximity  of  the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  the  National  Library  of  Medicine, 
and  the  Library  of  Congress  render  the  University  of  Maryland  unusually  well  suited  for 
graduate  work  in  health  education. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  Graduate  Teaching  and  Research  Assistantships  are  available 
through  the  department.   University  fellowships  may  also  be  obtained. 

Additional  Information 

For  any  additional  information  and  program  specifics,  write  to: 
Dr.  Roger  Allen 

Director  of  Research  &  Graduate  Studies. 
Department  of  Health  Education 
University  of  Maryland 


HLTH  —  Health     307 


Courses 

HLTH  —  Health 

HLTH  420  Methods  and  Materials  In  Health  Education  (3)  Prerequisites  HLTH  105 
OR  140,  310  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  present  the 
interrelationships  of  curriculum  planning,  methodology  and  the  selection  and  use  of 
teaching  aids  and  materials.  Special  problems  associated  with  health  teaching  are 
discussed.  Students  will  become  familiar  with  a  variety  of  resources  as  well  as 
planning  for  and  presenting  demonstration  lessons. 

HLTH  430  Health  Education  in  the  Workplace  (3)  A  survey  of  the  role  of  health 
education  in  work  settings.  Examination  of  occupational  stress,  the  health  effects  of 
shift  work,  women's  health  in  the  workplace,  health  education  approaches  to  informing 
workers  and  management,  and  health  promotion  programs  in  the  workplace. 

HLTH  450  Health  of  Children  and  Youth  (3)  A  study  of  the  health  of  5  to  18  year 
olds.  Physical,  mental,  social,  and  emotional  health.  Psychosexual  development,  diet, 
exercise,  recreation,  and  the  roles  of  parents  and  teachers. 

HLTH  455  Physical  Fitness  of  the  Individual  (3)  A  study  of  the  major  physical  fitness 
problems  confronting  the  adult  in  modern  society.  Consideration  is  given  to  the 
scientific  appraisal,  development  and  maintenance  of  fitness  at  all  age  levels.  Such 
problems  as  obesity,  weight  reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and  special  exercise 
programs  are  explored.  This  course  is  open  to  persons  outside  the  fields  of  physical 
education  and  health. 

HLTH  456  Health  of  the  Aging  and  Aged  (3)  Psychological,  physiological  and 
socio-economic  aspects  of  aging;  nutrition;  sexuality;  death,  dying,  and  bereavement; 
self-actualization  and  creativity;  health  needs  and  crises  of  the  aged. 

HLTH  460  Problems  in  School  Health  Education  in  Elementary  and  Secondary 
Schools  (2-6)  This  is  a  workshop  type  course  designed  particularly  for  inservice 
teachers  to  acquaint  them  with  the  best  methods  of  providing  good  health  services, 
healthful  environment  and  health  instruction. 

HLTH  465  Safety  Program  Evaluation  (3)  Examination  of  the  methods  and 
techniques  used  to  evaluate  safety  programs,  with  special  reference  to  managerial 
decision  making,  needs  assessment  and  hazard  recognition,  evaluation  and  control. 

HLTH  470  The  Health  Program  in  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Prerequisites:  HLTH 
105  OR  140;  310.  This  course,  designed  for  the  elementary  school  classroom  teacher, 
analyzes  biological  and  sociological  factors  which  determine  the  health  status  and 
needs  of  the  individual  elementary  school  child.  The  various  aspects  of  the  school 
program  are  evaluated  in  terms  of  their  role  in  health  education.  The  total  school  health 
program  is  surveyed  from  the  standpoint  of  organization  and  administration,  and  health 
appraisal.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  modern  methods  and  current  materials  in  health 
instruction.  (The  state  department  of  education  accepts  this  course  for  biological 
science  credit). 

HLTH  471  Women's  Health  (3)  The  women's  health  movement  from  the  perspective  of 
consumerism  and  feminism.  The  physician-patient  relationship  in  the  gynecological 
and  other  medical  settings.  The  gynecological  exam,  gynecological  problems, 
contraception,  abortion,  pregnancy,  breast  and  cervical  cancer  and  surgical 
procedures.  Psychological  aspects  of  gynecological  concerns. 


308     HLTH  —  Health 


HLTH  476  Death  Education  (3)  Examination  of  the  genesis  and  development  of 
present  day  death  attitudes  and  behavior  by  use  of  a  multidisciplinary  life  cycle 
approach. 

HLTH  477  Human  Sexuality  (3)  The  biological  and  developmental  aspects  of  human 
sexuality;  the  psychological  and  emotional  aspects  of  sexual  behavior;  sexual  identity; 
the  historical,  cultural,  social,  linguistic,  legal  and  moral  forces  affecting  sexual  issues; 
the  importance  of  communication,  disclosure  and  intimacy  in  interpersonal 
relationships;  and  research  trends  in  the  area  of  human  sexuality. 

HLTH  480  Measurement  in  Health  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per 
week.  The  application  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  educational  measurement  to 
the  teaching  of  health  and  physical  education;  study  of  functions  and  techniques  of 
measurements  in  the  evaluation  of  student  progress  toward  the  objectives  of  health 
and  physical  education,  and  in  the  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  teaching. 

HLTH  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshop  (1-6)  A  course  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  persons  in  the  field  with  respect  to  workshop  and  research  projects 
in  special  areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  structured  courses.  Note:  the 
maximum  total  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  toward  any  degree  in  physical 
education,  recreation,  or  health  education  under  PHED,  RECR,  or  HLTH  489  is  six. 

HLTH  498  Special  Topics  in  Health  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Topics  of 
special  interest  in  areas  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled  courses.  Repeatable 
when  the  subject  matter  is  different. 

HLTH  600  Seminar  in  Health  (1) 

HLTH  650  Health  Problems  in  Guidance  (3) 

HLTH    651    Seminar   On   the   Health   Correlates   of  the   Aging   and   Aged   (3) 

Investigates  the  most  recent  theoretical  formulations,  research  data,  and  clinical  and 
therapeutic  approaches  to  improving  the  health  status  of  the  aging.  Extensive  readings 
and  research  project  are  required. 

HLTH  652  Seminar  in  Death  Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  HLTH  456  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  The  advanced  study  and  investigation  of  human  dying,  death, 
bereavement,  suicidal  behavior,  and  their  relationship  to  human  health  utilizing  a 
multidisciplinary  approach. 

HLTH  665  Health  Behavior  I  (3)  The  psychological,  social  psychological,  and 
sociological  theories  of  health  behavior.  The  relation  of  health  knowledge,  beliefs, 
attitudes,  intentions,  and  behavior  to  preventive,  illness,  sick-role,  and  health  utilization 
behaviors. 

HLTH  666  Health  Behavior  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  HLTH  665.  An  advanced  course  with 
intensive  training  in  health  behavior  research  and  the 'opportunity  to  carry  out  original 
research  in  health  behavior.  Patient-provider  interaction,  patient  cooperation  with 
medical  treatment  and  other  social  and  psychological  influences  on  health  care. 

HLTH  670  Status  and  Trends  in  Health  Education  (3) 

HLTH  687  Advanced  Seminar  (1-3) 

HLTH  688  Special  Problems  in  Health  Education  (1-6) 

HLTH  690  Administrative  Direction  of  Health  Education  (3) 


Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  Program     309 


HLTH  710  Methods  and  Techniques  of  Research  (3) 
HLTH  720  Scientific  Foundations  of  Health  Education  (3) 

HLTH  730  Problems  in  Weight  Control  (3)  Prerequisite:  HLTH  720  or  permission  of 

instructor.  A  study  of  the  causes,  health  cost,  and  control  of  obesity  through  analysis  of 

lipid-glucose    interaction;    hunger-satiety    theories    and    mechanisms;    psycho-social 

forces  in  obesity;  body  composition,  energy  output;  and  disease  states  related  to 

obesity. 

HLTH  740  Modern  Theories  of  Health  (3) 

HLTH  750  Stress  and  Disease  (3)  A  study  of  the  causative  agents  of  chronic  disease 
with  particular  emphasis  on  stress  including  the  physiological  response  of  the  human 
organism  to  contemporary  psycho-social  stressors  and  mechanisms  of  adaptation  and 
prophylaxis. 

HLTH  760  Public  Health  (3) 

HLTH  775  Health  Education  Program  Planning  and  Evaluation  (3)  Prerequisites: 
HLTH  710  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  systematic  approach  to  the  planning  and 
evaluation  of  Health  Education  programs.  Diagnosis  of  the  social,  psychological, 
educational  and  administrative  aspects  of  the  health  education  program.  Program 
monitoring,  rigorous  methods  of  impact  assessment,  and  the  measurement  of 
efficiency. 

HLTH  780  Applied  Principles  of  Health  Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  HLTH  665  or 
permission  of  instructor.  An  application  of  psychosocial  theory  related  to  health 
behavior.  The  use  of  theoretical  frameworks  in  developing  group  or  individual 
instructional  designs  to  affect  psychosocial  variables  which  impact  upon  health 
behavior. 

HLTH  785  Internship  in  Health  Education  (3)  Prerequisites  HLTH  665,  HLTH  675, 
and  HLTH  680;  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  application  of  previously  acquired  skills 
and  knowledge  to  the  planning,  conduct,  and  evaluation  of  health  education. 
Emphasis  on  education  designed  to  affect  and  use  psychosocial  influences  of  health 
behavior.  The  setting  of  the  internship  will  depend  upon  the  student's  background  and 
career  goals. 

HLTH  791  Curriculum  Construction  in  Health  Education  (3) 

HLTH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

HLTH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  Program 

Associate  Professor  and  Chair:  Hamlet2 

Professor:  McCall 

Associate  Professors:  Baker,  Dingwall,  Yeni-Komshian1 

Assistant  Professors:  Fitzgibbons,  Gordon-Salant,  Roth,  Ratner 

Professor  Emeritus:  Newby 

1  Affiliate  appointment  with  Dept  of  Psychology 

2Affiliate  appointment  with  School  of  Dentistry 


310     Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  Program 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  of  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  offers  the  M.A.  degree  with  either 
the  thesis  or  the  non-thesis  option,  and  with  major  emphasis  either  in  speech  and 
language  pathology  or  in  audiology.  The  Master's  degree  is  required  for  individuals 
preparing  for  positions  as  speech  pathologists  or  audiologists  in  the  schools,  in  the 
hospitals  or  rehabilitation  facilities,  in  hearing  and  speech  centers,  or  in  other  clinical 
settings.  Academic  course  work  is  combined  with  supervised  clinical  practice  in  the 
University  Speech  and  Hearing  Clinic  and  in  selected  outside  clinical  facilities,  so  that 
the  graduate  will  meet  the  academic  requirements  for  clinical  certification  by  the 
American  Speech  and  Hearing  Association,  and  for  licensing  in  the  State  of  Maryland. 
The  Master's  degree  program  is  accredited  by  the  American  Boards  of  Examiners  in 
Speech  Pathology  and  Audiology. 

Applicants  for  the  M.A.  degree  with  an  undergraduate  major  in  the  hearing  and 
speech  sciences  or  a  related  field  are  considered  for  admission.  The  M.A.  degree 
program  usually  requires  a  full  two  years  of  graduate  study.  The  program  of  study  for 
individuals  without  a  background  in  the  hearing  and  speech  sciences  may  need  to  be 
extended  beyond  two  years.  Only  full-time  students  are  admitted  to  the  program. 

The  Department  also  offers  the  Ph.D.  degree  with  major  emphasis  in  speech  and 
language  pathology,  audiology,  neurolinguistics,  psycholinguistics,  speech  science,  or 
hearing  science.  Students  with  a  Bachelor's  degree  or  a  Master's  degree  are 
considered  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  Advanced  courses  in  statistics  and 
experimental  research  design  are  required  of  all  doctoral  candidates.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  take  appropriate  courses  in  other  departments.  The  Department  does 
not  require  proficiency  in  a  foreign  language,  although  it  is  encouraged.  Course 
programs  for  the  doctorate  degree  are  planned  by  the  student  and  a  committee  of  at 
least  three  faculty  members.  Qualifying  interviews  are  scheduled  for  each  candidate 
after  completion  of  at  least  12  semester  hours  in  the  program.  Written  and  oral 
comprehensive  examinations  for  admission  to  candidacy  are  scheduled  at  the 
completion  of  the  formal  course  program. 

In  addition  to  the  application  materials  required  by  the  Graduate  School,  the 
Department  requires  applicants  to  furnish  scores  on  the  aptitude  portions  of  the 
Graduate  Record  Examination.  Prospective  applicants  should  note  that  decisions  on 
summer  and  fall  admissions  are  made  in  early  March,  and  on  spring  admissions  in 
early  November.  Early  application  is  encouraged. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department's  facilities  include  (1)  a  seminar  room,  (2)  an  integrated  audio-visual 
listening  and  viewing  laboratory,  (3)  a  student  teaching  laboratory,  (4)  several  modern, 
well  equipped  research  laboratories  and  (5)  a  Hearing  and  Speech  Clinic.  The 
research  laboratories  support  research  in  the  areas  of  hearing  science,  perceptual 
phonetics,  acoustical  phonetics,  physiological  phonetics  and  language.  The  facilities 
include  four  sound  rooms  and  an  electrically  shielded  sound  room.  The  Department's 
Hearing  and  Speech  Clinic  includes  three  2-room  audiological  test  suites  and  twelve 
diagnostic/therapy  rooms  equipped  for  observation.  Additional  research  and  clinical 
facilities  are  available  in  the  Washington  and  Baltimore  metropolitan  areas.  The  Library 
of  Congress,  the  National  Library  of  Medicine,  and  the  libraries  of  the  various  medical 
schools  in  the  Washington-Baltimore  area  supplement  the  University's  library  at 
College  Park. 


HESP  —  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences     311 


Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  provide  some  financial  support  in  the  form  of  teaching, 
research  or  clinical  assistantships  or  traineeships  to  approximately  40  percent  of  the 
graduate  students  enrolled. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  about  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  programs  may  be  obtained  by  writing 
to  the  Chair,  Department  of  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences. 

Courses 

HESP  —  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 

HESP  400  Speech  and  Language  Development  in  Children  (3)  Prerequisite  HESP 
300.  Analysis  of  the  normal  processes  of  speech  and  language  development  in 
children. 

HESP  401  Introduction  to  Communication  Disorders  (3)  Disorders  of  hearing, 
language  and  speech  for  non-majors.  Communication  disorders  in  children  and  adults, 
with  emphasis  on  etiologies,  characteristics,  assessment  and  management. 

HESP  402  Speech  Pathology  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  300.  Etiology,  assessment  and 

treatment  of  language  and  phonological  disorders  in  children. 

HESP  403  Introduction  to  Phonetic  Science  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  305  An 
introduction  to  physiological,  acoustic  and  perceptual  phonetics:  broad  and  narrow 
phonetic  transcription;  current  models  of  speech  production  and  perception. 

HESP  404  Speech  Pathology  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  305.  Etiology,  assessment  and 
therapeutic  management  of  phonation.  resonance,  and  fluency  disorders  in  children 
and  adults. 

HESP  406  Speech  Pathology  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  303,  305.  Survey  of  the 
dysarthrias  and  aphasias  in  adults  from  an  interdisciplinary  point  of  view. 

HESP  407  Bases  of  Hearing  Science  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  311.  Fundamentals  of 
hearing  including  the  physics  of  sound,  anatomy  and  physiology  of  peripheral  and 
central  auditory  nervous  system,  psychophysical  procedures  used  in  measurement  of 
auditory  sensation  and  perception  and  topics  in  psychological  acoustics. 

HESP  408  Principles  and  Methods  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  402,  411.  The  principles  underlying  the  treatment  of  speech, 
language  and  hearing  disorders  in  children  and  adults. 

HESP  411  Introduction  to  Audiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  311.  An  introduction  to 
the  field  of  audiology.    Evaluation  and  remediation  of  the  hearing-handicapped. 

HESP  417  Principles  and  Methods  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  402,  411.  The  principles  underlying  the  treatment  of  speech. 

language  and  hearing  disorders  in  children  and  adults. 

HESP  418  Clinical  Practice  in  Speech-Language  Pathology  and  Audiology  (3) 

Prerequisites:  HESP  417.  Supervised  observation  with  some  direct  participation  in 
clinical  methods  for  the  treatment  of  disorders  of  articulation,  fluency,  child  and  adult 
language;  evaluation  and  habilitation/rehabilitation  of  hearing  impaired  children  and 


312     HESP  —  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences 


adults.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

HESP  438  Seminar:  Special  Issues  in  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  (1-3) 

HESP  498  Seminar  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor.  Selected  topics  in 
human  communication  and  its  disorders.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  semester 
hour  credits,  providing  the  content  is  different. 

HESP  499  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  A  directed 
study  of  selected  topics  pertaining  to  human  communication  and  its  disorders.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  maximum  of  six  semester  hour  credits. 

HESP  604  Acoustical  and  Perceptual  Phonetics  (3)  Laboratory  techniques  in 
analysis  of  the  acoustical  and  perceptual  characteristics  of  the  speech  signal. 

HESP  606  Basic  Hearing  Measurements  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  411  or  equivalent. 
Administration  and  interpretation  of  hearing  tests  by  pure  tones  and  by  speech; 
screening  and  clinical  test  procedures. 

HESP  610  Aphasia  (3)  Language  problems  of  adults  associated  with  brain  injury. 

HESP  612  Stuttering  (3) 

HESP  614  Orofacial  Anomalies  (3) 

HESP  616  Language  Disorders  of  Children  (3) 

HESP  620  Articulation  Disorders  (3) 

HESP  622  Neuromotor  Disorders  of  Speech  (3) 

HESP  624  Voice  Disorders  (3) 

HESP  626  Language  Disorders  and  Learning  Disabilities  (3)  Language  disorders  in 
children:  pre-school  through  adolescence.  Effects  of  oral  language  disabilities  on 
social  and  emotional  development  and  learning  of  academic  skills,  including 
implications  for  assessment  and  remediation. 

HESP  630  Electrophysiological  Measurements  (3)  Prerequisite  HESP  606  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Principles  and  techniques  of  impedance/admittance  and 
electronystagmographic  testing. 

HESP  634  Medical  Aspects  of  Speech  and  Hearing  Disorders  (1-3)  Lectures  by 
physicians  on  embryological,  anatomical,  physiological,  and  neurological  bases  of 
speech  and  hearing  disorders. 

HESP  638  Minor  Research  Problems  (1-3)  Special  projects  in  Hearing  and  Speech 
Science.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  639  Special  Topics  in  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
departmental  permission.  Intensive  coverage  of  selected  topics  of  current  interest. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  contents  differs. 

HESP  640  Advanced  Principles  of  Hearing  and  Speech  Therapy  (3)  Analysis  of  the 
clinical  process  with  emphasis  on  the  application  of  learning  theory  to  treatment  of 
speech  disorders. 

HESP  648  Clinical  Practice  in  Speech  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Supervised  training  in  the  application  of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  speech  disorders.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits 


HESP  —  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences     313 


HESP  649  Clinical  Practice  in  Audiology  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor 
Supervised  training  in  the  application  of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and 
treatment  of  hearing  disorders.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  700  Hearing-aid  Characteristics  and  Performance  (3)  Electroacoustic 
characteristics  of  hearing  aids.  Methods  of  hearing-aid  evaluation  and  selection. 

HESP  702  Diagnostic  Procedures  in  Speech  Pathology  (3)  Diagnostic  tools  and 
methods  in  the  analysis  of  various  types  of  speech  disorders.  Practicum  required. 

HESP  704  Physiological  Phonetics  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  604.  Laboratory 
techniques  in  the  study  of  the  speech  mechanism. 

HESP  706  Advanced  Clinical  Audiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  HESP  606  or  equivalent 
Techniques  for  evaluation  of  children  and  adults  presenting  special  diagnostic 
problems. 

HESP  708  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Individual 
research  projects  under  guidance  of  a  faculty  member.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of 
6  credits. 

HESP  710  Industrial  and  Environmental  Noise  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor.  Evaluation  and  control  of  noise  hazards.  Effects  of  noise  on 
man.  Medico-legal  aspects  of  noise-induced  hearing  impairment. 

HESP  720  Structure  and  Function  of  the  Hearing  Mechanism  (3)  Anatomy  and 
physiology  of  the  peripheral  auditory  and  vestivular  systems  and  pathologies  of  the 
peripheral  hearing  mechanism. 

HESP  722  Experimental  Audiology  (3)  Experimental  techniques  in  the  investigation  of 
problems  in  audiology. 

HESP  724  Quantitative  Methods  in  Hearing  and  Speech  Science  (3)  Prerequisite:  a 
course  in  basic  statistics.  Analysis  of  current  procedures  used  in  quantifying 
phenomena  observed  in  hearing  and  Speech  Science. 

HESP  728  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  in  Speech  (1-8)  Prerequisite:  HESP  648  and 
permission  of  instructor.  Clinical  internship  in  selected  off-campus  facilities.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  8  credits. 

HESP  729  Advanced  Clinical  Practice  in  Audiology  (1-8)  Prerequisite:  HESP  649 
and  permission  of  instructor.  Clinical  internship  in  selected  off-campus  facilities. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  8  credits. 

HESP  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

HESP    804    Instrumental    Phonetics    (3)    Prerequisites:    HESP    604    AND    704    or 

permission  of  instructor.    Instrumental  techniques  in  phonetic  science. 

HESP  806  Administration  of  Hearing  and  Speech  Programs  (3)  Problems  of 
staffing,  budgeting,  and  operating  traning  and  clinical  service  programs. 

HESP  810  Experimental  Design  in  Hearing  and  Speech  Science  (3)  Prerequisite 
HESP  724  or  permission  of  instructor.  Design  and  evaluation  of  research  projects. 
Preparation  for  undertaking  the  doctoral  dissertation. 

HESP  820  Bioacoustics  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Functioning  of  the 
hearing  mechanism  in  animals  and  humans.  Laboratory  research  methods. 


314     History  Program 


HESP  822  Psychoacoustics  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Study  of  human 
response  to  acoustic  stimulation. 

HESP  826  Neurophysiology  of  Hearing  (3)  Processing  of  stimuli  by  the  auditory 
nervous  system. 

HESP  848  Seminar  in  Audiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  858  Seminar  in  Speech  Pathology  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  868  Seminar  in  Speech  Science  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  878  Seminar  in  Language  Disorders  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HESP  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

History  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Evans 

Professors:  Belz,  Berlin,  Brush1,  Callcott,  Cockbum,  Cole,  Foust,  Gilbert,  Goodblatt, 

Haber,  Harlan,  Kent,  McCusker.A.  Olson,  K.  Olson,  Price,  Smith,  Sparks,  Warren, 

Yaney 

Associate  Professors:  Breslow,  Darden3,  Farrell2,  Flack,  Folsom,  Friedel,  Harris, 

Hoffman,  Greenberg,  Grimsted,  Kaufman,  Holum,  Lampe,  Majeska,  Matossian,  Mayo, 

Moss,  Perinbaum,  Ridgway,  Spiegal,  Stowasser,  Weissman,  Wright,  Zilfi 

Assistant  Professors:  Bradbury,  Eckstein,  Gullickson,  Nicklason,  Rozenblit,  Sumida, 

Williams 

1  joint  appointment  with  Institute  for  Physical  Sciences  and  Technology 

2joint  appointment  with  Secondary  Education 

3joint  appointment  with  Philosophy 

The  Department  of  History  offers  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts 

and  Doctor  of  Philosophy.    Areas  of  specialization  include:  United  States,  Ancient, 

Medieval,  Early  Modern  European,  Modern  European,  British,  Russian,  Latin  American, 

African*,  Middle  Eastern*,  East  Asian,  Diplomatic,  Economic,  Science,  and  Women's 

History*. 

*Asterisked  fields  at  M.A.  level  only. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Master  of  Arts  degree  serves  both  as  a  firm  grounding  in  a  field  of  history  for 
teaching  purposes  and  as  preparation  for  the  pursuit  of  the  doctorate.  In  addition  to 
general  Graduate  School  requirements,  the  aptitude  parts  of  the  GRE  are  required;  it 
should  be  noted  that  an  undergraduate  major  in  history  is  not  as  such  required  for 
admission.  Thirty  credit  hours  are  required  for  the  degree.  Twelve  credit  hours  are 
normally  in  the  major  area  of  history  and  nine  in  a  minor  area.  The  minor  may  be  taken 
within  or  outside  the  Department.  Departmental  requirements  for  the  degree  include 
two  sections  of  a  general  seminar  (Historiography,  American,  European,  and 
Comparative  World  History),  and  two  800-level  research  seminars.  A  maximum  of  nine 
hours  of  credit  may  be  taken  in  400-level  courses.    For  those  students  who  select  a 


History  Program     315 


thesis  option  six  hours  in  M.A.  thesis  research  courses  (HIST  799)  are  required.  There 
will  be  a  final  oral  examination  confined  to  the  thesis  and  the  area  in  which  it  lies. 
Candidates  have  a  non-thesis  option  under  which  they  take  30  credits,  submit  two 
scholarly  papers  for  deposit  in  the  department,  and  pass  a  four-hour  comprehensive 
examination  in  the  major  area,  based  on  a  list  of  approximately  thirty  books  submitted 
by  the  student  and  approved  by  the  advisory  committee. 

Admission  to  the  doctoral  program  will  be  decided  by  the  student's  M.A.  examining 
committee  on  the  basis  of  the  student's  record  of  achievement  in  coursework,  written 
examination  (if  required  in  the  student's  major  area),  and  thesis  and  oral  defense  of  the 
thesis,  or  two  submitted  research  papers.  Students  with  M.A.  degrees  awarded  at 
other  institutions  will  be  asked  to  submit  substantial  evidence  of  their  written  work 
when  they  apply  for  admission  to  the  doctoral  program.  Doctoral  candidates  must 
complete  three  sections  of  the  General  Seminar.  Within  six  semesters  after  entering 
the  doctoral  program  every  student  must  pass  a  general  oral  and  a  special  field 
written  examination  in  his  or  her  major  area  and  one  written  field  examination  in  a 
minor  area.  These  examinations  will  test  a  broad,  intelligent,  and  informed  handling  of 
the  major  historical  problems  and  literature  of  that  field. 

An  oral  examination  on  the  student's  dissertation  prospectus  and  a  bibliography  on 
the  dissertation  field  are  required.  The  dissertation  is  to  be  understood  as  constituting 
the  largest  single  portion  of  the  doctoral  program:  it  is  expected  to  be  a  distinct 
contribution  to  historical  knowledge  and/or  interpretation. 

All  doctoral  students  must  show  a  reading  competence  in  one  foreign  language; 
the  language  examination  must  be  passed  before  the  student  takes  the  written 
examination  in  the  major  field. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  field  concentrations  described  above,  the  Department  of  History 
offers  several*  forms  of  specialized  training.  In  the  field  of  historical  editing  the 
Department  has  introduced  a  successful  internship  course  in  archival  work,  in 
conjunction  with  the  National  Archives.  Since  1970  the  Department  has  sponsored  a 
journal  of  history,  The  Maryland  Historian,  which  features  scholarly  articles  and  reviews 
and  which  provides  practical  experience  for  graduate  students  in  the  production  of  a 
journal.  The  journal  was  founded  and  is  managed  and  produced  by  graduate  students 
in  the  Department  of  History.  The  Department  also  sponsors  three  major  editorial 
projects:  the  Booker  T.  Washington  Papers;  the  Samuel  Gompers  Papers;  and  the 
Freedom  in  Southern  Society  project.  A  number  of  History  Department  graduate 
students  have  gained  valuable  research  and  editing  experience  on  these  projects, 
which  also  receive  support  from  the  National  Historical  Publications  and  Records 
Commission.  In  conjunction  with  the  Department  of  Philosophy,  the  Department  of 
History  offers  a  special  program  of  study  in  the  history  and  philosophy  of  science.  This 
program,  administered  by  a  joint  committee  comprising  members  of  both  departmental 
faculties,  offers  undergraduate  and  graduate  courses,  sponsors  lectures,  issues  a 
newsletter,  and  holds  colloquia.  Along  with  several  other  universities,  the  Department 
of  History  sponsors  and  participates  in  the  Folger  Institute  of  Renaissance  and 
Eighteenth-Century  Studies.  The  Institute  offers  seminars  for  graduate  students  and 
faculty,  workshops,  conferences,  colloquia,  and  lectures.  The  Institute  awards 
fellowships  to  graduate  students,  and  several  of  these  awards  have  gone  to  doctoral 
candidates  from  the  University  of  Maryland  History  Department.  Still  another  project  in 
which  the  Department  of  History  participates  is  the  Caesarea  excavations.   This  project 


316     HIST  — History 


provides  a  rich  source  of  theses  and  dissertation  topics  for  graduate  students  in 
Ancient  History. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  of  History  offers  financial  assistance  principally  in  the  form  of  teaching 
assistantships  to  outstanding  graduate  students.  These  positions,  which  vary  in 
number  according  to  the  availability  of  funds  and  of  which  there  were  41  in  the 
academic  year  1984-85,  are  awarded  to  advanced  students  working  toward  the  Ph.D. 
or  MA  degree.  Appointment  as  a  teaching  assistant  provides  students  an  opportunity 
to  work  closely  with  faculty  members  in  the  teaching  of  undergraduate  survey  courses 
in  history. 

Additional  Information 

Complete  descriptions  of  programs  and  requirements  may  be  obtained  from  the 
History  Department. 

Courses 

HIST  —  History 

HIST  400  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  departmental  approval  of  research 
project  and  consent  of  the  department.  Available  to  all  students  who  wish  to  pursue  a 
specific  research  topic. 

HIST  401  The  Scientific  Revolution:  From  Copernicus  to  Newton  (3)  Major  events 
in  the  history  of  physical  science  during  the  16th  and  17th  centuries  and  their  relation 
to  philosophy,  religion  and  society  in  Western  Europe.  The  attack  on  ancient  and 
medieval  scientific  theories;  the  transition  from  geocentric  to  heliocentric  astronomy; 
discoveries  of  Kepler,  Galileo  and  Newton;  and  the  establishment  of  the  "mechanical 
philosophy"  that  dominated  early  modern  science. 

HIST  402  The  Development  of  Modern  Physical  Science:  From  Newton  to  Einstein 

(3)  The  history  of  physics  in  the  18th  and  19th  centuries,  including  some  of  its 
connections  with  mathematics,  technology,  chemistry  and  planetary  science.  Emphasis 
on  internal  technical  developments  in  physical  theory,  with  some  discussion  of 
experimental,  philosophical  and  sociological  aspects.  This  is  the  second  part  of  a 
three-semester  sequence  (HIST  401,  HIST  402,  PHYS  490);  each  part  may  be  taken 
independently  of  the  others.  For  HIST  402  the  prerequisites  are  MATH  110  and  PHYS 
112  OR  117,  or  equivalent  competence  in  mathematics  and  physics. 

HIST  404  History  of  Modern  Biology  (3)  The  internal  development  of  biology  in  the 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries,  including  evolution,  cell  theory,  heredity  and 
development,  spontaneous  generation,  and  mechanism  -  vitalism  controversies.  The 
philosophical  aspects  of  the  development  of  scientific  knowledge  and  the  interaction  of 
biology  with  chemistry  and  physics. 

HIST  405  Introduction  to  Archives  and  Manuscript  Repositories  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
departmental  approval.  History  of  the  basic  intellectual  problems  relating  to  archives 
and  manuscript  repositories;  emphasis  on  problems  of  selection,  access,  preservation, 
inventorying  and  editing  as  well  as  the  variety  of  institutions  housing  documents.  Must 
be  taken  concurrently  with  HIST  406. 


HIST  — History     317 


HIST  406  Introduction  to  Archives  and  Manuscript  Repositories  II  (3)  Prerequisite 
departmental  approval.  Practical  experience  through  placement  in  cooperating 
archives  or  manuscript  repositories  in  the  Baltimore/Annapolis/Washington, DC.  Areas. 
Assignments  to  specific  projects  based  on  intellectual  interest  of  students.  Must  be 
taken  concurrently  with  HIST  405. 

HIST  407  History  of  Technology  (3)  A  survey  course  designed  for  junior,  senior  and 
graduate  students  with  a  solid  base  in  either  engineering  or  history;  it  will  cover  the 
time  span  from  Greek  antiquity  to  the  First  World  War.  Technology  will  be  studied  as  a 
cultural  force  controlled  by  laws  of  its  own  and  operating  within  a  distinctive 
conceptual  framework.  The  course  will  concentrate  on  the  changing  character  of 
technology  in  history  and  on  the  interactions  between  technology  and  other  cultural 
forces  such  as  science,  philosophy,  art,  material  culture,  and  the  economy. 

HIST  409  Science,  Medicine  and  Technology:  Historical  Topics  (3)  Selected  topics 
in  the  history  of  medicine,  science  and  technology.  Specific  descriptions  will  be 
available  in  the  history  department  when  the  course  is  offered.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

HIST  410  History  of  Medicine  and  Public  Health  (3)  Survey  of  the  history  of  medicine 
and  public  health  from  primitive  times  to  the  present,  covering  major  medical  theories, 
therapeutics,  and  techniques,  the  evolution  of  the  medicine  man  or  priest-physician 
into  a  professional  medical  practitioner,  and  the  close  relationship  between  medicine 
and  society. 

HIST  412  Readings  in  Psycho-history  (3)  Application  of  psychological  theories  to  the 
study  of  historical  personalities  and  collective  behavior;  survey  of  relevant  personality 
theorists,  and  an  evaluation  of  recent  contributions. 

HIST  413  History  of  American  Medicine  and  Public  Policy  (3)  History  of  American 
medicine  and  public  health  ranging  from  Indian  medical  concepts  and  techniques  to 
today's  highly  sophisticated  medicine;  the  role  of  the  medical  profession  in  society, 
development  of  medical  education,  emergence  of  public  health,  and  current  problems 
facing  medicine. 

HIST  414  History  of  European  Ideas  I  (3)  Review  of  the  basic  western  intellectual 
traditions  as  a  heritage  from  the  ancient-world.  Selected  important  currents  of  thought 
from  the  scientific  revolution  of  the  16th  and  17th  centuries  down  to  the  end  of  the  18th 
century. 

HIST  415  History  of  European  Ideas  II  (3)  A  continuation  of  HIST  414  emphasizing 
19th  and  20th  century  thought. 

HIST  416  Modern  Jewish  Intellectual  History  I  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  major  ideas 
and  ideologies  of  the  Jewish  people  from  the  period  of  the  expulsion  from  Spain  in 
1492  until  the  generation  of  Moses  Mendelssohn  and  his  contemporaries  at  the  end  of 
the  eighteenth  century.  The  course  will  emphasize  the  major  intellectual  developments 
within  the  Jewish  community  shaped  by  its  encounter  with  major  cultural  developments 
such  as  the  Renaissance,  reformation  and  religious  scepticism  as  well  as  by  the 
constant  threats  to  its  collective  identity  and  physical  well-being  throughout  this  entire 
period. 

HIST  417  Modern  Jewish  Intellectual  History  II  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  major  ideas 
and  ideologies  of  the  Jewish  people  from  the  end  of  the  eighteenth  century  until  the 
present.    The  course  will  consider  the  major  intellectual  responses  to  the  problem  of 


318     HIST— History 


Jewish  identity  in  the  context  of  the  effects  of  political  and  social  emancipation, 
nationalism  and  socialism,  secularism  and  cultural  assimilation,  as  well  as  political 
anti-semitism  and  physical  extermination  upon  the  Jewish  community. 

HIST  418  Jews  and  Judaism:  Selected  Historical  Topics  (3)  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  6  credit  hours  if  topics  differ. 

HIST  419  Special  Topics  in  History  (3)  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

HIST  422  Byzantine  Empire  I  (3)  The  Eastern  Roman  Empire  from  Constantine  the 
Great  to  the  crisis  of  the  ninth  century.  The  development  of  the  late  Roman  state  into 
the  Medieval  Christian  Byzantine  empire  and  the  evolution  of  a  distinctive  Byzantine 
culture. 

HIST  423  Byzantine  Empire  II  (3)  The  Byzantine  empire  from  the  Macedonian 
renaissance  to  the  conquest  of  Constantinople  by  the  Turks  in  1453:  the  Byzantine 
empire  at  its  height,  the  crusades,  Byzantium  as  a  minor  power,  and  its  contributions 
to  the  Renaissance  and  the  cultures  of  Russia  and  the  Balkans. 

HIST  424  History  of  Russia  to  1801  (3) 

HIST  425  History  of  Russia  From  1801  - 1917  (3)  A  continuation  of  HIST  424. 

HIST  426  Age  of  Industry:  Britain  1760  to  1914  (3)  An  economic,  social,  political  and 
cultural  analysis  of  Britain  in  the  age  of  her  industrial  supremacy.  The  nature  of  the  first 
industrial  revolution;  the  emergence  of  modern  social  classes;  the  cultural  impact  of 
industrialization;  politics  and  society  in  the  early  and  mid-nineteenth  century; 
Victorianism  and  its  critics;  imperialism  and  politics;  high  and  low  culture;  the  rise  of 
labor;  social  and  political  tensions  1910-1914. 

HIST  427  Age  of  Decline:  Britain  1914  to  Present  (3)  British  society  since  the  First 
World  War.  The  social,  cultural,  economic  and  political  impact  of  the  First  World  War; 
labor  and  politics  in  the  1920s  and  1930s;  the  inter-war  depression,  appeasement  and 
foreign  policy;  the  social  impact  of  the  Second  World  War;  the  welfare  state  and 
nationalization  of  industry;  the  dissolution  of  Empire;  the  emergence  of  a  consumer 
society;  social  criticism  in  1950s;  the  economic  and  political  problems  of  the  1960s 
and  1970s. 

HIST  430  Tudor  England  (3)  An  examination  of  the  political,  religious  and  social 
forces  in  English  life,  1485-1603,  with  special  emphasis  on  Tudor  government,  the 
English  reformation  and  the  Elizabethan  era. 

HIST  431  Stuart  England  (3)  An  examination  of  the  political,  religious  and  social 
forces  in  English  life,  1603-1714,  with  special  emphasis  on  Puritanism  and  the  English 
revolutions. 

HIST  432  Britain  in  the  18Th  Century  (3)  Developments  in  Great  Britain  from  the 
revolution  of  1688  to  the  end  of  the  Napoleonic  wars. 

HIST  434  Constitutional  History  of  Great  Britain  I  (3)  Constitutional  development  in 
England,  with  emphasis  on  the  history  of  the  royal  prerogative,  the  growth  of  the 
common  law,  the  development  of  Parliament,  and  the  emergence  of  systematized 
government.  First  semester,  to  1485. 

HIST  435  Constitutional  History  of  Great  Britain  II  (3)  Constitutional  development  in 
england,  with  emphasis  on  the  history  of  the  royal  prerogative,  the  growth  of  the 
common  law,  the  development  of  parliament,  and  the  emergence  of  systematized 


HIST  — History     319 


government.  Second  semester,  since  1485. 

HIST  436  History  of  the  British  Empire  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  development  of  the 
British  empire  since  the  American  revolution.  Particular  emphasis  is  given  to  the 
problem  of  responsible  self-government,  the  evolution  of  the  British  empire  into  a 
commonwealth  of  nations  and  the  problems  of  the  dependent  empire.  Recommended 
prerequisites  -  HIST  112,  113,  141,  OR  254. 

HIST  437  Modern  France  From  Napoleon  to  Degaulle  (3)  The  changing  political  and 
cultural  values  of  French  society  in  response  to  recurrent  crises  throughout  the  19th 
and  20th  centuries.  Students  should  have  had  some  previous  survey  of  either  western 
civilization  or  European  history. 

HIST  440  Germany  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,  1815-1914  (3)  The  development  of 
modern  Germany  and  the  rise  of  national  socialism. 

HIST  441  Germany  in  the  Twentieth  Century,  1914-1945  (3)  Germany's  aims  and 
policies  during  world  War  I,  its  condition  and  policies  in  the  inter-war  period,  the  rise  of 
national  socialism,  and  Germany's  part  in  World  War  II. 

HIST  442  The  Soviet  Union  (3)  A  history  of  Soviet  Russia  and  the  Soviet  Union  from 
1917  to  the  present.  Stress  on  the  relationship  between  Marxist  theory  and  practice, 
and  the  development  of  peculiarly  socialist  institutions  and  practices. 

HIST  443  Modern  Balkan  History  (3)  A  political,  socio-economic,  and  cultural  history 
of  Yugoslav,  Bulgaria,  Romania,  Greece,  and  Albania  from  the  breakdown  of  Ottoman 
domination  to  the  present.  Emphasis  is  on  movements  for  national  liberation  during  the 
nineteenth  century  and  on  approaches  to  modernization  in  the  twentieth  century. 

HIST  444  Nineteenth  Century  European  Diplomatic  History  (3)  The  development 
and  execution  of  European  diplomacy  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  the  outbreak  of 
World  War  I,  concentrating  on  Central  and  Western  Europe. 

HIST  445  Twentieth  Century  European  Diplomatic  History  (3)  The  development  and 
execution  of  european  diplomacy  from  the  outbreak  of  World  War  I  to  the  conclusion  of 
World  War  II,  concentrating  on  Central  and  Western  Europe. 

HIST  446  European  Economic  History  to  1750  (3)  Economic  development  of  Europe 
from  the  manorial  economy  of  medieval  feudalism  through  the  emergence  of  capitalist 
institutions  and  overseas  empires  to  the  advent  of  the  industrial  revolution. 

HIST  447  European  Economic  History  Since  1750  (3)  The  mainsprings  of  the 
Industrial  Revolution  first  in  18th  century  England  and  then  across  the  rest  of  Europe 
during  the  19th  and  20th  centuries.  Emphasis  on  the  English,  French,  German, 
Austro-Hungarian  and  Russian  experiences  with  private  capitalism  and  public  policy, 
including  fascism  and  communism.  Social  consequences  of  industrial  development 
such  as  urbanization  and  the  rise  of  labor  movements. 

HIST  450  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  to  1865  (3)  The  development  of  the 
American  economy  from  Columbus  through  the  Civil  War. 

HIST  451  Economic  History  of  the  United  States  After  1865  (3)  The  development  of 
the  American  economy  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

HIST  452  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States  to  1898  (3)  American  foreign 
relations  from  the  beginning  of  the  American  Revolution  in  1775  through  the 
Spanish-American    War    of    1898,    including    both    international    developments    and 


320     HIST  —  History 


domestic  influences  that  contributed  to  American  expansion  in  world  affairs,  and 
analyses  of  significant  individuals  active  in  American  diplomacy  and  foreign  policy. 

HIST  453  Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States  Since  1898  (3)  American  foreign 
relations  in  the  twentieth  century  during  the  age  of  Imperialism,  World  War  I,  the  Great 
Depression,  World  War  II,  and  the  Cold  War.  A  continuation  of  HIST  452. 

HIST  454  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States:  From  Colonial  Origins  to 
1860  (3)  The  interaction  of  government,  law,  and  politics  in  the  constitutional  system. 
The  nature  and  purpose  of  constitutions  and  constitutionalism;  the  relationship  between 
the  constitution  and  social  forces  and  influences,  the  way  in  which  constitutional 
principles,  rules,  ideas,  and  institutions  affect  events  and  are  in  turn  affected  by 
events.  The  origins  of  American  politics  and  constitutionalism  through  the  constitutional 
convention  of  1787.  Major  constitutional  problems  such  as  the  origins  of  judicial 
review,  democratization  of  government,  slavery  in  the  territories  and  political  system  as 
a  whole. 

HIST  455  Constitutional  History  of  the  United  States:  Since  1860  (3)  American 
public  law  and  government,  with  emphasis  on  the  interaction  of  government,  law,  and 
politics.  Emphasis  on  the  political-constitutional  system  as  a  whole,  rather  than  simply 
the  development  of  constitutional  law  by  the  Supreme  Court.  Major  crises  in  American 
government  and  politics  such  as  Civil  War,  reconstruction,  the  1890's,  the  new  deal 
era,  the  civil  disorders  of  the  1960's. 

HIST  456  History  of  Ideas  in  America  to  1865  (3)  The  ideas,  conflicts,  myths,  and 
realities  that  shaped  American  character  and  society  from  the  first  settlements  to  the 
Civil  War. 

HIST  457  History  of  Ideas  in  America  Since  1865  (3)  A  continuation  of  HIST  456 

HIST  458  Selected  Topics  in  Women's  History  (3)  Selected  topics  on  women  in 
American  society  including  such  areas  as  women  and  the  law,  women  and  politics,  the 
"feminine  mystique"  and  the  "new  feminism."  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours.  Students  previously  receiving  credit  in  HIST  408  may  not  enroll. 

HIST  459  Society  in  America:  Historical  Topics  (3)  A  consideration  of  selected 
aspects  of  American  society  from  colonial  times  to  the  present.  Special  emphasis  on 
regionalism,  immigration,  nativism,  minorities,  urbanization,  and  social  responses  to 
technological  changes.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  topics  are 
different. 

HIST  460  History  of  Labor  in  the  United  States  (3)  The  American  working  class  in 
terms  of  its  composition;  its  myths  and  Utopias;  its  social  conditions;  and  its  impact  on 
American  institutions. 

HIST  461  Blacks  in  American  Life:  1865  to  Present  (3)  The  role  of  the  Black  in 
America  since  slavery,  with  emphasis  on  twentieth  century  developments:  the 
migration  from  farm  to  city;  the  growth  of  the  civil  rights  movement;  the  race  question 
as  a  national  problem. 

HIST  462  The  Civil  War  (3)  A  detailed  study  of  historical  interpretations;  the  forces, 
situations  and  events  that  caused  the  war;  the  war  and  its  impact. 

HIST  463  History  of  the  Old  South  (3)  The  golden  age  of  the  Chesapeake,  the 
institution  of  slavery,  the  frontier  south,  the  antebellum  plantation  society,  the 
development  of  regional  identity  and  the  experiment  in  independence. 


HIST  —  History     321 


HIST  464  History  of  the  New  South  (3)  The  experience  of  defeat,  the  restructuring  of 
southern  society,  the  impact  of  industrialization  and  the  modern  racial  adjustment. 

HIST  465  History  of  the  American  Frontier:  the  Trans-Allegheny  West  (3)  Major 
historical  interpretation  of  the  significance  to  the  period  of  the  Trans-Allegheny  West. 
Assesses  the  impact  of  the  frontier  experience  on  American  history.  Equal  attention  is 
given  to  political,  economic,  social  and  cultural  problems  associated  with  the 
development  of  the  west.  Indian  culture,  treatment  of  the  Indians,  and  Indian-White 
relations  are  integrated  into  the  course  through  readings  and  lectures. 

HIST  466   History   of  the  American   Frontier:  the  Trans-Mississippi   West  (3) 

Exploration,  settlement  and  development  of  the  Trans-Mississippi  West.  Assesses  the 
impact  of  the  frontier  experience  on  American  history.  Equal  attention  is  given  to 
political,  economic,  social  and  cultural  problems  associated  with  the  development  of 
the  West.  Indian  culture,  treatment  of  the  indians,  and  indian-white  relations  are 
integrated  into  the  course  through  readings  and  lectures. 

HIST  467  History  of  Maryland  (3)  Political,  social  and  economic  history  of  Maryland 
from  seventeenth  century  to  the  present. 

HIST  470  Diplomatic  History  of  Latin  America  (3)  A  survey  of  the  political,  economic 
and  cultural  relations  of  the  Latin  American  nations  with  emphasis  on  their  relations 
with  the  United  States  and  the  development  of  the  inter-American  system. 

HIST  471  History  of  Brazil  (3)  The  history  of  Brazil  with  emphasis  on  the  national 
period. 

HIST  472  History  of  the  Argentine  Republic  (3)  Concentration  upon  the  recent 
history  of  Argentina  with  emphasis  upon  the  social  and  economic  development  of  a 
third  world  nation. 

HIST  473  History  of  the  Spanish  Caribbean  (3) 

HIST  474  History  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  I  (3)  History  of  Mexico  and  Central 
America,  beginning  with  the  Pre-Spanish  Indian  cultures  and  continuing  through 
European  contact,  conquest,  and  colonial  dominance,  down  to  the  beginning  of  the 
Mexican  War  for  Independence  in  1810. 

HIST  475  History  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  II  (3)  A  continuation  of  HIST  474 
with  emphasis  of  the  political  development  of  the  Mexican  nation. 

HIST  476  History  of  Canada  (3)  A  history  of  Canada,  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
nineteenth  century  and  upon  Canadian  relations  with  Great  Britain  and  the  United 
States. 

HIST  477  American  Foreign  Relations  in  the  Age  of  Roosevelt  (3)  An  intensive 
study  of  foreign  relations  from  1932  to  1945.  Diplomacy  in  the  Great  Depression;  rise 
and  fall  of  American  isolationism;  "aid-short-of-war"  in  opposition  to  Axis  aggression; 
FDR's  conduct  of  foreign  affairs  during  World  War  II;  his  guidance  toward  an 
expanded  leadership  role  for  the  United  States  after  the  war;  and  beginnings  of  the 
Cold  War  with  the  Soviet  Union. 

HIST  480  History  of  Traditional  China  (3)  China  from  earliest  times  to  1644  A.D. 
Emphasis  on  the  development  of  traditional  Chinese  culture,  society,  and  government. 

HIST  481  A  History  of  Modern  China  (3)  Modern  China  from  1644  to  the  People's 
Republic  of  China.  Emphasis  on  the  coming  of  the  west  to  China  and  the  various 


322     HIST  —  History 


stages  of  the  Chinese  reaction. 

HIST  482  History  of  Japan  to  1800  (3)  Traditional  Japanese  civilization  from  the  age 
of  Shinto  mythology  and  introduction  of  continental  learning  down  to  the  rule  of  military 
families,  the  transition  to  a  money  economy,  and  the  creation  of  a  townsmen's  culture. 
A  survey  of  political,  economic,  religious,  and  cultural  history. 

HIST  483  History  of  Japan  Since  1800  (3)  Japan's  renewed  contact  with  the  western 
world  and  emergence  as  a  modern  state,  industrial  society,  and  world  power, 
1800-1931;  and  Japan's  road  to  war,  occupation,  and  recovery,  1931  to  the  present. 

HIST  485  History  of  Chinese  Communism  (3)  An  analysis  of  the  various  factors  in 
modern  Chinese  history  that  led  to  the  victory  of  the  Chinese  communist  party  in  1949 
and  of  the  subsequent  course  of  events  of  the  People's  Republic  of  China,  from  ca. 
1919  to  the  present. 

HIST  491  History  of  the  Ottoman  Empire  (3)  Survey  of  the  Ottoman  Turkish  Empire 
from  1300  A.D.  To  its  collapse  during  World  War  I.  Emphasis  on  the  empire's  social 
and  political  institutions  and  its  expansion  into  Europe,  the  Arab  East  and  North  Africa. 

HIST  492  The  Contemporary  Middle  East  (3)  This  course  covers  the  break-up  of  the 
Ottoman  empire  and  the  emergence  of  contemporary  states  of  the  area. 

HIST  495  Twentieth  Century  Algeria  (3)  A  brief  survey  of  the  history  of  Algeria  and 
an  indepth  study  of  twentieth  century  events  leading  up  to  and  including  the  War  of 
Liberation  and  Algerian  independence.  Reading  knowledge  of  French  desirable. 

HIST  496  A  History  of  West  Africa  (3)  West  Africa  from  approximately  4500  B.C.  To 
the  colonial  era.  The  development  of  agricultural  and  technological  achievements, 
which  made  it  possible  for  West  African  civilizations  to  emerge  and  endure  and  the 
development  of  the  medieval  and  early  modern  state  systems.  The  structure  of  West 
African  societies,  the  people  and  their  cultural  history. 

HIST  497  Economic  History  of  West  Africa  (3)  The  economic  history  of  West  Africa 
from  neolithic  times  to  the  end  of  the  colonial  era.  Reading  knowledge  of  French 
desirable. 

HIST  600  Historiography  (3) 

HIST  601  Methods  in  Historical  Research  (3)  Techniques  of  historical  research  and 
writing,  emphasizing  archival  research,  evaluation  of  sources,  bibliography,  and  form 
and  style  in  writing. 

HIST  602  General  Seminar:  American  History  (3)  Classic  and  new  interpretations  of 
American  history  with  special  attention  to  current  directions  of  scholarship  and 
research. 

HIST  603  General  Seminar:  European  History  (3)  Classic  and  new  interpretations  of 
European  history  with  special  attention  to  current  directions  of  scholarship  and 
research. 

HIST  605  The  Teaching  of  History  in  Institutions  of  Higher  Learning  (1) 

HIST  608  Occupational  Internship  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department 
chairman.  Individually  arranged  internship  tailored  to  individual  student  needs  with  a 
cooperating  public  or  private  agency  in  the  metropolitan,  Washington/  Baltimore  area. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  hours. 


HIST  —  History     323 


HIST  609  Readings  in  the  History  of  Medicine  and  Modern  Science  (3) 

HIST  618  Readings  in  the  History  of  Women  (3) 

HIST  619  Special  Topics  in  History  (1-3) 

HIST  628  Readings  in  Colonial  American  History  (3) 

HIST  629  Readings  in  the  American  Revolution  and  the  Formative  Period  (3) 

HIST  638  Readings  in  the  Middle  Period  and  Civil  War  (3) 

HIST  639  Readings  in  Reconstruction  and  the  New  Nation  (3) 

HIST  648  Readings  in  Recent  American  History  (3) 

HIST  658  Readings  in  American  Constitutional  History  (3) 

HIST  659  Readings  in  American  Intellectual  History  (3) 

HIST  668  Readings  in  American  Social  History  (3) 

HIST   669    Readings    in   the    Economic   History   of   the   United   States   (3)   An 

examination  of  the  major  issues  in  the  history  of  the  economy  of  the  United  States  from 
the  17th  century  to  the  present,  as  these  have  been  discussed  by  the  more  important 
economic  historians.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

HIST  678  Readings  in  American  Labor  History  (3)  Social  and  cultural  history  of  the 
American  working  class  with  special  attention  to  communities  based  on  ethnicity,  race, 
sex,  residence  and  ideology;  history  of  the  labor  movement;  selected  comparisons  with 
working-class  communities  of  other  countries. 

HIST  679  Readings  in  the  History  of  American  Foreign  Policy  (3) 

HIST  689  Readings  in  Southern  History  (3) 

HIST  698  Readings  in  the  History  of  the  American  Frontier  (3)  The  american  frontier 
experience  1763-1890.  Equal  emphasis  on  the  Trans-Appalachian  and 
Trans-Mississippi  West.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HIST  718  Readings  in  Medieval  History  (3) 

HIST  719  Readings  in  the  History  of  the  Renaissance  and  Reformation  (3) 

HIST  728  Readings  in  Early  Modern  European  History  (3) 

HIST  729  Readings  in  Modern  European  History  (3)  Reading  knowledge  of  some 
European  language  recommended  but  not  required. 

HIST  739  Readings  in  the  History  of  Great  Britain  and  the  British  Empire 
Commonwealth  (3) 

HIST  748  Readings  in  Modern  French  History  (3) 

HIST  749  Readings  in  German  History,  1815  to  the  Present  (3)  Reading  knowledge 
of  German  is  encouraged,  but  not  required.  May  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  nine 
semester  hours. 

HIST  758  Readings  in  Eastern  European  History  (3)  Selected  topics  in  the  history  of 
the  Habsburg  monarchy  and  the  successor  states,  Poland  and  the  Balkans.  Emphasis 
on  the  rise  of  nationalism  during  the  19th  century  and  the  experience  with  fascism  and 
communism  in  the  20th  century. 

HIST  759  Readings  in  Russian  History  (3) 


324     HIST  —  History 


HIST  768  Readings  in  Chinese  History  (3) 

HIST  769  Readings  in  Japanese  History  (3) 

HIST  778  Readings  in  Latin  American  History  (3) 

HIST  779  Readings  in  Middle  Eastern  History  (3) 

HIST  788  Readings  in  European  Economic  and  Labor  History  (3)  Selected  topics  in 
european  economic  history  from  1648  to  the  second  world  war.  Attention  to  the 
mainsprings  of  industrialization,  the  economic  consequences  of  war  and  revolution, 
and  the  variety  of  European  labor  movements.  An  introduction  to  the  use  of 
quantitative  methods  is  provided. 

HIST  789  Readings  in  Modern  European  Intellectual  History  (3) 

HIST  798  Readings  in  Jewish  History  (3)  Readings  on  selected  topics  in  Jewish 
history.  Emphasis  on  analysis  of  primary  sources.  Reading  knowledge  of  hebrew 
recommended.   May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

HIST  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

HIST  808  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Medicine  and  Modern  Science  (3)  PrerequislTE, 
HIST609  or  consent  of  instructor. 

HIST  809  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Women  (3) 

HIST  818  Seminar  in  Historical  Editing  (3)  An  apprenticeship  in  the  editing  of 
documentary  sources  and  scholarly  articles  for  publication.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  six  hours. 

HIST  820  Seminar  in  Chinese  History  (3) 

HIST  821  Seminar  in  Japanese  History  (3) 

HIST  828  Seminar  in  Middle  Eastern  History  (3) 

HIST  829  Seminar  in  Latin  American  History  (3) 

HIST  838  Seminar  in  Ancient  History  (3)  By  permission  of  instructor  only.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  semester  hours* 

HIST  839  Seminar  in  Medieval  and  Early  Modern  European  History  (3) 

HIST  840  Seminar  in  Greek  History  (3) 

HIST  841  Seminar  in  Roman  History  (3) 

HIST  844  Seminar  in  the  History  of  the  Renaissance  and  Reformation  (3) 

HIST  848  Seminar  in  Modern  European  History  (3) 

HIST  849  Seminar  in  Russian  History  (3) 

HIST  850  Seminar  in  East  European  History  (3)  Research  papers  on  the  history  of 
the  lands  which  are  now  Austria,  Hungary,  Czechoslovakia,  Poland  and  the  Balkan 
states,  from  the  18th  century  to  the  present. 

HIST  851  Seminar  in  German  History  (3)  Prerequisite:  HIST  749,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Reading  knowledge  of  German  is  required.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 
of  six  semester  hours. 

HIST  852  Seminar  in  Modern  French  History  (3) 

HIST  853  Seminar  in  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3) 


HIST  —  History     325 


HIST  854  Seminar  in  20Th  Century  European  History  (3)  Seminar  in  20th  century 
European  history,  1914  to  present.   Prerequisite:  HIST  729,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

HIST  855  Seminar  in  Modern  European  Intellectual  History  (3) 

HIST  856  Seminar  in  Modern  European  Diplomatic  History  (3)  Prerequisite:  reading 
ability  of  either  French  of  German;  a  course  in  modern  European  history.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  maximum  of  nine  semester  hours. 

HIST  857  Seminar  in  the  Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Europe  (3)  Research 
methods  for  multi-generational  family  history,  the  comparative  study  of  folk  cultures, 
and  the  study  of  creative  minorities.  Includes  a  general  introduction  to  research  in 
European  society  and  culture. 

HIST  858  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Great  Britain  and  the  British 
Empire-Commonwe  (3) 

HIST  859  Seminar  in  History  of  Modern  Wars  (3) 

HIST  860  Seminar  in  Tudor  and  Stuart  England  (3) 

HIST  861  Seminar  in  English  Law  and  Government,  1550-1760  (3)  Prerequisites: 
one  of  the  following  courses;  HIST  430,  431,  432,  435  or  consent  of  instructor.  From 
the  accession  of  Elizabeth  I  to  the  death  of  George  II. 

HIST  878  Seminar  in  Colonial  American  History  (3) 

HIST  879  Seminar  in  the  American  Revolution  and  Formative  Period  (3) 

HIST  880  Seminar  in  Southern  History  (3) 

HIST  881  Seminar  in  American  Frontier  History  (3)  A  research-writing  seminar 
dealing  with  selected  topics  related  to  the  American  frontier,  especially  the 
Trans-Appalachian  and  Trans-Missippippi  west,  1774  to  the  20th  century.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

HIST  882  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Maryland  (3) 

HIST  888  Seminar  in  the  Middle  Period  and  Civil  War  (3) 

HIST  889  Seminar  in  Reconstruction  and  the  New  Nation  (3) 

HIST  890  Seminar  in  American  Intellectual  History  (3) 

HIST  892  Seminar  in  American  Social  History  (3) 

HIST    893    Seminar    in    the    Economic    History    of   the    United    States    (3)    A 

research-writing  seminar  dealing  with  selected  topics  in  American  economic 
development  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
semester  hours. 

HIST  894  Seminar  in  American  Labor  History  (3)  Advanced  research  and  writing  on 
selected  topics  in  the  history  of  American  workers,  their  conditions,  communities, 
organizations  and  ideas. 

HIST  895  Seminar  in  American  Constitutional  History  (3) 

HIST  896  Seminar  in  the  History  of  American  Foreign  Policy  (3) 

HIST  898  Seminar  in  Recent  American  History  (3) 

HIST  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


326     Concentration  in  the  History  and  Philosophy  of  Science         

Concentration  in  the  History  and  Philosophy 
of  Science 

The  Committee  on  the  History  and  Philosophy  of  Science  supervises  graduate  study 
leading  to  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  in  History  or  Philosophy.  Courses  are  offered 
in  a  wide  range  of  subjects  in  the  history  and  philosophy  of  science  and  technology, 
and  research  facilities  are  available  on  the  College  Park  campus  and  in  the 
Washington  area.  For  advanced  research  the  emphasis  is  on  the  history  and 
philosophy  of  physical  and  biological  science  in  the  19th  and  20th  centuries;  history  of 
the  philosophy  of  science  and  scientific  ideas;  genetics,  computer  science, 
geophysics  and  astronomy;  and  scientific  institutions  in  the  United  States.  Integration 
of  historical  and  philosophical  interpretations  of  science  is  stressed  in  both  teaching 
and  research. 

While  academia  is  the  traditional  employer  of  historians  and  philosophers  of 
science,  other  opportunities  exist  with  museums,  government,  and  industry.  Academic 
opportunities  for  historians  and  philosophers  of  science  recently  have  been  more 
plentiful  than  for  historians  or  philosophers  in  general.  While  the  numbers  are  small, 
thus  far  the  Committee  has  successfully  placed  all  its  degree  recipients. 

Students  should  apply  for  admission  to  either  the  History  Department  or  the 
Philosophy  Department,  indicating  History  and  Philosophy  of  Science  as  the  field  of 
specialization.  Since  people  with  diverse  backgrounds  can  be  successful  in  this  field, 
there  are  no  rigid  requirements  for  admission;  the  quality  of  a  student's  work  in 
science,  history,  and  philosophy,  as  demonstrated  not  only  by  grades  and  test  scores 
but  also  by  papers  and  independent  projects,  is  more  important  than  the  numbers  of 
credit  hours  in  these  subjects.  But  prospective  students  should  also  be  warned  that 
the  minimum  requirement  for  doing  research  in  the  history  and  philosophy  of  science 
covers  substantially  more  areas  than  normally  expected  of  Ph.D.'s  in  any  one  of  the 
traditional  fields  of  history  or  philosophy  or  a  science;  it  includes  training  in  a  science 
equivalent  to  a  B.S.  (preferably  M.S.)  degree,  proficiency  in  both  oral  and  written 
expression,  and  ability  to  read  at  least  one  foreign  language  (preferably  both  French 
and  German). 

The  Committee  also  encourages  applications  from  students  who  do  not  intend  to 
obtain  a  Ph.D.  in  history  and  philosophy  of  science  but  desire  only  the  M.A.  as 
preparation  for  careers  in  science  teaching,  government  service,  technical 
administration,  museum  work,  etc.,  or  who  plan  to  proceed  to  the  Ph.D.  in  another 
field. 

A  few  teaching  assistantships  are  available  in  the  History  and  Philosophy 
departments  for  students  who  have  adequate  backgrounds  in  those  subjects. 

Detailed  information  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to: 

Chairperson 

Committee  on  the  History  and  Philosophy  of  Science, 

1131  Skinner  Building, 

University  of  Maryland. 


Studies  Leading  to  the  M.A.  in  History  and  the  M.L.S.     327 

Studies  Leading  to  the  M.A.  in  History  and 
the  M.L.S. 

The  Department  of  History  and  the  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services 
coordinate  two  master  degree  programs  to  meet  the  need  for  multidisciplinary 
graduate  training  for  archivists,  records  managers,  manuscript  curators,  rare  book 
librarians,  bibliographers,  conservation  administrators,  and  those  wishing  to  become 
subject  and  research  specialists  in  academic,  special,  and/or  research  libraries. 
Because  of  the  University's  proximity  to  a  variety  of  immensely  rich  research 
collections,  students  are  able  through  internships  to  gain  first-hand  experiences  that 
reinforce  their  classroom  instruction. 

The  aim  of  the  sequence  of  courses  leading  to  the  two  degrees  is  to  prepare 
students  to  understand  the  intellectual  approach  of  the  research  scholar  through 
historical  training  and  to  meet  those  research  needs  through  the  information  services 
offered  in  CLIS.  The  coordinated  curricula  provide  four  main  options:  1)  Archives  and 
records  management;  2)  Curatorship  of  Historical  collections;  3)  Scholarly  editing  and 
publishing;  and  4)  Reference,  research  and  bibliographic  services.  The  fifty-four  hours 
required  for  the  degrees  combine  twenty-four  hours  in  each  component,  plus  six 
elective  hours.  The  M.A. -M.L.S.  is  a  non-thesis  plan,  but  students  may  choose  to  write 
a  thesis  when  such  research  enhances  their  program. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  may  apply  for  admission  under  the  rubric  HILS  (History-Library  Science) 
either  through  the  Department  of  History  or  CLIS.  Each  has  a  co-ordinator  who  serves 
as  an  advisor  for  students.  Since  many  of  these  courses  are  offered  in  sequence,  it  is 
important  for  students  to  work  closely  with  these  advisors.  The  two  degrees  are 
awarded  simultaneously,  and  a  student  who  fails  to  complete  the  special  requirements 
for  the  coordinated  degree  programs  may  not  receive  either  degree.  If  students 
subsequently  wish  to  receive  only  one  degree,  they  must  transfer  from  HILS  either  to 
the  graduate  program  in  History  (HIST)  or  to  the  College  of  Library  and  Information 
Services  LBSC  and  fulfill  the  normal  requirements  for  the  separate  M.A.  or  M.L.S. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  few  teaching  assistantships  are  available  in  the  Department  of  History  and  the 
College  of  Library  and  Information  Services  has  some  fellowship  aid  for  students  in  this 
course  of  directed  study.  These  are  awarded  on  a  competitive  basis  in  both 
components. 

Additional  Information 

Detailed  information  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  HILS  Co-ordinator,  in  either  the 
Department  of  History  or  the  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services. 


328     Horticulture  Program 


Horticulture  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Quebedeaux 

Professors:  Gouin,  Solomos,  Wiley 

Adjunct  Professor:  Galletta 

Professors  Emeritus:  Link,  Scott,  Shanks,  Stark,  Thompson,  Twigg 

Associate  Professors:  Beste,  Bouwkamp,  Gould,  Kundt,  McClurg,  Ng,  Pitt,  Schales, 

Schlimme,  Stimart,  Swartz,  Walsh 

Assistant  Professors:  Healy,  LaSota,  Stutte 

Lecturer:  Mityga 

The  Department  of  Horticulture  offers  graduate  study  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees.  The  Master  of  Science  degree  is  offered  with  both 
thesis  and  non-thesis  options.  Candidates  place  major  emphasis  in  the  areas  of 
pomology,  olericulture,  floriculture,  or  ornamental  horticulture.  Within  these  commodity 
areas,  students  may  direct  their  studies  and  research  efforts  to  mineral  nutrition, 
postharvest  physiology,  plant  breeding,  chemical  growth  regulation,  water  relations, 
plant  propagation,  histochemistry,  photoperiodism  and  environmental  control,  and 
other  factors  affecting  production,  postharvest  handling,  and  preservation  of 
horticultural  crops.  The  research  activities  required  for  the  thesis  or  dissertation  are 
normally  carried  out  in  conjunction  with  the  research  programs  of  the  departmental 
staff. 

The  candidate's  program  may  be  directed  toward  a  career  in  research,  teaching, 
extension  education,  or  industry.  Many  recent  graduates  are  currently  involved  in 
research  and  teaching  at  major  universities;  others  are  teaching  at  the  vocational 
agriculture  and  community  college  level.  Still  others  are  employed  as  County  Agents 
with  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  or  work  in  research  and  development  with  the 
U.S.   government  or  with  private  industry. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  seeking  admission  should  present  undergraduate  preparation  in  horticulture, 
botany,  chemistry,  and  supporting  agricultural  disciplines.  Those  without  this 
background  are  advised  to  enroll  as  undergraduate  students  to  correct  these 
deficiencies.  The  Graduate  Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test  is  required. 

Students  entering  the  doctoral  program  should  have,  or  plan  on  completing,  a 
Master  of  Science  degree  in  Horticulture,  although  presentation  of  the  M.S.  in  a  related 
plant  science  field  may  be  acceptable. 

Upon  admission,  the  student  selects  a  faculty  advisor  and  an  advisory  committee  is 
appointed.  It  is  an  early  function  of  the  committee  to  work  with  the  candidate  in 
developing  a  program  of  courses  and  research,  to  meet  the  goals  and  aspirations  of 
the  students.  The  Department  requires  no  foreign  language  proficiency.  A 
comprehensive,  oral  examination  is  given  each  candidate  for  the  M.S.;  candidates  for 
the  Ph.D.  take  an  oral  qualifying  examination  as  well  as  a  final  oral  exam  covering  the 
dissertation. 


HORT  —  Horticulture     329 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Modern  laboratory  and  greenhouse  facilities  are  located  at  the  College  Park  campus. 
Laboratory  instrumentation  provides  for  chromatography,  spectrometry,  elemental 
analysis,  histology,  and  other  procedures.  A  system  for  automatically  monitoring 
respiratory  gases  and  volatiles  is  available  in  connection  with  controlled  atmosphere 
chambers.  Controlled-temperature  storages  and  growth  chambers  provide  facilities  for 
postharvest  and  environmental  control  studies.  Greenhouse  and  plot  areas  are 
available  for  research  with  floricultural  and  ornamental  plants.  Orchards  for  research 
with  fruits  are  located  at  the  Sharpsburg  Research  and  Education  Center.  Other 
research  studies  are  conducted  cooperatively  with  fruit  growers  in  the  western  part  of 
the  state.  Field  research  with  vegetable  crops  is  carried  on  at  the  Vegetable  Research 
Farm,  Salisbury,  and  with  ornamental  and  vegetable  crops  at  Cheston-on-Wye  near 
Grasonville.  The  Beltsville  Research  Center  of  the  United  States  Department  of 
Agriculture  is  located  3  miles  from  the  campus.  Students  have  the  opportunity  to 
attend  seminars  at  the  Research  Center,  to  take  specialized  courses  of  the  USDA 
graduate  school  and,  in  certain  cases,  to  conduct  research  projects  in  cooperation 
with  the  personnel  at  the  USDA  Research  Center.  In  addition  to  library  facilities  at  the 
University,  the  National  Agricultural  Library  at  the  Research  Center  is  readily  available 
to  graduate  students  of  the  University. 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  graduate  students  are  supported  with  financial  aid.  Research  and  teaching 
assistantships  are  offered  -  on  a  competitive  basis  -  to  students  on  full  admission 
status,  as  available.  All  graduate  assistants  are  expected  to  assist  in  the  teaching 
program  of  the  Department,  and  those  in  the  M.S.  program  will  follow  the  thesis  option. 

Courses 

HORT  —  Horticulture 

HORT  411  Technology  of  Fruits  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  HORT  112, 
prerequisite:  HORT  112,  prerequisite:  or  concurrent  BOTN  441.  A  critical  analysis  of 
research  work  and  application  of  the  principles  of  plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and 
botany  to  practical  problems  in  commercial  production. 

HORT  417  Tree  and  Small  Fruit  Management  (1)  Primarily  designed  for  vocational 
agriculture  teachers  and  extension  agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  new 
and  improved  commercial  methods  of  production  of  the  leading  tree  and  small  fruit 
crops.  Current  problems  and  their  solution  will  receive  special  attention. 

HORT  422  Technology  of  Vegetables  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
HORT  222,  prerequisite  or  concurrent,  BOTN  441.  A  critical  analysis  of  research  work 
and  application  of  principles  of  plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and  botany  to  practical 
problems  in  commercial  vegetable  production. 

HORT  427  Truck  Crop  Management  (1)  Primarily  designed  for  teachers  of  vocational 
agriculture  and  extension  agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  new  and 
improved  methods  of  production  of  the  leading  truck  crops.  Current  problems  and 
their  solutions  will  receive  special  attention. 

HORT  432  Fundamentals  of  Greenhouse  Crop  Production  (3)  Three  lectures  per 
week.   Prerequisite:   HORT  231.  This  course  deals  with  a  study  of  the  commercial 


330     HORT  —  Horticulture 


production  and  marketing  of  ornamental  plant  crops  under  greenhouse,  plastic  houses 
and  out-of-door  conditions. 

HORT  433  Plants  For  Interior  Decoration  (2)  Prerequisite:  HORT  231  or  permission 
of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  selection,  production  and  use  of  plants  for  interior 
decoration  and  their  installation  and  maintenance  under  interior  conditions. 

HORT  451  Technology  of  Ornamentals  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  or 
concurrent  BOTN  441 .  A  study  of  the  physiological  processes  of  the  plant  as  related 
to  the  growth,  flowering  and  storage  of  ornamental  plants. 

HORT  453  Woody  Plant  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  212.  A  field  and  laboratory 
study  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings. 

HORT  454  Woody  Plant  Materials  (3)  Prerequisite:  BOTN  212.  A  field  and  laboratory 
study  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings. 

HORT  456  Production  and  Maintenance  of  Woody  Plants  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  HORT  271 ,  454.  A  study  of  the 
production  methods  and  operation  of  a  commercial  nursery  and  the  planting  and  care 
of  woody  plants  in  the  landscape. 

HORT  457  Ornamental  Horticulture  (1)  A  course  designed  for  teachers  of  agriculture 
and  extension  agents  to  place  special  emphasis  on  problems  of  the  culture  and  use  of 
ornamental  plants. 

HORT  471  Systematic  Horticulture  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a 
week.  A  study  of  the  origin,  taxonomic  relationship  and  horticultural  classification  of 
fruits  and  vegetables. 

HORT  472  Advanced  Plant  Propagation  (2)  Prerequisite:  HORT  271 .  A  study  of  the 
anatomy,  morphology  and  physiology  of  the  seed  and  plant  as  related  to  macro  and 
micro  forms  of  propagation.  A  review  of  research  in  propagation. 

HORT  474  Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage  of  Horticultural  Crops  (2)  Two 

lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  441 .  Factors  related  to  maturation  and  application 
of  scientific  principles  to  handling  and  storage  of  horticultural  crops. 

HORT  489  Special  Topics  in  Horticulture  (1-3)  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled 
and  organization  of  course.  A  lecture  and/or  laboratory  series  organized  to  study  in 
depth  a  selected  phase  of  horticulture  not  covered  by  existing  courses. 

HORT  682  Methods  of  Horticultural  Research  (3)  Second  semester  One  lecture  and 
one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  The  application  of  biochemical  and 
biophysical  methods  to  problems  in  biological  research  with  emphasis  on  plant 
materials. 

HORT  689  Special  Topics  in  Horticulture  (1-3)  First  and  second  semester.  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and  organization  of  the  course.  Organized  as  a  lecture 
series  on  a  specialized  advanced  topic. 

HORT  699  Special  Problems  in  Horticulture  (1-3)  First  and  second  semester.  Credit 
according  to  time  scheduled  and  organization  of  the  course.  Organized  as  an 
experimental  program  other  than  the  student's  thesis  problem. Maximum  credit  allowed 
toward  an  advanced  degree  shall  not  exceed  four  hours  of  experimental  work. 

HORT  781  Edaphic  Factors  and  Horticultural  Plants  (3)  First  semester,  alternate 
years.   Prerequisite:   BOTN  441.    A  critical  study  of  scientific  literature  and  current 


Human  Development  Education  Program  (Institute  for  Child  Study)     331 

research  concerning  factors  of  the  soil  affecting  production  of  horticultural  plants. 
Selected  papers  are  studied  and  critically  discussed.  Attention  is  given  to 
experimental  procedures,  results  obtained,  interpretation  of  the  data,  and  to  evaluation 
of  the  contribution. 

HORT  782  Chemical  Regulation  of  Growth  of  Horticultural  Plants  (3)  Second 
semester,  alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  441.  A  critical  review  of  literature  and 
current  research  relating  to  the  use  of  chemicals  in  controlling  growth,  and  useful  in 
the  production,  ripening,  and  handling  of  horticultural  plants  and  products.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  experimental  procedures  and  the  interpretation  of  results,  current  usage 
in  the  potentials  for  future  research. 

HORT  783  Environmental  Factors  and  Horticultural  Plants  (3)  First  semester, 
alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  BOTN  441.  A  study  of  the  literature  and  a  discussion  of 
current  research  concerned  with  the  effects  of  environmentla  factors  on  the  growth  and 
fruiting  of  horticultural  plants.  Effects  of  temperature,  light,  and  atmospheric  conditions 
will  be  considered. 

HORT  784  Current  Advances  in  Plant  Breeding  (3)  Second  semester  Alternate 
years.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  HORT  274  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Studies  of  the  genetic  and  cytogenetic  basis  of  plant  breeding,  systems  of  pollination 
control  and  their  application,  mutation  breeding,  methods  of  breeding  for  resistance  to 
plant  diseases  and  environmental  pollutants. 

HORT  798  Advanced  Seminar  (1)  Three  credit  hours  maximum  allowed  toward  the 
M.S.  Degree  or  six  credit  hours  maximum  toward  the  PH.D.  Degree. 

HORT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

HORT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Human  Development  Education  Program 
(Institute  for  Child  Study) 

Professor  and  Chair:  Hardy 

Professors:  Eliot,  Goering,  Grambs,  Seefeldt,  Torney-Purta 

Professors  Emeriti:  Bowie,  Dittman,  Goering,  Kurtz,  Morgan,  Perkins 

Associate  Professors:  Bennett,  Flatter,  Gardner,  Hatfield,  Huebner,  Koopman,  Marcus, 

Matteson,  Milhollan,  Robertson-Tchabo,  Rogolsky.  Tyler 

Assistant  Professors:  Ames,  Fox,  Green,  Holloway,  Hunt,  Taylor 

The   interdisciplinary   programs  of  the   Institute  for  Child  Study  attempt  to  collect, 

interpret,  and  synthesize  the  findings  of  the  human  sciences  that  are  concerned  with 

human   growth,   development,   and   learning,   and  to  communicate  this  synthesis  to 

persons  who  need  such  understandings  as  a  basis  for  their  practice  and  planning. 

Courses   are   psychological   in   nature  and   are  intended  to  increase  the  student's 

understanding  of  human  behavior.    Research  thrusts  are  primarily  concerned  with  the 

social  aspects  of  human  development. 


332     EDHD  —  Education,  Human  Development 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Institute  for  Child  Study  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to  Master  of  Education, 
Master  of  Arts  with  thesis,  Master  of  Arts  without  thesis,  Doctor  of  Philosophy,  and 
Doctor  of  Education  degrees,  and  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  (a 
planned  program  of  30  graduate  hours  beyond  the  Master's  degree).  In  addition  to  the 
general  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School  and  the  College  of  Education,  the 
Program  requires  scores  on  the  Miller's  Analogies  Test  competitive  with  other 
applicants  for  admission  to  master's  and  doctoral  programs,  and  the  possession  of  a 
master's  degree  prior  to  admission  to  the  doctoral  programs.  The  research  oriented 
M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degree  programs  in  human  development  are  designed  to  develop 
student  competencies  in  the  theoretical  areas  of  biological,  psychological,  and 
sociocultural  processes,  and  related  research  methods  in  human  development.  The 
practice  oriented  M.Ed,  and  Ed.D.  programs  are  designed  to  develop  student 
competencies  in  identifying  the  implications  of  scientific  knowledge  for  specific 
situations  through  training  in  program  design,  management,  delivery,  and  evaluation  of 
human  services  consistent  with  current  scientific  knowledge  of  human  development. 

The  primary  thrust  of  Institute  programs  is  focused  upon  educational  institutions 
and  services  and  secondarily  with  other  human  services  which  might  also  draw  upon 
scientific  knowledge  of  human  growth  and  development.  The  graduate  program  is 
intended  to  prepare  people  for  service  in  schools  and  other  community  agencies 
dealing  with  individuals  of  all  ages,  to  prepare  teachers  of  human  development  in 
higher  education,  and  to  prepare  research-oriented  individuals  for  service  in  public 
(county,  state  or  federal)  or  private  organizations.  A  student's  program  is  individually 
developed  through  consultation  with  advisers  and  appropriate  committees  to  meet  the 
unique  needs  of  the  student  consistent  with  the  purposes  and  goals  of  the  Institute  for 
Child  Study.  A  listing  of  graduate  degree  requirements  is  available  from  the  EDHD 
office.  Knowledge  of  foreign  languages  is  generally  not  required  unless  a  need  for 
foreign  languages  is  indicated  in  the  student's  program. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Washington,  D.C.  area  and  the  University  of  Maryland  are  particularly  rich  in 
resources  for  graduate  study  in  human  development.  The  faculty  of  the  Institute  is 
uniquely  multi-disciplinary,  representing  the  broad  range  of  the  human  sciences  and 
related  applied  fields.  The  Institute  has  ongoing  in-service  field  programs  in  child  and 
youth  study,  and  opportunities  for  participating  in  research.  Internship  experiences  are 
available  through  cooperation  with  various  agencies  and  schools  in  the  area. 
Resources  of  the  College  of  Education  include  a  Center  for  Young  Children,  a 
Curriculum  Materials  Center,  an  Educational  Technology  Center,  a  Reading  Center, 
Science  Center,  and  financial  and  advisory  support  services  for  research  and 
evaluation. 

Courses 

EDHD  —  Education,  Human  Development 

EDHD  400  Introduction  to  Gerontology  (3)  An  overview  of  the  processes  of  aging 
including  physiological,  sociological,  and  psychological  aspects  as  an  introduction  to 
the  field  of  gerontology.  Analysis  of  physiological  changes,  cultural  forces  and  self 
processes  that   have   a   bearing  on   life  quality  in  the  late  years.   Examination  of 


EDHD  —  Education,  Human  Development     333 


community  action  in  response  to  problems  of  the  elderly  Direct  field  contact  with 
programs  for  the  elderly. 

EDHD  411  Child  Growth  and  Development  (3)  Growth  and  development  of  the  child 
from  conception  through  the  early  childhood  years,  with  emphasis  on  development 
sequences  in  physical,  psychological  and  social  areas.  Implications  for  understanding 
and  working  with  young  children  in  the  home,  school,  and  other  settings. 

EDHD  413  Adolescent  Development  (3)  A  study  of  the  interplay  of  physical,  cultural 
and  self  forces  as  they  influence  behavior,  development,  learning  and  adjustment 
during  adolescence.  Includes  observation  and  case  study.  This  course  cannot  be 
used  to  meet  the  psychological  foundations  requirements  for  teacher  certification. 

EDHD  416  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  Development  III  (3)  Guided  reading  and 
observation  of  pupils  throughout  the  school  year.  Emphasis  on  human  development 
concepts  relating  to  impact  of  family,  school,  society,  and  peer  group  on  the  student. 
Collection  and  analysis  of  data  affecting  learning  and  behavior. 

EDHD  417  Laboratory  in  Behavior  Analysis  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDHD  416  Guided 
reading  and  observation  of  pupils  throughout  the  school  year.  Emphasis  on  analysis  of 
intrinsic  aspects  of  learning  and  behavior  including  cognitive  processes,  motivation, 
self-concept,  attitudes,  and  values. 

EDHD  419  Human  Development  and  Learning  in  School  Settings  (3)  Prerequisite: 
classroom  teaching  experience  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  study  of  human 
development  and  learning  principles  in  the  continuous  study  and  evaluation  of  several 
different  phases  of  the  school  program  over  an  extended  period  of  time.  Repeatable 
for  a  maximum  of  6  credits  if  the  topics  differ. 

EDHD  445  Guidance  of  Young  Children  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  100,  EDHD  300, 
EDHD  306  or  equivalent.  Development  of  an  appreciation  and  understanding  of  young 
children  from  differing  home  and  community  backgrounds;  study  of  individual  and 
group  problems. 

EDHD  460  Educational  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100  or  EDUC  300  or 
equivalent.  Offers  an  examination  of  research  and  problems  in  educational 
psychology.  Includes  consideration  of  measurement  and  the  significance  of  individual 
differences,  learning,  motivation  and  emotions,  transfer  of  learning,  intelligence, 
attitudes,  problem  solving,  understanding,  thinking,  and  communicating  knowledge. 
The  course  is  intended  to  provide  an  overview  of  educational  psychology  with  an 
emphasis  on  learning  processes.  It  may  not  be  substituted  for  EDUC  300  by  regularly 
matriculated  students  in  the  teacher  education  program. 

EDHD  489  Field  Experiences  in  Education  (1-4)  Prerequisites:  at  least  six  semester 
hours  in  education  at  The  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  may 
be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field 
experience  may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience 
and  whose  application  for  such  field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education 
faculty.  Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  nonmajor 
students.  Note:  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDHD  489, 
888,  AND  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDHD  498  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Available  only  to  mature  students  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual  study  of 
approved  problems. 


334     EDHD  —  Education,  Human  Development 


EDHD  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of  credits 
that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester 
hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been 
reached  the  following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this 
course  heading:  workshops  conducted  by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the 
present  course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special  education  centers;  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 

EDHD  600  Introduction  to  Human  Development  and  Child  Study  (3)  An  overview  of 
the  multidisciplinary,  scientific  principles  which  describe  human  development  and 
behavior  and  an  application  of  these  principles  in  an  analysis  of  a  behavioral  record. 
Techniques  of  observation,  recording,  and  analysis  of  human  behavior.  Emphasis  on 
critiquing  and  applying  research  findings. 

EDHD  601  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior  (3)  EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent  must  be 
taken  before  EDHD  601  or  concurrently.  Emphasizes  that  understanding  human  life, 
growth  and  behavior  depends  on  understanding  the  ways  in  which  the  body  is  able  to 
capture,  control  and  expend  energy.  Application  throughout  is  made  to  human  body 
processes  and  implications  for  understanding  and  working  with  people. 

EDHD  602  Social  Bases  of  Behavior  (3)  The  social  forces  and  expectations  that 
influence  behavior  from  infancy  through  old  age  and  death.  The  effects  of  ethnicity, 
social  learning  values,  attitudes,  historical  events  and  mass  media  on  perception  and 
behavior  in  societal  interactions. 

EDHD  603  Integrative  Bases  of  Behavior  (3)  EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent 
Prerequisites  are  EDHD  601  AND  602.  Analyzes  the  organized  and  integrated  pattern 
of  feeling,  thinking  and  behaving  which  emerge  from  the  interaction  of  basic  biological 
drives  and  potentials  with  one's  unique  experience  growing  up  in  a  social  group. 

EDHD  610  Physiological  Aspects  of  Aging  (3)  Prerequisite  ZOOL  201  OR  202  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Physiological  changes  with  advancing  age 
including  cells  and  tissues;  metabolism;  homeostasis;  and  sensorium,  with  implications 
with  respect  to  coping  with  these  changes. 

EDHD  613  Advanced  Laboratory  in  Behavior  Analysis  I  (3)  First  of  a  three-hour 
sequence  in  the  study  of  behavior.  Analysis  focuses  upon  the  major  forces  which 
shape  the  development  and  learning  of  children  and  youth.  Summer  session  only. 

EDHD  615  Advanced  Laboratory  in  Behavior  Analysis  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDHD  613 
or  equivalent.  Second  of  a  three-course  sequence  in  the  behavior  analysis  of  children 
and  youth  focusing  on  self-developmental  and  seff-adjustive  processes.  Summer 
session  only. 

EDHD  617  Advanced  Laboratory  in  Behavior  Analysis  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDHD  615 
or  equivalent.  Third  of  a  three-course  sequence  in  the  behavioral  analysis  of  children 
and  youth  which  contrasts  the  child's  concept  of  self  and  the  world  and  the  world's 
concept  of  the  child.  Summer  session  only. 

EDHD  619  Advanced  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  Development  (3)  A  critical 
examination  of  concepts  and  issues  in  contemporary  culture  as  these  relate  to  the 
development  and  learning  of  children  and  youth.  Summer  session  only.  Repeatable  to 


EDHD  —  Education,  Human  Development     335 


a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

EDHD  620  Aging  in  the  Cultural  Context  (3)  The  factors  and  forces  that  affect  life 
quality  in  the  late  years.  Identification  of  economic,  social,  and  governmental 
influences  in  the  cultural  context  that  enhance  or  impede  continued  growth  of  the 
person. Individual  projects  involving  direct  field  experience. 

EDHD  630  Cognitive  Processes  During  Aging  (3)  Cognitive  functioning  of  the  aged 
The  roles  of  cultural,  environmental  and  affectional  variables  as  they  contribute  to  the 
healthy  functioning  of  cognitive  processes.  On-site  field  trips  to  consolidate  an 
understanding  of  these  interrelationships.  Designed  for  those  who  desire  a  fuller 
understanding  of  life-span  human  development  and/or  are  interested  in  working  with 
the  elderly. 

EDHD  659  Direct  Study  of  Individuals  (3)  Observational  techniques  to  record  the 
behavior  of  an  individual.  Procedures  to  ensure  objectivity  in  data  collection.  Methods 
used  to  analyze,  categorize,  quantify  observational  data  in  research. 

EDHD  700  Infant  Development  (3)  An  examination  of  recent  research  findings  in 
physical,  social,  emotional  and  language  development  during  infancy.  A  review  of 
prenatal  and  perinatal  factors  in  relation  to  their  influence  on  later  development. 

EDHD  701  Training  the  Parent  Educator  (3)  Prerequisite:  course  in  child 
development  at  the  400  level  or  above.  History,  philosophy,  and  ethics  of  parent 
education,  and  examination  of  issues  critical  to  the  design,  implementation,  and 
evaluation  of  parent  education  programs.  Training  in  communication  and  leadership 
skills. 

EDHD  710  Affectional  Relationships  and  Processes  in  Human  Development  (3) 

EDHD  600  or  its  equivalent  must  be  taken  before  or  concurrently.  Describes  the 
normal  development,  expression  and  influence  of  love  in  infancy,  childhood, 
adolescence  and  adulthood.  Deals  with  the  influence  of  parent-child  relationship 
involving  normal  acceptance,  neglect,  rejection,  inconsistency,  and  over-protection 
upon  health,  learning,  emotional  behavior  and  personality  adjustment  and 
development. 

EDHD  711  Peer-culture  and  Group  Processes  in  Human  Development  (3)  EDHD 
600  or  its  equivalent  must  be  taken  before  or  concurrently.  Analyzes  the  process  of 
group  formation,  role-taking  and  status-winning,  describes  the  emergence  of  the 
"peer-culture"  during  childhood  and  the  evolution  of  the  child  society  at  different 
maturity  levels  to  adulthood.  Analyzes  the  developmental  tasks  and  adjustment 
problems  associated  with  winning,  belonging,  and  playing  roles  in  the  peer  group. 

EDHD  721  Learning  Theory  and  the  Educative  Process  I  (3)  Provides  a  systematic 
review  of  the  major  theories  and  their  impact  on  education.  Considers  factors  that 
influence  learning. 

EDHD  722  Learning  Theory  and  the  Educative  Process  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDUC 
300  or  equivalent.  Provides  an  exploration  in  depth  of  current  theoretical  and  research 
developments  in  the  field  of  human  learning,  especially  as  related  to  educational 
processes.   Consideres  factors  that  influence  learning. 

EDHD  730  Field  Program  in  Child  Study  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 
Offers  introductory  training  and  apprenticeship  preparing  persons  to  become  staff 
members  in  human  development  workshopd,  consultants  in  child  study  field  programs 


336     EDHD  —  Education,  Human  Development 


and  coordinators  of  municipal  or  regional  child  study  programs  for  teachers  or  parents. 
Extensive  field  experience  is  provided.  In  general,  this  training  is  open  only  to  persons 
who  have  passed  their  preliminary  examinations  for  the  doctorate  with  a  major  in 
human  development  or  psychology. 

EDHD  731  Field  Program  in  Child  Study  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDHD  730  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Offers  advanced  training  and  apprenticeship  preparing  persons  to  become 
staff  members  in  human  development  workshops,  consultants  to  child  study  field 
programs  and  coordinators  of  municipal  or  regional  child  study  programs  for  teachers 
or  parents  extensive  field  experience  is  provided.  In  general,  this  training  is  open  only 
to  persons  who  have  passed  their  preliminary  examinations  for  the  doctorate  with  a 
major  in  human  development  or  psychology. 

EDHD  740  Theories  of  Conflict  Resolution  in  Human  Development  (3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Psychological  and  sociological  theories  regarding  the  nature  of 
human  conflict  and  its  resolution  and  research  regarding  bargaining  and  negotiation 
techniques.   Applications  to  students'  professional  work. 

EDHD  741  Conflict  Resolution  in  Divorce  Settlement  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Conflict  resolution  and  negotiation  techniques  to  the  divorce  settlement 
process.  Neutral  third  party  negotiation  in  conjunction  with  legal  professionals  in 
resolving  issues  of  child  custody  and  visitation,  division  of  marital  property,  spousal 
support,  and  child  support. 

EDHD  779  Special  Topics  in  Human  Development  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

EDHD  780  Research  Methods  in  Human  Development  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  651  or 
equivalent.  Potentials  and  limitations  of  empirical  observation  for  contributing  to  human 
development  knowledge,  locating  and  evaluating  relevant  human  development 
research,  and  choosing  and  applying  statistical  techniques  to  human  development 
problems. 

EDHD  789  Internship  in  Human  Development  (3-8)  Prerequisites:  nine  credits  of 
human  development  and  consent  of  instructor.  Internship  experience  in  one  or  more 
human  service  agencies  in  the  community.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

EDHD  798  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-6)  Master's  AGS,  or  doctoral 
candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit  under  this  number. 

EDHD  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  six 
hours  for  master's  thesis. 

EDHD  810  Physical  Processes  in  Human  Development  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission 
to  doctoral  program  in  human  development  education.  Examines  the  physiology  of 
homeostasis  including  the  roles  of  temperature,  biochemical  factors,  respiration, 
circulation,  digestion,  and  utilization  of  energy  as  these  influence  the  health, 
functioning,  and  behavior  of  human  beings. 

EDHD  811  Physical  Processes  in  Human  Development  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission 
to  doctoral  program  in  human  development  education.  Focuses  upon  the  physiology  of 
communication  including  a  study  of  the  roles  of  the  nervous  system,  endocrines, 
nucleic  acids,  and  pheramones  as  these  influence  the  health,  functioning  and  behavior 
of  human  beings. 


EDHD  —  Education,  Human  Development     337 


EDHD  820  Socialization  Processes  in  Human  Development  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
admission  to  doctoral  program  in  human  development  education.  Study  of  comparative 
cultures  serve  as  a  medium  for  analyzing  the  processes  by  which  human  beings 
internalize  the  culture  of  the  society  in  which  they  live. 

EDHD  821  Socialization  Processes  in  Human  Development  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDHD  820  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  major  sub-cultures  in  the  united  states, 
their  institutions, training  procedures,  and  their  characteristic  human  expressions  in 
folk-knowledge,  habits,  attitudes,  values,  goals,  and  adjustment  patterns  as  these 
relate  to  the  processes  in  which  human  beings  in  our  society  interalize  the  culture  in 
which  they  live. 

EDHD  830  Self  Processes  in  Human  Development  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  admission  to 
doctoral  program  in  human  development  education.  The  personality  theories  of  Freud, 
Jung,  Adler,  Homey,  Fromm,  Sullivan,  Murray,  Lewin,  and  Allport. 

EDHD  831  Self  Processes  in  Human  Development  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDHD  830  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  personality  theories  of  Erickson,  Rogers,  Maslow,  and  others. 
Synthesis  of  the  student's  theory  of  personality. 

EDHD  860  Synthesis  of  Human  Development  Concepts  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDHD 
810,  820  and  830.  A  seminar  wherin  advanced  students  work  toward  a  personal 
synthesis  of  their  own  concepts  in  human  growth  and  development.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  seeing  the  dynamic  interrelations  between  all  process  in  the  behavior  and 
development  of  an  individual. 

EDHD  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education  (1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students  whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship  has 
been  approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at 
least  a  semester  full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  of  a 
cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  The  sponsor 
of  the  apprentice  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the 
other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites:  teaching  experience,  a  master's  degree  in 
education,  and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDHD  489,  888  and  889  is 
limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours. 

EDHD  889  Internship  in  Education  (3-8)  Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  who  have  teaching  experience.  The  following  groups  of 
students  are  eligible:  (a)  any  student  who  has  been  advanced  to  candidacy  for  the 
doctor's  degree;  and  (b)  any  student  who  receives  special  approval  by  the  education 
faculty  for  an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to  taking  an  internship,  such  student  shall 
have  completed  at  least  60  semester  hours  of  graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is  assigned  to 
work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  in  a 
cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  The  internship 
must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation  different  from  the  one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  intern 
and  the  other  persons  involved.  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn 
in  EDHD  489,  888  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours. 

EDHD  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of 
6-9  hours  for  an  ED.D.   Project  and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  Dissertation. 


338     Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education 

Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational 
Education 

Professor  and  Chair:  Maley 

Professors:  Hornbake  (Emeritus),  Luetkemeyer 

Associate  Professors:  Anderson,  Beatty,  Herschbach,  Mietus,  Peters,  Stough 

Assistant  Professor:  Boyce,  Elkins,  Hultgren,  Hunter,  Inana,  Minty,  Sullivan 

The  graduate  programs  in  Industrial  Technological  and  Occupational  Education  are 

designed  to  prepare  specialized  personnel  in  a  variety  of  fields  related  to  positions  in 

education  as  well  as  government,  business,  industry  and  labor.    Programs  related  to 

education  prepare  personnel  for  teaching,  administration,  research,  and  supervisory 

positions  in  secondary,  post-secondary,  and  higher  education  as  well  as  education 

assignments  in  a  government  and  military  agencies.    Programs  designed  for  business 

and  industry  are  in  such  fields  as  training,  human  resource  development,  production, 

supervision,  safety  and  fire  science. 

The  specific  teaching  and  education  majors  in  the  Department  include  Business 
Education,  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education,  Home  Economics  Education, 
Industrial  Arts  Education,  and  Vocational-Industrial  Education.  The  Industrial 
Technology  program  is  directed  towards  the  preparation  of  personnel  for  the  business, 
industry,  and  labor  segments  of  society.  The  programs  in  the  Department  enjoy  a 
national  and  international  reputation.  Placement  is  excellent  in  practically  all  programs 
at  all  levels.  There  is  actually  a  shortage  of  teachers  in  the  areas  of  Industrial  Arts  and 
Vocational  Education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Programs  are  offered  at  the  master's  degree  level  in  seven  different  areas:  Business 
Education,  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education,  Home  Economis  Education,  Industrial 
Arts,  Industrial  Technology,  Technical  Education,  and  Vocational-Industrial  Education. 
The  M.A.,  and  M.Ed,  degrees  are  offered  in  each  of  these  program  areas. 

The  Ed.D.  and  Ph.D.  degrees,  as  well  as  an  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist 
certificate  may  be  earned  in  the  following  areas:  Business,  Marketing  and  Distributive, 
Home  Economics,  Industrial  Arts,  and  Vocational-Industrial  education. 

Every  graduate  program  in  the  Department  is  developed  on  an  individual  basis  to 
meet  the  particular  needs  of  the  person.  At  the  same  time,  the  graduate  student  is 
expected  to  have  achieved  certain  specified  objectives  upon  completion  of  his/her 
program.  The  student  should  exhibit  competence  in  a  major  field  in  the  Department; 
analyze,  conduct  and  report  research  activities;  and  attain  a  broad  understanding  of 
the  relationships  of  his/her  field  of  study  to  education  and  society  in  a  technological 
culture. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  is  housed  in  a  large  three-story  structure  fully  accessible  to  the 
handicapped.  The  building  includes  an  auditorium,  research  center,  learning  center, 
curriculum  research  center,  seventeen  laboratories,  faculty  and  staff  offices,  seminar 
and  class  rooms. 


EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education     339 

In  addition  to  the  extensive  library  and  computer  facilities  available  on  the  College 
Park  Campus,  there  are  numerous  other  institutions  located  in  the 
Washington-Baltimore  area  to  enrich  the  scholarly  and  research  potential  for  the 
student.  These  institutions  include  the  Library  of  Congress,  Smithsonian  Institution, 
U.S.  Department  of  Education,  American  Industrial  Arts  Association,  American  Home 
Economics  Association,  American  Vocational  Association,  and  the  National  Business 
Education  Association. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  number  of  graduate  assistantships  are  available  to  qualified  graduate  students. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  a  departmental  brochure,  please  write  to  the  Chairperson  of  the 
Department. 

Courses 

EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education 

EDIT  400  Technology  Activities  For  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Experience  in  the 
development  and  use  of  technology  and  career  education  instructional  materials  for 
construction  activities  in  an  interdisciplinary  approach  to  elementary  school  education. 

EDIT  401  Essentials  of  Design  (2)  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT 
101  and  basic  laboratory  work.  A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  design  and  practice 
with  application  to  the  construction  of  laboratory  projects. 

EDIT  402  Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching  Bookkeeping  and  Related  Subjects 

(3)  Important  problems  and  procedures  in  the  mastery  of  bookkeeping  and  related 
office  knowledge  and  skills.  Consideration  of  materials  and  teaching  procedures. 

EDIT  403  Problems  in  Teaching  Office  Skills  (3)  Problems  in  development  of 
occupational  competency,  achievement  tests,  standards  of  achievement,  instructional 
materials,  transcription,  and  the  integration  of  office  skills. 

EDIT  404  Basic  Business  Education  in  the  Secondary  Schools  (3)  Subject  matter 
selection;  methods  of  organization;  and  presenting  business  principles,  knowledge  and 
practices. 

EDIT  405  Business  Communications  (3)  The  fundamental  principles  of  effective 
written  communication.  Word  usage,  grammar,  punctuation,  principles  and 
procedures  for  writing  business  letters,  and  the  principles  and  procedures  for  writing 
formal  research  reports. 

EDIT  406  Word  Processing  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  word  processing  field  with 
emphasis  on  word  processing  theory  and  concepts  including  hands-on  equipment 
training.  Management  of  office  personnel,  procedures,  and  equipment;  the 
incorporation  of  word  processing  into  the  school  curriculum,  the  automated  office  of 
the  future  and  career  opportunities.  On-site  field  experiences  are  scheduled 
throughout  the  course. 

EDIT  410  Administration  and  Program  Development  For  Industrial  Arts  and 
Vocational  Education  (3)  Principles  and  practices  of  program  development  and 
supervision  with  reference  to  the  role  of  the  departmental  chairperson  in  vocational, 


340     EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education 

technical,  and  industrial  arts  programs  at  the  secondary  and  post-secondary  levels. 

EDIT  412  Management  of  Physical  Facilities  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational 
Education  (3)  Principles,  practices,  and  theory  related  to  the  role  of  the  departmental 
chairperson  charged  with  the  management  of  the  physical  facilities  in  vocational, 
technical,  and  industrial  arts  laboratories. 

EDIT  413  Methods  and  Materials  in  Distributive  Education  (3)  Basic  methods  and 
materials  needed  to  teach  the  preparatory  classroom  related  instruction  of  a  one  or 
two  year  distributive  education  program.  The  organization  of  special  supplementary 
materials  for  individual  and  group  instruction.  Youth  club  programs,  organization,  and 
administration. 

EDIT  414  Organization  and  Coordination  of  Cooperative  Education  Programs  (3) 

The  organization  of  a  cooperative  distributive  education  program;  the  development  of 
an  effective  cooperative  relationship  between  coordinator  and  training  sponsor;  the 
selection,  orientation,  and  training  of  sponsors;  analysis  of  training  opportunities, 
reports  and  records;  the  evaluation  and  selection  of  students  for  part-time  cooperative 
work  assignments;  and  the  evaluation  of  the  program. 

EDIT  415  Financial  and  Economic  Education  I  (3)  Problems  of  teaching  courses  in 
personal  finance  and  economics  in  the  public  schools,  including  materials  and 
resources. 

EDIT  416  Financial  and  Economic  Education  II  (3)  Continuation  of  EDIT  415. 

EDIT  421  Industrial  Arts  in  Special  Education  (3)  Four  hours  laboratory  and  one 
hour  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDSP  470  and  471  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Experiences  of  a  technical  and  theoretical  nature  in  industrial  processes  applicable  for 
classroom  use.  Emphasis  on  individual  research  in  the  specific  area  of  major  interest 
in  special  education. 

EDIT  422  Student  Teaching:  Industrial  Arts  Education  (2-12) 

EDIT  425  Analysis  of  Industrial  Training  Programs  I  (3)  An  overview  of  the  function 
of  industrial  training,  including  methods  of  instruction,  types  of  programs  and  their 
organization,  development  of  program  objectives,  and  evaluation. 

EDIT  426  Analysis  of  Industrial  Training  Programs  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDIT  425 
Continuation  of  EDIT  425.  Studies  of  training  programs  in  a  variety  of  industries, 
including   plant  program  visitation,  training   program  development,   and  analysis  of 
industrial  training  research. 

EDIT  427  Experimental  Electronics  (2)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Student 
investigation  of  an  area  of  electronics  of  particular  interest  or  usefulness  at  a  depth 
appropriate  for  student  background  and  need.  Emphasis  on  student-based  objectives 
relating  to  one  or  more  of  the  following:  digital  circuitry,  communication,  energy 
conversion,  test  equipment  utilization,  analog  circuitry. 

EDIT  432  Student  Teaching:  Business  Education  (2-12) 

EDIT  433  Advanced  Topics  in  Power  Technology  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  233  or  equivalent.  The  development 
of  a  competency  in  building  and  evaluating  the  performance  of  energy  transmission, 
control  and  converter  systems.  Methane  digestors,  solar  collectors,  electric  motors, 
steam  turbines,  and  fluid  power  systems. 


EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education     341 

EDIT  434  Color  Reproduction  in  Graphic  Communications  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture 
and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  334  or  equivalent.  An 
advanced  course  in  the  theory  and  processes  of  color  graphic  reproduction. 
Continuous  tone  color  photography,  flat  color  preparation,  process  color  separations 
and  the  reproduction  of  a  multi-color  product  on  a  semi-automatic  or  automatic  printing 
press. 

EDIT  435  Curriculum  Development  in  Home  Economics  (3)  An  analysis  of 
curriculum  development  including  the  tools  for  planning,  managing,  and  evaluating  the 
teaching/learning  environment  of  conceptual  curriculum  design. 

EDIT  436  Analysis  of  Child  Development  Laboratory  Practices  (3)  Prerequisite: 
FMCD  332  or  EDHD  411.  Integration  of  child  development  theories  with  laboratory 
practices;  observation  and  participation  in  a  secondary  school  child  development 
laboratory  arranged  to  alternate  with  class  meetings. 

EDIT  440  Industrial  Hygiene  (3)  Introduction  to  the  concept  of  industrial  hygiene  and 
environmental  health.  Evaluation  techniques,  instrumentation  for  identification  of 
problems;  design  parameters  for  achieving  control  over  environmental  epidemological 
and  toxicological  hazards. 

EDIT  442  Student  Teaching:  Home  Economics  Education  (2-12) 

EDIT  443  Industrial  Safety  I  (3)  The  history  and  development  of  effective  safety 
programs  in  modern  industry  including  causes,  effects  and  values  of  industrial  safety 
education  including  fire  prevention  and  hazard  controls. 

EDIT  444  Industrial  Safety  II  (3)  Study  of  exemplary  safety  practices  through 
conference  discussions,  group  demonstration,  and  organized  plant  visits  to  selected 
industrial  situations.  Methods  of  fire  precautions  and  safety  practices.  Evaluative 
criteria  in  safety  programs. 

EDIT  445  Systems  Safety  Analysis  (3)  The  development  of  systems  safety,  a  review 
of  probability  concepts  and  the  application  of  systems  technique  to  industrial  safety 
problems.  Hazard  mode  and  effect,  fault  free  analysis  and  human  factors 
considerations. 

EDIT  450  Training  Aids  Development  (3)  Study  of  the  aids  in  common  use.  Sources 
and  applications.  Special  emphasis  on  principles  to  be  observed  in  making  aids 
useful  to  laboratory  teachers.  Actual  construction  and  application  of  aid  devices  will  be 
required. 

EDIT  451  Research  and  Experimentation  in  Industrial  Arts  (3)  A  laboratory-seminar 
course  designed  to  develop  persons  capable  of  planning,  directing  and  evaluating 
effective  research  and  experimentation  procedures  with  the  materials,  products  and 
processes  of  industry. 

EDIT  452  Student  Teaching:  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education  (2-12) 

EDIT  453  Fire  Safety  Research  and  Transfer  (3)  The  technological  transfer  of 
scientific  findings  to  private  sector  fire  safety.  Review  of  research  applicable  to  the 
adequacy  and  reliability  of  fire  safety  in  industry. 

EDIT  454  Private  Fire  Protection  Analysis  I  (3)  Risk  analysis,  life  safety  and  property 
conservation  from  fire  in  industrial  properties  and  complexes.  Emphasis  on  a  systems 
approach  for  implementing  private  fire  protection. 


342     EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education 

EDIT  455  Private  Fire  Protection  Analysis  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDIT  448.  Internal 
property  detection  and  fire  suppression  systems  that  can  mitigate  a  fire  in  the  incipient 
stage.  Review  of  systems,  with  emphasis  on  the  performance  objectives  of  preventing, 
controlling,  and  extinguishing  fires. 

EDIT  457  Tests  and  Measurements  (3)  The  construction  of  objective  tests  for 
occupational  and  vocational  subjects.  Use  of  measures  in  domains  of  learning  and 
examination  of  test  analysis  techniques. 

EDIT  460  Design  Illustrating  II  (2)  Four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
EDIT  160.  Advanced  drawing,  rendering,  shadow  construction,  lettering  techniques 
and  advanced  pictorial  representation  techniques. 

EDIT  461  Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance  (3)  The  underlying  principles  of 
guidance  and  their  application  to  the  problems  of  educational  and  occupational 
adjustment  of  students  of  all  ages. 

EDIT  462  Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction  (3)  Application  of  the 
techniques  of  occupational  and  job  analysis  concepts  to  instructional  development  and 
the  design  of  occupational  programs. 

EDIT  464  Laboratory  Organization  and  Management  (3)  The  basic  elements  of 
organizing  and  managing  an  industrial  education  program,  the  selection  of  equipment, 
facility  development,  legal  responsibilities  of  laboratory  instructors,  inventory,  and 
storage  control. 

EDIT  465  Modern  Industry  (3)  The  manufacturing,  service,  and  extractive  industries  in 
American  social,  economic,  and  cultural  patterns.  Representative  basic  industries 
studied  from  the  viewpoints  of  personnel  and  management  organization,  industrial 
relations,  production  procedures,  distribution  of  products,  etc. 

EDIT  466  Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts  (3)  A  study  of  the  factors 
which  place  industrial  arts  education  in  a  well-rounded  program  of  general  education. 

EDIT  467  Problems  in  Occupational  Education  (3)  The  procurement,  assembly, 
organization,  and  interpretation  of  data  relative  to  the  scope,  character  and 
effectiveness  of  occupational  education. 

EDIT  470  Numerical  Control  in  Manufacturing  (3)  The  historical  development  of 
numerical  control  (N/C)  in  manufacturing,  recent  industrial  trends  in  N/C,  and  a  variety 
of  N/C  equipment  and  support  services.  N/C  machine  operations:  machine  motions, 
positioning  control  systems,  N/C  tapes  and  their  preparation,  manual  and  computer 
assisted  (APT  III)  part  programming.  Experience  in  product  design,  part 
programming,  and  product  machining. 

EDIT  471  History  and  Principles  of  Vocational  Education  (3)  The  development  of 
vocational  education  from  primitive  times  to  the  present  with  special  emphasis  given  to 
the  vocational  education  movement  with  the  american  program  of  public  education. 

EDIT  472  Quality  Control  and  Assurance  in  Industrial  Settings  (3)  Principles  and 
theory  of  quality  control  and  assurance,  with  focus  on  "quality  of  conformance." 
Organizational  aspects  of  QC/QA,  data  collection  and  analysis,  quality  control  in  input, 
process  and  output  functions,  and  human  and  cultural  dimensions  of  quality  control. 

EDIT  474  Organization  and  Administration  of  Youth  Groups  (3)  Principles, 
practices,  and  theoretical  considerations  related  to  youth  organizations  as  a 
co-curricular  function  of  the  subject  areas  of  industrial  arts,  business  and  distributive 


EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education     343 

education,  home  economics,  health  occupations  and  trades  and  industry. 

EDIT  475  Recent  Technological  Developments  in  Products  and  Processes  (3) 

Recent  technological  developments  as  they  pertain  to  the  products  and  processes  of 
industry.  The  nature  of  newer  products  and  processes  and  their  effect  upon  modern 
industry  and/or  society. 

EDIT  476  Application  of  Technology  to  Societal  Problems  (3)  A  study  of  alternative 
solutions  of  a  technological  nature  with  respect  to  such  areas  as  housing, 
transportation,  energy,  communications,  production,  trash  and  waste  disposal,  water 
development,  and  pollution  control. 

EDIT  481  Manufacture  and  Use  of  Inorganic  Nonmetallic  Materials  (3)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  EDIT  381  or  equivalent. 
Fabrication  of  products  from  calculated  compositions;  application  of  forming  process; 
utilization  of  compositions;  experiences  with  property  analysis  and  product  design. 

EDIT  482  Student  Teaching:  Trade  and  Industrial  Education  (2-12) 

EDIT  484 — 486  Field  Experiences  in  Vocational  Areas.  Supervised  work  experience 
in  an  occupation  related  to  vocational  education.  Application  of  theory  to  work 
situations  as  a  basis  for  teaching  in  vocational  education  programs.  By  individual 
arrangement  with  advisor. 

EDIT  485  Field  Experiences  in  Business  Education  (3) 

EDIT  486  Field  Experiences  in  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education  (3) 

EDIT  487  Field  Experience  in  Education  (1-4)  Prerequisites:  at  least  six  semesters  in 
education  at  The  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set 
by  the  major  area  in  which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience 
may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience  and  whose 
application  for  such  field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  education  faculty. 
Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  non-major  students. 
Note:  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDIT  487,  888,  and  889 
is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20  semester  hours. 

EDIT  488  Selected  Topics  in  Education  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department. 
May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  topic  is  different. 

EDIT  491  Plastics  Design  and  Equipment  Selection  (3)  Lecture  and  laboratory 
Prerequisite:  EDIT  391  or  permission  of  the  department.  Experience  with  material 
selection,  product  design,  mold  design,  auxiliary  equipment  and  fixtures. 

EDIT  493  Home  Economics  for  Special  Need  Learners  (3)  Mental,  emotional,  social 
and  physical  handicaps  affecting  learners  in  home  economics  education  settings.  The 
unique  needs  and  abilities  of  special  learners  and  methods  of  teaching  daily  living 
skills. 

EDIT  498  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department 
Available  only  to  majors  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved 
problems.   Credit  according  to  extent  of  work. 

EDIT  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-6)  The  maximum  number  of  credits 
that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol  toward  any  degree  is  six  semester 
hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been 
reached.    The  following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this 


344     EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education 

course  heading:  Workshops  conducted  by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed 
cooperatively  with  other  colleges  and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the 
present  course  listing;  clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics, 
speech  therapy  laboratories,  and  special  education  centers;  institutes  developed 
around  specific  topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as 
school  superintendents,  principals  and  supervisors. 

EDIT  600  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Business  Education  (3)  Major 
emphasis  on  departmental  organization  and  its  role  in  the  school  program,  curriculum, 
equipment,  budget-making,  supervision,  guidance,  placement  and  follow-up, 
school-community  relationships,  qualifications  and  selection  of  teaching  staff,  visual 
aids,  and  in-service  programs  for  teacher  development.  For  administrators, 
supervisors,  and  teachers. 

EDIT  605  Principles  and  Problems  of  Business  Education  (3)  Principles,  objectives, 
and  practices  in  business  education;  occupational  foundations;  current  attitudes  of 
business,  labor  and  school  leaders;  general  business  education  in  relation  to 
consumer  business  education  and  to  education  in  general. 

EDIT  606  Curriculum  Development  in  Business  Education  (3)  Study  of  curriculum 
planning  in  business  education.  Emphasis  on  the  philosophy  and  objectives  of  the 
business  education  program,  and  on  curriculum  research  and  organization  of 
appropriate  course  content. 

EDIT  607  Philosophy  of  Industrial  Arts  Education  (3)  An  overview  of  the 
development  of  the  industrial  arts  movement  and  the  philosophical  framework  upon 
which  it  was  founded.  Special  emphasis  on  contemporary  movements  in  industrial  arts 
and  their  theoretical  foundations. 

EDIT  614  School  Shop  Planning  and  Equipment  Selection  (3)  The  principles  and 
problems  of  providing  the  physical  facilities  for  industrial  education  programs.  The 
selection,  arrangment  and  placement  of  equipment,  and  the  determination  of 
laboratory  space  requirements,  utility  services  and  storage  requirements  for  various 
types  of  industrial  education  programs. 

EDIT  616  Supervision  of  Industrial  Arts  (3)  The  nature  and  function  of  the 
supervisory  function  in  the  industrial  arts  field.  Administrative  and  supervisory 
responsibilities,  techniques,  practices  and  personal  qualifications  of  the  industrial  arts 
supervisor. 

EDIT  620  Organization,  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Vocational  Education 

(3)  A  theoretical  and  research  base  for  the  study  of  practices  in  vocational  and 
technical  education.  Examination  of  administrative  processes. 

EDIT  636  Evaluation  in  Home  Economics  Education  (3)  Construction  and  use  of 
evaluation  processes  in  home  economics  programs. 

EDIT  640  Research  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education  (1-3)  A  seminar  for 
students  conducting  research  in  industrial  arts,  vocational  education,  and  industrial 
technology. 

EDIT  641  Content  and  Method  of  Industrial  Arts  (3)  Examination  of  methods  and 
procedures  used  in  curriculum  development.  Application  of  those  suited  to  the  field  of 
industrial  arts  education.  Methods  and  devices  for  industrial  arts  instruction. 

EDIT  642  Coordination  in  Work-experience  Programs  (3)  Philosophy  and  practices 


EDIT  —  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education     345 

of  cooperative  programs.  Methods  and  techniques  of  coordination  in  comprehensive 
and  part-time  programs. 

EDIT  643  Curriculum  Trends  in  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education  (3)  Recent 
developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  which  have  affected  the  curriculum 
in  distributive  education. 

EDIT  644  Curriculum  Trends  in  Business  Education  (3)  Recent  developments  in 
educational  thinking  and  practice  which  have  affected  the  curriculum  in  business 
education. 

EDIT  647  Seminar  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational  Education  (1-3)  A  seminar  for 
students  conducting  and  developing  research  in  industrial  arts,  vocational  education, 
and  industrial  technology. 

EDIT  650  Teacher  Education  in  Industrial  Arts  (3)  The  function  and  historical 
development  of  industrial  arts  teacher  education.  Program  adminstration  and 
development,  physical  facilities  and  requirements,  staff  organization  and  relationships, 
college-secondary  school  relationships,  philosophy  and  evaluation. 

EDIT  705  Trends  in  the  Teaching  and  Supervision  of  Home  Economics  Education 

(3)  Study  of  home  economics  programs  and  practices  in  light  of  current  educational 
trends.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of  democratic  teaching  procedures,  outcomes  of 
instruction,  and  supervisory  practices. 

EDIT  742  Theory  and  Research  in  Business  Education  (1-3)  A  survey  of  the 
research  literature;  evaluation  of  research  techniques;  consideration  of  relevant 
instructional  curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and 
techniques. 

EDIT  743  Theory  and  Research  in  Marketing  and  Distributive  Education  (1-3)  A 

survey  of  the  research  literature;  evaluation  of  research  techniques;  consideration  of 
relevant  instructional  curriculum  theory;  evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and 
techniques. 

EDIT  746  Theory  and  Research  in  Home  Economics  Education  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
EDMS  645  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  research  literature;  evaluation  of 
research  techniques;  consideration  of  relevant  instructional  curriculum  theory; 
evaluation  of  modern  teaching  methods  and  techniques. 

EDIT  760  Modes  of  Inquiry  in  Industrial  and  Social  Institutions  (3)  Modes  of  inquiry 
used  to  conduct  research  in  industrial  and  social  institutions  in  the  interest  of  human 
context  in  these  settings.  Interpretive  and  critical  science  as  alternatives  to  the 
empirical  orientation. 

EDIT  788  Selected  Topics  in  Education  (1-3)  Current  topics  and  issues  in  education. 
May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  topic  is  different. 

EDIT  798  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  advisor 
Intended  for  Masters,  AGS,  or  doctoral  students  in  education  who  desire  to  pursue  a 
research  problem. 

EDIT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

EDIT  821  Seminar  in  Business  Education  (3) 

EDIT  823  Seminar  in  Distributive  Education  (3) 


346     Journalism  Program 


EDIT  826  Seminar  in  Home  Economics  Education  (3) 

EDIT  888  Apprenticeship  in  Education  (1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  for  selected  students  whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship  has  been 
approved  by  the  education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a 
semester  full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  of  a  cooperating 
school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  The  sponsor  of  the 
apprentice  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the  other 
persons  involved.  Prerequisites:  Teaching  experience,  a  Master's  degree  in  education, 
and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  total 
number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDIT  487,  888  and  889  is  limited  to  a 
maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours. 

EDIT  889  Internship  in  Education  (3-8)  Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are 
available  to  selected  students  who  have  teaching  experience.  The  following  groups  of 
students  are  eligible:  (a)  any  student  who  has  been  advanced  to  candidacy  for  the 
Doctor's  degree;  and  (b)  any  student  who  receives  special  approval  by  the  education 
faculty  for  an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to  taking  an  internship,  such  student  shall 
have  completed  at  least  60  semester  hours  of  graduate  work,  including  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is  assigned  to 
work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  in  a 
cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  The  internship 
must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation  different  from  the  one  where  the  student  is  regularly 
employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  intern 
and  the  other  persons  involved.  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn 
in  EDIT  487,  888  and  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours. 

EDIT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Journalism  Program 


Professor  and  Dean:  Cleghom 

Professors Blumler,  Grunig,  J.,  Gurevitch,  Hiebert,  Holman,  Martin 

Associate  Professors:  Barkin,  Beasley,  Geraci,  Levy,  Zanot 

Assistant  Professor:  Stepp 

Visiting  Professor:  Boyle 

Lecturer^  reenf  eld 

The  College  of  Journalism  offers  a  Master  of  Arts  degree  in  Journalism  and,  with  the 

Department  of  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre,  the  Ph.D.  in  Public  Communication. 

The  master's  degree  is  primarily  a  professional  degree  intended  for  students  who  wish 

to  deepen  their  understanding  of  the  communication  professions  and  their  preparation 

for  those  professions.   It  thus  includes  advanced  practical  courses  and  courses  in 

communication  theory  and  research.    Most  M.A.  students  specialize  in  public  affairs 

reporting,    public    relations,    international    communication,    science    communication, 

broadcast     journalism,     advertising,     opinion     and     evaluative     research,     political 

communication,  and  education  and  journalism. 

The  Ph.D.  in  Public  Communication  is  an  interdisciplinary  program  embracing  the 
College  of  Journalism  and  the  three  divisions  of  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre: 
Radio-Television-Film,  Speech  Communication,  and  Theatre.  The  Ph.D.  prepares 
students  for  creative  scholarship  and  research.  It  emphasizes  both  the  necessary 
techniques  and  skills  to  conduct  research  and  the  ability  to  think  innovatively  about 


JOUR  —  Journalism     347 


problems  of  public  communication.  Within  this  Ph.D.  program,  the  College  of 
Journalism  stresses  four  fields:  political  and  governmental  communication,  public 
relations  and  organizational  communication,  international  communication,  and  science 
and  medical  communication.  Other  areas  of  emphasis  in  the  Public  Communication 
program  include  rhetoric  and  public  address,  broadcast  communication,  theatrical 
theory  and  aesthetics,  theatre  history  and  cinema  history  and  aesthetics.  For  complete 
information  on  admission  and  degree  requirements,  see  the  "Public  Communication 
Program"  entry. 

Admission  and  Degree  information 

The  master's  degree  is  a  one-year  program,  with  the  typical  student  taking  12  hours  of 
graduate  work  in  the  fall,  12  hours  in  the  spring,  and  6  hours  of  thesis  or  non-thesis 
option  seminars  in  the  summer.  Work  on  the  degree  may  be  started  at  any  time.  JOUR 
600  and  JOUR  601  are  required  for  the  M.A.  in  Journalism. 

Applicants  seeking  admission  to  the  master's  program  should  hold  a  bachelor's 
degree  from  a  recognized  institution  of  higher  learning.  Undergraduate  study  of 
Journalism  or  professional  experience  in  journalistic  fields  are  helpful  but  not  required. 
Students  who  have  majored  in  some  other  field  as  undergraduates  are  required  to 
make  up  professional  deficiencies  by  taking  five  selected  courses  in  journalism  without 
graduate  credit.  Completion  of  the  general  aptitude  portion  of  the  Graduate  Record 
Examination  is  required,  and  three  letters  of  recommendation  must  be  submitted. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  in  an  advantageous  location  for  the  study  of  journalism.  It 
is  within  easy  reach  of  six  of  the  nation's  top  newspapers:  The  Sun  and  Evening  Sun 
of  Baltimore,  Baltimore  News-American,  The  Washington  Post,  The  Washington  Times, 
and  USA  Today.  It  is  also  near  the  Washington  press  corps,  the  large  Washington 
bureaus  of  the  Associated  Press,  United  Press  International,  the  New  York  Times,  and 
most  important  American  and  foreign  newspapers;  NBC,  CBS,  and  ABC,  and  other 
broadcasting  news  bureaus;  and  news  magazines  and  major  book  publishing  offices. 
It  is  at  the  doorstep  of  the  nation's  major  newsmakers  in  the  executive,  legislative,  and 
judicial  branches  of  the  Federal  Government. 

Special  facilities  include  photographic,  electronic,  broadcasting,  news  editing,  and 
advertising  laboratories,  as  well  as  a  reading  room  with  daily  and  weekly  newspapers, 
magazines,  and  clipping  and  bulletin  files. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  College  of  Journalism  offers  a  limited  number  of  assistantships  in  exchange  for 
teaching  or  research  assistance  in  journalism  of  up  to  20  hours  per  week.  Internships 
in  various  offices  both  on  and  off  campus  also  are  available  to  journalism  graduate 
students  as  are  some  fellowships  and  scholarships. 

Courses 

JOUR  —  Journalism 

JOUR  400  Law  of  Mass  Communication  (3)  Legal  rights  and  constraints  of  mass 
media;  libel,  privacy,  copyright,  monopoly,  and  contempt,  and  other  aspects  of  the  law 
applied  to  mass  communication.  Previous  study  of  the  law  not  required. 


348     JOUR  —  Journalism 


JOUR  410  History  of  Mass  Communication  (3)  Development  of  newspapers, 
magazines,  radio,  television  and  motion  pictures  as  media  of  mass  communication. 
Analysis  of  the  influences  of  the  media  on  the  historical  development  of  America. 

JOUR  420  Government  and  Mass  Communication  (3)  Relationship  between  news 
media  and  government,  media  coverage  of  government  and  politics;  governmental 
and  political  information  and  persuasion  techniques. 

JOUR  430  Comparative  Mass  Communication  Systems  (3)  Comparative  analysis  of 
the  role  of  the  press  in  different  societies. 

JOUR  440  Public  Opinion  and  Mass  Communication  (3)  Measurement  of  public 
opinion  and  media  habits;  role  of  the  mass  media  in  the  formation  of  public  opinion. 

JOUR  450  Mass  Media  in  Society  (3)  Ethical,  moral,  political,  economic,  and  social 
consideration  of  mass  communication. 

JOUR  459  Special  Topics  in  Mass  Communication  (3)  Issues  of  special  concern 
and  current  interest.  Open  to  all  students.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
provided  the  topic  differs. 

JOUR  460  Women  in  the  Media  (3)  Participation  and  portrayal  of  women  in  the  mass 
media  from  colonial  to  contemporary  times. 

JOUR  470  Newspaper  Management  (3)  Organization,  operation,  and  administration  of 
the  departments  of  a  newspaper:  advertising,  business-finance,  circulation, 
news-editorial,  personnel,  production,  and  promotion. 

JOUR  480  Mass  Communication  Research  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  110  or  equivalent; 
students  are  encouraged  to  have  completed  the  theory  and  technique  courses  in  their 
major  sequence.  Communication  research  methods  used  in  measuring  public  opinion 
and  evaluating  public  relations,  advertising,  and  mass  media  programs  and  materials. 

JOUR  490  Advising  Student  Publications  (3)  Journalistic  writing  and  editing  in 
student  newspapers,  yearbooks,  and  magazines;  libel  and  policy;  curriculum  and 
teaching  procedures;  role  of  student  publications. 

JOUR  491  Policy,  Censorship,  and  Legal  Problems  of  Student  Publications  (3) 

Censorship  problems  and  court  cases;  legal  rights  of  the  student  press;  formulation  of 
policy  and  legal  guidelines.  Not  open  to  students  with  credit  in  JOUR  400. 

JOUR  492  Typography  and  Layout  For  Student  Publications  (3)  Type  design,  type 
families,  graphics,  art,  photography,  and  editorial  and  advertisement  layout  of  school 
newspapers,  year  books,  and  magazines.  Not  open  to  students  with  credit  in  JOUR 
202. 

JOUR    493    Advanced    Techniques    For    Student    Publication    Advisors    (3) 

Interpretative  and  investigative  reporting;  interviewing  and  scientific  survey  methods; 
curriculum  and  courses  for  high  school  and  community  colleges;  textbooks,  teaching 
units,  and  resource  aids. 

JOUR  600  Research  Methods  in  Mass  Communication  (3) 

JOUR  601  Theories  of  Mass  Communication  (3) 

JOUR  610  Seminar  in  Mass  Media  and  Society  (3)  Analysis  and  discussion  of  the 
interrelationships  between  the  mass  media  and  society,  including  various  social  and 
cultural  elements  of  modern  society;  responsibilities  of  the  mass  media  and  the  mass 
communicator. 


JOUR  —  Journalism     349 


JOUR  620  Seminar  in  Public  Affairs  Reporting  (3)  Prerequisite  JOUR  320 

JOUR  621  Interpretation  of  Contemporary  Affairs  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  320 

JOUR  630  Seminar  in  Public  Relations  Management  (3)  Relationship  of  public 

relations    management    to    organizational    structure    and    communication  functions. 

Objectives,  planning,  staffing,  budgeting,  administering,  and  evaluation  of  public 
relations  programs. 

JOUR  631  Seminar  in  Public  Relations  Publics  (3)  Analysis  of  public  relations 
programs  aimed  at  organizational  publics.  Media,  issue-related,  community,  employee, 
governmental,  consumer,  financial,  and  student/educator  publics.  Theories  of  the 
nature  of  publics,  communication  behavior  of  publics,  and  effects  of  public  relations 
programs  aimed  at  different  publics. 

JOUR  640  Mass  Culture  and  Mass  Communication  (3) 

JOUR  680  Science  Communication  (3)  Advanced  professional  training  in  science 
reporting  and  writing  for  the  mass  media  and  in  technical  communication  to 
specialized  audiences.  Communication  behaviors  of  scientists  and  audiences. 
Application  of  communication  theory  and  the  history  and  philosophy  of  science  to 
science  writing. 

JOUR  698  Special  Problems  in  Communication  (3)  Independent  study  in  the  area  of 
the  student's  interest.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

JOUR  700  Seminar  in  Mass  Media  Law  (3) 

JOUR  710  Seminar  in  Mass  Media  History  (3) 

JOUR  720  Seminar  in  Government  and  Mass  Communication  (3) 

JOUR  721  Seminar  in  Urban  Mass  Communication  (3) 

JOUR  730  Seminar  in  Comparative  Mass  Communication  (3) 

JOUR  731  Cross-cultural  Communication  (3) 

JOUR  740  Seminar  in  Advertising  Communication  (3)  Role  of  advertising  as  a  form 
of  public  communication  in  american  society.  Advertising  and  the  firm;  advertising  and 
the  economy;  advertising  and  the  individual;  advertising  and  consumerism;  advertising 
and  the  media. 

JOUR  750  Seminar  in  Mass  Media  Analysis  (3)  Appraisal  of  mass  media  practices 
from  the  points  of  view  of  ethics,  personal  values,  and  societal  values. 

JOUR  760  Seminar  in  Broadcast  News  (3)  Descriptive  and  critical  analysis  of 
broadcast  news;  methods  of  evaluation  of  news  judgments;  decision-making  and 
organizational  aspects  of  the  broadcast  news  industry. 

JOUR  780  Seminar  in  Research  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  JOUR  600.  Methods  of 
research  design  and  analysis  in  specialized  areas  of  mass  communication  research. 

JOUR  798  Masters  Professional  Fieldwork  (3)  Research  for  and  preparation  of  news 
articles  or  programs  for  use  in  the  mass  media  or  in  development  of  public  relations  or 
in  advertising  programs  for  actual  organizations.  Analysis  of  fieldwork  experience  using 
communication  theory  and  research  results.  Fieldwork  may  be  done  independently  or 
as  an  internship.   Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

JOUR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 


350     Library  and  Information  Services  Program 


JOUR  818  Seminar  in  Communication  Theories  (3)  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum 
of  nine  credits  if  content  differs. 

Library  and  Information  Services  Program 

Professors:  Bundy,  Kidd,  Liesener,  Reynolds,  Soergel,  Walston,  Wasserman,  Wellisch 

Associate  Professors:  MacLeod,  White 

Assistant  Professors:  Marchionini,  Morariu,  Stielow,  Williams1 

Lecturers:  Cunningham,  Kesselman 

<1  +joint  appointment  with  Curriculum  and  Instruction 

The  College  offers  programs  leading  to  the  Master  of  Library  Science  (M.L.S.)  degree 

and  the  Ph.D.  in  Library  Science,  and  a  joint  degree  of  an  M.A.  in  History  and  the 

M.L.S.   is  available  to  students  desiring  advanced  studies  in  the  field  of  archives, 

manuscripts,   and   historical   collections.   (For  details  see  the  entry  in  this  catalog 

following  History.)  A  joint  degree  of  an  M.A.  in  Geography  and  the  M.L.S.  has  recently 

been  added  to  the  curriculum.    (For  details  see  the  entry  in  this  category  under 

Geography).   The  College  is  fully  accredited  by  the  American  Library  Association.   The 

College  also  provides  courses,  seminars,  and  workshops  for  those  who  are  not  degree 

seeking    candidates    and    are    seeking    continuing    education    and    professional 

development  opportunities. 

The  degree  programs  are  academic  in  nature.  They  emphasize  the  theoretical  and 
conceptual  foundations  of  the  field.  Thus  the  application  of  the  results  of  scholarly 
research  are  related  to  current  practices  and  are  analyzed  with  the  goal  of  advancing 
the  quality  and  scope  of  services  in  the  variety  of  information  settings. 

Specialized  study  opportunities  are  offered  in  such  information  organizations  as 
public,  academic,  special,  and  school  libraries,  and/or  in  sub-fields  such  as  automated 
applications,  reference  services  (conventional  and  online),  archival  and  records 
management,  the  organization  of  knowledge,  and  information  storage  and  retrieval. 
Students  who  complete  the  school  media  specialization  usually  obtain  Maryland  State 
certification  as  Educational  Media  Generalists,  Level  II. 

The  Academic  program  can  be  augmented  by  a  Field  Study  in  Library  Service 
option  in  which  the  student  may  obtain  professional,  supervised  experience.  Over  160 
field  study  sites  have  been  approved — including  such  federal  agencies  as  the  Library 
of  Congress,  the  National  Library  of  Medicine,  National  Gallery  of  Art— corporations, 
and  professional  associations. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  and  degree  requirements  specific  to  library  and  information  services  are 
described  in  a  brochure  available  through  the  College's  Admissions  Office. 

Applicants  must  exhibit  the  capacity  and. motivation  for  graduate  study  and  the 
potential  to  contribute  to  the  library  and  information  services  profession.  Accordingly, 
in  addition  to  the  Graduate  School  requirements,  Graduate  Records  Examination  and 
letters  of  recommendation  are  required.  These,  with  the  undergraduate  record,  major 
discipline,  work  experience,  and  applicant's  statement  of  purpose  form  the  basis  for 
the  admission  decision.  The  College's  Committee  on  Admissions  and  Academic 
Standards  may  request  a  personal  interview  and  will  consider  requests  for  exceptions 
in  unusual  cases. 

Programs  for  Master's  candidates  are  planned  individually,  and  faculty  advisors 


Library  and  Information  Services  Program     351 


recommend  courses  they  consider  most  appropriate  for  each  student.  All  students  are 
required  to  register  for  the  Proseminar  and  introductory  courses  in  the  organization  of 
knowledge  and  reference.  These  three  core  courses  introduce  the  student  to  the 
broad  range  of  disciplines  fundamental  to  library  and  information  services.  The 
remaining  27  credit  hours  are  chosen,  with  the  assistance  of  the  student's  assigned 
advisor,  to  fulfill  the  individual  student's  academic  and  professional  goals.  The  student 
may,  with  the  consent  of  his/her  advisor,  take  courses  in  other  departments  of  the 
University,  and  may  pursue  in-depth  study  in  an  area  of  particular  interest  as  an 
independent  study,  under  the  supervision  of  a  member  of  the  faculty. 

The  Master  of  Library  Science  degree  is  awarded  to  the  student  who  successfully 
completes  a  program  of  36  hours  with  an  average  of  B  or  better  within  three  years 
from  first  registration  in  the  program.  Under  a  full-time  program  a  student  normally 
completes  four  courses  in  each  of  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  and  four  courses 
during  the  summer  terms.  Part-time  students  are  also  admitted  to  the  program.  Many 
courses  are  available  at  night  or  on  weekends  at  regular  intervals  and  are  taught  by 
members  of  the  regular  faculty. 

No  thesis  or  comprehensive  examination  is  required. 

The  doctoral  program  is  interdisciplinary  in  nature,  and  utilizes  the  resources  not 
only  of  the  College,  but  of  the  entire  campus.  The  student  and  advisor  design  a 
program  of  study  and  research  particular  to  the  student's  professional  objectives. 
Approximately  three  years  of  full-time  study  are  required,  normally  divided  into  two 
years  of  formal  coursework  (60  semester  hours,  or  36  beyond  the  master's)  and  one 
year  of  work  on  the  dissertation.  At  least  one  year,  usually  the  first,  must  be  spent  in 
full-time  residence. 

A  doctoral  qualifying  examination  is  required  at  the  conclusion  of  the  first  year  to 
determine  the  student's  ability  to  complete  the  program.  After  completion  of  the 
required  course  credits,  and  prior  to  admission  to  candidacy,  the  student  must  pass 
written  comprehensive  examinations  in  five  areas.  An  oral  defense  of  the  dissertation 
is  scheduled  prior  to  the  award  of  the  degree. 

The  College  has  no  language  requirements  unless  the  individual  student's 
specialization  or  dissertation  requires  it. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  College  maintains  its  own  library,  organized  to  afford  faculty,  students,  and 
research  staff  the  kind  of  modern  support  service  provided  by  other  forward-looking 
agencies.  Students  have  access  to  the  University  of  Maryland's  excellent  Computer 
Science  facility.  In  addition,  the  College  has  a  Data  Processing  Laboratory  which 
serves  as  a  resource  for  instruction  in  the  areas  of  library  automation  and  information 
processing,  as  well  as  for  faculty  and  student  research.  Thus  students  have  access 
not  only  to  the  University's  large-scale  computer  systems,  but  to  microcomputers 
housed  within  the  College.  The  Instructional  Development  and  Support  Service  is  yet 
another  support  service.  This  non-print  media  facility  provides  equipment  and 
materials,  workshops,  and  individual  assistance  to  students,  faculty,  and  staff  in  all 
areas  of  audiovisual  production. 


352     LBSC  —  Library  Science 


Financial  Assistance 

The  College  and  University  offer  a  limited  number  of  scholarships,  fellowships,  and 
teaching  and  research  assistantships.  Other  sources  of  aid  include  work-study 
(through  the  University  and  outside  agencies),  federally  insured  loans  and  grants  from 
local  and  national  agencies  and  organizations. 

The  M.L.S.  degree  program  has  been  accepted  by  the  Southern  Regional 
Educational  Board  Academic  Market,  thus  making  residents  of  Virginia  and  West 
Virginia  eligible  for  in-state  tuition  fees.  In-state  tuition  fees  are  available  for  those  in 
the  CLIS  Ph.D.  program  from  the  states  of  Alabama,  Mississippi,  South  Carolina, 
Virginia,  and  West  Virginia. 

Information  on  the  availability  of  financial  aid  may  be  requested  from  the  Director  of 
Admissions,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services. 

M.A.  in  Geography  and  the  M.L.S.  Course  of  Study 

(See  entry  after  Geography  Program) 

M.A.  in  History  and  the  M.L.S.  Course  of  Study. 

(See  entry  after  History  Program) 

Courses 

LBSC  —  Library  Science 

LBSC  488  Recent  Trends  and  Issues  in  Library  and  Information  Services  (1-3) 

Discussions  of  recent  trends  and  issues  in  library  and  information  services,  designed 
for  practicing  professionals. 

LBSC  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes  (1-9)  Workshops,  clinics,  and  institutes 
developed  around  specific  topics  or  problems  primarily  for  practicing  librarians. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credit  hours. 

LBSC  600  Proseminar:  the  Development  and  Operation  of  Libraries  and 
Information  Services  (3-6)  Background  and  an  orientation  for  advanced  study  in 
library  and  information  services,  including  such  areas  as  libraries  as  social  institutions 
and  as  organizations;  communication;  professionalism;  and  the  use  and  economics  of 
information. 

LBSC  603  Library  Systems  Analysis  (3)  The  total  systems  approach  to  library  and 
information  problems,  emphasizing  administrative  and  managerial  decision-making. 
Model  building,  flowcharting,  motion  and  time  study,  cost  analyses,  and  system 
design. 

LBSC  611  Archives  and  Libraries  in  Western  Civilization  (3)  An  institutional 
approach  to  the  study  of  western  civilization  by  surveying  from  the  earliest  records  to 
the  present,  the  development  of  archives,  libraries,  their  materials  and  personnel. 
Emphasis  on  the  socio-economic  forces  controlling  the  development  of  these 
institutions,  their  proliferation  and  specialization,  and  their  cultural  role  in  the  formation 
and  continuation  of  western  civilization. 

LBSC  612  History  of  Books  and  Printing  (3)  The  history  of  the  book  in  its  various 
forms  from  the  earliest  surviving  records  to  contemporary  production,  including  the 
origin  and  evolution  of  the  alphabet  and  scripts,  writing  materials,  manuscripts  and 


LBSC  —  Library  Science     353 


decorative  arts  leading  to  the  book  as  known  today.  The  invention  of  printing,  leading 
printers  and  type  designs,  and  book  distribution  during  both  the  hand  and  machine 
press  periods. 

LBSC  621  Library  Service  to  the  Disadvantaged  (3)  Study  of  problems  of  service  to 
the  disadvantaged  (ethnic/racial  minorities,  handicapped,  institutionalized  and  the 
aged).  Use  of  the  case  study  method  in  creating  library  programs  and  resolving 
problems  of  service.  Includes  field  experience. 

LBSC  630  Library  Administration  (3)  An  introduction  to  administrative  theory  and 
principles  and  their  implications  and  applications  to  managerial  activity  in  libraries. 

LBSC  641  Selection  and  Evaluation  of  Instructional  Media  (3)  Development  of 
criteria  and  methods  for  selection  and  evaluation  of  media  for  training  and  instruction. 
Role  of  human  factors  and  appropriate  technology  in  designing  instructional  systems. 

LBSC  643  Library  Media  Specialists  in  Educational  Systems  (3)  The  educational 
context  in  which  library  media  specialists  function.  The  activities  of  library  media 
specialists  within  the  system.  The  development  of  processes  and  products  in  support 
of  instruction  at  all  levels  from  elementary  through  post-secondary.  The  role  of  library 
media  specialists  as  change  agents  in  faculty  and  instructional  development,  program 
and  product  evaluation,  and  instructional  design  principles. 

LBSC  645  Children's  Literature  and  Materials  (3)  A  survey  of  literature  and  other 
materials  for  children  and  the  criteria  for  evaluating  such  materials  as  they  relate  to  the 
needs,  interests,  and  capabilities  of  the  child. 

LBSC  651  Introduction  to  Reference  and  Information  Services  (3)  Information  and 
reference  systems,  services,  and  tools  provided  in  libraries  and  information  centers. 
Problems  and  concepts  of  communication,  question  negotiation,  bibliographic  control, 
and  search  processes  are  considered.  Major  types  of  information  sources  and  modes 
of  information  delivery  are  introduced. 

LBSC  671  Organization  of  Recorded  Knowledge  (3)  Principles  of  the  organization  of 
information  for  physical  and  intellectual  access.  Concepts  and  problems  involved  in 
subject  analysis,  classification,  indexing,  and  cataloging. 

LBSC  675  Introduction  to  Information  Storage  and  Retrieval  (ISAR)  Systems  (3) 

Micro-organization  of  information  services  and  basic  principles  underlying  both  manual 
and  mechanized  ISAR  systems,  including  the  conceptual  structure  of  indexing 
languages  and  search  strategies,  file  organization,  typology  of  classifications, 
abstracting,  and  indexing. 

LBSC  690  Introduction  to  Data  Processing  For  Libraries  and  Information  Services 

(3)  A  general  introduction  to  computers  and  their  use  in  libraries  and  other  information 
systems;  including  such  topics  as  systems  analysis,  structured  programming,  file 
structure,  data  base  management  systems,  and  specific  areas  of  application  and 
management  of  data  processing. 

LBSC  691  Microcomputers  in  Information  Processing  (3)  Introduction  to 
microcomputers  via  practical  experience  with  programming,  database  management 
and  information  processing,  word  processing,  instructional  packages,  and  other 
applications.  The  use  of  personal  computers  in  homes,  schools,  offices,  libraries,  and 
information  centers. 

LBSC    701    Research    Methods    in    Library   and    Information    Activity   (3)    The 


354     LBSC  —  Library  Science 


techniques  and  strategies  of  research  and  their  implications  for  the  definition, 
investigation  and  evaluation  of  library  problems. 

LBSC  703  Seminar  in  Information  Transfer  (3)  Prerequisite:  LBSC  704,  or  permission 
of  instructor.  Discussion  of  significant  problems  in  information  science:  topics  include 
fundamental  concepts,  theory,  methodology,  current  research. 

LBSC  704  Seminar  in  Information  Science  (3)  Introduction  to  the  fundamentals  in 
information  science.  The  nature  of  messages  in  human  and  machine  communication 
are  approached  from  the  viewpoint  of  the  physical,  psychological,  and  logical 
transformations  which  they  undergo  in  their  paths  from  message  sender  to  recipient. 
Cybernetic  variety,  basic  constraints  or  variety  in  information  systems  and  classes  in 
their  uses  in  search  and  communications  models,  and  optimization  and  mechanization 
of  access  to  messages  for  communication  of  data,  information,  knowledge. 

LBSC  706  Seminar  in  International  and  Comparative  Librarianship  and 
Information  Science  (3)  Compares  and  contrasts  bibliographical  systems,  institutions, 
service  arrangements,  and  professional  patterns  in  developed  and  developing 
cultures.  Libraries,  information  organizations  and  international  information  systems  are 
viewed  against  the  backdrop  of  national  cultures,  and  the  influence  of  the  social, 
political  and  economic  factors  upon  these  forms  are  considered. 

LBSC  707  Field  Study  in  Library  Service  (3)  Prerequisites:  LBSC  600,  651 ,  671 ,  690 

or  691  and  permission  of  instructor.  Familiarization  of  students  with  library  operations 
through  unpaid,  supervised  experience  and/or  the  opportunity  to  perform  a  study  to 
solve  a  specific  problem  in  a  suitable  library  or  other  information  agency. 

LBSC  708  Special  Topics  in  Library  and  Information  Service  (1-3)  No  student  may 
earn  more  than  9  credits  in  LBSC  708,  nor  more  than  a  total  of  12  credits  in  both  LBSC 
708  and  LBSC  709. 

LBSC  709  Independent  Study  (1-3)  Designed  to  permit  intensive  individual  study, 
reading  or  research  in  an  area  of  specialized  interest  under  faculty  supervision, 
registration  is  limited  to  the  advanced  student  who  has  the  approval  of  his  advisors 
and  of  the  faculty  member  involved.  No  student  may  earn  more  than  9  hours  under 
LBSC  708,  more  than  9  hours  under  LBSC  709,  nor  more  than  a  total  of  12  hours  in 
both  LBSC  708  and  709. 

LBSC  722  Communication  and  Libraries  (3)  Theory  and  research  in  the 
multi-discipline  domain  of  communication.  Inquiry  is  directed  into  such  diverse  matters 
as  coding  theory,  linguistic  analysis,  decision  theory,  network  concepts,  etc. 
Connections  are  pointed-out  between  communication  research  and  library  practice. 

LBSC  723  Libraries  and  Information  Services  in  the  Social  Process  (3)  Community, 
institutional  and  cultural  levels  and  their  impact  on  information  services.  Identification  of 
key  aspects  of  the  social  environment  and  their  significance  in  the  development  of  the 
field. 

LBSC  724  Public  Library  Seminar  (3)  Principal  influences  which  affect  the  patterns  of 
organization,  support  and  service  patterns  of  public  libraries  based  upon  theoretical 
and  case  studies. 

LBSC  727  Science  Information  and  the  Organization  of  Science  (3)  Describes  the 
institutional  environments  in  which  science  information  is  produced,  evaluated  and 
disseminated. 


LBSC  —  Library  Science     355 


LBSC  730  Organizational  Processes  in  Libraries  and  Information  Services  (3) 

Prerequisite:  LBSC  630.  Intensive  study  based  on  the  concepts  introduced  in  LBSC 
630.  Organizational  and  system  change. 

LBSC  733  Seminar  in  Library  and  Information  Networks  (3)  Explores  the 
inter-library  cooperative  phenomenon  and  analyzes  critical  issues  in  network  planning, 
economics,  organization,  technology,  and  services. 

LBSC  734  Seminar  in  the  Academic  Library  (3)  Academic  library  within  the 
framework  of  higher  education,  treating  problems  of  programs,  collections,  support, 
planning,  physical  plant,  cooperation,  and  fiscal  management. 

LBSC  735  Curatorship  of  Historical  Collections  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  care  and 
unique  administrative  problems  of  special  collections  which  are  historical  in  nature. 
Emphasis  on  american  repositories  and  the  interplay  between  libraries  as  parent 
institutions  and  collections  in  manuscripts  and  archives,  state  and  local  history, 
museum  libraries,  oral  history,  and  rare  books. 

LBSC  737  Seminar  in  the  Special  Library  and  Information  Center  (3)  Role  of 
special  libraries  and  information  centers  in  the  information  transfer  process.  Analysis  of 
the  information  transfer  system;  information  needs,  uses,  and  in  part,  management  of 
special  libraries  and  information  centers;  types,  such  as  governmental  or  industrial 
libraries,  archives,  and  information  analysis  centers. 

LBSC  741  Seminar  in  School  Library  Media  Programs  (3)  Suggested  prerequisite: 
LBSC  630.  Development,  management,  and  evaluation  of  school  library  media 
programs  at  all  levels. 

LBSC   742   Instructional   Development  Roles  for  Library/Media  Specialists  (3) 

Discussion  of  instructional  development  and  evaluation  in  the  context  of  the  school  and 
other  social  settings.  The  use  of  systematic  approaches  in  the  solution  of  instructional 
problems.  The  role  of  the  media  specialist  as  a  consultant  in  relationships  with 
teachers  and  other  school  personnel  in  the  design  of  learning  materials,  instructional 
strategies,  or  innovative  uses  of  appropriate  instructional  technology  in  a  variety  of 
learning  environments.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  program  evaluation  and  cost 
effectiveness. 

LBSC  744  Field  Study  in  School  Library  Media  Programs  (3)  Prerequisite  LBSC 
741  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  practicum  and  seminar  providing  students  with 
opportunities  to  observe  the  operation  of  a  variety  of  library  media  programs  at 
different  levels  (elementary,  middle  and  secondary),  to  participate  under  supervision  in 
the  various  operations  and  activities  of  ongoing  library  media  programs,  and  to 
critically  analyze  their  performance  and  experiences. 

LBSC  745  Storytelling  Materials  and  Techniques  (3)  Literary  sources  are  studied 
and  instruction  and  practice  in  oral  techniques  are  offered. 

LBSC  748  Advanced  Seminar  in  Children's  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  LBSC  645  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Selected  topics  in  literature  for  children  and  adolescents 
including  historical  aspects,  individual  authors,  major  themes  and  trends. 

LBSC  750  Advanced  Reference  Services  (3)  Theoretical  and  administrative 
considerations,  analysis  of  research  problems,  and  directed  activity  in  bibliographic 
method  and  search  techniques  in  large  collections. 

LBSC    751    Literature    and    Research    in   the    Humanities   (3)   Analysis    of   the 


356     LBSC  —  Library  Science 


bibliographic  organization  and  information  structure,  research  methods  and  reference 
services  in  the  humanities,  focusing  on  core  vocabularies,  classification,  representative 
reference  tools,  and  the  presentation  of  bibliographic  information. 

LBSC  752  Literature  and  Research  in  the  Arts  (3)  An  advanced  reference  course 
designed  as  an  interdisciplinary  introduction  to  the  bibliography  and  trends  in  research 
and  library  service  in  the  fields  of  music,  dance,  film  and  theater,  architecture  and 
archeology,  painting  and  sculpture  and  the  minor  arts,  examinations  of  core 
bibliographies,  organizational  patterns  and  problems,  terminology  and  classification 
systems. 

LBSC  753  Literature  and  Research  in  the  Social  Sciences  (3)  Factors  affecting  the 
generation  and  use  of  social  science  information  including  the  characteristics  of  the 
social  sciences  and  their  methodology,  the  structure  of  literature,  and  control  of 
diverse  forms  of  social  science  information. 

LBSC  756  Literature  and  Research  in  Science  and  Technology  (3)  The  nature  of 
sci-tech  information,  its  generation  and  use  by  scientists  and  engineers,  and  its  flow 
through  formal  and  informal  channels.  The  principal  sources  of  sci-tech  information, 
their  characteristics,  scope  and  utilization. 

LBSC  762  Health  Information  Sources  and  Their  Use  (3)  Health  sciences  reference 
sources,  stressing  specialized  reference  and  services  characteristic  of  clinical 
medicine  and  health  care  delivery.  Major  emphasis  on  literature  searches  using 
medline  and  other  manual  and  online  databases.  Considerable  time  is  spent  at  the 
national  Horary  of  medicine  or  another  medical  library. 

LBSC  764  Legal  Literature  (3)  Survey  and  evaluation  of  information  sources  in  law, 
with  emphasis  upon  the  bibliographic  organization  of  the  field. 

LBSC  766  Business  Information  Services  (3)  Survey  and  analysis  of  information 
sources  in  business,  finance,  and  economics  with  emphasis  upon  their  use  in  problem 
solving. 

LBSC  767  Governmental  Information  Systems  (3)  Production  and  distribution  of 
government  information  and  its  control  and  utilization  within  information  agencies. 
State,  local,  foreign  and  international  governmental  information  practices. 

LBSC  770  Bibliographic  Control  (3)  Prerequisite:  LBSC  671.  Problems  in 
bibliographic  control  of  documents.  Cataloging  codes,  bibliographic  networks, 
computer-based  systems,  international  aspects,  use  and  user  studies,  and  evaluation 
of  bibliographic  control  systems. 

LBSC  772  Special  Problems  in  the  Organization  of  Knowledge  (3)  Prerequisite: 
LBSC  671 .  Corequisite:  LBSC  770  or  permission  of  instructor.  Seminar  course  in  which 
students  may  take  topics  of  special  interest  to  them  in  the  area  of  organization  of 
knowledge  and  explore  them  in  a  research  project/class  discussion  format. 

LBSC  774  Seminar  in  Linguistic  Topics  (3)  Basic  notions  of  language  and  its  effect 
on  various  aspects  of  librarianship  and  information  science.  Problems  of  meaning  and 
the  effect  of  language  on  its  users  in  communication  situations.  Writing  systems  of 
various  languages.  Topics  of  interest  related  to  linguistics  and  information  science  as  a 
research  project  and  for  class  discussion. 

LBSC  775  Construction  and  Maintenance  of  Index  Languages  and  Thesauri  (3) 

Prerequisite:  LBSC  675  or  LBSC  671  or  permission  of  instructor.   Advanced  course  in 


LBSC  —  Library  Science     357 


the  area  of  information  systems  analysis  and  design.  The  design  of  indexing 
languages  and  procedures  to  be  used  in  their  construction.  Application  of  these 
methods  in  a  team  project  in  which  students  construct  an  indexing  language  and  an 
accompanying  thesaurus.  Analysis  and  evaluation  of  existing  indexing  languages  and 
thesauri. 

LBSC  781  Problems  of  Nonbook  Materials  (3)  Examination  of  nonbook  materials 
such  as  audiorecords,  motion  pictures,  maps,  videorecords,  machine-readable  data 
files,  and  realia.  Technical  services  applicable  to  nonbook  materials. 

LBSC  782  Seminar  On  Manuscript  Collections  (3)  Management  of  archival  and 
manuscript  collection  with  analysis  of  special  problems  in  development,  control, 
access,  and  use  of  documents  emphasizing  both  personal  papers  and  official  records. 

LBSC  783  Seminar  in  Technical  Services  (3)  Special  issues  in  technical  services  in 
large  libraries.  Deals  with  such  areas  as  acquisitions,  cataloging,  serial  control, 
cooperative  programs,  and  managerial  controls. 

LBSC  784  Resources  of  American  Libraries  (3)  Considers  distribution  and  extent  of 
library  resources,  means  of  surveying  collections,  mechanisms  of  inter-institutional 
cooperation  in  building  collections,  and  means  of  developing  research  collections  in 
special  subject  fields. 

LBSC  785  Introduction  to  Reprography  (3)  A  survey  of  the  processes  and 
technology  through  which  materials  are  made  available  in  furthering  library  and 
information  services,  ranging  from  photography  to  microforms. 

LBSC  786  Conservation  of  Archival  and  Library  Materials  (3)  Conservation 
literature,  the  profession,  and  various  levels  of  preservation,  conservation,  and 
restoration  activities  in  archives  and  libraries.  Emphasis  on  the  physical  aspects  and 
structure  of  manuscripts  and  books  by  period  with  some  attention  to  other  media, 
environmental  conditions,  selection  of  treatment  methods  and  alternatives,  and  the 
ethical  and  administrative  questions  in  conservation  program  management. 

LBSC  787  Planning  of  Library  Facilities  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  planning  of  space, 
design  and  choice  of  equipment,  and  other  physical  planning  aspects  of  libraries. 
Emphasis  on  the  use  of  existing  facilities,  their  expansion  or  remodelling,  and  the 
planning  of  new  buildings.  Preparation  of  a  building  program  for  either  a  new  library  or 
the  remodelling  of  an  existing  one.  Field  trips  to  characteristic  library  buildings  and 
facilities. 

LBSC  790  Advanced  Data  Processing  in  Libraries  (3)  Analysis  of  retrieval  systems 
and  intensive  study  of  machine  applications  in  the  acquisition,  analysis,  coding, 
retrieval  and  display  of  information. 

LBSC  792  Programming  Systems  For  Information  Handling  Applications  (3)  The 

elements  of  programming  system  design  and  operation  are  studied  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  influence  of  information  handling  and  library  requirements. 

LBSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

LBSC  802  Seminar  in  Research  Methods  and  Data  Analysis  (3)  Recommended 
prerequisites:  statistics  and  LBSC  701 .  An  advanced  seminar  in  research  methods  with 
emphasis  upon  analysis  of  data  and  hypothesis  testing. 

LBSC  878  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Information  Studies  (3)  Prerequisites:  Enrollment 
restricted  to  doctoral  students  with  appropriate  background;  permission  of  instructor 


358     Marine-Estuarine-  Environmental  Sciences  Program 

required.  Topic  varies.  Provides  a  basis  for  developing  knowledge  of  and  insights  into 
subfields  of  information  studies,  such  as  Communication  and  Information  Transfer  and 
Information  Storage  and  Retrieval,  their  concepts,  problems,  and  methods.  Serves  as  a 
research  based  mechanism  wherein  students  can  discuss  the  intellectual  concerns  of 
a  field  with  fellow  students  under  the  aegis  of  a  faculty  member  with  expertise  in  that 
particular  area.  Repeatable  with  different  topics. 

LBSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Marine-Estuarine-  Environmental  Sciences 
Program 

Program  Committee:  Menzer  (ENTM),  Chair;  Birkner  (ENCE);  Bonar  (ZOOL);  Chang 
(GEOL);  Norton  (AREC):  Weiner  (MICB);  Means  (Chesapeake  Biological  Lab);  Kennedy 
(Horn  Point  Environmental  Lab);  Ulanowicz  (Chesapeake  Biological  Lab);  Van 
Valkenburg  (BOTN) 

The  graduate  program  in  Marine-Estuarine-Environmental  Sciences  (MEES)  offers  work 
leading  to  the  M.S.  (with  thesis)  and  Ph.D.  degrees  and  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs 
of  students  who  wish  to  pursue  studies  on  the  interactions  of  biological  systems  with 
physico-chemical  systems.  Appropriate  areas  of  emphasis  will  involve  organisms  living 
in  marine,  estuarine,  or  terrestrial  environments  in  their  interactions  with  chemical  and 
physical  influences.  Possible  areas  of  specialization  might  include  estuarine  and 
marine  science,  environmental  chemistry,  environmental  microbiology,  environmental 
toxicology,  environmental  and  resource  economics,  environmental  management, 
marine  and  environmental  technology,  and  fisheries  and  wildlife  management. 

Graduates  of  this   program  find   employment   in  the  various  federal   and   state 
agencies  concerned  with  the  environment.    In  addition,  academiicVand  private  research 
institutions  and  commercial  interests  concerned  with  the  development  and  use  of 
coastal,   estuarine,   and  ocean   resources  will  find  graduates  of  the  Program  well 
prepared  for  a  variety  of  positions. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  regular  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School  for  admission, 
applicants  are  required  to  submit  scores  from  the  GRE  Aptitude  Test.  Degree  work 
may  be  pursued  on  a  part-time  basis. 

The  program  is  interdisciplinary,  and  the  course  of  study  will  be  tailored  to  the 
needs  of  the  individual  student  as  determined  by  that  student's  advisory  committee. 
Course  requirements  and  research  credits  are  not  in  excess  of  general  Graduate 
School  requirements  for  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  There  are  several  specific  prerequisites, 
but  these  may  be  met  through  course  work  after  the  student  is  admitted  to  the 
graduate  program.  Statistics  is  required  of  all-degree  candidates.  In  addition,  three  (for 
the  M.S.)  or  four  (for  the  Ph.D.)  courses,  chosen  from  five  "core"  areas,  are  required  to 
provide  essential  background  and  breadth  for  any  advanced  work.  The  five  "core" 
topic  areas  are  1)  ecology  and/or  physiology  of  plants  or  animals;  2)  ecology  and/or 
physiology  of  microorganisms;  3)  biochemistry;  4)  physical,  chemical,  engineering,  or 
geological  sciences;  and  5)  management  (economics,  resource  development,  systems 
analysis,  or  biology  and  management  of  various  natural  resources). 


MEES  —  Marine  -  Estuarine  -  Environmental  Sciences     359 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  facilities  and  faculty  anywhere  within  the  State-wide  university  system  are  avilable 
for  use  and  involvement  in  the  program.  The  degree  candidate  may  take  courses  on 
any  campus  and  may  have  an  advisory  committee  composed  of  MEES  participating 
faculty  from  several  locations,  including  laboratory  sites  of  the  University's  Center  for 
Environmental  and  Estuarine  Studies.  Research  problems  may  also  be  carried  out 
where  most  appropriate,  including  the  laboratories  of  CEES  (Horn  Point  and 
Appalachian  Laboratories  and  Chesapeake  Biological  Laboratory). 

Campus  facilities  include  well-equipped  laboratories  for  research  in  most  areas  and 
terminal  access  to  the  University's  UNIVAC  1108  computer.  Maryland  has  a  very  active 
Sea  Grant  research  program,  and  students  in  marine  work  will  have  access  to 
laboratory-equipped  research  vessels  for  work  on  the  Chesapeake  Bay  and  other 
waters. 

In  addition,  students  will  find  their  work  greatly  enhanced  by  the  special  ties  most 
faculty  maintain  to  the  many  government  laboratories  and  agencies  in  the 
Washington-Baltimore  area.  Library  resources  are  among  the  best  in  the  nation  due  to 
the  proximity  of  the  National  Agricultural  Library  and  the  Library  of  Congress  along  with 
several  other  specialized  libraries  unique  to  this  area. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  in  the  form  of  teaching  and  research  assistantships  (through 
participating  departments),  as  well  as  some  fellowships,  may  be  available  to  qualified 
candidates. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information,  contact: 

Dr.  Robert  E.  Menzer,  Chair,  MEES  Program 
0313  Symons  Hall 
University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

MEES  —  Marine  -  Estuarine  -  Environmental  Sciences 

MEES  440  Essentials  of  Toxicology  (2)  Prerequisite:  BCHM  261  or  461 .  Principles 
involved  in  the  assessment  of  responses  of  organisms  to  toxic  chemicals,  including 
systemic  and  organ  toxicology,  carcinogenesis,  teratogenesis,  and  consideration  of  the 
effects  of  major  groups  of  toxicants. 

MEES  498  Topics  in  Marine-Estuarine-Environmental  Sciences  (1-4)  Lecture  and/or 
laboratory  series  organized  to  study  a  selected  area  of  marine-estuarine-environmental 
sciences  not  otherwise  considered  in  formal  courses. 

MEES  608  Seminar  in  Marine-Estuarine-Environmental  Sciences  (1-2) 

MEES  61 1  Systems  Ecology  of  Estuaries  (3)  Prerequisites:  calculus  and  ZOOL  470 
or  ZOOL  480,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  broad  systems  perspective  on  the  important 
components  and  processes  of  estuarine  ecosystems,  with  quantitative  and/or 
mathematical  treatment  toward  development  of  representative  models  for  estuarine 
dynamics. 


360     MEES  —  Marine  -  Estuarine  -  Environmental  Sciences 

MEES  631  Ecology  of  Estuarine  Microbes  I  (5)  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour 
laboratory  daily  during  Summer  Session  I.  Prerequisite:  introductory  course  in  each  of 
Botany,  Microbiology  and  Zoology,  as  well  as  Ecology,  Physiology,  and  systematics 
from  one  of  the  disciplines.  Basic  conceptual  treatment  of  estuarine  microbial 
interactions  with  emphasis  on  the  algae,  protozoa,  bacteria  and  viruses  of  the 
Chesapeake  Bay.  The  laboratory  will  stress  observation  and  experimentation  with 
collected  material.  Field  and  shipboard  experience  are  included.  Offered  during 
summer  session  only. 

MEES  632  Ecology  of  Estuarine  Microbes  II  (1-5)  Schedule  by  arrangement  with 
instructor.  Pre  or  corequisite:  MEES  631 .  Directed  research  on  problems  of  estuarine 
microbial  interactions. 

MEES  641  Environmental  Toxicology  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  The 
introduction,  behavior,  fate,  and  effects  of  chemicals  in  the  environment.  Organisms  in 
the  atmosphere,  hydrosphere,  and  lithosphere  and  the  effects  of  foreign  chemicals 
and  other  stresses  on  their  health  and  well-being. 

MEES  642  Laboratory  Methods  in  Toxicology  (1-2)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  MEES  641  or 
ENTM  653  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  A  methodology  and  techniques  course  designed  to  give  the  student  experience 
in  toxicological  research.  The  first  half  of  the  course  may  be  taken  for  one  credit  and 
will  emphasize  methods  useful  to  entomologists. 

MEES  681  Coastal  Resource  Use,  Law  and  Management:  the  Chesapeake  (3)  An 

interdisciplinary  course  drawing  on  resource  economics,  political  science  and  law  to 
examine  the  natural  resources  of  the  Chesapeake  and  the  market,  political  and  legal 
processes  through  which  Chesapeake  resource  use  decisions  result.  The  course  is 
designed  to  provide  social  and  natural  scientists  with  an  understanding  of  coastal  use 
and  management  issues.  No  prerequisite. 

MEES  698  Special  Topics  in  Marine-Estuarine-Environmental  Sciences  (1-4)  Credit 
according  to  time  schedule  and  course  organization.  Lecture  and/or  laboratory  series 
organized  to  study  selected  areas  of  environmental  science  not  otherwise  considered 
by  existing  courses.   May  be  repeated  for  credit  since  topic  coverage  will  change. 

MEES  699  Special  Problems  in  Marine-Estuarine-Environmental  Sciences  (1-3) 

Research  on  specialized  topics  under  the  direction  of  individual  faculty  members. 

MEES  743  Aquatic  Toxicology  (3)  Two  lectures  and  three  four-hour  laboratories  per 
week.  One  all  day  field  trip.  Prerequisites:  MEES  641  and  BCHM  462  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Lectures  and  laboratory  exercises  on  the  chemical  and  biological  principles 
involved  in  the  design  of  experiments  in  aquatic  toxicology.  Analytical  techniques 
needed  to  measure  chemicals  in  toxicological  studies.  The  design  of  acute  and 
chronic  bioassays.  Chemical  and  biological  ^phenomena  which  control  or  alter  the 
responses  of  aquatic  organisms  to  chemicals  in  bioassay. 

MEES  799  Masters  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

MEES  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Mathematical  Statistics  Program     361 


Mathematical  Statistics  Program 

Director:  Smith 

Professors:  Mikulski,  Syski,  Yang 

Associate  Professors:  Kedem,  Slud,  Smith,  Wei 

Assistant  Professor:  Janssen 

The  Mathematical  Statistics  Program  offers  the  degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of 

Philosophy  for  graduate  study  and  research  in  statistics.  Areas  of  faculty  research 

activity    include    stochastic    processes,    potential   theory,    ergodic   theory,    statistical 

decision  theory,  biostatistics,  stochastic  modeling,  nonparametric  inference,  analysis  of 

variance,  and  time  series  analysis.  Students  may  specialize  in  applied  or  theoretical 

statistics  by  selecting  an  appropriate  sequence  of  courses  and  a  research  area  to 

form  an  individual  plan  of  study.  The  Program  has  been  designed  with  sufficient 

flexibility  to   accommodate  the  student's  background   and   interest.     Moreover,   the 

Program  offers  students  from  other  disciplines  an  opportunity  to  select  a  variety  of 

statistics  courses  to  supplement  their  own  study. 

The  Program  is  administratively  affiliated  with  the  Department  of  Mathematics. 
Moreover,  the  Department  maintains  the  records  of  all  students  in  the  Mathematical 
Statistics  Program  and  handles  correspondence  with  those  applying  for  admission. 
However,  it  is  important  that  any  application  for  admission  indicates  clearly  whether  a 
student  wishes  to  enter  the  Mathematics  (MATH)  or  the  Mathematical  Statistics  (STAT) 
Program. 

Employment  prospects  for  statisticians  are  extremely  bright,  as  they  have  been  for 
the  past  several  years.  A  recent  National  Science  Foundation  survey  predicts  that  in 
the  period  1978-90,  there  will  be  19,000  job  openings  in  statistics  and  only  8,000  new 
graduates  to  fill  them.  All  of  the  recent  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  graduates  of  Maryland's  STAT 
program  have  found  jobs  in  universities,  government  or  private  industry. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  the  general  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School,  applicants  for 
admission  should  have  completed,  with  at  least  a  B  average  (3.0  on  a  4.0  scale),  an 
undergraduate  program  of  study  which  includes  a  strong  emphasis  on  mathematics  or 
statistics.  Mathematical  preparation  at  least  through  the  level  of  advanced  calculus 
will  normally  be  considered  sufficient  demonstration  of  the  expected  mathematical 
background.  In  special  cases  students  may  be  provisionally  admitted  without  having 
fulfilled  the  general  admission  requirements,  if  there  is  evidence  on  the  basis  of  other 
criteria  of  potential  success  in  the  Program.  The  Graduate  Record  Examination  is  not 
required  for  admission,  but  applicants  for  admission  who  have  taken  this  examination 
are  required  to  supply  their  score. 

The  M.A.  degree  can  be  earned  by  exercising  either  of  two  options.  To  earn  an 
M.A.  degree  by  the  nonthesis  option,  a  student  must  have  30  credit  hours  with  an 
average  of  at  least  B  and  at  least  18  of  these  credits  must  be  at  the  graduate  level 
(600/700  level).  Of  the  required  30  credits,  at  least  12  of  the  graduate  credits  must  be 
in  statistics.  The  student  must  also  pass  the  Mathematics  Department  written 
examination  in  probability,  statistics  and  any  third  field  of  mathematics.  The  student 
has  the  choice  of  taking  either  the  separate  M.A.  written  examination  or  the  Ph.D. 
written  examination  and  being  scored  at  a  lower  level.  These  examinations  can  be 
taken  only  twice  except  that  any  attempt  during  the  first  two  years  of  graduate  work  is 


362     STAT  —  Statistics  and  Probability 


considered  a  "free  try".  The  student  must  also  submit  a  satisfactory  scholarly  paper. 

To  earn  an  M.A.  degree  by  the  thesis  option,  a  student  must  have:  a)  24  credit 
hours  with  at  least  15  at  the  600/700  level  (of  these  15  hours  at  least  12  hours  must  be 
in  statistics);  b)  maintained  an  average  grade  of  B  or  better;  c)  taken  6  hours  of  STAT 
799  (Research)  in  addition  to  (a);  d)  written  a  satisfactory  thesis;  and  e)  passed  a  final 
oral  examination. 

There  is  no  foreign  language  requirement  for  M.A.  students. 

The  M.A.  degree  is  not  required  for  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program.  A  student  in 
the  doctoral  program  must  have  a  minimum  of  36  hours  of  formal  courses  (at  least  27 
at  the  600/700  level)  with  an  average  of  B  or  better;  at  least  18  of  the  graduate  credits 
must  be  taken  in  statistics.  In  addition,  there  is  a  University  requirement  of  at  least  12 
hours  of  STAT  899  (Doctoral  Research). 

The  Ph.D.  aspirant  must  take  a  written  examination  in  probability,  statistics  and  any 
third  field  of  mathematics.  The  written  examination  can  be  taken  only  twice  except  that, 
as  in  the  case  of  the  M.A.  degree,  any  attempt  during  the  first  two  years  of  graduate 
work  is  considered  a  "free  try."  The  written  examination  is  given  by  the  Mathematics 
Department  twice  a  year,  in  January  and  August. 

If  successful  in  this  written  examination,  the  student  must  pass  an  oral  examination. 
The  oral  examination,  given  by  the  statistics  faculty,  usually  takes  place  a  year  after 
the  student  passes  the  written  examination.  This  examination  serves  as  a  test  of  the 
in-depth  preparation  of  the  student  in  the  area  of  specialization  and  of  his  or  her 
research  potential.  Successful  completion  of  the  oral  exam  indicates  that  the  student  is 
ready  to  begin  writing  the  doctoral  dissertation.  In  addition  to  the  above,  there  is  a 
requirement  of  reading  competence  in  two  foreign  languages  for  the  Ph.D.  The  student 
may  select  any  two  of  the  three  languages:  French,  German,  or  Russian.  The 
language  examination,  given  and  graded  by  the  Mathematics  Department,  consists  of 
translating  foreign  mathematical  texts  into  competent  English. 

To  be  admitted  to  candidacy,  the  Ph.D.  aspirant  must  pass  the  written  examination, 
the  oral  examination  and  at  least  one  of  the  two  language  examinations.  The  second 
language  examination  must  be  completed  before  the  candidate's  final  oral  examination 
on  the  dissertation. 

Courses 

STAT  —  Statistics  and  Probability 

STAT  400  Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  141  Random 
variables,  standard  distributions,  moments,  law  of  large  numbers  and  central  limit 
theorem.  Sampling  methods,  estimation  of  parameters,  testing  of  hypotheses. 

STAT  401  Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  400.  Point 
estimation  -  sufficient,  unbiased,  and  consistent  .estimators.  Interval  estimation. 
Minimum  variance  and  maximum  likelihood  estimators.  Testing  of  hypotheses. 
Regression  correlation  and  analysis  of  variance.  Sampling  distributions.  Sequential 
tests,  elements  of  non-parametric  methods. 

STAT  410  Introduction  to  Probability  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  240  and  MATH 
241.  Probability  and  its  properties.  Random  variables  and  distribution  functions  in  one 
and  several  dimensions.  Moments.  Characteristic  functions.  Limit  theorems. 

STAT  411  Introduction  to  Stochastic  Processes  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  250  or  400  or 
equivalent.    Elementary    stochastic    processes.    Renewal    process,    random    walks, 


STAT  —  Statistics  and  Probability     363 


branching  process,  discrete  Markov  chains,  first  passage  times,  Markov  chains  with  a 
continuous  parameter,  birth  and  death  processes.  Stationary  processes. 

STAT  420  Introduction  to  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  410  or  equivalent.  Point 
estimation,  sufficiency,  completeness,  Cramer-Rao  inequality,  maximum  likelihood. 
Confidence  intervals  for  parameters  of  normal  distribution.  Hypotheses  testing,  most 
powerful  tests,  likelihood  ratio  tests.  Chi-square  tests,  analysis  of  variance,  regression, 
correlation.  Nonparametric  methods. 

STAT  421  Elements  of  Statistical  Inference  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  420  or  equivalent 
Rank  tests,  confidence  and  tolerance  intervals,  Kolmogorov-Smirnov  tests.  Sequential 
analysis,  multivariate  analysis.  Decision  theory,  Bayesian  and  minimax  procedures. 
Sampling  theory. 

STAT  440  Sampling  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  401  or  STAT  420,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Simple  random  sampling.  Sampling  for  proportions.  Estimation  of  sample 
size.  Sampling  with  varying  probabilties  of  sampling.  Sampling:  stratified,  systematic, 
cluster,  double,  sequential,  incomplete. 

STAT  450  Regression  and  Variance  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  401  or  420 
One,  two,  three  and  four-way  layouts  in  analysis  of  variance,  fixed  effects  models, 
linear  regression  in  several  variables,  Gauss-Markov-Theorem,  multiple  regression 
analysis,  experimental  designs. 

STAT  460  Applied  Nonparametric  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  a  statistics  course  other 
than  STAT  100.  Review  of  basic  statistical  ideas.  Sign  tests  and  ranking  methods  for 
one  and  two  samples,  one-way  layout,  two-way  layout,  correlation  and  regression, 
including  significance  tests,  nonparametric  confidence  intervals  and  robust  point 
estimates.  Gpodness-of-fit,  contingency  tables,  exact  and  Chi-square  test  for 
homogeneity  and  independence.  Techniques  illustrated  using  data  from  social 
biological  and  behavioral  sciences. 

STAT  464  Introduction  to  Biostatistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  semester  of  calculus  and 
junior  standing.  Probabilistic  models.  Sampling.  Some  applications  of  probability  in 
genetics.  Experimental  designs.  Estimation  of  effects  of  treatment.  Comparative 
experiments.  Fisher-Irwin  test.  Wilcoxon  tests  for  paired  comparisons.  Not  acceptable 
for  credit  towards  degrees  in  mathematics  or  statistics. 

STAT  498  Selected  Topics  in  Statistics  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduate  students  will  be 
offered  occasionally  under  the  general  guidance  of  the  MATH/STAT  major  committee. 
Students  register  for  reading  in  statistics  under  this  number.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  16  credits. 

STAT  600  Probability  Theory  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  410.  Probability  space,  classes 
of  events,  construction  of  probability  measures.  Random  variables,  convergence 
theorems,  images  of  measures.  Independence.  Expectation  and  moments,  Lebesgue 
integration,  LP  spaces,  Radon-Nikodym  Theorem,  singular  and  absolutely  continuous 
measures.  Conditional  expectations,  existence  of  regular  distributions,  applications. 
Probabilities  on  product  spaces,  Fubini  Theorem,  Kolmogorov  Extension  Theorem, 
Tulcea  Product  Theorem. 

STAT  601  Probability  Theory  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  600.  Characteristic  functions. 
Bochner's  representation  theorem.  Helly's  Theorems  and  Levy's  Inversion  Formula. 
Applications     of     Cauchy's     Residue     Theorem.     Infinitely     divisible     distributions. 


364     STAT  —  Statistics  and  Probability 


Kolmogorov's  Three-Series  Theorem.  Law  of  the  iterated  logarithm.  Arc  Sine  Law. 
Central  limit  theorems  (Lindegerg-Feller  Theorem).  Weak  and  strong  laws  of  large 
numbers.  Martingale  convergence  theorems  (for  sequences). 

STAT  610  Stochastic  Processes  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  601.  Separability, 
measurability,  and  sample  continuity  of  stochastic  processes.  Stopping  times. 
Martingales:  fundamental  inequalities,  convergence  theorems  and  their  applications, 
optional  sampling,  Riesz  Decomposition,  sample  function  behavior.  Processes  with 
independent  (orthogonal)  increments,  Brownian  motion.  Stationary  processes,  spectral 
analysis  and  ergodic  theory. 

STAT  611  Stochastic  Processes  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  601.  Definition  and 
classification  of  Markov  processes.  Properties  of  transition  probabilities,  forward  and 
backward  equations  (boundary  conditions),  absorption  probabilities,  strong 
Markov-property,  standard  processes.  Markovian  semi-groups,  extended  infinitesimal 
operator.  Sample  function  behavior.  Connections  between  semigroup  approach  and 
sample  function  approach.  Diffusion  theory,  Ito  equation,  potential  theory,  fine 
topology. 

STAT  650  Applied  Stochastic  Processes  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  410  or  MATH  410 
with  one  semester  of  probability.  Basic  concepts  of  stochastic  processes.  Renewal 
processes  and  random  walks,  fluctuation  theory.  Stationary  processes,  spectral 
analysis.  Markov  chains  and  processes  (discrete  and  continuous  parameters.)  Birth 
and  death  processes,  diffusion  processes.  Applications  from  theories  of  queueing, 
storage,  inventory,  epidemics,  noise,  prediction  and  others. 

STAT  698  Selected  Topics  in  Probability  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

STAT  700  Mathematical  Statistics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  410  or  equivalent. 
Sampling  distributions  including  noncentral  chi-squared,  t,  F.  Exponential  families, 
completeness.  Sufficiency,  factorization,  likelihood  ratio.  Decision  theory,  Bayesian 
methods,  minimax  principle.  Point  estimation.  Lehmann-Scheffe  and  Cramer-Rao 
Theorems.  Set  estimation. 

STAT  701  Mathematical  Statistics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  700  or  equivalent.  Testing 
hypotheses-parametric  methods.  Neyman-Pearson  Lemma.  Uniformly  most  powerful 
tests.  Unbiased  tests.  Locally  optimal  tests.  Nonparametric  methods,  Wilcoxon, 
Fisher-Yates,  median  tests.  Linear  models,  analysis  of  variance,  regression  and 
correlation.  Sequential  analysis. 

STAT  710  Advanced  Statistics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  421.  Concurrent  registration 
with  STAT  600  recommended.  Statistical  decision  theory.  Neyman-Pearson  Lemma  and 
its  extensions.  Uniformly  most  powerful  test.  Monotone  likelihood  ratio.  Exponential 
families  of  distributions,  concepts  of  similiarity,  and  tests  with  Neyman  structure. 
Unbiased  tests  and  applications  to  normal  families. 

STAT  711  Advanced  Statistics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  710.  Invariance,  almost 
invariance,  and  applications  to  rank  tests.  Invariant  set  estimation.  Linear  models  with 
applications  to  analysis  of  variance  and  regression.  Elements  of  asymptotic  theory. 
Minimax  principle  and  hunt-stein  theorem. 

STAT  720  Nonparametric  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  700  or  equivalent.  Order 
statistics.  Nonparametric  point  and  set  estimation.  Tolerance  regions.  Invariance 
principle  and  its  applications.  Large  sample  properties  and  optimality  criteria.  Rank 
statistics,  their  distributions  and  moments.   U  statistics. 


Mathematics  Program     365 


STAT  740  Analysis  of  Variance  (3)  Prerequisite  STAT  700  or  STAT  420.  Linear 
models,  point  estimation,  testing  and  confidence  ellipsoids  under  normal  theory. 
One-way  layout,  two-way  layout  and  higher  layouts.  Topics  in  experimental  design: 
Latin  squares,  analysis  of  covariance,  factorial  designs,  random  effects  models,  mixed 
models.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  mathematical  theory  of  the  general  linear  model 
which  contains  regression  analysis  as  a  special  case. 

STAT  750  Multivariate  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  STAT  420  or  STAT  700.  Multivariate 
normal,  Wishart's  and  Hotelling's  distributions.  Tests  of  hypotheses,  estimation. 
Generalized  distance,  discriminant  analysis.  Regression  and  correlation.  Multivariate 
analysis  of  variance;  distribution  of  test  criteria.  Principal  components,  canonical 
correlations  and  factor  analysis. 

STAT  770  Analysis  of  Categorical  Data  (3)  Prerequisites  -  STAT  420,  STAT  450  and 
some  knowledge  of  FORTRAN;  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Single  classification, 
two-way  classification;  contingency  tables;  tests  of  homogeneity  and  independence 
models,  measures  of  association,  distribution  theory.  Bayesian  methods.  Incomplete 
contingency  tables.  Square  contingency  tables  -  symmetry.  Extensions  to  higher 
dimesion  contingency  tables. 

STAT  798  Selected  Topics  in  Statistics  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

STAT  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

STAT  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Mathematics  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Markley 

Professors:  Adams,  Alexander,  Antman,  Auslander,  Babuska,  1  Benedetto,  Berenstein, 

Brace,  Chu,  Cohen,  Cook,  Cooper,  Correl,  Douglis,  Edmundson2,  Erlich,  Evans,  Fey3, 

Fitzpatrick,  Goldberg,  Goldhaber,  Good,  Gray,  Greenberg,  Grove,  Gulick,  Heins, 

Horvath,  Hubbard,1  Hummel,  Johnson,  Katok,  Kellogg1,  Kueker,  Kirwan,  Kleppner,  Lay, 

Lehner,  Lipsman,  Liu,  Lopez-Escobar,  Markley,  Mikulski,  Neri,  Neumann,  Olver,1 

Osborn,  Pearl,  Reinhart,  Schafer,  Syski,  Wolfe,  Yang,  Yorke1,  Zagier,  Zalcman,  Zedek 

Adjunct  Professors:  Goldstein,  Shanks 

Associate  Professors:  Arnold,  Berg,  Brin,  Dancis,  Ellis,  Green,  Hamilton,  Helzer,  Herb, 

Kedem,  King,  Kudla,  Owings,  Rosenberg,  Rudolph,  Sather,  Slud,  Schneider,  Smith, 

Sweet,  Vogelius,  Warner,  Washington,  Winkelnkemper,  Wolpert,  Wei 

Assistant  Professors:  Adams,  Boyle,  Currier,  Harer,  Janssen,  Jones,  Maddocks, 

Shepherd 

1  joint  appointment  with  the  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

2joint  appointment  with  Computer  Science 

3joint  appointment  with  Secondary  Education 

There   are   three   programs  that  come   under  the  cognizance  of  the   Mathematics 

Department:  the  Mathematics  Program  proper  (MATH),  the  Mathematical  Statistics 

Program    (STAT)   and   the    Interdisciplinary  Applied    Mathematics   Program   (MAPL). 

Students  applying  for  admission  should  indicate  the  program  of  interest  to  them  by 

employing    the    appropriate    symbol.    The    Statistics    Program    is    concerned    with 

mathematical   statistics   and   probability.   The   Interdisciplinary  Applied   Mathematics 

Program  is  described  in  detail  elsewhere  in  this  catalog  but,  as  its  name  implies,  is 

concerned  with  the  interaction  between  mathematics  and  applied  areas;  it  is  directed 


366     Mathematics  Program 


by  the  Graduate  Applied  Mathematics  Committee  but  administered  by  the 
Mathematics  Department. 

M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  can  be  earned  in  each  of  these  three  programs.  The 
Master's  degree  is  not  required  for  entrance  to  the  Ph.D.   Program. 

The  Department  offers  graduate  programs  in  Algebra,  Complex  Analysis, 
Geometry,  Mathematical  Logic,  Number  Theory,  Numerical  Analysis,  Ordinary 
Differential  Equations,  Partial  Differential  Equations,  Probability,  Real  and  Functional 
Analysis,  Statistics,  and  Topology. 

Graduates  in  both  Ph.D.  and  M.A.  program  continue  to  face  a  favorable 
employment  market.  It  is  true  that  the  academic  opportunities  are  becoming  more 
encouraging;  in  fact  our  Ph.D.'s  have  done  very  well,  in  some  cases  securing 
prestigious  academic  posts  (MIT,  Yale,  NYU).  Those  in  the  applied  programs  face  a 
very  encouraging  employment  environment  and  have  secured  good  positions  in 
government  and  industry.  The  fact  is  that  some  academic  institutions  are  facing 
competition  from  the  private  sector. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  is  granted  to  applicants  who  show  promise  in  mathematics  as 
demonstrated  by  their  collegiate  mathematics  record.  Unless  courses  in  Advanced 
Calculus  and  (undergraduate)  Abstract  Algebra  have  been  taken  admission  may  be  on 
a  provisional  basis  (passing  MATH  410  and/or  403  with  a  grade  of  B).  The  Graduate 
Record  Examination  is  not  required  for  admission,  but  applicants  for  admission  who 
have  taken  this  examination  are  required  to  supply  their  score. 

The  M.A.  degree  can  be  earned  by  exercising  either  the  thesis  option  (general 
University  regulations  prevail)  or  the  non-thesis  option  but  the  great  majority  are 
choosing  the  latter.  For  this  option  students  must  have  30  credit  hours  with  an  average 
of  at  least  B  of  which  at  least  18  are  at  the  600/700  level,  including  at  least  12  hours  in 
mathematics.  They  must  have  completed  two  full-year  sequences  at  the  600/700  level 
and  must  have  passed  the  Departmental  written  examinations  in  three  mathematical 
fields.    In  addition,  the  University  now  requires  a  scholarly  paper. 

The  student  has  the  choice  of  taking  the  separate  M.A.  battery  of  written 
examinations  or  taking  the  Ph.D.  version  and  being  scored  at  a  lower  level.  These 
examinations  can  be  taken  only  twice  except  that  any  attempt  during  the  first  two 
years  of  graduate  work  is  considered  a  "free  try." 

There  is  no  foreign  language  requirement  for  the  M.A.  degree. 

It  generally  takes  from  two  to  three  years  to  earn  the  M.A.  Almost  25-30  are 
granted  each  year  in  mathematics  (MATH,  STAT,  and  MAPL  combined). 

The  M.A.  degree  is  not  required  for  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program  but  applicants 
who  are  accepted  should  show,  on  the  basis  of  their  undergraduate  record  and 
recommendations,  that  they  possess  not  only  marked  promise  in  mathematical 
activities  but  the  potential  to  perform  on  a  creative  level.  Again,  as  in  the  M.A.  case, 
admission  may  be  granted  on  a  provisional  basis. 

The  departmental  course  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  are  a  minimum  of  36  hours  of 
formal  course  work  (at  least  27  at  the  600/700  level)  with  an  average  grade  of  B  or 
better;  at  least  18  hours  must  be  taken  in  the  Department  of  Mathematics.  In  addition, 
there  is  a  University  requirement  of  at  least  12  hours  of  MATH  899  (Doctoral 
Research). 

The  Ph.D.  aspirant  must  take  a  set  of  three  written  examinations  in  three 
mathematical  fields;  these  examinations  can  be  taken  any  time  except  that  an  attempt 


Mathematics  Program     367 


during  the  first  two  years  of  graduate  study  constitutes  a  "free  try."  These  examinations 
are  given  twice  a  year,  in  January  and  August.  If  successful  in  these  written 
examinations,  students  must  satisfy  the  particular  requirements  of  the  field  committee 
governing  their  special  area  of  interest  before  they  can  be  admitted  to  candidacy  and 
engage  in  thesis  research.  The  dissertation  must  represent  an  original  contribution  to 
mathematical  knowledge  and  will  usually  be  published  in  a  mathematical  journal. 

The  average  Ph.D.  aspirant  will  spend  five  years  of  graduate  study  before  obtaining 
the  degree.  From  5  to  10  Ph.D.'s  are  awarded  each  year  in  the  Department. 

There  are  two  foreign  language  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  Before  the  aspirant  can 
be  admitted  to  candidacy  he  or  she  must  pass  a  written  examination  in  either  French, 
German  or  Russian,  translating  mathematical  texts  into  competent  English.  The  second 
language  examination  must  be  completed  before  the  candidate's  final  oral  examination 
on  the  dissertation.  Both  language  examinations  are  composed  and  graded  within  the 
Department. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  is  very  strong  in  a  number  of  areas,  and  the  addition  of  the 
complement  of  mathematicians  from  the  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 
adds  further  strength.  There  is  a  very  active  research  atmosphere,  and  the  Department 
fosters  a  lively  program  of  seminars  and  colloquia  of  which  about  half  are  talks  by 
outside  specialists.  Each  year  is  devoted  to  a  special  mathematical  field  with  a 
number  of  outside  mathematicians  in  residence;  the  special  year  for  1984-1985  was  in 
Mathematical  Logic  and  Theoretical  Computer  Science  and  that  for  1985-1986  will  be 
in  Complex  Variables. 

The  Engineering  and  Physical  Sciences  Library  is  located  on  the  ground  floor  of  the 
Mathematics  Building  and  contains  more  than  95,000  volumes  in  mathematics, 
physics,  and  engineering;  more  than  280  journals  in  pure  and  applied  mathematics  are 
received.  The  Library  of  Congress,  with  its  extensive  collection  of  books  and  technical 
reports,  is  only  a  half  hour  away  from  the  campus. 

The  Department  cooperates  closely  with  the  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology  and  with  the  Department  of  Computer  Science.  Faculty  members  of  both 
groups  offer  courses  in  the  Department,  and  the  facilities  of  the  computer  center  are 
available  to  serve  the  research  needs  of  both  faculty  and  graduate  students. 
Members  of  the  Department  participate  actively  in  the  Interdisciplinary  Applied 
Mathematics  Program  and  staff  the  Mathematical  Statistics  Program. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  is  able  to  offer  graduate  assistantships  to  approximately  110  graduate 
students.  Generally  these  graduate  assistants  conduct  recitation  and  quiz  sections 
associated  with  a  large  lecture  class  taught  by  a  faculty  member.  The  teaching  load  is 
six  hours  each  semester  plus  the  attendant  duties  of  meeting  with  students  and 
grading  papers.  There  are  a  limited  number  of  fellowships  and  research 
assistantships  available. 


368     MATH  —  Mathematics 


Additional  Information 

Special  brochures  and  publications  offered  by  the  Department  are  "Graduate  Study  in 
Mathematics  at  the  University  of  Maryland";  "Departmental  Policies  Concerning 
Graduate  Students";  "Graduate  Study  in  Applied  Mathematics";  "Graduate  Course 
Descriptions." 

Ms.  Janet  Cooper,  the  Administrator  of  the  Graduate  Committee  of  the  Department, 
can  be  contacted  regarding  departmental  programs,  admission  procedures  and 
financial  aid.   Call  (301)  454-^900. 

Courses 

MATH  —  Mathematics 

MATH  400  Vectors  and  Matrices  (3)  Prerequisites;  MATH  221  or  equivalent.  The 
essentials  of  matrix  theory  needed  in  the  management,  social  and  biological  sciences. 
Main  topics:  systems  of  linear  equations,  linear  independence,  rank,  orthogonal 
transformations, eigenvalues,  the  principal  axes  theorem.  Typical  applications:  linear 
models  in  economics  and  in  statistics,  Markov  chains,  age-specific  population  growth. 
Not  open  to  students  in  the  MPSE  Division.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  MATH 
240,  MATH  400,  or  MATH  461 . 

MATH  401  Applications  of  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  400,  or  MATH  240, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Various  applications  of  linear  algebra:  theory  of  finite  games, 
linear  programming,  matrix  methods  as  applied  to  finite  Markov  chains,  random  walk, 
incidence  matrices,  graphs  and  directed  graphs,  networks,  transportation  problems. 

MATH  402  Algebraic  Structures  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240  or  equivalent.  For 
students  having  only  limited  experience  with  rigorous  mathematical  proofs,  and 
parallels  MATH  403.  Students  planning  graduate  work  in  mathematics  should  take 
MATH  403.  Groups,  rings,  integral  domains  and  fields,  detailed  study  of  several 
groups;  properties  of  integers  and  polynomials.  Emphasis  is  on  the  origin  of  the 
mathematical  ideas  studied  and  the  logical  structure  of  the  subject.  (Not  open  to 
mathematics  graduate  students.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses, 
MATH  402  or  MATH  403.) 

MATH  403  Introduction  to  Abstract  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  240  and  MATH 
241  or  equivalent.  Integers;  groups,  rings,  integral  domains,  fields.  (Credit  will  be  given 
for  only  one  of  the  courses,  MATH  402  or  MATH  403.) 

MATH  404  Field  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  403.  Algebraic  and  transcendental 
elements,  Galois  theory,  constructions  with  straight-edge  and  compass,  solutions  of 
equations  of  low  degrees,  insolubility  of  the  Quintic,  Sylow  theorems,  fundamental 
theorem  of  finite  Abelian  groups. 

MATH  405  Linear  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisites:  "MATH  240  and  MATH  403  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  abstract  treatment  of  finite  dimensional  vector  spaces.  Linear 
transformations  and  their  invariants. 

MATH  406  Introduction  to  Number  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  141,  or  MATH  221 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Rational  integers,  divisibility,  prime  numbers,  modules  and 
linear  forms,  unique  factorization  theorem,  Euler's  function,  Mobius'  function, 
cyclotomic  polynomial,  congruences  and  quadratic  residues,  Legendre's  and  Jacobi's 
symbol,  reciprocity  law  of  quadratic  residues,  introductory  explanation  of  the  method  of 


MATH  —  Mathematics     369 


algebraic  number  theory. 

MATH  410  Advanced  Calculus  I  (3)  Prerequisites-  MATH  240  and  MATH  241.  First 
semester  of  a  year  course.  Subjects  covered  during  the  year  are:  sequences  and 
series  of  numbers,  continuity  and  differentiability  of  real  valued  functions  of  one 
variable,  the  Rieman  integral,  sequences  of  functions,  and  power  series.  Functions  of 
several  variables  including  partial  derivatives,  multiple  integrals,  line  and  surface 
integrals.  The  implicit  function  theorem. 

MATH  411  Advanced  Calculus  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  410,  and  MATH  240  or 
MATH  400.  Continuation  of  MATH  410. 

MATH  414  Differential  Equations  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  410,  and  MATH  240  or 
equivalent.  Existence  and  uniqueness  theorems  for  initial  value  problems.  Linear 
theory:  fundamental  matrix  solutions,  variation  of  constants  formula,  floquet  theory  for 
periodic  linear  systems.  Asymtotic  orbital  and  Lyapunov  stability  with  phase  plane 
diagrams.  Boundary  value  theory  and  series  solutions. 

MATH  415  Introduction  to  Partial  Differential  Equations  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH 
246.  and  MATH  411  or  MATH  251.  (MATH  411  and  MATH  415  may  be  taken 
concurrently).  First  order  equations,  linear  second  order  equations  in  two  variables, 
one  dimensional  wave  equation  and  the  method  of  separation  of  variables,  and  other 
topics  such  as  harmonic  functions,  the  heat  equation,  and  the  wave  equation  in  space. 
(Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses  MATH  415  or  MATH  462) 

MATH  417  Introduction  to  Fourier  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  4,0  Fourier 
series.  Fourier  and  laplace  transforms. 

MATH  430  Euclidean  and  Non-Euclidean  Geometries  (3)  Prerequisites:  Math 
140-141  or  equivalent.  Hilbert's  axioms  for  Euclidean  Geometry.  Neutral  Geometry:  the 
consistency  of  the  hyperbolic  parallel  postulate  and  the  inconsistency  of  the  elliptic 
parallel  postulate  with  neutral  geometry.  Models  of  hyerbolic  geometry.  Existence  and 
properties  of  isometries. 

MATH  432  Introduction  to  Point  Set  Topology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  410  or 
equivalent.  Connectedness,  compactness,  transformations,  homomorphisms; 
application  of  these  concepts  to  various  spaces,  with  particular  attention  to  the 
Euclidean  plane. 

MATH  433  Introduction  to  Algebraic  Topology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  403  and  432, 
or  equivalent.  Chains,  cycles,  homology  groups  for  surfaces,  the  fundamental  group. 

MATH  436  Introduction  to  Differential  Geometry  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241,  and 
either  MATH  240  or  MATH  461,  or  equivalent.  The  differential  geometry  of  curves  and 
surfaces,  curvature  and  torsion,  moving  frames,  the  fundamental  differential  forms, 
intrinsic  geometry  of  a  surface. 

MATH  444  Elementary  Logic  and  Algorithms  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240  or  consent 
of  instructor.  An  elementary  development  of  prepositional  logic,  predicate  logic,  set 
algebra,  and  Boolean  algebra,  with  a  discussion  of  Markov  algorithms,  Turing 
machines  and  recursive  functions.  Topics  include  post  productions,  word  problems, 
and  formal  languages.  (Also  listed  as  CMSC  450). 

MATH  446  Axiomatic  Set  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  403  or  450  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Development  of  a  system  of  axiomatic  set  theory,  choice  principles, 
induction    principles,    ordinal    arithmetic   including    discussion   of   cancellation    laws, 


370     MATH  —  Mathematics 


divisibility,  canonical  expansions,  cardinal  arithmetic  including  connections  with  the 
axiom  of  choice,  Hartog's  theorem,  Konig's  theorem,  properties  of  regular,  singular, 
and  inaccessible  cardinals. 

MATH  447  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Logic  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  403  or  410  or 
450.  Formal  propositional  logic,  completeness,  independence,  decidability  of  the 
system,  formal  quantificational  logic,  first-order  axiomatic  theories,  extended  godel 
completeness  theorem,  Lowenheim-Skolem  theorem,  model-theoretical  applications. 

MATH  450  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Sets,  relations,  mappings.  Construction  of  the  real  number 
system  starting  with  Peano  postulates;  algebraic  structures  associated  with  the 
construction;  Archimedean  order,  sequential  completeness  and  equivalent  properties 
of  ordered  fields.  Finite  and  infinite  sets,  denumberable  and  nondenumberable  sets. 

MATH  461  Linear  Algebra  For  Scientists  and  Engineers  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH 
141  and  one  MATH/STAT  course  for  which  MATH  141  is  a  prerequisite.  Basic 
concepts  of  linear  algebra.  This  course  is  similar  to  MATH  240,  but  with  more 
extensive  coverage  of  the  topics  needed  in  applied  linear  algebra:  change  of  basis, 
complex  eigenvalues,  diagonalization,  the  Jordan  canonical  form.  Credit  will  be  given 
for  only  one  of  MATH  240,  MATH  400  or  MATH  461 . 

MATH    462    Partial    Differential    Equations    For    Scientists    and    Engineers    (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  241  and  MATH  246.  Linear  spaces  and  operators,  orthogonality, 
Sturm-Liouville  problems  and  eigenfunction  expansions  for  ordinary  differential 
equations,  introduction  to  partial  differential  equations,  including  the  heat  equation, 
wave  equation  and  Laplace's  equation,  boundary  value  problems,  initial  value 
problems,  and  initial-boundary  value  problems.  (Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the 
courses  MATH  462  or  MATH  415.) 

MATH  463  Complex  Variables  For  Scientists  and  Engineers  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH 
241  or  equivalent.  The  algebra  of  complex  numbers,  analytic  functions,  mapping 
properties  of  the  elementary  functions.  Cauchy  integral  formula.  Theory  of  residues  and 
application  to  evaluation  of  integrals.  Conformal  mapping. 

MATH  464  Transform  Methods  For  Scientists  and  Engineers  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  246  and  MATH  463.  Fourier  series,  Fourier  and  Laplace  transforms.  Evaluation 
of  the  complex  inversion  integral  by  the  theory  of  residues.  Applications  to  ordinary 
and  partial  differential  equations  of  mathematical  physics:  solutions  using  transforms 
and  separation  of  variables.  Additional  topics  such  as  Bessel  functions  and  calculus  of 
variations. 

MATH  475  Combinatorics  and  Graph  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  240  and  MATH 
241.  General  enumeration  methods,  difference  equations,  generating  functions. 
Elements  of  graph  theory,  matrix  representations  of  -graphs,  applications  of  graph 
theory  to  transport  networks,  matching  theory  and  graphical  algorithms.  (Also  listed  as 
CMSC  475.) 

MATH  478  Selected  Topics  For  Teachers  of  Mathematics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  one 
year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor.  (This  course  cannot  be  used 
toward  the  upper  level  math  requirements  for  MATH/STAT  majors.) 

MATH  481  Introduction  to  Number  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  year  of  college 
mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor.  Elementary  number  theory  and  the  development 
of  the  real  numbers  for  teachers.  (Not  open  to  students  majoring  in  mathematics  or 


MATH  —  Mathematics     371 


physical  sciences.) 

MATH  482  Introduction  to  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  year  of  college  mathematics 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Modern  ideas  in  algebra  and  the  theory  of  equations  for 
teachers.  (Not  open  to  students  majoring  in  mathematics  or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  483  Introduction  to  Geometry  (3)  Prerequisite  one  year  of  college 
mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  basic  ideas  from  Euclidean  and 
non-Euclidean  geometry  for  teachers.  (Not  open  to  students  majoring  in  mathematics 
or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  484  Introduction  to  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  year  of  college  mathematics 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  limit  concept  and  the  calculus  for  teachers. 
Previous  knowledge  of  calculus  is  not  required.  (Not  open  to  students  majoring  in 
mathematics  or  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  488  National  Science  Foundation  Summer  Institute  For  Teachers  of 
Science  and  Mathematics:  Seminar  (1-3)  Lectures  and  discussion  to  deepen  the 
student's  appreciation  of  mathematics  as  a  logical  discipline  and  as  a  medium  of 
expression.  Special  emphasis  on  topics  relevant  to  current  mathematical  curriculum 
studies  and  revision.  (Not  open  to  students  majoring  in  mathematics;not  recommended 
for  students  majoring  in  any  of  the  physical  sciences.) 

MATH  498  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (1-16)  Prerequisite  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduate  students  will  be 
offered  occasionally  under  the  general  guidance  of  the  departmental  committee  on 
undergraduate  studies.  Honors  students  register  for  reading  courses  under  this 
number. 

MATH  600  Abstract  Algebra  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  405  or  equivalent.  Groups  with 
operators,  homomorphism  and  isomorphism  theorems,  normal  series,  Sylow  theorems, 
free  groups,  Abelian  groups,  rings,  integral  domains,  fields,  modules.  If  time  permits, 
HOM  (A,B),  Tensor  products,  exterior  algebra. 

MATH  601  Abstract  Algebra  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  600  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Field  theory,  Galois  theory,  multilinear  algebra.  Further  topics  from:  Dedekind  domains, 
Noetherian  domains,  rings  with  minimum  condition,  homological  algebra. 

MATH  602  Homological  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  600.  Projective  and  injective 
modules,  homological  dimensions,  derived  functors,  spectral  sequence  of  a  composite 
functor.  Applications. 

MATH  603  Commutative  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  600.  Ideal  theory  of 
Noetherian  rings,  valuations,  localizations,  complete  local  rings,  Dedekind  domains. 

MATH  604  Ring  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  601  or  consent  of  instructor.  Topics 
selected  from  the  following:  ideal  theory,  structure  theory  of  rings  with  or  without 
minimum  condition,  division  rings,  algebras,  non-associative  rings. 

MATH  605  Group  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  601  or  consent  of  instructor.  Topics 
selected  from  the  following:  finite  groups,  Abelian  groups,  free  groups,  solvable  or 
Nipotent  groups,  groups  with  operators,  groups  with  local  properties,  groups  with  clan 
conditions,  extensions. 

MATH  606  Algebraic  Geometry  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  math  600-601  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Prime  and  primary  ideals  in  Noetherian  rings,  Hilbert  Nullstellensatz  places 
and    valuations,    prevarieties    (in    the    sense    of    Serre),    dimension,    morphisms, 


372     MATH  —  Mathematics 


singularities,  varieties,  schemes,  rationality. 

MATH  607  Algebraic  Geometry  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  606.  Topics  in  contemporary 
algebraic  geometry  chosen  from  among:  theory  of  algebraic  curves  and  surfaces, 
elliptic  curves,  abelian  varieties,  theory  of  schemes,  theory  of  zeta  functions,  formal 
cohomology,  algebraic  groups,  reduction  theory. 

MATH  608  Selected  Topics  in  Algebra  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

MATH  620  Algebraic  Number  Theory  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  601,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Algebraic  numbers  and  algebraic  integers,  algebraic  number  fields  of  finite 
degree,  ideals  and  units,  fundamental  theorem  of  algebraic  number  theory,  theory  of 
residue  classes,  Minkowski's  theorem  on  linear  forms,  class  numbers,  Dirichlet's 
theorem  on  units,  relative  algebraic  number  fields,  decomposition  group,  inertia  group 
and  ramification  group  of  prime  ideals  with  respect  to  a  relatively  Galois  extension. 

MATH  621  Algebraic  Number  Theory  II  (3)  Prerequisites  MATH  600,  620  or 
equivalent.  Valuation  of  a  field,  algebraic  function  fields,  completion  of  a  valuation  field, 
ramification  exponent  and  residue  class  degree,  ramification  theory,  elements, 
differents,  discriminants,  product  formula  and  characterization  of  fields  by  the  formula, 
Gauss  sum,  class  number  formula  of  cyclotomic  fields. 

MATH  630  Real  Analysis  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  411  or  equivalent.  Lebesque 
measure  and  the  Lebesque  integral  on  R,  differentiation  of  functions  of  bounded 
variation,  absolute  continuity  and  fundamental  theorem  of  calculus,  Lp  spaces  on  R, 
Riesz-Fisher  theorem,  bounded  linear  functionals  on  Lp,  metric  spaces,  Baire  category 
and  uniform  boundedness  theorems. 

MATH  631  Real  Analysis  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  630.  Abstract  measure  and 
integration  theory,  Radon-Nikodym  theorem,  Riesz  Representation  theorem,  Lebesque 
decomposition,  Fubini's  theorem,  Banach  and  Hilbert  spaces,  Banach-Steinhaus 
theorem,  topological  spaces,  Arzela-Ascoli  and  Stone-  Weierstrass  theorems,  compact 
sets  and  Tychonoff's  theorem. 

MATH  632  Functional  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  631.  Introduction  to  functional 
analysis  and  operator  theory:  normed  linear  spaces,  basic  principles  of  functional 
analysis,  bounded  linear  operators  on  Hilbert  spaces,  spectral  theory  of  selfadjoint 
operators,  applications  to  differential  and  integral  equations,  additional  topics  as  time 
permits. 

MATH  634  Harmonic  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  631 .  L1  theory:  Fejer  theorem, 
inversion  theorem,  ideal  structure,  Tauberian  theorem.  L2  theory:  Plancherel-Parseval 
theorems,  Paley-Wiener  theorem.  Lp  theory:  Hausdorff-Young  theorem.  Distribution 
theory:  Bochner's  theorem,  Wiener  continuous  measures  theorem,  Malliavin  theorem, 
Schwartz  theory,  almost  periodic  functions. 

MATH  636  Representation  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  631.  Introduction  to 
representation  theory  of  Lie  groups  and  Lie  algebras;  initiation  into  non-abelian 
harmonic  analysis  through  a  detailed  study  of  the  most  basic  examples,  such  as 
unitary  and  orthogonal  groups,  the  Heisenberg  group,  Euclidean  motion  groups,  the 
special  linear  group.  Additional  topics  from  the  theory  of  nilpotent  Lie  groups, 
semisimple  Lie  groups,  p-adic  groups  or  C*-algebras. 

MATH  642  Dynamical  Systems  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  432  AND  630  or  equivalent. 
Foundations  of  topological  dynamics,  homeomorphisms,  flows,  periodic  and  recurrent 


MATH  —  Mathematics     373 


points,  transitivity  and  minimality,  symbolic  dynamics.  Elements  of  ergodic  theory, 
invariant  measures  and  sets,  ergodicity,  ergodic  theorems,  mixing,  spectral  theory, 
flows  and  sections.  Applications  of  dynamical  systems  to  number  theory,  the  Weyl 
theorem,  the  distribution  of  values  of  polynomials,  Vander  Waerden's  theorem  on 
arithmetic  progressions. 

MATH  643  Dynamical  Systems  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  642  or  equivalent.  Entropy 
theory,  variational  principle  for  the  entropy,  expansiveness,  measures  with  maximal 
entropy.  Smooth  systems  on  manifolds,  diffeomorphisms  and  flows,  periodic  points, 
stable  and  unstable  manifolds,  homoclinic  points,  transversality,  the  Krupka-Smale 
theorem,  Morse-Smale  systems.  Hyperbolicity,  Anosov  systems,  distributions  and 
foliations,  strange  attractors,  Bowen's  measure. 

MATH  648  Selected  Topics  in  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

MATH  654  Non-linear  Elasticity  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  690.  Fundamentals  of 
non-linear  elasticity.  Finite  deformations,  rubber  elasticity,  small  deformations 
superimposed  on  finite  deformations. 

MATH  655  Asymptotic  Analysis  and  Special  Functions  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  413 
or  MATH  463.  Transcendental  equations,  Gamma  function,  orthogonal  polynomials, 
Bessel  functions,  integral  transforms,  Watson's  lemma,  Laplace's  method,  stationary 
phase,  analytic  theory  of  ordinary  differential  equations,  Liouville-Green  (or  WKBJ) 
approximation.  (Cross-listed  with  MAPL  655) 

MATH  656  Asymptotic  Analysis  and  Special  Functions  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL  655.  Steepest  descents,  coalescing  saddle-points,  singular  integral 
equations,  irregular  singularities,  Bessel,  hypergeometic,  and  Legendre  functions, 
Euler-Maclaurin  formula,  Darboux's  method,  turning  points,  phase  shift.  (Cross-listed 
with  MAPL  656) 

MATH  660  Complex  Analysis  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  410  or  equivalent.  Linear 
transformations,  analytic  functions,  conformal  mappings,  Cauchy's  theorem  and 
applications,  power  series,  partial  fractions  and  factorization,  elementary  Riemann 
surfaces,  Riemann's  mapping  theorem. 

MATH  661  Complex  Analysis  II  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  630,  660.  Topics  in 
conformal  mappings,  normal  families,  Picard's  theorem,  classes  of  univalent  functions, 
extremal  properties,  variational  methods,  elliptic  functions,  Riemann  surfaces. 

MATH  664  Interpolation  and  Approximation:  Complex  Domain  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  660  or  consent  of  instructor.  Possibility  of  approximation  by  polynomials. 
Lemniscates.  Interpolation  by  polynomials.  Maximal  convergence.  Uniform  distribution 
of  points.  Interpolation  and  approximation  by  rational  functions.  Rational  functions 
with  some  free  poles. 

MATH  665  Interpolation  and  Approximation:  Real  Functions  (3)  Interpolation  of  real 
functions  and  remainder  theory.  Uniform  and  least  square  approximations.  Chebychev 
oscillation  theorems.  Orthogonal  polynomials.  Degree  of  approximation.  Abstact 
formulation  of  approximation  theory.  Constructive  function  theory. 

MATH  668  Selected  Topics  in  Complex  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Material  selected  to  suit  interests  and  background  of  the  students.  Typical 
courses:  Riemann  surfaces,  automorphic  functions,  several  complex  variables, 
symmetric  spaces. 


374     MATH  —  Mathematics 


MATH  670  Ordinary  Differential  Equations  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  405  and  410  or 

the  equivalent.  Existence  and  uniqueness,  linear  systems  usually  with  Floquet  theory 
for  periodic  systems,  linearization  and  stability,  planar  systems  usually  with 
Poincare-Bendixson  theorem.  (Same  as  MAPL  670.) 

MATH  671  Ordinary  Differential  Equations  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  630  and 
MATH/MAPL  670  or  the  equivalent.  The  content  of  this  course  varies  with  the  interests 
of  the  instructor  and  the  class.  Stability  theory,  control,  time  delay  systems,  Hamiltonian 
systems,  bifurcation  theory,  and  boundary  value  problems,  and  the  like.  (Same  as 
MAPL  671.) 

MATH  673  Classical  Methods  in  Partial  Differential  Equations  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  410  or  equivalent.  Cauchy  problem  for  the  wave  equation  and  heat  equation, 
Dirichlet  and  Neumann  problem  for  Laplace's  equation.  Classification  of  equations, 
Cauchy-Kowaleski  theorem.  General  second  order  linear  and  nonlinear  elliptic  and 
parabolic  equations.  (Same  as  MAPL  673.) 

MATH  674  Classical  Methods  in  Partial  Differential  Equations  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  673.  General  theory  of  first  order  partial  differential  equations,  characteristics, 
complete  integrals,  Hamilton-Jacobi  theory.  Hyperbolic  systems  in  two  independent 
variables,  existence  and  uniqueness,  shock  waves,  applications  tooompressible  flow. 
(Same  as  MAPL  674.) 

MATH  680  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary  Value  Problems  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  405 
AND  410  or  equivalent.  Operational  methods  applied  to  ordinary  differential  equations. 
Introduction  to  linear  spaces,  compact  operators  in  Hilbert  space,  study  of 
eigenvalues.   (Same  as  MAPL  680.) 

MATH  681  Eigenvalue  and  Boundary  Value  Problems  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL  680.  Boundary  value  problems  for  linear  paritial  differential  equations. 
Method  of  energy  integrals  applied  to  Laplace's  equation,  heat  equations  and  the 
wave  equations.   Study  of  eigenvalues.  (Same  as  MAPL  681 .) 

MATH  682  Variational  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  The 
Euler-Lagrange  equation,  minimal  principles  in  mathematical  physics,  estimation  of 
capacity,  torsional  rigidity  and  other  physical  quantities;  symmetrization,  isoperimetric 
inequalities,  estimation  of  eigenvalues,  the  minimax  principle. 

MATH  685  Modern  Methods  in  Partial  Differential  Equations  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH  630  and  631 .  Spaces  of  distributions,  Fourier  transforms,  concept  of  weak  and 
strong  solutions.  Existence,  uniqueness  and  regularity  theory  for  elliptic  and  parabolic 
problems,  methods  of  functional  analysis.  (Same  as  MAPL  685.) 

MATH  686  Modern  Methods  in  Partial  Differential  Equations  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 
MATH/MAPL  685.  Emphasis  on  nonlinear  problems. .  Sobolev  embedding  theorems, 
methods  of  monotonicity  compactness,  applications  to  elliptic,  parabolic  and 
hyperbolic  problems.   (Also  listed  as  MAPL  685.) 

MATH  699  Proseminar  in  Research  (1)  Prerequisite:  one  semester  of  graduate  work 
in  mathematics.  Devoted  to  the  foundations  of  mathematics,  including  mathematical 
logic,  axiom  systems,  and  set  theory. 

MATH  710  Consistency  Proofs  in  Set  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  446  and  447. 
Consistency  and  independence  of  such  fundamental  principles  of  set  theory  as  the 
laws  of  choice,  of  cardinal  arithmetic  of  constructability  and  regularity.    Godel's  model 


MATH  —  Mathematics     375 


of  constructible  sets,  inner  models,  Cohen's  generic  models. 

MATH  712  Mathematical  Logic  I  (3)  Prerequisite  -  consent  of  instructor.  Sentential 
logic,  first-order  languages,  models  and  formal  deductions.  Basic  model  theory 
including  completeness  and  compactness  theorems,  other  methods  of  constructing 
models,  and  applications  such  as  non-standard  analysis. 

MATH  713  Mathematical  Logic  II  (3)  PrerequisiTE  -  MATH712  or  447.  Incompleteness 
and  undecidability  results  of  Godel,  Church,  Tarski  and  others.  Recursive  function. 
Basic  proof  theory  and  axiomatic  set  theory. 

MATH  715  Model  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  712.  Topics  to  be  covered  include 
the  compactness  theorem  and  Lowenheim-Skolem  theorems  for  first-order  logic. 
'Omega'-completeness  theorem,  ultra  products,  saturated  and  special  models, 
definability  results,  categoricity  in  power,  omitting  types  of  elements,  and  applications 
to  algebra  and  analysis. 

MATH  716  Recursive  Function  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  713.  Topics  to  be 
covered  are  formal  definitions  of  computability  and  recursive  functions,  Kleenes' 
enumeration  and  fixed-point  theorems,  Turing  reducibility,  the  arithmetical  hierarchy. 
Other  topics  are  simple  and  hypersimple  sets,  truth-table  reducibility,  creative  sets, 
Myhill's  theorem  in  one-one  reducibility,  deficiency  sets,  Friedberg's  solution  of  Post's 
problem,  maximal  sets,  retraceable  sets,  major  subsets,  the  analytical  hierarchy, 
recursive  ordinals,  hyper  arithmetical  sets. 

MATH  718  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematical  Logic  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

MATH  730  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Topology  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  410,  411, 
403  or  equivalents.  Survey  of  basic  point  set  topology,  fundamental  group,  covering 
spaces,  Van  Kampen's  theorem,  simplicial  complexes,  simplicial  homology,  Euler 
characteristics  and  classification  of  surfaces. 

MATH  734  Algebraic  Topology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  403  or  equivalent;  MATH  730 
is  recommended.  Singulr  homology  and  cohomology,  cup  products,  Poincare  duality, 
Eilenberg-Steenrod  axioms,  Whitehead  and  Hurewicz  theorems,  universal  cooefficient 
theorem,  cellular  homology. 

MATH  740  Riemannian  Geometry  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  405  and  41 1  or  equivalent. 
Manifolds,  tangent  vectors  and  differential  forms,  Riemannian  metrics,  connections, 
curvature,  structure  equations,  geodesies,  completeness,  immersions,  tensor  algebra, 
Lie  derivative. 

MATH  742  Differential  Topology  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  410,  411  or  equivalent. 
Inverse  and  implicit  function  theorems,  Sard's  theorem,  orientability,  degrees,  smooth 
vector  bundles,  imbeddings  and  immersions,  transversality  approximation  theorems 
and  applications,  isotopy  extension  theorem,  tubular  neighborhoods. 

MATH  744  Lie  Groups  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  403,  405,  411  and  432,  their 
equivalents,  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  fundamentals  of  Lie  groups, 
including  some  material  on  groups  of  matrices  and  Lie  algebras. 

MATH  745  Lie  Groups  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  744,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
continuation  of  Lie  groups  I  in  which  some  of  the  following  topics  will  be  emphasized: 
solvable  Lie  groups,  compact  Lie  groups,  classifications  of  semi-simple  Lie  groups, 
representation  theory,  homogeneous  spaces. 


376     Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation  Program 

MATH  748  Selected  Topics  in  Geometry  and  Topology  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

MATH  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

MATH  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation 
Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Lissitz 

Professors:  Dayton,  Stunkard 

Associate  Professors:  Johnson,  Macready,  Schafer,  Sedlacek. 

Assistant  Professor:  Benson 

In  the  Department  of  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation,  programs  are  available 

at  both  the  master's  (MA)  and  doctoral  (Ph.D.)  levels  for  persons  desiring  a  major  in 

measurement,  statistics,  or  program  evaluation.    In  addition,  a  doctoral  minor  is  offered 

for  students  majoring  in  other  areas. 

Graduates  have  been  very  successful  in  finding  employment.  One  of  the 
advantages  of  the  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation  areas  is  that  degree 
holders  are  equipped  to  make  contributions  in  a  wide  variety  of  fields.  This  means 
that,  as  the  employment  potential  of  one  area  tightens,  the  student  has  the  requisite 
skills  to  move  into  another  area  that  is  more  open. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  doctoral  major  program  is  primarily  intended  to  produce  individuals  qualified  to 
teach  courses  at  the  college  level  in  program  evaluation,  measurement  and  statistics; 
conduct  research  studies;  advise  in  the  conduct  of  research  studies;  and  serve  as 
applied  statistics,  measurement  and  evaluation  specialists  in  school  systems,  industry 
and  government.  The  master's  level  program  is  designed  to  produce  qualified 
individuals  to  work  in  schools,  industry  and  government.  Both  the  thesis  and 
non-thesis  option  are  offered.  A  program  for  an  individual  student  is  planned  to  take 
into  account  his/her  own  background  and  future  aims.  About  half  the  work  within  the 
major  is  elected  to  meet  the  needs  and  interests  of  the  individual  student. 

The  GRE  aptitude  test  scores  are  utilized  along  with  other  application  information  in 
reaching  a  decison  about  each  applicant. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Persons  planning  a  college  teaching  career  will  have  opportunities  to  engage  in 
supervised  activities  appropriate  for  future  faculty  members  whose  specialization  will 
be  in  these  areas.  Research  experience  utilizing  both  mainframe  and  micro  computer 
equipment  will  be  obtained. 

The  faculty  are  actively  engaged  in  a  large  variety  of  research  projects.  Students 
are  encouraged  to  become  involved,  as  well,  and  gain  experience  from  these 
activities.  The  Washington  and  Baltimore  areas  have  a  large  number  of  organizations 
that  provide  ready  opportunity  to  become  involved  in  projects  that  have  National 
Importance. 


EDMS  —  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation     377 

Financial  Assistance 

Some  Graduate  Assistantships  and  other  funds  are  available.  Once  students  have  the 
equivalent  of  the  first  year  of  course  work,  they  have  been  easily  able  to  secure  good 
•part-time  employment  as  support  for  the  continuation  of  the  degree.  In  many  cases, 
this  work  becomes  the  career  employment  for  the  student  after  he  or  she  finishes  the 
degree  objective.  In  other  cases  students  have  waited  until  the  degree  is  obtained 
before  seeking  employment  outside  the  university.  In  either  case,  the  students  in  the 
department  have  easily  found  good,  degree-relevant  jobs. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  a  departmental  brochure,  please  write  to: 
Dr.  Robert  W.  Lissitz 
Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation 
College  of  Education 
University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  MD  20742 

Courses 

EDMS  —  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation 

EDMS  410  Principles  of  Testing  and  Evaluation  (3)  Basic  principles  including  the 
steps  in  the  specification  of  instructional  objectives  and  subsequent  development  of 
teacher-made  tests;  problems  in  the  use  and  interpretation  of  achievement  and 
aptitude  tests;  introduction  to  the  development  and  use  of  non-testing  evaluation 
procedures;  basic  consideration  in  the  assignment  of  marks  and  grades;  introduction 
to  computer  technology  as  applied  to  measurement. 

EDMS  451  Introduction  to  Educational  Statistics  (3)  Designed  as  a  first  course  in 
statistics  for  students  in  education.  Emphasis  is  upon  educational  applications  of 
descriptive  statistics,  including  measures  of  central  tendency,  variability  and 
association.   Also  included  are  inferential  statistics  through  one-way  ANOVA. 

EDMS  465  Algorithmic  Methods  in  Educational  Research  (3)  Introduction  to  the  use 
of  the  computer  as  a  tool  in  educational  research.  Instruction  in  a  basic  scientific 
computer  source  language  as  well  as  practical  experience  in  program  writing  for 
solving  statistical  and  educational  research  problems. 

EDMS  489  Field  Experiences  in  Measurement  and  Statistics  (1-3)  Prerequisites:  at 
least  six  credits  in  education  courses  at  The  University  of  Maryland,  plus  such  other 
prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which  the  experience  is  to  be  taken. 
Planned  field  experience  for  education  majors.  Repeatable  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

EDMS  498  Special  Problems  in  Measurement  and  Statistics  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to  education  majors  who  have  formal  plans  for 
individual  study  of  approved  problems.  Repeatable  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 

EDMS  622  Theory  and  Practice  of  Standardized  Testing  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  410, 
645  or  451.  Study  of  groups  tests  typically  employed  in  school  testing  programs; 
discussion    of    evidence    relating    to    the    measurement    of    abilities;    practice    in 


378     EDMS  —  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation 

standardized  group  test  administrations. 

EDMS  626  Measurement  Techniques  For  Research  (3)  Theory,  development  and 
applications  of  various  measurement  instruments  and  procedures  used  in  educational 
research.  Questionnaires,  interviews,  rating  scales,  attitude  scales,  observational 
procedures,  ecological  approaches,  Q-sort,  semantic-differental,  sociometry  and  other, 
approaches.  Prerequisite:  EDMS  451  or  646. 

EDMS  645  Quantitative  Research  Methods  I  (3)  An  introduction  to  research  design 
principles  and  the  scientific  method  as  applied  to  behavioral  phenomena. 
Instrumentation  procedures  including  the  planning  and  construction  of  simple  data 
collection  instruments  and  their  analysis,  and  assessment  of  the  reliability  and  validity 
of  such  instruments.  Statistical  procedures  appropriate  to  the  analysis  of  data  from 
simple  research  designs.  Laboratory  experiences  in  instrumentation  and  research 
design  are  emphasized. 

EDMS  646  Quantitative  Research  Methods  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  645.  Special 
problems  arising  in  the  implementation  of  educational  research  designs. 
Instrumentation  to  measure  attitudes  and  collection  of  questionnaire  data.  Additional 
statistical  procedures  appropriate  to  the  analysis  of  education  research  designs. 
Laboratory  experiences  in  instrumentation  and  research  design  are  emphasized. 

EDMS  647  Introduction  to  Evaluation  Models  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  646,  or 
equivalent.  Explores  the  principal  approaches  to  evaluation  research. 

EDMS  651  Intermediate  Statistics  in  Education  (3)  Distributional  theory;  Chi-square 
analysis  of  contingency  tables;  analysis  of  variance;  introduction  to  multiple  correlation 
and  regression. 

EDMS  653  Correlation  and  Regression  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  651. 
Systematic  development  of  simple  regression,  multiple  regression,  and  non-linear 
regression  as  applied  to  educational  research  problems.  Emphasis  is  on  underlying 
theory  of  procedures  and  on  analytical  approaches  which  are  amenable  to 
computerization. 

EDMS  657  Factor  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  651 .  Development  and  evaluation 
of  models  for  factor  analysis  and  their  practical  applications.  Treatment  of  factor 
extraction,  rotation,  second-order  factor  analysis,  and  factor  scoring.  Emphasis  on 
computer  applications. 

EDMS  723  Measurement  Theory  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  410,  451,  or  646.  Classical 
measurement  theory  dealing  with  the  nature  of  measurement,  principles  and 
procedures  concerning  the  accuracy  of  measurement  and  prediction,  reliability,  and 
validity  theory. 

EDMS  724  Measurement  Theory  II  (3)  Theoretical"  formulations  of  reliability,  validity 
and  scaling  as  related  to  problems  in  measurement  theory  and  prediction. 
Prerequisites:  EDMS  651,  723. 

EDMS  738  Seminar  in  Special  Problems  in  Measurement  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  the  instructor.  An  apportunity  for  students  with  special  interests  to  focus  in  depth  on 
contemporary  topics  in  measurement.  Topics  to  be  announced,  but  will  typically  be 
related  to  applied  and  theoretical  measurement. 

EDMS  747  Design  of  Program  Evaluations  (3)  Prerequisites:  EDMS  626,  647,  and 
651,  or  permission  of  instructor.    Analysis  of  measurement  and  design  problems  in 


EDMS  —  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation     379 

program  evaluations. 

EDMS  769  Special  Topics  in  Applied  Statistics  in  Education  (1-4)  Prerequisite: 
EDMS  771  or  equivalent,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Designed  primarily  for  students 
majoring  or  minoring  in  measurement  and  statistics  in  education.  Topics  to  be 
announced,  but  will  typically  relate  to  the  areas  of  advanced  multivariate  analysis  and 
advanced  design  of  experiments. 

EDMS  771  Design  of  Experiments  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDMS  651  or  equivalent.  Primarily 
for  the  education  student  desiring  more  advanced  work  in  statistical  methodology. 
Survey  of  major  types  of  statistical  design  in  educational  research;  application  of 
multivariate  statistical  techniques  to  educational  problems. 

EDMS  779  Seminar  in  Applied  Statistics  (1-3)  Enrollment  restricted  to  doctoral 
students  with  a  major  or  minor  in  measurement  and  statistics.  Seminar  topics  will  be 
chosen  in  terms  of  individual  student  interest. 

EDMS  780  Research  Methods  and  Materials  (3)  Research  methodology  for  case 
studies,  surveys,  and  experiments;  measurements  and  statistical  techniques.  Primarily 
for  advanced  students  and  doctoral  candidates. 

EDMS  798  Special  Problems  in  Education  (1-6)  Masters,  AGS,  or  doctoral 
candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisors  may  register  for  credit  under  this  number. 

EDMS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  6 
hours  for  Master's  thesis. 

EDMS  879  Doctoral  Seminar  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  passing  the  preliminary  examinations 
for  a  Doctor's  degree  in  education,  or  recommendation  of  a  doctoral  advisor.  Analysis 
of  doctoral  projects  and  theses,  and  of  other  on-going  research  projects.  A  Doctoral 
candidate  may  participate  in  the  seminar  during  as  many  university  sessions  as  he 
desires,  but  may  earn  no  more  than  three  semester  hours  of  credit  accumulated  one 
hour  at  a  time  in  the  seminar.  An  ED.D.  Candidate  may  earn  in  total  no  more  than  nine 
semester  hours,  and  a  Ph.D.  Candidate,  no  more  than  eighteen  semester  hours  in  the 
seminar  and  in  EDMS  899 

EDMS  889  Internship  in  Measurement  and  Statistics  (3-16)  Internships  in  the  major 
area  of  study  are  available  to  selected  students  who  have  teaching  experience.  The 
following  groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (a)  any  student  who  has  been  advanced  to 
candidacy  for  the  Doctor's  degree;  and  (b)  any  student  who  receives  special  approval 
by  the  education  faculty  for  an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to  taking  an  internship, 
such  student  shall  have  completed  at  least  60  semester  hours  of  graduate  work, 
including  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Each 
intern  is  assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with  an 
appropriate  staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational 
institution  or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation  different  from 
the  one  where  the  student  is  regularly  employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a 
close  working  relationship  with  the  intern  and  the  other  persons  involved.  Note:  the 
total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDMS  489,  888,  and  889  is  limited 
to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDMS  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of 
6-9  hours  for  an  ED.D.   Project  and  12-18  hours  for  a  Ph.D.  Dissertation. 


380     Mechanical  Engineering  Program 


Mechanical  Engineering  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Fourney 

Professors:  Allen,  Anand,  Armstrong,  Berger,  Buckley,  Cunniff,  Dally,  Dieter,  Holloway, 

Marcinkowski,  Marks,  Sallet,  Sanford,  Sayre,  Shreeve  (P.T.),  Talaat,  Wallace,  Yang 

Associate  Professors:  Barker,  Bernard,  Gupta,  Hayleck,  Kirk,  Walston 

Assistant  Professors:  Azarm,  Chen,  diMarzo,  Hammar,  Harhalakis,  Jackson,  Loftus, 

Palmer,  Pandelidis,  Pecht,  Radermacher,  Tsui 

Visiting  Professors:  Durelli,  Irwin 

Adjunct  Professor:  Aung 

Lecturers:  Baker,  Coder,  Der,  Etheridge,  Gaunaurd,  Krumins,  Reed,  Werneth. 

The  Mechanical  Engineering  Department  offers  a  broad  based  program  leading  to  a 

Master    of    Science    degree    with    courses    drawn    from    four    different    areas    of 

specialization:  (1)  Energy,  (2)  Fluid  Mechanics,  (3)  Solid  Mechanics  and  (4)  Computer 

Integrated    Manufacturing    and    Design.     In    certain    cases    students    may   wish    to 

concentrate  their  studies  early  in  their  graduate  work,  and  M.S.  programs  in  each  of 

the  four  areas  of  specialty  are  available.   For  the  Ph.D.   program,  which  stresses 

research  capabilities,  an  area  of  specialization  should  be  selected  early  so  that  the 

student  can  prepare  for  the  comprehensive  examination  and  can  establish  the  depth 

of  understanding  in  a  given  technical  area  necessary  to  begin  thesis  research. 

(1)  Energy.  This  area  of  specialization  treats  the  transformation,  transportation  and 
utilization  of  all  types  of  energy.  The  area  encompasses  four  main  topics  that  include 
combustion  and  energy  conversion,  heat  and  mass  transfer,  thermodynamics  and 
solar  energy.  Combustion  and  energy  conversion  deals  with  the  efficient  combustion 
of  petroleum,  alternative  and  future  low  grade  fuels  without  any  adverse  effect  on  the 
emission  of  undesirable  trace  pollutants  from  differenct  engineering  applications. 
Included  in  energy  conversion  coverage  are  gas  turbines,  internal  thermoelectrics, 
thermionics,  photovoltaics,  fuel  cells  and  magnetohydrodynamics.  Analytical,  empirical, 
and  experimental  solutions  are  developed  in  solving  heat  and  mass  transfer  problems. 
The  coverage  in  thermodynamics  includes  macroscopic  and  microscopic 
considerations,  statistical  methods  and  irreversible  processes.  Solar  energy  studies 
deal  with  the  engineering  applications  of  solar  thermal  energy  storage. 

(2)  Fluid  Mechanics.  This  area  of  specialization  prepares  the  student  for  study  in 
advanced  analytical  and  experimental  methods  in  fluid  mechanics.  Areas  of  study 
include  ground  vehicle  aerodynamics,  two  phase  flow,  boundary  layers  and  jets,  vortex 
dynamics,  ocean  engineering,  turbulence,  turbulence  closure  modeling  and  combustor 
flows.  Laboratory  facilities  are  available  for  research  in  low-speed  flow  phenomena, 
two-phase  flow  studies,  vortex  motions,  and  hydromechanics. 

(3)  Solid  Mechanics.  This  area  of  specialization  emphasizes  exposure  to 
fundamental  concepts  in  analytical  and  experimental  methods  of  solid  mechanics. 
Areas  of  study  include  theoretical  and  appllid  elasticity,  fracture  mechanics, 
experimental  mechanics,  noise  and  vibration  control,  acoustics,  numerical  modeling, 
and  linear  and  nonlinear  mechanics.  Laboratory  facilities  are  available  for  research  in 
stress  analysis,  fracture,  acoustics,  photoelasticity,  and  holography. 

(4)  Computer  Integrated  Manufacturing  and  Design.  This  area  of  specialization 
combines  the  disciplines  of  controls,  mechanical  design,  manufacturing  processes, 
and  robotics  with  a  strong  emphasis  on  computer  applications  throughout  the  areas. 


Mechanical  Engineering  Program     381 


A  wide  variety  of  courses  and  research  topics  are  available  which  are  supported  by 
dedicated  laboratories  in  microprocessors  and  interfaces,  manufacturing  processes, 
robotics,  and  computer-aided  design/computer-aided  manufacturing.  Typical  research 
topics  include  the  use  of  microprocessors  for  smart  product  design,  the  integration  of 
a  flexible  manufacturing  cell  into  the  factory  of  the  future,  expert  systems,  integration  of 
CAD,  CAM  and  manufacturing  resource  planning,  and  systems  analysis,  control,  and 
automation. 

Graduates  with  an  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  in  mechanical  engineering  are  in  high  demand  by 
a  wide  variety  of  industries  and  the  federal  government.  Jobs  are  more  plentiful  than 
ever.  Also,  career  opportunities  in  academia  are  excellent  for  Ph.D.  graduates  due  to 
the  shortage  of  qualified  persons  in  mechanical  engineering. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D  degrees  are  open  to  qualified  students 
holding  the  B.S.  degree.  Admission  may  be  granted  to  students  with  degrees  outside 
of  mechanical  engineering.  In  some  cases  it  may  be  necessary  to  require 
undergraduate  courses  to  complete  the  student's  background.  The  general  regulations 
of  the  Graduate  School  apply  in  reviewing  applications. 

The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree  has  the  choice  between  the  thesis  option  or  the 
non-thesis  option.  The  equivalent  of  at  least  three  years  of  full-time  study  beyond  the 
B.S.  degree  is  required  for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  Ph.D  students  must  take  a  qualifying 
examination  upon  entering  into  the  program.  In  addition  to  the  general  rules  of  the 
Graduate  School,  certain  special  degree  requirements  are  set  forth  by  the  department 
in  its  departmental  publications. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  laboratory  facilities  for  graduate  research.  Air  guns,  impact 
testers,  vibration  shaker  tables,  and  acoustic  analysis  equipment  are  available  for 
studies  in  dynamic  stress  analysis  and  vibration.  Static  and  dynamic  stress  analysis 
are  conducted  by  photoelastic  and  holographic  techniques.  Experimental  fluid 
dynamics  facilities  are  carried  out  in  wind  tunnels,  water  tables,  in  a  flume,  and  in  a 
two-phase  flow  loop.  Research  in  engineering  materials  is  supported  by  a  large 
complement  of  departmental  mechanical  testing  equipment,  and  by  an  electron 
microscope  facility,  an  x-ray  diffraction  facility  and  crystal  growing  equipment  available 
from  the  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  Combustion  research  facilities 
include  various  types  of  combustors,  heat  exchangers,  droplet  generators,  and  a 
fouling  and  particulate  deposition  apparatus.  Research  in  computer  integrated 
manufacturing  and  design  is  carried  out  in  newly-developed  CAD/CAM,  robotics, 
manufacturing  processes,  and  microprocessor  laboratories.  Departmental 
computational  equipment  consists  of  a  variety  of  modern  microcomputers  and  two  Vax 
750  mini-computers.  Campus  computational  facilities  include  IBM  4143  and  Univac 
1180  digital  computers  and  a  Vax  780  with  associated  array  processors.  The 
Engineering  Library  is  housed  nearby  in  conjunction  with  the  mathematics  and 
physical  science  collections. 


382     ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical 


Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  is  available  to  outstanding  students  in  the  form  of  teaching 
assistantships,  research  assistantships  and  instructorships. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Graduate  Advisor,  Department  of 
Mechanical  Engineering. 

Courses 

ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical 

ENME  400  Machine  Design  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  ENME  300,  360.  Working  stresses,  stress  concentration,  stress  analysis 
and  repeated  loadings.  Design  of  machine  elements.   Kinematics  of  mechanisms. 

ENME  402  Selected  Topics  in  Engineering  Design  (3)  Three  lecture  periods  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Creativity  and  innovation  in  design.  Generalized  performance  analysis,  reliability  and 
optimization  as  applied  to  the  design  of  components  and  engineering  systems.  Use  of 
computers  in  design.  Design  of  multivariable  systems. 

ENME  403  Automatic  Controls  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENEE  300,  senior  standing. 
Hydraulic,  electrical,  mechanical  and  pneumatic  automatic  control  systems.  Open  and 
closed  loops.  Steady  state  and  transient  operation,  stability  criteria,  linear  and 
non-linear  systems.  Laplace  transforms. 

ENME  404  Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  Design  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering. 
Design  of  components  that  form  a  complete  working  system.  Engineering  economics, 
performance-cost  studies,  optimization.  Engineering  design  practice  through  case 
studies.  Legal  and  ethical  responsibility  of  the  designer. 

ENME  405  Energy  Conversion  Design  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Application  of 
thermodynamics,  fluid  mechanics  and  heat  transfer  to  energy  conversion  processes. 
Design  of  engines,  compressors,  heat  exchangers.  Energy  storage  and  fuel  handling 
equipment. 

ENME  410  Operations  Research  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in  mechanical 
engineering.  Applications  of  linear  programming,  queuing  model,  theory  of  games  and 
competitive  models  to  engineering  problems. 

ENME  411  Introduction  to  Industrial  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  300  and 
ECON  205  or  consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is  concerned  with  the  design, 
improvement  and  installation  of  integrated  systems  of  men,  materials  and  equipment. 
Areas  covered  include  industrial  activities,  plant  layout  and  design,  value  analysis, 
engineering  economics,  quality  and  production  control,  methods  engineering,  industrial 
relations,  etc. 

ENME  412  Mechanical  Design  For  Manufacturing  and  Production  (3)  Prerequisite: 
senior  standing  in  engineering.  The  physical  properities  of  materials.  Review  of  key 
fundamental  principles  used  in  product  design.  Characterization  of  various  classes  of 
engineering  materials.   The  types  of  manufacturing  processes  which  can  be  applied  to 


ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical     383 


production  of  the  design. 

ENME  414  Computer-Aided  Design  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  205,  MATH  241  or 
equivalents.  Introduction  to  computer  graphics.  Plotting  and  drawing  with  computer 
software.  Principles  of  writing  interactive  software.  The  applications  of  computer 
graphics  in  computer-aided  design.  Computer-aided  design  project. 

ENME  415  Engineering  Applications  of  Solar  Energy  (3)  Prerequisites  ENME  315 
AND  321.  Collection,  storage,  and  utilization  of  solar  thermal  energy.  Conversion  to 
electricity.  Component  and  system  modeling  equations.  Performance  analysis. 
Systems  design. 

ENME  420  Energy  Conversion  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  320.  Chemical,  heat, 
mechanical,  nuclear  and  electrical  energy  conversion  processes,  cycles  and  systems. 
Direct  conversion  processes  of  fuel  cells,  thermionics  and  magneto  hydromechanics. 

ENME  422  Energy  Conversion  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  315.  Advanced  topics  in 
energy  conversion.  Direct  conversion  processes  of  fuel  cells,  solar  cells,  thermionics, 
thermoelectrics  and  magnetohydrodynamics. 

ENME  423  Environmental  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  321  and  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Heating  and  cooling  load  computations. 
Thermodynamics  of  refrigeration.  Low  temperature  refrigeration.  Problems  involving 
extremes  of  temperature,  pressure,  acceleration  and  radiation. 

ENME  424  Thermodynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  321,  senior  standing. 
Applications  to  special  systems,  change  of  phase,  low  temperature.  Statistical 
concepts,  equilibrium,  heterogenous  systems. 

ENME  442  Fluid  Mechanics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  342,  senior  standing. 
Hydrodynamics  with  engineering  applications.  Stream  function  and  velocity  potential, 
conformal  transformations,  pressure  distributions,  circulation,  numerical  methods  and 
analogies,    in 

ENME  450  Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  For  the  Oceanic  Environment  (3) 

Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  Study  of  the  characteristics  of  the  marine  environment 
which  affect  the  design,  operation  and  maintenance  of  mechanical  equipment,  effects 
of  waves,  currents,  pressure,  temperature,  corrosion,  and  fouling.  Study  of  design 
parameters  for  existing  and  proposed  mechanical  systems  used  in  marine 
construction,  on  shipboard,  in  search  and  salvage  operations,   in 

ENME   451    Mechanical    Engineering   Systems   For   Underwater   Operations   (3) 

Prerequisite:  ENME  450  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  propulsion,  control  and 
environmental  systems  for  submerged  vehicles.  Design  of  mechanical  systems  in 
support  of  diving  and  saturated  living  operations. 

ENME  452  Physical  and  Dynamical  Oceanography  (3)  Prerequisites:  consent  of  the 
instructor.  Historical  review  of  oceanography  physical,  chemical,  stratification  and 
circulation  properties  of  the  ocean;  dynamics  of  frictionless,  frictional,  wind  driven  and 
thermohaline  circulations;  air-sea  interactions. 

ENME  453  Ocean  Waves,  Tides  and  Turbulences  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  420  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  the  theory  of  oceanic  wave  motions,  tides,  wind 
waves,  swells,  storm  surges,  seiches,  tsunamies,  internal  waves,  turbulence,  stirring, 
mixing  and  diffusion. 


384     ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical 


ENME  461  Dynamics  II  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  360,  differential  equations,  senior 
standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Linear  and  non-linear  plane  and 
three-dimensional  motion,  moving  axes,  LaGrange's  equation,  Hamilton's  principle, 
non-linear  vibration,  gyroscope,  celestial  mechanics. 

ENME  462  Introduction  to  Engineering  Acoustics  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  246.  Study 
of  the  physical  behavior  of  sound  waves.  Introduction  to  terminology  and 
instrumentation  used  in  acoustics.  Criteria  for  noise  and  vibration  control.  Some 
fundamentals  underlying  noise  control  and  applications  to  ventilation  systems, machine 
and  shop  quieting,  office  buildings,  jet  noise,  transportation  systems  and  underwater 
sound. 

ENME  463  Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  246 
Mathematical  modeling  of  physical  situations.  Solution  of  problems  expressed  by 
partial  differential  equations.  Application  of  Fourier  series  and  integrals.  Laplace 
transformation,  Bessel  functions,  Legendre  polynomials  and  complex  problems  in 
mechanical  vibrations,  heat  transfer,  fluid  mechanics  and  automatic  control  theory. 

ENME  464  Machine  Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  400.  The  study  of  stress  and 
strain  as  applied  to  engineering  problems;  stress  and  strain  from  a  three  dimensional 
point  of  view;  theories  of  failure;  residual  stresses;  dynamic  loading;  fatigue; 
environmental  influence;  temperature  extremes;  corrosive  media.  Case  studies  of 
design  practices. 

ENME  465  Introductory  Fracture  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in 
engineering.  An  examination  of  the  concepts  of  fracture  in  members  with  pre-existing 
flaws.  Emphasis  is  primarily  on  the  mechanics  aspects  with  the  development  of  the 
Griffith  theory  and  the  introduction  of  the  stress  intensity  factor,  K,  associated  with 
different  types  of  cracks.  Fracture  phenomena  are  introduced  together  with  critical 
values  of  the  fracture  toughness  of  materials.  Testing  procedures  for  characterizing 
materials  together  with  applications  of  fracture  mechanics  to  design  are  treated. 

ENME  480  Engineering  Experimentation  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Theory  of 
experimentation.  Applications  of  the  principles  of  measurement  and  instrumentation 
systems  to  laboratory  experimentation.  Experiments  in  fluid  mechanics,  solid 
mechanics  and  energy  conversion.  Selected  experiments  or  assigned  projects  to 
emphasize  planned  procedure,  analysis  and  communication  of  results,  analogous 
systems  and  leadership. 

ENME  481  Engineering  Experimentation  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  Theory  of 
experimentation.  Applications  of  the  principles  of  measurement  and  instrumentation 
systems  to  laboratory  experimentation.  Experiments  in  fluid  mechanics,  solid 
mechanics  and  energy  conversion.  Selected  experiments  or  assigned  projects  to 
emphasize  planned  procedure,  analysis  and  communication  of  results,  analogous 
systems  and  leadership. 

ENME  488  Special  Problems  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  chairman. 
Advanced  problems  in  mechanical  engineering  with  special  emphasis  on  mathematical 
and  experimental  methods. 

ENME  489  Special  Topics  in  Mechanical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
department  chairman.  May  be  taken  for  repeated  credit  up  to  a  total  of  6  credits,  with 


ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical     385 


the  permission  of  the  student's  advisor.  Selected  topics  of  current  importance  in 
mechanical  engineering. 

ENME  600  Advanced  Mechanical  Engineering  Design  (3)  Synthesis  of  stress 
analysis  and  properties  and  characteristics  of  materials  as  related  to  design.  Areas 
covered:  combined  stress  designs,  optimizations,  composite  structures,  stress 
concentrations,  design  under  various  environmental  conditions,  metal  working,  limit 
analysis,  etc.  Review  of  design  literature,  design  project. 

ENME  605  Systems  Analysis  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  403.  Linear  control  systems 
using  time  and  frequency  techniques;  classical  and  state  space  formulation;  graphical 
methods;  stability  and  performance  indices;  controllability  and  observability.  Examples 
from  mechanical,  fluid,  thermal,  as  well  as  hybrid  systems. 

ENME  606  Systems  Analysis  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  605.  Nonlinear  systems  using 
series  and  linearizing  techniques;  switching  systems;  classical  and  state  space 
techniques;  discrete  systems  and  hybrid  systems;  systems  using  stochastic  inputs, 
introduction  to  filtering  and  estimating. 

ENME  607  Systems  Modeling  and  Simulation  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  462  or 
equivalent.  Modeling  of  complex  electromechanical  ,  fluid,  and  thermal  systems.  Digital 
and  analog  computer  simulation  in  the  time  and  frequency  domain  for  dynamic 
analysis.  Modification  of  system  characteristics  to  meet  response  requirements. 
Application  to  mechanical  engineering  systems. 

ENME  610  Optimization  Design  For  Mechanical  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites: 
ENME  404  or  MAPL  477.  Analytical  and  computational  techniques  for  solving 
optimization  problems  in  mechanical  engineering.  Review  of  the  basic  parameter  and 
functional  optimization  methods.  Optimization  problems  from  the  fields  of  structural 
analysis,  vibrations,  mechanisms  design,  machine  elements,  biomedical  engineering, 
and  energy  systems. 

ENME  611  Economics  of  Product  Design  and  Processing  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME 
300  or  equivalent.  Consideration  of  the  costs  of  manufacturing  processes  in  design. 
Characterization  of  manufacturing  processes  as  basic  (casting,  forging,  molding,  etc.) 
Or  secondary  (machining,  cold  working,  drawing,  etc.).  Description  of  processes  in 
terms  of  capabilities,  costs  and  effects  on  mechanical  properties  of  the  product. 

ENME  622  Energy  Conversion:  Solid-state  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  405.  Theory, 
design  and  performance  analysis  of  fuel  cells,  photovoltaic  cells,  and  thermoelectric 
conversion,  considering  their  compatible  energy  sources. 

ENME  624  Energy  Conversions:  Plasma  State  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  405  Theory, 
design  and  performance  analysis  of  magnetoplasmadynamic  (magnetohydrodynamic) 
and  thermionic-plasma  energy  conversion,  considering  their  compatible  energy 
sources.  Certain  aspects  of  fusion  plasma  and  fusion  energy  to  electrical  energy 
conversion. 

ENME  630  Advanced  Heat  Transfer  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  315,  321,  342,  343. 
Theory  of  conduction,  convection,  and  radiation.  Physical  properties  and  experimental 
methods.  Equations  of  transfer  and  their  solution.  Network  analysis  and  engineering 
methods. 

ENME  631  Advanced  Conduction  and  Radiation  Heat  Transfer  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENME  315,  321,  and  700.  Theory  of  conduction  and  radiation.  Anisotropic  conduction 


386     ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical 


and  bidirectional  radiation  properties  and  experiments.  General  conduction  and 
radiation  governing  equations.  Integration,  finite-difference,  and  finite  element 
techniques.  Combined  conduction  and  radiation.  Engineering  applications. 

ENME  632  Advanced  Convection  Heat  Transfer  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  315,  342, 
343,  AND  700.  Theory  of  convection  and  mass  transfer  in  pipe  flow,  boundary  layer 
flow,  separated  flow,  free  convection,  boiling  and  condensing.  Flow  and  energy 
equations.  Solutions  and  engineering  applications.   Experimental  methods. 

ENME  633  Advanced  Classical  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequisite  ENME  315  The 
laws  of  classical  thermodynamics.  Equations  of  state.  Temperature  scales.  Availability. 
General  equilibrium.  Corollaries  to  the  second  law.  Chemical  thermodynamics. 

ENME  634  Statistical  and  Irreversible  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  315 
Kinetic  theory  of  gases  and  transport  properties.  Quantum  mechanics  and  statistics. 
Partition  functions  and  applications.  Solids,  liquids,  and  gases.  Irreversible  processes, 
coupled  phenomena  and  applications. 

ENME  635  Analysis  of  Energy  Systems  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  403,  404,  AND  405. 
Energy  conversion  systems  for  renewable  and  non-renewable  energy  sources. 
Component  modeling.  Performance  charts.  Overall  indices  of  performance. 
Environmental  effects.  Cost  effectiveness.  Optimization  strategies.  Case  studies. 

ENME  647  Multiphase  Flow  and  Heat  Transfer  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  321  AND  342 
or  equivalent.  Phase-change  heat  transfer  phenomenology,  analysis  and  correlations; 
boiling  and  condensation  in  stationary  systems.  Multiphase  flow  fundamentals; 
one-dimensional,  two-phase  flow  analysis.  Critical  flow  rates.  Convective  boiling  and 
condensation.  Two-phase  flow  instabilities.   Applications. 

ENME  650  Design  of  Turbomachinery  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  342  or  equivalent 
Characteristics  and  design  of  turbines,  pumps,  compressors  and  torque  convertors, 
cavitation,  stall  and  surge. 

ENME  651  Fundamentals  of  Fluid  Mechanics  I  (3)  Pre  or  corequisite  ENME  700  or 
equivalent  mathematical  background.  A  broad  study  of  the  fundamental  principles  of 
fluid  mechanics  including  potential  flow,  viscous  flow  and  compressible  flow. 

ENME  652  Fundamentals  of  Fluid  Mechanics  II  (3)  Prerequisite    ENME  651    A 

continuation  of  ENME  651 . 

ENME  653  Topics  in  Hydrodynamics  (3)  Prerequisite:   ENME  651   or  equivalent 

Analysis  of  the  flow  of  fluids  in  which  viscosity  and  compressibility  are  not  significant. 

Complex   variable   techniques,    method   of   images,    small    perturbation   techniques, 

surface  waves,  thin  airfoil  theory,  and  geophysical  flows. 

ENME  654  Topics  in  Compressible  Flow  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  652  or  equivalent. 

Study  of  the  compressible  flow  of  fluids.   Method  of  characteristics,   experimental 

techniques,    small    perturbation    theory   and  "similarity    rules,    and    gasdynamics    of 

two-phase  flows  and  reacting  mixtures. 

ENME  655  Topics  in  Viscous  Flow  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  652  or  equivalent.  Current 

techniques   in    analysing   viscous   flows   in   engineering   applications.    Integral,    and 

numerical  methods,  asymptotic  methods,  and  their  applications. 

ENME  658  Current  Topics  in  Fluid  Dynamics  (3)  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to 

maximum  of  six  credits  for  the  M.S.   Degree  or  twelve  credits  for  the  Ph.D.  Degree. 


ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical     387 


ENME  662  Linear  Vibrations  (3)  First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Fourier  and 
statistical  analysis,  transient,  steady-state,  and  random  behavior  of  linear  lumped  mass 
systems.  Normal  mode  theory;  shock  spectrum  concepts;  mechanical  impedance  and 
mobility  methods.  Vibrations  of  continuous  media  including  rods,  beams,  and 
membranes. 

ENME  664  Dynamics  (3)  Fundamentals  of  Newtonian  dynamics  which  includes 
kinematics  of  a  particle,  dynamics  of  a  particle  and  system  of  particles,  Lagranges 
equations,  basic  concepts  and  kinematics  of  rigid  body  motion,  dynamics  of  rigid 
bodies,  Hamilton's  principle.   Applications  to  mechanical  engineering  problems. 

ENME  665  Advanced  Topics  in  Vibrations  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  662  Geometrical 
and  numerical  analysis  of  nonlinear  and  damped  vibration  systems.  Vibration  under 
combined  loading  of  bending,  shear  and  torsion.  Random  vibrations. 

ENME  670  Continuum  Mechanics  (3)  First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week  The 
algebra  and  calculus  of  tensors  in  Riemannian  space  are  developed  with  special 
emphasis  on  those  aspects  which  are  most  relevant  to  mechanics.  The  geometry  of 
curves  and  surfaces  in  E-3  is  examined.  The  concepts  are  applied  to  the  derivation  of 
the  field  equations  for  the  non-linear  theory  of  continuous  media  and  to  various 
problems  arising  in  classical  dynamics. 

ENME  671  Linear  Theory  of  Elasticity  (3)  Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week. 
The  basic  equations  of  the  linear  theory  are  developed  as  a  special  case  of  the 
non-linear  theory.  The  first  and  second  boundary  value  problems  are  discussed 
together  with  the  problem  of  uniqueness.  Solutions  are  constructed  to  problems  of 
technical  interest  through  semi-inverse,  transform  and  potential  methods.  Included  are 
the  study  of  plane  problems,  torsion,  dynamic  response  of  spherical  shells  and  tubes, 
microstructure  and  anisotropic  materials. 

ENME  677  Applied  Elasticity  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  462  or  equivalent.  Analysis  of 
stress  and  strain,  equilibrium  and  compatibility  conditions,  plane  stress  and  plane 
strain  problems,  torsion  and  flexure  of  bars,  generalthree  dimensional  analysis,  energy 
methods,  thermal  stresses,  and  wave  propagation. 

ENME  678  Fracture  Mechanics  (3)  An  advanced  treatment  of  fracture  mechanics 
covering  in  detail  the  analysis  concepts  for  determining  the  stress  intensity  factors  for 
various  types  of  cracks.  Advanced  experimental  methods  for  evaluation  of  materials  or 
structures  for  fracture  toughness.  Analysis  of  moving  cracks  and  the  statistical 
analysis  of  fracture  strength.  Finally,  illustrative  fracture  control  plans  are  treated  to 
show  the  engineering  applications  of  fracture  mechanics. 

ENME  680  Experimental  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite:  undergraduate  course  in 
instrumentation  or  equivalent.  Advanced  methods  of  measurement  in  solid  and  fluid 
mechanics.  Scientific  photography,  moire,  photoelasticity,  strain  gages,  interferometry, 
holography,  speckle,  ndt  techniques,  shock  and  vibration,  and  laser  anemometry. 

ENME  681  Engineering  Acoustics  (3)  Analogies  in  electrical,  mechanical,  and 
acoustical  systems.  Mathematical  treatment  of  electro-mechano-acoustical  systems 
such  as  speakers,  horns  and  microphones.  Wave  equation  and  its  solution  to 
phenomena  involving  the  propagation,  refraction  and  transmission  of  sound.  Acoustical 
measurements  and  interpretation  of  results  towards  noise  control.  Propagation  of 
spherical  waves  and  the  radiation  of  sound.  Architectural  acoustics. 


388     ENME  —  Engineering,  Mechanical 


ENME  682  Nonlinear  Solids  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENME  700.  A  survey  course  dealing  with 
first  principals  non-linear  mechanics.  An  overview  of  the  classical  rheological  relations. 
Theory  of  creep  deformation,  viscoelastic  deformation  and  plastic  deformation. 
Emphasis  on  the  more  elementary  aspects  of  each  topic.  Applications  to  simple 
engineering  problems. 

ENME  683  Plates  and  Shells  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENME  677  or  an  equivalent  course  in 
elasticity.  Theory  of  surfaces;  fundamental  equations  of  thin  elastic  shells  and  the 
specialization  of  these  to  the  case  of  flat  plates.  Problems  solved  involving  orthotropic 
plates  and  shells.  Shells  of  revolution  under  arbitrary  loading.  Computer  usage  for  the 
solution  of  shell  and  plate  problems. 

ENME  700  Advanced  Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  I  (3)  An  advanced,  unified 
approach  to  the  solution  of  mechanical  engineering  problems,  emphasis  is  on  the 
formulation  and  solution  of  equilibrium,  eigenvalue  and  propagation  problems.  Review 
and  extension  of  undergraduate  material  in  applied  mathematics  with  emphasis  on 
problems  in  heat  transfer,  vibrations,  fluid  flow  and  stress  analysis  which  may  be 
formulated  and  solved  by  classical  procedures. 

ENME  701  Advanced  Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  II  (3)  Formulation  and 
solution  of  mechanical  engineering  problems.  Analysis  of  oscillatory  and 
non-oscillatory  systems  utilizing  discrete  parameter  techniques  including  matrix 
methods,  finite  element  methods,  finite  differences  and  numerical  integration.  Study  of 
non-linear  vibration  and  control  systems  with  emphasis  on  perturbation  theory  and 
stability  analysis.  Engineering  applications  of  statistical  analysis. 

ENME  703  Mechanical  Engineering  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  an  undergraduate 
course  in  instrumentation  or  equivalent.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Theory  of  measurements,  and  art  and  science  of  using  instruments.  Instrumentation 
for  measuring  fluid  flow,  temperature  and  heat,  stress  and  strain,  and  sound  and 
vibrations.  Introduction  to  non-destructive  testing,  optical  techniques  and  electronic 
data  processing.  Design,  conduction  and  analysis  of  an  experiment. 

ENME  760  Advanced  Structural  Dynamics  I  (3)  Advanced  topics  in  structural 
dynamics  analysis:  dynamic  properties  of  materials,  impact  and  contact  phenomena, 
wave  propagation,  modern  numerical  methods  for  complex  structural  systems,  analysis 
for  wind  and  blast  loads,  penetration  loads,  and  earthquake,  non-linear  systems, 
random  vibrations  and  structural  failure  from  random  loads.  Prerequisites:  ENME  602, 
603  or  equivalent. 

ENME  788  Seminar  (1-3)  First  or  second  semester.  Credit  in  accordance  with  work 
outlined  by  mechanical  engineering  staff.  Prerequisite:  graduate  standing  in 
mechanical  engineering. 

ENME  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENME  808  Advanced  Topics  in  Mechanical  Engineering  (2-3) 

ENME  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Meteorology  Program     389 


Meteorology  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Baer 

Professors:  Shukla,  Thompson,  Vernekar 

Professor  Emeritus:  Landsberg 

Research  Professor:  Faller 

Associate  Professors:  Ellingson,  Pinker,  Robock,  Rodenhuis 

Associate  Research  Scientist:  Schneider 

Assistant  Professors:  Dickerson,  Huffman,  Kinter 

Assistant  Research  Scientist:  Sellers 

Adjunct  Professors:  North,  Rao 

Visiting  Lecturers:  Atlas,  R.,  Lau 

Research  Associates:  Atlas,  D.,  Canfield,  Fritz,  Harshvardhan,  Holland,  Kaufman,  Klein, 

Laszlo,  Mintz,  Mooley,  Munteanu,  Saha,  van  den  Dool,  Winston,  Yang,  G.-J.,  Yang, 

S.-K. 

The  Meteorology  Department  offers  a  full  course  of  study  leading  to  the  degrees  of 

Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  specializing  in  the  atmospheric  sciences. 

Additionally,  a  full  complement  of  course  work  in  meteorology  is  offered  at  the  upper 

division  and  graduate  level  as  a  service  to  other  campus  graduate  programs. 

The  educational  program  in  the  atmospheric  sciences  is  broadly  based,  involving 
many  of  the  applications  of  the  mathematical,  physical  and  applied  sciences  that 
characterize  modern  meteorology.  Areas  of  research  specialization  presently  receiving 
the  most  concentrated  attention  are  atmospheric  dynamics,  atmospheric  radiative 
transfer,  remote  sensing  of  the  atmosphere,  climate  dynamics,  numerical  weather 
prediction,  atmospheric  chemistry,  synoptic  meteorology,  and  micrometeorology. 

Within  the  Meteorology  Department,  the  Center  for  Ocean-Land-Atmosphere 
Interaction  (COLA),  under  the  direction  of  Prof.  Shukla,  conducts  a  coordinated 
research  program  in  the  problems  of  long-range  weather  forecasting.  The  Cooperative 
Institute  for  Climate  Studies,  operated  jointly  with  NOAA,  also  conducts  research  in 
long-range  forecasting  and  satellite  remote  sensing.  The  Department  maintains  close 
research  and  teaching  associations  with  the  Division's  Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology. 

The  Department's  close  association  with  Federal  Agencies  in  the  Washington  area 
provides  graduates  with  good  job  potential  in  the  atmospheric  sciences.  As  a  research 
assistant,  the  student  often  has  the  opportunity  to  develop  a  close  working  relationship 
with  one  or  more  of  the  scientific  agencies.  This  can  put  the  student  in  a  good  position 
to  contend  for  jobs  as  they  become  available. 

The  Meteorology  Department  is  in  the  Division  of  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences  and  Engineering. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  advanced  degree  programs  in  meteorology  are  open  to  students  holding  the 
bachelor's  degree  in  meteorology,  physics,  chemistry,  mathematics,  astronomy, 
engineering  or  other  programs  with  suitable  emphasis  in  the  sciences.  Comprehensive, 
undergraduate  level  courses  in  meteorology  are  provided  for  students  from  disciplines 
other  than  meteorology. 

To  qualify  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  in  meteorology,  the  candidate  is 
required    to    complete    the    following    graduate    level    core    course    work:    METO 


390     Meteorology  Program 


610 — Dynamic  Meteorology  1  (3  credits);  METO  612 — Atmospheric  turbulence  and 
Diffusion  (3  credits);  METO  620— Atmospheric  Radiation  (3  credits).  METO 
640 — Micrometeorology  may  be  substituted  for  METO  612  at  the  advisor's  discretion. 

A  minimum  of  21  additional  hours  of  credit,  including  research,  is  required.  At  least 
12  credits  must  be  in  meteorology  at  the  600  level  or  above,  and  generally  no  more 
than  6  credits  of  400  level  meteorology  courses  can  be  applied  to  the  degree.  The 
program  may  include  up  to  nine  credits  of  course  work  at  the  400  level  or  above  in 
other  departments. 

The  Master's  degree  program  will  consist  of  a  coherent  program  chosen  in 
consultation  with  the  student's  advisor.  Students  may  elect  either  a  thesis  option  or  a 
non-thesis  option;  the  latter  requires  one  scholarly  review  paper  and  a  comprehensive 
examination  instead  of  a  thesis.  A  final  oral  examination  is  administered  prior  to  the 
award  of  the  degree.  Full-time  students  with  an  appropriate  background  in 
meteorology  can  complete  the  M.S.  program  in  one  calendar  year,  but  typically  take 
one  and  one-half  to  two  years.  Additional  time  may  be  necessary  for  students  entering 
from  other  disciplines. 

To  qualify  for  the  Ph.D.  degree,  the  candidate  must  select  a  major  and  an  ancillary 
course  work  program.  Ancillary  course  work  programs  are  individually  tailored  to  the 
needs  and  interests  of  the  student.  Each  student  is  expected  to  develop  a  major 
course  work  program  with  his  or  her  advisor  which  will  provide  adequate  preparation 
for  the  candidacy  exams  and  adequate  background  for  a  successful  research 
program  leading  to  a  Ph.D.  dissertation.  Students  who  satisfy  minimum  requirements 
on  the  written  examinations  will  be  admitted  to  oral  examinations.  A  single  pass-fail 
outcome  of  the  examinations  will  be  determined  from  a  combination  of  written  and  oral 
grades  with  standards  in  each  category  set  to  assure  an  adequate  professional  level 
of  performance. 

There  is  no  special  language  requirement  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  program  in 
meteorology.  Ability  to  do  independent  research  must  be  shown  by  a  written 
dissertation  which  embodies  an  original  contribution  to  knowledge,  on  some  topic 
connected  with  meteorology.  Departmental  requirements  for  the  dissertation  are 
essentially  the  same  as  Graduate  School  requirements.  Typically,  Ph.D.  programs  in 
meteorology  require  from  three  to  five  years  of  study  beyond  the  bachelor's  degree 
depending  on  the  prior  education  and  training  of  the  candidate. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  supporting  the  teaching  and  research  activities  of  the  Meteorology 
Department  include  continuous  weather  facsimile  equipment  on  line  with  the  National 
Weather  Service  NAFAX  network,  a  mini-computer  to  receive  and  archive  real-time 
weather  data  and  forecasts  from  the  N.W.S.  Domestic  Data  Service,  a  synoptics 
laboratory,  solar  radiation  monitoring  station,  weather  instrument  station  (NOAA 
cooperative  observing  station),  atmospheric -chemistry  laboratory,  special  laboratory 
facility  for  fluid  dynamics  experimentation  in  rotating  systems,  and  a  linear  wind-wave 
tank  for  studying  the  interaction  of  water  waves  and  wind. 

Adjacent  to  the  Meteorology  Department  is  the  University's  Computer  Science 
Center  with  Univac  and  IBM  computers.  A  portion  of  the  University  IBM  4381  is 
dedicated  to  the  work  of  COLA.  The  Department  also  has  a  computer  terminal  facility 
which  provides  remote  access  to  computers  at  the  National  Center  for  Atmospheric 
Research  in  Boulder,  Colorado  (CRAY  computer),  and  to  the  NASA  Goddard  Space 
Flight  Center  in   Greenbelt,   Maryland   (Amdahl  and  CDC  Cyber  computers).    The 


METO  —  Meteorology     391 


Department  is  installing  a  super-mini  computer  network  which  will  support  near 
real-time  interactive  processing  of  conventional  weather  data,  radar  data,  and  satellite 
images  (UNIDATA  Level  2). 

Special  data  collections  supporting  the  teaching  and  research  activities  include 
Northern  Hemisphere  meteorological  data  tabulations  on  microfilm,  unique  historical 
daily  weather  map  series  dating  back  to  1899,  complete  set  of  climatological  data  for 
the  United  States  dating  back  to  1917,  files  of  the  (former)  NOAA  State  Climatologist 
for  Maryland,  NOAA  satellite  data  archive  including  visible  and  infra-red  photography 
and  film  loops,  and  meteorological  data  for  four  outlying  weather  stations  on  University 
farms. 

The  Meteorology  Department  has  a  modern  teaching  laboratory  in  which 
educational  color  video  tapes  and  16  mm  films  may  be  produced  and/or  played  back. 
Sufficient  equipment  is  installed  to  allow  students  and  faculty  to  produce  their  own 
educational  materials  for  classroom  and  seminar  use  as  well  as  to  record  experiments, 
field  trials  or  lecture  events. 

Aside  from  general  library  facilities  on  the  campus,  there  is,  within  the  Meteorology 
Department,  a  specialized  library  with  several  hundred  text  and  reference  books  in 
meteorology  and  allied  sciences,  many  specialized  series  of  research  reports  and 
many  current  journals  in  meteorology  and  related  fields.  Access  to  the  vast  holdings  of 
the  atmospheric  Sciences  Library  of  NOAA  at  Rockville,  Maryland,  within  about  30 
minutes  of  the  campus,  has  been  arranged. 

Professional  interactions  with  the  major  federal  agency  in  the  atmospheric, 
oceanographic  and  hydrologic  sciences  are  provided  under  a  formal  Memorandum  of 
Agreement  with  NOAA.  This  agreement  provides  for  the  development  of  special 
courses  and  seminars  by  visiting  faculty  from  these  agencies  as  well  as  opportunities 
for  faculty  and  students  to  work  on  site  at  NOAA  facilities.  In  addition,  through 
membership  in  the  University  Corporation  for  Atmospheric  Research,  the  Meteorology 
Department  enjoys  the  common  facilities  offered  by  the  National  Center  for 
Atmospheric  Research  at  Boulder,  Colorado. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  Assistantships  are  available  to  qualified  graduate  students.  Research 
Assistants  carry  on  research  in  the  general  areas  of  synoptic  and  dynamic 
meteorology,  satellite  meteorology,  climate  dynamics,  micrometeorology  and  air 
pollution,  theoretical  or  experimental  fluid  dynamics,  atmospheric  radiation,  and 
general  circulation.  Stipends  are  maintained  at  a  competitive  level. 

Additional  Information 

Application  material  or  additional  information  may  be  obtained  by  writing: 
Chair,  Department  of  Meteorology 
University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742 

Courses 

METO  —  Meteorology 

METO  410  General  Meteorology  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  241.  Pre-  or  corequisite: 
PHYS  294  or  263.    An  introduction  to  the  broad  range  of  theoretical  and  applied 


392     METO  —  Meteorology 


studies  in  meteorology  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  interaction  of  the  physical  and 
dynamic  processes  and  the  various  scales  of  atmospheric  phenomena.  Introduction  to 
radiational  energy  transfer  in  the  atmosphere,  earth-atmospheric  energy  budgets, 
atmospheric  thermodynamics. 

METO  411  General  Meteorology  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  410.  METO  460  suggested 
as  a  companion  course.  A  continuation  of  METO  410  including  an  introduction  to  the 
concepts  of  vorticity  and  circulation  in  the  atmosphere,  properties  of  cold  fronts  and 
warm  fronts,  cyclones  and  anticyclones,  air  masses,  thunderstorms,  elements  of 
dynamic  weather  forecasting,  microphysics  of  cloud  formation  and  precipitation, 
turbulence  and  diffusion  in  the  atmosphere. 

METO  412  Physics  and  Thermodynamics  of  the  Atmosphere  (3)  Prerequisites: 
MATH  241,  PHYS  263.  An  introduction  to  atmospheric  radiation,  cloud  physics,  and 
basic  thermodynamic  processes  and  applications  to  the  atmosphere. 

METO  416  Introduction  to  Atmospheric  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  241,  246; 
PHYS  263.  The  equations  of  atmospheric  motion;  coordinate  systems;  balanced  flows 
and  elementary  application;  divergence;  circulation  and  vorticity;  the  planetary 
boundary  layer;  diagnostic  analysis  with  the  quasi-geotrophic  equations. 

METO  420  Physical  and  Dynamical  Oceanography  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  410  or  a 
basic  course  in  fluid  dynamics  such  as  ENME  340.  Historical  review  of  oceanography; 
physical,  chemical,  stratification  and  circulation  properties  of  the  ocean;  dynamics  of 
frictionless,  frictional,  wind  driven  and  thermohaline  circulation;  air-sea  interactions. 

METO  422  Oceanic  Waves,  Tides  and  Turbulence  (3)  Prerequisite  METO  420. 
Introduction  to  the  theory  of  oceanic  wave  motions;  tides,  wind  waves,  swells,  storm 
surges,  seiches,  tsunamis,  internal  waves,  turbulence,  stirring,  mixing  and  diffusion; 
probability,  statistics  and  time  series. 

METO  434  Air  Pollution  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in  science  or  engineering  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Classification  of  atmospheric 
pollutants  and  their  effects  on  visibility,  inanimate  and  animate  receptors.  Evaluation  of 
source  emissions  and  principles  of  air  pollution  control;  meteorological  factors 
governing  the  distribution  and  removal  of  air  pollutants;  air  quality  measurements  and 
air  pollution  control  legislation. 

METO  460  Synoptic  Meteorology  I  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  METO  41 1  or  equivalent. 
Two  three-hour  lecture/  laboratory  periods  per  week.  The  three-dimensional  structure  of 
synoptic  scale  systems  and  their  relation  to  underlying  dynamical  principles.  Weather 
map  plotting  and  analysis  techniques.  Satellite  imagery  interpretation.  Meteorological 
data  acquisition  and  use. 

METO  461  Synoptic  Meteorology  II  (3)  Prequisite:  METO  460.  Synoptic  meteorology 
applied  to  the  modern  weather  forecast.  The  history  of  forecasting,  Polar  Front  theory, 
surface  and  upper  air  analysis,  baroclinic  instability,  numerical  forecasting,  interpreting 
computer  forecasts,  probability  forecasting,  forecast  evaluation. 

METO  499  Special  Problems  in  Atmospheric  Science  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Research  or  special  study  in  the  field  of  meteorology  and  the  atmospheric 
and  oceanic  sciences.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

METO  610  Dynamic  Meteorology  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  METO  412,  416;  MATH  461. 
Review  of  dynamic  equations;  linear  wave  analysis;  instability,  especially  baroclinic 


METO  —  Meteorology     393 


and  barotropic  instability  in  the  atmosphere;  energy  propagation,  numerical  weather 
prediction  and  the  general  circulation. 

METO  611  Dynamic  Meteorology  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  610.  Advanced  topics  in 
atmospheric  wave  motion  and  stability  analysis  concentrating  on  the  sub-synoptic 
scales:  geostrophic  adjustment  and  energy  propagation  with  application  to  mountain 
waves;  thermal  convection  with  application  to  the  atmosphere  and  especially  tropical 
meteorology;  the  planetary  boundary  layer;  numerical  modeling  of  atmospheric 
phenomena  on  the  mesoscale. 

METO  612  Atmospheric  Turbulence  and  Diffusion  (3)  Prerequisites:  METO  610  or 
equivalent.  Statistical  description  of  turbulence;  the  profiles  of  temperature  and  wind 
near  the  ground;  the  vertical  transport  of  momentum,  heat  and  water  vapor;  spectra 
and  scales  of  atmospheric  turbulence;  recent  theories  of  turbulent  shear  flow  and 
convection. 

METO  614  Numerical  Weather  Prediction  (3)  Prerequisites:  METO  611  or  equivalent. 
Numerical  techniques  for  the  solution  of  partial  differential  equations;  application  to  the 
equations  of  atmospheric  motion;  Eulerian,  Lagrangian  and  spectral  methods; 
numerical  models  of  the  general  circulation;  current  applications  to  research  and 
forecasting. 

METO  616  Planetary  Fluid  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisites:  METO  412,  610  or  equivalent. 
The  structure  of  the  atmospheres  of  the  earth  and  other  planets;  analytical,  numerical 
and  experimental  models  of  the  circulations  of  planetary  atmospheres  and  oceans; 
tidal  motions. 

METO  617  General  Circulation  of  the  Atmosphere  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  610  or 
equivalent.  Derivations  of  equations  for  mean  axially  symmetric  field,  mean  axially 
asymmetric  field  and  transient  field  of  atmospheric  motion;  observed  circulation, 
budget  of  heat,  momentum  and  water  vapor;  energetics;  numerical  simulation  of  the 
atmosphere. 

METO  620  Atmospheric  Radiation  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  412  or  equivalent.  Radiant 
energy-concepts  and  definitions;  radiation  absorption  and  scattering  in  the 
atmosphere;  direct  and  diffuse  solar  radiation;  thermal  radiation;  the  radiation  balance 
and  climate. 

METO  625  Satellite  Meteorology  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  416,  METO  620.  Technical 
review  of  the  satellite  program  and  instrumentation  systems  of  the  United  States  and/or 
other  countries;  a  brief  survey  of  the  use  of  visible,  infrared  and  microwave  imagery 
from  satellites  in  weather  analysis  and  forecasting;  an  extensive  review  of  techniques 
for  estimating  sea  surface  temperature  and  atmospheric  temperature  and  moisture 
profiles  from  satellite  measurements. 

METO  630  Statistical  Methods  in  Meteorology  (3)  Prerequisites:  METO  411,  STAT 
400  or  equivalent.  Tests  of  significance;  time  series  analysis;  analysis  of  variance; 
multiple  regression  and  screening  multiple  regression;  representation  of  meteorological 
field  variables  by  orthogonal  polynomials  and  empirical  orthogonal  polynomials; 
application  of  multiple  discriminant  analysis  to  the  meteorological  prediction. 

METO  634  Air  Sampling  and  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  METO  434  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  The  theory  and  techniques 
utlized  in  the  determination  of  gaseous  and  particulate  atmospheric  pollutants. 
Reduction  and  representation  of  data  and  consideration  in  sampling  site  selection. 


394     Microbiology  Program 


METO  640  Micro-meteorology  (3)  Prerequisites:  METO  410,  411  or  equivalent.  A 
study  of  energy  balances  at  the  earth-atmosphere  interface;  statistical  and  spectral 
analysis  of  turbulence;  turbulent  transfer  of  energy  and  momentum;  air  motions  in 
relation  to  terrain  and  landscape;  the  time  and  spatial  variations  of  mechanical  and 
thermodynamical  quantities  in  the  micro-layer  of  the  atmosphere. 

METO  641  Meteorology  of  Air  Pollution  (3)  Prerequisites  METO  410,  411  or 
equivalent.  Review  of  basic  macro  and  micro-meteorological  considerations;  the  nature 
and  behavior  of  atmospheric  aerosols;  the  description  and  measurement  of  the 
distribution,  dispersion,  and  other  properties  of  air  pollution;  study  of  the 
meso-meteorology  of  cities  and  the  climatological  influences  of  air  pollution. 

METO  646  Atmospheric  Optics  (3)  Prerequisites:  METO  412,  MATH  246  or 
equivalent.  Quantitative  assessment  of  radiative  energy  transfers  in  the  atmosphere; 
absorption  and  scattering  by  atoms,  molecules  and  particulates;  emission  by  excited 
species.  Spectroscopic  analysis  methods;  laser  assay  of  atmosphere  for  natural 
species  and  pollutants. 

METO  658  Special  Topics  in  Meteorology  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 
Various  special  topics  in  meteorology  are  given  intensive  study.  The  topic  of 
concentration  varies,  from  semester  to  semester  and  depends  on  student  and  faculty 
interests.  Often,  specialists  from  other  institutions  are  invited  to  the  campus  on  a 
visiting  lectureship  basis  to  conduct  the  course. 

METO  698  Seminar  in  Meteorology  (1)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  This 
seminar  will  cover  selected  topics  of  current  meteorological  interest.  Presentations  will 
be  by  staff  members,  advanced  graduate  students  and  invited  guest  speakers. 

METO  699  Seminar  in  Meteorology  (1)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  This 
seminar  will  cover  selected  topics  of  current  meteorological  interest.  Presentations  will 
be  by  staff  members,  advanced  graduate  students  and  invited  guest  speakers. 

METO  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

METO  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Microbiology  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Joseph 

Professors:  Colwell,  Cook,  Hetrick,  Yuan 

Professors  Emeritus:  Faber,  Pelczar,  Doetsch 

Associate  Professors:  MacQuillan,  Roberson,  Voll,  Weiner 

Assistant  Professor:  Stein 

Assistant  Research  Scientist:  Hamilton 

Research  Associate  Professor:  Grimes 

Instructors:  Dalton,  Powell 

The  Department  of  Microbiology  offers  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master  of 

Science  and   Doctor  of  Philosophy,   with  special  emphasis  on  three  major  areas: 

biomedical,  environmental  and  biotechnology.    In  the  biomedical  area,  a  student  may 

specialize  in  virology,  immunology  or  medical  bacteriology.    Environmentally  related 

research  projects  are  being  conducted  in  microbial  ecology,  marine  microbiology, 

diseases  of  finfish  and  shellfish,  microbial  food  webs,  biodegradation  of  pollutants,  and 

radiation   effects.    In   addition,   graduate   students   carry  out   research   in   microbial 


Microbiology  Program     395 


systematics  and  industrial  fermentations.  Biotechnology  involves  bacterial  and  yeast 
genetics,  genetic  engineering,  cellular  immunology,  immunochemistry,  molecular 
biology  and  ecology  of  plasmids,  DNA  repair  systems  and  the  control  of  bacterial 
morphogenesis.  The  Department  maintains  a  basic  science  orientation  with  affiliations 
with  federal  and  industrial  laboratories  of  the  greater  Washington  area. 

Advanced  degree  graduates  in  microbiology  are  in  demand,  particularly  in 
specialities  involving  recombinant  DNA  technology,  immunology,  virology-tissue 
culture,  ecology,  fermentation  and  medical  microbiology.  Positions  become  available 
in  both  the  public  and  private  sector  and  may  involve  research,  quality  control  and/or 
product  development. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Qualified  students  are  accepted  in  either  the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  programs.  Applicants  for 
the  M.S.  program  must  have  acquired  a  thorough  foundation  in  biological  and  physical 
sciences.  A  strong  background  in  microbiology  is  desirable  but  not  essential. 
However,  lack  of  specific  courses  may  lengthen  the  time  required  for  earning  a 
degree.  Scores  on  the  Graduate  Record  Examinations  (GRE),  both  the  General  Test 
and  the  Subject  Test  in  Biology,  must  accompany  applications. 

Requirements  for  the  M.S.  degree  include  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours 
exclusive  of  research  credits.  A  written  thesis,  based  upon  research,  is  required,  and 
all  candidates  must  pass  a  final  oral  examination  given  by  an  advisory  committee.  All 
candidates  for  graduate  degrees  must  serve  as  laboratory  teaching  assistants  for  at 
least  one  semester  per  degree.  Candidates  normally  require  about  two  years  to 
complete  the  M.S.  program,  but  quality  of  performance  alone  determines  awarding  of 
the  degree. 

Candidates  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  in  addition  to  the  above  requirements,  must 
successfully  complete  a  written  preliminary  examination  and  supporting  minor 
course-work  totaling  24  hours. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  facilities  which  permit  research  in  all  of  the  listed  areas  of 
specialization.  The  program  in  marine  microbiology  has  access  to  laboratory  equipped 
vessels  suitable  for  research  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  as  well  as  the  world's  oceans. 
The  recent  addition  of  an  STEM,  JEOL  electron  microscope  provides  the  capacity  for 
accomplishing  state  of  the  art  EM  research. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  teaching  assistantships  are  available.  There  are  also 
opportunities  for  research  assistantships  and  scholarships,  contingent  upon  current 
research  funding. 

Additional  Information 

Interested  individuals  may  request  an  information  brochure  describing  in  detail  the 
Program  of  Graduate  Study  in  Microbiology.  For  information  write  to: 

Chair,  Graduate  Program  Committee 

Department  of  Microbiology 

University  of  Maryland 


396     MICB  —  Microbiology 


College  Park,  MD  20742 

Courses 

MICB  —  Microbiology 

MICB  400  Systematic  Microbiology  (2)  Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  8 
credits  in  microbiology  or  consent  of  instructor.  History  and  philosophy  of 
classification.  Alpha,  numerical  and  molecular  genetic  taxonomy.  Methods  used  in 
microbial  identification  and  classification. 

MICB  410  History  of  Microbiology  (1)  Prerequisite:  a  major  in  microbiology  or 
consent  of  instructor.  History  and  integration  of  the  fundamental  discoveries  of  the 
science.  Modern  aspects  of  abiogenesis,  fermentation,  and  disease  causation  in 
relation  to  early  theories. 

MICB  420  Epidemiology  and  Public  Health  (2)  Prerequisite:  MICB  200.  History, 
characteristic  features  of  epidemiology;  the  important  responsibilities  of  public  health; 
vital  statistics. 

MICB  430  Marine  Microbiology  (2)  Prerequisite:  MICB  200.  Morphology,  biochemistry 
and  ecology  of  marine  microorganisms  including  fungi,  yeasts,  bacteria  and  viruses. 
Properties  of  marine  bacteria,  such  as  luminescence,  metal  ion  requirements  for 
growth,  production  of  ectocrine  compounds,  and  sampling  and  culturing  marine 
microorganisms. 

MICB  431  Marine  Microbiology  Laboratory  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites:  MICB  200  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Morphology,  biochemistry  and  ecology  of  marine  microorganisms.  Properties  of  marine 
bacteria;  luminescence,  metal  ion  requirements,  ectocrine  compound  production, 
sampling  and  culturing.  Laboratory  may  include  sampling  trips  in  Chesapeake  Bay 
and  a  deep  sea  research  cruise. 

MICB  440  Pathogenic  Microbiology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  MICB  200.  The  role  of  bacteria  and  fungi  in  the  diseases 
of  man  with  emphasis  upon  the  differentiation  and  culture  of  microorganisms,  types  of 
disease,  modes  of  disease  transmission,  prophylactic,  therapeutic,  and 
epidemiological  aspects. 

MICB  450  Immunology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  MICB  440.  Principles  of  immunity;  hypersensitiveness.  Fundamental 
techniques  of  immunology.  Credit  not  given  for  both  ZOOL  455  and  MICB  450. 

MICB  460  General  Virology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MICB  440  or  equivalent.  Discussion  of 
the  physical  and  chemical  nature  of  viruses,  virus  cultivation  and  assay  methods,  virus 
replication,  viral  diseases  with  emphasis  on  the  oncogenic  viruses,  viral  genetics,  and 
characteristics  of  the  major  virus  groups. 

MICB  470  Microbial  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MICB  200.  Pre-  or  co-requisite: 
BCHM  462.  Microbial  cellular  and  population  growth.  Fermentation  metabolism, 
physiology  of  anaerobiosis,  and  energy  conservation  and  transformation  in  bacterial 
membranes.  Efficiency  of  energy  utilization  for  growth.  Membrane  structure  and 
transport.  Bacterial  chemotaxis.  Regulation  of  bacterial  chromosome  replication,  RNA 
and  protein  synthesis.   Control  of  metabolic  pathways. 


MICB  —  Microbiology     397 


MICB  480  Microbial  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisites:  MICB  200  and  CHEM  243  or  245 
Interaction  of  microorganisms  with  the  environment,  other  microorganisms  and  with 
higher  organisms  Roles  of  microorganisms  in  the  biosphere.  Microorganisms  and 
current  environmental  problems. 

MICB  490  Microbial  Fermentations  (2)  Second  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  MICB  470.  Principles  and  practice  in  industrial  fermentation 
processes,  and  the  study  of  fermentative  metabolism  in  microorganisms. 

MICB  491  Microbial  Fermentations  Laboratory  (2)  Second  semester.  Two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  MICB  490.  or  concurrent  registration  in  MICB 
490.  and  consent  of  instructor.  Methods  for  the  conduct,  control  and  analysis  of 
fermentation  processes. 

MICB  674  Bacterial  Metabolism  (2)  Prerequisite:  MICB  470  or  equivalent,  BCHM  462 
Central  pathways  of  bacterial  energy  and  biosynthetic  metabolism.  Bacterial 
fermentations,  diversity  of  aerobic  metabolism,  metabolic  regulation,  chemolithotrophic 
and  phototrophic  metabolism.  Salvage  pathways  of  purine  and  pyrimidme  metabolism, 
and  occasional  current  topics. 

MICB  688  Special  Topics  (1-4)  First  semester.  Prerequisite:  twenty  credits  in 
microbiology.  Presentation  and  discussion  of  fundamental  problems  and  special 
subjects  in  the  field  of  microbiology. 

MICB  689  Special  Topics  (1-4)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  twenty  credits  in 
microbiology.  Presentation  and  discussion  of  fundamental  problems  and  special 
subjects  in  the  field  of  microbiology. 

MICB  704  Medical  Mycology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites  -  MICB  440  and  8  additional  hours  in  microbiology  or  advance 
courses  in  allied  biological  fields.  MICB  450  is  strongly  recommended.  Primarily  a 
study  of  fungi  associated  with  human  and  animal  diseases,  with  practice  in  the 
methods  of  isolation  and  identification. 

MICB  714  Cytology  of  Bacteria  (2)  A  colloquium  for  graduate  students  in  biological 
sciences  covering  structure-function  relationships  in  bacteria.  Formal  presentations  are 
required.  Prior  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  ANSC  610  and  or  ZOOL  612  is 
recommended. 

MICB  750  Advanced  Immunology  (2)  Second  semester  Two  lectures  a  week 
Antigens,  antibodies,  and  their  interactions.  Research  fundamentals  in  immunology  and 
immunochemistry. 

MICB  751  Immunology  Laboratory  (2)  Second  semester.  Two  htree-hour  laboratory 
sessions  a  week.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor.  Techniques  in  experimental 
immunology  and  immunochemistry. 

MICB  760  Virology  and  Tissue  Culture  (2)  Second  semester  Two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  MICB  440  or  equivalent.  Physical,  chemical  and  biological 
properties  of  viruses;  viral  replication;  major  virus  groups. 

MICB  761  Virology  and  Tissue  Culture  Laboratory  (2)  Second  semester  Two 
three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  MICB  440  or  equivalent. 
Registration  only  upon  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  methods  in  virology  with 
emphasis  on  cell  culture  techniques. 


398     Music  Program 


MICB  774  Advanced  Bacterial  Metabolism  (1)  Second  semester.  One  lecture  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  A  discussion  of  recent  advances  in  the  field 
of  bacterial  metabolism  with  emphasis  on  metabolic  pathways  of  microorganisms. 

MICB  780  Genetics  of  Microorganisms  (2)  First  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  genetic  principles  and 
methodology  applicable  to  microorganisms.  Cellular  control  mechanisms  and  protein 
biosynthesis. 

MICB  781  Microbial  Genetics  Laboratory  (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  meetings  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  laboratory  course  designed  to  acquaint 
students  with  the  techniques  employed  in  studying  gene  control  of  microbial  activities. 

MICB  788  Seminar  (1)  First  semester. 

MICB  789  Seminar  (1)  Second  semester. 

MICB  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

MICB  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Music  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Gordon 

Assistant  Chair  and  Lecturer:  Cooper 

Professors:  Berman,  Bernstein,  Folstrom,  Garvey,  Gordon,  Guarneri  String  Quartet 

(Dally,  Soyer,  Steinhardt,  Tree),  Head,  Heim,  Helm,  Hudson,  Johnson,  Montgomery, 

Moss,  Schumacher,  Shirley,  Traver,  Troth,  True 

Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Davis,  Elliston,  Elsing,  Fanos,  Fleming,  Gallagher, 

Gowens,  Mabb,  McClelland,  McDonald,  Olson,  Pennington,  Robertson,  Rodriquez, 

Ross,  Serwer,  Shelley,  Snapp,  Wakefield,  Wexler,  Wilson 

Assistant  Professors:  Delio,  Gibson,  Mangold,  Payerle,  Sparks 

Lecturer:  Beicken 

Instructor:  Walters 

The  Department  of  Music  offers  programs  of  study  leading  to  the  Master  of  Music 

degree      with      specializations      in      performance,      historical      musicology      and 

ethnomusicology,  music  theory,  and  composition;  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  with 

specializations  in  historical  musicology,  ethnomusicology,  and  music  theory;  the  Doctor 

of  Musical  Arts  degree  with  specializations  in  composition,  and  literature-performance. 

Music  education  programs,  offered  in  cooperation  with  the  College  of  Education,  lead 

to  the   Master  of  Arts,   Master  of  Education,   Doctor  of  Education,   and   Doctor  of 

Philosophy  degrees.    Specific  requirements  and  course  offerings  are  listed  under  the 

program  descriptions  of  that  college. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  all  graduate  music  degree  programs  except  those  in  Music  Education 
requires  both  the  General  and  Advanced  Test  of  the  Graduate  Record  Examination. 
Music  Education  majors  take  either  the  Miller  Analogies  Test  or  the  Graduate  Record 
examination.  Performance  majors  also  perform  an  audition  covering  representative 
repertoire  from  the  various  historical  periods.  Composition  majors  are  expected  to 
present  a  portfolio  of  original  works.  A  personal  interview  is  sometimes  requested  of 
applicants  for  any  program. 


Music  Program     399 


Degree  requirements  for  the  Master  of  Music  degree  in  performance  include 
satisfactory  completion  of  at  least  30  semester  hours  of  courses  (including  MUSC  648) 
assigned  in  consultation  with  the  graduate  advisor;  a  passing  grade  on  a 
comprehensive  examination  taken  at  or  near  the  end  of  course  work;  and  a  final 
project  that  includes  a  recital  and  oral  examination  covering  the  literature  studied  and 
performed  in  the  culminating  recital.  Voice  majors  must  have  completed  one  year 
each  of  French  and  German. 

Degree  requirements  for  the  Master  of  Music  degree  in  historical  musicology, 
ethnomusicology,  or  music  theory  include  satisfactory  completion  of  at  least  24 
semester  hours  of  courses  (including  MUSC  648)  assigned  in  consultation  with  the 
graduate  advisor;  a  passing  grade  on  a  comprehensive  examination  taken  at  or  near 
the  end  of  course  work;  submission  of  an  approved  thesis  (6  semester  hours 
minimum);  and  a  final  oral  examination  on  the  thesis.  In  addition,  requirements  for 
majors  in  historical  musicology  or  ethnomusicology  include  a  reading  knowledge  of 
one  pertinent  foreign  language,  to  be  demonstrated  preferably  upon  entrance  to  the 
program  or  at  least  prior  to  the  second  semester  of  study. 

Ph.D.  requirements  in  historical  musicology  or  ethnomusicology  include  a  reading 
knowledge  of  German  and  at  least  one  other  pertinent  foreign  language,  demonstrated 
upon  entrance  to  the  program,  or  at  least  within  one  semster  for  the  first  language  and 
two  semesters  for  the  second;  satisfactory  completion  of  a  body  of  course  work  (no 
fixed  number  of  credits)  that,  in  the  judgment  of  the  student  and  the  graduate  advisor, 
will  adequately  prepare  the  student  for  the  comprehensive  examination;  a  passing 
grade  on  the  comprehensive  examination  itself;  admission  to  candidacy  for  the  degree 
(conferred  by  the  Graduate  School);  submission  of  an  approved,  dissertation  (12 
semester  hours  minimum);  and  a  final  oral  examination  on  the  dissertation. 

Ph.D.  requirements  in  music  theory  include  a  reading  knowledge  of  German  to  be 
demonstrated  prior  to  commencing  work  on  the  dissertation;  a  minimum  program  of  70 
semester  hours  above  the  Bachelor's  degree  designed  by  the  student  in  consultation 
with  the  faculty  advisor;  successful  performance  on  the  comprehensive  examination; 
admission  to  candidacy  for  the  degree;  submission  of  an  approved  dissertation  (12 
semester  hours  minimum);  and  a  final  oral  examination  on  the  dissertation. 

D.M.A.  requirements  in  literature-performance  include  satisfactory  completion  of  a 
body  of  course  work  of  no  fixed  number  of  credits  that,  in  the  judgment  of  the  student 
and  the  graduate  advisor,  will  adequately  prepare  the  student  for  the  comprehensive 
examination  (typically  this  is  approximately  70  semester  hours  beyond  the  Bachelor's 
degree);  a  lecture-recital;  two  full-length  recitals;  a  passing  grade  on  the 
comprehensive  examination;  submission  of  an  approved  dissertation  (12  semester 
hours  minimum);  and  a  final  oral  examination  on  the  dissertation.  Students  enrolled  in 
this  program  may  apply  for  the  Performance-Tape  Project  as  an  alternative  to  the 
traditional  dissertation.  Voice  majors  must  have  completed  one  year  each  of  French, 
German,  and  Italian. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  the  superb  library  holdings  of  the  campus  itself,  the  adjacent  city  of 
Washington,  D.C.,  affords  graduate  students  in  music  an  unexcelled  opportunity  for 
specialized  research  and  musical  exposure  and  development  in  a  variety  of  private 
and  public  agencies,  such  as  the  Library  of  Congress,  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  and 
the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts. 


400     MUED  —  Music  Education 


Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  competitive  fellowships,  loans,  and  graduate  assistantships  are 
available.  Preference  is  given  to  those  who  have  filed  the  application  for  admission 
and  been  officially  admitted  to  the  University. 

Additional  Information 

Applications,  program  brochures,  audition  schedules,  and  further  information  may  be 
obtained  from: 

Chair,  Music  Department 

Tawes  Fine  Arts  Building 

University  of  Maryland 

Courses 

MUED  —  Music  Education 

MUED  410  Instrumental  Arranging  (2)  Prerequisites:  MUSC  250  and  permission  of 
instructor.  Arranging  for  school  bands  and  orchestras  from  the  elementary  through 
high  school  levels. 

MUED  411  Instrumental  Music:  Methods  and  Materials  For  the  Elementary  School 

(3)  A  comprehensive  study  of  instructional  materials  and  teaching  techniques  for 
beginning  instrumental  classes — winds,  strings  and  percussion. 

MUED  420  Instrumental  Music:  Methods,  Materials  and  Administration  For 
Secondary  School  (2)  A  comprehensive  study  of  instructional  and  program  materials, 
rehearsal  techniques  and  program  planning  for  junior  and  senior  High  School  bands 
and  orchestras.  Organization,  scheduling,  budgeting  and  purchasing  are  included. 

MUED   438    Special    Problems    in   the   Teaching   of   Instrumental    Music   (2-3) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  113-213  or  the  equivalent.  A  study,  through  practice  on  minor 
instruments,  of  the  problems  encountered  in  public  school  teaching  of  orchestral 
instruments.  Literature  and  teaching  materials,  minor  repairs,  and  adjustment  of 
instruments  are  included.  The  course  may  be  taken  for  credit  three  times  since  one  of 
four  groups  of  instruments:  strings,  woodwind,  brass  or  percussion  will  be  studied 
each  time  the  course  is  offered. 

MUEDD  50  Music  in  Early  Childhood  Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  155  or 
equivalent.  Creative  experiences  in  songs  and  rhythms,  correlation  of  music  and 
everyday  teaching  with  the  abilities  and  development  of  each  level;  study  of  songs  and 
materials;  observation  and  teaching  experience  with  each  age  level. 

MUED  460  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  music 
methods  or  teaching  experience.  A  study  of  the  creative  approach  to  the  development 
of  music  experiences  for  children  in  the  elementary  grades  emphasizing  contemporary 
music  and  contemporary  music  techniques. 

MUED  470  General  Concepts  For  Teaching  Music  (1)  Corequisite:  MUED  411  or 
471.  Basic  philosophical,  psychological,  educational  considerations  for  a  total  music 
program  K-12;  strategies  for  teaching  tonal  and  rhythmic  concepts;  evaluation 
techniques  and  field  experiences  in  designated  schools. 

MUED  471  Methods  For  Teaching  Elementary  General  Music  (3)  A  study  of 
curriculum,   materials,  and  teaching  techniques  for  the  development  of  meaningful 


MUED  —  Music  Education     401 


music  experiences  which  contribute  to  a  sequential  musical  growth  for  children  in  the 
elementary  schools. 

MUED  472  Choral  Techniques  and  Repertoire  (2)  Prerequisites:  MUED  470  and 
MUSC  490.  Rehearsal  techniques  for  developing  appropriate  diction,  tone,  production, 
intonation,  phrasing,  and  interpretation  of  choral  music;  examination  of  a  wide  variety 
of  repertoire  for  use  by  choral  performing  groups  on  the  elementary  and  secondary 
levels. 

MUED  478  Special  Topics  in  Music  Education  (1-2)  Prerequisite  MUED  470  or 
consent  of  department.  Each  topic  focuses  on  a  specific  aspect  of  the  music 
instructional  program;  collectively,  the  topics  cover  a  wide  range  of  subject  matter 
relevant  to  today's  schools.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

MUED  480  The  Vocal  Music  Teacher  and  School  Organization  (2)  Prerequisite: 
student  teaching,  previous  or  concurrent.  The  role  of  the  vocal  music  specialist  in  the 
implementation  of  the  supervision  and  administration  of  the  music  programs  in  the 
elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Open  to  graduate  students  by  permission  of 
instructor. 

MUED  499  Workshops,  Clinics,  Institutes  (2-6)  Innovative  and  experimental 
dimensions  of  music  education  will  be  offered  to  meet  the  needs  of  music  teachers 
and  music  supervisors  and  to  allow  students  to  individualize  their  programs.  The 
maximum  number  credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol  toward  any 
degree  is  six  semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six 
semester  hours  have  been  reached. 

MUED  635  Advanced  Orchestration  and  Band  Arranging  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC 
486  or  the  equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  arranging  and  transcription 
procedures  in  scoring  for  the  orchestra  and  band.  Special  attention  is  given  to  the 
arranging  problems  of  the  instrumental  director  in  the  public  schools. 

MUED  637  Advanced  Study:  Developing  Musicality  Through  Instrumental  Music 

(3)  Analysis  of  new  and  established  methods  and  materials  for  developing  musicality. 
The  study  of  the  curriculum  for  large  and  small  ensembles,  and  class  instruction,  and 
its  adaptation  to  the  diverse  organizations  of  today's  schools. 

MUED  662  Advanced  Study:  Developing  Musicality  in  Children  (3)  Analysis  of  new 
and  established  methods  and  materials  including  Orff  and  Kodaly,  and  their  adaptation 
to  teaching  music  in  the  diverse  organizations  of  today's  elementary  schools. 
Emphasis  on  general  musical  experiences  for  all  children. 

MUED  672  Advanced  Study:  Developing  Musicality  in  the  Adolescent  (3)  Analysis 
of  new  and  established  methods  and  materials  for  developing  musicality  through 
classes  in  general  music,  music  appreciation,  music  in  the  humanities,  music  theory, 
chorus,  small  ensembles,  and  class  voice. 

MUED  674  Choral  Conducting  and  Repertoire  (3) 

MUED  680  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Music  in  the  Public  Schools  (3)  The 

study  of  basic  principles  and  practices  of  supervision  and  adminstration  with  emphasis 
on  curriculum  construction,  scheduling,  budgets,  directing  of  in-service  teaching, 
personnel  problems,  and  school-community  relationships. 

MUED  690  Research  Methods  in  Music  and  Music  Education  (3)  The  application  of 
methods  of  research  to  problems  in  the  fields  of  music  and  music  education.  The 


402     MUSC  —  Music 


preparation  of  bibliographies  and  the  written  exposition  of  research  projects  in  the  area 
of  the  student's  major  interest. 

MUED  692  Foundations  of  Music  Education  (3)  Educational  thought  and  its 
application  to  instruction  and  evaluation  in  music  education. 

MUED  698  Current  Trends  in  Music  Education  (2-4)  A  survey  of  current  and 
emerging  philosophies,  methodologies  and  curricula  in  music  education  and  their 
implementation.  The  influence  of  educational  and  social  changes  and  the  expanding 
musical  scene  upon  the  music  programs  for  children  of  all  ages  and  for  teacher 
education.  The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this  course 
symbol  (within  established  limits  of  programs)  toward  any  degree,  eight  semester 
hours.  The  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  eight  semester  hours  have 
been  completed. 

MUED  890  History  of  Music  Education  in  the  United  States  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  study  of  historical  development  of  pedagogical 
practices  in  music  education,  their  philosophical  implications  and  educational  values. 

MUSC  —  Music 

MUSC  400  Music  Pedagogy  (3)  Conference  course.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite: 
MUSC  418,  or  a  more  advanced  course  in  applied  music.  A  study  of  major 
pedagogical  treatises  in  music,  and  an  evaluation  of  pedagogical  techniques, 
materials,  and  procedures. 

MUSC  415  Music  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department  chairman. 
Application  of  management  concepts  to  music  administration. 

MUSC  428  Repertoire  Coaching  of  Vocal  or  Chamber  Music  (2)  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite:  MUSC  328.  A  course  for  piano  students  who  wish  to  go  further  than  the 
work  offered  in  MUSC  128,  228,  and  328  by  becoming  specialists  in  the  areas  of  vocal 
coaching  or  chamber  music  coaching.  Elements  of  pedagogy,  conducting,  and 
responsible  artistic  decision-making  for  the  entire  musical  production. 

MUSC  429  Opera  Theater  (2-3)  Ten  hours  per  week.  Open  to  music  and  non-music 
majors  with  consent  of  director.  Advanced  techniques  of  operatic  production; 
preparation,  rehearsal,  and  performance  of  operatic  works  from  both  the  traditional 
and  contemporary  repertory.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  twelve  credits. 

MUSC  432  Music  in  World  Cultures  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  130  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Asian  musics  from  Japan  to  the  Arab  countries  analyzed  in  terms  of 
musical,  social  and  aesthetic  approaches. 

MUSC  433  Music  in  World  Cultures  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  130  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Music  of  the  Balkans,  Africa,  South  and  North  America  analyzed  in  terms  of 
musical,  social  and  aesthetic  interrelationships. 

MUSC  436  Jazz:  Then  and  Now  (3)  Major  styles  and  influential  artists  of  the  past  75 
years  of  jazz. 

MUSC  438  Area  Studies  in  Ethnomusicology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  432  or  433  or 
equivalent.  Advanced  study  of  musics  in  selected  regions  of  the  world.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  nine  credits  provided  content  is  different. 

MUSC  439  Collegium  Musicum  (1)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor.  Open  to 
undergraduates  and  graduates,  music  majors  and  non-majors.  Procurement,  edition, 


MUSC  —  Music     403 


and  performance  of  music  not  belonging  to  a  standard  repertory:  early  music, 
compositions  for  unusual  performing  media,  works  which  demand  reconstruction  of 
their  original  circumstances  of  performance.  Outcome  of  a  semester's  work  may  be 
one  or  more  performances  for  the  public.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  five  times. 

MUSC  443  Solo  Vocal  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  330,  331  or  the  equivalent. 
The  study  of  solo  vocal  literature  from  the  Baroque  Cantata  to  the  Art  Song  of  the 
present.  The  Lied,  Melodie,  vocal  chamber  music,  and  the  orchestral  song  are 
examined. 

MUSC  445  Survey  of  the  Opera  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  330,  331.  or  the  equivalent.  A 
study  of  the  music,  librettos  and  composers  of  the  standard  operas. 

MUSC  448  Special  Topics  in  Music  (2-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

MUSC  450  Musical  Form  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251.  A  study  of  the  principles  of 
organization  in  music  with  emphasis  on  eighteenth  and  nineteenth  century  European 
music.  Reading  and  analysis  of  scores  exemplifying  the  musical  forms. 

MUSC  451  Analysis  of  Music  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  450  or  permission  of  instructor. 
An  advanced  course  in  the  analysis  of  tonal  music.  Discussion  of  individual  works,  with 
emphasis  on  their  unique  characteristics  and  on  the  relation  of  analysis  to 
performance. 

MUSC  452  Keyboard  Harmony  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251.  Keyboard  performance  of 
musical  score  for  vocal  and  instrumental  ensembles  and  keyboard  realization  of  basso 
continuo  parts. 

MUSC  453  Class  Study  of  Guitar  and  Recorder  (2)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 
or  any  four  of  the  following:  MUSC  102.  103,  113.  114.  116,  117.  120.  121.  202.  203. 
Three  hours  per  week.  Study  and  development  of  instrumental  technique,  pedagogical 
practices,  and  materials  relating  to  group  performance. 

MUSC  457  Electronic  Music  Composition  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  250  and 
permission  of  instructor.  Theory  and  practice  of  electronic  music, 
electronically-generated  sound,  and  its  modulation  in  the  voltage-controlled  studio. 

MUSC  460  Tonal  Counterpoint  I  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  course  in  eighteenth-century  contrapuntal  techniques,  analysis  and 
original  composition  of  two-voice  dances,  preludes,  and  inventions. 

MUSC  461  Tonal  Counterpoint  II  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  460.  A  continuation  of 
MUSC  460.  Analysis  and  original  composition  of  larger  works  displaying  imitation  in 
more  than  two  voices,  including  the  chorale  prelude  and  fugue. 

MUSC  462  Modal  Counterpoint  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251  or  the  equivalent.  An 
introduction  to  the  contrapuntal  techniques  of  the  sixteenth  century:  the  structure  of  the 
modes,  composition  of  modal  melodies,  and  contrapuntal  writing  for  two,  three  and 
four  voices. 

MUSC  465  Canon  and  Fugue  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  461  or  the  equivalent. 
Composition  and  analysis  of  the  canon  and  fugue  in  the  styles  of  the  eighteenth, 
nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

MUSC  466  Structural  Counterpoint  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  461  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.    A    study   of   counterpoint   and    its    role   in   articulating    large-scale   tonal 


404     MUSC  —  Music 


structures  with  emphasis  on  analysis  and  written  exercises. 

MUSC  467  Piano  Pedagogy  I  (3)  A  study  of  major  pedagogical  treatises  in  music, 
and  an  evaluation  of  pedagogical  techniques,  materials,  and  procedures. 

MUSC  468  Piano  Pedagogy  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  467.  Application  of  the  studies 
begun  in  MUSC  467  to  the  actual  lesson  situation.  Evaluation  of  results.  May  be 
repeated  once  for  credit. 

MUSC  470  Harmonic  and  Contrapuntal  Practices  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (2) 

Prerequisite:  MUSC  251  or  equivalent.  A  theoretical  and  analytical  study  of  twentieth 
century  materials. 

MUSC  471  Contemporary  Compositional  Techniques  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  470  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Continuation  of  MUSC  470,  with  emphasis  on  the  analysis  of 
individual  works  written  since  1945. 

MUSC  480  Music  in  Antiquity  and  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Survey  of  western  music  from 
Hellenic  times  to  1450. 

MUSC  481  Music  in  the  Renaissance  (3)  Survey  of  western  music  from  1450  to  1600. 

MUSC  482  Music  in  the  Baroque  Era  (3)  Survey  of  western  music  from  1600  to  1750. 

MUSC  483  Music  in  the  Classic  Era  (3)  Survey  of  western  music  from  1750  to  1820. 

MUSC  484  Music  in  the  Romantic  Era  (3)  Survey  of  western  music  from  1820  to 
1900. 

MUSC  485  Music  in  the  20Th  Century  (3)  Survey  of  western  music  from  1900  to  the 
present. 

MUSC  486  Orchestration  I  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251.  A  study  of  the  ranges, 
musical  functions  and  technical  characteristics  of  the  instruments  and  their  color 
possibilities  in  various  combinations.  Practical  experience  in  orchestrating  for  small 
and  large  ensembles. 

MUSC  487  Orchestration  II  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  486.  A  study  of  orchestration  in 
the  various  historical  periods,  with  emphasis  upon  stylistic  writing  projects. 

MUSC  490  Conducting  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251.  Vocal  and  instrumental  baton 
techniques. 

MUSC  491  Conducting  II  (2)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  490  or  the  equivalent.  Baton 
techniques  applied  to  score  reading,  rehearsal  techniques,  tone  production,  style  and 
interpretation. 

MUSC  492  Keyboard  Music  I  (3)  The  history  and  literature  of  harpsichord  and  solo 
piano  music  from  its  beginning  to  the  romantic  period.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  those 
segments  of  repertoire  which  are  encountered  in  performance  and  teaching  situations 
at  the  present  time. 

MUSC  493  Keyboard  Music  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  492.  The  history  and  literature 
of  harpsichord  and  solo  piano  music  from  the  romantic  period  to  the  present. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  those  segments  of  repertoire  which  are  encountered  in 
performance  and  teaching  situations  at  the  present  time. 

MUSC  494  Survey  of  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  251.  A  study  of  the  major 
contributions  of  music  theorists  from  Greek  antiquity  through  the  twentieth  century. 


MUSC  —  Music     405 


MUSC  495  Acoustics  For  Musicians  (3)  Prerequisites  MUSC  251  or  the  equivalent. 
and  senior  or  graduate  standing  in  music.  The  basic  physics  of  music,  acoustics  of 
musical  instruments  and  music  theory,  physiological  acoustics,  and 
musico-architectural  acoustics. 

MUSC  499  Independent  Studies  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Independent  research  on  a  topic  chosen  in  consultation  with  the  instructor,  which  may 
culminate  in  a  paper  or  appropriate  project.  May  be  repeated  once  for  credit. 

MUSC  608  Chamber  Music  Repertoire  (1-3)  Prerequisite  graduate  standing  as  a 
major  in  performance.  A  study,  through  performance,  of  diversified  chamber  music  for 
standard  media.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to  the  maximum  credit  designated  in  the 
student's  major  degree  program. 

MUSC  621  Documents  of  Theory  and  Aesthetics:  Ancient,  Medieval  and 
Renaissance  (3)  Writings  about  music  in  antiquity,  the  middle  ages,  and  the 
renaissance. 

MUSC  622  Documents  of  Theory  and  Aesthetics:  Baroque  (3)  Writings  about 
western  music  from  1600  to  1750. 

MUSC  623  Documents  of  Theory  and  Aesthetics:  Classic  (3)  Writings  about  western 
music  from  1750  to  1820. 

MUSC  624  Documents  of  Theory  and  Aesthetics:  Romantic  (3)  Writings  about 
western  music  from  1820  to  1900. 

MUSC  625  Documents  of  Theory  and  Aesthetics:  20Th  Century  (3)  Writings  about 
western  music  from  1900  to  the  present. 

MUSC  630  Teaching  the  Theory,  History,  and  Literature  of  Music  (3)  Prerequisite: 
graduate  standing  and  consent  of  instructor.  A  course  in  teaching  methodology  with 
emphasis  on  instruction  at  the  college  level. 

MUSC  635  American  Music  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  A  survey  of 
american  art  music  from  Colonial  times  to  present. 

MUSC  639  Seminar  in  Music  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  330.  331  and  consent  of 
instructor.  The  work  of  one  major  composer  (Bach.  Beethoven,  etc.)  will  be  studied. 
The  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  since  a  different  composer  will  be  chosen 
each  time  it  is  offered. 

MUSC  640  Performance  Practice  I  (3)  Problems  in  the  performance  of  music  lying 
primarily  outside  the  standard  repertory.  Mainly  for  performance  majors. 

MUSC  641  Performance  Practice  II  (3)  Problems  in  the  performance  of  music  lying 
primarily  outside  the  standard  repertory.  Mainly  for  performance  majors.  Continuation 
of  MUSC  640. 

MUSC  642  Early  Music  Notation  (3)  Aspects  of  notation  in  music  before  1600: 
transcription  into  modern  notation. 

MUSC  643  Seminar  in  Solo  Vocal  Literature  I  (3)  Preerquisite:  MUSC  444  or 
equivalent.  An  intensive  study  of  solo  vocal  literature  from  its  origin  to  the  present. 

MUSC  644  Seminar  in  Solo  Vocal  Literature  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  643  or 
equivalent.  A  continuation  of  MUSC  643  with  an  emphasis  on  areas  of  individual 
interest. 


406     MUSC  —  Music 


MUSC  645  Seminar  in  Vocal  Pedagogy  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  400  or  the  equivalent. 
A  study  of  the  physiological,  psychological  and  acoustical  aspects  of  the  teaching  of 
singing  combined  with  the  independent  studies  and  research  in  areas  of  individual 
interest. 

MUSC  648  Seminar  in  Music  Research  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  331  and  graduate 
standing.  An  introduction  to  graduate  study  in  the  history  and  literature  of  music. 
Bibliography  and  methodology  of  systematic  and  historical  musicology. 

MUSC  650  The  Contemporary  Idiom  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  470  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Analysis  of  various  works  of  the  twentieth  century. 

MUSC  662  Advanced  Modal  Counterpoint  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  461  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Composition  of  music  in  the  style  of  the  renaissance.  Analysis  of  the  music 
of  such  composers  as  Cckeghem,  Dufay,  Josquin,  Palestrina. 

MUSC  670  Advanced  Analytical  Techniques  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  451  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Analysis  of  representative  masterpieces  of  the  eighteenth  and  early 
nineteenth  centuries. 

MUSC  671  Advanced  Analytical  Techniques  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  451  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  representative  masterpieces  of  the  nineteenth  and 
early  twentieth  centuries. 

MUSC  675  Music  Theory  Pedagogy  (3)  Analysis  of  introductory  level  music  theory 
courses,  evaluation  of  text  materials,  and  teaching  approaches  for  music 
fundamentals,  aural  training,  and  basic  undergraduate  theory  programs. 

MUSC  678  Seminar  in  Musical  Composition  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  479  or 
equivalent,  and  graduate  standing.  An  advanced  course  in  musical  composition.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUSC  679  Seminar  in  Ethnomusicology  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  434-435.  Selected 
problems  in  Ethnomusicology.  Independent  research  in  such  topics  as  transcription, 
analysis,  and  taxonomy. 

MUSC  680  Seminar  in  Music  of  Antiquity  and  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Research  topics 
in  music  from  antiquity  to  1450. 

MUSC  681  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  Renaissance  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of  the 
Renaissance.  Research  topics  in  music  from  1450  to  1600. 

MUSC  682  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  Baroque  Era  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of  the 
Baroque  era.  Research  topics  in  music  from  1600  to  1750. 

MUSC  683  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  Classic  Era  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of  the  Classic 
era.  Research  topics  in  music  from  1750  to  1820. 

MUSC  684  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  Romantic  Era  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of  the 
Romantic  era.  Research  topics  in  music  from  1820  to  1900. 

MUSC  685  Seminar  in  Music  of  the  20Th  Century  (3)  Seminar  in  music  of  the 
twentieth  century.  Research  topics  in  music  from  1900  to  the  present. 

MUSC  688  Advanced  Orchestration  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  487  or  the  equivalent, 
and  graduate  standing.  Orchestration  projects  in  the  styles  of  DeBussy,  Ravel, 
Stravinsky,  Gchoenberg,  Bartok,  and  others.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUSC  689  Advanced  Conducting  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  491  or  the  equivalent.  A 


MUSP  —  Music  Performance     407 


concentrated  study  of  the  conducting  techniques  involved  in  the  repertoire  of  all 
historical  periods.  May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUSC  696  Factors  in  Musical  Learning  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  331  or  the  equivalent 
and  at  least  one  course  in  psychology.  The  psychology  of  intervals,  scales,  rhythms, 
and  harmony.  Musical  hearing  and  creativity.  The  psychology  of  musical  ability.  The 
theory  of  functional  music. 

MUSC  699  Special  Topics  in  Music  (2-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  semester  hours. 

MUSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

MUSC  800  Advanced  Seminar  in  Music  Pedagogy  (3)  Prerequisites:  MUSC  400  or 
equivalent,  doctoral  standing  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  historical 
and  contemporary  methods  of  pedagogy,  and  analysis  of  pedagogical  problems. 
Sectioning  by  instrument.  Required  of  all  candidates  for  the  D.M.A.  Degree  in 
performance  and  literature. 

MUSC  801  Advanced  Seminar  in  Music  Pedagogy  (3)  Prerequisites:  MUSC  400  or 
equivalent,  doctoral  standing  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  historical 
and  contemporary  methods  of  pedagogy,  and  analysis  of  pedagogical  problems. 
Sectioning  by  instrument.  Required  of  all  candidates  for  the  D.M.A.  Degree  in 
performance  and  literature. 

MUSC  830  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Music  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  at  least  twelve 
hours  in  music  history  and  literature.  An  analytical  survey  of  the  literature  of  music: 
keyboard  music;  vocal  music;  string  music;  wind  instrument  music;  required  of  all 
candidates  for  the  D.M.A.  Degree  in  literature-performance. 

MUSC  831  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Music  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  830  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  analytical  survey  of  the  literature  of  music:  keyboard  music; 
vocal  music;  string  music;  wind  instrument  music.  Required  of  all  candidates  for  the 
D.M.A.  Degree  in  literature-performance. 

MUSC  878  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Prerequisite:  MUSC  678  or  the  equivalent,  and 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Conference  course  in  composition  in  the  larger  forms. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

MUSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

MUSP  —  Music  Performance 

Graduate  music  performance  courses  are  available  in  three  series: 

minor  series  -  MUSP  402,  403  intended  for  either  music  majors  studying  a  secondary 
instrument  or  non-music  majors. 

principal  series  -  MUSP  409,410,609,610  intended  for  majors  in  music  programs 
other  than  performance. 

major  series  -  MUSP  419,420,619,620,719,815,816,817  intended  for  students 
majoring  in  performance. 

variable  credit  courses:  may  be  taken  for  2  or  4  credits.  Instrument  designation: 
each  student  taking  a  music  performance  course  must  indicate  the  instrument  chosen 
by  adding  a  suffix  to  the  proper  course  number,  such  as:  MUSP  402A  music 
performance  -   piano.    A — piano;   B — voice;   C — violin;   D — viola;   E — cello;   F — bass; 


408     MUSP  —  Music  Performance 


G — flute;  H — oboe;  I — clarinet;  J — basson;  K— saxophone;  L— horn;  M — trumpet; 
N — trombone;  0 — tuba;  P — euphonium;  Q — percussion;  R — organ;  S — guitar; 
T — composition;  U — conducting;  V — harp;  W — electronic  composition;  X — hist  inst  - 
keyboard;  Y — hist  inst  -  strings;  Z — hist  inst  -  winds. 

400-LEVEL  courses  in  the  minor  series:  prerequisite:  permission  of  department 
chairperson.  Each  course  in  the  series  must  be  taken  in  sequence.  One  half-hour 
private  lesson  per  week  plus  assigned  independent  practice. 

400-LEVEL  courses  in  the  principal  or  major  series:  2  or  4  credits.  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  department  chairperson.  Each  course  in  the  series  must  be  taken  in 
sequence.   One-hour  private  lesson  per  week  plus  assigned  independent  practice. 

MUSP  402  Music  Performance  (2)  Senior  course,  in  the  minor  series. 

MUSP  403  Music  Performance  (2)  Senior  course,  in  the  minor  series. 

MUSP  409  Music  Performance  (2-4)  Senior  course  in  the  principal  series. 

MUSP  410  Music  Performance  (2-4)  Senior  course  in  the  principal  series.  Recital 
required. 

MUSP  419  Music  Performance  (2-4)  Senior  course  in  the  major  series. 

MUSP  420  Music  Performance  (2-4)  Senior  course  in  the  major  series.  Recital 
required. 

MUSP  609  Interpretation  and  Repertoire  (2)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department 
chairman  and  graduate  standing  in  performance  in  the  principal  series. 

MUSP  610  Graduate  Music  Performance  (4)  Prerequisite:  MUSP  609  and  permission 
of  department  chairman.   Recital  course  in  the  principal  series. 

MUSP  619  Interpretation  and  Repertoire  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  departmental  audition 
and  permission  of  Department  Chairman.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  12  credits. 

MUSP  620  Graduate  Music  Performance  (4)  Prerequisite:  MUSP  619  and  permission 
of  Department  Chairman.   Recital  course  in  the  major  series. 

MUSP  719  Interpretation  and  Repertoire  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  departmental  audition, 
admission  to  doctoral  program  in  the  major  series  and  permission  of  department 
chairman.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  12  credits. 

MUSP  815  Interpretation,  Performance,  and  Pedagogy  (4)  A  seminar  in  pedagogy 
and  the  pedagogical  literature  for  the  doctoral  performer,  with  advanced  instruction  at 
the  instrument,  covering  appropriate  compositions.  Required  of  all  candidates  for  the 
D.M.A.  Degree  in  literature-performance.  Prerequisite:  doctoral  standing  in 
performance  and  permission  of  department  chairman.  Recital  course. 

MUSP  816  Interpretation,  Performance,  and  Pedagogy  (4)  Recital  course. 
Prerequisite:  MUSP  815  and  permission  of  Department  Chairman. 

MUSP  817  Interpretation,  Performance,  and  Pedagogy  (4)  Recital  course. 
Prerequisite:  MUSP  816  and  permission  of  Department  Chairman. 


ENNU  —  Engineering,  Nuclear     409 


Nuclear  Engineering  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Munno 

Professor  and  Department  Chair:  Cad  man 

Professors:  Duffey,  Hsu,  Roush,  Silverman 

Associate  Professors:  Almenas,  Pertmer 

Assistant  Professor:  Modarres 

The  Nuclear  Engineering  program  is  in  the  Department  of  Chemical  and  Nuclear 

Engineering.  It  has  as  its  primary  objective  the  maintenance  and  extension  of  the  ever 

increasing  degree  of  engineering  sophistication.   The  courses  and  research  programs 

strive  to  create  an  atmosphere  of  originality  and  creativity  which  prepares  the  student 

for  the  engineering  leadership  of  tomorrow. 

An  individual  plan  of  graduate  study  compatible  with  the  student's  interests  and 
background  is  established  by  the  student,  his  or  her  advisor  and  the  department  head. 
General  areas  of  concentration  include  reactor  safety,  reactor  thermal/hydraulics, 
nuclear  fuel  management,  transport  theory,  activation  analysis,  energy  conversion, 
reactor  physics,  radiation  engineering,  reactor  dynamics,  radiation  shielding  and 
nuclear  core  design.  The  general  nuclear  engineering  program  is  focused  toward 
energy  conversion  and  power  engineering  with  the  additional  speciality  in  radiation 
and  polymer  science. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  programs  leading  to  the  M.S.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  are  open  to  qualified  students 
holding  the  B.S.  degree.  Full  admission  may  be  granted  to  students  with  degrees  in 
any  of  the  engineering  and  science  areas  from  accredited  programs.  In  some  cases  it 
may  be  necessary  to  require  coursse  to  fulfill  the  background.  The  general  regulations 
of  the  Graduate  School  apply  in  reviewing  applications. 

The  candidate  for  the  M.S.  degree  has  the  choice  of  following  a  plan  of  study  with 
thesis  or  without  thesis.  The  equivalent  of  at  least  three  years  of  full-time  study  beyond 
the  B.S.  degree  is  required  for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  All  students  seeking  graduate 
degrees  in  Nuclear  Engineering  must  enroll  in  ENNU  620,  630,  655  and  440.  Many  of 
these  courses  are  offered  in  the  late  afternoon  and  evening.  In  addition  to  the  general 
rules  of  the  Graduate  School  certain  special  degree  requirements  are  set  forth  by  the 
Department  in  its  departmental  publications. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  facilities  available  for  graduate  study  in  Nuclear  Engineering  include  the 
nuclear  reactor,  a  large  gamma  source,  and  a  10  MeV  Electron  Linear  Accelerator, 
neutron  generator,  and  various  analyzers  and  detectors.  Activities  in  these  areas  are 
coordinated  through  the  nuclear  reactor  facility  and  the  laboratory  for  Radiation  and 
Polymer  Science.  The  nuclear  reactor  is  a  250  KW  swimming  pool  type  using  enriched 
uranium. 

Courses 

ENNU  —  Engineering,  Nuclear 

ENNU  430  Radioisotope  Power  Sources  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU  215  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Principles  and  theory  of  radioisotope  power  sources.  Design  and  use  of 


410     ENNU  —  Engineering,  Nuclear 


nuclear  batteries  and  small  energy  conversion  devices. 

ENNU  435  Activation  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU  215  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Principles  and  techniques  of  activation  analysis  involving  neutrons,  photons  and 
charged  particles.  Emphasis  placed  upon  application  of  this  analytical  technique  to 
solving  environmental  and  engineering  problems. 

ENNU  440  Nuclear  Technology  Laboratory  (3)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisites:  MATH  240,  PHYS  263.  Techniques  of  detecting  and 
making  measurements  of  nuclear  or  high  energy  radiation.  Radiation  safety 
experiments.  Both  a  sub-critical  reactor  and  the  swimming  pool  critical  reactor  are 
sources  of  radiation. 

ENNU  450  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering  I  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  246  and  PHYS 
263  or  consent  of  instructor.  Elementary  nuclear  physics,  reactor  theory,  and  reactor 
energy  transfer.  Steady-state  and  time-dependent  neutron  distributions  in  space  and 
energy.  Conduction  and  convective  heat  transfer  in  nuclear  reactor  systems. 

ENNU  455  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU  450  General  plant 
design  considerations  including  radiation  hazards  and  health  physics,  shielding 
design,  nuclear  power  economics,  radiation  effects  on  reactor  materials,  and  various 
types  of  nuclear  reactor  systems. 

ENNU  460  Nuclear  Heat  Transport  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU  450.  Heat  generation  in 
nuclear  reactor  cores,  conduction  and  transfer  to  coolants.  Neutron  flux  distributions, 
fission  and  heat  release.  Steady  and  unsteady  state  conduction  in  fuel  elements.  Heat 
transfer  to  nonmetallic  and  metallic  coolants.  Heat  transfer  with  phase  change. 
Thermal  design  of  reactor  cores. 

ENNU  461  Chemical  Separation  in  the  Nuclear  Cycle  Reactor  Fuel  (3)  Prerequisite: 
ENNU  450  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  chemical  and  physical 
separation  of  the  nuclear  reactor  fuel.  Basic  separation  processes,  reactor  fuel 
fabrication,  reactor  chemistry  problems  and  the  handling  and  treatment  of  radioactive 
waste.  Calculations  of  plant  design  and  operation.  Related  safety  issues. 

ENNU  465  Nuclear  Reactor  Systems  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  Math  246,  PHYS 
263,  ENNU  455,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Power  reactor  (BWR,PWR,HTGR)  system 
design  and  analysis.  System  specifications  and  modes  of  operation.  Plant 
documentation  (PSAR.FSAR,  etc.).  Piping  and  instrumentation  drawings.  Theory  and 
application  of  pump  and  piping  calculations.  Steam  power  plant  cycles  and 
calculations.  Steam  plant  equipment  (turbines,  heaters,  condensers,  etc.)  analysis. 

ENNU  468  Research  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  staff.  Investigation  of  a 
research  project  under  the  direction  of  one  of  the  staff  members.  Comprehensive 
reports  are  required.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six -semester  hours. 

ENNU  470  Introduction  to  Controlled  Fusion  (3)  Prerequisite:  senior  standing  in 
engineering  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  principles  and  the  current  status  of  research 
to  achieve  controlled  thermonuclear  power  production.  Properties  of  ionized  gases 
relating  to  confinement  and  heating.  Concepts  of  practical  fusion  devices. 

ENNU  480  Reactor  Core  Design  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU  450  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Design  of  nuclear  reactor  cores  based  on  a  sequence  of  standard  computer  codes. 
Thermal  and  epithermal  cross  sections,  multigroup  diffusion  theory  in  one  and  two 
dimensions  and  fine  structure  flux  calculations  using  transport  theory. 


ENNU  —  Engineering,  Nuclear     411 


ENNU  490  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Power  Management  (3)  Prerequisites  ENNU  460  and 
480,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Physics  and  economics  of  the  nuclear  fuel  cycle  utilizing 
existing  design  codes.  Mining,  conversion,  enrichment,  fabrication,  reprocessing 
processes.  Effects  of  plutonium  recycle,  in-core  shuffling,  fuel  mechanical  design  and 
power  peaking  on  fuel  cycle  costs. 

ENNU  609  Seminar  in  Nuclear  Engineering  (1) 

ENNU  620  Methods  of  Engineering  Analysis  (3)  Application  of  selected 
mathematical  techniques  to  the  analysis  and  solution  of  engineering  problems; 
included  are  the  applications  of  matrices,  vectors,  tensors,  differential  equations, 
integral  transforms,  and  probability  methods  to  such  problems  as  unsteady  heat 
transfer,  transient  phemomena  in  mass  transfer  operations,  stagewise  processes, 
chemical  reactors,  process  control,  and  nuclear  reactor  physics. 

ENNU  630  Nuclear  Reactor  Physics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU  450  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  neutron  physics.  The  theory  of  neutron  detection  instruments 
including  the  neutron  chopper  and  solid  state  detectors.  Elements  of  neutron 
slowing-down  theory.  The  Boltzman  transport  equation  is  developed  together  with 
approximations  such  as  PN,  SN,  and  Fermi  Age.  Nuclear  systems  are  theoretically 
treated  utilizing  the  diffusion  approximation,  the  Fermi  Age  method  and  the  P-3 
method.  Elementary  temperature  and  time  dependence. 

ENNU  640  Nuclear  Reactor  Physics  II  (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  ENCH  320. 
Mathematical  treatment  of  nuclear  reactor  systems.  The  foundations  of  nuclear  reactor 
kinetics,  the  multigroup  treatment,  reflected  reactor  theory,  heterogeneous  reactors, 
perturbation  theory.  Thermalization  theory  and  the  pulse  and  sine-wave  techniques. 
Introduction  to  variational  methods. 

ENNU  648  Special  Problems  in  Nuclear  Engineering  (1-16) 

ENNU  649  Selected  Topics  in  Nuclear  Engineering  (2)  Two  lectures  a  week 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Topics  of  current  interest  and  recent  advances 
in  the  nuclear  engineering  field.  Because  of  the  rapid  advances  in  the  field,  information 
on  special  topics  of  much  practical  importance  is  continually  becoming  available. 
Since  the  content  changes,  re-registration  may  be  permitted. 

ENNU  655  Radiation  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  such  radiation  applications  as  synthesizing  chemicals,  preserving  foods, 
control  of  industrial  processes,  design  of  irradiation  installations.  E.G.,  Cobalt  60 
gamma  ray  sources,  electronuclear  machine  arrangement,  and  chemonuclear  reactors. 

ENNU  656  Radiation  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  An 
analysis  of  such  radiation  applications  as  synthesizing  chemicals,  preserving  foods, 
control  of  industrial  processes,  design  of  irradiation  installations.  E.G.,  Cobalt  60 
gamma  ray  sources,  electronuclear  machine  arrangement,  and  chemonuclear  reactors. 

ENNU  667  Radiation  Effects  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Effect  of  massive  doses  of  radiation  on  the  properties  of  matter  for  purposes  other  than 
those  pointed  toward  nuclear  power.  Radiation  processing,  radiation-induced  chemical 
reactions,  and  conversion  of  radiation  energy;  isotope  power  sources. 

ENNU  671  Nuclear  Reactor  Laboratory  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites:  permission  of  instructor.  The  university  of  maryland  swimming  pool 
reactor  is  employed  in  experiments  on  reactor  startup  and  operation,  shielding,  control, 


412     Nutritional  Sciences  Program 


neutron  flux  distributions,  neutron  and  gamma  spectrum,  cross  section  measurements. 

ENNU  672  Nuclear  Reactor  Laboratory  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites:  permission  of  instructor.  The  university  of  maryland  swimming  pool 
reactor  is  employed  in  experiments  on  reactor  startup  and  operation,  shielding,  control, 
neutron  flux  distributions,  neutron  and  gamma  spectrum,  cross  section  measurements. 

ENNU  720  Neutral  Particle  Transport  Theory  (3)  First  semester  Prerequisite:  ENNU 
630  or  permission  of  instructor.  Transport  equations  for  neutrons  and  gamma  rays. 
Infinite  space  and  milne  problems.  Spherical  harmonic  and  variational  methods. 
Special  methods  of  solving  transport  equations. 

ENNU  730  Radiation  Shielding  and  Energy  Deposition  (3)  First  semester. 
Prerequisite:  ENNU  630  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  interactions  of 
nuclear  radiations  with  matter.  Includes  electron,  gamma  and  neutron  attenuation, 
dose  calculations,  chemical  changes,  heat  generation  and  removal  in  shields. 

ENNU  740  Nuclear  Reactor  Dynamics  (3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  ENNU  640. 
Principles  of  reactor  control  and  operation.  Neutron  kinetics,  temperature  and  coolant 
flow  effects,  transfer  function,  stochastic  processes.  Stability  analysis.  Accident 
calculations.  Use  of  analog  computer  or  simulation  and  problem  solving. 

ENNU  761  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Waste  Processing  (3)  First  semester,  three  lectures  a 
week.  Processing  of  nuclear  fuel  and  treatment  of  nuclear  waste.  Includes:  processing 
of  uranium,  thorium,  and  other  ores;  chemical  separation  of  plutonium,  uranium,  fission 
products  and  other  elements  from  materials  irradiated  in  nuclear  reactors;  treatment  of 
radioactive  wastes;  isotopic  separation  of  U235;  and  isotopic  separation  of  heavy 
water  and  other  materials. 

ENNU  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ENNU  840  Nuclear  Reactor  Design  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENNU  630  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  design  features  of  nuclear  reactor  systems.  The  preliminary  design  of  a 
reactor  is  carried  out  by  the  student.  Core  design  including  heat  transfer,  control 
system,  safety  systems  and  shielding.  Standard  computer  programs  are  utilized 
throughout. 

ENNU  860  Fast  Reactor  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisite:  ENNU  630.  Engineering  and 
physics  problems  of  fast  reactors.  Neutron  economy  and  breeding.  Transport  theory 
based  on  neutronic  core  design.  Liquid  metal  and  gaseous  coolant  heat  transfer. 
Aspects  of  fast  reactor  plant  design. 

ENNU  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Nutritional  Sciences  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Soares 

Professors:  Davis,  King,  Vandersall,  Westhoff,  Young  (Animal  Sciences);  Campagnoni, 

Holmlund,  Keeney  (Chemistry);  Ahrens,  Beaton,  Prather  (Food,  Nutrition  &  Institution 

Administration);  Soares,  Thomas  (Poultry  Science);  Heald,  Tildon  (Pediatrics,  UMAB). 

Associate  Professors:  DeBarthe,  Douglass,  Mather,  Vijay  (Animal  Sciences);  Hansen, 

Sampugna  (Chemistry);  Cox,  Moser  (Food,  Nutrition  &  Institution  Administration); 

Johnson  (Poultry  Science);  McKenna,  Max,  Roeder  (Pediatrics,  UMAB). 

Assistant  Professors:  Cassel,  Erdman,  Glade,  Russek  (Animal  Sciences);  Brady,  Norton 

(Food,  Nutrition  &  Institution  Administration);  Ottinger  (Poultry  Science). 


NUSC  —  Nutritional  Science     413 


The  Graduate  Program  in  Nutritional  Sciences  offers  study  leading  to  the  Master  of 
Science  and  the  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees.  It  is  an  interdepartmental  program 
involving  faculty  in  the  Departments  of  Animal  Sciences,  Chemistry,  Food,  Nutrition  & 
Institution  Administration,  and  Poultry  Science  on  the  College  Park  Campus,  and 
Pediatrics  at  the  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  City  Campus. 

Students   interested   in   the   program   should   contact  the   Department   Chair  for 
information  on  specific  requirements. 

Courses 

NUSC  —  Nutritional  Science 

NUSC  402  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite  CHEM  104;  ANSC  212  and 
BCHM  261  recommended.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  all  nutrients  in  the  body 
including  their  digestion,  absorption,  and  metabolism.  Dietary  requirements  and 
nutritional  deficiency  syndromes  of  laboratory  and  farm  animals  and  man. 

NUSC  403  Applied  Animal  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  MATH  110,  NUSC  402  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  critical  study 
of  those  factors  which  influence  the  nutritional  requirements  of  ruminants,  swine  and 
poultry.  Practical  feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in  formulation  of  economically 
efficient  rations  will  be  presented. 

NUSC  425  International  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisite:  course  in  basic  nutrition.  Nutritional 
status  of  world  population  and  local,  national,  and  international  programs  for 
improvement. 

NUSC  450  Advanced  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisites:  consent  of  department; 
NUTR  300  and  BCHM  261  or  concurrent  registration  in  BCHM  462.  Two  lectures  and 
one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  A  critical  study  of  the  physiological  and  metabolic 
influences  on  nutrient  utilization,  with  particular  emphasis  on  current  problems  in 
human  nutrition. 

NUSC  460  Therapeutic  Human  Nutrition  (3)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  NUTR  300  and  NUTR  450.  Modifications  of  the  normal 
adequate  diet  to  meet  human  nutritional  needs  in  pathological  conditions. 

NUSC  463  Nutrition  Laboratory  (2)  Prerequisite:  ANSC  401  /NUSC  402  or  concurrent 
registration.  Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Digestibility  studies  with  ruminant  and 
monogastric  animals,  proximate  analysis  of  various  food  products,  and  feeding  trials 
demonstrating  classical  nutritional  deficiencies  in  laboratory  animals. 

NUSC  600  Recent  Progress  in  Human  Nutrition  (3)  First  semester  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Recent  developments  in  the  science  of  nutrition  with  emphasis  on 
interpretation  for  application  in  health  and  disease. 

NUSC  601  Advanced  Ruminant  Nutrition  (2)  First  semester.  Two  1-hour  lectures  and 
one  2-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  department.  Biochemical, 
physiological  and  bacteriological  aspects  of  the  nutrition  of  ruminants  and  other 
animals. 

NUSC  603  Mineral  Metabolism  (3)  Presentation  of  basic  nutritional  data  on  mineral 
metabolism  with  emphasis  on  interactions  of  minerals.  Trace  elements  will  be  given 
special  attention.  The  role  of  minerals  in  metabolic  regulation  is  stressed.  Two  one-hour 
lectures/one  two-hour  discussion  period. 


414     NUSC  —  Nutritional  Science 


NUSC  604  Vitamin  Nutrition  (3)  Prerequisites:  ANSC  401  and  CHEM  461.  Two 
one-hour  lectures  and  one  two-hour  discussion  period  per  week.  Advanced  study  of 
the  fundamental  role  of  vitamins  and  vitamin-like  cofactors  in  nutrition  including 
chemical  properties,  absorption,  metabolism,  excretion  and  deficiency  syndromes.  A 
critical  study  of  the  biochemical  basis  of  substances  and  of  certain  laboratory 
techniques. 

NUSC  610  Readings  in  Nutrition  (1-3)  Second  semester.  Prerequisites:  NUSC  402  or 
NUTR  300,  CHEM  461  or  consent  of  instructor.  One  lecture,  one  2  hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Basic  concepts  of  animal  energetics  with  quantitative  descriptions  of  energy 
requirements  and  utilization. 

NUSC  612  Energy  Nutrition  (2)  Second  semester.  Prerequisites:  NUSC  402  or  450, 
CHEM  461,  or  consent  of  instructor.  One  lecture,  one  2  hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Basic  concepts  of  animal  energetics  with  quantitative  descriptions  of  energy 
requirements  and  utilization. 

NUSC  614  Proteins  (2)  Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  2  hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  NUSC  402  or  NUTR  300,  and  CHEM  461  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Advanced  study  of  the  roles  of  amino  acids  in  nutrition  and  metabolism.  Protein 
digestion,  absorption,  anabolism,  catabolism  and  amino  acid  balance. 

NUSC  620  Nutrition  For  Community  Services  (3)  First  semester.  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Application  of  the  principles  of  nutrition  to  community  problems  of  specific 
groups.   Students  may  select  problems  for  independent  study. 

NUSC  663  Advanced  Nutrition  Laboratory  (3)  Prerequisite:  ANSC  401  /  NUSC  401 
and  either  CHEM  462  or  NUSC  670.  One  hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Basic  instrumentation  and  techniques  desired  for  advanced  nutritional 
research.  The  effect  of  various  nutritional  parameters  upon  intermediary  metabolism, 
enzyme  kinetics,  endocrinology,  and  nutrient  absorption  in  laboratory  animals. 

NUSC  670  Intermediary  Metabolism  in  Nutrition  (3)  Second  semester.  Three  lectures 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  NUSC  402  or  NUTR  300,  CHEM  461  or  462.  The  major  routes 
of  carbohydrate,  fat  and  protein  metabolism  with  particular  emphasis  on  metabolic 
shifts  and  their  detection  and  significance  in  nutrition. 

NUSC  680  Human  Nutritional  Status  (3)  Prerequisites:  Advanced  Nutrition, 
Biochemistry  and  Physiology.  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a 
week.  Indirect  and  direct  methods  of  appraisal  of  human  nutritional  status  which 
include:  dietary,  anthropometric,  clinical  evaluations  and  biochemical  measures. 

NUSC  698  Seminar  in  Nutrition  (1-3)  First  and  second  semesters.  A  study  in  depth  of 
a  selected  phase  of  nutrition. 

NUSC  699  Problems  in  Nutrition  (1-4) 

NUSC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)  First  and  second  semesters.  Work 
assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of  credit.  Students  will  be  required  to  pursue  original 
research  in  some  phase  of  nutrition,  carrying  the  same  to  completion,  and  reporting 
the  results  in  the  form  of  a  thesis. 

NUSC  898  Colloquium  in  Nutrition  (1)  First  and  second  semesters.  Oral  reports  on 
special  topics  or  recently  published  research  in  nutrition.  Distinguished  scientists  are 
invited  as  guest  lecturers.  A  maximum  of  three  credits  allowed  for  the  M.S. 


Philosophy  Program     415 


NUSC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8)  First  and  second  semesters  Work 
assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of  credit.  Students  will  be  required  to  pursue  original 
research  in  some  phase  of  nutrition,  carrying  the  same  to  completions,  and  reporting 
the  results  in  the  form  of  a  dissertation. 


Philosophy  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Slote 

Professors:  Gorovitz,  Pasch,  Perkins,  Lesher,  Stich,  Suppe,  Svenonius 

Professor  Emeritus:  Schlaretzki 

Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Celarier,  Darden,  Greenspan,  Johnson,  Levinson,  Martin, 

Odell,  Stairs 

Assistant  Professors:  Tolliver,  Wolf 

Visiting  Professors:  Bacon,  Cordero,  Glover 

Lecturer:  Vasey 

The  Department  of  Philosophy  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D. 

degrees,  with  emphasis  on  contemporary  British  and  American  philosophy  and  the 

bearing  of  philosophy  on  other  disciplines.    A  person  seeking  the  Ph.D.    normally 

enters  that  program  directly,  without  first  pursuing  the  M.A.    program  (though  the  M.A. 

may  be  earned  on  the  way  to  the  Ph.D.).    Whereas  the  Ph.D.  program  is  suitable 

primarily  for  persons  who  wish  to  enter  a  career  of  teaching  and  research  at  the 

college  or  university  level,  the  M.A.  program  is  appropriate  for  persons  who  desire  to 

deepen  and  expand  the  knowledge  they  gained  as  undergraduates  or  to  develop 

competence  in  philosophy  for  the  sake  of  its  applications  in  some  other  professional 

field. 

A  special,  interdisciplinary  curriculum  in  the  history  and  philosophy  of  science,  in 
cooperation  with  the  Department  of  History  and  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Committee  on  the  History  and  Philosophy  of  Science,  is  also  offered,  at  the  M.A.  and 
Ph.D.  levels. 

The  Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy,  operating  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences  and  the  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities 
engages  in  research,  teaching,  and  curriculum  development  in  the  ethical  and 
conceptual  issues  in  public  policy  formation.  The  Center  offers  graduate  students 
opportunities  for  course  work  and  research. 

The  newly  instituted  Linguistics  Program  maintains  close  ties  with  the  Philosophy 
Department,  and  offers  additional  teaching  and  research  strength  in  issues  of 
language  and  mind. 

The  Department  sponsors  a  series  of  colloquia  by  visiting  and  local  speakers 
throughout  the  academic  year. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  admits  to  the  Ph.D.    program  only  students  intending  to  undertake 
full-time  study  toward  that  degree. 

Students  seeking  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program  in  philosophy  should  normally 
have  completed,  with  a  high  grade  average,  at  least  eighteen  semester  hours  (or  the 
equivalent)  of  philosophy,  including  one  course  in  logic,  two  courses  in  the  history  of 
philosophy,  and  two  courses  from  among  the  following  areas:  ethics,  epistemology, 
and    metaphysics.    The   Graduate   Record    Examination   Aptitude   Test   (verbal    and 


416     Philosophy  Program 


quantitative  sections)  is  required.  Applications  must  be  supported  by  two  or  three 
letters  of  recommendation  from  previous  instructors,  at  least  one  of  whom  is  familiar 
with  the  applicant's  work  in  philosophy.  Applicants  are  required  also  to  submit  a 
sample  of  their  written  work  on  a  philosophical  topic.  The  letters  and  paper,  as  well  as 
the  G.R.E.  test  scores,  should  be  sent  directly  to  the  Department  of  Philosophy. 

Students  may  be  admitted  to  the  curriculum  in  the  history  and  philosophy  of 
science  with  fewer  than  eighteen  hours  in  philosophy  provided  that  this  is 
compensated  for  by  a  strong  background  in  science.  For  details,  consult  the 
Chairperson,  Committee  on  the  History  and  Philosophy  of  Science. 

Qualitative  criteria  for  M.A.  admission  are  substantially  less  stringent  than  for  Ph.D. 
admission,  but  the  same  supporting  documents  must  be  provided. 

The  M.A.  program  may  be  pursued  through  either  of  two  options:  with  thesis  or 
without  thesis.  On  either  option  candidates  demonstrate  competence  in  symbolic  logic 
and  knowledge  of  modern  philosophy.  There  are  no  specific  course  requirements 
beyond  the  Graduate  School  requirements  applicable  to  all  M.A.  degrees.  Foreign 
language  skills  are  required  insofar  as  demanded  by  the  individual  student's  research. 
To  earn  the  M.A.  without  thesis  a  student  must  pass  a  written  comprehensive 
examination  and  must  submit  a  collection  of  papers  demonstrating  competence  in 
philosophical  research  and  writing. 

In  addition  to  satisfying  Graduate  School  requirements  applicable  to  all  Ph.D. 
programs,  students  in  the  regular  philosophy  program  are  required  to  demonstrate 
competence  by  examination  in  two  general  areas — ethics  and  social  and  political 
philosophy;  and  metaphysics,  epistemology,  and  philosophy  of  science — and 
subsequently  to  demonstrate  competence,  primarily  by  the  writing  of  one  or  more 
papers,  in  some  specialized  area  of  philosophy.  These  demonstrations  must  be 
achieved  within  six  semesters,  during  which  time  the  student  must  register  for  full-time 
study.  Other  special  requirements  are:  qualification  in  symbolic  logic;  fulfillment  of 
certain  course  distribution  requirements;  participation  in  a  departmental  teaching 
seminar;  and  presentation  of  a  research  paper  at  a  departmental  colloquium.  All  Ph.D. 
students  are  required  also  to  gain  two  semesters'  experience  in  teaching 
undergraduates  at  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  either  by  way  of  the  Department's 
teaching  assistantship  program  or  some  other  program  approved  by  the  Department's 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Foreign  language  skills  are  required  insofar  as  demanded  by  the  individual 
student's  research. 

An  accelerated  Ph.D.  program,  having  somewhat  different  requirements,  for 
exceptionally  promising  and  well-prepared  students  permits  early  concentration  on  the 
dissertation  subject. 

Philosophy  students  pursuing  the  Ph.D.  curriculum  in  the  history  and  philosophy  of 
science  are  subject  to  certain  special  requirements:  they  must  demonstrate 
competence  by  examination,  plus  written  papers,  in  (a)  the  history  of  science  and  the 
contemporaneous  philosophies  of  science,  and  (b)  the  philosophy  of  science  and 
related  metaphysical  and  epistemological  problems.  The  third  area  for  demonstration 
of  competence  is  either  a  field  of  science  (for  students  not  possessing  an 
undergraduate  science  degree)  or  an  area  of  philosophy.  Course  work  must  include 
courses  in  the  history  of  science  and  technology,  the  philosophy  of  science, 
graduate-level  courses  in  an  area  of  science,  a  course  on  research  methods  in  history 
and  philosophy  of  science,  and  either  Philosophy  471  or  478.  In  addition  the  student 
must  demonstrate  reading  competency  in  a  foreign  language,  normally  French  or 


PHIL  —  Philosophy     417 


German. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  administers  a  number  of  graduate  assistantships.  Well-prepared 
entering  students  have  a  good  chance  of  receiving  some  financial  support  in  the  first 
year,  and  there  is  presumption  in  favor  of  reappointment  through  the  fourth  year. 

Additional  Information 

Brochures  describing  the  regular  MA  and  Ph.D.  programs  in  philosophy  may  be 
obtained  by  writing  to  the  Committee  on  Graduate  Admissions  and  Awards, 
Department  of  Philosophy.  Information  concerning  the  curriculum  in  the  history  and 
philosophy  of  science  may  be  obtained  from  the  Chairperson,  Committee  on  the 
History  and  Philosophy  of  Science. 

Courses 

PHIL  —  Philosophy 

PHIL  408  Topics  in  Contemporary  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  320  An 
intensive  examination  of  contemporary  problems  and  issues.  Source  material  will  be 
selected  from  recent  books  and  articles.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics 
dealt  with  are  different. 

PHIL  412  The  Philosophy  of  Plato  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  A  critical 
study  of  selected  dialogues. 

PHIL  414  The  Philosophy  of  Aristotle  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  A 
critical  study  of  selected  portions  of  Aristotle's  writings. 

PHIL  421  The  Continental  Rationalists  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  A 
critical  study  of  selected  writings  of  one  or  more  of  the  continental  rationalists. 

PHIL  422  The  British  Empiricists  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  A  critical 
study  of  selected  writings  on  one  or  more  of  the  British  Empiricists. 
PHIL  423  The  Philosophy  of  Kant  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  A  critical 
study  of  selected  portions  of  Kant's  writings. 

PHIL  428  Topics  in  the  History  of  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHIL  310  and  320, 
or  consent  of  instructor.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are 
different. 

PHIL  438  Topics  in  Philosophical  Theology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  236  or  consent  of 
instructor.  An  examination  of  a  basic  issue  discussed  in  theological  writings,  with 
readings  drawn  from  both  classical  and  contemporary  theologians  and  philosophers. 
May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  the  topics  are  different. 

PHIL  440  Contemporary  Ethical  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  142.  Contemporary 
problems  having  to  do  with  the  meaning  of  the  principal  concepts  of  ethics  and  with 
the  nature  of  moral  reasoning. 

PHIL  441  History  of  Ethics:  Hobbes  to  the  Present  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  140  The 
history  of  ethical  thought  from  the  seventeenth  century  to  the  present,  including  such 
philosophers  as  Hobbes,  Butler,  Hume,  Kant,  Bentham,  Mill,  Bradley,  Sidgwick,  Moore, 
and  Stevenson. 


418     PHIL  —  Philosophy 


PHIL  445  Political  and  Social  Philosophy  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  142  or  345  A 
study  of  the  main  issues  encountered  in  the  philosophical  analysis  and  evaluation  of 
social  and  political  institutions. 

PHIL  446  Law,  Morality,  and  War  (3)  Prerequisite:  GVPT  300  or  401  or  PHIL  142  or 
consent  of  instructor.  An  exploration  of  fundamental  moral  and  legal  issues 
concerning  war.   Also  offered  as  GVPT  403. 

PHIL  447  Philosophy  of  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  one  course  in  philosophy.  Examination 
of  fundamental  concepts  related  to  law,  e.g.,  Legal  system,  law  and  morality,  justice, 
legal  reasoning,  responsibility. 

PHIL  450  Scientific  Thought  I  (3)  The  development  of  science,  its  philosophical 
interpretations  and  implications,  and  views  of  its  methods,  from  the  ancients  through 
Newton  and  Leibniz. 

PHIL  451  Scientific  Thought  II  (3)  The  development  of  science,  its  philosophical 
interpretations  and  implications,  and  views  of  its  methods,  from  the  death  of  Newton  to 
the  early  twentieth  century. 

PHIL  452  Philosophy  of  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  three  credits  in  philosophy  or  three 
credits  in  physics.  Implications  of  20th  century  physics  for  such  problems  as 
operationalism,  the  structure  and  purpose  of  scientific  theories,  the  meaning  of 
"probability",  the  basis  of  geometrical  knowledge,  the  nature  of  space  and  time,  the 
Copenhagen  interpretation  of  quantum  mechanics,  the  nature  and  limits  of 
measurement.  Emphasis  on  the  interaction  between  physics  and  philosophy. 

PHIL  453  Philosophy  of  Science  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  250  or  an  upper-level 
course  in  philosophy  or  a  major  in  science.  A  comprehensive  survey  of  developments 
in  the  main  problems  of  the  philosophy  of  science  from  logical  positivism  to  the 
present.  The  nature  of  theories,  models,  laws,  and  counterfactuals,  testing  inductive 
logic  and  confirmation  theory,  experimental  methodology,  measurement,  explanation, 
concept  formation,  growth  of  scientific  knowledge,  and  scientific  realism. 

PHIL  454  Philosophy  of  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  203  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Conceptual,  methodological,  ethical,  and  ideological  issues  arising  from  or 
related  to  economic  theory.  Conceptual  structure  of  economics,  and  logical  relations 
among  economic  theories.  The  relations  between  economics  and  ethics,  and  of  the 
importance  of  ideology. 

PHIL  455  Philosophy  of  the  Social  Sciences  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHIL  250  or  six  hours 
in  a  social  science  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  consideration  of  philolophical  issues 
arising  in  the  social  sciences,  with  particular  emphasis  on  issues  of  practical 
methodological  concern  to  social  scientists. 

PHIL  456  Philosophy  of  Biology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  250  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Questions  about  concepts,  reasoning,  explanation,  etc.,  in  biology,  and  their 
relations  to  those  of  other  areas  of  science.  Case  studies  of  selected  aspects  of  the 
history  of  biology,  especially  in  the  twentieth  century. 

PHIL  457  Philosophy  of  History  (3)  An  examination  of  the  nature  of  historical 
knowledge  and  historical  explanation. 

PHIL  458  Topics  in  the  Philosophy  of  Science  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  250  or  consent 
of  the  instructor;  when  the  topic  for  a  given  semester  demands,  additional 
philosophical  or  scientific  prerequisites  may  be  required  by  the  instructor.   A  detailed 


PHIL  —  Philosophy     419 


examination  of  a  particular  topic  or  problem  in  philosophy  of  science.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits  when  the  content  is  different. 

PHIL  461  Theory  of  Meaning  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  Theories 
about  the  meaning  of  linguisitic  expressions,  including  such  topics  as  sense  and 
reference,  intensionality  and  necessity,  and  possible-world  semantics,  through  an 
examination  of  such  writers  as  Mill,  Frege,  Wittgenstein,  Quine,  and  Kripke. 

PHIL  462  Theory  of  Knowledge  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  Some 
central  topics  in  the  theory  of  knowledge,  such  as  perception,  memeory,  knowledge, 
and  belief,  skepticism,  other  minds,  truth,  and  the  problems  of  induction. 

PHIL  464  Metaphysics  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  A  study  of  some 
central  metaphysical  concepts  such  as  substance,  identity,  relations,  causality,  and 
time,  and  of  the  nature  of  metaphysical  thinking. 

PHIL  466  Philosophy  of  Mind  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  credits  in  philosophy.  An  inquiry 
into  the  nature  of  mind  through  the  analysis  of  such  concepts  as  consciousness, 
thought,  sensation,  emotion,  and  desire.  Consideration  of  mind-brain  identity  thesis. 

PHIL  471  Symbolic  Logic  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  371  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Axiomatic  development  of  the  propositional  calculus  and  the  first-order  functional 
calculus,  including  the  deduction  theorem,  independence  of  axioms,  consistency,  and 
completeness. 

PHIL  474  Induction  and  Probability  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
inferential  forms,  with  emphasis  on  the  logical  structure  underlying  such  inductive 
procedures  as  estimating  and  hypothesis-testing.  Decision-theoretic  rules  relating  to 
induction  will  be  considered,  as  well  as  classic  theories  of  probability  and  induction. 

PHIL  478  Topics  in  Symbolic  Logic  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHIL  471.  May  be  repeated  for 
credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are  different. 

PHIL  498  Topical  Investigations  (1-3) 

PHIL  688  Selected  Problems  in  Philosophy  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor 

PHIL  788  Research  in  Philosophy  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  chairman  of 
tutorial-advisory  committee.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

PHIL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

PHIL  808  Seminar  in  the  Problems  of  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  828  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Philosophy  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHIL  838  Seminar  in  Esthetics  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  848  Seminar  in  Ethics  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  868  Seminar  in  Metaphysics  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  869  Seminar  in  the  Theory  of  Knowledge  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 

PHIL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


420     Physical  Education  Program 


Physical  Education  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Clarke 

Professors:  Dotson,  Ingram,  Kelley,  Kramer,  Sloan,  Steel 

Associate  Professors:  Church,  Hult,  Phillips,  Santa  Maria,  Vaccaro,  Wrenn 

Assistant  Professors:  Arrighi,  Clark,  DiRocco,  Goldfarb,  Hatfield,  Hurley,  Kisabeth,  Pike, 

Ryder,  Struna,  Tyler,  VanderVelden,  Young 

The  graduate  student  majoring  in  Physical  Education  may  pursue  the  degrees  of 

Master  of  Arts  (thesis  and  non-thesis  options)  or  Doctor  of  Philosophy.  The  two  major 

objectives  of  these  programs  are:  (1)  to  study  the  discipline  of  physical  education  by 

examining    the    effects    of    physical    activity    on    individuals    from    a    physiological, 

kinesiological,  psychological,  social  and  historical  point  of  view;  and  (2)  to  acquaint  the 

student   with   curricular   aspects  of   physical   education,   to   improve  the  quality  of 

teaching,  and  to  offer  the  student  ways  of  improving  the  administration  and  supervision 

of  programs  in  schools  and  colleges. 

The  graduate  program  is  organized  into  three  divisions,  offering  major  emphasis  as 
follows:  (1)  Division  of  Sport  Studies,  including  history  of  sport,  psychology  of  sport, 
philosophy  of  sport  (M.A.  only),  and  sociology  of  sport;  (2)  Division  of  Biophysical 
Studies  with  specialties  in  physiology  of  exercise,  motor  learning  and  development, 
and  biomechanics;  and  (3)  Division  of  Professional  Studies,  with  emphasis  on 
curriculum/instruction,  administration/supervision,  and  sports  management  (M.A.  only). 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  basic  minimum  guideline  for  admission  to  the  M.A.  program  in  Physical  Education 
is  a  B  average  or  a  3.0  average  for  the  last  two  years  of  undergraduate  study,  both  in 
the  major  and  related  subject  fields.  Students  not  quite  meeting  these  qualifications 
may  be  admitted  provisionally.  Undergraduate  prerequisites  for  advanced  study  in 
Physical  Education  include  physiology  of  exercise,  kinesiology,  statistics,  and  two 
courses  from  a  discretionary  pool.  Students  without  these  necessary  courses  may 
register  as  special  students  or  be  admitted  provisionally  with  limited  course 
deficiencies.  The  Graduate  Record  Examination  (GRE)  is  required  for  admission. 

Admission  to  the  Ph.D.  program  is  secured  upon  the  basis  of  satisfactory 
preparation  for  advanced  graduate  work  and  demonstrated  potential  for  scholarly 
achievement.  A  B+  grade  point  average  (3.5  on  a  4.0  point  scale)  in  previous 
graduate  work,  with  at  least  a  3.0  overall  average  in  the  final  two  years  of 
undergraduate  study,  is  the  scholastic  standard  for  admission.  The  GRE  is  required  for 
admission.  In  those  cases  where  special  qualifications  are  apparent  from  letters  of 
recommendation  and  documentations  of  special  backgrounds,  but  where  the 
scholastic  standards  stated  above  are  not  met  in  their  entirety,  a  student  may  be 
admitted  on  a  provisional  basis.  Students  on  provisional  status  will  have  their  work 
carefully  reviewed  by  a  graduate  review  committee  usually  within  the  first  year  for 
further  classification. 

The  requirements  for  the  M.A.  in  Physical  Education  (Thesis  Option)  are  a  minimum 
of  24  semester  hours,  exclusive  of  thesis.  Six  are  required  in  the  PHED  specialty,  with 
six  additional  PHED  hours  required.  In  addition,  PHED  610,  Methods  and  Techniques 
of  Research  (3  credits),  and  a  PHED  research  process  course  (3  credits)  are  required 
of  all  M.A.  students  majoring  in  physical  education.  The  remaining  six  hours  are  to  be 
taken  outside  the  major  department,  in  related  courses  intended  to  supplement  and 


Physical  Education  Program     421 


support  the  major  work.  The  student  is  also  required  to  register  for  six  semester  hours 
of  thesis  credits  (PHED  799).  Thus  the  total  number  of  credit  hours  required  for  the 
degree  is  30.  Two  years  of  full-time  graduate  study  are  usually  required  for  completion 
of  The  Master's  degree.  The  requirements  for  the  M.A.  in  Physical  Education 
(non-thesis  option)  are  a  minimum  of  30  semester  hours.  Required  courses  include 
PHED  610  and  a  three  hour  research  processes  course  which  supports  the  major 
subject  matter  area.  A  minimum  of  six  (6)  credit  hours  must  be  taken  in  the  PHED 
major  specialty,  with  nine  (9)  additional  PHED  hours  required.  Six  (6)  credit  hours  must 
be  taken  outside  the  department  in  related  courses,  and  a  minimum  of  three  (3)  credit 
hours  must  be  taken  in  PHED  689,  Special  Problems  in  Physical  Education,  involving 
independent  work  on  a  project  under  the  direction  of  a  Graduate  Faculty  member.  The 
student  must  pass  a  final  comprehensive  examination. 

The  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  consist  of  course  work  in  the  following 
areas:  (1)  a  minimum  of  12  hours  in  the  area  of  specialization,  (2)  a  minimum  of  6 
hours  in  an  additional  area  within  the  department,  and  (3)  a  minimum  of  15  hours  in  a 
related  studies  area  selected  from  outside  the  Department.  In  some  instances  more 
credits  may  be  required  for  completion  of  this  requirement,  which  must  consist  of 
subject  matter  essential  to  support  the  dissertation  topic.  Courses  completed  may  be 
taken  within  a  single  department  or  from  several  departments. 

Students  within  all  divisions  of  the  Department  must  demonstrate  competency  in 
research.  Commensurate  with  this  competency  is  a  basic  understanding  of  the 
scientific  method  including  the  ability  to  apply  logic  and  objectivity  to  the 
understanding  of  phenomena  and  the  ability  to  formulate  and  test  relevant  hypotheses. 
Normally,  competency  in  the  scientific  method  includes  demonstrating  an 
understanding  of  (1)  the  research  processes  in  physical  education;  (2)  the  quantitative 
methods  of  analysis  employed  in  physical  education  research;  and  (3)  the  principles 
underlying  the  statistical  aspects  of  experimental  and  non-experimental  designs 
employed  in  physical  education  research. 

Twelve  hours  is  the  minimum  and  eighteen  the  maximum  allotted  for  the  Ph.D. 
dissertation.  (PHED  899). 

No  foreign  language  is  formally  required  for  the  Ph.D.  degree,  although  in  certain 
situations  it  may  be  required  by  the  advisor  of  students  who  are  doing  extensive 
reading  in  German,  Spanish.  French.  Russian  or  some  other  language. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  a  modern  research  laboratory  for  physical  education, 
including,  but  not  limited  to,  cinematographic  analysis,  biochemical  assays, 
cardiovascular  measurement,  strength  and  other  motor  fitness  assessments,  body 
composition,  analysis  of  motion,  and  motor  learning  and  motor  development  research. 
In  addition,  the  new  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  building  complex  offers 
the  graduate  student  access  to  research  facilities  including  a  small  animal  laboratory 
and  a  minicomputer  based  data  acquisition  system  for  real-time  laboratory  application 
which  interfaces  with  the  University  Computer  Science  Center. 


422     PERH  —  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health 

Financial  Assistance 

Each  year  a  number  of  graduate  assistantships  are  offered  to  men  and  women. 
Specific  responsibilities  include  teaching  in  the  activity  program  or  assisting  in  the 
research  laboratory. 

Additional  Information 

For  further  information  and  application,  contact: 
David  L.  Kelley 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies, 
Department  of  Physical  Education, 
University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

PERH  —  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health 

PERH  487  Adult  Health  and  Developmental  Program  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Training  and  experience  in  a  clinically  oriented  development  program  for  the 
aged. 

PERH  488  Children's  Health  and  Development  Clinic  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  An  opportunity  to  acquire  training  and  experience  in  a  therapeutically 
oriented  physical  education — recreation  program  for  children  referred  by  various 
education,  special  education,  medical  or  psychiatric  groups.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  4  credits. 

PERH  490  Theories  of  Children's  Love  and  Peace  Behavior  (3)  The  development  of 
love  and  peace  behaviors  as  health  correlates  in  infra  human  and  human  species  from 
infancy  through  childhood  with  special  emphasis  upon  the  role  of  physical  education, 
recreation,  and  health.  The  examination  of  existing  models  in  the  areas  of  family, 
school,  and  clinical  settings. 

PERH  689  Selected  Problems  in  Health,  Physical  Education  and  Recreation  (1-6) 

Research  projects  in  special  areas  in  health,  physical  education  and/or  recreation 
which  have  interdisciplinary  implications  not  covered  in  structured  courses. 

PHED  —  Physical  Education 

PHED  401  Kinesiology  For  Dance  (3)  Mechanical  and  anatomical  components  of 
human  movement.  Integration  of  the  scientific  knowledge  necessary  to  the  dancer  with 
the  artistic  aspects  of  dance.  Practical  experience  in  the  application  of  kinesiological 
principles  to  dance  and  dance  education.  May  not  betaken  for  credit  by  students  who 
have  credit  in  PHED  400. 

PHED  402  Biomechanics  of  Sport  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED  300.  Mechanical 
determinants  influencing  sport  techniques.  A  quantitative,  scientific  basis  for  sport 
analysis  with  emphasis  on  the  application  to  numerous  sport  activities.  Evaluation  and 
quantification  of  the  filmed  performance  of  athletes. 

PHED  406  Perceptual-Motor  Development  in  the  Young  Child  (3)  Analysis  of 
perceptual-motor  components,  their  progression,  interrelationships,  developmental 
activities  and  evaluation.  Study  of  the  growth  and  other  factors  that  influence 
perceptual-motor  development  in  the  young  child. 


PHED  —  Physical  Education     423 


PHED  420  Physical  Education  For  the  Elementary  School  (3)  Orientation  of  the 
general  elementary  teacher  to  physical  education.  Principles  and  practices  in 
elementary  physical  education  are  discussed  and  a  variety  of  appropriate  activities  are 
considered. 

PHED  421    Elementary  School  Physical  Education:  A  Movement  Approach  (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHED  183  and  184.  An  analysis  of  movement  philosophy  and  content, 
focusing  upon  cognitive,  psychomotor  and  affective  developmental  characteristics  in 
relation  to  progression  and  planning  of  games,  educational  dance  and  educational 
gymnastices  for  elementary  school  age  children. 

PHED  450  Sport  Psychology:  Applications  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture,  two  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  PHED  350.  Application  of  the  principles  of  sport 
psychology  to  the  competitive  or  recreational  athlete,  with  an  emphasis  on  the 
techniques  that  have  been  used  with  competitors  to  maximize  skill  acquisition  and 
performance. 

PHED  451  Sport  and  the  American  Woman  (3)  The  expanding  perception  of  the 
woman's  role  in  American  society;  etiology  of  sex  differences;  socialization  of  sex  roles 
in  America;  development  of  "masculinity"  and  "feminity"  in  children  through  early  play 
experiences;  competition  and  women;  personality  of  the  female  athlete;  and  personal 
motivations  of  female  athletes  and  projected  future  for  sport  and  the  American. 

PHED  455  Scientific  Bases  of  Athletic  Conditioning  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED  360  An 
examination  of  physical  fitness/athletic  conditioning  programs  stressing  the  practical 
application  of  exercise  physiology  theory  for  enhancing  athletic  performance. 
Cardiovascular  considerations,  strength  and  power  development,  nutrition,  speed, 
muscular  endurance,  environmental  considerations  and  ergogenic  aids. 

PHED  461  Exercise  and  Body  Composition  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED  360 
Physiological  concepts  relating  body  composition  factors  to  exercise  and  human 
performance.  The  scientific  basis  for  the  establishment  and  evaluation  of  conditioning 
programs  where  body  composition  may  play  an  important  role,  such  as  weight  control 
and  athletics. 

PHED  462  Neural  Basis  of  Human  Movement  (3)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  201,  202; 
PHED  385  or  permission  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  the  neural  substrates  which 
underlie  postural  and  volitional  movement.  Neuroanatomical  and  neurophysiological 
basis  of  motor  functioning;  past  and  present  conceptualizations  of  motor  control  and 
coordination;  movement  disorders;  and  maturation  of  the  neuromuscular  system. 

PHED  470  Seminar  For  Student  Teachers  (2)  A  seminar  held  concurrently  with 
student  teaching  in  physical  education.  An  intensive  examination  of  current  problems 
and  issues  in  teaching  physical  education. 

PHED  480  Measurement  in  Physical  Education  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  MATH  105  or  110.  A  study  of  the  principles  and 
techniques  of  educational  measurement  as  applied  to  teaching  of  physical  education; 
study  of  the  functions  and  techniques  of  measurement  in  the  evaluation  of  student 
progress  toward  the  objectives  of  physical  education  and  in  the  evaluation  of  the 
effectiveness  of  teaching. 

PHED  481  Biophysical  Aspects  of  Human  Movement  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHED  300, 
360,  370,  385.  Scientific  principles  and  research  techniques  in  the  investigation  of  the 
biophysical  bases  of  human  movement. 


424     PHED  —  Physical  Education 


PHED  482  Socio-behavioral  Aspects  of  Human  Movement  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHED 
287,  293,  350.  Derivation,  formulation,  and  application  of  research  in  the 
socio-behavioral  aspects  of  human  movement. 

PHED    486    Politics    and    Economics    of    Organized    Contemporary    Sport    (3) 

Prerequisite:  PHED  287.  Interdependence  of  sport,  politics,  and  economics.  The 
structure,  organization,  and  uses  of  sport  in  contemporary  societies. 

PHED  487  Physical  Education  and  Sport  in  Contemporary  Cultures  (3)  Three 
lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the  cultural  impact 
of  physical  education  activities  in  the  United  States  and  selected  countries.  Individual 
research  on  selected  topics  is  required. 

PHED  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshop  (1-6)  Workshops  and  research 
projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  structured  courses. 
Note:  the  maximum  total  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  toward  any  degree  in 
physical  education  is  six. 

PHED  490  Administration  of  Physical  Education  and  Sport  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED 
180  or  PHED  287.  Principles  and  functions  of  administration  in  physical  education  and 
sport.  Administrative  duties  in  relation  to  financing,  budgeting,  staffing,  planning, 
organizing,  directing,  coordinating,  evaluating,  reporting,  and  discipline. 

PHED  491  The  Curriculum  in  Physical  Education  (3)  Curriculum  sources,  principles, 
and  planning  concepts,  with  emphasis  on  using  valid  criteria  for  the  selection  of 
content  for  physical  education  programs. 

PHED  492  History  of  the  Sportswoman  in  American  Organizations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHED  293.  Women's  involvement  in  and  contributions  to  America's  sporting  culture, 
especially  in  the  19th  and  20th  Centuries  until  enactment  of  Title  IX.  The  interactions 
among  historical  perceptions  of  women's  roles,  responsibilities,  and  potential  and  their 
sporting  lives;  the  effects  of  role  stereotyping  and  opportunities  for  and  directions 
taken  in  developing  sport  organizations.  Other  issues  affecting  women's  involvement  in 
institutional  sport. 

PHED  493  History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and  Physical  Education  (3)  History  and 
philosophical  implications  of  sport  and  physical  education  through  ancient,  medieval, 
and  contemporary  periods  in  western  civilization. 

PHED  494  History  of  Organized  Sport  in  America  1870-1970  (3)  Prerequisite  PHED 
293.  The  development  of  organized  amateur  and  professional  sport  in  America  since 
1870.  League  and  association  formation  and  growth,  promotion  of  and  challenges  to 
the  organizations. 

PHED  495  Organization  and  Administration  of  Elementary  School  Physical 
Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED  420.  Studies  the  procedures  basic  to  satisfactory 
organization  of  all  phases  of  the  elementary  school  physical  education  program. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  organizational  and  administrative  factors  necessary  for  the 
successful  operation  of  the  program  in  various  types  of  elementary  schools. 

PHED  496  Quantitative  Methods  (3)  Statistical  techniques  most  frequently  used  in 
research  pertaining  to  physical  education.  Effort  is  made  to  provide  the  student  with 
the  necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him  with  the  interpretations  and  applications  of 
these  techniques. 

PHED  497  Independent  Studies  Seminar  (3)  Discussions  of  contemporary  issues  vital 


PHED  —  Physical  Education     425 


to  the  discipline,  critiques  of  research  in  the  student's  area/areas  of  special  interest, 
completion  of  a  major  project  where  the  student  will  be  asked  to  demonstrate  the 
ability  to  carry  out  investigative  processes  in  problem  solving  and  critical  writing  under 
faculty  direction. 

PHED  498  Special  Topics  in  Physical  Education  (3)  Prerequisite  consent  of 
instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest  in  areas  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled 
courses.  Repeatable  when  the  subject  matter  is  different. 

PHED  600  Seminar  in  Physical  Education  (1) 

PHED   602   Status   and   Trends   in    Elementary   School    Physical    Education   (3) 

Analyzes  the  current  status  and  implications  for  future  trends  in  physical  education  at 
the  elementary  school  level.  Open  to  experienced  persons  in  all  phases  of  education. 

PHED  603  Advanced  Motor  Development  (3)  The  analysis  of  major  theoretical 
positions  in  motor  skill  development.  Stage  theory  in  motor  development;  development 
of  motor  skill  memory;  the  development  of  motor  control  and  coordination;  and  the  role 
of  reflexes  in  motor  development. 

PHED  604  Physical  Education  and  the  Development  of  the  Child  (3)  Analyzes  the 
place  of  physical  education  in  meeting  the  growth  and  developmental  needs  of 
children  of  elementary  school  age. 

PHED  606  Perceptual  Motor  Development  Through  Movement  (3)  A  study  of  the 
development  of  perceptual-motor  skills  through  directed  physical  activities.  An 
investigation  of  the  growth  and  development  of  perceptual-motor  programs.  Analysis  of 
common  factors  and  differences  between  selected  programs  and  philosophies. 
Evaluation  in  perceptual-motor  development. 

PHED  610  Methods  and  Techniques  of  Research  (3)  Studies  methods  and 
techniques  of  research  used  in  physical  education  an  analysis  of  examples  of  their 
use;  and  practice  in  their  application  to  problems  of  interest  to  the  student. 

PHED  612  Research  Literature  (3)  Studies  the  research  literature  of  physical 
education,  plus  research  in  one  specific  problem. 

PHED  615  Principles  and  Techniques  of  Evaluation  (3)  Prerequisite:  an  introductory 
course  in  measurement  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  currently  used 
means  of  evaluating  the  performance  of  students  and  the  effectiveness  of  programs  of 
physical  education  in  schools  and  colleges.  Specific  problems  concerning  evaluation, 
brought  in  by  members  of  the  class,  will  be  analyzed. 

PHED  620  Analysis  of  Contemporary  Athletics  (3)  Studies  current  problems, 
practices,  and  national  issues  of  permanent  importance  to  the  conduct  of  athletic 
competition  in  a  democracy. 

PHED  630  Sociology  of  Sport  in  Contemporary  Perspective  (3)  Studies  social 
organization  and  the  role  of  individuals  and  groups  in  sport  situations:  the 
interrelationship  of  sport  with  traditional  social  institutions;  sport  as  a  sub-system  and 
its  structure;  and  sport  and  social  problems. 

PHED  640  Supervisory  Techniques  in  Physical  Education  (3)  Studies  current 
concepts,  principles  and  techniques  of  supervision  and  of  their  application; 
observation  of  available  supervising  programs,  including  visits  with  local  supervisors; 
and  practice  in  the  use  of  selected  techniques. 


426     PHED  — -  Physical  Education 


PHED  641  Analysis  of  Teaching  Behavior  in  Physical  Education  (3)  Modes  of 
collecting  descriptive  data  about  teaching.  Teaching  effectiveness  variables,  models  of 
teaching,  teaching/learning  styles,  and  designs  for  research  on  teaching.  Design  of 
research  instruments. 

PHED  642  Administrative  Direction  of  Physical  Education  (3)  Analyzes 
administrative  problems  in  the  light  of  sound  educational  practice.  Students 
concentrate  their  efforts  upon  their  own  on-the-job  administrative  problems  and 
contribute  to  the  solution  of  other  class  members'  problems. 

PHED  644  Curriculum  Construction  in  Physical  Education  (3)  Studies  the  principles 
underlying  curriculum  construction  in  physical  education  and  the  practical  applications 
of  these  principles  to  the  construction  of  a  curriculum. 

PHED    650    Mental    and    Emotional    Aspects    of    Sports    and    Recreation    (3) 

Prerequisites:  psychology  and/or  human  development.  An  exploration  of  psychological 
aspects  of  physical  education,  sports  and  recreation,  including  personality  dynamics  in 
relation  to  exercise  and  sports.  A  study  is  made  of  the  psychological  factors  in  athletic 
performance  and  coaching. 

PHED  660  Philosophy  of  Physical  Education  (3)  Studies  five  important  philosophical 
disciplines  and  their  impact  on  modern  physical  education  and  sport;  and  an 
exploration  of  the  valid  philosophical  approaches  and  processes  to  formulation  of  a 
personal  philosophy  of  physical  education. 

PHED  661  Philosophy  of  Sport  (3)  An  examination  of  the  meaning  and  significance 
of  the  phenomena  of  sport.  The  influence  of  the  major  philosophical  points  of  view  as 
related  to  modern  physical  activity  and  sport  in  the  american  society.  An  exploration  of 
the  valid  philosophical  approaches  and  processes  to  the  formulation  of  a  philosophy  of 
sport.  Exploration  and  inquiry  into  the  interpretations  of  facts,  meanings,  and  values  in 
sport. 

PHED  662  Readings  in  American  Sport  History  (3)  Introduction  to  the  research 
literature  in  American  Sport  History.  Analysis  of  historians'  interpretations  of  how  and 
why  American  sport  developed  as  it  did. 

PHED  663  History  of  Sport  in  Western  Culture  to  1600  (3)  The  history  of  sport  in  the 

ancient,  medieval  and  renaissance  West. 

PHED  670  Biomechanics  Theory  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  141  or  221  or  equivalent. 
Theoretical  basis  for  the  understanding  the  investigation  of  biomechanical  aspects  of 
the  human  body.  Integration  of  subject  matter  from  physics,  engineering,  anatomy, 
kinesiology,  and  physiology  as  it  relates  to  the  study  of  human  motion  and  the  body  as 
a  mechanical  system. 

PHED  675  Photo-analysis  of  Human  Motion  (3)  Prerequisite  PHED  400  or  consent 
of  instructor.  The  scientific  analysis  of  human  motion  with  emphasis  on  photographic 
principles,  cinematographic  methodology,  and  data  point  resolution  as  they  influence 
quantification  of  kinematic  variables  of  human  motion. 

PHED  680  Therapeutic  Exercise  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHED  460  or  permission  of 
instructor.  A  current,  critical  analysis  of  the  role  of  exercise  as  a  therapeutic  modality  in 
treating  muscular-skeletal,  neuromuscular  and  sensory  disorders;  nutritional  disorders 
and  obesity;  emotional  and  stress  related  disturbances;  and  degenerative  disease  and 
aging. 


PHED  —  Physical  Education     427 


PHED  681  Physical  Performance  and  the  Physically  Impaired  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHED  333,  ZOOL  201,  and  202,  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  physical  disabilities 
most  often  encountered  in  educational  programs  and  their  impact  upon  a  person's 
movement  abilities.  Research  regarding  the  motion  of  individuals  with  the  presented 
physical  disabilities. 

PHED  682  Physical  Performance  for  Those  with  Learning  and  Behavioral 
Disorders  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED  333  or  consent  of  instructor.  Mental  retardation, 
learning  disabilities  and  emotional  disturbances,  and  their  impact  upon  a  person's 
movement  abilities.  Implications  regarding  appropriate  teaching  techniques  and 
programs.  Research  regarding  movement  capacities  of  individuals  with  the  presented 
disabilities. 

PHED  685  Advanced  Motor  Learning  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED  485  or  equivalent.  A 
research  oriented  approach  to  motor  learning,  including  instrumentation  and  laboratory 
experimental  techniques  in  motor  learning  research.  Major  topics  covered  are  motor 
learning  theories,  information  processing,  motor  memory,  proprioceptive  control  of 
movement,  and  feedback. 

PHED  688  Seminar  in  Motor  Learning  and  Performance  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHED  485 
and  496.  Discussion  of  research  dealing  with  advanced  topics  in  motor  learning  and 
skilled  performance.  Recent  developments  concerning  individual  differences, 
refractoriness,  anticipation  and  timing,  transfer,  retention,  and  work  inhibition  are 
emphasized.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  6  hours. 

PHED  689  Special  Problems  in  Physical  Education  (1-6)  Master  or  doctoral 
candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems  under  the  direction  of 
their  advisor  may  register  for  1-6  hours  of  credit  under  this  number. 

PHED  690  Scientific  Bases  of  Exercise  (3)  Prerequisites:  Anatomy,  Physiology,  PHED 
400,  460,  or  equivalent.  A  critical  analysis  of  the  role  of  physical  exercise  in  modern 
society  with  attention  given  to  such  topics  as:  the  need  for  physical  exercise,  its 
chronic  effects,  the  role  of  exercise  in  attaining  good  physical  condition  and  fitness, 
factor  determining  championship  performances,  and  physical  fatigue. 

PHED  691  Muscular  Aspects  of  Exercise  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED  460  or 
equivalent.  Muscular  aspects  of  exercise  physiology,  including  sensory  and 
mechanical  factors  controlling  contraction.  Emphasis  on  the  study  of  muscular  fatigue, 
strength  development  and  hypertrophy,  the  metabolic  and  nutritional  factors  affecting 
physical  performance,  and  the  cellular  events  associated  with  exercise  and  training. 

PHED  692  Cardiovascular  Aspects  of  Exercise  Physiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHED 
460  or  equivalent.  A  comprehensive  consideration  of  the  various  cardiovascular  factors 
affecting  human  physical  performance.  Emphasis  on  the  regulation  of  cardiovascular 
functions  during  physical  activity.  Energy  liberation  and  transfer,  circulation, 
respiration,  temperature  regulation,  physiology  of  work  at  altitudes,  aerobic  endurance 
training,  and  exercise,  health  and  aging. 

PHED  764  Advanced  Seminar:  Research  and  Writing  in  American  Sport  History 

(3)  Theoretical  and  practical  study  of  experiences  central  to  American  Sport  History. 
Historical  evidence  and  writing  in  American  sport  history. 

PHED  770  Advanced  Biomechanics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHED  670;  CMSC  103  or 
equivalent.  The  application  of  scientific  methods  to  problems  in  human  biomechanics. 
Instrumentation  for  data  collection  and  measurement,  mechanical  models  of  the  body 


428     Physics  Program 


and  their  mathematical  treatment,  and  current  research  topics. 

PHED  775  Advanced  Analysis  of  Human  Motion  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHED  400,  460, 
college  algebra  or  equivalent  of  by  permission  of  instructor.  A  research  oriented 
kinesiological  analysis  of  human  movement  as  it  relates  to  sports  and  the  activities  of 
daily  living.  The  analysis  is  accomplished  by  means  of  various  measurement 
procedures  including  cinematography,  electronic  timing  devices  and  similar 
instruments. 

PHED  789  Advanced  Seminar  (1-3)  Studies  the  current  problems  and  trends  in 
selected  fields  of  physical  education. 

PHED  798  Internship  in  Physical  Education/Sports  Management  (1-8)  Prerequisites: 
consent  of  department.  Practical  application  of  previously  acquired  skills  and 
knowledge  in  a  sport  and/or  physical  education  setting.  Emphasis  on  selected 
experiences  to  enhance  the  total  academic  program  of  the  student.  The  internship  site 
assignment  will  depend  upon  student's  background  and  career  goals.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  8  credits. 

PHED  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

PHED  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Physics  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Radish 

Professors:  Alley,  Anderson,  Banerjee,  Bhagat,  Brill,  Boyd,  Chant,  C.Y.  Chang,  Currie, 

DeSilva,  Dorfman3,  Dragt,  Drew,  Earl,  Falk,  Ferrell3,  Glasser,  Glick,  Gloeckler,  Glover, 

Gluckstern,  Goldenbaum,  Greenberg,  Griem,  Griffin,  Holmgren,  Hornyak,  Howarth, 

Korenman,  Layman4,  Y.C.  Lee,  Liu,  MacDonald,  Misner,  Mohapatra,  Oneda,  Ott, 

Papadopoulos,  Park,  Pati,  Prange,  Reiser2,  Richard,  Roos,  Slawsky,  Snow,  Steinberg, 

Sucher,  Toll,  Wallace,  Weber,  Wilson,  Woo,  Yodh,  G.T.  Zorn 

Adjunct  Professors:  Bennett,  Boldt,  Fichtel,  Friedman,  McDonald,  Rado 

Associate  Professors:  Antonsen,  Bardasis,  C.C.Chang,  H.H.  Chen,  Einstein,  Ellis,  Fivel, 

Gates,  Hu,  Kacser,  Kim,  Lynn,  Paik,  Skuja, 

Adjunct  Associate  Professors:  Dixon,  lonson 

Assistant  Professors:  Das  Sarma,  Goodman,  Hassam,  Kelly,  Kirkpatrick,  Skard,  Talaga, 

Van  orden,  Wang,  Williams 

1  Joint  appointment  with  Chemical  Engineering 

2  Joint  appointment  with  Electrical  Engineering 

3  Joint  appointment  with  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology 

4  Joint  appointment  with  Secondary  Education 

The  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy  has  active  programs  in  many  areas  of 
current  research  interest.  Those  in  astronomy  are  listed  under  the  heading  of 
Astronomy.  Those  in  the  physics  program  include:  astrophysics,  atomic  physics, 
chemical  physics,  elementary  particle  theory,  fluid  dynamics,  general  relativity,  high 
energy  physics,  many-body  theory,  molecular  physics,  nuclear  physics,  particle 
accelerator  research,  plasma  physics,  quantum  electronics  and  optics,  quantum  field 
theory,  solid  state  physics,  space  physics,  and  statistical  mechanics. 


Physics  Program     429 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Because  of  the  large  number  of  qualified  applicants,  the  Department  of  Physics  and 
Astronomy  has  had  to  restrict  formal  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  to  those  who 
have  shown  particularly  outstanding  work  in  their  undergraduate  records,  or  who  have 
already  done  satisfactory  work  in  key  senior-level  courses  at  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Students  who  have  less  outstanding  records  but  who,  because  of 
exceptional  circumstances,  show  special  promise  may  be  given  provisional  admission, 
with  regular  admission  pending  the  satisfactory  completion  of  existing  deficiencies. 
Each  student  so  admitted  will  be  informed  by  an  assigned  departmental  advisor  what 
background  is  lacking,  and  what  must  be  accomplished  to  achieve  regular  admission. 
The  University  of  Maryland  hopes  in  this  way  to  offer  an  opportunity  for  advanced 
study  in  physics  and  astronomy  to  all  qualified  students. 

Entering  graduate  students  are  normally  expected  to  have  strong  backgrounds  in 
physics,  including  courses  in  the  intermediate  level  in  mechanics,  electricity  and 
magnetism,  thermodynamics,  physical  optics,  and  modern  physics.  A  student  with 
deficiencies  in  one  or  more  of  these  areas  may  be  admitted,  but  will  be  expected  to 
remedy  such  deficiencies  as  soon  as  possible. 

The  Graduate  Record  Examination  (GRE  Advanced)  is  recommended,  and  the 
average  GRE  score  for  admission  is  730.  A  minimum  overall  score  of  500  on  the  Test 
of  English  as  a  Foreign  Language  is  required  of  applicants  from  non-English  speaking 
countries. 

The  Department  offers  both  thesis  and  non-thesis  M.S.  programs.  The  departmental 
requirements  for  the  non-thesis  option  include  at  least  four  courses  of  the  general 
physics  sequence,  PHYS  601,  602,  604,  606,  622  and  623,  plus  the  graduate  lab, 
PHYS  621,  unless' specifically  exempted;  a  research  paper  as  evidence  of  ability  to 
organize  and  present  a  written  scholarly  report  on  contemporary  research;  the  passing 
at  the  master's  level  of  one  section  of  the  Ph.D.  qualifying  exam;  and  the, passing  of  a 
final  oral  examination. 

The  requirements  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree  with  thesis  include  at  least  four 
courses  of  the  general  physics  sequence,  the  graduate  laboratory  unless  specially 
exempted;  and  the  passing  of  an  oral  examination  including  a  defense  of  thesis. 

The  requirements  for  the  Ph.D.  in  Physics  are  set  in  general  terms  to  allow  the 
individual  student  as  much  freedom  as  possible  in  preparing  a  course  of  study  suited 
to  individual  needs.  These  requirements  are:  competence  in  basic  physics  indicated 
by  satisfactory  performance  on  a  Qualifying  Examination  and  in  the  Graduate 
Laboratory;  a  research  paper  as  evidence  of  ability  to  organize  and  present  a  written 
scholarly  report  on  contemporary  research  prior  to  candidacy;  advanced  course  study 
outside  the  student's  field  of  specialization  consisting  of  at  least  two  courses  (6 
credits)  in  physics  at  700  or  800  level  and  two  courses  (6  credits)  recognized  for 
graduate  credit  given  outside  the  physics  program  (this  may  include  astronomy);  PHYS 
624  or  625  for  students  with  theoretical  theses;  and  research  competence  through 
active  participation  in  at  least  two  hours  of  seminar,  12  hours  of  thesis  research  and 
the  presentation  and  defense  of  an  original  dissertation. 


430     Physics  Program 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  current  research  in  the  Department  spans  an  immense  range  of  theoretical  and 
experimental  work  on  the  forefront  of  knowledge,  far  too  large  to  describe  here.  For 
details  of  the  work  in  the  various  fields,  the  faculty  and  the  facilities  involved,  the 
Department  annually  puts  out  a  booklet  entitled  "Research  in  Physics  and  Astronomy," 
which  may  be  obtained  upon  request. 

To  give  some  idea  of  the  magnitude  of  the  program  we  note  that  of  the  professional 
faculty  of  77,  there  are  68  engaged  in  separately  budgeted  research;  faculty  members 
at  other  ranks  likewise  engaged  in  research  number  96.  In  1983-84,  85  graduate 
students  also  have  participated  in  research,  under  stipends.  The  current  federal 
support  for  research  amounts  to  approximately  twelve  and  one-half  million  dollars 
annually,  attesting  to  both  the  size  and  the  quality  of  the  program. 

The  Department  houses  the  Center  for  Theoretical  Physics,  which  provides  a 
means  for  outstanding  theoretical  physicists  to  visit  the  Department  as  postdoctoral 
fellows  and  visiting  faculty  members. 

There  are  close  academic  ties  with  the  Institute  of  Physical  Science  and 
Technology  on  the  campus;  members  of  this  institute  supervise  graduate  research  and 
share  in  the  teaching  of  physics  courses.  The  Department  also  has  close  ties  with  the 
University's  Computer  Science  Center,  which  provides  outstanding  computer  facilities 
for  the  University. 

In  addition  to  using  College  Park  campus  facilities,  graduate  students  can,  under 
certain  conditions,  utilize  resources  of  nearby  federal  laboratories. 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  located  within  the  metropolitan  area  of  Washington, 
D.C.,  where  it  enjoys  the  proximity  of  a  large  number  of  outstanding  institutions  such 
as  NASA's  Goddard  Space  Flight  Center,  the  Naval  Research  Laboratory,  the  Naval 
Surface  Weapons  Center,  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  the  Johns  Hopkins 
Applied  Physics  Laboratory,  the  Department  of  Energy,  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health,  the  Library  of  Congress,  and  other  federal  institutions.  The  Department  has 
close  ties  with  certain  research  groups  at  some  of  these  institutions.  In  order  to 
facilitate  graduate  study  in  the  Washington  area,  the  Department  of  Physics  and 
Astronomy  has  part-time  professors  in  certain  government  laboratories. 

Students  desiring  to  do  graduate  work  in  physics  at  a  government  agency  should 
contact  a  member  of  the  graduate  faculty  in  the  Department. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  offers  both  teaching  and  research  assistantships.  In  1983-84  there 
were  about  72  teaching  assistants  and  86  research  assistants.  Summer  research 
stipends  for  advanced  graduate  students  are  customary,  and  a  few  summer  teaching 
assistantships  are  available. 

The  deadline  for  applications  for  financial  support  is  February  1  for  assistantships 
and  fellowships. 

Graduate  students  also  can  seek  full-time  or  part-time  employment  in  the  many 
government  and  industry  laboratories  located  within  a  few  miles  of  the  campus. 


PHYS  —  Physics     431 


Additional  Information 

Two  booklets  are  available  regarding  the  graduate  programs  in  Astronomy  and  in 
Physics.  "Graduate  Study  in  Physics  and  Astronomy"  is  a  guidebook  to  procedural 
requirements  and  rules  concerning  the  acquisitions  of  higher  degrees.  "Research  in 
Physics  and  Astronomy"  describes  the  graduate  research  activities  and  lists  the 
personnel  involved,  group  by  group.  It  gives  the  names  of  faculty  and  graduate 
students  involved  in  various  research  projects,  together  with  brief  descriptions  of  those 
projects. 

Regarding  admission  or  for  further  information  write: 

Mrs.  Jean  Clement,  Secretary 

Graduate  Entrance  Committee 

Department  of  Physics, 

University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

PHYS  —  Physics 

PHYS  400  Basic  Concepts  of  Physics  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  junior  standing.  A  primarily 
descriptive  course  in  two  semesters,  intended  mainly  for  those  students  in  the  liberal 
arts  who  have  not  had  any  other  course  in  physics.  This  course  does  not  serve  as  a 
prerequisite  or  substitute  for  other  physics  courses.  The  main  emphasis  is  on  the 
concepts  of  physics,  their  evolution  and  their  relation  to  other  branches  of  human 
endeavor. 

PHYS  401  Basic  Concepts  of  Physics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  400  or  consent  of 
instructor. 

PHYS  404  Intermediate  Theoretical  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  142  or  263; 
MATH  241  previously  or  concurrently.  Fundamentals  and  selected  advanced  topics  of 
physical  mechanics.   Vector  differential  calculus  will  be  used. 

PHYS  405  Intermediate  Theoretical  Electricity  and  Magnetism  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  142  or  263;  MATH  241.  Intermediate  electricity  and  magnetism  and 
electromagnetic  waves  (optics).  Vector  differential  calculus  is  used  throughout. 

PHYS  406  Optics  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites:  PHYS  263  or  294  and 
MATH  240,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Geometrical  optics,  optical  instruments,  wave 
motion,  interference  and  diffraction,  and  other  phenomena  in  physical  optics. 

PHYS  407  Sound  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  122,  142  or  263.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  MATH 
246.  A  study  of  the  basic  concepts  of  sound  production  and  its  applications. 

PHYS  410  Elements  of  Theoretical  Physics:  Mechanics  (4)  Prerequisites  PHYS  294, 
or  PHYS  404  and  405,  or  PHYS  263  and  consent  of  instructor,  MATH  241.  Pre-  or 
corequisite  MATH  240.  A  study  of  the  theoretical  foundations  of  mechanics  with 
extensive  application  of  the  methods.  Various  mathematical  tools  of  theoretical  physics. 

PHYS   411    Elements   of   Theoretical    Physics:    Electricity   and    Magnetism   (4) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  404  or  410,  and  PHYS  263  or  294  or  405,  or  consent  of  the 
instructor.  A  study  of  the  foundations  of  electromagnetic  theory,  with  extensive 
applications  of  the  methods.  Thorough  treatment  of  wave  properties  of  solutions  of 
Maxwell's  equations. 


432     PHYS  —  Physics 


PHYS  412  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  404  and  405  or  PHYS 
410  and  MATH  240  or  equivalent.  Dynamics  of  gas  particles,  Maxwell-Bultzmann 
distribution,  diffusion,  Brownian  motion,  etc. 

PHYS    414    Introduction    to    Thermodynamics    and    Statistical    Mechanics    (3) 

Prerequisites:  MATH  240,  PHYS  294  or  404  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Introduction  of 
basic  concepts  in  thermodynamics  and  statistical  mechanics. 

PHYS  420  Principles  of  Modern  Physics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  263  or  294  or  404 

and  405;  MATH  241  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  atomic  and  nuclear  phenoma 
and  the  main  trends  in  modern  physics.  This  course  is  appropriate  for  students  in 
engineering  and  other  physical  sciences.  It  should  not  be  taken  in  addition  to  PHYS 
421. 

PHYS  421  Introduction  to  Modern  Physics  (3)  Prerequisites  PHYS  294  or  equivalent; 
MATH  241  including  some  knoledge  of  ordinary  differential  equations.  Introductory 
discussion  of  special  relativity,  origin  of  quantum  theory,  Bohr  atom,  wave  mechanics, 
atomic  structure,  and  optical  spectra. 

PHYS  422  Modern  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  421.  This  course  uses  the  basic 
ideas  of  quantum  mechanics  and  special  relativity  to  discuss  the  characteristics  of 
many  diverse  subjects  including  complex  atoms,  molecules,  solids,  nuclei  and 
elementary  particles. 

PHYS  423  Elementary  Quantum  Physics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  420  or  422;  MATH 
240  and  246;  and  a  level  of  mathematical  sophistication  equivalent  to  that  of  a  student 
who  has  taken  PHYS  410  and  411,  or  ENEE  380  and  381.  A  rigorous  presentation  the 
quantum  theory,  including  the  concepts  of  operators,  measurement  and  angular 
momentum.  The  application  of  these  concepts  together  with  the  Schroedinger  equation 
to  some  basic  problems  in  atomic  and  molecular  physics. 

PHYS  429  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics  Laboratory  (3)  PHYS  395  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Classical  experiments  in  atomic  physics  and  more  sophisticated 
experiments  in  current  techniques  in  nuclear  physics. 

PHYS  431  Properties  of  Matter  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  404  or  410,  and  PHYS  405  or 
411;  and  PHYS  420  or  421.  Introduction  to  solid  state  physics.  Electro-magnetic, 
thermal,  and  elastic  properties  of  metals,  semiconductors,  insulators  and 
superconductors. 

PHYS  441  Nuclear  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  404  and  405;  or  PHYS  410;  or 
PHYS  420;OR  PHYS  421.  An  introduction  to  nuclear  physics  at  the 
pre-quantum-mechnaics  level.  Properties  of  nuclei;  radioactivity;  nuclear  systematics; 
nuclear  moment;  the  Shell  model,  interaction  of  charged  particles  and  Gamma  rays 
with  matter;  nuclear  dectectors;  accelerators;  nuclear  reactions;  Beta  decay;  high 
energy  phenomena. 

PHYS  443  Neutron  Reactor  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  420  or  PHYS  421  or 
consent  of  instructor.   Various  related  topics  in  neutron  reactor  physics. 

PHYS  451  Introduction  to  Elementary  Particles  (3)  Prerequisite  PHYS  422  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Properties  of  elementary  particles,  production  and  detection  of 
particles,  relativistic  kinematics,  invariance  principles  and  conservation  laws. 

PHYS  461  Introduction  to  Fluid  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  404  and  MATH 
240.   Kinematics  of  fluid  flow,  properties  of  incompressible  fluids,  complex  variable 


PHYS  —  Physics     433 


methods  of  analysis,  wave  motions. 

PHYS  463  Introduction  to  Plasma  Physics  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  404  or  410,  or  ENES  221;  and  PHYS  405  or  411,  or  ENEE  380;  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Students  without  the  electricity  and  magnetism  prerequisite  but  having  a 
familiarity  with  Maxwell's  equations  should  check  with  the  instructor.  Orbit  theory, 
magneto-hydrodynamics,  plasma  heating  and  stability,  waves  and  transport 
processes. 

PHYS  465  Modern  Optics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  410,  and  420  or  421,  and  411  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Designed  for  students  with  a  background  in  fundamental  optics, 
the  course  deals  with  topics  in  modern  optics  such  as  coherence,  holography, 
principles  of  laser  action,  electron  optics,  and  non-linear  optics. 

PHYS  471  Introduction  to  Atmospheric  and  Space  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS 
404  or  410;  and  PHYS  405  or  411;  and  PHYS  420  or  421.  Motions  of  charged  particles 
in  magnetic  fields,  aspects  of  plasma  physics  related  to  cosmic  rays  and  radiation 
belts,  atomic  phenomena  in  the  atmosphere,  thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  the 
atmosphere. 

PHYS  483  Biophysics  and  Theoretical  Biology  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the 
intructor.  Designed  for  advanced  and  mature  students  who  may  have  only  minimal 
knowledge  of  biological  processes  but  are  well  grounded  in  physics.  Areas  in 
bioscience  where  physics,  biophysical  chemistry,  and  mathematical  analysis  fuse  to 
provide  definition  for  biologic  statics  and  dynamics. 

PHYS  485  Electronic  Circuits  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  395,  and  concurrent  enrollment  in  PHYS  405  or  41 1 .  Theory 
of  semi-conductor  and  vacuum  tube  circuits.  Application  in  experimental  physics. 

PHYS    487    Particle    Accelerators,    Physical    and    Engineering    Principles    (3) 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  410,  411  or  271,  321  and  421.  or  equivalents.  Sources  or 
charged  particles,  methods  of  acceleration  and  focusing  of  electron  and  ion  beams  in 
electromagnetic  fields;  electrostatic  accelerators;  constant-gradient  cyclotrons  and 
synchrotrons;  betatrons  and  microtrons;  the  alternating-gradient  and  sector-focusing 
principles;  isochronous  syclotrons  and  alternating-gradient  sychrotrons:  linear 
accelerators.  This  course  is  also  listed  as  ENEE  487. 

PHYS  490  History  of  Modern  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  420  or  421  or 
equivalent.  Primarily  for  senior  physics  majors  and  first  year  graduate  students.  A 
survey  of  major  discoveries  and  trends  in  20th  century  physics,  including  the  relations 
of  physics  to  other  sciences,  philosophy  of  science,  technology  and  society. 

PHYS  499  Special  Problems  in  Physics  (1-16)  Prerequisite  major  in  physics  and 
consent  of  advisor.  Research  or  special  study.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  501    Physical  Science  for  Elementary/Middle  School  Teachers  I  (4)  An 

introductory  experimentally-based  physical  science  course  modeled  on  the  program 
PSNS/An  Approach  to  Physical  Science.  Major  concepts  of  chemistry  and  physics 
developed  in  an  integrated,  systematic  fashion  with  reliance  on  direct  laboratory 
observations  and  inferences. 

PHYS    502    Physical    Science   for    Elementary/Middle    School    Teachers    II    (4) 

Prerequisite:  PHYS  501.  The  exploration  of  major  physics  topics  including  mechanics, 
sound,  light,  electricity  and  magnetism,  and  modern  physics. 


434     PHYS  —  Physics 


PHYS  521  General  Physics  for  Science  Teachers  I  (4)  The  first  semester  of  a 
two-semester  sequence  in  physics  stressing  physical  insight  for  prospective  secondary 
school  science  and  mathematics  teachers.  Designed  to  carefully  integrate  lecture  and 
laboratory  and  to  serve  as  a  model  for  persons  planning  to  teach  physics  or  physical 
science.  Mathematics  use  will  include  algebra,  trigonometry,  with  occasional 
references  to  calculus. 

PHYS  522  General  Physics  for  Science  Teachers  II  (4)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  521  A 
continuation  of  PHYS  521. 

PHYS  601  Theoretical  Dynamics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  410  or  equivalent. 
Lagrangian  and  Hamiltonian  mechanics,  two-body  central  force  problem,  rigid  body 
motion,  small  oscillations,  continuous  systems. 

PHYS  602  Statistical  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  410  or  equivalent.  Statistical 
mechanics,  thermodynamics,  kinetic  theory. 

PHYS  604  Methods  of  Mathematical  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  advanced  calculus, 
PHYS  410  and  411,  or  equivalent.  Ordinary  and  partial  differential  equations  of 
physics,  boundary  value  problems,  Fourier  series,  Green's  functions,  complex 
variables  and  contour  integration. 

PHYS  606  Electrodynamics  (4)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  604  or  equivalent.  Classical 
electromagnetic  theory,  electro-  and  magnetostatics,  Maxwell  equations,  waves  and 
radiation,  special  relativity. 

PHYS  607  Advanced  Classical  Physics  (3)  Preerquisite:  PHYS  606.  Selected  topics 
in  advanced  classical  physics  will  be  studied  from  among  the  fields  of  radiation  theory, 
spin-carrying  waves,  solitons  and  general  non-linear  dynamics. 

PHYS  621  Graduate  Laboratory  (3)  Six  hours  of  laboratory  work  per  week.  Design 
and  performance  of  advanced  experiments  in  modern  and  classical  physics. 

PHYS  622  Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics  I  (4)  First  and  second  semesters. 
Prerequisite:  an  outstanding  undergraduate  background  in  physics.  A  study  of  the 
Schroedinger  equation,  matrix  formulations  of  quantum  mechanics,  approximation 
methods,  scattering  theory  etc.,  And  applications  to  solid  state,  atomic,  and  nuclear 
physics. 

PHYS  623  Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics  II  (3)  First  and  second  semesters 
Prerequisite:  an  understanding  undergraduate  background  in  physics.  A  study  of  the 
Schroedinger   equation,    matrix  formulations  of  quantum   mechanics,   approximation 
methods,  scattering  theory  etc.,  And  applications  to  solid  state,  atomic,  and  nuclear 
physics.  Continuation  of  PHYS  622. 

PHYS  624  Advanced  Quantum  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  623  Relativistic 
wave  equations,  second  quantization  in  many  body  problems  and  relativistic  wave 
equations,  Feynman-Dyson  perturbation  theory,  applications  to  many  body  problems, 
application  to  quantum  electrodynamics,  elements  of  renormalization. 

PHYS  625  Non-relativistic  Quantum  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  623 
Non-relativistic  second  quantization,  single  particle  Green's  function,  perturbation 
theory,  linked  cluster  expansion,  Feynman  and  Goldstone  diagrams;  applications  to 
imperfect  fermi  gases;  superconductivity. 

PHYS  686  Charged  Particle  Dynamics,  Electron  and  Ion  Beams  (3)  Prerequisites: 
PHYS  410,  411   or  PHYS  271,  321   or  consent  of  instructor.  Three  hours  per  week. 


PHYS  —  Physics     435 


General  principles  of  single-particle  dynamics,  analytical  ana  practical  methods  of 
mapping  electric  and  magnetic  fields;  equations  of  motion  and  special  solutions; 
Liouville's  theorem;  electron  optics;  space  charge  effects  in  high  current  beams; 
design  principles  of  special  electron  and  ion  beam  devices.  This  course  is  also  listed 
as  ENEE  686. 

PHYS  703  Thermodynamics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  602.  The  first  and  second  laws  of 
thermodynamics  are  examined  and  applied  to  homogeneous  and  non-homogeneous 
systems,  calculations  of  properties  of  matter,  the  derivation  of  equilibrium  conditions 
and  phase  transitions,  the  theory  of  irreversible  processes. 

PHYS  704  Statistical  Mechanics  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  41 1  and  602.  A  study  of  the 
determination  of  behavior  of  matter  from  microscopic  models.  Microcanonical, 
canonical,  and  grand  canonical  models.  Applications  of  solid  state  physics  and  the 
study  of  gases. 

PHYS  708  Seminar  in  Teaching  College  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  709  Seminar  in  General  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  711  Symmetry  Problems  in  Physics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  623  A  study  of 
general  methods  of  classification  of  physical  systems  by  their  symmetries  and 
invariance  properties,  especially  in  quantum  field  theory  applications. 

PHYS  718  Seminar  in  General  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  719  Seminar  in  General  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  721  Theory  of  Atomic  Spectra  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  622.  A  study  of  atomic 
spectra  and  structure:  one  and  two  electron  spectra,  fine  and  hyper-fine  structure,  line 
strengths,  line  widths,  etc. 

PHYS  722  Theory  of  Molecular  Spectra  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  721.  The  structure 
and  properties  of  molecules  as  revealed  by  rotational,  vibrational,  and  electronic 
spectra. 

PHYS  723  Molecular  Physics  I  (2)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  623.  The  fundamentals  of  the 
interpretation  of  the  spectra  of  simple  of  molecules  with  particular  attention  to 
quantitative  considerations.  Emphasis  on  topics  generally  regarded  as  falling  outside 
the  domain  of  molecular  structure,  notably  the  measurement  and  analysis  of  molecular 
spectroscopic  line  intensities. 

PHYS  724  Molecular  Physics  II  (2)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite:  PHYS  623. 
The  fundamentals  of  the  interpretation  of  the  spectra  of  simple  molecules  with 
particular  attention  to  quantitative  considerations.  Emphasis  on  topics  generally 
regarded  as  falling  outside  the  domain  of  molecular  structure,  notably  the 
measurement  and  analysis  of  molecular  spectroscopic  line  intensities.  Continuation  of 
PHYS  723. 

PHYS  728  Seminar  in  Atomic  and  Molecular  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  729  Seminar  in  General  Quantum  Mechanics  and  Quantum  Electronics  (1) 

PHYS  731  Solid  State  Physics:  Survey  (3)  A  variety  of  topics  such  as  crystal 
structure,  mechanical,  thermal,  electrical,  and  magnetic  properties  of  solids,  band 
structure,  the  semi-surface,  and  superconductivity  will  be  treated.  Although  the 
emphasis  will  be  on  the  phenomena,  the  methods  of  quantum  mechanics  are  freely 
employed  in  this  description. 


436     PHYS  —  Physics 


PHYS  738  Seminar  in  Experimental  Solid  State  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  739  Seminar  in  Theoretical  Solid  State  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  741  Nuclear  Physics:  Survey  (3)  Prerequisites:  PHYS  622  and  623.  An 
introductory  survey  of  nuclear  physics,  including  the  following  topics:  properties  of  the 
two-nucleon  force  and  the  most  popular  phenomenological  potentials;  properties  of 
nuclei  including  radii,  shapes  and  charge  distributions;  introduction  to  nuclear 
structure  models,  including  collective,  independent  particle,  and  shell  model;  basic 
features  of  radioactivity  including  weak  interactions  and  alpha  decay;  introduction  to 
nuclear  reactions,  including  phenomenological  optical  potentials  and  distorted  wave 
approximations. 

PHYS  748  Seminar  in  Experimental  Nuclear  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  749  Seminar  in  Theoretical  Nuclear  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  751  Elementary  Particle  Physics  I:  Survey  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week 
Co-requisite:  PHYS  624  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Nuclear  forces  are  studied  by 
examining  interactions  at  high  energies.  Meson  physics,  scattering  processes,  and 
detailed  analysis  of  high  energy  experiments. 

PHYS  752  Elementary  Particle  Physics  II:  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite  PHYS  624  and 
751  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Survey  of  elementary  particles  and  their  properties, 
quantum  field  theory,  meson  theory,  weak  interactions,  possible  extensions  of 
elementary  particle  theory. 

PHYS  758  Seminar  in  Elementary  Particles  and  Quantum  Field  Theory  (1) 

PHYS  759  Seminar  in  Elementary  Particles  and  Quantum  Field  Theory  (1) 

PHYS  761  Plasma  Physics  I:  Survey  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  604,  606  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  detailed  study  of  plasma  physics.  The  first  semester  treats  particle  orbit 
theory,  magnetohydrodynamics,  plasma  waves,  and  transport  phenomena. 

PHYS  762  Plasma  Physics  II  (3)  Continuation  of  PHYS  761 .  Vlasov  theory,  including 
waves,  stability,  and  weak  turbulence,  kinetic  equation  theories  of  correlations  and 
radiative  processes. 

PHYS  768  Seminar  in  Fluid  Dynamics  (1) 

PHYS  769  Seminar  in  Plasma  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  771  Cosmic  Ray  Physics:  Survey  (3)  Pre-  or  co-requisite  PHYS  601  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Interaction  of  cosmic  rays  with  matter,  geomagnetic  cutoffs, 
origin  and  propagation  of  cosmic  rays,  the  electron  component  and  its  relationship  to 
cosmic  radio  noise;  experimental  methods. 

PHYS  778  Seminar  in  Space  and  Cosmic  Ray  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  779  Seminar  in  General  Relativity  (1) 

PHYS  788  Seminar  in  Applied  Physics  (1) 

PHYS  789  Seminar  in  Interdisciplinary  Problems  (1) 

PHYS  798  Special  Problems  in  Advanced  Physics  (1-3)  Projects  or  special  study  in 
advanced  physics. 

PHYS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 


PHYS  —  Physics     437 


PHYS  808  Special  Topics  in  General  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite  consent  of 
instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  809  Special  Topics  in  General  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite  consent  of 
instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  818  Special  Topics  in  General  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  819  Special  Topics  in  General  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite  consent  of 
instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  828  Special  Topics  in  Atomic  and  Molecular  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  829  Special  Topics  in  Quantum  Mechanics  and  Quantum  Electronics  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  832  Theory  of  Solids  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  623.  Co-requisite:  PHYS  625. 
Advanced  topics  in  the  quantum  theory  of  solids  from  such  fields  as  band  structure 
calculations,  optical  properties,  phonons,  neutron  scattering,  the  dynamics  of  electrons 
in  one-band  theory,  the  Landau-Fermi  Liquid  Theory,  charged  Fermi  liquids,  the  Fermi 
surface  (surface  impedance,  cyclotron  resonance,  the  DeHass-Van  Alphen  Effect, 
etc.). 

PHYS  833  Theory  of  Solids  II  (3)  Continuation  of  PHYS  832.  Covers  special  topics 
such  as  magnetism,  superconductivity  and  electron-phonon  interactions. 

PHYS  838  Special  Topics  in  Experimental  Solid  State  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  839  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical  Solid  State  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  842  Advanced  Nuclear  Physics:  Theory  I  (3)  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  PHYS 
624  and  625.  The  theory  of  the  nucleon-nucleon  force  and  nuclear  bound  states. 
Discussion  of  Brueckner  theory  of  nuclear  matter  and  finite  nuclei  and  various  models 
of  nuclear  structure:  the  Shell  model,  the  Nilsson  model,  and  the  liquid  drop  model. 
The  theory  of  fission  and  isometric  states.  Dynamical  symmetries  of  nuclear  excited 
states  and  the  interacting  boson  approximation. 

PHYS  843  Advanced  Nuclear  Physics:  Theory  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  842  The 
theory  of  the  nucleon-nucleon  force  and  nuclear  reactions.  Discussion  of  such  topics 
as:  the  theory  of  the  optical  potential,  high-energy  scattering  of  nucleons  and  Glauber 
theory,  interaction  of  nuclei  with  mesons  and  hyperons,  photonuclear  reactions, 
scattering  and  reactions  of  nuclear  heavy  ions,  Lepton-nucleus  scattering,  and  few 
nucleon  scattering  and  Faddeev  theory. 

PHYS  844  Advanced  Nuclear  Physics:  Experiment  I  (3)  Prerequisites  PHYS  623 
and  741 .  The  structure  of  nuclei,  and  a  comparison  of  the  experimentally  measured 
properties  to  various  nuclear  models.  Discussion  of  such  nuclear  models  as:  collective 
models,  the  Shell  model,  and  the  Nilsson  model.  Measured  properties  such  as  energy 
levels,  transition  rates,  electric  and  magnetic  moments,  and  spectroscopic  factors  will 
be  compared  with  these  models  as  a  test  of  their  validity.  Experimental  techniques 
used  in  these  measurements. 

PHYS  845  Advanced  Nuclear  Physics:  Experiment  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  844  or 


438     PHYS  —  Physics 


PHYS  842  and  consent  of  instructor.  Emphasis  on  direct  nuclear  reactions,  and  the 
comparison  between  popular  reaction  models  and  experimental  data.  Discussion  of 
such  topics  as:  analysis  of  elastic  scattering  of  hadrons  via  optical  models,  folding 
models,  and  the  impulse  approximation;  distorted  wave  born  approximation  analyses 
of  inelastic  scattering  and  transfer  reactions;  distorted  wave  impulse  approximation 
analyses  of  inelastic  scattering  and  quasifree  knockout  reactions;  pre-equilibrium  and 
cascade  model  calculations  of  continuum  yields;  reaction  models  of  heavy  ion  strongly 
damped  collisions;  reaction  models  of  relativistic  heavy  ion  interactions.  Experimental 
techniques  used  in  reaction  studies. 

PHYS  848  Special  Topics  in  Experimental  Nuclear  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  849  Special  Topics  in  Theoretical  Nuclear  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  851  Advanced  Quantum  Field  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  624 
Renormalizations  of  Lagrangian  field  theories,  Lamb  shift,  positronium  fine  structure,  T. 
C.  P.  Invariance,  connection  between  spin  and  statistics,  broken  symmetries  in  many 
body  problems,  soluble  models,  analyticity  in  perturbation  theory,  simple  applications 
of  dispersion  relations. 

PHYS  852  Theoretical  Methods  in  Elementary  Particles  (3)  Prerequisite  or 
co-requisite:  PHYS  851 . 

PHYS  853  Quantum  Field  Theory  (3)  Co-requisite:  PHYS  851.  Introduction  to  Hilbert 
space,  general  postulates  of  relativistic  quantum  field  theory,  asymptotic  conditions, 
examples  of  local  field  theory,  Jost-Lehmann-Dyson  representation  and  applications, 
generalized  free  field  theory,  general  results  of  local  field  theory-tcp  theorem,  spin 
statistics  connections,  Borchers'  theorems,  Reeh-Schlieder  theorem. 

PHYS  858  Special  Topics  in  Elementary  Particles  and  Quantum  Field  Theory  (1-4) 

Prerequisites:  PHYS  851  and  PHYS  752.  First  semester. 

PHYS  859  Special  Topics  in  Elementary  Particles  and  Quantum  Field  Theory  (1-4) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  862  Controlled  Fusion  Physics  and  Technology  (3)  Prerequisite   PHYS  761 
Review  of  fusion  plasma  physics,  followed  by  high  voltage  pulse  technology,   ion 
sources,    high    power    lasers;    magnetic    and    inertial    confinement    schemes    major 
"matches"  in  controlled  thermonuclear  research. 

PHYS  863  Plasma  Equilibrium,  Stability  and  Transport  Properties  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PHYS  762  or  equivalent.  Applications  of  magnetohydrodynamics  and  kinetic  theory  to 
the  equilibrium,  stability  and  transport  properties  of  magnetically  confined  high 
temperature  plasmas. 

PHYS  864  Nonlinear  Effects  and  Radiation  Processes  in  High-temperature 
Plasmas  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  762.  Advanced  survey  of  fundamental  nonlinear 
effects  and  radiation  processes  in  high-temperature  plasmas. 

PHYS  868  Special  Topics  in  Fluid  Dynamics  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  869  Special  Topics  in  Plasma  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Credit  according  to  work  done. 


Poultry  Science  Program     439 


PHYS  875  Theory  of  Relativity:  Survey  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  601.  A  brief  survey  of 
Einstein's  special  theory  of  relativity  followed  by  a  solid  introduction  to  general  relativity 
and  its  applications. 

PHYS  878  Special  Topics  in  Space  and  Cosmic  Ray  Physics  (1-4)  Prerequisite 
consent  of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  879  Special  Topics  in  General  Relativity  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  888  Special  Topics  in  Applied  Physics  (2) 

PHYS  889  Special  Topics  in  Interdisciplinary  Problems  (1-4)  Prerequisite:  consent 
of  instructor.  Credit  according  to  work  done. 

PHYS  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Policy  Studies  Program  (see  School  of  Public 
Affairs) 


Poultry  Science  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Thomas 

Professors:  Heath,  Kuenzel,  Soares 

Associate  Professors:  Doerr,  Johnson,  Ottinger 

Assistant  Professor:  Mench 

Adjunct  Assistant  Professor:  Augustine 

Coursework  and  research  activities  leading  to  the  Master  of  Science  and  the  Doctor  of 

Philosophy  degrees  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  Poultry  Science.  The  student 

may  pursue  work  with  major  emphasis  in  either  nutrition,  physiology,  or  the  technology 

of  eggs  and  poultry. 

Recently  the  demand  for  graduates  has  exceeded  the  supply.  Graduates  may 
pursue  a  career  in  industry  or  academia.  The  career  opportunities  appear  to  be  good. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Departmental  requirements,  supplementary  to  those  of  the  Graduate  School,  have 
been  formulated  for  the  guidance  of  candidates  for  graduate  degrees.  Copies  of  these 
requirements  may  be  obtained  from  the  Department  of  Poultry  Science. 

Courses   in   these   programs   are   listed   elsewhere   under  the   headings   Animal 
Science,  Nutritional  Sciences,  and  Food  Science,  as  appropriate. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  has  excellent  facilities  for  both  broilers  and  layers.  The  laboratories 
are  well  equipped  with  equipment  such  as  amino  acid  analyzer,  atomic  absorption 
spectrophotometer,  gas  chromatography,  Technician  auto-analyzer,  Instron  food 
analyzer,  Grass  polygraph,  Leitz  Dialux  microscope,  liquid  scintillation  system, 
Aminco-Bowman  spectrophotoflurometer,  liquid  chromatograph,  etc. 


440     Psychology  Program 


Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  research  assistantships  and  teaching  assistantships  are  available  in  the 
Department. 


Psychology  Program 


Professor  and  Chair:  Goldstein 

Professors:  Anderson,  Dies,  Fretz,  Gelso,  Gollub,  Gross,  Hall,  Hodos,  Horton, 

Levinson,  Locke2,  Magoon1,  Martin,  Mclntire,  Mills,  J.,  Penner,  Pumroy1,  Schneider, 

Scholnick,  Sigall,  Smith,  B.,  Steinman,  Sternheim,  Taylor,  Trickett,  Tyler 

Associate  Professors:  Brauth,  Brown, R.,  Coursey,  Freeman1,  Hill,  Larkin,  Norman, 

Steele 

Assistant  Professors:  Allen,  Dooling,  Helms,  Johnson,  Kralj,  Schoorman, 

1joint  appointment  with  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services 

2joint  appointment  with  Business  and  Management 

The  Department  of  Psychology  offers  training  leading  to  the  degree  of  Doctor  of 

Philosophy.    By  Departmental  ruling,  the  number  of  graduate  students  is  limited  to  a 

ratio  of  four  resident  students  per  member  of  the  Graduate  faculty,  insuring  close  and 

intimate  contact  in  research  and  seminars. 

Training  for  the  Master  of  Arts  and  Master  of  Science  degrees  differs  in  the  relative 
emphasis  on  content  in  the  social  and  biological  sciences.  Programs  leading  to  the 
Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  are  offered  in  the  areas  of  clinical,  counseling, 
experimental,  industrial,  applied  developmental  psychology,  quantitative,  and  social 
psychology.  The  experimental  area  is  further  subdivided  into  three  fields  of  study: 
biopsychology;  human  learning  and  psycholinguistics;  and  sensory  and  perceptual 
processes.  Many  fields  have  a  range  of  subspecialties  (e.g.,  engineering  psychology) 
in  which  the  student  may  concentrate.  The  Department's  doctoral  programs  in  both 
Clinical  and  Counseling  Psychology  have  been  approved  by  the  American 
Psychological  Association. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  Department  accepts  as  graduate  students  only  those  who  have  demonstrated 
superior  aptitude  and  appear  capable  of  completing  the  requirements  for  the  doctoral 
degree.  All  of  the  specialty  areas  offer  doctoral  level  programs;  they  do  not  accept 
students  who  are  interested  in  terminal  M.A.  degrees.  The  average  scores  of  students 
admitted  for  the  1983-84  academic  year  were  GRE  V+Q  1250,  GRE  Psychology  600, 
G.P.A.  3.7;  Psychology  G.P.A.  3.8.  The  Department  of  Psychology  encourages 
applications  from  minority  groups  and  women. 

Applicants  are  encouraged  to  submit  applications  by  February  1  of  each  year  for 
entrance  in  the  fall  as  the  available  spaces  are  usually  filled  early. 

For  a  doctoral  degree  a  minimum  of  72  hours  beyond  the  B.A.  is  required.  All 
students  entering  with  a  B.A.  are  required  to  take  two  courses  in  statistics  and  five 
courses  in  areas  outside  their  specialty  program.  These  five  courses  must  be  core 
courses  chosen  from  a  group  of  available  courses  designed  to  provide  basic 
information  in  a  variety  of  specialty  areas. 

The  remaining  credit  hours  (approximately  50  hours)  are  devoted  to  research  and 
course  work  in  the  participant's  specialty  program.  If  the  student  chooses  to  have  a 
second  specialty,  two  advanced  courses  along  with  one  core  course  may  be  taken  in 


PSYC  —  Psychology     441 


one  coherent  area  to  provide  a  second  specialty. 

While  the  course  of  study  in  the  Department  of  Psychology  is  at  the  doctoral  level, 
most  students  choose  to  earn  the  M.A.  or  M.S.  degree  en  route  to  the  Ph.D.  The  M.A. 
or  M.S.  degree  requirements  are  thirty  hours  of  work  including  the  two  courses  in 
statistics,  and  three  core  courses.  A  research  thesis  is  also  required.  Advancement  to 
the  third  and  fourth  year  of  doctoral  level  work  is  based  upon  satisfactory  completion 
of  core  courses,  work  in  the  student's  specialty  area  and  completion  of  a  research 
requirement. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  moved  into  a  new  building  during  the  summer  of  1971,  and  new 
facilities  were  designed  by  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Psychology  for  the  training 
of  graduate  students.  In  addition,  its  geographic  location  in  a  suburb  of  Washington, 
D.C.  makes  accessible  a  wide  variety  of  laboratory  and  training  facilities  in 
governmental,  and  other  agencies,  as  well  as  many  psychologists  prominent  in  the 
profession. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  Department  gives  financial  aid  to  almost  all  incoming  students.  The  Department  of 
Psychology  does  not  offer  a  part-time  program.  Students  are  required  to  attend 
classes,  take  part  in  research  and  teach  as  graduate  assistants.  Each  of  these 
assignments  is  considered  a  critical  part  of  the  graduate  training  program.  It  is  not 
possible  to  obtain  this  type  of  education  on  a  part-time  basis.  Thus,  students  are  not 
permitted  to  hold  off-campus  jobs  unless  they  are  under  the  direct  supervision  of  the 
faculty. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  concerning  the  graduate  program  including  specific  program 
brochures  and  application  materials  may  be  obtained  by  writing: 

Professor  Irwin  L.  Goldstein,  Chair 

Department  of  Psychology, 

University  of  Maryland. 

Courses 

PSYC  —  Psychology 

PSYC  400  Experimental  Psychology:  Learning  and  Motivation  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
four  one-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100;  and  PSYC  200  or 
a  course  in  statistics.  Primarily  for  psychology  majors.  The  experimental  analysis  of 
behavior  with  emphasis  on  conditioning,  learning  and  motivational  processes. 
Experiments  are  conducted  on  the  behavior  of  animals. 

PSYC  401   Advanced  Laboratory  in  the  Experimental  Analysis  of  Behavior  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  400.  An  intensified  extension  of  the  principles  and  techniques 
demonstrated  in  the  laboratory  of  PSYC  400.  Emphasis  on  complex  schedules  of 
reinforcement,  and  experimental  designs  using  repeated  measures. 

PSYC  402  Physiological  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  206  or  301  An 
introduction  to  research  on  the  physiological   basis  of  human  behavior,   including 


442     PSYC  —  Psychology 


considerations  of  sensory  phenomena,  motor  coordination,  emotion,  drives,  and  the 
neurological  basis  of  learning. 

PSYC  403  Animal  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  206  or  301.  A  study  of  animal 
behavior,  including  considerations  of  social  interactions,  learning,  sensory  processes, 
motivation,  and  experimental  methods,  with  a  major  emphasis  on  mammals. 

PSYC  404  Introduction  to  Behavioral  Pharmacology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  206  or 
301  or  400  or  a  course  in  zoology.  The  basic  findings  and  theoretical  viewpoints  on 
the  interaction  of  drugs  and  behavior.  Introduction  to  basic  principles  of 
pharmacology,  the  effects  of  drugs  on  various  behavior,  experimental  analysis  of  drug 
dependence  and  abuse,  and  neuropharmacology  and  behavior. 

PSYC  405  Applied  Behavior  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  301.  Theoretical  and 
research  literature  in  the  application  of  operant  and  respondent  conditioning  principles 
to  human  behavior.  Approaches  to  behavior  problems  in  school,  home  and 
professional  settings. 

PSYC  410  Experimental  Psychology:  Sensory  Processes  I  (4)  Three  lectures  and 
one  two-hour  laboratory/demonstration  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  MATH  140,  or 
1 1 1  and  220.  Primarily  for  students  who  major  in  psychology.  A  systematic  survey  of 
the  content,  models,  and  methodologies  of  sensory  and  perceptual  research.  A 
student  who  has  completed  PSYC  310  must  have  permission  of  the  instructor  in  order 
to  register  for  PSYC  410. 

PSYC  412  Experimental  Psychology:  Sensory  Processes  II  (4)  Two  lectures  and 
four  hours  of  laboratory  exercise  and  research  per  week.  Prerequisite:  PSYC  410  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Primarily  for  psychology  majors  and  majors  in  biological  sciences 
with  a  special  interest  in  sensory  processes.  Lectures  and  laboratory  exercises  will 
emphasize  contemporary  problems  in  sensory  process  research.  Sufficient  latitude  will 
be  provided  so  the  exceptional  student  may  conduct  original  research  based  on 
findings  reported  in  the  current  literature. 

PSYC  415  History  of  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  twelve  credits  in  psychology  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  origins  of  psychology  in  philosophy  and  biology,  and 
the  development  of  psychology  as  a  science  in  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 
Consideration  of  current  theoretical  perspectives  and  experiments  in  relation  to  the 
enduring  problems  of  psychology,  and  of  the  role  of  culture,  science,  and  technology 
in  the  development  of  psychological  ideas. 

PSYC  420  Experimental  Psychology:  Social  Processes  I  (4)  Prerequisite  PSYC  200 
and  221 .  Primarily  for  psychology  majors.  A  laboratory  course  which  provides  a  basic 
understanding  of  experimental  method  in  social  psychology  and  experience  in 
conducting  research  on  social  processes. 

PSYC  421  Experimental  Psychology:  Social  Processes  II  (4)  Prerequisite:  PSYC 
420.  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  An  advanced 
laboratory  course  which  provides  intensive  training  in  experimental  work  in  social 
psychology  and  the  opportunity  to  design  and  carry  out  original  research  on  social 
processes. 

PSYC  423  Advanced  Social  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  420  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  A  systematic  review  of  research  and  points  of  view  in  regard  to  major 
problems  in  the  field  of  social  psychology. 


PSYC  —  Psychology     443 


PSYC  424  Communication  and  Persuasion  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  221  or  equivalent 
The  effect  of  social  communication  upon  behavior  and  attitudes.  Theory  and  research 
concerning  attitude  change  and  social  influence. 

PSYC  431  Abnormal  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100.  The  nature,  diagnosis, 
etiology,  and  treatment  of  mental  disorders.  A  student  may  not  receive  credit  for  both 
PSYC  331  and  431. 

PSYC  435  Personality  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100.  Major  personality  theories,  their 
postulates  and  evidence,  assessment  and  research  methodology  in  personality,  major 
areas  of  personality  research,  their  methodologies,  findings,  implications,  and 
relationships  to  the  field  of  psychology.  A  student  may  not  receive  credit  for  both  PSYC 
335  and  435. 

PSYC  436  Introduction  to  Clinical  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100  A  survey 
and  critical  analysis  of  clinical  psychology,  with  particular  emphasis  on  current 
developments  and  trends.  Students  will  be  expected  to  conduct  individual  projects 
with  a  substantial  amount  of  direct  supervision. 

PSYC  440  Experimental  Psychology:  Cognitive  Processes  (4)  Three  lectures  and 
one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A  laboratory 
course  which  provides  a  systematic  survey  of  the  content,  models,  and  methods  in 
cognitive  psychology  with  an  emphasis  on  auditory  and  visual  pattern  recognition, 
information  processing,  attention,  memory,  learning,  problem  solving,  and  language. 

PSYC  441  Psychology  of  Human  Learning  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  a  course  in 
statistics.  Review  and  analysis  of  the  major  phenomena  and  theories  of  human 
learning,  including  an  introduction  to  the  fields  of  problem  solving,  thinking  and 
reasoning. 

PSYC  442  Psychology  of  Language  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  100  and  200.  Introductory 
survey  of  topics  in  psycholinguists  research,  theory  and  methodology.  Major  emphasis 
on  the  contribution  of  linguistic  theory  to  the  psychological  study  of  language  behavior 
and  cognition.  Linguistic  theory,  biological  bases  of  language,  and  speech,  grammars, 
phonetics  and  phonological  performance,  speech  perception  and  production, 
psychological  studies  of  syntax  and  semantics,  language  and  cognitive  development, 
language  comprehension  and  thought,  etc. 

PSYC  443  Thinking  and  Problem  Solving  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100  and  200 
Survey  of  topics  in  the  psychology  of  thinking  and  human  problem  solving.  The 
historical  development,  current  theory  and  data,  and  research  methods  in  problem 
solving.  Formal  problem  solving  theory  and  computer  models  of  thinking  and  human 
problem  solving  behavior.  The  use  of  strategies  to  improve  students'  own  thinking 
processes  and  problem  solving  behavior. 

PSYC  444  Cognitive  Structure  in  Perception  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100  and  200 
Perception  as  an  information  extraction  and  pattern  recognition  process.  Complex  form 
and  space  perception  and  pattern  recognition  of  speech.  Review  of  early  studies  of 
form  and  pattern  perception  which  support  information  processing  stage  or  cascade 
models  of  perceptual  capacities;  studies  on  development  and  the  roles  of  learning  and 
attention. 

PSYC  451  Principles  of  Psychological  Testing  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A  survey  of  the 
basic    concepts    and    theories    of    psychological    measurement    illustrated    through 


444     PSYC  —  Psychology 


demonstration  of  principal  approaches  to  psychological  testing. 

PSYC  452  Psychology  of  Individual  Differences  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  200 
Problems  theories  and  researches  related  to  psychological  differences  among 
individuals  and  groups. 

PSYC  453  Mathematical  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent,  and 
consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  mathematical  formulations  in  psychology,  including 
measurement  and  scaling  models,  statistical  and  psychometric  models,  and 
elementary  mathematical  representations  of  psychological  processes  in  learning, 
choice,  psychophysics,  and  social  behavior. 

PSYC  456  Research  Methods  in  Developmental  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC 
200  and  either  355,  356,  or  357.  A  presentation  of  major  research  designs  used  in 
developmental  psychology  and  of  the  methodology  used  in  developmental  research, 
such  as  observational  research,  program  evaluation  and  laboratory  experimentation. 

PSYC  457  Cultural  Context  of  Psychological  Development  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC 
100,  and  either  355,  356  or  357,  or  permission  of  instructor.  An  examination  of  whether 
important  differences  or  similarities  exist  among  and  within  cultures  in  the  way  people 
develop  psychological  competencies  in  the  period  from  birth  through  adolescence. 

PSYC  458  Applied  Developmental  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  100  and  either 
355,  356  or  357.  An  examination  of  a  topic  in  developmental  psychology  which  has 
been  examined  in  the  laboratory  and  is  central  to  developmental  theories.  Extension  of 
these  analyses  to  practical  and  social  issues  in  the  daily  life  of  the  developing 
individual.  Topics  will  vary  from  semester  to  semester.  Repeatable  up  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

PSYC  460  Psychological  Foundations  of  Personnel  Selection  and  Training  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  An  examination  of  issues  and  processes 
involved  in  the  design  and  evaluation  of  personnel  selection  and  training  programs  in  a 
variety  of  organizational  settings:  job,  person  and  organizational  analysis; 
organizational  choice;  development  of  predictors;  evaluation  of  instructional  and 
training  systems;  criteria  for  performance  evaluation,  promotion  and  training. 

PSYC  462  Engineering  Psychology  and  Training  Models  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200 
or  equivalent,  and  one  other  200  level  course.  For  majors.  An  examination  of  the 
theories  and  research  regarding  human  performance  capabilities  and  skills 
(information  processing,  decision-making,  environmental  constraints,  automation), 
training  procedures  (traditional  methods,  programmed  learning,  computer-assisted 
instruction)  and  models  and  procedures  for  evaluating  training  programs  in  industry, 
education,  and  service  organizations. 

PSYC  463  Psychology  of  Motivation  and  Attitudes  in  Organizational  Settings  (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  361  or  equivalent.  Theories,  research  and  practice  regarding  the 
assessment,  understaning,  and  prediction  of  motivation  at  work.  Theories  of,  and  the 
assessment  and  consequences  of,  various  work-related  attitudes.  An  integration  of 
theory,  research  and  practice. 

PSYC  464  Psychology  of  Leaders  in  Work  Organizations  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  361 
or  equivalent.  The  psychologial  assumptions  and  implications  of  various  theories  of 
management  and  leadership.  Selections  and  training;  development  of  careers; 
influence  processes;  change  of  managerial  behavior;and  the  impact  of  the  larger 
environment,  nature  of  product  or  service,  and  organization  structure  on  managerial 


PSYC  —  Psychology     445 


behavior. 

PSYC  465  Psychology  of  Organizational  Processes  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  361  or 
equivalent.  Various  theories  of  interpersonal,  intra-  and  inter-group  relations,  with 
emphasis  on  issues  of  conflict,  competition,  cooperation  and  the  role  of  power  in 
organizations.    Organizational  diagnosis  and  intervention. 

PSYC  466  Environmental  and  Ecological  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  200  or 
equivalent.  An  examination  of  measurement,  description,  and  impact  of  the  physical 
and  social  environments  which  affect  various  aspects  of  behavior  in  school,  at  work, 
and  during  leisure. 

PSYC  467  Vocational  Psychology  (3)  Survey  and  critical  analysis  of  theory  and 
research  on  vocational  choice  and  vocational  adjustment.  Definition  and  correlates  of 
vocational  aspirations,  preferences,  choices,  motivation,  success,  and  satisfaction. 
Developmental  trends  in  career  decision-making  and  career  patterns. 

PSYC  468  Field  Experience  and  Special  Assignments  in  Honors  (1-3)  Prerequisite: 
Supervisor  and  honors  faculty  approval.  An  individual  experience  arranged  by  the 
honors  student  and  his  or  her  supervisor.  A  proposal  submitted  to  the  honors  faculty 
in  the  semester  preceding  registration  for  the  course  should  state  the  activities 
anticipated  and  the  method  of  evaluation. 

PSYC  469  Honors  Thesis  Proposal  Preparation  (1-3)  Prerequisite  Honors  thesis 
supervisor's  approval.  Development  of  honors  thesis  proposal  by  preliminary  research 
and  literature  review.  Presentation  of  formal  proposal  to  the  thesis  committee. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  3  credits. 

PSYC  470  Comprehensive  Review  For  Honors  Students  (3)  Prerequisite  Honors 
faculty  approval.  This  course  provides  students  with  senior  review  guided  by  the 
honors  faculty  for  preparation  and  completion  of  the  honors  examination. 

PSYC  478  Independent  Study  in  Psychology  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Written  consent  of 
instructor.  A  student  who  wishes  to  take  independent  research  study  must  have 
completed  12  hours  of  psychology  with  at  least  a  2.5  average.  Integrated  reading 
under  direction  leading  to  the  preparation  of  an  adequately  documented  report  on  a 
special  topic.  (In  special  cases  a  student  who  may  need  to  repeat  this  course  in  order 
to  complete  his  independent  study  will  make  a  formal  request,  including  a  research 
proposal,  through  his  advisor  to  the  departmental  honors  committee.) 

PSYC  479  Special  Research  Problems  in  Psychology  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  written 
consent  of  instructor.  A  student  who  wishes  to  take  independent  research  study  must 
have  completed  12  hours  of  psychology  with  at  least  a  2.5  average.  An  individual 
course  designed  to  allow  the  student  to  pursue  a  specialized  research  topic  under 
supervision.  (In  special  cases  a  student  who  may  need  to  repeat  this  course  in  order 
to  complete  his  research  will  make  a  formal  request,  including  a  research  proposal, 
through  his  advisor  to  the  departmental  honors  committee.) 

PSYC  488  Advanced  Psychology  I  (Honors)  (3)  Usually  taken  during  junior  year 
Prerequisites:  PSYC  200  and  permission  of  department  honors  committee.  Seminar 
covering  topics  in  sensation,  perception,  learning,  and  motivation. 

PSYC  489  Senior  Seminar  (3) 

PSYC  498  Advanced  Psychology  II  (Honors)  (3)  Usually  taken  during  senior  year 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  488H.  Semester  covering  topics  in  measurement,  social  processes 


446     PSYC  —  Psychology 


and  other  subject  matter  of  current  interest. 

PSYC  499  Honors  Thesis  Research  (3)  Usually  taken  during  last  semester  in 
residence.  Prerequisite:  permission  of  thesis  advisor. 

PSYC  601  Quantitative  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A  basic 
course  in  mathematical  formulations  and  quantitative  analysis  in  psychology,  with  an 
emphasis  on  measurement,  probability,  statistical  inference  and  estimation,  regression, 
and  correlation. 

PSYC  602  Quantitative  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  200  or  equivalent.  A  basic 
course  in  mathematical  formulations  and  quantitative  analysis  in  psychology,  with  an 
emphasis  on  measurement,  probability,  statistical  inference  and  estimation,  regression, 
and  correlation. 

PSYC  611  Advanced  Developmental  Psychology  (3)  Empirical,  experimental  and 
theoretical  literature  related  to  developmental  processes. 

PSYC  612  Theories  of  Personality  (3)  Scientific  requirements  for  a  personality  theory. 
Postulates  and  relevant  research  literature  for  several  current  personality  theories. 

PSYC  619  Clinical  Research  Team  (1-3)  Discussion  of  research  topics;  presentation 
and  critique  of  original  research  proposals  in  clinical  psychology.  May  be  repeated  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  640  Fundamentals  of  Social  Psychology  (3)  Method,  research  and  theory  in 

social  psychology. 

PSYC  651  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes  (3)  A  broad  coverage  of  knowledge  in 
sensory  and  perceptual  processes.  Major  theories  and  antecedents  of  contemporary 
research  in  the  field. 

PSYC  660  Human  Biopsychology  (3)  An  introductory  graduate  level  course  in  human 
psychobiology  designed  for  graduate  students  with  little  specific  training  in  this  area. 
Introduction  to  the  comparative  and  evolutionary  approach  to  the  study  of  human 
behavior,  the  biobehavioral  basis  of  human  sexuality  and  social  behavior,  the 
physiological  basis  of  higher  cortical  functions  in  humans  including  language,  memory, 
and  spatial  perception,  and  an  introduction  to  neuropharmacology. 

PSYC  661  Experimental  Analysis  of  Behavior  (3)  Fundamental  principles  and 
theoretical  framework  of  the  experimental  analysis  of  behavior. 

PSYC  671  Advanced  Topics  in  Human  Learning  (3)  A  systematic  review  of  major 
topic  areas  in  the  general  field  of  human  learning  with  particular  emphasis  upon 
learning,  memory,  and  linguistic  processes. 

PSYC  678  Seminar  in  Psycholinguistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  671.  Contemporary 
psycholinguistic  theories  of  language  acquisition  and  use.  Phonological,  semantic  and 
syntactic  aspects  of  language.  Repeatable  to  a-maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  679  Seminar  in  Cognitive  Development  (3)  Prerequisite  PSYC  611  or  671. 
Advanced  coverage  of  research  methodology  and  research  issues  in  various  areas  of 
cognitive  development  such  as  discrimination  learning,  concept  identification,  form 
perception,  language  acquisition,  and  memory.  Emphasis  on  interrelationships  among 
developmental  changes  during  infancy  and  childhood.  Utility  of  a  developmental 
perspective  in  analyzing  the  components  of  cognition.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits. 


PSYC  —  Psychology     447 


PSYC    687    Historical    Viewpoints    and    Current    Theories    in    Psychology    (3) 

Prerequisite:  PSYC  622. 

PSYC  688  Historical  Viewpoints  and  Current  Theories  in  Psychology  (3) 

PSYC  701  Multivariate  Analysis  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  602  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Fundamentals  of  maxtrix  algebra,  multivariate  distributions,  multivariate 
estimation  problems  and  test  of  hypotheses,  general  linear  model. 

PSYC  702  Multivariate  Analysis  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  701  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Component  and  factor  analysis  with  emphasis  on  the  appropriateness  of  the 
models  to  psychological  data.  Both  theoretical  issues  and  research  implications  will  be 
discussed.  The  course  will  treat  the  factor  analytic  model,  the  three  indeterminanct 
problems  of  communalities,  factor  loadings,  and  factor  scores,  extraction  algorithms, 
rotational  algorithms,  and  the  primcipal  component  model. 

PSYC  703  Scaling  Techniques  and  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  602  or  consent  of 

instructor.  Theory  of  measurement  as  applied  to  psychology;  and  the  associated 
experimental  techniques  needed  to  construct  measurement  scales.  The  principal 
psychophysical  and  psychometric  scaling  models  are  discussed. 

PSYC  704  Test  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  602  or  permission  of  instructor.  A 
survey  of  theories  of  test  construction  with  emphasis  on  reliability,  validity,  and  criteria 
problems.  Covers  measurement  in  differential  psychology,  item  analysis,  reliability, 
validity,  reliability  of  difference  scores,  prediction  and  the  construction  of  test  batteries, 
and  factor  theory. 

PSYC  705  Mathematical  Models  of  Learning  and  Memory  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC 
602  or  consent  of  instructor.  Topics  to  be  covered  include  a  review  of  basic  probability 
theory;  matrix  operations  and  difference  equations;  stochastic  models  of  learning, 
memory  and  attention;  stimulus  sampling  theory;  computer  simulations  of  learning 
processes. 

PSYC  706  Seminar  in  Prediction  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  602  or  permission  of 
instructor.  In  depth  review  of  techniques  for  prediction  in  the  behavioral  sciences. 
Emphasis  on  both  theoretical  rationale  and  research  implications. 

PSYC  707  Theory  of  Decision  and  Choice  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  602  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  study  of  algebraic  and  probabilistic  models  for  decision  and  choice 
behavior,  and  related  experimental  procedures.  Topics  include:  measurement  of 
preference,  utility  and  subjective  likelihood  models  for  certain  and  uncertain  outcomes, 
normative  strategies,  competitive  strategies,  and  group  decision  making. 

PSYC  708  Seminar  in  Psychometric  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  602  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Study  of  the  current  practices,  trends,  or  recent  developments  in 
psychometric  theory.    Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  709  Seminar  in  Mathematical  Models  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  602  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Special  topics  in  mathematical  psychology.  A  discussion  of  quantitative 
representations  of  psychological  processes  in  one  or  more  substantive  areas  of 
psychology.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  711  Introduction  to  Counseling  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  Introduction  to  the  professional  field,  examination  of  pertinent  scientific  and 
philosophical  backgrounds,  and  survey  of  the  major  theories,  principles,  and  training 
models   in   counseling.   Correlated   laboratory  analogue  experiences  in  dyadic  and 


448     PSYC  —  Psychology 


group  interrelationships. 

PSYC  712  Principles  and  Procedures  of  Counselor  Functions  (3)  Prerequisite 
PSYC    71 1 .    Specific    functions    and    areas    of    specialization    of    the    counseling 
psychologist  including  vocational  psychology,  use  of  tests  in  counseling,  and  student 
ecology.    Principles  of  consultation,  interprofessional  relations,  and  ethical  standards. 
Concurrent  correlated  laboratory  experiences  for  all  topics. 

PSYC  713  Fundamentals  of  Clinical  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
instructor.  Analysis  of  clinical  psychology  as  a  scientist  -  professional  paradigm,  its 
historical  roots  and  its  scientific  and  professional  evolution;  selected  coverage  of 
current  major  research  topics,  e.g.,  Psychotherapy,  psychopathology,  community; 
current  nature  of  clinical  psychology  and  evolving  trends. 

PSYC  718  Research  Issues  in  Clinical,  Counseling,  and  Community  Psychology 

(3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  Issues  and  strategies  in  conceptual  systems, 
designs  and  methodologies  of  current  research  in  these  areas;  critical  analysis  of 
current  research.   May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PSYC   719   Seminar   in   Clinical,   Counseling,   and   Community   Psychology  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  Advanced  selected  topics  in  areas  such  as 
psychotherapy,  consultation,  assessment,  psychopathology,  student  ecology,  etc.  May 
be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PSYC  721  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in  Behavioral  Assessment  I  (2)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  721  AND  722  must  be  taken  concurrently.  Introduction  to 
a  broad  range  of  assessment  approaches,  issues,  theories  and  research.  Emphasizes 
formulation  and  evaluation  of  strategies  for  information  gathering  and  problem  solving 
in  a  variety  of  clinical  situations  and  includes  behavioral  observations,  rating 
procedures  and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  722  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in  Behavioral  Assessment  I  (2)  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  721  AND  722  must  be  taken  concurrently.  Introduction  to 
a  broad  range  of  assessment  approaches,  issues,  theories  and  research.  Emphasizes 
formulation  and  evaluation  of  strategies  for  information  gathering  and  problem  solving 
in  a  variety  of  clinical  situations  and  includes  behavioral  observations,  rating 
procedures  and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  723  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in  Behavioral  Assessment  II  (2)  Prerequisite 
Consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  723  and  724  must  be  taken  concurrently.  Introduction  to  a 
broad  range  of  assessment  approaches,  issues,  theories  and  research.  Emphasizes 
formulation  and  evaluation  of  strategies  for  information  gathering  and  problem  solving 
in  a  variety  of  clinical  situations  and  includes  behavioral  observations,  rating 
procedures  and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  724  Seminar  and  Laboratory  in  Behavioral  Assessment  II  (2)  Prerequisite 
Consent  of  instructor.  PSYC  723  and  724  must  be  taken  concurrently.  Introduction  to  a 
broad  range  of  assessment  approaches,  issues,  theories  and  research.  Emphasizes 
formulation  and  evaluation  of  strategies  for  information  gathering  and  problem  solving 
in  a  variety  of  clinical  situations  and  includes  behavioral  observations,  rating 
procedures  and  standardized  tests. 

PSYC  727  Introductory  Counseling  Practicum  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  711  and  712. 
Supervised  training  in  application  of  methods  relevant  to  behavior  change  through 
counseling. 


PSYC  —  Psychology     449 


PSYC    728    Introductory    Didactic-Practicum    in    Psychological    Intervention    (3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  Introduction  to  concepts  and  skills  of 
psychological  intervention  emphasizing  the  relationship  to  the  behavioral  science 
foundation  theories,  methods  and  research  findings  with  the  development  and 
utilization  of  intervention  skills.  The  course  includes  supervised  experience  in 
intervention  skills  as  designated  by  the  subtopics  of  the  course.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PSYC    729    Advanced    Didactic-Practicum    in    Psychological    Intervention    (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  and  PSYC  727  or  728.  Concept,  research  and 
supervised  experience  in  intervention  skills  in  advanced  specialized  areas,  e.g., 
college  student  counseling,  child  evaluation,  parent  and  school  consultation, 
psychoevaluation,  behavioral  therapy,  individual  psychotherapy.  May  be  repeated  to  a 
maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  730  Introduction  to  Industrial  and  Organizational  Psychology  (3)  Advanced 
survey  of  industrial-organizational  psychology,  including  selection,  training,  human 
engineering,  motivation,  group  processes,  leadership,  organizational  psychology,  and 
some  topics  in  research  methods  including  philosophy  of  science.  Readings  stressed 
and  seminar  time  will  be  used  for  discussion  and  integration  of  the  reading  materials. 
Various  faculty  members  will  serve  as  content  experts. 

PSYC  731    Training   Procedures  and   Evaluation   in   Organizational   Settings  (3) 

Psychological  principles  and  methods  in  the  development  and  evaluation  of  training 
procedures  in  business  and  industry,  government  and  military,  and  educational  and 
service  institutions.  Included  are  discussions  of  learning  foundations,  and  training 
methodology  (simulators,  programmed  instruction,  computer-assisted  instruction).  The 
focus  of  the  course  is  the  design  of  evaluation  research  in  social  settings. 

PSYC  732  Selection  and  Classification  Issues  in  Organizations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PSYC  730.  PSYC  601-602  or  the  equivalents,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Consideration  of  societal,  organizational  and  individual  demands  for  appropriate  use  of 
individual  differences  in  (primarily)  initial  placement  of  employees.  Recruitment,  and 
selection  issues,  the  role  of  governmental  regulations,  and  the  role  of  individual  factors 
in  individual  behavior  are  considered.  Extensive  coverage  given  to  fundamental 
psycho-metric  problems  and  the  development  of  individual  and  organizational  criteria 
of  effectiveness. 

PSYC  733  Organizational  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite::  SYC  730.  PSYC  601-602  or 
their   equivalents   or   permission   of   the   instructor.    Emphasizes   theories   and    data 
regarding  the  impact  of  environmental  factors  on  individual,  group,  and  organizational 
behavior.  Group  dynamics,  leadership,  and  power,  motivation  and  satisfaction,  and 
organization  structure  and  environment  are  examined  as  correlates  of  behavior. 

PSYC  734  Motivation  and  Attitudes  in  Organizations  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
the  instructor.  Major  theories  of  human  motivation  in  organizational  contexts.  Included 
will  be  theories  concerning  some  determinants  of  performancs,  satisfaction  and 
dissatisfaction,  the  relationship  between  satisfaction  and  performancs,  determinants  of 
boredom  and  fatigue,  and  the  functions  and  effects  of  incentives. 

PSYC  735  Seminar  in  Human  Performance  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
the  instructor.  An  examination  of  man-machine  interaction  with  emphasis  on  the 
theories  and  research  which  focus  on  human  performance  capabilities  and  skills. 
Some  of  the  topics  covered  are  information  processing  and  communications,  decision 


450     PSYC  —  Psychology 


making,  environmental  constraints  and  automation. 

PSYC  738  Seminar  in  Industrial  Psychology  (3)  An  advanced  seminar  covering 
specialized  topics  such  as:  morale  and  motivation,  labor  relations,  consumer 
motivations,  man-machine  systems,  quantitative  and  qualitative  personnel  requirements 
inventory,  job  evaluation,  environment  conditions  and  safety,  occupational  choice  and 
classification,  and  the  interview. 

PSYC  740  Social  Psychology  Research  Methodology  (3)  A  review  of  research 
methodology  in  social  psychology,  including  research  design,  techniques  of  data 
collection,  and  the  interpretation  of  data.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  skill  in 
evaluating  studies  and  generating  research  designs. 

PSYC  741  Attitude  Change  (3)  A  review  of  research  and  theory  concerning  the  nature 
of  attitudes  and  the  determinants  of  attitude  change. 

PSYC  742  Group  Behavior  (3)  A  review  of  research  and  theory  concerning  group 
behavior,  including  topics  such  as  problem  solving,  communication,  leadership  and 
conformity. 

PSYC  743  Person  Perception  (3)  A  review  of  research  and  theory  concerning  the 
attribution  of  personal  characteristics,  interpersonal  attraction  and  self-evaluation. 

PSYC  748  Seminar  in  Social  Psychology  (3)  A  seminar  on  selected  topics  in  social 
psychology.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  749  Current  Research  in  Social  Psychology  (1-3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  9  credits. 

PSYC  758  Seminar  in  Vision  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  651  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Selected  topics  in  vision.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  759  Seminar  in  Auditory  Mechanisms  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  651  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Selected  topics  in  auditory  and  psychoacoustic  research,  with  emphasis 
on  sensory  and  perceptual  phenomena  and  their  physiological  bases.  Repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  761  Advanced  Laboratory  Techniques  (1-3)  Methodology  of  the 
automatization  or  research  techniques  and  apparatus;  apparatus  design  and 
construction;  telemetric  and  digital  techniques;  logical  block  circuitry. 

PSYC  762  Comparative  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  661.  The  experimental 
literature  on  the  behavior  of  infra-human  organisms.  Special  topics. 

PSYC  763  Advanced  Psychophysiology  (3)  Alternate  years. 

PSYC  764  Comparative  Neuroanatomy  (3)  Prerequisites:  A  graduate  or 
undergraduate  course  in  physiological  psychology  or  physiology  or  comparative 
anatomy  or  permission  of  instructor.  Demonstrations  and  lectures  on  the  gross, 
microscopic  and  ultrastructural  morphology  of  the  central  nervous  system  of 
vertebrates. 

PSYC  765  Seminar  in  Psychopharmacology  (3)  Prerequisite  One  year  of  graduate 
study  in  psychology  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  critical  review  and  detailed 
analysis  of  the  literature  and  problems  related  to  the  effects  of  drugs  on  animal  and 
human  behavior.  Designed  for  advanced  graduate  students  in  experimental 
psychology  and  clinical  psychology. 


PSYC  —  Psychology     451 


PSYC  766  Laboratory  Methods  in  Neuroanatomy  (3)  Permission  of  the  instructor 
Laboratory  practice  in  the  perfusion  and  fixation  of  neural  tissue.  Training  in  the  use  of 
the  compound  microscope,  the  microprojector,  the  reconstruction  of  brain  lesions  and 
macro-  and  microphotography  of  neural  tissue. 

PSYC  768  Conditioning  and  Learning  (3)  Alternate  years.  Prerequisite:  PSYC  622. 
The  literature  on  the  experimental  analysis  of  behavior,  with  examination  of  basic 
experiments  and  contemporary  theories  related  to  them. 

PSYC  778  Seminar  in  Learning  and  Memory  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  671  An 
advanced  topical  seminar  covering  the  areas  of  human  learning  and  memory. 
Acquisition  processes,  storage  and  retrieval  processes,  and  attention  and  information 
processing.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  788   Special   Research   Problems  (1-4)  Supervised   research   on   problems 

selected  from  the  area  of  experimental,  industrial,  social,  quantitative,  or  mental  health 

psychology. 

PSYC  789  Special  Research  Problems  (1-4) 

PSYC  798  Graduate  Seminar  (2) 

PSYC  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

PSYC  818  Research  Issues  in  Personality  Or  Development  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC 
601,  602  and  either  611  or  612  or  their  equivalents,  depending  on  course  content. 
Experimental  design  and  methodology  and  statistical  treatment  of  data  appropriate  to 
personality  or  developmental  research;  critical  analysis  of  major  current  areas  of 
research  including  methodologies,  findings  and  implications.  The  course  will  focus  on 
either  personality  research  or  developmental  research  in  a  given  semester.  May  be 
repeated  to  a  maximum  of  nine  hours. 

PSYC  819  Seminar  in  Personality  and  Development  (3)  An  advanced  seminar 
covering  specialized  topics.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PSYC  858  Contemporary  Theories  in  Sensory  Processes  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC 
651  or  consent  of  instructor.  Specialized  study  of  sensory  processes  with  emphasis  on 
mathematical  models.   Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  859  Special  Topics  in  Perception  (3)  Prerequisites:  PSYC  651  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Intensive  study  of  selected  topics  in  perception.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  six  credits 

PSYC  878  Current  Research  in  Language  and  Cognition  (3)  Prerequisite:  PSYC  671 
Seminar  will   cover  current   research   and   methodological   issues   in   language  and 
cognition.    Specialized    topics    include:    computer    models    of    cognitive    behavior; 
cross-cultural  studies  in  language  and  thought;  mathematical  and  analytical  techniques 
for  assessing  structures;  and  others.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PSYC  888  Research  Methods  in  Psychology  (1-3) 

PSYC  889  Research  Methods  in  Psychology  (1-3) 

PSYC  898  Graduate  Seminar  (2) 

PSYC  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


452     School  of  Public  Affairs  (Public  Management  and  Public  Policy  Programs) 

School  of  Public  Affairs  (Public  Management 
and  Public  Policy  Programs) 

Dean  and  Professor:  Eads 

Professors:  Brown,  Kelleher,  Levy,  Schick,  Young 

Visiting  Associate  Professors:  Gist,  Hopkins,  Nacht 

Assistant  Professor:  Winer 

Faculty  Research  Associate:  Pastor 

The  School  of  Public  Affairs  provides  graduate-level,  professional  education  to  men 

and  women  of  distinction  of  mind  and  character.    Five  disciplines  are  emphasized: 

accounting,  statistics,  economics,  politics  and  ethics.    Students  specialize  in  issues  of 

government/private  sector  interaction,  international  security,  or  public  sector  financial 

manaagement.   The  program  is  open  to  pre-career  and  mid-career  graduate  students 

and  builds  on  the  School's  location  in  the  Baltimore/Washington  corridor. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  School  offers  two  degrees:  the  Master  of  Public  Management  (MPM)  and  the 
Mid-Career  Master  of  Public  Policy  (MPP).  The  School  also  offers  joint  degree 
programs  with  the  School  of  Business  (MPM/MBA)  and  the  Law  School  (MPM/JD).  In 
addition,  several  non-degree  certificates  are  available. 

Master  of  Public  Management 

The  MPM  is  a  two-year,  54  credit,  full-time  professional  degree,  combining  a 
rigorous  applied  course  of  study  with  practical,  hands-on  experience. 

About  forty  students  enter  the  program  each  Fall.  Although  this  number  is  small, 
the  candidates  come  from  a  wide  variety  of  undergraduate  schools  and  majors.  The 
average  undergraduate  GPA  of  the  entering  class  was  3.3;  the  average  GRE  score, 
620.  All  students  are  required  to  have  successfully  completed  college  level  math 
(through  introductory  calculus)  before  they  enter  the  School. 

During  the  first  year,  students  fulfill  the  core  requirements  which  emphasize  the 
tools  of  policy  analysis:  accounting,  statistics,  economics,  politics  and  ethics.  In 
addition  they  are  introduced  to  the  policymaking  process  and  future  job  contacts 
through  structured  interviews  with  national  policy  makers.  Except  for  an  elective 
course  option  during  the  second  semester,  the  first  year  students  take  all  of  the  core 
requirements  together. 

During  the  summer  between  the  first  and  second  year,  students  obtain  employment 
in  federal,  state  or  local  government  agencies  or  in  private  firms  which  deal  extensively 
with  government  agencies.  In  addition  to  gaining  practical  experience  and  utilizing  the 
skills  acquired  during  the  first  year,  this  opportunity  provides  contacts  and 
relationships  useful  for  future  projects  and  job  placement. 

During  the  second  year,  students  specialize  in  one  of  three  concentrations:  Public 
Policy  and  Private  Enterprise,  Public  Sector  Financial  Management,  or  National 
Security  Policy.  They  also  complete  their  core  curriculum  requirements  by  taking 
Macro-Economics  Theory  and  Policy  Analysis. 

Each  concentration  requires  participation  in  a  project  course.  Students,  working 
individually  or  in  small  groups,  conduct  research  on  problems  of  interest  to  the 
sponsor  and  themselves  at  sponsoring  government  agencies  or  private  firms. 


School  of  Public  Affairs  (Public  Management  and  Public  Policy  Programs)     453 

Master  of  Public  Policy 

The  MPP  is  a  36  credit  degree  program  designed  for  Mid-Career  students.  This 
degree  recognizes  that  individuals  in  the  midst  of  their  careers  need  to  update  their 
knowledge  of  today's  complex  public  issues  in  order  to  move  into  positions  of  greater 
authority  and  responsibility. 

The  typical  MPP  candidate  has  worked  in  the  public  or  public-related  sector  for  a 
minimum  of  three  years  and  is  capable  of  handling  a  rigorous  academic  program  as 
well  as  excelling  in  his/her  professional  career.  The  candidates  enter  the  School  with 
varied  academic  as  well  as  professional  backgrounds.  Most  have  a  minimum  of  a  3.0 
from  their  undergraduate  school  with  some  college  level  math  and  economics.  (If 
candidates  do  not  have  these  courses  in  their  background,  admission  will  be 
contingent  upon  the  successful  completion  of  appropriate  coursework). 

The  MPP  degree  consists  of  two  components:  the  core  curriculum  in  Methods  of 
Policy  Analysis  and  a  selected  area  of  concentration  in  Public  Sector  Financial 
Management,  Public  Policy  and  Private  Enterprise,  or  National  Security  Policy. 

The  courses  are  typically  offered  in  the  early  morning  or  late  afternoon.  It  is 
expected  that  the  program  will  be  completed  in  a  maximum  of  three  years  with  all 
students  taking  two  courses  each  Fall  and  Spring  semester. 

Master  of  Public  Policy  candidates  may  also  be  considered  for  the  Mid-Career 
Fellowship  Program.  Under  the  joint  auspices  of  the  School  and  various  federal 
agencies  and  state  and  local  governments,  this  program  recognizes  high  potential 
employees  for  accelerated  career  development  and  education.  Fellows  participate  in 
the  Master  of  Public  Policy  degree  program  as  well  as  a  professional  development 
series  which  includes  special  seminars,  guest  speakers  and  a  management 
development  retreat. 

Certificate  Programs 

The  School  offers  Certificate  Programs  in  four  areas:  Methods  of  Policy  Analysis, 
Public  Policy  and  Private  Enterprise,  Public  Sector  Financial  Management,  and 
National  Security  Policy.  Each  program  consists  of  18  credits  (6  courses)  and  should 
be  completed  in  a  maximum  of  three  semesters. 

MBA/MPM  Joint  Program 

The  College  of  Business  and  Management  and  the  School  of  Public  Affairs,  both  of  the 
College  Park  Campus, .  offer  a  joint  program  of  studies  leading  to  MBA  and  MPM 
degrees.  Under  the  terms  of  the  joint  program,  a  student  may  earn  both  degrees  in 
approximately  five-six  semesters.  The  accelerated  program  is  possible  because  some 
courses  can  be  credited  toward  both  degrees.  Candidates  must  be  admitted  to  both 
programs. 

Under  the  joint  program,  66  credits  are  required  for  graduation,  split  roughly 
equally  between  the  programs.  Grade  point  averages  in  each  program  will  be 
computed  separately  and  students  must  maintain  minimum  standards  in  each  school 
to  continue  in  the  program.  A  student  must  complete  both  programs  satisfactorily  in 
order  to  receive  both  degrees.  A  student  whose  enrollment  in  either  program  is 
terminated  may  elect  to  complete  work  for  the  degree  in  which  he  or  she  remains 
enrolled  but  such  completion  must  be  upon  the  same  conditions  as  required  of  regular 
(nonjoint  program)  degree  candidates.  Student  programs  must  be  approved  by  the 
Dean  of  the  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  the  MBA  Program  Director.    For  further 


454     PUAF  —  Public  Affairs 


discussion  of  admission  and  degree  requirements,  students  should  see  the  general 
admissions  requirements  for  each  program. 

MPM/JD  Joint  Program 

The  School  of  Public  Affairs  and  the  School  of  Law  (located  on  the  University's 
Baltimore  City  campus)  offer  a  joint  program  of  studies  leading  to  MPM  and  JD 
degrees.  Under  the  terms  of  the  joint  program,  a  student  may  earn  both  degrees  in 
four  academic  years.  The  accelerated  program  is  possible  because  some  courses 
can  be  credited  toward  both  degrees.  Candidates  must  apply  for  admission  to  the 
Law  School  as  well  as  the  Graduate  School  at  College  Park  and  must  be  admitted  to 
both  programs. 

Under  the  joint  program,  75  credits  in  law  school  coupled  with  39  credits  in  the 
School  of  Public  Affairs  are  required  for  graduation.  Grade  point  averages  in  each 
program  will  be  computed  separately  and  students  must  maintain  minimum  standards 
in  each  school  to  continue  in  the  program.  A  student  must  complete  both  programs 
satisfactorily  in  order  to  receive  both  degrees.  A  student  whose  enrollment  in  either 
program  is  terminated  may  elect  to  complete  work  for  the  degree  in  which  he  or  she 
remains  enrolled  but  such  completion  must  be  upon  the  same  conditions  as  required 
of  regular  (nonjoint  program)  degree  candidates.  Student  programs  must  be 
approved  by  the  Associate  Deans  of  each  school.  For  further  discussion  of  admission 
and  degree  requirements,  students  should  see  above  and  consult  the  entry  in  the 
University  of  Maryland  School  of  Law  catalog. 

Financial  Assistance 

The  School  has  substantial  financial  aid  available  in  the  forms  of  Fellowships  and 
Graduate  Assistantships.   All  qualified  applicants  are  considered. 

Additional  Information 

Contact:  Lyn  Chasen,  Director  of  Admission, 
School  of  Public  Affairs, 
Suite  1218  LefrakHall, 
College  Park  Campus 
Telephone:  (301)454-7238. 

Courses 

PUAF  —  Public  Affairs 

PUAF  600  Introduction  to  Financial  Management  (2)  The  basics  of  accounting. 
Understanding  financial  statements,  cost  accounting,  capital  budgeting,  financial 
analysis  of  organizational  performance. 

PUAF  610  Quantitative  Methods  in  Policy  Analysis  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  use  of 
statistical  and  mathematical  analysis  of  public  policy  problems  utilizing  skills  in 
statistics,  probability  theory,  computer  programming,  and  regression  analysis. 
Recognition  of  inaccurate  analyses  and  the  use  of  available  tools  in  the  construction  of 
models. 

PUAF  611  Quantitative  Analysis  of  Policy  Issues  (3)  Study  of  a  series  of  problems 
and  the  development  of  quantitative  techniques  to  describe  or  evaluate  the  problem. 


PUAF  —  Public  Affairs     455 


The  organization  and  interpretation  of  complex  data  and  its  use  for  prediction  and 
inference  about  casual  effects.  The  definition  of  objectives,  trade-offs  among 
objectives,  and  allocation  of  resources  to  meet  objectives.  Sensitivity  of  outcomes  to 
changing  conditions. 

PUAF  620  Political  Analysis  (3)  Examination  of  politics  as  a  process  for  allocating 
scarce  resources  among  claimants  for  public  benefits.  Comparision  of  the  allocative 
model  of  politics  with  other  distributive  processes  such  as  markets.  Comparison  of  the 
model  with  behavior  of  different  political  institutions  such  as  Congress  and  the 
presidency.  Study  of  politics  as  a  process  with  distinctive  concepts  of  rationality.  The 
translation  of  voter  and  interest  group  preferences  into  public  choices.  The  impact  of 
political  decisions  on  competing  constituencies. 

PUAF  630  Government  Intervention  in  the  Private  Sector  (3)  The  ways  in  which 
different  social  science  disciplines  analyze  and  evaluate  public  policy  in  a  single  area. 
Government  involvement  in  private  sector  decision  making.  Theories  of  government 
intervention,  measures  of  the  degree  of  intervention;  instruments  of  intervention  and 
their  consequence  for  private  and  social  performance;  and  the  politics,  ethics,  and 
economics  of  reducing  the  level  of  intervention. 

PUAF  640  Microeconomic  Teory  and  Policy  Analysis  (3)  The  application  of 
microeconomic  theory  to  public  policy  problems.  The  theory  of  resource  allocation  in 
the  firm  and  by  the  individual  consumer;  the  response  of  these  economic  agents  to 
changes  in  incentives;  the  properties  of  market  allocations  in  competitive  and 
non-competitive  environments;  the  nature  of  market  failures;  and  government 
interventions  to  remedy  those  failures. 

PUAF  641  Macroeconomic  Theory  and  Policy  Analysis  (3)  An  introduction  to 
competing  macroeconomic  theories:  Keynesian,  monetarist,  and  "supply  side."  In  the 
light  of  these  theories,  evaluation  of  the  Kant  performance  of  the  American  economy 
and  of  policies  designed  to  alter  that  performance.  An  examination  of  public  policy 
issues  having  both  microeconomic  and  macroeconomic  components. 

PUAF  650  Normative  Analysis  (3)  The  normative  or  philosophical  issues  involved  in 
public  policy  issues:  the  limits  and  usefulness  of  decision  making  tools  like  cost/benefit 
analysis;  problems  of  choosing,  justifying  and  using  criteria  to  judge  a  program's 
success  and/or  appropriateness;  and  questions  of  personal  conduct.  Consideration  of 
such  policy  problems  as  tariffs,  income  distribution,  and  reverse  discrimination. 

PUAF  660  Policy  Workshop  (3)  The  development  and  presentation  of  a  standard 
analysis  of  a  policy  problem.  Substantial  group  work,  field  research,  report  writing,  and 
oral  presentations  required.  The  difficulties  of  creating  an  effective  and  useful  analysis. 
Development  of  techniques  to  aid  in  overcoming  those  difficulties. 

PUAF  670  Public  Sector  Financial  Management  (3)  The  ways  in  which  governments 
account  for  their  finances  and  evaluate  their  financial  decisions.  Public  sector 
practices  with  respect  for  financial  information  and  decision  making,  investment, 
budgeting  and  implementation. 

PUAF  698  Selected  Topics  in  Public  Affairs  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  Dean  or 
instructor.  Special  topics  that  arise  in  public  policy. 

PUAF  700  Public  Policies  Toward  Business:  Instruments  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  An  analytical  survey  and  introduction  to  the  techniques  of 
evaluation  of  instruments  that  governments  use  to  influence  business  conduct  and 


456     PUAF  —  Public  Affairs 


performance:  regulation,  subsidies,  taxation,  purchasing,  trade  restrictions,  the 
imposition  of  liability,  public  ownership. 

PUAF  701  Public  Policies  Toward  Business:  Legal  Institutions  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  legal  constraints  on  the  use  of  instruments  by  which 
governments  attempt  to  alter  business  conduct  and  performance.  The  legal  processes 
through  which  these  instruments  operate.  The  legal  environment  of 
business-govemmen  t  relations. 

PUAF  702  Public  Policies  Toward  Business:  Choice  of  Strategies  (3)  Prerequisite: 
PUAF  700  and  PUAF  701  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  The  instruments  and 
strategies  governments,  principally  in  the  United  States,  use  to  influence  business 
conduct  and  performance.  The  strategies  firms  develop  to  influence  government 
policies  affecting  business. 

PUAF  710  Public  Sector  Program  Operations  (3)  Prerequisite  permission  of  the 
instructor.  The  main  institutional  features  of  three  common  state  and  local 
governmental  functions:  income  maintenance  (including  welfare,  workman's 
compensation,  unemployment  insurance,  etc.),  health  care  (including  Medicaid, 
hospital  financial  operations,  etc.),  and  economic  development  (including  site 
selection,  financial  incentives,  etc.). 

PUAF  711  Management  Strategies  in  Public  Organizations  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  day  to  day  problems  faced  by  public  sector 
managers,  including  setting  out  an  organization's  goals,  obtaining  and  protecting  a 
mandate  for  a  new  program,  designing  a  service  delivery  system,  implementing  a  new 
program,  supervising  subordinates,  and  marketing  a  new  program  to  the  public. 

PUAF  712  Advanced  Financial  Management  (3)  Prerequisites:  PUAF  710  and  PUAF 
71 1  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  The  financial  operations  of  American  governments, 
particularly  local  governments.  Practical  problems  in  revenue  management,  including 
revenue  forecasting  and  cash  flow  analysis,  debt  management  operations  such  as 
borrowing,  intergovernmental  financial  operations  such  as  grants  management  and 
reporting  requirements,  and  personnel  management  issues  that  have  a  direct  bearing 
on  governmental  finances. 

PUAF  720  The  Security  Policy  Agenda  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Examination  of  issues,  choices,  and  analyses  which  continue  to  shape  postwar 
American  security  policy  agenda.  Decision  for  coalition  strategy  rather  than  continental 
defense,  adaptation  to  nuclear  revolution  at  strategic  and  tactical  level,  the  evolution  of 
forces-in-being  and  forward  deployments  rather  than  mobilization  planning. 

PUAF  721  Security  Policy  Agenda  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  PUAF  720  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  The  security  policy  process,  both  in  the  translation  of  strategic  objectives 
into  operational  forces  and  plans,  and  in  the  acquisition  of  manpower  and  material. 
The  analytic  base  for  force  sizing;  tradeoffs  between  mobility,  readiness,  and 
survivability,  the  impact  of  technology  and  inckistrial  readiness  on  weapons  acquisition 
practices. 

PUAF  722  Regional  Security:  U.S.  Policy  and  the  Caribbean  Basin  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Alternative  approaches  to  U.S.  national  security  policy  with 
emphasis  on  the  Caribbean  Basin.  Human  rights,  trade,  aid,  and  investment, 
immigration,  and  democratic  and  revolutionary  change-all  analyzed  in  terms  of  the 
choices  facing  U.S.  decision-makers. 


PUAF  —  Public  Affairs     457 


PUAF  723  Ethics  and  National  Security  Policy  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Normative  and  ethical  issues  raised  by  the  substance  and  process  of  U.S. 
national  security  decisionmaking,  in  war  and  in  peace.  Ethical  choices  in  the  use  of 
military  force,  in  pursuit  of  arms  limitation  and  in  conflict  termination,  the  theory  of  the 
just  war  in  a  nuclear  age,  and  the  issues  of  individual  vs.  collective  responsibility. 

PUAF  724  Defense  Policy  Analysis:  Quantitative  Techniques  (3)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  principal  analytic  approaches  and  techniques  used  in 
national  security  decisionmaking.  Systems  analysis,  strategic  exchange  models, 
queing  theory,  cost  estimation,  manpower  models,  indicators  of  defense  capability, 
and  campaign  analysis. 

PUAF  750  Topics  in  Normative  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  PUAF  650  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Equity  issues  in  income  transfer  and  health  care  policies;  the  role  of 
ideals  concerning  the  envimment  and  equal  opportunity  as  they  pertain  to  regulation; 
and  standards  of  personal  conduct  in  bureaucratic  settings. 

PUAF  752  Tactics  and  Principles  of  Negotiation  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Elements  of  a  2-person  and  n-person  game  theory,  the  role  of  time 
constraints,  linkage  versus  separation  of  issues.  The  uses  and  value  of  information, 
types  of  mediation  and  arbitration,  the  design  of  meetings  and  procedures  of  fair 
division,  critical  analysis  of  past  and  current  internation  negotiations, 
labor-management,  and  environmental  disputes,  supplemented  by  in-class  gaming 
exercises. 

PUAF  753  Applied  Public  Choice  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Legislative  and  committee  decision-making  processes  and  how  they  structure  the 
formulation  and  choice  of  policies.  Translation  of  individual  preferances  into  collective 
choices,  and  their  properties:  instability,  cycling,  manipulability,  consistency,  optimality. 
Application  to  issues  such  as  government  growth,  income  tax  legislation,  and 
regulation. 

PUAF  754  Operations  Research  Methods  for  Policy  Analysts  (3)  Prerequisites; 
PUAF  610  and  611  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Basic  operations  research  methods 
used  in  public  sector  decision-making.  Network  theory  and  its  application  to 
transportation  and  logistics  problems,  linear  models  for  planning  and  production,  game 
theory  and  models  of  conflict  with  applications  to  defense  policy.  Model  formulation 
rather  than  solution  techniques,  emphasized  through  case  studies  and  student 
presentation  of  term  papers. 

PUAF  755  Computers  as  an  Aid  to  Decision  Making  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Non-technical  treatment  of  computer  usage  in  public  organizations. 
Designing  a  system,  structures  of  information  systems,  data  analysis,  and  displaying 
and  communicating  computer  output.  The  course  is  not  designed  for  students  wishing 
to  develop  an  expertise  in  programming  or  information  systems. 

PUAF  757  The  Politics  of  Budgeting  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Budgeting  as  a  political  and  administrative  instrument  of  government.  Development  of 
budgeting,  the  multiple  uses  of  the  budget  including  its  role  in  fiscal  policy  and  in 
resource  allocation,  the  roles  and  relationships  of  the  major  participants,  and  the 
effects  of  resource  scarcity  on  budgetary  behavior.  Emphasis  on  the  federal  level,  but 
state  and  local  practices  also  are  considered. 

PUAF  790  Project  Course  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  instructor.  Students  work 


458     Public  Communication  Program 


in  small  groups  at  sponsoring  government  agency  or  private  firm  researching  problem 
of  interest  to  sponsor  and  relevant  to  concentration.  Emphasis  on  problem  definition, 
organizing  information,  and  both  oral  and  written  presentation  of  results. 

PUAF  798  Readings  in  Public  Policy  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  Dean  and 
instructor.  Guided  readings  for  discussions  on  public  policy. 

Public  Communication  Program 

Professor  and  Director:  Thomas  Aylward 

Professors:  Ay  I  ward,  Bentley,  Gillespie1,  Jamieson,  Kolker,  Meersman,  Pugliese,  Wolvin 
(Communication  Arts  and  Theatre);  Blumler,  Cleghorn2,  J.  Grunig,  Gurevitch,  Hiebert, 
Martin  (Journalism) 

Associate  Professors:  Falcione,  Fink,  Freimuth,  Gomery,  Kirkley,  Weiss  (Communication 
Arts  and  Theatre);  Barkin,  Beasley,  Levy,  Zanot  (Journalism) 
1  Chair,  Department  of  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre 
2Dean,  College  of  Journalism 

The  Department  of  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  and  the  College  of  Journalism 
offer  a  program  leading  to  the  Ph.D.  in  Public  Communication.  The  program  is 
interdisciplinary  in  nature,  embracing  the  three  divisions  of  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre:  radio-television-film,  speech  communication,  and  theatre  and  the  College  of 
Journalism;  the  Ph.D.  prepares  students  for  creative  scholarship  and  research  and 
emphasizes  both  the  necessary  techniques  and  skills  to  conduct  research  and  the 
ability  to  think  innovatively  about  problems  of  public  communication.  Areas  of 
specialization  within  the  program  include  political  and  governmental  communication; 
public  relations  and  organizational  communication;  international  communication; 
science  and  medical  communication;  rhetoric  and  public  address;  broadcast 
communication;  theatrical  theory  and  aesthetics;  theatre  history,  cinema  history  and 
aesthetics,  and  media  history  and  criticism. 

There  are  increasing  opportunities  for  employment  in  many  fields  associated  with 
all  aspects  of  communication.  Employment  opportunities  may  be  found  in  private 
business  and  industry,  local,  state  and  federal  government  agencies,  in  various 
educational  institutions,  and  in  the  media  and  theatre. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Students  may  apply  for  admission  to  the  Ph.D.  in  Public  Communication  program 
either  through  the  College  of  Journalism  or  the  Department  of  Communication  Arts  and 
Theatre. 

The  student  in  the  Ph.  D.  program  in  Public  Communication  develops  an 
individualized  course  of  study  in  consultation  with  his/her  doctoral  committee,  after 
considering  the  needs  of  the  student  and  the  specialized  resources  of  the  program 
faculty  and  of  the  Washington  metropolitan  area.  The  typical  doctoral  student  will 
complete  10  to  12  courses  beyond  the  master's  degree,  insure  the  interdisciplinary 
nature  of  the  degree,  at  least  one  The  majority  of  the  courses  will  be  in  the  student's 
area  of  specialization;  but  some  will  be  in  areas  of  study  outside  the  program  to 
enhance  the  individual's  research  capability  and  to  insure  the  interdisciplinary  nature 
of  the  degree. 

The  minimum  requirements  for  the  Ph.  D.  include:  an  M.A.  degree  or  equivalent; 
completion   of  four   required   courses,    PCOM   700,    PCOM   701,    711    and   712   for 


PCOM  —  Public  Communication     459 


specialization  in  qualitative  research,  or  PCOM  711,  702  and  703  for  specialization  in 
quantitative  research;  minimum  hours  of  600-800  level  course  work  in  the  area  of 
specialization;  a  minimum  of  nine  hours  in  cognate  graduate  level  courses  elsewhere 
in  the  university;  courses  recommended  by  the  doctoral  committee  to  enhance 
research  competence;  successful  completion  of  a  written  and  oral  qualifying 
examination  taken  upon  completion  of  the  required  course  work;  and  submission  and 
defense  of  a  doctoral  dissertation.  Applicants  must  normally  have  an  M.  A.  degree  in 
one  of  the  four  areas  of  the  program.  They  must  also  submit  GRE  scores,  evidence  of 
scholarly  potential,  and  three  letters  of  recommendation. 

Additional  courses  for  students  in  the  Public  Communication  Program  are  listed 
under  the  Journalism  and  the  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  program  entries. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  in  an  especially  advantageous  location  for  students 
wishing  to  pursue  a  degree  in  Public  Communication.  Several  of  the  nation's  major 
newspapers  are  published  in  the  area,  and  the  Washington  bureaus  of  national  and 
international  news  media  are  nearby.  The  University  is  also  close  to  the  John  F. 
Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts,  Arena  Stage,  and  the  National,  Ford,  and 
other  theatres,  and  the  Wolf  Trap  Farm  Park  for  the  Performing  Arts. 

Of  the  many  important  libraries  which  are  in  close  proximity  to  the  Campus,  two  of 
the  most  outstanding  are  the  Library  of  Congress  and  the  Folger  Shakespeare  Library. 
Students  also  make  use  of  the  Broadcast  Pioneers  Library,  the  Smithsonian  Institution, 
the  National  Archives  and  the  more  than  50  specialized  libraries  and  institutions  in  the 
Washington  metropolitan  area. 

Financial  Assistance 

Students  may  apply  for  research  or  teaching  assistantships  in  the  College  of 
Journalism  or  the  Department  of  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  A  limited  number 
of  fellowships,  scholarships,  and  internships  are  also  available  to  qualified  students. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  on  the  Ph.D.  in  Public  Communication,  contact  Dr.  Thomas  Aylward, 
Director,  Ph.D.  Program,  Public  Communication,  Department  of  Communication  Arts 
and  Theatre. 

Courses 

PCOM  —  Public  Communication 

PCOM  700  Introduction  to  Doctoral  Study  in  the  Public  Communication  Arts  (3) 

The  creation  of  an  historical-critical  context  for  reviewing  the  public  communication 
arts.  Significant  questions  underlying  the  disciplines  of  speech  and  communication, 
theatre,  broadcasting  and  film. 

PCOM  701  Methodological  Approaches  to  the  Study  of  Public  Communication 
Arts  (3)  The  significant  modes  of  inquiry  practiced  by  scholars  investigating  the  public 
communications  arts. 

PCOM  702  Advanced  Research  Methods  in  Public  Communications  (3)  Justification 
of   research   problem   and   validation   of  design.     Conceptualization   and   design   of 


460     Recreation  Program 


laboratory  and  field  experiments.  Uses  and  limitations  of  the  survey  method  in 
communication  research.  Analysis  and  interpretation  of  data,  including  secondary 
analysis  and  computer  applications. 

PCOM  703  Analysis  for  Communication  Research  (3)  Causality  and  causal  systems 
Estimation  in  simultaneous  equation  models:  recursive  models,  nonrecursive  models 
and  models  with  unobserved  variables.  Model  evaluation  and  theory  construction  in 
communication. 

PCOM  711  Historical-Critical  Research  in  Public  Communication  I  (3)  Resources 
and  tools  suitable  for  analyzing,  researching  and  writing  scholarly  articles  and  books 
on  significant  topics  in  public  communication. 

PCOM  712  Historical-Critical  Research  in  Public  Communication  II  (3)  Analysis  and 
application  of  principles  of  criticism  suitable  for  the  public  arts  of  broadcasting,  public 
address,  film,  journalism  and  theatre. 

PCOM  888  Doctoral  Practicum  in  Public  Communication  (3-9)  Critical  analysis  of  a 
critical  phase  of  a  professional  field  of  public  communication.  Analysis  of  professional 
activity  through  personal  observation.  Evaluation  of  the  purpose,  process, 
effectiveness,  and  efficiency  of  professional  activity.  Recommendations  for  training  and 
further  research.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PCOM  889  Doctoral  Tutorial  in  Public  Communication  (3-8)  Individual  research  in 
public  communication.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  nine  credits. 

PCOM  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Recreation  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Humphrey 

Professor:  Iso-Ahola 

Associate  Professors:  Churchill,  Kuss,  Strobell,  Verhoven 

Assistant  Professors:  Fedler,  Graefe,  Leedy,  Riddick,  Richardson 

Lecturers:  Annand,  Smith,  Ward 

The  Department  of  Recreation  offers  the  M.A.  degree,  with  either  a  thesis  or  project 

track,  and  the  Ph.D.  degree.    Special  areas  of  concentration  include  Administration, 

Therapeutic    Recreation,    Program    Planning,    Natural    and    Historical    Interpretation, 

Resource    Planning    and    Management,    Tourism   and   Commercial    Recreation,    and 

others.     The    program    of    advanced    studies    is    designed    to    assist    professional 

practitioners  in  the  leisure  services  field;  and  to  prepare  those  who  wish  to  enter  the 

teaching  profession,  government  or  institutional  service,  and  those  who  have  interests 

in  community  services  and  education. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  regular  admission  requirements  of  the  Graduate  School, 
students  are  encouraged  to  have  completed""  two  years  of  full-time  work  experience 
prior  to  applying  for  admission.  All  Ph.D.  applicants  are  required  to  complete  an 
interview  with  at  least  one  faculty  member.  Doctoral  students  must  complete 
prescribed  coursework  in  research  methods,  statistics  and  computer  science.  A 
project,  thesis,  or  dissertation  is  required  of  all  students. 


RECR  —  Recreation     461 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Recreation  students  have  access  to  the  University's  McKeldin  Library,  the  College's 
Research  Laboratory  and  statistical  resources,  the  Computer  Science  Center,  the 
almost  unlimited  facilities  and  programs  of  the  metropolitan  areas  of  Baltimore  and 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  to  the  headquarters  and  offices  of  appropriate  national 
organizations,  agencies  and  federal  governmental  units  in  the  nation's  Capital. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  teaching  and  research  assistantships  are  available  to  qualified 
graduate  students. 

Additional  Information 

For  additional  information  about  specific  requirements,  please  contact: 
Dr.  Alan  Graefe,  Graduate  Coordinator, 
Department  of  Recreation, 
University  of  Maryland, 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742 

Courses 

RECR  —  Recreation 

RECR  410  Measurement  and  Evaluation  in  Recreation  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  130  or 
325  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  course  in  measurement  tools  and  methods  and 
application  of  measurement  to  evaluative  processes  applicable  in  specific  and  broad 
areas  of  interest  and  specialization  in  recreation  and  parks. 

RECR  415  Quantitative  Methods  (3)  A  course  covering  the  statistical  techniques  most 
frequently  used  in  research  pertaining  to  recreation.  An  effort  will  be  made  to  provide 
the  student  with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him  with  the  interpretations  and 
practical  applications  of  these  techniques. 

RECR  420  Program  Planning  and  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  130  or  325;  RECR 
220  recommended.  The  essential  elements  and  basic  principles  involved  in  the 
organization  and  administration  of  various  types  of  recreation  programs  with  emphasis 
on  the  development  of  practical,  comprehensive  program  plans  and  evaluations  for  a 
population  and  a  facility  within  the  student's  particular  area  of  interest. 

RECR  421  Campus  Leisure  Services  Programming  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  various 
elements  of  campus  leisure  services  program  development.  Intramurals,  clubs  and 
organizations  as  well  as  an  analysis  of  the  campus  union  as  a  key  in  the 
college/university  community  activity  effort. 

RECR  426  Industrial  Employee  Recreation  (3)  An  introductory  study  of  the 
philosophy  of  and  practices  and  problems  in  industrial  recreation.  Where  possible  the 
course  will  include  opportunities  for  observation  and  for  meeting  visiting  specialists. 

RECR  432  Philosophy  of  Recreation  (3)  A  study  of  the  meanings,  relationships,  and 
services  of  recreation  as  expressed  by  past  and  present  authorities  and  leaders.  This 
course  should  be  of  interest  to  people  active  in  education,  social  work,  and  related 
fields. 


462     RECR  —  Recreation 


RECR  450  Camp  Management  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  150  or  experience.  An 
advanced  camping  course  for  those  students  with  previous  training  and  experience; 
organization,  administration,  programming,  current  trends,  evaluation,  and  special 
problems.  Whenever  possible,  visiting  specialists  and  field  trips  will  be  included. 

RECR  454  Outdoor  Education  (6)  Field  experience  and  resident  camping  in  an 
outdoor  setting  will  be  used  to  present  the  activities  and  techniques  recommended  for 
modern  outdoor  education  practice.  Where  possible  groups  of  participants  will  be 
utilized  as  subjects  for  practice  instructional  work.  Activity  will  emphasize  not  only  the 
subject  matter  of  science  and  education  but  also  the  broad  concepts  of  conservation, 
worthy  use  of  leisure  time,  education  for  democratic  living,  etc. 

RECR  455  Historical  and  Natural  Interpretation  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  351. 
Examination  of  the  philosophies  of  and  techniques  appropriate  to  historical  and  natural 
interpretation.  Analysis  and  development  of  interpretive  programs  and  visitor 
information  services.  Field  trips  and  laboratory  experiences  will  be  required. 

RECR  457  Concepts  and  Issues  in  Outdoor  Recreation  (3)  A  survey  of  the 
relationships  between  land,  leisure  and  people  as  increasingly  vital  and 
interdependent  issues  in  American  civilization.  The  mainstream  of  thoughts,  methods 
and  policies  of  resource  based  recreation,  with  special  attention  to  the  history  of 
conservation  and  the  significance  of  wilderness. 

RECR  460  Leadership  Techniques  and  Practices  (3)  Prerequisite  RECR  130  or  325 
Various  types  and  dynamics  of  recreation  leadership  at  academic,  agency,  small  and 
large  group  levels.  Acquisition  of  tangible  techniques,  such  as  goal  setting,  decision 
making,  and  leadership  for  purposes  of  organizing,  implementing,  observing  and 
analyzing  human  function  in  organizational  settings. 

RECR  463  Supervisory  Techniques  in  Recreation  (3)  A  study  of  the  principles, 
methods,  techniques  as  well  as  an  analysis  of  the  functions  of  supervision  in  the 
recreation  and  parks  environment.  This  course  is  designed  to  advance  the  student's 
understanding  of  the  art  of  building  human  relationships,  and  to  apply  the  emerging 
concepts  and  principles  of  modern  supervision  to  practical  situations  in  which 
administrators,  supervisors,  leaders  (both  professional  and  paraprofessional)  and 
volunteers  are  working. 

RECR  475  Problems  in  Therapeutic  Recreation  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  375. 
Problems  encountered  in  the  delivery  of  therapeutic  recreation  services  to  individuals 
with  special  problems.  Current  trends,  innovative  service  delivery  models,  literature 
review,  and  identification  of  funding  sources. 

RECR  476  Institutional  Recreation  (3)  An  introductory  study  of  the  philosophy  of  and 
practices  in  hospital  and  institutional  recreation.  Where  possible  the  course  will  include 
opportunities  for  observation  and  for  meeting  visiting  specialists. 

RECR  489  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshop  (1-6)  A  course  designed  to 
meet  the  needs  of  persons  in  the  field  with  respect  to  workshops  and  research 
projects  in  special  areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  structured  courses. 

RECR  490  Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation  (3)  A  study  of  the 
organizational  patterns  and  administrative  problems  involved  in  the  various  types  of 
operating  recreation  departments  and  agencies;  forms  of  organization;  finance  and 
budget;  personnel;  public  relations. 


RECR  —  Recreation     463 


RECR  493  Tourism  and  Commercial  Leisure  Services  (3)  A  study  of  the  tourism  and 
commercial  leisure  services  industries.  Skill  in  feasibility  study  and  management. 
Representative  types  of  tourism  and  leisure  services  enterprises  and  their  relationships 
to  the  public  sector. 

RECR  495  Recreation  Resource  and  Facility  Planning  I  (3)  Basic  principles  of 
planning,  design,  development,  and  maintenance  of  community  recreation  areas  and 
facilities.  The  interrelationships  between  local,  regional,  state,  and  national  park  and 
recreation  systems. 

RECR  497  Recreation  Resource  and  Facility  Planning  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  RECR  495 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Principles  of  design,  development,  procedures,  and 
maintenance  considerations  for  recreation  areas  and  facilities.  Use  of  analytical 
methods  to  carry  out  park  designs  and  development  of  skills  in  graphically  conveying 
design  concepts.  Safety,  efficiency  and  economy  as  they  affect  design,  development 
and  park  maintenance. 

RECR  498  Special  Topics  in  Recreation  (3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  to  instructor. 
Topics  of  special  interest  in  areas  not  covered  by  regularly  scheduled  courses. 
Repeatable  when  the  subject  matter  is  different. 

RECR  600  Seminar  in  Recreation  (1)  Presentation,  discussion  and  defense  of  student 
thesis  proposals  and  outlines  and/or  of  appropriate  faculty  projects  and  research 
activities. 

RECR  610  Methods  and  Techniques  of  Research  (3)  A  study  of  appropriate 
research  methodology  including  experimental,  historical,  philosophical,  sociological 
and  case  study  techniques,  examples  and  problems.  Each  student  is  required  to 
develop  a  specimen  thesis  or  dissertation  proposal  and  outline. 

RECR  613  Source  Material  Survey  (3)  Study  and  use  of  library  resources  and 
bibliographical  materials  of  all  types  through  their  application  to  varieties  or  research 
problems  and  interests.  Each  student  carries  out  special  projects  of  his  own  initiation. 

RECR  633  Foundations  of  Recreation  (3)  A  broad  study  of  the  sociological, 
psychological  and  economic  forces  that  historically  have  structured  attitudes  toward 
leisure  and  the  development  of  recreation. 

RECR  634  Modern  Trends  in  Recreation  (3)  A  broad  study  and  overview  of  the 
recent  advances  in  the  several  sub  areas  of  recreation:  public  sector  (local,  state, 
federal  and  international  government  involvements);  therapeutic  (for  special  groups, 
such  as  ill,  delinquent,  aging,  etc.);  Employee;  voluntary  agencies;  religious 
organizations;  family,  school,  camping  areas;  private  and  commerical  sector.  Each 
student  will  carry  out  special  projects  according  to  his  interests. 

RECR  660  Group  Processes  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  The  diagnosis 
and  improvement  of  group  processes  in  human  relations  services  administration  and 
practice. 

RECR  687  Advanced  Seminar  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor.  Advanced 
topics  in  the  various  areas  of  recreation.  May  be  taken  for  repeated  credits,  up  to  a 
total  of  3. 

RECR  688  Special  Problems  in  Recreation  (1-6) 

RECR  689  Independent  Study  (1-6)  Special  graduate  research  problems  conducted 
under  the  direction  of  a  student's  advisor. 


464     Sociology  Program 


RECR  690  Administrative  Direction  of  Recreation  (3)  This  course  is  concerned  with 
analyzing  various  problems  in  the  administration  of  leisure  services  in  parks  and  other 
recreational  settings.  Students  concentrate  on  simulated  situations  and  their  own 
on-the-job  problems  to  enhance  their  understanding  of  sound  administrative  practice 
and  to  improve  their  problem-solving  and  decision-making  abilities. 

RECR  700  Advanced  Doctoral  Seminar  (1)  Presentation,  discussion  and  defense  of 
doctoral  dissertation  proposals  and  outlines  and/or  of  appropriate  faculty  projects  and 
research  activities. 

RECR  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

RECR  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Sociology  Program 


Professor  and  Acting  Chair:  Dager 

Professors:  Hage,  Janes  (Emeritus),  Kammeyer,  Lejins  (Emeritus),  Presser,  Ritzer, 

Rosenberg,  Robinson2,  D.  Segal 

Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Finsterbusch,  Henkel,  Hirzel,  J.  Hunt,  L.  Hunt,  Landry1, 

Lengermann,  Mclntyre,  Meeker,  Parming,  Pease,  M.  Segal,  Vanneman 

Assistant  Professors:  Canjar,  Falabella,  Fleishman,  Harper,  Imamura,  Snipp 

Adjunct  Professors:  Brown,  Goldsmith,  Silbergeld 

Affiliate  Professors:  Clignet,  Gonzales,  Longest 

1  joint  appointment  with  Afro-American  Studies 

2  joint  appointment  with  Survey  Research  Center 

The  graduate  program  in  Sociology  offers  course  work  leading  to  M.A.  and  Ph.D. 
degrees.  Particular  areas  of  emphasis  in  the  Department  include:  Social  Psychology 
(socialization,  self-concept,  small  groups,  attitudes);  Survey  and  Social  Research 
Methods;  Theory  (classical  theory,  contemporary  theory,  theory  construction, 
meta-theory);  Organizations  and  Occupations  (with  a  special  concentration  on 
innovation);  Family  (with  a  special  concentration  on  family  mental  health);  Social 
Demography  (with  a  special  emphasis  on  family  demography);  Sex  Roles,  Markets  and 
Stratification;  Military  Sociology  (with  a  special  emphasis  on  manpower  planning); 
Comparative  Macro  Sociology  (with  a  special  focus  on  development,  social 
movements  and  new  theories  of  the  state  and  equality),  and  Rural  Sociology 
(emphasis  on  demography  and  human  ecology,  community  and  social  indicators). 
Other  areas  of  specialization  may  be  developed  by  individual  students  working  with 
one  or  more  faculty  members.  10*Each  specialty  area  has  at  least  one  basic  course 
at  the  600  level,  one  or  more  specialized  or  supporting  courses  at  the  600  level,  and 
an  advanced  special  topics  seminar  at  the  700  level.  Several  of  the  600  level  courses 
can  apply  to  more  than  one  area.  Highly  specialized  courses  are  offered  once  every 
four  semesters,  while  basic  courses  and  the  more  specialized  courses  that  are  in  high 
demand  are  offered  once  a  year. 

Within  the  last  three  years,  about  half  the -students  finishing  Ph.D.  degrees  in  the 
Sociology  Department  have  found  employment  doing  college-level  teaching  and  about 
half  in  research,  administration,  and  consulting  in  federal,  state,  or  private 
organizations.  We  anticipate  that  an  increasing  proportion  of  students  completing 
graduate  work  in  the  near  future  will  be  engaged  in  either  research  administration  or 
applied  research  in  government  or  private  organizations. 


Sociology  Program     465 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  the  graduate  program  is  based  upon  the  student's  prior  academic 
record,  GRE  scores,  letters  of  recommendation,  and  other  information  relevant  to  the 
applicant's  chances  of  successfully  completing  the  program.  Although  a  previous 
major  in  sociology  is  not  required,  students  entering  the  Master's  degree  program 
should  have  had  the  following  undergraduate  courses;  mathematics  through  college 
algebra,  elementary  statistics,  sociological  theory,  and  sociological  research  methods. 
Students  entering  the  Ph.D.  program  should  have  had  at  least  one  graduate  level 
course  each  in  sociological  theory,  sociological  research  methods,  and  statistics. 
Students  deficient  in  any  of  these  areas  may  be  admitted  to  the  program  provisionally, 
but  must  satisfy  the  requirements  their  first  year  in  the  program. 

A  minimum  of  30  hours  is  required  for  the  Master's  degree,  including  one  course 
each  in  statistics,  sociological  theory,  and  two  courses  in  research  methods.  A 
Master's  thesis  is  required.  Usually,  this  phase  of  the  program  can  be  completed  in 
two  years. 

Ph.D.  candidates  should  have  met  all  the  Master's  degree  requirements.  In 
addition,  there  are  four  required  courses;  one  each  in  sociological  theory,  statistics, 
research  methods,  and  one  course  that  integrates  theory  and  methods.  It  is  possible 
to  take  some  of  the  Ph.D.  courses  at  the  Master's  level.  A  minimum  of  24  hours  of 
coursework  in  addition  to  Master's  degree  courses  is  required.  Ph.D.  students  must 
pass  three  comprehensive  examinations;  at  least  one  general  examination  (Social 
Organization  or  Social  Psychology)  and  at  least  one  area  of  specialization.  The 
language  requirement  may  be  met  by  passing  a  language  examination  or  making  a  B 
or  better  in  one  of  a  number  of  other  research  tool  courses.  Usually  these  requirements 
plus  the  dissertation  can  be  completed  in  three  years. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Sociology  Department  is  located  in  a  new  building  with  ample  office  space  and 
research  space.  Facilities  include  data  processing  and  computer  capabilities,  a  small 
groups  laboratory,  a  demography  laboratory,  and  a  department  library.  The  university 
has  excellent  computer  facilities,  and  computer  time  is  readily  available  to  faculty  and 
graduate  students. 

Financial  Assistance 

Financial  assistance  for  graduate  students  is  available  through  teaching  and  research 
assistantships,  and  for  advanced  students  through  part-time  instructorships.  All  carry 
remission  of  tuition  and  fees. 

Additional  Information 

For  information  and  application  forms,  write  or  call; 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies 
Sociology  Department 
University  of  Maryland 
Phone  (301)454-5933. 


466     SOCY  —  Sociology 


Courses 

SOCY  —  Sociology 

SOCY  401  Intermediate  Statistics  For  Sociologists  (3)  Prerequisite  SOCY  201  or 
equivalent,  and  six  additional  credits  in  sociology.  Intermediate  correlation  techniques, 
analysis  of  variance,  sampling,  additional  nonparametric  techniques,  additional  topics 
in  inferential  statistics. 

SOCY  402  Intermediate  Procedures  For  Data  Collection  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  202 
or  equivalent  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  An  intermediate  survey  of  the  major 
research  methods  used  by  sociologists,  including  survey  research,  experimentation, 
observation,  archival  research,  and  in-depth  interviewing.  The  selection  of  an 
appropriate  research  method,  with  analysis  of  the  strengths  and  weaknesses  of  various 
methods,  practical  issues,  data  collection  and  preparation,  and  analytical  techniques. 

SOCY  403  Intermediate  Sociological  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  203  Major 
theoretical  approaches  e.g.,  Functionalism  conflict,  symbolic  interactionism,  and  their 
implicit  methods  of  logic  illustrated  by  case  studies.  Original  works  of  major  theorists  in 
historical  perspective. 

SOCY  404  Methods  of  Quantitative  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  202  or 
equivalent  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  computer-based  approach  to  the  analysis  of 
sociological  data.  Statistical  program  packages  such  as  spss,  using  both  card  input 
and  computer  terminals;  data  storage  and  file  manipulation.  Use  of  multivariate 
statistical  techniques,  national  sample  surveys,  census,  and  artificial  data  sets 
constructed  to  illustrate  specific  features  of  the  techniques. 

SOCY  410   Population   I  (3)   Prerequisite:   junior  standing;   SOCY   100  or  105   not 

required.  Population  distribution  and  growth;  sources  of  demographic  data;  population 
composition;  population  theories;  mortality;  fertility  and  family  planning;  migration;  and 
population  problems  and  policy. 

SOCY  411  Population  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  410  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Introduction  to  basic  techniques  for  analyzing  population  change.  The  measurement  of 
fertility,  mortality,  and  migration. 

SOCY  423  Ethnic  Minorities  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  Basic  social 
processes  in  the  relations  of  ethnic  groups;  immigration  groups  and  the  Negro  in  the 
United  States;  ethnic  minorities  in  Europe. 

SOCY  424  Sociology  of  Race  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite:  9  credits  in  sociology  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  race-related  issues,  with  a  primary  focus  on 
American  society.  The  hisorical  emergence,  development,  and  institutionalization  of 
racism;  the  impact  of  racism  on  its  victims;  and  racially  based  conflict. 

SOCY  425  Sex  Roles  and  Social  Institutions  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  325  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Relationship  between  sex  roles  and  the  structure  of  one  or 
more  social  institutions  (e.g.,  the  economy,  the  family,  the  political  system,  religion, 
education).  The  incorporation  of  sex  roles  into  social  institutions;  perpetuation  or 
transformation  of  sex  roles  by  social  institutions;  how  changing  sex  roles  affect  social 
institutions. 

SOCY  426  Sociology  of  Religion  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  Varieties  and 
sources  of  religious  experience.  Religious  institutions  and  the  role  of  religion  in  social 
life. 


SOCY  —  Sociology     467 


SOCY  427  Deviant  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  327  or  12  credits  in  sociology  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Current  theories  of  the  genesis  and  distribution  of  deviant 
behavior,  and  their  implications  for  a  general  theory  of  deviant  behavior.  Definitions  of 
deviance,  labeling  theory,  secondary  deviance. 

SOCY  430  Sociology  of  Personality  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  Development 
of  human  nature  and  personality  in  contemporary  social  life;  processes  of  socialization; 
attitudes,  individual  differences  and  social  behavior. 

SOCY  431  Formal  and  Complex  Organizations  (3)  Prerequisite  SOCY  331  or 
permission  of  instructor.  The  concept  of  formal  organization.  The  study  of  functioning 
and  control  in  the  operation  of  bureaucracies  such  as  corporations  and  in  large-scale 
organizations  such  as  military,  religious  and  educational  hierarchies.  Forms  of 
recruitment,  internal  mobility  and  organizational  personality.  Relations  between 
large-scale  organizations  and  with  the  larger  society. 

SOCY   432   Collective   Behavior   (3)   Prerequisite:    SOCY    100   or    105   or   230   or 

permission  of  instructor.  Unlike  most  sociology  courses  which  focus  on  structured 
groups,  this  course  examines  instances  of  transient  behavior:  crowds,  disasters, 
hysterical  contagion,  revolution,  and  social  movements,  including  American  Utopian 
experiments. 

SOCY  433  Social  Control  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105  or  200.  Forms, 
mechanism,  and  techniques  of  group  influence  on  human  behavior;  problems  of  social 
control  in  contemporary  society. 

SOCY  440  Sociology  of  the  Self-Concept  (3)  The  nature  of  the  self-concept  and  the 
social  forces  that  mold  it.  Major  sociological,  psychological,  and  psycho-analytic 
theories  of  the  self-concept.  Self-concept  motives,  mechanisms  of  self-defense,  and 
the  nature  of  a  healthy  self-concept.  Empirical  research  dealing  with  the  bearing  of 
social  interaction,  social  structure,  social  context  and  social  institutions  on  the 
self-concept. 

SOCY  441  Social  Stratification  and  Inequality  (3)  Prerequisite  SOCY  341  or 
permission  of  instructor.  The  sociological  study  of  social  class,  status,  and  power. 
Topics  include  theories  of  stratification,  correlates  of  social  position,  functions  and 
dysfunctions  of  social  inequality,  status  inconsistency,  and  social  mobility. 

SOCY  443  The  Family  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  343  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Study  of  the  family  as  a  social  institution;  its  biological  and  cultural 
foundation;  historic  development,  changing  structure,  and  function;  the  interaction  of 
marriage  and  parenthood,  disorganizing  and  reorganizing  factors  in  present  day 
trends. 

SOCY  445  Sociology  of  the  Arts  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  Functions  of  the 
arts  as  a  social  institution.  Social  role  of  the  artist.  Recruitment  to  and  organizational 
structure  of  artistic  professions.  Art  forms  and  social  characteristics  of  audiences. 
Changing  technology  and  social  values  as  reflected  in  artistic  expression. 

SOCY  447  Small  Group  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  SOCY   100  or  105  and  201 

(sociological  statistics)  or  equivalent.  Analysis  of  small  group  structures  and  dynamics. 
Review  of  research  on  small  groups  in  real  life  settings  and  in  laboratories. 
Presentation  of  techniques  used  in  small  groups. 

SOCY  450  Applied  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisites:  SOCY  201,  202,  203.  The  uses  of 


468     SOCY  —  Sociology 


sociology  in  non-academic  settings.  The  ethics  and  social  organization  of  sociological 
research,  the  range  of  applied  settings,  the  development  and  evaluation  of  proposals, 
and  the  communication  of  sociological  findings  to  non-sociological  audiences. 

SOCY  457  Sociology  of  Law  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  Law  as  a  form  of 
social  control  interrelation  between  legal  and  other  conduct  norms  as  to  their  content, 
sanctions,  and  methods  of  securing  conformity;  law  as  an  integral  part  of  the  culture  of 
groups;  factors  and  processes  operative  in  the  formation  of  legal  norms  as 
determinants  of  human  behavior. 

SOCY  460  Sociology  of  Work  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  331  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Analysis  of  the  American  work  world  with  special  attention  to  the  impact  of  social 
change  and  occupational  conflicts  on  the  individual  worker.  Professionalization,  career 
patterns,  problems  of  minority  groups  and  the  future  of  work. 

SOCY  462  Industrial  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  331  or  permission  of 
instructor.  The  sociology  of  human  relations  in  American  industry  and  business. 
Complex  industrial  and  business  organization  as  social  systems.  Social  relationships 
within  and  between  industry,  business,  community  and  society. 

SOCY  464  Military  Sociology  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  Social  change  and 
the  growth  of  military  institutions.  Complex  formal  military  organizations.  Military 
service  as  an  occupation  or  profession.  The  sociology  of  military  life.  Relations 
between  military  institutions,  civilian  communities  and  society. 

SOCY  465  The  Sociology  of  War  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  The  origin  and 
development  of  armed  forces  as  institutions,  the  social  causes,  operations  and  results 
of  war  as  social  conflict;  the  relations  of  peace  and  war  and  revolution  in  contemporary 
civilizations. 

SOCY  466  Sociology  of  Politics  (3)  Prerequisite:  9  credits  in  sociology.  An 
introduction  to  the  sociology  of  political  phenomena.  Consideration  of  the  basic 
concepts  and  major  findings  in  the  field;  the  relationship  of  the  polity  to  other 
institutional  orders  of  the  society;  the  relationship  of  political  activity  in  america  to  the 
theory  of  democracy. 

SOCY  467  Sociology  of  Education  (3)  Prerequisites:  SOCY  100  or  105  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Listed  also  as  EDSF  430.  Sociological  analysis  of  educational 
institutions  and  their  relation  to  society:  goals  and  functions,  the  mechanisms  of  social 
control,  and  the  impacts  of  stratification  and  social  change.  Study  of  the  school  as  a 
formal  organization,  and  the  roles  and  subcultures  of  teachers  and  students. 

SOCY  470  Rural-Urban  Relations  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  The  ecology  of 

population  and  the  forces  making  for  change  in  rural  and  urban  life;  migration, 
decentralization  and  regionalism  as  methods  of  studying  individual  and  national  issues. 
Applied  field  problems. 

SOCY  473  The  City  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  The  rise  of  urban  civilization 
and  metropolitan  regions;  ecological  process  and  structure;  the  city  as  a  center  of 
dominance;  social  problems,  control  and  planning. 

SOCY  474  Soviet  Ethnic  Issues  (3)  Ethnic  processes  and  issues  in  the  Soviet  Union. 
The  major  ethnic  groups  in  the  U.S.S.R.  cultural,  political,  religious,  economic,  and 
other  aspects  of  Soviet  ethnicity. 

SOCY  498  Selected  Topics  in  Sociology  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  or  105.  Topics 


SOCY  —  Sociology     469 


of  special  interest  to  advanced  undergraduates  in  sociology.  Such  courses  will  be 
offered  in  response  to  student  request  and  faculty  interest.  No  more  than  6  credits  may 
be  taken  by  a  student  in  selected  topics. 

SOCY  601  Multivariate  Statistics  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  401  or  equivalent.  Advanced 
treatment  of  inferential  statistics;  sampling;  research  design;  non-parametric 
techniques;  scaling. 

SOCY  602  Intermediate  Procedures  of  Data  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites: 
Undergraduate  training  in  sociological  research  methods,  statistics,  and  theory  of 
equivalent.  This  course  is  designed  to  provide  the  graduate  student  with  practical 
experience  in  analyzing  data.  Extensive  use  of  "canned"  computer  programs  is  made 
to  analyze  available  data.  Knowledge  of  computer  systems,  languages,  or  applications 
is  not  a  prerequisite.  However,  the  student  is  required  to  have  completed  an 
introductory  course  in  research  methods  and  have  a  basic  grasp  of  multivariate 
statistics. 

SOCY  604  Survey  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  602  or  equivalent,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  The  design,  collection,  and  analysis  of  data  using  the  method 
of  the  social  survey.  Comparison  of  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  the  survey 
method  with  those  of  other  methods  of  social  inquiry.  Control  over  the  major  sources 
of  survey  variation:  survey  mode,  sampling,  questionnaire  format,  question  wording, 
interviewing  and  coding.   Measurement  and  multivariate  analysis  alternatives. 

SOCY  605  Methods  of  Program  Evaluation  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  202  or  equivalent, 
or  permission  of  instructor.  Survey  of  research  methods  used  to  evaluate  social 
programs.  Conceptualization  and  measurement  of  program  inputs  and  outcomes; 
experimental,  quasi-experimental  and  time-series  designs  for  determining  causal 
influence  of  program;  strategies  of  data  analysis. 

SOCY  606  Seminar  in  Field  and  Qualitative  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  six  graduate 
level  credits  in  sociology  and  permission  of  instructor.  Survey  of  qualitative  research 
methods,  and  practice,  through  small-scale  field  research,  in  design,  collection  of 
data,  and  analysis.  Use  of  intensive  and  unstructured  interviews; 
participation-observation;  unobtrusive  measures;  content  analysis  of  personal  and 
public  documents.  Research  with  natural  groups. 

SOCY  607  Research  Methods:  Data  Archives  (3)  Prerequisite  SOCY  401  or 
equivalent,  or  permission  of  instructor.  Secondary  data  analysis,  with  emphasis  on  the 
use  of  data  archives  such  as  those  available  from  national  sample  surveys,  the 
census,  and  international  social  science  research  organizations.  Research  design, 
computer  skills  necessary  to  manipulate  large  data  sets,  formulation  of  hypotheses  and 
interpretation  of  data.  Emphasis  on  practical  experience  in  locating  and  using  data 
archives. 

SOCY  609  Practicum  in  Social  Research  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 
The  conduct  of  research  in  collection  and  analysis  of  social  science  data  under  the 
guidance  of  experienced  investigators.  Emphasis  on  a  particular  research  area  of 
procedure,  e.g.  secondary  analysis  of  survey  data;  experimental  design;  evaluation  of 
research;  data  collection  techniques. 

SOCY  618  Computer  Methods  For  Sociologists  (3)  Prerequisites  SOCY  400,  401  or 
equivalents  and  elementary  knowledge  of  a  programming  language,  CMSC  120,  220 
or  equivalent  and  consent  of  instructor.   Designed  to  present  the  potential  of  the 


470     SOCY  —  Sociology 


computer  as  a  tool  in  sociological  research.  Projects  involving  programming  and 
running  of  data  manipulation  techniques,  statistical  techniques,  and  simple  simulations. 

SOCY   620   Development  of   European   and   American   Sociological   Theory   (3) 

Prerequisite:  SOCY  203  or  consent  of  instructor.  Review  of  the  history  of  sociological 
thought  with  major  attention  to  the  key  figures  in  the  early  years  of  the  discipline  (Marx, 
Weber,  and  Durkheim).  The  development  of  the  major  schools  of  sociological  theory. 

SOCY  621  Contemporary  Sociological  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  203  or 
equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Systematic  examination  of  sociological  theory 
since  approximately  1920 

SOCY  622  The  Sociology  of  Knowledge  (3)  Analysis  of  the  relation  of  types  of 
knowledge  to  social  structure.  Role  of  social  class  and  social  organization  in  the 
development  of  science,  political  ideology,  belief  systems  and  social  values.  Social 
roles  associated  with  production  of  knowledge. 

SOCY  623  Survey  of  Urban  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  120,  473  or  equivalnet. 
Theoretical  approaches  of  sociology  and  other  social  sciences  to  urbanism, 
urbanization,  and  urban  phenomena.  Selected  approaches:  Chicago  school; 
metropolitan  region;  demography;  institutions. 

SOCY  624  Socialization  Theory  and  Research  (3)  Emphasis  on  processes  of  theory 
building,  utilizing  research  to  compare  the  efficacy  of  several  theories  as  they  relate  to 
socialization,  culminating  in  a  detailed  theory  of  socialization  and  personality. 

SOCY  626  Human  Ecology  (3)  Review  of  research  and  theory  in  human  ecology. 
Assessment  of  the  ecological  complex  (population,  organization,  environment, 
technology). 

SOCY  630  Population  and  Society  (3)  Selected  problems  in  the  field  of  population; 
quantitative  and  qualitative  aspects;  American  and  world  problems. 

SOCY  631  Comparative  Sociology  (3)  Cross-national  analysis  of  selected  social 
institutions. 

SOCY  632  Personality  and  Social  Structure  (3)  First  semester.  Comparative  analysis 
of  the  development  of  human  nature,  personality,  and  social  traits  in  select  social 
structures. 

SOCY  633  Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Professions  (3)  An  analysis  of  the 
occupational  and  professional  structures  of  American  society,  including  such  topics  as 
changing  roles,  functions,  ideologies  and  their  impact  on  individuals. 

SOCY  634  Attitudes  and  Public  Opinion  (3)  Processes  invloved  in  the  formation  of 
attitudes;  effects  of  communication;  measurement  techniques. 

SOCY  635  Sociology  of  Law  (3) 

SOCY  640  Social  Change  and  Social  Policy  (3)  First  semester  Emergence  and 
development  of  social  policy  as  related  to  social  change,  policy-making  factors  in 
social  welfare  and  social  legislation. 

SOCY  641  Family  Studies  (3)  Second  semester.  Case  studies  of  family  situations; 
statistical  studies  of  family  trends,  methods  of  investigation  and  analysis. 

SOCY  642  The  Sociology  of  Mental  Health  (3)  Social  factors  that  influence  mental 
health.  Group  dynamics  of  mental  health  preservation. 


SOCY  —  Sociology     471 


SOCY  643  Community  Studies  (3)  Factors  affecting  community  development  and 
growth,  social  structure,  social  stratification,  social  mobility  and  social  institutions; 
analysis  of  particular  communities. 

SOCY  644  Work  and  the  Family  (3)  The  interrelationships  between  work  and  the 
family  for  both  men  and  women  in  contemporary  societies.  Major  research  issues 
addressed  from  an  interdisciplinary  and  comparative  (international)  perspective. 

SOCY  645  Sociology  of  the  Self  Concept  (3)  Theory  and  empirical  research  dealing 
with  the  social  determination  and  social  consequences  of  the  self-concept. 
Sociological,  psychological,  and  psychoanalytic  approaches  to  the  self. 

SOCY  646  Collective  Behavior  and  Social  Movements  (3)  Transitory  and 
non-institutionalized  social  behavior;  crowds,  mass  hysteria,  panic,  riots;  secular  and 
sectarian  social  reform  movements;  experimental  Utopian  communities;  intensified 
mass  activity  with  particular  relation  to  dissidence  and  change;  critique  of  trends  in 
social  activism. 

SOCY  647  Interpersonal  Behavior  and  Small  Groups  (3)  Theory  and  empirical 
research  on  small  group  structure  and  processes  and  interpersonal  behavior.  Social 
influence,  interpersonal  attraction.  Cohesiveness,  power  and  prestige  structures,  role 
differentiation,  coalition  formation.  Laboratory  and  field  methods  of  investigation. 

SOCY  660  Theories  of  Social  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisites:  Undergraduate  training 
in  sociological  research  methods,  statistics,  and  theory  or  equivalent.  An  introduction 
to  some  of  the  theories  in  social  psychology  that  are  particularly  useful  to  sociologists. 
Topics  to  be  covered  include  theories  of  cognitive  consistency,  social  exchange, 
symbolic  interaction,  role  theory,  group  processes,  and  collective  behavior. 

SOCY  661  Social  Stratification  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  Major 
theoretical  and  research  problems  in  the  sociology  of  social  stratification.  The 
characteristics,  correlates,  and  consequences  of  class  and  status  stratification;  the 
distribution  of  power;  the  relationship  of  social  stratification  to  ideology  and  the 
institutional  orders  of  society. 

SOCY  662  Theories  of  Formal  Organization  (3)  An  introduction  to  the  study  of 
organization,  the  nature  of  organizations,  types  of  organizations,  determinants  and 
consequences  of  organizational  growth,  determinants  and  consequences  of  growth  for 
administrative  staff,  determinants  of  effectiveness  and  research  in  organizations. 

SOCY  663  Theories  of  Social  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  603  or  equivalent. 
Study  of  systems  models:  logical,  social-psychological  and  social;  types  of  social 
systems:  ecological,  functional,  formal,  consensual,  and  historical;  levels  of  social 
systems:  group,  complex  organization,  collectivity  and  community;  methods  of  study: 
analytical  and  empirical,  qualitative  and  quantitative;  examples  of  specific  systems: 
professions,  science,  politics,  cities. 

SOCY  664  Armed  Forces  and  Society  (3)  Analysis  of  the  relationship  between 
military  organization  and  modern  industrial  society.  Growth  and  decline  of  the  mass 
army,  the  transition  from  conscription  to  all-volunteer  forces,  the  social  legitimacy  of 
military  organization,  the  military  as  a  form  of  industrial  organization,  and  problems  of 
civil-military  relations  in  the  modern  world. 

SOCY  665  Sex  Stratification  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  Theoretical  and 
empirical  literature  on  social  roles  of  men  and  women  at  both  the  social-psychologic  al 


472     SOCY  —  Sociology 


and  structural  levels.  Socialization,  attitudes,  interpersonal  behavior,  work  roles, 
stratification  by  race  and  class  as  related  to  gender,  social  problems  related  to  gender 
inequality. 

SOCY  674  Ethnicity  (3)  The  theoretical  orientations  found  in  the  study  of  ethnicity,  the 
historical  emergence  and  contemporary  nature  of  ethnic  communities,  selected 
aspects  of  interethnic  conflict  and  ethnic  revitalization  from  the  personality  level  to  the 
national  ideological  level.   Primary  emphasis  on  American  society. 

SOCY  699  Special  Social  Problems  (1-16) 

SOCY  700  Theory  Construction  (3)  Prerequisite  one  graduate  course  each  in 
statistics,  sociological  theory,  and  sociological  research  methods.  Review  of  symbolic 
logic  and  the  meaning  prediction  and  explanation.  The  nature  of  concepts 
propositions,  and  axiomatic  systems;  the  use  of  models;  the  nature  of  casuality; 
fundamental  assumptions  and  variables  commonly  used  in  sociological  theory. 
Examples  from  current  theories. 

SOCY  701  Issues  in  the  Integration  of  Theory  and  Method  (3)  Prerequisites:  SOCY 
401  or  equivalent,  and  at  least  two  of  the  following  SOCY  402,  604,  605,  606,  607,  609, 
702;  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  construction  of  theory,  design  of  research,  and 
interpretation  of  data,  for  example,  strategies  of  theory  building;  the  nature  of  causality; 
advantages  and  disadvantages  of  experimental,  survey  and  case  study  designs; 
temporal  problems;  measurement  strategies. 

SOCY  702  Intermediate  Procedures  For  Data  Collection  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  202 
or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Research  design  including  experimental  and 
quasi-experimental  designs;  measurement  problems;  reliability  and  validity; 
questionnaire  construction;  scaling;  interviewing;  the  problem  of  nonresponse; 
processing  and  coding  of  data;  preparation  of  data  for  analysis. 

SOCY  709  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Data  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  An  intensive  examination  of  an  area  of  interest  in  data  analysis,  including 
such  topics  as  log  linear  analysis;  discriminant  function  analysis;  canonical  correlation; 
factor  analysis;  analysis  of  qualitative  data;  content  analysis;  mathematical  models. 
May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  permission  of  instructor. 

SOCY  719  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Social  Psychology  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor.  An  intensive  review  of  an  area  of  current  interest  in  the  field, 
including  such  topics  as  social  influence;  interpersonal  attraction;  equity  theory;  the 
dramaturgical  perspective;  stress  and  coping;  interpersonal  conflict;  the  social 
psychology  of  large  organizations.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  permission  of 
instructor. 

SOCY  728  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Meta-theory  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  An  intensive  examination  of  an  area  of  interest  in  sociological  theory, 
including  such  topics  as  paradigm  conflicts;  philosophy  of  social  science;  value  issues 
in  sociological  theory;  formal  theory.  May  be  repeated'  for  credit  with  permission  of 
instructor. 

SOCY  729  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Substantive  Theory  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor.  An  intensive  examination  of  an  area  of  interest  in  theory  or  a 
school  of  sociological  theory,  including  such  topics  as  ethnomethodology; 
structuralism;  Marxism  and  critical  theory;  historical  study  of  a  major  sociological 
theorist  such  as  Marx,  Weber,  or  Durkheim.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  permission 


SOCY  —  Sociology     473 


of  instructor. 

SOCY    739    Advanced    Special    Topics    in    Organizations   and    Occupations   (3) 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor.  An  intensive  review  of  an  area  of  current  interest 
in  the  field,  including  such  topics  as  managing  organizational  data  sets;  problems  of 
industrial  democracy;  quality  of  work  life;  innovation  and  productivity.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  with  permission  of  instructor. 

SOCY  749  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Demography  (3)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  An  intensive  review  of  an  area  of  current  interest  in  the  field,  including  such 
topics  as  population  policy;  social  and  demographic  issues  in  aging;  migration;  family 
demography.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  permission  of  instructor. 

SOCY  758  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Sex  Roles  (3)  Prerequisite  Permission  of 
instructor.  An  intensive  review  of  an  area  of  current  interest  in  the  field,  including  such 
topics  as  labor  force  participation;  comparative  studies;  sex  roles  and  aging;  gender 
socialization.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  permission  of  instructor. 

SOCY  759  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  of  the  Family  (3)  Prerequisite 
permission  of  instructor.  An  intensive  review  of  an  area  of  current  interest  in  the  field, 
such  as  alternative  family  life  styles,  cross-cultural  and  comparative  family  studies; 
victimization  (sexual  and  physical  abuse).  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  permission 
of  instructor. 

SOCY    769    Advanced    Special    Topics    in    Military    Sociology    (3)    Prerequisite 
Permission  of  instructor.  An  intensive  review  of  an  area  of  current  interest  in  the  field, 
including  such  topics  as  women  in  the  military;  conscription  and  national  service; 
organizational   change  in  the  military;   comparative  studies  of  the  military.   May  be 
repeated  for  credit  with  permission  of  instructor. 

SOCY  789  Advanced  Special  Topics  in  Social  Stratification  (3)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor.  An  intensive  examination  of  an  area  of  interest  in  the  field, 
including  such  topics  as  macrostratification;  measurement  of  prestige:  institutional 
variation  in  status  attainment.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  with  permission  of  instructor. 

SOCY  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

SOCY  819  Research  Seminar  in  Social  Psychology  (1)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  An  advanced  research  seminar  for  students  preparing  to  do  research  or 
take  comprehensive  examinations  in  social  psychology.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

SOCY  829  Research  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  (1)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  An  advanced  research  seminar  for  students  preparing  to  do  research  or 
take  comprehensive  examinations  in  sociological  theory.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to 
a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

SOCY  839  Research  Seminar  in  Organizations  and  Occupations  (1)  Prerequisite: 
Permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced  research  seminar  for  students  preparing  to  do 
research  or  take  comprehensive  examinations  in  organizations  or  occupations.  May  be 
repeated  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

SOCY  849  Research  Seminar  in  Demography  (1)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  An  advanced  research  seminar  for  students  preparing  to  do  research  or 
take  comprehensive  examinations  in  demography.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 


474     Spanish  Language  and  Literature  Program 


SOCY  858  Research  Seminar  in  Sex  Roles  (1)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  instructor. 
An  advanced  research  seminar  for  students  preparing  to  do  research  or  take 
comprehensive  examinations  in  sex  roles.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

SOCY  859  Research  Seminar  in  Sociology  of  the  Family  (1)  Prerequisite: 
permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced  research  seminar  for  students  preparing  to  do 
research  or  take  comprehensive  examinations  in  sociology  of  the  family.  May  be 
repeated  for  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

SOCY  869  Research  Seminar  in  Military  Sociology  (1)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  An  advanced  research  seminar  for  students  preparing  to  do  research  or 
take  comprehensive  examinations  in  military  sociology.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

SOCY  889  Research  Seminar  in  Social  Stratification  (1)  Prerequisite:  Permission  of 
instructor.  An  advanced  research  seminar  for  students  preparing  to  do  research  or 
take  comprehensive  examinations  in  stratification.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 


SOCY  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Spanish  Language  and  Literature  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Sosnowski 

Professors:  Gramberg(Director  of  Graduate  Studies),  Marra-Lopez,  Martinez,  Nemes, 

Pacheco 

Associate  Professors:  Diz,  Igel 

Assistant  Professors:  Aguilar  Mora,  Zappala 

The  Department  of  Spanish  and  Portuguese  offers  graduate  programs  leading  to  the 

degrees  of  Master  of  Arts  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  Spanish.  The  Department's 

offerings   are   designed    to   provide   the    required   advanced   training    in    language, 

literature,  and  linguistics  for  achieving  professional  excellence  in  high  school  and 

college  teaching  and  for  undertaking  creative  research  in  related  fields  of  inquiry. 

Employment  statistics  show  that  opportunities  for  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  graduates  of 
this  Department  have  been  excellent  during  the  last  ten  years.  All  our  M.A.  graduates 
have  found  employment  commensurate  with  their  academic  training.  Most  graduates 
entered  teaching  careers;  several  work  in  government  agencies  and  international 
organizations.  During  the  same  period,  all  of  our  Ph.D.  graduates  who  wished  to 
undertake  a  career  in  teaching  and  research  have  obtained  satisfactory  appointments 
at  colleges  and  universities.  The  important  role  played  in  this  country  by  Hispanics  and 
the  recognition  of  their  cultural  imprint  bode  well  for  future  expansion  in  all  areas 
related  to  this  particular  field. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

The  degree  of  Master  of  Arts  has  two  options:  1)  the  non-thesis  option  and  2)  the 
thesis  option.  A  total  of  30  credit  hours  are  required  for  the  non-thesis  option,  with  3 
credits  in  linguistics;  3  credits  in  literary  theory  and/or  criticism;  15  credits  in  either 
Spanish  or  Spanish-American  literature,  one  of  which  is  to  be  considered  the 
candidate's  "major"  literature;  and  9  credits  in  the  other,  or  "non-major"  literature. 
Students  must  also  submit  a  written  scholarly  paper  in  the  final  semester  of  their 


SPAN  —  Spanish     475 


program,  which  will  be  read  and  evaluated  by  at  least  two  appropriate  faculty 
members. 

The  requirements  for  the  thesis  option  are  the  same  as  for  the  non-thesis  option, 
with  one  exception:  the  course  requirement  in  the  "major"  literature  is  reduced  from  15 
to  9  credits,  with  6  hours  of  thesis  research  credit  required.  All  MA.  candidates  take 
comprehensive  examinations. 

The  doctoral  degree  is  a  research  and  specialized  degree,  and  it  does  not  require 
a  fixed  number  of  credit  hours.  Before  admission  to  candidacy,  the  student  must 
demonstrate  1)  a  thorough  knowledge  of  the  literary  production  in  the  chosen  area 
(Spanish  or  Spanish-American  Literature);  2)  an  in-depth  knowledge  of  the  field  of 
specialization;  3)  proficiency  in  a  minimum  of  two  fields  of  the  other  Hispanic  literature; 
4)  a  reading  knowledge  of  a  language  other  than  Spanish  and  English,  to  be  used  as 
a  research  tool  in  the  field  of  specialization;  5)  a  minimum  of  two  courses  in  linguistics 
at  the  graduate  level,  one  of  which  should  be  "History  of  the  Spanish  Language";  a 
minimum  of  one  course  in  literary  theory  and/or  criticism;  acquaintance  with  a  third 
literature  (e.g.  Luso-Brazilian,  French,  English,  etc.);  a  background  in  supporting  fields 
to  be  used  as  research  tools  (e.g.  history,  philosophy,  political  science,  sociology,  art, 
etc.).  Students  must  pass  both  a  preliminary  and  a  comprehensive  examination  for  the 
Ph.D.,  in  addition  to  presenting  a  dissertation. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Department  maintains  a  special  research  and  reference  library  for  graduate 
students  of  Spanish  in  honor  of  one  of  its  former  instructors,  the  late  Pedro  F.  Entenza. 
The  students  publish  a  literary  magazine,  Prismal/Cabral.  Dr.  Sosnowski  is  the  editor  of 
the  journal  Hispamerica. 

Additional  Information 

Financial  assistance  is  available.  For  additional  information  please  write  to  the 
Department  Chair. 

Courses 

SPAN  —  Spanish 

SPAN  401  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Exercises  in  practical  stylistics,  with  special 
emphasis  on  idiomatic  and  syntactic  structures. 

SPAN  402  Advanced  Composition  (3)  Exercises  in  practical  stylistics,  with  special 
emphasis  on  idiomatic  and  syntactic  structures. 

SPAN  404  Oral  Practice  For  Non-native  Teachers  of  Spanish  I  (3)  Prerequisite: 
consent  of  instructor.  Development  of  fluency  in  Spanish  with  stress  on  correct 
sentence  structure,  pronounciation  and  idiomatic  expression. 

SPAN  405  Oral  Practice  For  Non-native  Teachers  of  Spanish  II  (3)  Prerequisite: 

SPAN  404,  a  continuation  of  SPAN  404. 

SPAN  408  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic  Literatures  (3)  Pervading  themes  in  the 
literature  of  Spain  or  Spanish-America.  Each  theme  will  be  announced  when  the 
course  is  offered. 

SPAN  409  Great  Themes  of  the  Hispanic  Literatures  (3)  Pervading  themes  in  the 
literature  of  Spain  or  Spanish-America.    Each  theme  will  be  announced  when  the 


476     SPAN  —  Spanish 


course  is  offered. 

SPAN  410  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Spanish  literary  history  from  the  eleventh 

through  the  fifteenth  century.  Reading  of  representative  texts.  This  course  covers  until 

1350. 

SPAN  41 1  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  (3)  Spanish  literary  history  from  the  eleventh 

through  the  fifteenth  century.  Reading  of  representative  texts.  This  course  covers  from 

1350  to  1500. 

SPAN  412  The  Romancero  (3)  Origin,  nature  and  influence.  Extensive  reading  in  each 

of  the  respective  sub-genres. 

SPAN  416  Practicum  in  Translation  V  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  357  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Translation  of  complete  literary  texts  from  Spanish  into  English.  Presentation 
and  comparison  of  special  problems  encountered  in  individual  projects. 

SPAN  417  Practicum  in  Translation  VI  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  416  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Translation  of  complete  literary  texts  from  Spanish  into  English.  Evaluation  of 
different  renditions  of  the  originals.  Problems  of  interpretation  and  literary  analysis, 
structure  and  criticism. 

SPAN  418  Hispanic  Literature  in  Translation  (3)  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of 

six  credits,  with  change  of  topic. 

SPAN  420  Poetry  of  the  16th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  321   or  equivalent. 

Selected  readings  and  literary  analysis. 

SPAN  421   Prose  of  the  16th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  321   or  equivalent. 

Selected  readings  and  literary  analysis. 

SPAN  424  Drama  of  the  Sixteenth  Century  (3)  From  the  earliest  autos  and  pasos, 
the  development  of  Spanish  drama  anterior  to  Lope  de  Vega,  including  Cervantes. 

SPAN  425  Spanish  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  2000  years  of  Spanish  history, 
outlining  the  cultural  heritage  of  the  Spanish  people,  their  great  men,  traditions, 
customs,  art,  and  literature,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship  of  social  and 
literary  history.  Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  426  Spanish  Civilization  (3)  A  survey  of  2000  years  of  Spanish  history, 
outlining  the  cultural  heritage  of  the  Spanish  people,  their  great  men,  traditions,  custom 
art,  and  literature,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship  of  social  and  literary 
history.  Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  430  Cervantes:  Don  Quijote  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  431  Cervantes:  Novelas  Ejemplares  and  Entremeses  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN 
321  or  equivalent. 

SPAN  434  Poetry  of  the  17th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 
Selected  readings,  literary  analysis,  and  discussion  of  the  outstanding  poetry  of  the 
period,  in  the  light  of  the  historical  background. 

SPAN  435  Prose  of  the  17th  Century  (3)  Prerequisite:  SPAN  321  or  equivalent. 
Selected  readings,  literary  analysis,  and  discussion  of  the  outstanding  prose  of  the 
period,  in  the  light  of  the  historical  background. 

SPAN  436  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3)  Devoted  to  Lope  de  Vega, 
dramatic  theory  and  the  Spanish  stage. 


SPAN  —  Spanish     477 


SPAN  437  Drama  of  the  Seventeenth  Century  (3)  Drama  after  Lope  de  Vega  to 
Calderon  de  la  Barca  and  the  decline  of  the  Spanish  theater. 

SPAN  440  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3)  Traditionalism,  Neo-Classicism, 
and  Pre-Romanticism  in  prose,  poetry,  and  the  theater;  esthetics  and  poetics  of  the 
enlightenment. 

SPAN  441  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century  (3)  Traditionalism,  Neo-Classicism, 
and  Pre-Romanticism  in  prose,  poetry,  and  the  theater;  esthetics  and  poetics  of  the 
enlightenment. 

SPAN  446  Latin  American  Civilization  I  (3)  A  survey  of  the  cultural  heritage  of  the 
Latin  American  peoples  from  the  Pre-Columbian  Period  to  independence.  Hispanic 
and  other  European  influences.  Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  447  Latin  American  Civilization  II  (3)  A  survey  of  the  cultural  heritage  of  the 
Latin  American  peoples  from  independence  to  the  present.  Hispanic  and  other 
European  influences.   Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  448  Special  Topics  in  Latin  American  Civilization  (3)  An  intensive  study  of  a 
selected  topic  related  to  Latin  American  civilization.  This  course  may  be  taken  no  more 
than  twice.  Conducted  in  Spanish. 

SPAN  449  Special  Topics  in  Spanish  Civilization  (3)  An  intensive  study  of  a 
selected  topic  related  to  Spanish  civilization.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
if  content  differs. 

SPAN  452  The  Romantic  Movement  in  Spain  (3)  Poetry,  prose  and  drama  of  the 
Romantic  and  Post-Romantic  periods. 

SPAN  454  Nineteenth  Century  Fiction  (3)  Significant  novels  of  the  nineteenth 
century. 

SPAN  456  Nineteenth  Century  Drama  and  Poetry  (3)  Significant  dramas  and  poetry 
of  the  Realistic. Period. 

SPAN  460  The  Generation  of  1898  and  Its  Successors  (3)  Authors  and  works  of  all 
genres  of  the  generation  of  1898  and  those  of  the  immediately  succeeding  generation. 

SPAN  461  The  Generation  of  1898  and  Its  Successors  (3)  Authors  and  works  of  all 
genres  of  the  generation  of  1898  and  those  of  the  immediately  succeeding  generation. 

SPAN  462  Twentieth  Century  Drama  (3)  Significant  plays  of  the  twentieth  century. 

SPAN  464  Contemporary  Spanish  Poetry  (3)  Spanish  poetry  from  the  generation  of 
1927  to  the  present. 

SPAN  466  The  Contemporary  Spanish  Novel  (3)  The  novel  and  the  short  story  from 
1940  to  the  present. 

SPAN  468  Modernism  and  Post-modernism  in  Spain  and  Spanish-America  (3)  A 

study  of  the  most  important  works  and  authors  of  both  movements  in  Spain  and 
Spanish-America. 

SPAN  469  Modernism  and  Post-modernism  in  Spain  and  Spanish-America  (3)  A 

study  of  the  most  important  works  and  authors  of  both  movements  in  Spain  and 
Spanish-America. 

SPAN  480  Spanish-American  Essay  (3)  A  study  of  the  socio-political  contents  and 
aesthetic   qualities  of  representative  works  from  the  colonial  to  the  contemporary 


478     SPAN  —  Spanish 


period. 

SPAN  481  Spanish  American  Essay  (3)  A  study  of  the  socio-political  contents  and 
aesthetic  qualities  of  representative  works  from  the  colonial  to  the  contemporary 
period,  with  emphasis  on  the  essay  of  the  twentieth  century. 

SPAN  488  Spanish-American  Fiction  (3)  Representative  novels  and/or  short  stories 
from  the  Wars  of  Independence  to  the  present  or  close  analysis  of  major  contemporary 
works.  Subject  will  be  announced  each  time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  489  Spanish-american  Fiction  (3)  Representative  novels  and/or  short  stories 
from  the  Wars  of  Independence  to  the  present  or  close  analysis  of  major  contemporary 
works.  Subject  will  be  announced  each  time  course  is  offered. 

SPAN  491  Honors  Reading  Course:  Poetry  (3)  Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by 
students  admitted  to  the  honors  program  or  upon  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  492  Honors  Reading  Course:  Novel  (3)  Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by 
students  admitted  to  the  honors  program  or  upon  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  493  Honors  Reading  Course:  Drama  (3)  Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  by 
students  admitted  to  the  honors  program  or  upon  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

SPAN  496  Honors  Seminar  (3)  Required  of  all  students  in  the  honors  program.  Other 
students  will  be  admitted  on  special  recommendation.  Conducted  in  Spanish. 
Discussion  of  a  central  theme  with  related  investigation  by  students. 

SPAN  498  Spanish-American  Poetry  (3)  Main  trends,  authors  and  works  from  the 
conquest  to  Ruben  Dario. 

SPAN  600  Reading  Course  For  Minors  in  Spanish  (3) 

SPAN  601  Reading  Course  For  Minors  in  Spanish  (3) 

SPAN  602  Reading  Course  For  Minors  in  Spanish-American  Literature  (3) 

SPAN  603  Reading  Course  For  Minors  in  Spanish-American  Literature  (3) 

SPAN  605  Teaching  Spanish  in  Institutions  of  Higher  Learning  (3)  Required  of  all 
graduate  students,  teaching  assistants,  and  new  instructors.  Instruction,  demonstration, 
and  classroom  practice  under  supervision,  of  modern  procedures  in  the  presentation 
of  first  year  Spanish. 

SPAN  608  Medieval  Spanish  Literature  (3)  Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
periods  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  609  Medieval  Spanish  Literature  (3)  Specific  authors,  genres,  and  literary 
periods  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  610  The  History  of  the  Spanish  Language  (3) 

SPAN  611  Applied  Linguistics  (3)  Nature  of  applied  linguistics  and  its  contribution  to 
the  effective  teaching  of  foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of  English  and  Spanish, 
with  emphasis  on  points  of  divergence. 

SPAN  612  Comparative  Romance  Linguistics  (3) 

SPAN  618  Poetry  of  the  Golden  Age  (3)  Analyses  and  studies  in  depth  of  specific 
works  of  specific  poets  in  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries. 

SPAN  619  Poetry  of  the  Golden  Age  (3)  Analyses  and  studies  in  depth  of  specific 
works  of  specific  poets  in  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries. 


SPAN  —  Spanish     479 


SPAN  628  Seminar:  the  Golden  Age  in  Spanish  Literature  (3) 

SPAN  629  Seminar:  the  Golden  Age  in  Spanish  Literature  (3)  Specific  authors, 
genres,  literary  movements  and  literary  periods  of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth 
centuries  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  699  Independent  Study  in  Spanish  (1-3)  This  course  is  designed  to  provide 
graduate  students  an  opportunity  to  pursue  independent  study  under  the  supervision 
of  a  member  of  the  department.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  three  credits. 


Century 
Century 
Century 
Century 
Century 
Century 


(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 
(3) 


Specific  authors, 

Specific  authors, 

Specific  authors, 

Specific  authors, 

Specific  authors, 

Specific  authors, 


genres,    and    literary 


genres,  and  literary 

genres,  and  literary 

genres,  and  literary 

genres  and  literary 


genres    and    literary 


SPAN    708   The    Eighteenth 

movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN    709   The    Eighteenth 

movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN    718   The    Nineteenth 

movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN    719   The    Nineteenth 

movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN    728    The    Twentieth 

movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN    729    The    Twentieth 

movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  738  The  Drama  of  the  Twentieth  Century  (3)  Specific  authors  and  movements 
studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  798  Open  Seminar  (3) 

SPAN  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

SPAN  808  Colonial  Spanish-American  Literature  (3)  Didactic  and  narrative  prose 
and  epic,  dramatic  and  lyric  poetry;  principal  works  and  authors. 

SPAN  809  Colonial  Spanish  American  Literature  (3)  Didactic  and  narrative  prose; 
dramatic  and  lyric  poetry. 

SPAN  818  National  Spanish-American  Literature  (3)  Characteristics  of  the  national 
literatures.  Romantic  and  Costumbrista  literature.  Cauchismo  and  Indigenismo. 
Principal  works  and  authors. 

SPAN  819  National  Spanish  American  Literature  (3)  Characteristics  of  the  national 
literatures.  Romantic  and  Costumbrista  literature.  Cauchismo  and  Indigenismo. 
Principal  works  and  authors. 

SPAN  828  Hispanic  Poetry  of  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries  (3)  Specific 
authors,  genres  and  literary  movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  829  Hispanic  Poetry  of  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries  (3)  Specific 
authors,  genres  and  literary  movements  studied  in  depth. 

SPAN  898  Open  Seminar  (3) 

SPAN  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


480     PORT  —  Portuguese 


PORT  —  Portuguese 

PORT  478  Themes  and  Movements  of  Luso-Brazilian  Literature  in  Translation  (3) 

A  study  of  specific  themes  and  movements  in  Luso-Brazilian  literature,  as  announced. 
Designed  for  students  for  whom  the  literatures  would  be  inaccessible  in  Portuguese. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

PORT  699  Independent  Study  of  Portuguese  (1-3)  This  course  is  designed  to 
provide  graduate  students  an  opportunity  to  pursue  independent  study  under  the 
supervision  of  a  member  of  the  department.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  three  credits. 

Special  Education  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Burke 

Professors:  Hebeler,  Simms 

Associate  Professors:  Egel,  Kohl,  Seidman 

Assistant  Professors:  Beckman,  Cobb,  Cooper,  Graham,  Harris,  Leone,  Speece 

Research  Associates:  Malouf,  Neef,  Noel,  Ogle,  Verbeke 

Graduate  studies  in  the  Department  of  Special  Education  include  programs  leading  to 

Master  of  Arts  and   Master  of  Education  degrees,   Advanced   Graduate  Specialist 

certificates,  and  Doctor  of  Education  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees.    Areas  of 

concentration    may    include:    Learning    Disabilities;    Mental    Retardation;    Behavior 

Disorders;    Severely    Handicapped    (including    autism);    Early    Childhood    (including 

infancy);    Gifted    &    Talented;    and    Career-Vocational    Special    Education    for    the 

handicapped.    Concentrations  in  Administration  and  Supervision  and  Policy  Studies 

are  available  at  the  doctoral  level. 

Graduate  work  in  special  education  at  the  master's  level  is  designed  to  prepare 
master  teachers,  specialists,  and  program  leadership  personnel  for  the  handicapped. 
Graduate  work  at  the  doctoral  level  is  designed  to  prepare  national  leadership 
personnel  for  the  handicapped. 

The  Ph.D.  in  Special  Education  is  targeted  primarily  on  research,  scholarship  and 
educational  leadership.  This  overall  goal  is  achieved  in  and  through  the  selection  of 
areas  of  emphasis  or  the  major  concentrations  listed  above.  Graduate  work  at  the 
doctoral  level  can  also  be  done  in  educational  administration  and  supervision,  and 
policy  development  and  implementation  for  the  handicapped  with  a  specialized 
national  focus.  The  Ed.D.  is  focused  on  these  same  areas,  but  has  an  emphasis  on 
applied  research  and  programming.  A  variety  of  minor  specializations  taken  outside 
the  Department  are  also  possible.  Content  coursework  in  the  areas  of  administration 
and  policy  studies  are  developed  in  collaboration  with  other  departments  in  the 
College  and  University. 

Special  Education  graduates  are  eligible  for  a  wide  variety  of  professional 
opportunities.  Students  who  graduate  with  a  Masters  degree  in  Special  Education  may 
enter  positions  in  the  public  schools  as  master  teachers  or  in  other  positions  of 
leadership.  Opportunities  also  exist  in  private  settings  where  graduates  may  find 
positions  as  coordinators,  administrators,  or  other  specialized  support  staff.  Doctoral 
degree  graduates  have  numerous  options,  such  as  university  faculty  positions, 
professional  staff  positions  in  State  Departments  of  Education,  the  Federal  government, 
and  in  the  public  schools.  Private  agencies  and  organizations  may  also  seek  doctoral 
graduates  as  directors  or  specialized  support  staff.  Historically,  employment 
opportunities  for  Special  Education  graduates  have  been  excellent. 


Special  Education  Program     481 


Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Graduate  programs  are  planned  individually  by  the  student  and  advisor.  Each  program 
reflects  the  individual  student's  background,  goals,  and  the  level  of  competency  being 
sought.  There  is  no  one  program  of  study  which  all  graduate  students  follow.  Individual 
programming  by  students  and  advisor  allows  wide  latitude  of  career  direction  within 
the  field  of  special  education  upon  completion  of  graduate  study. 

Graduate  study  in  Special  Education  requires  advanced  competencies  in  the 
education  of  exceptional  children.  Students  entering  the  program  with  special 
education  certification  are  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  36  credit  hours.  Additional 
coursework  is  required  for  students  entering  without  academic  preparation  in 
education.  For  example,  students  entering  without  certification  in  education  are 
required  to  take  a  minimum  of  60  credit  hours:  students  entering  with  early  childhood, 
elementary,  or  secondary  education  certification  are  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  45 
credit  hours.  Upon  completion  of  their  degree  students  in  each  of  these  categories 
may  qualify  for  Maryland  State  Certification  in  Special  Education. 

Students  pursuing  the  master's  degree  program  in  Special  Education  may  earn  the 
Master  of  Arts  degree  or  the  Master  of  Education  degree.  Specific  basic  course 
requirements  in  Special  Education  are  the  same  for  either  program  with  differentiation 
of  thesis  requirements.  The  student  generally  takes  a  minimum  of  15  hours  Special 
Education.  Specific  programs  and  the  number  of  credit  hours  required  will  be 
determined  with  the  student's  advisor  according  to  the  student's  background  and 
career  plans. 

The  Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  certificate  in  Special  Education  is  available  to 
students  wishing  to  take  increased  graduate  work  beyond  the  Masters  level.  A  student 
pursuing  an  A.G.S.  certificate  in  Special  Education  is  required  to  take  the  following 
courses  if  they  have  not  been  part  of  the  Master's  program:  EDMS  645,  EDMS  646. 
and  EDHD  721.  The  minimum  number  of  graduate  hours  for  the  A.G.S.  is  60.  The  core 
of  the  program  should  be  made  up  of  Special  Education  courses  and  other  work  within 
the  College  of  Education  or  other  Colleges  of  the  University  as  approved  by  the 
student's  advisor  and  the  Special  Education  Graduate  Faculty. 

Students  pursuing  the  doctoral  program  in  Special  Education  must  have  completed 
the  Master  of  Arts  degree  or  the  Master  of  Education  degree  and  may  elect  to  work  for 
either  the  Ed.D.  or  Ph.D.  degree.  Students  should  consult  the  Department  Statement 
on  Graduate  Programs.  A  student  in  the  doctoral  program  will  generally  complete  a 
minimum  of  90  hours  of  graduate  study  of  which  30-40  hours  will  be  in  the  major  field. 

Candidates  must  develop  doctoral  level  competencies  in  research  and  in  any  of  the 
areas  of  specialization  (listed  above)  which  fulfill  their  professional  goals. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

Special  strengths  of  the  Special  Education  program  include  the  focus  on  integrated 
field  experiences,  the  utilization  of  Special  Education  Research  facilities,  and  the  wide 
backgrounds  of  faculty  members  which  enable  the  Department  to  maintain  an 
integrated  approach. 


482     EDSP  —  Education,  Special 


Additional  Information 

Prospective  graduate  students  are  requested  to  consult  "Graduate  Programs  in 
Special  Education,"  which  is  available  in  the  departmental  offices,  for  additional 
specific  information  on  departmental  programs,  admissions  procedures  and  financial 
aid. 

Courses 

EDSP  —  Education,  Special 

EDSP  400  Curriculum  and  Instructional  Methods  For  Severely  Handicapped 
Students  (3)  Corequisites:  EDSP  402  and  404.  Methodology  and  curriculum  for 
severely  handicapped  students  in  functional  skill  areas.  Enrollment  limited  to  those 
admitted  to  severely  handicapped  specialty  area. 

EDSP  401  Environmental  and  Physical  Adaptations  for  Severely  Handicapped 
Students  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  411  and  412;  or  EDSP  430  and  431.  Medical, 
physical,  and  management  problems  of  severely  handicapped  individuals. 

EDSP  402  Field  Placement:  Severely  Handicapped  I  (2-5)  Pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP 
400  and  404.  Practicum  experience  in  settings  serving  severely  handicapped 
individuals.  Enrollment  limited  to  those  admitted  to  severely  handicapped  specialty 
area.   Field  placement  for  two  to  five  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  403  Physical  and  Communication  Development  for  Severely  Handicapped 
Students  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  400.  Co-requisite:  EDSP  405  and  410.  The 
communication  needs,  methods,  and  alternatives  for  severely  handicapped  individuals. 

EDSP  404  Education  of  Autistic  Children  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite  EDSP  400  and  402 
The  characteristics  and  educational  needs  and  methods  for  children  diagnosed  as 
autistic. 

EDSP  405  Field  Placement:  Severely  Handicapped  II  (2-5)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  402; 
pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  403  and  410.  Practicum  experience  in  settings  serving 
severely  handicapped  individuals.  Field  placement  for  two  to  five  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  410  Community  Functioning  Skills  For  Severely  Handicapped  Students  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDSP  400.  Corequisite:  EDSP  405.  Instructional  techniques  and 
curriculum  development  strategies  related  to  community  functioning  skills  for  severely 
handicapped  students. 

EDSP  411  Field  Placement:  Severely  Handicapped  III  (2-5)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  405; 
pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  412.  Practicum  experience  in  settings  serving  severely 
handicapped  individuals.   Field  placement  for  two  to  five  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP    412    Vocational    Instruction    For    Severely    Handicapped    Students    (3) 

Corequisite;  EDSP  411.  The  development  of  vocational  skills  with  severely 
handicapped  individuals. 

EDSP  417  Student  Teaching:  Severely  Handicapped  (4-8)  Student  teaching,  full  time 
for  eight  weeks,  with  severely  handicapped  individuals.  Limited  to  special  education 
majors  admitted  to  severely  handicapped  specialty  area. 

EDSP  418  Seminar:  Issues  and  Research  Related  to  the  Instruction  of  the 
Severely  Handicapped  (1-3)  Examines  the  current  research  related  to  the  instruction 
of  severely  handicapped  individuals.  Repeatable  up  to  6  credits,  provided  content  is 


EDSP  —  Education,  Special     483 


different. 

EDSP  420  Developmental  and  Behavioral  Characteristics  of  Nonhandicapped  and 
Handicapped  Infants  and  Young  Children  (3)  Corequisite:  EDSP  421  Study  of  the 
developmental,  behavioral,  and  learning  characteristics  of  nonhandicapped  and 
handicapped  infants  and  young  preschool  children.  Divergent  and  parallel  patterns  of 
development  among  the  respective  groups  of  children.  Enrollment  limited  to  students 
admitted  to  early  childhood  special  education  area  of  specialization. 

EDSP  421  Field  Placement:  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  I  (2-3)  Pre-  or 
corequisite:  EDSP  420.  Practicum  experience  in  settings  serving  preschool 
handicapped  children.  Opportunities  for  studying  the  patterns  of  development  and 
learning  among  nonhandicapped  and  handicapped  infants  and  older  preschoolers. 
Enrollment  limited  to  students  admitted  to  early  childhood  specialty.  Field  placement 
for  two  or  three  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  422  Curriculum  and  Instruction  in  Early  Childhood  Special  Education 
(Moderate  to  Mild:  3-8  Years)  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  420.  Corequisite:  EDSP  424  and 
EDCI  416.  Characteristics,  methods  and  materials  for  the  instruction  of  young  children 
(ages  3-8)  traditionally  labeled  mild  to  moderately  handicapped. 

EDSP  423  Psychoeducational  Assessment  of  Preschool  Handicapped  Children  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDSP  420  and  422.  Corequisite:  EDSP  430  and  431.  Current 
psychoeducational  assessment  and  evaluation  procedures  used  with  profoundly  to 
moderately  handicapped  infants  and  young  preschool  children.  Psychometric, 
criterion-referenced,  developmental  checklists,  and  automated  and  ecological 
assessment  procedures.   Administration  of  selected  assessment  instruments. 

EDSP  424  Field  Placement:  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  II  (Moderate  to 
Mild)  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  421;  pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  422.  Practicum 
experience  in  settings  serving  young  (ages  3  to  8)  mild  to  moderately  handicapped 
children  in  self-contained  and  integrated  early  childhood  programs.  Opportunities  to 
apply  educational  methods  and  materials.  Field  placement  for  two  to  four  half-days 
per  week. 

EDSP  430  Intervention  Techniques  and  Strategies  For  Preschool  Handicapped 
Children  (Severe  to  Moderate,  Birth  -  6  Years)  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  420  and  422 
Corequisites:  EDSP  423  and  431 .  Current  approaches  to  the  psychoeducational 
treatment  of  preschool  severely  to  moderately  handicapped  children.  Emphasis  on 
multi-dimensional  approach  to  intervention  with  handicapped  preschoolers. 

EDSP  431  Field  Placement:  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  III  (Severe  to 
Moderate)  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  424:  pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  430  and  423. 
Opportunities  to  apply  techniques,  strategies,  methods  and  materials  for  educating 
severely  to  moderately  handicapped  infants  and  young  children.  Field  placement  for 
two  to  four  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  437  Student  Teaching:  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  (4-8)  Student 
teaching,  full  time  for  eight  weeks,  with  handicapped  infants  and  preschool  children. 
Limited  to  special  education  majors  in  early  childhood  special  education  specialty 
area. 

EDSP  438  Seminar:  Special  Issues  in  Early  Childhood  Special  Education  (1-3) 

Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  current  issues  and  research  concerning 
education  of  preschool  handicapped  children.    Repeatable  up  to  6  credits,  provided 


484     EDSP  —  Education,  Special 


content  is  different. 

EDSP  440  Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  for  the  Educationally 
Handicapped:  Cognitive  and  Psychosocial  Development  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  441 
and  442.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  443  and  445.  Learning  style,  cognitive,  and 
problem-solving  strategies,  and  psychosocial  behavior  of  educationally  handicapped 
individuals  at  elementary  to  secondary  levels.  Characteristics,  assessment  and 
instruction.  Enrollment  limited  to  Special  Education  majors  accepted  into  educationally 
handicapped  area  of  specialization. 

EDSP  441  Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  for  the  Educationally 
Handicapped:  Oral  Language  and  Communication  Disorders  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite: 
EDSP  443  and  445.  Characteristics  of  individuals  with  oral  language  and 
communication  disorders,  assessment  of  such  disorders  and  instructional  strategies, 
curricula  and  materials.  Enrollment  limited  to  Special  Education  majors  accepted  into 
educationally  handicapped  area  of  specialization. 

EDSP  442  Field  Placement:  Educationally  Handicapped  I  (2-3)  Pre-  or  corequisite 
EDSP   441.    Practicum    experience   in   settings   serving    educationally   handicapped 
individuals.  Demonstration  of  the  content  of  EDSP  440  and  441 .  Enrollment  limited  to 
Special  Education  majors  admitted  to  educationally  handicapped  specialty. 

EDSP  443  Assessment  and  Instructional  Design  for  the  Educationally 
Handicapped:  Reading  and  Written  Communication  Disorders  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDSP  441;  pre-  or  corequisites:  EDSP  440  and  445.  Characteristics  and  assessments 
of  individuals  with  reading  and  written  communication  disorders  at  elementary  to 
secondary  levels,  and  methods  of  teaching  reading  and  written  language  skills  to  such 
individuals.  Adaptation  of  regular  instructional  methods  and  curricula.  Curricula  and 
strategies  designed  specifically  for  educationally  handicapped  individuals. 
EDSP  445  Field  Placement:  Educationally  Handicapped  II  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  EDSP 
442;  pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  440  and  443.  Practicum  experience  in  settings  serving 
educationally  handicapped.  The  application  of  reading  and  mathematics  assessment 
and  instructional  procedures.  Field  placement  for  two  to  four  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  446  Instructional  Design  for  the  Educationally  Handicapped:  Functional 
Living  Skills  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  EDSP  447.  Instructional  methods,  curricula  and 
materials  designed  to  teach  functional  living  skills  to  educationally  handicapped 
individuals  at  elementary  to  secondary  levels.  Curricula  and  teaching  strategies  in 
science  and  social  studies  used  in  general  education  and  adaptations  for 
educationally  handicapped  individuals. 

EDSP  447  Field  Placement:  Educationally  Handicapped  III  (2-4)  Prerequisite:  EDSP 
445;  pre-  or  corequisite  EDSP  446  and  450.  Practicum  experience  in  settings  serving 
educationally  handicapped  individuals.  The  application  of  the  content  of  EDSP  446 
and  450.   Field  placement  for  two  to  four  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  450  Program  Management  For  the  Educationally  Handicapped  (3) 
Corequisites:  EDSP  446  and  447,  or  EDSP  464  and  465.  Emphasis  on  skills  in 
managing  programs  for  educationally  handicapped  individuals.  Service  delivery 
models;  scheduling;  establishing  referral,  assessment  and  follow  through  procedures; 
methods  for  mainstreaming;  training  aides  and  volunteers. 

EDSP  457  Student  Teaching:  Educationally  Handicapped  (4-8)  Student  teaching, 
full  time  for  eight  weeks,  with  educationally  handicapped  individuals. 


EDSP  —  Education,  Special     485 


EDSP  458  Seminar:  Special  Issues  and  Research  Related  to  the  Educationally 
Handicapped  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  Current  issues  and  research 
concerning  the  education  of  educationally  handicapped  individuals.  Repeatable  to 
maximum  of  6  credits,  provided  content  is  different. 

EDSP  460  Career/vocational  Education  For  the  Handicapped  (3)  Corequisite:  EDSP 
461.  Introduction  to  career/vocational  education  for  the  handicapped.  Historical  and 
current  issues  and  trends,  characteristics  and  training  needs  of  handicapped 
individuals  and  review  of  existing  programs.  Enrollment  limited  to  special  education 
majors  admitted  into  the  career/vocational  area  of  specialization. 

EDSP  461  Field  Placement:  Career/Vocational  I  (2-3)  Pre  or  corequisite  EDSP  460 
Visitation  and  observation  of  sites  relevant  to  career/vocational  education  for  the 
handicapped,  including  various  program  models  such  as  special  center-based, 
comprehensive  school-based,  vocational  center-based,  community-based,  and  public 
and  private  sheltered  and  open  employment  sites.  Enrollment  limited  to  special 
education  majors  admitted  to  career/vocational  area  of  specialization.  Field  placement 
for  two  or  three  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  462  Career  Vocational  Assessment  and  Instruction  For  the  Mild  to 
Moderately  Handicapped  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  460.  Corequisites:  EDSP  463,  EDSP 
443,  and  EDCI  456.  The  first  course  of  a  two  course  sequence  focusing  on 
assessment,  interpretation  of  assessment  results,  and  planning,  delivery  and  evaluation 
of  instruction  in  career/vocational  education  for  the  handicapped.  Vocational  and 
prevocational  preparation,  daily  living  skills  and  personal-social  development. 

EDSP  463  Field  Placement:  Career  Vocational  II  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  461 ;  pre- 
or  corequisite:  EDSP  462.  Practicum  experience  in  career/vocational  programs  for  the 
handicapped.   Field  placement  for  two  or  three  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  464  Career  Vocational  Assessment  and  Instruction  for  Mild  to  Moderately 
Handicapped  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  462.  Pre-or  Corequisite  EDSP  465  and  EDSP 
450.  A  continuation  of  EDSP  462. 

EDSP  465  Field  Placement:  Career/Vocational  III  (2-3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  463;  pre 
or  corequisite:  EDSP  464.  Practicum  experience  in  career/vocational  programs  for  the 
handicapped.   Field  placement  for  two  or  three  half-days  per  week. 

EDSP  467  Student  Teaching:  Career/Vocational  (4-8)  A  full-time  eight  week  field 
assignment  in  a  setting  providing  career/vocational  education  for  handicapped 
students.  Enrollment  limited  to  Special  Education  majors  who  have  successfully 
completed  coursework  in  career/vocational  area  of  specialization. 

EDSP  468  Special  Topics  Seminar  in  Career/vocational  Education  For  the 
Handicapped  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Current  issues  and  research 
relating  to  career/vocational  education  of  the  handicapped.  Repeatable  to  maximum  of 
6  credits,  provided  content  is  different. 

EDSP  470  Introduction  to  Special  Education  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  288.  Designed 
to  give  an  understanding  of  the.  needs  of  all  types  of  exceptional  children.  Stressing 
preventive  and  remedial  measures. 

EDSP    471    Characteristics    of    Exceptional    Children:    Mentally    Retarded    (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDSP  470  or  equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis  etiology,  physical,  social 
and  emotional  characteristics  of  exceptional  children. 


486     EDSP  —  Education,  Special 


EDSP  472  Education  of  Exceptional  Children:  Mentally  Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDSP  471  or  equivalent.  Offers  practical  and  specific  methods  of  teaching  exceptional 
children.  Selected  observation  of  actual  teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  473  Curriculum  For  Exceptional  Children:  Mentally  Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite: 
EDSP  471  or  equivalent.  Examines  the  principles  and  objectives  guiding  curriculum  for 
exceptional  children;  gives  experience  in  developing  curriculum;  studies  various 
curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  475  Education  of  the  Slow  Learner  (3)  Studies  the  characteristics  of  the  slow 
learner  and  those  educational  practices  which  are  appropriate  for  the  child  who  is 
functioning  as  a  slow  learner. 

EDSP  481  Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Children:  Gifted  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP 
470  or  equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis,  etiology,  physical,  social,  and  emotional 
characteristics  of  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  482  Education  of  Exceptional  Children:  Gifted  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  481  or 
equivalent.  Offers  practical  and  specific  methods  of  teaching  exceptional  children. 
Selected  observation  of  actual  teaching  may  be  arranged. 

EDSP  483  Curriculum  For  Exceptional  Children:  Gifted  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  481 
or  equivalent.  Examines  the  principles  and  objectives  guiding  current  curriculum  for 
exceptional  children;  gives  experience  in  developing  curriculum;  studies  various 
curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  488  Selected  Topics  in  Teacher  Education  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  major  in 
education  or  consent  of  department.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits 
when  topic  is  different. 

EDSP  489  Field  Experience  in  Special  Education  (1-4)  Prerequisites:  at  least  six 
semester  hours  in  special  education  at  The  University  of  Maryland  plus  such  other 
prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  Special  Education  Department.  Planned  field 
experience  may  be  provided  for  selected  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience 
has  been  approved  by  the  special  education  faculty.  Note:  the  total  number  of  credits 
which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSP  489,  888,  AND  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  20 
semester  hours. 

EDSP  491  Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Children:  Perceptual  Learning  Problems 

(3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  470  or  equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis,  etiology,  physical, 
social,  and  emotional  characteristics  of  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  492  Education  of  Exceptional  Children:  Perceptual  Learning  Problems  (3) 

Prerequisite:    EDSP   491    or   equivalent.    Offers   practical   and   specific   methods   of 

teaching    exceptional    children.    Selected    observation   of   actual   teaching    may    be 

arranged. 

EDSP  493  Curriculum  For  Exceptional  Children:  Perceptual  Learning  Problems  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDSP  492  or  equivalent.  Examines  the  principles  and  objectives  guiding 
curriculum  for  exceptional  children;  gives  experience  in  developing  curriculum;  studies 
various  curricula  currently  in  use. 

EDSP  498  Special  Problems  in  Teacher  Education  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  consent  of 
advisor.  Available  only  to  education  majors  who  have  definite  plans  for  individual  study 
of  approved  problems.   Credit  according  to  extent  of  work. 


EDSP  —  Education,  Special     487 


EDSP  499  Workshops,   Clinics,  and   Institutes  in   Special   Education  (1-6)  The 

maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol  toward  any 
degree  is  six  semester  hours;  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more  times  until  six 
semester  hours  have  been  reached  the  following  type  of  educational  enterprise  may 
be  scheduled  under  this  course  heading:  workshops  conducted  by  the  special 
education  department  (or  developed  cooperatively  with  other  departments,  colleges 
and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course  listing.  Laboratories, 
and  special  education  centers;  institutes  developed  around  specific  topics  or  problems 
and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as  school  superintendents,  principals  and 
supervisors. 

EDSP  600  Exceptional  Children  and  Youth  (3)  Prerequisite:  9  hours  in  special 
education  and  consent  of  instructor.  Deals  primarily  with  research  relevant  to  the 
intellectual,  psychological,  physical,  and  emotional  charateristics  of  exceptional 
children. 

EDSP  601  Emotionally  Handicapped  Children  and  Youth  (3)  Prerequisite  EDSP  600 
and  consent  of  instructor.  Deals  with  epidemeology,  etiology,  classification,  diagnostic 
procedures,  behavioral  characteristics,  treatment  and  prevention  of  child  and 
adolescent  disturbances. 

EDSP  605  The  Exceptional  Child  and  Society  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  600  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Relationship  of  the  role  and  adjustment  of  the  child  with  an  exceptionality 
to  societal  characteristics. 

EDSP  610  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Special  Education  Programs  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EDSP  600  and  consent  of  instructor.  Consideration  of  the  determination, 
establishment  and  function  of  educational  programs  to  exceptional  children  for 
administrative  and  supervisory  personnel. 

EDSP  615  Evaluation  and  Measurement  of  Exceptional  Children  and  Youth  (3) 

Prerequisites:  EDMS  446,  646,  and  EDSP  600.  Deals  with  the  understanding  and 
interpretation  of  the  results  of  psychological  and  educational  tests  applicable  for  use 
with  exceptional  children. 

EDSP  620  Educational  Diagnosis  and  Planning  For  Exceptional  Children  and 
Youth  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  615.  Deals  with  the  identification  of  learning 
characterises  of  exceptional  children  and  the  planning  of  appropriate  programs. 

EDSP  621  Psycho-educational  Programming  With  Emotionally  Handicapped 
Children  and  Youth  (3)  Prerequisite:  EDSP  600,  601  and  consent  of  instructor.  Deals 
with  factors  pertinent  to  therapeutic  education  of  disturbed  children  and  adolescents  in 
special  treatment  settings. 

EDSP  625  Problems  in  the  Education  of  the  Mentally  Retarded  (3)  Prerequisite:  9 
hours  edsp  including  EDSP  600  or  consent  of  instructor.  Consideration  of  the  pertinent 
psychological,  educational,  medical,  sociological  and  other  research  and  theoretical 
material  relevant  to  the  determination  of  trends,  practices,  regarding  the  mentally 
retarded. 

EDSP  630  Problems  in  the  Education  of  the  Gifted  (3)  Prerequisite:  9  hours  edsp 

including    EDSP    600    or    consent    of    instructor.    Consideration    of  the    pertinent 

psychological,   educational,   medical,   sociological  and  other  relevant  research  and 

theoretical  material  relevant  to  the  determination  of  trends,  practices,  regarding  the 
gifted. 


488     EDSP  —  Education,  Special 


EDSP  635  Problems  in  the  Education  of  Children  With  Emotional  Disturbances  (3) 

Prerequisite:  9  hours  edsp  including  EDSP  600  or  consent  of  instructor.  Consideration 
of  the  pertinent  psychological,  educational,  medical,  sociological  and  other  research 
and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  the  determination  of  trends,  practices,  regarding 
the  emotionally  disturbed. 

EDSP  640  Problems  in  the  Education  of  Children  With  Perceptual  Impairment  (3) 

Prerequisite:  6  hours  in  education  of  the  perceptually  impaired,  edsp  615  AND  620  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Consideration  of  the  pertinent  psychological,  educational, 
medical,  sociological  and  other  research  and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  the 
determination  of  trends,  practices,  regarding  the  perceptually  impaired. 

EDSP  678  Seminar  in  Special  Education  (3) 

EDSP  788  Selected  Topics  in  Teacher  Education  (1-3)  Current  topics  and  issues  in 
teacher  education.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  topic  is 
different. 

EDSP  798  Special  Problems  in  Teacher  Education  (1-6)  Prerequisite  consent  of 
advisor.  Intended  for  Masters,  AGS,  or  doctoral  students  in  education  who  desire  to 
pursue  a  research  problem. 

EDSP  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  six 
hours  for  Master's  thesis. 

EDSP  888  Apprenticeship  in  Special  Education  (1-8)  Apprenticeships  in  the  major 
area  of  study  are  available  to  selected  students  whose  application  for  an 
apprenticeship  has  been  approved  by  the  Education  faculty.  Each  apprentice  is 
assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester  full-time  or  the  equivalent  with  an  appropriate 
staff  member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or 
agency.  The  sponsor  of  the  apprentice  maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the 
apprentice  and  the  other  persons  involved.  Prerequisites:  teaching  experience,  a 
Master's  degree  in  Education,  and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  Education  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  Note:  the  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in 
EDSP  489,  888,  AND  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDSP  889  Internship  in  Special  Education  (3-8)  Internships  in  the  major  area  of 
study  are  available  to  selected  students  who  have  teaching  experience.  The  following 
groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (a)  any  student  who  has  been  advanced  to  candidacy 
for  the  Doctor's  degree;  and  (b)  any  student  who  receives  special  approval  by  the 
Education  faculty  for  an  internship,  provided  that  prior  to  taking  an  internship,  such 
student  shall  have  completed  at  least  60  semester  hours  of  graduate  work,  including  at 
least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with  an  appropriate  staff 
member  in  a  cooperating  school,  school  system,  or  educational  institution  or  agency. 
The  internship  must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation  different  from  the  one  where  the 
student  is  regularly  employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  maintains  a  close  working 
relationship  with  the  intern  and  the  other  persons  involved.  Note:  the  total  number  of 
credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  EDSP  489,  888,  AND  889  is  limited  to  a  maximum 
of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

EDSP  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8)  Registration  required  to  the  extent  of 
6-9  hours  for  an  Ed.D.   Project  and  12-18  hours  for  a  PH.D.  Dissertation. 


Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  Program     489 


Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Smith 

Professors:  Dardis,  Hollies,  Spivak 

Associate  Professors:  Block,  Brannigan,  Chern,  Yeh 

Assistant  Professors:  Ettenson,  Hacklander,  Jensen,  Paoletti,  Pourdeyhimi,  Wagner 

Affiliate  Assistant  Professor:  Ordonez 

Lecturer:  Morris 

The  Department  of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  offers  programs  of  study  leading 

to  the  Master  of  Science  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degrees.  Fields  of  specialization  are 

TEXTILES  and/or  CONSUMER  ECONOMICS.   In  the  field  of  textiles,   students  may 

concentrate  in  textile  science,  textile  economics  and  marketing,  textile  evaluation,  or 

historic  textile/costume/conservation.    In  the  field  of  consumer  economics,  students 

may  concentrate  in  consumer  economics,  consumer  policy,  consumer  behavior,  or 

consumption  analysis. 

Students  completing  the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degrees  in  Textiles  and  Consumer 
Economics  have  strong  employment  opportunities  with  government,  industry,  and 
educational  institutions. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

There  are  no  rigid  course  requirements  for  admission  to  the  graduate  program  in 
Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  A  major  in  Home  Economics,  Consumer 
Economics,  Textiles  and  Clothing,  Textiles,  or  a  relevant  discipline  such  as  chemistry, 
economics,  or  psychology  is  acceptable  as  background  for  study  in  this  field. 
Preparation  in  the  basic  physical  and  social  sciences  (chemistry,  mathematics, 
economics,  psychology,  and  sociology)  is  highly  recommended.  Necessary  course 
prerequisites  (without  graduate  credit)  can  be  completed  after  admission  to  the 
graduate  program.  All  applicants  are  required  to  submit  scores  of  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  Aptitude  Test. 

Thesis  and  non-thesis  options  are  available  for  the  Master  of  Science  degree.  In  the 
thesis  option,  students  must  complete  a  minimum  of  24  hours  of  course  work,  a  thesis, 
and  pass  a  final  oral  examination  on  the  thesis.  In  the  non-thesis  option,  students  must 
complete  a  minimum  of  30  hours  of  course  work,  submit  one  scholarly  paper,  and 
pass  a  written  comprehensive  final  examination.  Students  in  both  the  thesis  and 
non-thesis  options  must  present  one  departmental  seminar. 

Students  with  bachelor's  degrees  may  apply  for  the  doctoral  program  although  they 
are  encouraged  to  complete  requirements  for  the  M.S.  degree.  Applicants  holding  a 
master's  degree  in  an  equivalent  field  from  an  accredited  institution  may  be  admitted 
for  immediate  doctoral  study.  Previous  graduate  work  will  be  evaluated  on  an 
individual  basis,  but  a  minimum  of  18  hours  of  course  work  beyond  the  master's  level 
is  required  for  the  Ph.D.  degree  in  addition  to  12  hours  of  dissertation  research. 
Qualifying  examinations  are  administered  upon  completion  of  basic  course 
requirements  in  either  textiles  or  consumer  economics.  Written  and  oral 
comprehensive  examinations  are  given  upon  completion  of  all  course  work.  A  final 
oral  examination  is  held  for  the  student  to  defend  the  dissertation. 


490     CNEC  —  Consumer  Economics 


Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  graduate  program  is  multidisciplinary  in  nature  with  graduate  faculty  from 
chemistry,  engineering,  economics,  behavioral  sciences,  and  the  arts.  Departmental 
research  facilities  include  the  historic  textiles  and  costume  collection  and  a  number  of 
fully  equipped  specialized  research  laboratories.  These  include  comfort  research 
facilities,  a  textile  conservation  laboratory,  several  textile  chemistry  laboratories,  a  dark 
room  for  photomicroscopy,  several  temperature  and  humidity  controlled  textile 
evaluation  laboratories,  a  flammability  testing  and  evaluation  laboratory,  a  color  and 
environmental  evaluation  laboratory,  a  consumer  behavior  laboratory,  and  a  resource 
room  for  reference  materials  frequently  used  by  graduate  students  and  faculty.  In 
addition,  the  Department  has  several  Apple  II  microcomputers  and  a  Decwriter,  all 
interfaced  with  the  University's  central  computing  facility.  To  the  graduate  student, 
perhaps  our  most  important  resource  is  the  Department  itself,  and  the  people  in  it. 
The  members  of  our  graduate  faculty  are  active  in  a  variety  of  fields,  from  textile 
science  to  law.  These  faculty  members,  together  with  our  graduate  students  and 
adjunct  faculty,  form  a  lively  and  intellectually  stimulating  community.  Access  to 
federal  agencies  where  decisions  affecting  consumers  are  made  provides  graduate 
students  with  a  unique  opportunity  to  conduct  consumer  related  research. 

Financial  Assistance 

Graduate  teaching  and/or  research  assistantships  are  offered  to  qualified  applicants 
on  the  basis  of  past  academic  performance  and  experience.  Work  Study/tuition 
waivers  are  awarded  by  the  Financial  Aid  Office  on  the  basis  of  need.  More  than  half 
of  the  full-time  students  in  the  Department  hold  assistantships  or  some  form  of  financial 
aid.  Part-time  and  summer  work  is  often  available  for  students  not  receiving  financial 
aid. 

Additional  Information 

Additional  information  on  departmental  programs,  admissions,  procedures  and 
financial  aid  may  be  obtained  by  contacting: 

Chair, 

Department  of  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

Room  2100,  Marie  Mount  Hall 

University  of 

Maryland 

CNEC  —  Consumer  Economics 

CNEC  400  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  110  OR  115.  Research 
methodology  in  textiles  and  consumer  economics,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the 
application  of  statistical  concepts  and  techniques  to  the  analysis  of  data  from  the 
areas  of  textiles  and  consumer  economics.  May  not  be  taken  by  students  who  have 
credit  in  TEXT  400. 

CNEC  410  Consumer  Finance  (3)  Prerequisites:  ECON  201  AND  203.  An  economic 
approach  to  the  problems  of  income  allocation  and  consumer  financial  planning, 
including  income  maximization,  principles  of  asset  choice,  financial  management  and 
risk  management.  The  effects  of  fiscal  and  monetary  policies  on  lifetime  economic 


CNEC  —  Consumer  Economics     491 


planning.  May  not  be  taken  by  students  who  have  credit  for  FMCD  441 . 

CNEC  431  The  Consumer  and  the  Law  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week  A  study  of 
legislation  affecting  consumer  goods  and  services.  Topics  covered  include  product 
safety  and  liability,  packaging  and  labeling,  deceptive  advertising,  and  consumer 
credit.  The  implications  of  such  legislation  for  consumer  welfare  with  particular 
emphasis  on  the  disadvantaged  groups  in  our  society  will  be  examined. 

CNEC  433  Consumer  Law:  Advertising  and  Solicitation  (3)  Prerequisite  -  CNEC  431 
or  consent  of  instructor.  An  advanced  study  of  the  legal  consequences  of  inducing 
consumers  to  enter  into  commercial  transactions.  Individual  consumer  remedies, 
collective  consumer  remedies  and  government  regulation. 

CNEC  435  Economics  of  Consumption  (3)  Spring  semester  Three  lectures  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ECON  201  AND  203  or  ECON  205  for  non-majors.  The  application 
of  economic  theory  to  a  study  of  consumer  decision-making  and  its  role  in  a  market 
economy  at  both  the  individual  and  aggregate  levels.  Topics  covered  include 
empirical  studies  of  consumer  spending  and  saving,  the  consumer  in  the  market  and 
collective  consumption. 

CNEC  437  Consumer  Behavior  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites:  PSYC  100 
and  SOCY  100.  An  application  of  the  behavioral  sciences  to  a  study  of  consumer 
behavior.  Current  theories,  models  and  empirical  research  findings  are  explored. 

CNEC  455  Product  Standards  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  The  process  of 
product  standard  development,  and  the  significance  of  such  standards  to  the 
consumer.  History,  procedures  and  uses  of  standards  by  industry  and  government, 
including  both  voluntary  and  regulatory  standardization;  the  impact  of  product 
standards,  and  mechanisms  for  obtaining  consumer  imput  in  the  standardization 
process. 

CNEC  456  Product  Liability  and  Government  Regulation  (3)  Prerequisite:  CNEC  431 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Legal  concepts  involved  in  society's  determination  of 
consumer's  rights  to  product  safety.  Litigation  determining  the  obligation  of 
manufacturers  and  sellers  to  injured  consumers.  Government  regulations  defining  the 
obligations  of  manufacturers  to  design  and  construct  products  in  accordance  with 
government  standards. 

CNEC  457  Product  Safety  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  An  interdisciplinary 
investigation  of  consumer  product  safety.  Major  statutes  and  agencies  regulating 
safety.  Alternative  means  of  promoting  consumer  product  safety.  The  application  of 
product  liability  and  cost  benefit  analysis  to  the  economics  of  product  safety. 
Consumer  response  to  safety  labeling,  advertising  and  educational  efforts. 

CNEC  488  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (1-4)  Limited  to  undergraduate  students  in  the 

departmental   honors   program.    An  independent  literary,   laboratory  or  field   study, 

conducted  throughout  the  student's  senior  year.  Student  should  register  in  both  fall 
and  spring. 

CNEC  498  Special  Studies  (2-4)  Independent  study  by  an  individual  student  or  by  a 
group  of  students  in  advanced  work  not  otherwise  provided  in  the  department. 
Students  must  prepare  a  description  of  the  study  they  wish  to  undertake.  The  plan 
must  be  approved  by  the  faculty  directing  the  study  and  the  department  chairman. 


492     TEXT  —  Textiles 


TEXT  —  Textiles 

TEXT  400  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  MATH  110  or  115.  Research 
methodology  in  textiles  and  consumer  economics,  with  particular  emphasis  on  the 
application  of  statistical  concepts  and  techniques  to  the  analysis  of  data  from  the 
areas  of  textiles  and  consumer  economics.  May  not  be  taken  by  students  who  have 
credit  in  CNEC  400. 

TEXT  420  Apparel  Design:  Draping  (3)  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  APDS  101  and  TEXT  222.  APDS  220  recommended  but  not  required. 
Students  explore  pattern  design  through  draping  on  the  human  form.  Emphasis  is  on 
the  interrelationship  between  material,  design  and  form. 

TEXT  425  Apparel  Design:  Experimental  Processes  (3)  Two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  Prerequisites:  APDS  101,  TEXT  250,  and  TEXT  222.  Processes  are 
related  to  fiber  and  fabric  characteristics,  style  and  end-use.  Opportunities  are 
provided  for  students  to:  1)  learn  advanced  construction  and  tailoring  techniques  2) 
explore,  adapt  and  create  new  processes  with  modern  textile  materials  and  3)  evaluate 
results  in  terms  of  design  quality. 

TEXT  441  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  (3)  Three  lectures  per  week  Prerequisites: 
PSYC  100  and  SOCY  100.  An  exploration  of  socio-psychological  approaches  to  the 
study  of  clothing  in  relation  to  human  behavior.  Social  and  psychological  theories  will 
be  examined  as  possible  framework  for  the  study  and  investigation  of  clothing. 

TEXT  452  Textile  Science:  Chemical  Structures  and  Properties  of  Fibers  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  CHEM  104  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  chemical  structure,  properties  and  reactions  of  the  major  classes  of 
natural  and  man-made  fibers.  The  relationship  between  molecular  structure  and 
physical  properties  of  fibers  and  fabrics.  Laboratory  includes  chemical  identification  of 
fibers,  preparation  of  selected  fibers  and  examination  of  chemical  reactions  and 
properties  of  fibers. 

TEXT  454  Textile  Science:  Finishes  (3)  Two  lectures  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  TEXT  452  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  chemical 
reactions  and  and  mechanisms  involved  in  imparting  water  repellance,  crease 
resistance  and  crease  recovery  properties,  shrink-resistance,  flame  resistance, 
soil-release  properties  and  moth  and  mildew  resistance  to  textile  materials.  Properties 
of  the  finished  material  which  affect  its  end-use.  The  application  of  finishes, 
identification  of  finishes  and  a  study  of  the  properties  of  finished  fabrics. 

TEXT  456  Textile  Science:  Dyes  and  Dye  Application  (3)  Two  lectures  and  four 
hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  TEXT  452  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Examination  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  dyeing  and  printing  of  textile  materials. 
Properties  ofthe  finished  products  which  affect  their  end-use. 

TEXT  470  Textile  and  Apparel  Marketing  (3)  Prerequisite:  BMGT  350  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Analysis  of  the  production,  pricing,  distribution,  and  promotion  of  fibers, 
yarns,  fabrics  and  textile  products  by  end  use.  Identification  of  target  markets  and 
development  of  marketing  strategies.  Application  of  case  study  method  to  problems  of 
textile  and  apparel  firms. 

TEXT  488  Senior  Honors  Thesis  (1-4)  Limited  to  undergraduate  students  in  the 
departmental  honors  program.  An  independent  literary,  laboratory  of  field  study, 
conducted  throughout  the  student's  senior  year.  Student  should  register  in  both  fall 


TXCE  —  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics     493 


and  spring. 

TEXT  498  Special  Studies  (2-4)  Independent  study  by  an  individual  student  or  by  a 
group  of  students  in  advanced  work  not  otherwise  provided  in  the  department. 
Students  must  prepare  a  description  of  the  study  they  wish  to  undertake.  The  plan 
must  be  approved  by  the  faculty  directing  the  study  and  the  department  chairman. 

TXCE  —  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 

TXCE  600  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  an  introductory  course  in  statistics. 
Reseach  methodology  in  textiles  and  consumer  economics.  The  relationship  between 
statistics  and  research;  experimental  techniques  and  methods  for  data  collection  and 
analysis.  Each  student  is  required  to  prepare  a  research  proposal. 

TXCE  608  Special  Problems  (1-3)  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled  and 
organization  of  the  course.  The  course  may  be  organized  as  a  lecture  series  on  a 
specialized  advanced  topic  or  may  consist  of  an  experimental  problem  other  than  the 
student's  thesis  topic.  Maximum  credit  allowed  toward  an  advanced  degree  shall  not 
exceed  six  hours. 

TXCE  610  Consumer  Economics  I:  Consumer  Choice  in  the  American  Economy 

(3)  Prerequisite:  CNEC  435  or  ECON  403  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  economic 
analysis  of  consumer  decision-making  at  the  individual  and  aggregate  levels.  The 
economic  theory  of  consumer  behavior  and  its  relationship  to  market  demand; 
consumer  rights  in  the  market  and  methods  for  ensuring  such  rights;  income 
distribution  and  income  maintenance  programs;  consumer  expenditures  in  the  U.S., 
and  collective  consumption. 

TXCE  611  Consumer  Economics  II:  Applied  Consumption  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite: 
TXCE  610  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  application  of  the  economic  theory  of  consumer 
behavior  to  the  measurement  of  consumer  demand.  Emphasis  on  the  allocation  of  total 
consumption  by  categories  of  consumption  rather  than  on  the  determination  of  total 
consumption  and  saving.  Engel  curves  and  demand  studies  based  on  time  series  data 
are  discussed. 

TXCE  620  Consumer  Behavior  I:  Theory  Development  (3)  Prerequisite:  CNEC  437 
or  consent  of  instructor.  An  application  of  the  behavioral  sciences  to  a  study  of 
consumer  behavior.  Identification  and  critique  of  current  theories  of  consumer 
behavior. 

TXCE  621  Consumer  Behavior  II:  Model  Construction  and  Testing  (3)  Prerequisite: 
TXCE  620  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  systematic  approach  to  the  construction  and 
testing  of  consumer  behavior  models.  Selected  specialized  techniques  for  consumer 
behavior  research  based  on  various  consumer  behavior  models. 

TXCE  638  Advanced  Topics  in  Consumer  Economics  (2-3)  A  lecture/discussion 
series  on  a  specialized  advanced  topic.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

TXCE  639  Seminar  in  Consumer  Economics  (1-3)  A  critical  discussion  of  current 
research  literature  in  the  field.  Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

TXCE  647  Clothing  and  Comfort  (3)  Prerequisite:  TEXT  250  or  consent  of  instructor. 
An  examination  of  the  physical,  psychological  and  environmental  factors  which  affect 
the  physiological  response  of  the  human  body  to  the  clothing  microclimate. 


494     TXCE  —  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics 


TXCE  648  Seminar  in  Historic  Textiles  (1-3)  In  depth  studies  of  selected  areas  of 
historic  textiles  and/or  historic  textile  products,  together  with  their  relationships  to  the 
cultures  and  societies  of  man.  Maximum  credit  allowed  toward  an  advanced  degree 
shall  not  exceed  six  hours. 

TXCE  649  Seminar  in  Clothing  and  Human  Behavior  (3)  An  examination  of  theories 
and  research  concerned  with  the  relation  between  clothing  and  human  behavior. 
Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  research  techniques.  Maximum  credit  allowed 
toward  an  advanced  degree  shall  not  exceed  six  hours. 

TXCE  650  Seminar  in  Textile  Economics  and  Marketing  (3)  A  critical  review  of 
research  literature  in  the  economics  of  the  textile  and  apparel  industries  and  the 
marketing  of  textile  products.  The  application  of  research  methods  to  current  problems 
of  the  textile  and  apparel  industries  will  be  discussed. 

TXCE  658  Advanced  Topics  in  Textiles  (2-3)  A  lecture/discussion  series  on  a 
specialized  advanced  topic.   Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

TXCE  659  Seminar  in  Textiles  (1-3)  A  critical  discussion  of  current  research  literature 
in  the  field.   Course  may  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

TXCE  660  Textile  Science  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  TEXT  452  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
study  of  the  chemical  and  physical  structure  of  fiber-forming  polymers  as  they  affect 
the  performance  of  textile  materials.  Emphasis  on  structure/property  relationships. 

TXCE  661  Textile  Science  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  TEXT  660  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Examination  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  dyeing  and  finishing  textile  products. 
Properties  of  the  finished  products  which  affect  their  end-use. 

TXCE  670  Textile   Evaluation   I:   Appearance  and   Sensory  Properties  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  TEXT  250  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Advanced  study  of  the  principles  and  concepts  involved  in  the  laboratory 
evaluation  of  appearance,  colorimetry,  soiling  and  detergency  and  other  sensory 
properties  of  textile  materials. 

TXCE  671    Textile   Evaluation   II:   Mechanical   and  Thermal   Properties  (3)  Two 

lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  TEXT  250  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Advanced  study  of  the  principles  and  concepts  involved  in  the  laboratory 
evaluation  of  mechanical  properties  (strength,  abrasion,  wear)  and  thermal  properties 
(flammability,  heat)  of  textile  materials. 

TXCE  699  Research  Seminar  (1)  Seminars  on  various  topics  in  textiles  and  consumer 
economics.  Colloquia  by  graduate  students,  faculty  and  visiting  speakers.  Course 
may  be  repeated  for  a  maximum  of  two  credits. 

TXCE  710  Public  Policy  and  Consumer  Economics  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  403  or 
consent  of  instructor.  The  application  of  economic  theory  to  an  evaluation  of  policy 
decisions  which  affect  the  consumer.  The  economic,  social  and  political  framework 
within  which  policy  decisions  are  made.  Consumer  protection  programs  in  the  private 
and  public  sectors. 

TXCE  760  Physics  and  Chemistry  of  Fibers  (3)  Prerequisite:  TXCE  660  or  consent  of 
instructor.  The  physical  and  chemical  structure  of  textile  fiberforming  polymers.  The 
physical,  thermal,  electrical  and  optical  performance  properties  of  textile  fibers  and 
structures  relative  to  fine  fiber  structure  and  polymer  properties. 


Urban  Studies  Program     495 


TXCE  770  Textile  Microscopy  (3)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.   The  theory  and  practice  of  fiber  and  textile  microscopy. 

TXCE  789  Non-Thesis  Research  (1-3)  Directed  graduate  study  which  forms  the  basis 
of  a  non-thesis  research  paper. 

TXCE  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

TXCE  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 


Toxicology  Program 


The  University  of  Maryland  has  established  a  University-wide  graduate  program  in 
Toxicological  Sciences.  A  core  durriculum  leading  to  the  master's  degree  will  be 
offered  at  the  Baltimore  County  Campus  (UMBC).  Doctoral  level  research  may  then  be 
undertaken  at  anv  of  the  University  campuses  including  UMCP,  UMBC,  UMAB,  or 
UMES. 

Specialization  at  the  doctoral  level  will  be  available  in  various  areas  such  as 
Chemical  Toxicology,  Marine  Toxicology,  Forensic  Toxicology,  Environmental 
Toxicology,  Agricultural  Toxicology,  and  others  depending  on  the  interest  of  the 
student. 

For  further  information,  please  contact  Dr.  Jack  Schubert,  UMBC,  5401  Wilkens 
Avenue,  Catonsville,MD  21228. 


Urban  Studies  Program 


Director  and  Professor:  Corey 
Professors:  Marando,  Stone 
Associate  Professor:  Christian 
Assistant  Professors:  Howland,  Kim 
Lecturer:  Williams 

Affiliate  and  Adjunct  Faculty:  Fogle,  Laidlow,  Levin,  Brower,  Baum,  Florestano.  M. 
Williams,  Ziegler 

The  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  offers  a  program  leading  to  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  in 
Urban  Studies.  The  program  is  interdisciplinary  and  professionally  oriented  to  educate 
students  in  metropolitan  area  problem  solving  through  the  use  of  generic  planning  and 
management  methods.  A  graduate  of  the  program  would  be  prepared  to  enter  a 
career  in  metropolitan  organizations  from  the  non-profit  and  government  sectors 
relating  to  urban  affairs.  The  Institute's  faculty  specialize  in:  metropolitan  and  regional 
planning,  public  policy  analysis  and  management,  quantitative  planning  methods,  and 
economic-development  planning.  Internships  are  encouraged;  career-oriented 
management  and  planning  competencies  are  stressed.  The  Institute  has  a  joint 
program  with  the  professional,  American  Planning-accredited  Master  of  Community 
Planning  (MCP)  Program,  University  of  Maryland,  Baltimore  City  Campus;  for  more 
information,  contact  Dr.  Melvin  Levin,  c/o  525  W.  Redwood  Street,  Baltimore,  MD 
21201;  (301)  528-3600.  Graduates  also  are  eligible  to  pursue  doctoral  degrees  in  the 
discipline  selected  for  specialized  study  or  in  interdisciplinary  urban  studies  planning, 
management,  and  policy  analysis  programs. 

Urban  Studies  graduate  students  (more  than  half  of  whom  are  part-time)  come  from 
a  wide  variety  of  academic  backgrounds  (e.g.,  engineering,  fine  arts,  English,  history, 


496     Urban  Studies  Program 


business,  geography,  sociology,  economics,  and  political  science)  and  from  many 
walks  of  life — undergraduate  liberal  arts  degree  holders  turned  career-minded; 
veterans;  returning  housewives;  and  others  who  have  been  out  of  the  job  market  and 
want  a  program  to  provide  them  re-entry  skills  and  credentials;  persons  already  in 
urban-related  jobs  who  want  to  enrich  their  education  and  upgrade  their  credentials. 
This  diverse  student  body  provides  a  rich  learning  environment  in  which  many  types  of 
experiences  and  ideas  are  exchanged. 

The  Institute  provides  specializations  in  metropolitan  management,  and 
metropolitan  planning.  Specializations  may  also  be  developed  through  course  work  in 
other  departments  of  the  university  offering  courses  related  to  urbanization.  Some  of 
the  departments  providing  such  opportunities  include:  Afro-American  Studies, 
Architecture,  Business  and  Management,  Civil  Engineering,  Computer  Science, 
Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology,  Economics,  Education,  Family  and  Community 
Development,  Fire  Protection  Engineering,  Geography,  Government  and  Politics, 
Health,  Housing  and  Design,  Journalism,  Recreation,  Sociology  and  Speech  and 
Communications.  The  student's  specialization  is  developed  in  consultation  with  the 
Director  of  Graduate  Studies. 

Employment  opportunities  for  Institute  graduates,  though  highly-competitive,  remain 
strong.  The  Washington,  D.C.  metropolitan  region  offers  diverse  employment  potential 
in  urban  analysis,  program  management  and  planning,  and  computer  applications. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Institute  admissions  policy  is  designed  to  achieve  a  student  mix  of  experienced 
practitioners  and  strong  recent  graduates.  The  aptitude  test  score  of  the  Graduate 
Record  Examination  is  required  of  recent  graduates  whose  grade  point  averages  are 
below  3.2  Applicants  with  professional  experience  should  provide  three  letters  of 
recommendation  and  a  resume  indicating  their  education  and  employment  history. 
Experienced  applicants  may  be  admitted  provisionally  (subject  to  successful 
completion  of  initial  coursework)  even  if  their  undergraduate  grade  point  average  is 
below  regular  university  requirements,  if  their  employment  experience  indicates  a  high 
probability  of  success  in  the  program.  To  accommodate  part-time  students  and 
students  with  internships,  all  required  courses  are  offered  in  late  afternoon  and 
evening. 

The  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  offers  a  37  credit  hour  Master  of  Arts  degree. 
Candidates  for  this  degree  are  required  to  meet  these  core  requirements:  (1)  Methods 
courses  (7  credit  hours)-GEOG  483,  URBS  601,  and  URBS  602;  (2)  Substantive 
courses  (12  credit  hours)-URBS  630,  URBS  640,  URBS  660,  URBS  670,  and  URBS  680 
(take  4  of  5  courses);  (3)  Procedural  courses  (3  credit  hours)-URBS  656  and  URBS 
666  (take  1  of  2  courses);  (4)  Specialization  courses  (15  credit  hours).  With  the  advice 
of  an  Urban  Studies  advisor,  degree  candidates  must  design  a  coherent  specialization 
from  courses  in  Urban  Studies  and  from  related  departments.  Specializations  might 
include:  metropolitan  planning,  urban  management,  urban  design,  community 
development,  urban  geography,  public  management,  international  development, 
computer  mapping  and  spatial  analysis,  urban  history,  and  many  other  designs  of  a 
cross-disciplinary  nature.  An  urban  internship  is  optional.  The  specialization  may 
include  6  credits  of  thesis.  (5)  Synthesis-These  learnings  are  synthesized  by  means  of 
a  required  set  of  written  comprehensive  examinations. 

Both  a  thesis  and  non-thesis  option  are  available.  Each  option  requires  37  credit 
hours.     Both    options    require   successful    completion   of   a   written    comprehensive 


URBS  —  Institute  for  Urban  Studies     497 


examination  covering  the  synthesis  of  core-course  knowledge.  Students  are  eligible  to 
take  the  comprehensive  examination  after  completing  24  credit  hours,  including  core 
courses. 

No  more  than  13  credit  hours  at  the  400-level  may  be  applied  towards  the  URBS 
M.A.  degree.  These  may  include:  13  credits  from  URBS  410,  438,  450,  460,  470,  480 
and  GEOG  483,  and  others  as  approved  by  the  URBS  graduate  advisor. 

A  degree  in  Urban  Studies  is  not  awarded  solely  on  the  basis  of  the  accumulation 
of  the  minimum  numbers  of  credit  hours.  If  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty,  a  degree 
candidate  needs  to  demonstrate  additional  academic  performance,  then  remedial  work 
may  be  assigned  before  the  degree  will  be  awarded. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

In  addition  to  its  regular  faculty,  the  Institute  regularly  draws  a  number  of 
outstanding  adjunct  faculty  from  the  Washington  Metropolitan  Area  to  teach  several 
courses  a  year. 

Financial  Assistance 

A  limited  number  of  graduate  assistantships  and  fellowships  are  available  and  the 
Institute  assists  students  in  finding  work-study  positions,  internships  and  part-time  jobs 
in  government  agencies.  USED  Public  Service  Fellowships  for  underrepresented 
groups  are  available  in  a  joint  program  with  the  School  of  Public  Affairs. 

Additional  Information 

Further  information  and  the  graduate  bulletin  of  the  Institute  for  Urban  Studies  may  be 
obtained  from: 

The  Director  of  Graduate  Studies, 

Institute  for  Urban  Studies, 

1113  Lefrak  Hall, 

(301 )  454-2662 

Courses 

URBS  —  Institute  for  Urban  Studies 

URBS  420  Seminar  in  Urban  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  two  URBS  courses  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  The  works  of  several  of  the  major  20th  century  writers  in 
urban  studies.  A  comparative  analysis  of  the  perspectives  of  these  writers  on 
theoretical  and  substantive  urban  issues,  is  a  basis  for  more  advanced  study  in  the 
theory  and  process  of  urbanization. 

URBS  438  Urban  Internship  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  department. 
Supervised  field  training  in  urban-oriented  programs.  Emphasized  areas  of  interest  are 
(1)  neighborhoods  and  communities,  (2)  organizations  and  agencies,  (3)  specific 
programs.  The  student  will  be  assigned  to  a  specific  agency  or  project  and  will  be 
responsible  to  that  agency.  Class  meetings,  written  reports,  instructor  conferences, 
and  a  student's  critique  of  his  experience  are  included.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of 
six  credits. 

URBS  440  City  and  Regional  Economic  Development  (3)  Prerequisite:  URBS  210 
and  ECON  105,  or  ECON  201,  or  ECON  205.   Emphasis  on  urban  finance  and  causes 


498     URBS  —  Institute  for  Urban  Studies 


of  urban  fiscal  stress,  the  spatial  patterns  of  employment  and  population,  urban  labor 
markets,  and  models  of  urban  and  regional  growth  and  decline.  Focus  on  application 
of  economic  theory  and  urban  planning  techniques  to  issues  of  public  service  delivery, 
local  economic  development,  and  land  use  planning. 

URBS  450  Problems  in  Urban  Law  (3)  Recommended  preparation:  six  credits  in 
URBS  courses.  A  survey  of  the  urban  legal  environment  and  special  legal  problems  of 
urban  governments  and  public  interest  lawyers.  Problems  related  to  planning,  zoning, 
eminent  domain  and  land  use  controls;  consumer  protection  in  central  cities;  housing 
codes  and  multiple  dwelling  regulation;  public  accommodations  and  civil  rights 
ordinances;  defending  the  indigent;  and  welfare  delivery  systems. 

URBS  480  Urban  Theory  and  Simulation  (3)  Review  of  early  theories  of  the  city. 
Contemporary  theories  of  the  city  as  a  physical  and  an  institutional  system.  Urban 
theory  as  integration  of  information  involving  economic,  political,  and  social  dimensions 
of  contemporary  cities.  Simulation  and  gaming  as  theory  testing;  urban  simulation  and 
gaming  as  theory  building. 

URBS  488  Selected  Topics  in  Urban  Studies  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest  to  advanced  urban  studies  students.  Repeatable 
to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided  subject  matter  is  different. 

URBS  498  Honors  Seminar  in  Selected  Topics  (3)  Prerequisite:  Admission  to  honors 
program  in  URBS  or  other  departments.  Individual  reading  and  research,  and  group 
discussion  dealing  with  selected  major  contemporary  urban  issues:  Philosophy  and 
growth  of  new  towns;  emergent  forms  of  urban  policy;  federal  legislation  and  the  cities; 
citizen  attitudes  toward  metropolitan  government;  housing  abandonment,  rehabilitation, 
and  new  construction;  the  urban  future;  major  world  capitals;  and  urbanization  in 
developing  nations.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  for  credit  provided 
the  topics  are  different. 

URBS  499  Honors  Thesis  (3-6)  Prerequisite:  admissions  to  honors  program  in  URBS 
or  other  departments.  Individual  reading  and  research,  and  the  writing  of  an  original 
paper  on  an  urban  topic  of  the  student's  choice  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty 
member. 

URBS  601  Intermediate  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  URBS  350  or  equivalent 
Use  of  social  science  research  techniques  for  problem  analysis,  program  evaluation, 
forecasting  and  decision-making.  Emphasis  on  the  integration  of  problem  and  program 
analysis  skills  with  quantitative  techniques.  Urban  data  sources,  data  collection 
techniques,  experimental  and  quasi-experimental  research  design,  sampling, 
modeling,  and  survey  research. 

URBS  602  Advanced  Research  Methods  (3)  Prerequisite:  URBS  601 .  Continuation  of 
URBS  601  with  emphasis  on  the  integration  of  alternative  quantitative  techniques  and 
research  strategies.  Tests  of  significance,  multiple  regression  analysis,  treatment  of 
time  in  investment  analysis,  path  analysis,  factor  analysis,  scaling  and  forecasting 
techniques. 

URBS  630  Urban  Economics  and  Policy  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ECON  454  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Urban  problem  and  policy  analysis  in  the  context  of  urban 
spatial  patterns  and  trends  and  urban  public  sector  organization,  finance  and 
operation.  Education,  zoning  and  land  use  planning,  fiscal  diversity  and  equal 
opportunity,  new  communities,  the  future  of  the  central  city,  and  alternative  institutions 


URBS  —  Institute  for  Urban  Studies     499 


for  the  future. 

URBS  640  Ecology  and  Demography  of  Urban  Studies  (3)  Analysis  of  land-use 
patterns  and  demographic  characteristics.  Examination  of  changes  in  these  relations 
and  their  influence  on  institutional  structures.  Study  of  dynamics  of  transactions  and 
flows  between  localities.  Metropolises  as  examples  of  exchange  systems.  Problems  in 
indicator  development  which  define  the  demographic  and  ecological  characteristics. 
Policy  implications  f  data  banks  based  on  indicator  information.  Social  indicators  for 
metropolises  as  predictors  of  future  development. 

URBS  660  Urban  Social  Systems  (3)  Prerequisite:  URBS  480  or  its  equivalent  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  A  substantive  and  critical  overview  of  social  science 
approaches  to  the  study  of  urbanism.  Cultural  and  structural  aspects  of  urban  social 
life. 

URBS  666  Urban  Management  and  Decision  Making  (3)  The  processes  of  urban 
resource  allocation,  management,  and  decision-making.  Problems  of  budgeting  for 
delivery  of  urban  services,  citizen  participation,  role  of  management  and  political 
officials,  impact  of  intergovernmental  financial  systems  such  as  revenue  sharing; 
administrative  centralization  and  decentralization;  metropolitan  service  districts;  and 
evaluation  of  urban  services  provided  by  cities,  counties,  and  special  districts. 

URBS  670  Urban  Public  Policy  Analysis  (3)  The  processes  and  structures  of 
policy-making  and  implementation  in  urban  settings.  Systematic  study  of  policy  outputs 
through  various  quantitative  indicators  of  the  distribution  and  delivery  of  public  goods 
to  indicate  who  decides,  on  what  grounds,  who  will  get  how  much  of  what  -  and  why? 
Discussion  and  application  of  urban  indicators. 

URBS  680  Environmental  and  Land  Use  Planning  (3)  An  overview  of  planning 
processes  needed  by  the  urban  administrator  and  researcher.  The  elements  and 
techniques  of  the  planning  process,  and  the  institutional  setting  in  which  planning 
takes  place. 

URBS  683  Social  Planning  and  Community  Development  (3)  Operational  aspects  of 
social  planning  in  communities.  Models  such  as  those  which  view  social  planning  as 
(1)  the  delivery  of  social  services,  (2)  a  comprehensive  approach  to  community 
socio-economic  and  political  development,  and  (3)  advocacy  of  the  interests  of  the 
disadvantaged.  Methods  by  which  the  social  planner  develops  the  legitimacy  and 
power  to  catalyze  a  community  to  seek  and  achieve  social  change. 

URBS  688  Recent  Developments  in  Urban  Studies  (3)  Examination  of  selected 
current  aspects  of  the  rapidly  evolving  field  of  urban  affairs,  including  for  example, 
trends  revealed  by  the  1970  census,  evaluation  of  model  cities,  "new  towns"  in  the 
United  States. 

URBS  689  Internship  Seminar  (3-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  department.  A 
seminar  combined  with  a  field  internship  with  an  approved  urban  planning  or 
management  office  or  organization.  The  internship  field  supervisor  as  well  as  the 
assignment  must  be  approved  by  the  professor  and  the  Director  of  the  Institute.  A 
minimum  of  two  days  a  week  must  be  spent  on  the  field  assignment.  The  seminar  will 
stress  the  application  of  urban  and  administrative  theory  to  the  actual  urban 
environment. 

URBS  698  Independent  Study  in  Urban  Topics  (3)  Directed  research  and  study  of 
selected  aspects  of  urban  affairs. 


500     Zoology  Program 


URBS  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 


Zoology  Program 

Professor  and  Chair:  Corliss 

Professors:  Allan,  Brinkley,  Clark,  Gill,  Highton,  Levitan,  Pierce,  Schleidt,  Vermeij 

Associate  Professors:  Barnett,  Bonar,  Colombini,  Goode,  Higgins,  Imberski,  Inouye, 

Under,  Reaka,  Small,  Smith-Gill 

Assistant  Professors:  Ades,  Borgia,  Coyne,  Olek 

Adjunct  Professors:  Kleiman,  Morton,  O'Brien,  Oppenheim,  M.  Potter 

Adjunct  Associate  Professor:  Kelly 

Affiliate  Professor:  Sulkin 

The  Department  of  Zoology  offers  programs  of  study  leading  to  the  degrees  of  Master 

of  Science  (thesis  and  non-thesis)  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy  with  specialization  in  the 

following  fields:  cell  biology,  developmental  biology,  estuarine  and  marine  biology, 

genetics,    physiology,   systematics   and   evolutionary  biology,   behavior,   invertebrate 

zoology,  endocrinology  and  ecology. 

Admission  and  Degree  Information 

Admission  to  graduate  study  in  the  Department  of  Zoology  requires  a  baccalaureate 
degree  from  a  recognized  undergraduate  institution.  In  addition,  course  work  in 
calculus,  statistics,  physics,  and  organic  chemistry  is  required.  Able  students  who  lack 
preparation  in  a  particular  area  may  be  admitted,  provided  that  the  deficiency  is 
corrected  early  in  the  graduate  work.  Graduate  Record  Examinations  are  required. 

The  thesis  master's  program  enables  a  student  to  engage  in  advance  study  and  to 
undertake  a  research  project.  It  may  be  a  terminal  degree  or  may  demonstrate  the 
student's  research  ability  and  lead  to  continuation  of  graduate  work  for  the  Ph.D.  in 
the  same  or  related  area.  There  are  no  requirements  in  excess  of  the  general 
requirements  established  by  the  Graduate  School.  All  requirements  for  the  master's 
degree  are  to  be  completed  within  a  three  year  period.  A  final  oral  examination  on  the 
thesis  is  given  whenever  the  student  has  completed  all  other  requirements  for  the 
degree. 

The  non-thesis  master's  program  provides  opportunity  for  advanced  education  and 
a  terminal  degree  for  those  who  are  not  research-oriented.  All  non-thesis  master's 
students  are  required  to  complete  at  least  30  hours  of  course  work,  of  which  no  fewer 
than  18  must  be  at  the  600  level  or  above  in  Zoology  or  appropriate  related  fields.  No 
fewer  than  16  hours  of  courses  must  be  in  Zoology  and  three  of  these  courses  should 
be  in  a  single  area  of  specialization.  In  addition,  at  least  one  satisfactory  scholarly 
paper  must  be  written  in  an  area  approved  by  the  student's  advisor.  A  written 
comprehensive  examination  in  three  areas  of  Zoology  must  be  passed  before  the 
degree  is  awarded.  All  requirements  must  be  completed  within  a  three-year  period. 

The  Ph.D.  program  in  Zoology  is  basically  a  research  program  providing  maximal 
opportunity  for  the  student  to  evolve  and  develop  his  or  her  capacity  for  scholarship 
and  independent  work.  Opportunity  is  provided  for  in-depth  study  in  an  area  of 
specialization.  A  doctoral  candidate  must  complete  at  least  30  credit  hours  of 
advanced  course  work  including  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  of  doctoral 
research.  A  formal  preliminary  examination  is  given  to  all  doctoral  students  within  the 
first  two  years  of  enrollment  in  the  Department.  The  examination  is  basically  an  oral 
examination  focusing  primarily  on  determination  of  whether  or  not  the  student  has  the 


ZOOL  —  Zoology     501 


proper  motivation,  intellectual  capacity  and  curiosity,  and  educational  background  and 
has  or  can  develop  the  technical  skills  to  successfully  pursue  the  Ph.D.  program. 
However,  there  is  no  formal  restriction  on  the  extent  or  the  range  of  the  questions 
asked  of  the  candidate.  The  doctoral  dissertation  must  be  completed  and  defended 
usually  within  three,  preferably  two  years,  after  passing  of  prelims. 

Facilities  and  Special  Resources 

The  Zoology  Department's  share  of  the  Zoo-Psyc  Building  provides  adequate  space 
for  graduate  teaching  and  research.  The  research  laboratories  are  well  equipped  with 
a  wide  variety  of  scientific  instrumentation.  In  addition,  the  Department  has  special 
suites  for  both  transmission  and  scanning  electronmicroscopy,  constant  temperature 
rooms,  four  sound  proof  rooms — one  being  an  anechoic  chamber  designed 
specifically  for  sophisticated  research  in  ethology — photographic  dark  rooms,  sterile 
transfer  rooms,  and  a  histotechnology  suite.  In  addition,  some  research  opportunities 
are  available  to  students  through  the  Department's  association  with  staff  members  of 
the  National  Institutes  of  Health,  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  Smithsonian  Institution, 
National  Zoo,  and  several  marine  laboratories. 

Although  the  Department  maintains  no  library  of  its  own,  the  University  has  a  fine 
graduate  library  housing  a  Science  and  Technology  Division.  In  addition,  facilities  such 
as  the  National  Library  of  Medicine  and  the  Department  of  Agriculture  Library  as  well 
as  the  Library  of  Congress  greatly  expand  the  Library  material  within  relatively  easy 
access  to  the  Department. 

Additional  Information 

Students  are  urged  to  communicate  directly  with  the  faculty  in  the  area  of  their  interest 
but  additional  general  information  and  a  statement  of  particular  departmental 
requirements  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Director  of  Graduate  Studies, 
Department  of  Zoology. 

Courses 

ZOOL  —  Zoology 

ZOOL  411  Cell  Biology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  211  and  213;  CHEM  243  or  245;  MATH  140  or  220;  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  the  molecular  and  biochemical  basis  of  cell 
structure  and  of  integrated  functions  of  the  subcellar  organelles,  with  an  emphasis  on 
eukaryotes. 

ZOOL  413  Biophysics  (3)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  211,  PHYS 
122  or  142,  and  MATH  140  or  220.  An  introduction  to  the  ideas  and  methods  used  in 
biophysics  to  analyze  the  functional  components  of  cells  and  tissues  as 
physical-chemical  systems. 

ZOOL  415  Cell  Differentiation  (3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  211  or  213.  The  processes  by 
which  cells  become  differentiated  from  each  other  during  development,  with  an 
emphasis  on  the  biochemical  and  ultrastructural  mechanisms  of  these  changes. 

ZOOL  421  Neurophysiology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  an  introductory  course  in  zoology  or  biology  (e.g..  ZOOL 
211),  CHEM  233,  and  physics  through  an  introduction  to  electricity  and  magnetism. 


502     ZOOL  —  Zoology 


The  physiology  of  nerves,  muscles  and  sensory  receptors  and  aspects  of  central 
nervous  system  physiology. 

ZOOL  422  Vertebrate  Physiology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  three  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  211  and  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry 
or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  cardiovascular,  hemopoietic,  gastrointestinal, 
renal  and  respiratory  systems.  Chemical  and  endocrine  regulation  of  physiological 
functions  in  higher  vertebrates  with  emphasis  on  mammals. 

ZOOL  426  General  Endocrinology  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites: 
ZOOL  211,  CHEM  233,  and  CHEM  243.  Functions  and  the  functioning  of  the  endocrine 
glands  of  animals  with  special  reference  to  the  vertebrates. 

ZOOL  430  Vertebrate  Embryology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  211  and  213,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Vertebrate  embryogenesis,  developmental  physiology  and  experimental  embryology. 

ZOOL  431  Advanced  Developmental  Biology  (3)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  211,  213,  and 
an  upper  division  course  in  cell  biology  or  developmental  biology.  A  study  of  the 
progression  of  selected  problems  in  developmental  biology  from  their  origins  in 
classical  experimental  embryology  to  their  current  status  in  modern  developmental 
biology,  through  analysis  of  original  articles  and  experimental  results. 

ZOOL  440  Evolution  (3)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  210,  ZOOL  212,  and  ZOOL  213.  A 
consideration  of  current  thought  in  regard  to  the  evolution  of  living  organisms. 

ZOOL  444  Advanced  Evolutionary  Biology  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week 
Prerequisites:  ZOOL  440  or  equivalent;  one  semester  of  calculus.  The  nature  and 
consequences  of  organic  evolution  in  relation  to  present  day  geography  and  geologic 
time.  Topics  covered  will  include  organic  diversity  gradients  in  space  and  time,  rates 
of  evolution,  co-evolution  and  extinctions.  Particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  in  the 
synthesis  of  information  and  on  construction  and  evaluation  of  hypotheses. 

ZOOL  445  Genetic  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  a  course  in  genetics  (e.g.,  ZOOL  213) 
and  CHEM  233.  A  consideration  of  the  mechanisms  involved  in  the  transmission  of 
hereditary  factors  in  eukaryotes.  Emphasis  on  the  experimental  evidence  and  its 
interpretation  which  underlies  our  present  knowledge  of  heredity. 

ZOOL  446  Molecular  Genetics  (3)  Prerequisites:  A  course  in  genetics  (e.g.,  ZOOL 
213)  and  a  course  in  organic  chemistry.  The  molecular  basis  of  gene  structure  and 
function.  Regulation  of  differential  gene  expression. 

ZOOL  447  Experimental  Genetics  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  two  courses  in  genetics,  one  of  which  included  laboratory 
work  (e.g.,  ZOOL  213),  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  methodology  and  techniques 
course  considering  experimental  design,  the  use  of  diverse  organisms  and 
instrumentation  and  the  presentation  and  interpretation  of  data. 

ZOOL  455  General  Immunology  (3)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  211  and  213.  Basic 
principles  of  immunobiology,  immunochemistry  and  immunogenetics  with  emphasis  on 
the  cellular  and  molecular  basis  of  the  immune"  response:  cells  of  the  immune  system 
and  their  development,  interactions  and  physiologic  environment;  the  antibody 
response  and  interaction  with  antigen;  cell  mediated  immunity;  genetic  regulation  of 
the  immune  response;  and  the  relationship  of  the  immune  system  to  disease.  Credit 
not  given  for  both  ZOOL  455  and  MICB  450. 


ZOOL  —  Zoology     503 


ZOOL  456  Laboratory  in  General  Immunology  (1)  Three  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Pre-  or  corequisite:  ZOOL  455.  Methodology  and  experimentation  employed  in 
basic  and  applied  immunological  research:  detection,  isolation  and  purification  of 
antibodies;  hybridoma  production  by  cell  fusion;  maintenance  of  cell  lines;  purification 
of  lymphoid  cell  populations;  detection  of  cell  mediated  immunity;  and  mathematical 
analysis  of  immunological  data. 

ZOOL  460  Ethology  (3)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  210  and  ZOOL  212.  A  course  in 
physiology  is  recommended.  An  introduction  to  the  principles  of  animal  behavior  with 
emphasis  on  physiological  bases,  ecological  correlates  and  evolutionary  aspects  of 
behavior. 

ZOOL  461  Ethology  Laboratory  (3)  One  hour  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  ZOOL  460  or  equivalent.  Training  in  the 
description  of  behavior,  methods  of  quantification  and  experimentation,  and  the 
mathematical  treatment  of  behavioral  data. 

ZOOL  465  Behavioral  Ecology  (4)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  212  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  discussion-laboratory  per  week.  The  ways 
in  which  natural  and  social  environments  shape  individual  behavior.  The  influence  of 
evolution  on  patterns  of  individual  adaptation.  Use  of  the  evolutionary  paradigm  to 
investigate  specific  problems  in  animal  and  human  behavior. 

ZOOL  470  Advanced  Animal  Ecology  (2)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  212,  a  course  in 
calculus,  and  a  course  in  statistics.  A  course  in  genetics  is  strongly  recommended. 
Theory  of  population  growth  and  regulation,  life  tables  and  population  projection  theory 
of  competition  and  predation,  diversity  analysis  and  island  geography.  Emphasis  on 
current  literature  and  research  in  ecological  theory. 

ZOOL  471  Laboratory  and  Field  Ecology  (2)  Four  hours  of  laboratory  and  field  work 
per  week.  Co-  or  prerequisite:  ZOOL  470.  Laboratory  and  field  exercises  involving 
problems  of  contemporary  ecological  interest;  population  density  regulation, 
community  structure,  and  spatial  pattern  diversity  in  both  terrestrial  and  aquatic 
systems.  Topics  coordinated  with  those  presented  in  ZOOL  470. 

ZOOL  472  Protozoology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  including 
field  trips  per  week.  Prerequisite:  one  year  of  biology.  Basic  conceptual  treatment  of 
free-living  and  parasitic  protozoan  functional  morphology,  life  history,  and  systematics. 
The  laboratory  will  stress  observations  of  protozoa,  living  and  stained,  collected  from 
diverse  habits. 

ZOOL  473  Marine  Ecology  (3)  Prerequisites:  A  course  in  invertebrate  zoology  or 
animal  diversity,  and  ZOOL  470,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Courses  in  evolution 
and  animal  behavior  are  strongly  recommended.  A  detailed  analysis  of  the  evolutionary 
ecology  of  marine  invertebrates;  emphasis  on  testing  of  theories  and  on  current 
literature. 

ZOOL  475  General  Parasitology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  210,  212  and  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry.  A 
consideration  of  the  phenomenon  of  parasitism  through  a  study  of  the  structure, 
function  and  host  relationships  of  parasitic  organisms. 

ZOOL  477  Symbiology  (3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  210.  An  introduction  to  basic  concepts 
of  symbiosis.  Adaptations  for  establishment  of  symbiotic  associations,  symbiote 
nutrition  and  metabolism,  responses  of  the  host  and  ecology  of  the  host-symbiote 


504     ZOOL  —  Zoology 


complex. 

ZOOL  480  Aquatic  Biology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisites:  a  course  in  animal  diversity  (e.g.,  ZOOL  210)  and  a  course  in 
ecology  (e.g.,  ZOOL  212).  An  investigation  of  the  relationships  of  freshwater  and 
estuarine  biotic  communities  to  their  environment. 

ZOOL  481  The  Biology  of  Marine  and  Estuarine  Invertebrates  (4)  Two  hours  of 
lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  one  year  of  zoology 
including  ZOOL  210  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the  taxonomy  and  functional  morphology 
of  the  invertebrates,  exclusive  of  insects.  Emphasis  on  the  study  of  living  material. 

ZOOL  482  Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  two  years  of  zoology  including  ZOOL  210  and  ZOOL 
213.  A  consideration  of  the  evolution,  taxonomy,  morphology,  physiology,  behavior  and 
ecology  of  marine  and  estuarine  protochordates  and  vertebrates. 

ZOOL  483  Vertebrate  Zoology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  212  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  identification 
classification,  habits,  and  behavior  of  vertebrates  with  emphasis  on  fresh  water, 
terrestrial  and  aerial  forms,  and  a  consideration  of  the  evolution  of  living  and  fossil 
representatives. 

ZOOL  492  Form  and  Pattern  in  Organisms  (3)  Prerequisites:  one  year  of  calculus; 
one  year  of  physics;  one  semester  of  introductory  biology.  A  lecture  course  in 
structural  *anti  functional  interpretation  of  form  in  organisms.  Pattern  formation  in 
morphogenesis,  mathematical  description  of  shape,  methods,  and  examples  of 
functional  analysis  of  form,  and  patterns  of  morphological  diversity  through  space  and 
time. 

ZOOL  495  Mammalian  Histology  (4)  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  six  hours  of  laboratory 
per  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  21 1  AND  422;  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  microscopic  anatomy,  ultrastructure  and  histophysiology  of  tissues  and  organs 
of  mammals. 

ZOOL  608  Zoology  Seminar  (1-2)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  8  credits. 

ZOOL  609  Special  Problems  in  Zoology  (1-6)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits.     One    seminar    per    week    for    each    subject    selected:    A-Cell    biology 
B-Developmental  biology;  C-Estuarine  and  marine  biology;  D-Genetics;  E-Parasitology 
F-Physiology;     G-Systematics     and     Evolutionary     biology;     l-Behavior;     J-General 
K-Endocrinology;  L-Ecology. 

ZOOL  610  Cellular  Physiology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisites:  a  course  in  animal  or  plant  physiology,  one  year  of  organic 
chemistry,  one  year  of  physics,  and  a  course  in  biochemistry.  Reccommended,  ZOOL 
411  or  an  equivalent  course  in  cytology  or  cell  biology.  A  study  of  the  structure  and 
functions  of  cells  on  the  molecular,  subcellular  and  cellular  levels  by  investigations  and 
discussions  of  their  physical,  chemical,  and  microscopic  properties. 

ZOOL  612  Electron  Microscopy  Laboratory  I  (3)  Two  three-hour  laboratories  per 
week  and  additional  arranged  time.  Prerequisites  lecture  course  in  electron 
microscopy  and  permission  of  instructor.  Preparation  and  study  of  biological  material 
by  electron  microscopy. 

ZOOL  613  Electron  Microscopy  Laboratory  II  (2)  Two  three-hour  laboratories  per 


ZOOL  —  Zoology     505 


week.  Prerequisite:ZOOL  612  or  equivalent  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  directed 

individual  research  project  that  uses  the  techniques  of  electron  microscopy  to  study 

biological  materials. 

ZOOL  615  Biological  Ultrastructure  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture-discussion  a  week. 

Prerequisite:  cell  biology  or  histology,  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  ultrastructure  of 

cells  and  tissues,  with  emphasis  on  interpretation  and  correlation  of  ultrastructure  and 

function. 

ZOOL  621  Comparative  Physiology  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 

period  each  week.    Prerequisite:  one  year  of  zoology,  one  year  of  organic  chemistry 

and  one  semester  of  physiology.  The  study  of  the  differences  and  similarities  in  the 

functioning  of  organs  of  species  of  the  animal  kingdom. 

ZOOL  622  Membrane  Transport  Phenomena  (3)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  422  or 
equivalent  training  in  physiology;  and  knowledge  of  calculus;  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  The  fundamental  phenomena  related  to  solute  movement  in  bulk  solution 
and  across  interfaces.  Examination  of  natural  and  artificial  membrane  transport 
systems,  with  emphasis  placed  on  their  mechanism  of  action. 

ZOOL  623  Electrophysiology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisites:  a  course  in  physiology,  one  year  of  physics,  and  permission  of 
the  instructor.  Concerned  with  electrical  phenomena  occurring  in  living  matter  and  with 
the  effect  of  electrical  current  on  cells,  with  special  emphasis  on  nerves  and  muscles. 

ZOOL  624  Experimental  Mammalian  Physiology  (4)  Two  four-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisites:  a  course  in  physiology  and  one  year  of  chemistry  above  general 
chemistry.  The  theory,  use  and  application  to  research  of  instrumentation  normally  in 
the  physiology  laboratory  with  an  introduction  to  surgical  techniques  on  both  large  and 
small  animals. 

ZOOL  626  Mammalian  Physiology  (3)  One  three-hour  lecture  a  week.  Prerequisite:  a 
course  in  physiology  and  a  course  in  biochemistry.  A  biochemical  and 
pharmacological  approach  to  problems  in  physiology.  A  survey  of  neurochemistry  and 
neuropharmacology,  the  study  of  action  of  hormones  and  drugs  at  the  molecular  and 
cellular  level. 

ZOOL  630  Analysis  of  Development  (4)  Four  hours  of  lecture/discussion  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Zoology  431,  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  modern 
developmental  biology,  including  a  review  of  developmental  patterns  in  the  various 
animal  groups,  an  introduction  to  the  mechanisms  of  animal  morphogenesis,  a  survey 
of  molecular  mechanisms  of  differentiation,  and  an  overview  of  current  areas  of 
research  in  developmental  biology. 

ZOOL  631  Biochemical  Patterns  in  Development  (3)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  630  and  a 
course  in  biochemistry.  The  biochemical  and  cellular  mechanisms  regulating  gene 
activity  and  cell  differentiation,  emphasising  early  development  of  higher  eukaryotic 
organisms. 

ZOOL  632  Animal  Morphogenesis  (3)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  630.  The  processes  and 
mechanisms  of  tissue  interactions,  and  their  developmental  consequences  for  the  cell, 
tissue,  and  organism. 

ZOOL  634  Experimental  Developmental  Zoology  (4)  Prerequisite:  permission  of 
instructor.  Two  four-hour  lecture/lab  periods  per  week.  A  laboratory  oriented  course 


506     ZOOL  —  Zoology 


focused  on  current  problems  in  developmental  zoology  and  designed  to  instruct 
students  modern  experimental  techniques. 

ZOOL  640  Population  Genetics  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  a  course  in  genetics.  The  role  of  mutation,  selection, 
migration,  inbreeding,  and  stochastic  process  in  evolution. 

ZOOL  641  Ecological  Genetics  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture-discussion  a  week. 
Prerequisites:  a  course  in  genetics  and  a  course  in  ecology,  of  permission  of  the 
instructor.  Analysis  of  the  interactions  between  genotype  and  the  environment  in 
natural  and  experimental  populations  of  animals. 

ZOOL  642  Developmental  Genetics  (3)  Three  lecture-discussion  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisites:  courses  in  molecular  genetics  and  developmental  or  cell  biology,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Differential  gene  function  and  its  regulation  in  developing 
systems.  Genes  and  the  analysis  of  developmental  processes. 

ZOOL  643  Cellular  Genetics  (3)  TWO  1-1/2  hour  lecture-discussion  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites:  1  year  of  genetics  including  basic  molecular  genetics  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  The  course  will  evaluate  studies  using  protozoan  systems  as  models  for 
analyzing  phenomena  of  nuclear  differentiation,  cytoplasmic  heredity  and  control  of 
cellular  organization. 

ZOOL  650  Systematic  Zoology  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  The  principles  and  methods  involved  in  the  classification  of  animals, 
with  emphasis  on  population  dynamics  and  speciation.  Methods  of  evaluating 
taxonomic  data,  principles  of  zoological  nomenclature,  field  and  museum  techniques, 
and  the  factors  influencing  the  distribution  of  animals  are  also  stressed. 

ZOOL  655  Genetics  of  the  Immune  System  (3)  Prerequisites  ZOOL  455  or  MICB 
450,  ZOOL  446,  ZOOL  430  and  BCHM  461;  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  genetic 
mechanisms  governing  function  of  the  cells  and  tissues  of  the  immune  system,  and  of 
the  genetic  regulation  of  the  immune  response. 

ZOOL  660  Advanced  Ethology  Laboratory  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  460  and  ZOOL  461,  or  equivalent, 
and  permission  of  instructor.  Group  project  in  behavioral  research  on  a  topic  to  be 
decided  by  the  participants.  Practical  research  experience  for  the  new  graduate 
student  in  ethology,  from  the  writing  of  a  research  proposal  through  observation  and 
experimentation  to  the  final  report. 

ZOOL  661  Principles  and  Methods  in  Ethology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour 
laboratories  per  week.  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  460,  461  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 
The  physics  and  physiology  of  signal  production  and  reception  with  emphasis  on 
animal  communication  systems. 

ZOOL  665  Sociobiology  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites:  a  course  in  behavior  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Deals  with 
the  description  and  analysis  of  animal  social  organizations,  the  adaptive  nature  of 
animal  societies,  the  effects  of  early  experience,  and  the  role  of  communication  in  the 
integration  of  animal  groups. 

ZOOL  670  Concepts  in  Animal  Ecology  (4)  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of 
discussion  per  week.  Prerequisite:  a  course  in  ecology  (ZOOL  470  or  equivalent)  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  graduate-level  treatment  of  ecological  processes  and  their 


Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings     507 


evolutionary  implications.  Review  of  classical  and  contemporary  literature,  with 
emphasis  on  current  developments  in  ecological  theories,  and  their  testing  in  the 
laboratory  and  in  the  field. 

ZOOL  673  Advanced  Aquatic  Ecology  (4)  Prerequisite:  ZOOL  670  or  equivalent.  One 
discussion  session  (arranged)  and  one  all-day  laboratory  per  week.  Emphasizes  field 
experience  in  analyzing  ecological  processes  in  freshwater  lakes  and  rivers,  and  the 
plankton  communities  of  estuaries. 

ZOOL  674  Quantitative  Field  Ecology  (4)  One  full  day  per  week  Prerequisites: 
animal  or  plant  ecology,  statistics,  and  permission  of  instructor.  Group-oriented 
formulation  of  hypotheses,  collection  of  data,  analysis  and  discussion  of  results. 
Current  problems  in  community  and  population  ecology  to  be  studied  in  the  field. 
Extended  field  trips. 

ZOOL  675  Ecological  Models  (3)  Three  hours  of  lecture-discussion  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  ZOOL  670  or  equivalent.  Explores  the  assumptions,  structure  and 
consequences  of  theoretical  models  in  ecology. 

ZOOL  676  Behavioral  Ecology  (4)  Prerequisites:  a  course  in  ecology  and  a  course  in 
behavior,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Two  lecture-recitation  periods  and  six  hours 
of  laboratory  per  week.  The  role  of  interactions  among  organism  and  environment  upon 
the  dynamics  and  resource  utilization  of  animals. 

ZOOL  677  Ecology  of  Marine  Communities  (4)  Prerequisites:  ZOOL  670  or 
permission  of  the  instructor,  ZOOL  481  strongly  recommended.  Two  lecture-recitation 
periods  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  An  evaluation  and  extension  of  our 
current  knowledge  of  marine  communities  and  how  their  component  populations  are 
limited  and  interact  with  one  another. 

ZOOL  682  Ecology  of  Marine  Invertebrates  (4)  Two  lectures  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  a  week  (including  some  Saturday  field  trips).  Prerequisites:  a  course  in 
animal  ecology,- or  hydrobiology,  and  invertebrate  zoology,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
The  distribution,  abundance,  and  adaptations  of  marine  and  estuarine  invertebrates  as 
related  to  the  factors  of  those  environments. 

ZOOL  686  Marine  and  Estuarine  Protozoa  (4)  Two  lectures  and  six  hours  of 
laboratory  per  week.  An  indepth  study  of  the  taxonomic  and  morphological  diversities, 
life  histories,  and  autecologies  of  the  protozoan  fauna  of  marine  and  estuarine 
environments.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  Chesapeake  Bay  forms.  Field  work 
will  be  an  integral  part  of  the  laboratory,  and  shipboard  experience  is  anticipated. 
Permission  of  instructor  required.  Offered  in  alternate  years. 

ZOOL  708  Advanced  Topics  in  Zoology  (1-4)  Lectures,  experimental  courses  and 
other  special  instructions  in  various  zoological  subjects.  Repeatable  four  times  if  the 
contents  are  different. 

ZOOL  799  Master's  Thesis  Research  (1-6) 

ZOOL  899  Doctoral  Dissertation  Research  (1-8) 

Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings 


508     AASP  —  Afro-American  Studies 


AASP  —  Afro-American  Studies 

AASP  400  Directed  Readings  in  Afro-American  Studies  (3)  The  readings  will  be 
directed  by  the  director  of  Afro-American  studies.  Topics  to  be  covered:  the  topics  will 
be  chosen  by  the  director  to  meet  the  needs  and  interests  of  individual  students. 

AASP  401  Seminar  in  Afro-American  Studies  (3)  The  theory  and  concepts  of  the 
social  and  behavioral  sciences  as  they  relate  to  Afro-American  studies.  Required  for 
the  certificate  in  Afro-American  studies.  Prerequisites:  at  least  15  hours  of 
Afro-American  studies  or  related  courses  or  permission  of  the  director. 

AASP  410  Contemporary  African  Ideologies  (3)  Analysis  of  contemporary  African 
ideologies.  Emphasis  on  philosophies  of  Nyerere,  Nkrumah,  Senghor,  Sekou  Toure, 
Kaunda,  Cabral,  et  al.  Discussion  of  the  role  of  African  ideologies  on  modernization 
and  social  change. 

AASP  411  Black  Resistance  Movements  (3)  A  comparative  study  of  the  black 
resistance  movements  in  Africa  and  America;  analysis  of  their  interrelationships  as  well 
as  their  impact  on  contemporary  pan-Africanism. 

AASP  428  Special  Topics  in  Black  Development  (3)  A  multi-disciplinary  and 
inter-disciplinary  educational  experience  concerned  with  questions  relevant  to  the 
development  of  black  people  everywhere.  Development  implies  political,  economic, 
social,  and  cultural  change  among  other  things.  Consequently,  a  number  of  topics  may 
be  examined  and  studied. 

AASP  429  Special  Topics  in  Black  Culture  (3)  An  interdisciplinary  approach  to  the 
role  of  black  artists  around  the  world.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  contributions  of  the 
black  man  in  Africa,  the  Caribbean  and  the  United  States  to  the  literary  arts,  the 
musical  arts,  the  performing  arts,  and  the  visual  arts.  Course  content  will  be 
established  in  terms  of  those  ideas  and  concepts  which  reflect  the  cultural  climate  of 
the  era  in  which  they  were  produced.  Attention  to  individual  compositions  and  works  of 
art  through  lectures,  concepts,  field  trips,  and  audio-visual  devices. 

AGRI  —  Agriculture 

AGRI  411  Biology  and  Management  of  Shellfish  (4)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  each  week.  Prerequsite:  one  year  of  biology  or  zoology.  Field  trips. 
Identification,  biology,  management,  and  culture  of  commercial  important  molluscs  and 
Crustacea.  The  shellfisheries  of  the  world,  with  emphasis  on  those  of  the  northwestern 
Atlantic  Ocean  and  the  Chesapeake  Bay. 

AGRI  489  Special  Topics  in  Agriculture  (1-4)  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled 
and  organization  of  the  course.  A  lecture  series  organized  to  study  in  depth  a 
selected  phase  of  agriculture  not  normally  associated  with  one  of  the  existing 
programs. 

AGRI  702  Experimental  Procedures  in  the  Agricultural  Sciences  (3)  First  semester. 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Organization  of  research  projects  and 
presentation  of  experimental  results  in  the  field  of  agricultural  science.  Topics  included 
will  be:  sources  of  research  financing,  project  outline  preparation,  formal  progress 
reports,  public  and  industrial  supported  research  programs,  and  popular  presentation 
of  research  data. 


BIOM  —  Biometrics     509 


APDS  —  Applied  Design 

APDS  430  Advanced  Problems  in  Advertising  Design  (3)  Two  studio  periods 
Prerequisite  APDS  331.  Advanced  problems  in  design  and  layout  199for  developing 
competency  in  one  or  more  areas  of  advertising  design. 

APDS  431    Advanced   Problems  in  Advertising   Design  (3)  Two  studio  periods 
Prerequisite:    APDS   430.    Advanced    problems    in    design    and    layout   planned    for 
developing  competency  in  one  or  more  areas  of  advertising  design. 

APDS  437  Advanced  Photography  (3)  Three  studio  periods.  Continuation  of  APDS 
337. 

APDS  499  Individual  Problems  in  Applied  Design  (3-4)  Written  consent  of  instructor 
Open  only  to  advanced  students  who,  with  guidance,  can  work  independently. 

BIOM  —  Biometrics 

BIOM  401  Biostatistics  I  (4)  Three  lectures  and  one  discussion  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  MATH  115,  BIOM  301,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Descriptive 
statistics,  probability  models  useful  in  biology,  expectations,  hypothesis  testing,  sign 
test,  goodness  of  fit  tests,  central  limit  theorem,  point  and  interval  estimates,  analysis 
of  variance,  regression,  correlation,  sampling,  rank  tests.  Emphasis  on  the  uses  and 
the  limitations  of  these  methods  in  biology. 

BIOM  405  Computer  Applications  in  Biometrics  (1)  One,  2-hour  laboratory  per 
week.  Prerequisite:  BIOM  401  or  equivalent.  An  introduction  to  computer  usage  in 
statistical  analyses.  Topics  include  file  manipulation,  formating  data,  transformations, 
descriptive  statistics,  graphical  displays  of  data,  and  several  introductory  inferential 
statistical  procedures. 

BIOM  420  Sampling  Techniques  in  Biometrics  (3)  Prerequisite:  BIOM  401  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  Methods  of  sampling:  probability,  random,  cluster, 
stratified,  inverse;  ratio  estimates;  methods  in  field  surveys:  mark  recapture  studies, 
line  transect  sampling;  surveys,  design  of  collection  forms;  sample  size  calculations. 
Emphasis  on  the  use  of  these  methods  in  biological  research. 

BIOM  602  Biostatistics  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  BIOM  401  or  equivalent.  The  principles  of 
experimental  design  and  analysis  of  variance  and  covariance. 

BIOM  603  Biostatistics  III  (3)  Corequisite:  BIOM  604.  Prerequisites:  BIOM  602  and 
BIOM  405  or  equivalent.  Applications  of  the  general  linear  model  to  the  life  sciences. 

BIOM  604  Linear  Models  Computer  Laboratory  (1)  Two  hours  of  laboratory  per 
week.  Corequisite:  BIOM  603.  Prerequisite:  BIOM  405.  Implementation  of  linear  model 
analyses  common  to  the  life  sciences. 

BIOM  688  Topics  in  Biometrics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Advanced  topics  of  current  interest  in  various  areas  of  biometrics.  Credit  assigned  will 
depend  on  lecture  and/or  laboratory  time  scheduled  and  organization  of  the  course. 

BIOM  698  Special  Problems  in  Biometrics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 
Individual  study  of  a  particular  topic  in  biostatistics  or  biomathematics. 

BIOM  699  Seminar  in  Biometrics  (1) 


510     CHIN  — Chinese 


CHIN  —  Chinese 

CHIN  401  Readings  in  Modern  Chinese  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  302  or  equivalent. 

Readings    in    history,    politics,    economics,    sociology,    and    literature.    Emphasis   on 

wide-ranging,  rapid  reading,  reinforced  by  conversations  and  compositions.    Not  open 

to  native  speakers  of  Chinese. 

CHIN  402  Readings  in  Modern  Chinese  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  401  or  equivalent 

Continuation  of  CHIN  401 .   Not  open  to  native  speakers. 

CHIN  403  Classical  Chinese  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  302.  Introductory  classical 
Chinese  using  literary  and  historical  sources  in  the  original  language. 

CHIN  404  Classical  Chinese  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  302.  Further  classical  studies  by 
various  writers  from  famous  ancient  philosophers  to  prominent  scholars  before  the  new 
culture  movement. 

CHIN  405  Advanced  Conversation  and  Composition  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  302  or 
permission  of  instructor.  Practice  in  writing  essays,  letters,  and  reports  on  selected 
topics.  Conversation  directed  toward  everyday  situations  and  topics  related  to  life  in 
china.  Conducted  in  Chinese.  Not  open  to  native  speakers. 

CHIN  415  Readings  in  Current  Newspapers  and  Periodicals  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN 
402  or  equivalent.  Reading  of  periodical  literature  on  selected  topics  with  discussions 
and  essays  in  Chinese. 

CHIN  421  Sounds  and  Transcriptions  of  Mandarin  Chinese  (3)  Production  and 
recognition  of  Mandarin  speech  sounds  and  tones,  their  phonological  patterns, 
comparison  with  English,  and  representation  by  the  various  Romanization  systems. 

CHIN  422  Advanced  Chinese  Grammar  (3)  Chinese  sentence  patterns  studied 
contrastively  with  English  and  in  terms  of  current  pedagogical  as  well  as  linguistic 
theories. 

CHIN  431  Translation  and  Interpretation  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  202  or  equivalent 
Introduction  to  the  history  and  theories  of  translation/interpretation;  contrastive  studies 
of  the  structures  of  English  and  Chinese;  development  of  the  four  language  skills. 

CHIN  432  Translation  and  Interpretation  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  431  or  equivalent 

CHIN  441  Traditional  Chinese  Fiction  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  314  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Major  works  of  fiction  from  the  4th  century  tales  of  the  marvelous  through 
the  19th  century  Ching  novel.  Taught  in  Chinese. 

CHIN  442  Modern  Chinese  Fiction  (3)  Prerequisite:  CHIN  315  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Examination,  through  selected  texts,  of  the  writer's  role  as  shaper  and 
reflector  of  the  republican  and  communist  revolutions.  Taught  in  Chinese. 

CHIN  499  Directed  Study  in  Chinese  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Readings  in  Chinese  under  faculty  supervision.  If  content  differs,  repeatable  to  a 
maximum  of  six  credits. 

CLAS  —  Classics 

CLAS  470  Advanced  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology  (3)  Prerequisites:  CLAS  170  of 
permission  of  instructor.  Selected  themes  and  characters  of  Greek  and  Roman  myth. 
History  of  the  study  of  myth  and  research  methods  in  mythology. 


DANC  —  Dance     511 


DANC  —  Dance 

DANC  408  Choreography  III  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  308  or  audition.  Theoretical  and 
creative  aspects  of  choreography  for  small  groups.  Emphasis  on  individual  projects. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  410  Dance  Production  II  (3)  One  lecture  and  four  labs.  Prerequisite:  DANC 
210.  Continuation  of  DANC  210. 

DANC  411  Dance  Management  and  Administration  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  210. 
Principles  of  dance  management  and  administration,  including  organization  of  touring, 
bookings,  budgets,  public  relations,  grantsmanship  and  audience  development. 

DANC  428  Principles  of  Pointe  Work  and  Partnering  (2)  Prerequisite:  DANC  329  or 
audition.  An  introduction  to  pointe  work  for  the  advanced  female  student  pursuing  the 
tradition  of  classical  ballet.  Principles  of  partnering  for  the  male  dance  student. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  4  credits. 

DANC  429  Ballet  Variations  and  Repertory  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  DANC  428 
Choreography,  music,  scenario  and  staging  of  standard  works  in  ballet.  Repeatable  to 
a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  430  Dance  Ethnology  (3)  Social  and  cultural  aspects  of  dance  in  world 
cultures  with  emphasis  on  non-western  peoples. 

DANC  448  Modern  Dance  VII  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  349  or  audition.  Advanced 
technique  in  contemporary  dance  with  emphasis  on  physical  and  expressive  skills. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  449  Modern  Dance  VIII  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  448  or  audition.  Intensive  work 
in  modern  technique  for  the  professionally  oriented  dancer.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum 
of  6  credits. 

DANC  468  Modern  Repertory  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  165  AND  249  and  permission  of 
the  instructor.  The  form,  content,  music,  design  and  performance  of  selected  works  of 
well  known  modern  choreographers,  including  Humphrey,  Graham  and  Limon. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits. 

DANC  471  Movement  Behavior  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  165.  The  social  psychology  of 
movement;  reciprocity  of  physical  and  emotional  behavior. 

DANC  482  History  of  Dance  I  (3)  The  development  of  dance  from  primitive  times  to 
the  middle  ages  and  the  relationship  of  dance  forms  to  patterns  of  culture. 

DANC  483  History  of  Dance  II  (3)  The  development  of  dance  from  the  Renaissance 
period  to  the  present  time  and  the  relationship  of  dance  forms  to  patterns  of  culture. 

DANC  484  Philosophy  of  Dance  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  482,  OR  483  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Critical  analysis  of  dance  as  a  creative  experience  and  the  role  of 
professional,  educational  and  recreational  dance  in  our  society.  Study  of  selected 
approaches  to  current  developments  in  dance. 

DANC  485  Survey  of  Dance  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  DANC  482  AND  483. 
Research  methods  and  bibliography  in  dance. 

DANC  486  Movement  and  Media  (3)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods. 
Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor.  Theory  and  pratice  of  recording  solo  and  group 
dances  on  film  and  video-tape.  Analysis  of  significant  dance  films,   photographic 


512     ENES  —  Engineering  Science 


lighting  and  editing  techniques. 

DANC  489  Special  Topics  in  Dance  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  department 
chairman.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6  credits  provided  subject  matter  is  different. 

DANC  499  Dance  Workshop  IV:  Practicum  (1-6)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the 
department  chairman.  Advanced  workshop  in  dance  presentation,  including 
performing,  production  and  planned  field  experiences.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

ENES  —  Engineering  Science 

ENES  401  Technological  Assessment  (3)  Intended  for  seniors  not  majoring  in 
engineering.  Not  applicable  as  a  technical  elective  for  engineering  majors.  Analysis  of 
assessing  technology  in  terms  of  goals  and  resources.  Public  and  private  constraints, 
changes  in  objectives  and  organization.   Applications  to  engineering  technology. 

ENES  405  Power  and  the  Environment  (3)  Intended  for  seniors  not  majoring  in 
engineering.  Not  applicable  as  a  technical  elective  for  engineering  majors.  An 
introduction  to  the  power  needs  of  society.  The  interrelationship  between  man's  use  of 
energy  and  the  effect  on  the  eco-system.  Introduction  to  the  techniques  of  power 
production  with  special  emphasis  on  nuclear  fueled  power  plants. 

ENES  414  Solar  Energy  Applications  in  Buildings  (3)  Prerequisite:  PHYS  262  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Methods  of  utilizing  solar  energy  to  provide  heating,  cooling,  hot 
water,  and  electricity  for  buildings;  survey  of  related  techniques  for  reducing  energy 
consumption  in  buildings.  Solar  collectors,  heating  and  cooling  systems,  water  heaters, 
energy  storage,  solar  cells,  solar-thermal  power  systems.  Quantitative  evaluation  of 
system  efficiencies;  economics  of  solar  energy  utilization;  structural  and  esthetic 
integration  of  solar  collectors  and  system  components  into  building  designs. 

ENES  473  Principles  of  Highway  and  Traffic  Engineering  (3)  Prerequisites: 
permission  of  instructor.  Designed  to  assist  the  non-engineer  in  understanding  highway 
transportation  systems.  A  survey  of  the  fundamentals  of  traffic  characteristics  and 
operations.  Study  of  the  methods  and  implementation  of  traffic  control  and  regulation. 
An  examination  of  highway  design  procedures,  and  the  role  of  traffic  engineering  in 
transportation  systems  safety  improvements. 

ENFP  —  Engineering,  Fire  Protection 

ENFP  411  Fire  Protection  Hazard  Analysis  (3)  Prerequisites:  ENFP  251  and  315. 
Appraisal  and  measurement  of  fire  safety.  Application  of  systems  analysis,  probability 
theory,  engineering  economy,  and  risk  management  in  the  identification  and  synthesis 
of  components  of  fire  protection  engineering.  Methods  for  the  development  of  criteria 
for  the  design,  evaluation  and  assessment  of  fire  safety  or  component  hazards. 

ENFP  412  Heat  Transfer  Applications  in  Fire  Protection  (3)  Prerequisites:  CMSC 
110,  ENES  240;  or  ENME  320,  ENME  217.  The  principles  of  heat  transfer.  Application 
of  the  governing  equations  for  conduction,  convection  and  radiation  heat  transfer  to 
fire  protection  problems.  Analysis  of  the  concepts  of  combustion  with  the  chemical  and 
physical  components.  Discussion  and  study  of  ignition,  propagation  and  explosion 
phenomena. 

ENFP  416  Problem  Synthesis  and  Design  (3)  Prerequisite  senior  standing. 
Techniques  and  procedures  of  problem  orientation  and  solution  design  utilizing  logical 


HEBR  —  Hebrew     513 


and   numerical   procedures.   Student  development  of  research  projects  in  selected 

areas. 

ENFP  417  Fire  Protection  Hydraulic  Design  (3)  Prerequisites   ENFP  315;  CMSC  110 

or  ENES  240.  Procedures  and  techniques  used  to  analyze  complex  fire  protection 

distribution  and  suppression  systems  by  computer  analysis.  Examination  of  existing 

computer  analysis  techniques  and  programs  with  fire  protection  design  concepts. 

Student  initiated  computer  design  projects. 

ENFP  489  Special  Topics  (3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  the  department.  Selected 

topics  of  current  importance  of  fire  protection.  Limited  to  a  total  of  6  credits. 

FOLA  —  Foreign  Language 

FOLA  408  Foreign  Language  I  (3)  Intensive  study  of  a  foreign  language  or  related 
topic  not  available  under  one  of  the  current  foreign  language  departments  or 
programs.    May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  the  arts  and  humanities  language  requirement. 

FOLA  409  Foreign  Language  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  FOLA  408  in  the  same  language  or 
topic.  A  continuation  of  FOLA  408.  May  not  be  used  to  fulfill  Division  of  arts  and 
humanities  language  requirement. 

FOLA  459  Foreign  Literature  in  Translation  (3)  Reading  and  discussion  of  selected 
authors,  periods  or  genres  of  a  foreign  literature  not  otherwise  offered.  May  be 
repeated  for  six  credits  in  a  single  literature  if  content  is  different.  All  readings  and 
instruction  in  English. 

GREK  —  Greek 

GREK  402  Greek  Philosophers  (3) 

GREK  403  Greek  Tragedy  (3) 

GREK  404  Greek  Comedy  (3) 

GREK  405  Greek  Oratory  (3) 

GREK  406  Greek  Epigraphy  (3) 

GREK  488  Independent  Study  in  Greek  Language  and  Literature  (1-3)  Permission 

of  departmental  chairman  and  instructor  required.    Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 

credits. 

GREK  499  Greek  Readings  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  the  instructor.  The  reading  of 

one  or  more  selected  Greek  authors.  Reports.  May  be  repeated  with  different  content. 

HEBR  —  Hebrew 

HEBR  401  Introduction  to  Classical  Hebrew  I  (3)  Readings  in  the  Bible  and  other 

classical  texts  in  original  Hebrew.    Emphasis  on  classical  grammar  and  vocabulary, 

and  reading  of  textual  passages. 

HEBR  402  Introduction  to  Classical   Hebrew  II  (3)  Prerequisite    HEBR  401    or 

equivalent.  Continuation  of  HEBR  401 . 

HEBR    403    History   of   the    Hebrew    Language   (3)    Prerequisite     HEBR    201    or 

permission  of  instructor.  Survey  of  the  history  of  Hebrew  from  the  period  of  the  Bible 

through  modern  Israeli  Hebrew.  Readings  in  Hebrew. 

HEBR  431    Modern  Hebrew  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:   HEBR  301   or  equivalent. 


514     DHCR  —  Human  and  Community  Resources 


Selected  readings  from  the  major  Hebrew  prose  writers  of  the  20th  century  such  as  J. 
Steinberg,  Burla,  Berkovitz,  Shofman  and  Agnon  describing  traditional  Jewish  life  in  the 
Diaspora  Mileu  and  in  the  land  of  Israel. 

HEBR  432  Contemporary  Hebrew  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  301  or 
equivalent.  The  problems  facing  modern  man  as  reflected  in  the  writings  of  Agnon, 
Hazaz,  Meged,  Yehoshua,  Amichai,  and  others.  Training  in  literary  criticism.  Reading 
of  periodicals  dealing  with  current  literary  trends. 

HEBR  441  Studies  in  Classical  Hebrew  and  Epigraphy  (3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  115 
or  equivalent.  Linguistic  peculiarities  of  Classical  Hebrew  from  Pre-Biblical  epigraphic 
records  to  the  Dead  Sea  Scrolls.  Application  of  the  method  of  literary  form  criticism  to 
epic  poetry  and  Thanksgiving  songs,  cultic  formulae,  historical  annals  and  narratives. 

HEBR  442  Classical  Hebrew  Literature  (3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  115  or  knowledge  of 
Classical  Hebrew.  Readings  in  the  Hebrew  text  of  the  Bible  and  related  texts. 
Emphasis  on  the  issues  and  methodology  of  modern  biblical  scholarship. 

HEBR  471  Readings  in  Rabbinic  Hebrew  (3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  115  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Introductory  readings  in  Mishnaic  and  Talmudic  Hebrew  texts.  Language  of 
instruction  English;  all  texts  in  Hebrew. 

HEBR  472  Readings  in  Medieval  Hebrew  (3)  Prerequisite:  HEBR  115  or  permission  of 
instructor.  Introductory  readings  in  Medieval  Hebrew  texts.  Language  of  instruction 
English;  all  texts  in  Hebrew. 

HEBR  498  Special  Topics  in  Hebrew  (3)  Prerequisite:  as  announced  in  the  Schedule 
of  Classes  for  each  topic.  Repeatable  for  a  maximum  of  six  credits  provided  the 
content  is  different. 

DHCR  —  Human  and  Community  Resources 

DHCR  400  The  Future  of  the  Human  Community  (3)  Examination  of  the  future  of  our 
social  and  cultural  institutions  for  education  and  child  rearing,  social  and  family 
relationships,  health  and  leisure,  information  exchange,  and  the  provision  of  food, 
clothing,  and  shelter. 

DHCR  488  Selected  Topics  in  Human  and  Community  Resources  (1-3)  Topics  in 
interdisciplinary  processes  relevant  to  the  study  of  human  and  community  resources. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  when  the  subject  matter  is  different  and  when 
there  is  no  suffix. 

DHCR  788  Advanced  Topics  in  Human  and  Community  Resources  (3)  Topics  in 
interdisciplinary  areas  relevant  to  the  study  of  human  and  community  resources. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject  matter  is  different. 

HSAD  —  Housing  and  Design 

HSAD  440  Interior  Design  III  (4)  Eight  hours  studio  periods.  Prerequisite:  HSAD  344. 
Preparation  of  complete  presentation:  work  specifications,  floor  plans,  purchase 
orders,  renderings,  etc.  Portfolio  preparation.  , 

HSAD  441  Interior  Design  IV  (4)  Eight  hours  studio  periods.  Prerequisite:  HSAD  440. 
Preparation  of  complete  presentation:  work  specifications,  floor  plans,  purchase 
orders,  renderings,  etc.  Portfolio  preparation. 

HSAD  442  Barrier-free  Interiors  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  APDS  101 A  or  equivalent  and 


JAPN  —  Japanese     515 


consent  of  instructor.  An  introduction  to  determinants  of  design  decisions  in  relation  to 
the  handicapped,  aging  and  disabled:  physical  limitations  and  design  support 
systems. 

HSAD  443  Barrier-free  Interiors  II  (3)  Prerequisites:  HSAD  343,  HSAD  442.  Three 
studio  periods.  Experience  in  solving  problems  related  to  interior  space,  both 
individual  and  congregate,  and  its  use  by  the  handicapped,  aging  and  disabled. 

HSAD  451  Gaming  Simulation  in  Design  I  (3)  Prerequisites  Two  upper-division  level 
courses  in  HSAD,  FMCD,  ARCH,  URBS,  GVPT  or  permission  of  instructor.  Simulation 
games  as  a  means  to  model  social  interaction.  Applications  in  the  fields  of  urban, 
architectural,  interior  and  graphic  design;  planning;  housing;  and  community 
development.  Mathematical  gaming  theory  as  it  relates  to  simulation  games. 

HSAD  452  Gaming  Simulation  in  Design  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  HSAD  451  The  design 
and  testing  of  student-developed  simulation  games  in  the  fields  of  urban,  architectural, 
interior  and  graphic  design;  planning;  housing;  and  community  development. 

HSAD  458  Readings  in  Housing  (3)  Prerequisite:  SOCY  100  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Readings  in  depth  under  the  guidance  of  a  faculty  member  on  one  or  more 
facets  of  housing,  in  support  of  individual  interests  in  urban  renewal,  public  housing, 
etc.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

HSAD  460  Housing  Costs  and  Financing  (3)  Prerequisites:  MATH  110  and  ECON 
205  or  equivalent.  Effects  of  housing  costs  and  financing  on  the  ability  of  households 
to  obtain  satisfactory  housing.  Influence  of  the  public  and  private  groups  on  the  cost  of 
housing  and  availability  of  financing.  Basic  quantitative  techniques  of  housing  cost 
analysis. 

HSAD  462  Seminar  on  Ideas  in  Design  (3)  Pre-  or  corequisite:  HSAD  362  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Detailed  examination  and  discussion  of  concepts  presented  in  HSAD  362. 

HSAD  488  Selected  Topics  in  Housing  and  Interior  Design  (1-6)  Offered  on 
demand.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

HSAD  499  Individual  Study  in  Housing  And/or  Interior  Design  (3-4)  Guidance  for 
the  advanced  student  capable  of  independent  subject  matter  investigation  or  creative 
work.  Problem  chosen  with  consent  of  instructor. 

HSAD  658  Special  Topics  in  Housing  and  Interior  Design  (3-6)  Individual  study  or 
arranged  group  study.  May  be  repeated  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours. 

JAPN  —  Japanese 

JAPN  401  Readings  in  Modern  Japanese  I  (3)  Prerequisite:  JAPN  302  or  equivalent 
Development  of  translation  techniques,  vocabulary,  grammar,  and  reading  speed. 
Readings  in  history,  social  sciences,  modern  literature,  and  modern  newspaper  and 
periodical  literature. 

JAPN  402  Readings  in  Modern  Japanese  II  (3)  Prerequisite:  JAPN  401  or  equivalent 
Continuation  of  more  advanced  readings. 

JAPN  403  Readings  in  Classical  Japanese  (3)  Prerequisite:  JAPN  302  or  equivalent. 
Classical  Japanese  grammar  and  the  varied  styles  of  classical  Japanese.  Readings  in 
classical  texts  drawn  from  the  Heian,  Kamakura,  Muromachi,  and  Edo  periods. 

JAPN  414  Masterpieces  of  Classical  Japanese  Literature  in  Translation  (3)  Major 
classics,  with  focus  on  philosophical,  historical  and  cultural  backgrounds. 


516     LATN  — Latin 


JAPN  415  Modern  Japanese  Fiction  in  Translation  (3)  Major  themes  and  literary 
developments  in  fiction  from  the  late  19th  century  to  the  present.  Emphasis  on  the 
works  of  Kawabata,  Tanizaki,  Mishima,  and  Abe. 

JAPN  418  Japanese  Literature  in  Translation  (3)  Representative  works  of  Japanese 
literature  in  translation.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  nine  credits  when  content  differs. 

JAPN  421  History  of  the  Japanese  Language  (3)  Investigation  of  the  origin  of  the 
Japanese  language,  its  relationship  with  other  languages,  and  its  development.  In 
English. 

JAPN  422  Introductory  Japanese  Linguistics  (3)  An  investigation  of  Japanese  sound 
patterns  and  syntax  through  a  comparison  with  English. 

JAPN  499  Directed  Study  in  Japanese  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  permission  of  instructor. 
Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits. 

LATN  —  Latin 

LATN  400  level  course  prerequisite:  LATN  361 

LATN  401  Catullus  and  the  Roman  Elegiac  Poets  (3) 

LATN  402  Tacitus  (3) 

LATN  403  Roman  Satire  (3) 

LATN  404  Roman  Comedy  (3) 

LATN  405  Lucretius  (3) 

LATN  411  Advanced  Latin  Grammar  (3)  Prerequisite:  three  years  of  college  Latin  or 
equivalent.  An  intensive  study  of  the  morphology  and  syntax  of  the  Latin  language 
supplemented  by  rapid  reading. 

LATN  488  Independent  Study  in  Latin  Language  and  Literature  (1-3)  Permission  of 
departmental  chairman  and  instructor  required.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits. 

LATN  499  Latin  Readings  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  The  reading  of  one 
or  more  selected  Latin  authors  from  antiquity  through  the  Renaissance.  Reports.  May 
be  repeated  with  different  content. 

LATN  610  Vulgar  Latin  Readings  (3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor.  An  intensive 
review  of  the  phonology,  morphology,  and  syntax  of  classical  latin,  followed  by  the 
study  of  the  deviations  of  vulgar  Latin  from  the  classical  norms,  with  the  reading  of 
illustrative  texts.  The  reading  of  selections  from  the  peregrinatio  ad  loca  sancta  and  the 
study  of  divergences  from  classical  usage  therein,  with  special  emphasis  of  those 
which  anticipate  subsequent  developments  in  the  romance  languages.  Reports. 

LING  —  Linguistics 

LING  410  Grammar  and  Meaning  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  312.  The  basic  notions  of 
semantic  theory:  reference,  quantification,  scope  relations,  compositionality,  thematic 
relations,  tense  and  time,  etc.  The  role  these  notions  play  in  grammars  of  natural 
languages.  Properties  of  logical  form  and  relationship  with  syntax. 

LING  411  Comparative  Syntax  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  312.  Comparison  of  data  from  a 
variety  of  languages  with  respect  to  some  aspect  of  current  version  of  syntactic  theory 
in  order  to  investigate  how  parameters  of  universal  grammar  are  fixed  differently  in 


LING  —  Linguistics     517 


different  languages.  Attempts  to  work  out  fragments  of  grammars  for  some  languages. 

LING  419  Topics  in  Syntax  (3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  subject 
matter  is  different. 

LING  420  Word  Formation  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  322.  Definition  of  shape  and 
meaning  of  possible  words,  both  across  languages  and  within  particular  languages. 
Interaction  between  principles  of  word  formation  and  other  components  of  a  grammar: 
syntax,  logical  form  and  phonology. 

LING  421  Advanced  Phonology  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  322.  Topics  in  current 
phonological  theory,  as  they  relate  to  data  from  the  sound  systems  of  various 
languages.  Segmental  and  prosodic  analysis.  Discussion  of  autosegmental  theory, 
metrical  theory,  etc. 

LING  429  Topics  in  Phonology  (3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  subject 
matter  is  different. 

LING  430  Language  Change  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  240.  Changes  in  grammars  from 
generation  to  generation.  Consequences  for  the  theory  of  grammars.  Traditional  work 
on  historical  change. 

LING  431  Indo-European  Studies  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  330.  Reconstruction  of  the 
Indo-European  language  according  to  the  theories  of  the  Neo-grammarians  and  their 
followers.   The  development  of  Proto-Indo-European  into  its  descendants. 

LING  439  Topics  in  Diachronic  Linguistics  (3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six 
credits  if  subject  matter  is  different. 

LING  440  Grammars  and  Cognition  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  240.  Relationship  between 
the  structure,  development  and  functioning  of  grammars  and  the  structure, 
development  and  functioning  of  other  mental  systems.  Interpretations  of  experimental 
and  observational  work  on  children's  language,  aphasia,  speech  production  and 
comprehension. 

LING  445  Grammars  and  Performance  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  240.  The  ways  in  which 
a  person's  grammar  can  be  put  to  use.  The  ways  that  grammars  function  in  sentence 
processing;  language  parsers. 

LING  451  Grammars  and  Variation  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  311.  Grammars  and  the 
use  of  language  in  a  variety  of  styles:  formal,  casual,  literary,  etc.  Consequences  for 
concepts  of  grammars.  Variation  theory.  Literary  styles. 

LING  453  Mathematical  Approaches  to  Language  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  312.  The 
aspects  of  mathematics  used  in  linguistic  discussions:  recursion  theory,  Chomsky's 
hierarchy  of  grammars,  set  theory,  Boolean  algebra  ,  finite  state  grammars, 
context-free  grammars,  etc.  Applications  to  theories  of  grammars.  Formalizations  of 
grammatical  theories. 

LING  455  Second  Language  Teaching  (3)  Relationship  between  theories  of 
grammars,  and  techniques  used  for  teaching  and  learning  second  languages,  and  for 
the  teaching  and  learning  of  English  in  schools. 

LING  457  Grammars  and  Discourse  (3)  Prerequisite:  LING  240.  The  use  of  a 
person's  grammar  in  communication,  sentence  production.  Speech  act  theory, 
pragmatics. 

LING  499  Directed  Studies  in  Linguistics  (1-3)  Prerequisite:  consent  of  instructor. 


518     WMST  —  Women's  Studies 


Independent  study  or  research  on  language  under  the  supervision  of  a  faculty 
member.  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  six  credits  if  the  subject  matter  is  different. 

WMST  —  Women's  Studies 

WMST  400  Theories  of  Feminism  (3)  A  study  of  feminist  theories  from  an 
interdisciplinary  perspective,  including  politics,  sociology,  psychology,  anthropology, 
and  and  philosophy.  Prerequisite:  a  course  on  women  (ideally  WMST  200)  or  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

WMST  498  Special  Topics  in  Women's  Studies  (1-3)  Repeatable  to  a  maximum  of  6 
credits.  Prerequisite:  a  course  on  women  (ideally  WMST  200)  or  consent  of  instructor. 


519 


The 

Graduate  Faculty 


Aaron,  Henry  J.  Professor,  Part-time,  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles),  1958;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Abed,    Eyad    H.   Assistant   Professor,    Electrical    Engineering.     B.S.,    Massachusetts 

Institute  of  Technology,  1979;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1981;  Ph.D., 

1982. 

Adams,   John   Q.,   Ill   Professor,   Economics.    A.B.,   Oberlin   College,    1960;    Ph.D., 

University  of  Texas,  1965. 

Adams,    William   W.    Professor,    Mathematics.     B.A.,    University   of   California   (Los 

Angeles),  1959;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1964. 

Ades,  Ibrahim  Z.  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  B/A/,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles),  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Adler,  Isidore  Professor,  Chemistry  and  Geology.  B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1942;  M.S., 
Brooklyn  Polytechnic  Institute,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Agar,  Michael  H.  Professor,  Anthropology.  A.B.,  Stanford  University,  1967;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1971. 

Aggour,  M.  Sherif  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Cairo  University,  1964; 
M.S.,  1966; 'Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1972. 

Agrawala,  Ashok  K.  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  Agra  University,  1960;  B.E., 
Indian  Institute  of  Science,  1963;  M.E.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1970. 

Agre,  Gene  P.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 
B.A.,  Macalester  College,  1951;  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1953;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1964. 

Aguilar-Mora,  Jorge  Assistant  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.A.,  Universidad 
Nacional  de  Mexico,  1974;  Ph.D.,  El  Colegio  de  Mexico,  1976. 

A'Hearn,  Michael  F.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Boston  College,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1966. 

Ahrens,  Richard  A.  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration.  B.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Davis),  1963. 

Albrecht,  Pedro  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  Dipl.  Ing.,  Federal  Institute  of 
Technology  (Switzerland),  1962;  Ph.D.,  Lehigh  University,  1972. 

Alexander,  James  C.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964; 
Ph.D.,  1968. 


520     Alexander,  Millard  H. 


Alexander,  Millard  H.  Professor,  Chemistry.    B.A.,  Harvard,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Paris,  1967. 

Alford,  C.  Fred  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.    B.A.,  Austin  College, 

1969;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1971. 

Allan,  J.  David  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.    B.Sc,  University  of  British  Columbia, 

1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Allan,  Thomas  K.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.S., 
Northwestern  University,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Allen,  LaRue  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  A.B.,  Radcliffe  College,  1972;  M.S., 
Yale  Univesity,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1980. 

Allen,  Redfield  W.  Professor,  Part-time,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1959. 

Alley,  Carroll  O.,  Jr.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Richmond, 
1948;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Almenas,  Kazys  K.  Associate  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  of  Nebraska,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  and  Polytechnic  of  Warsaw,  1968. 

Almon,  Clopper,  Jr.  Professor,  Economics.  A.B.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1956;  Ph.D., 
Harvard  University,  1962. 

Alston-Mills,  Brenda  Assistant  Professor,  Animal  Science.  A.B.,  Lycoming  College, 
1967;  M.Sc,  Michigan  State  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  ,  1984. 

Alt,  Frank  B.  Associate  Professor  and  Director  of  Doctoral  Program,  College  of 
Business  and  Management.  B.S.E.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1967;  M.S.,  Georgia 
Institute  of  Technology.  1973;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Amershek,  Kathleen  G.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S., 
Indiana  State  College  (Pennsylvania),  1951;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1966. 

Ammon,  Herman  L.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.Sc,  Brown  University,  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Washington,  1963. 

Anand,  Davinder  K.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  George  Washington 
University,  1959;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Anderson,  Elaine  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and  Community  Development.  B.S., 
The  University  of  Nebraska,  1973;  M.S.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1975; 
Ph.D.,  1978. 

Anderson,  John  D.  Jr.  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Florida, 
1959;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1966. 

Anderson,  J.  Robert  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Iowa  State  University, 
1955;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Anderson,  Nancy  S.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1952;  M.A., 
Ohio  State  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Andrews,  J.  Edward  Visiting  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 
B.S.,  Frostburg  State  College,  1957;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  Ed.D.,  1968. 


Azar,  Edward  E.     521 


Angle,  Jay  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975; 
M.S.,  ,  1978;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1980. 

Antman,  Stuart  S.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute, 
1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Antonsen,  Thomas,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Cornell 
Universty,  1973;  M.S.,  ,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Arends,  Richard  I.  Professor  and  Chairperson,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S., 
Eastern  Oregon  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Oregon,  1972. 

Armstrong,  Earlene  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  North  Carolina  Central 
University,  1969;  M.S.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1975. 

Armstrong,  Richard  N.  Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Western  Illinois 
University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Marquette  University,  1974. 

Armstrong,  Ronald  W.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1955;  M.Sc,  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Carneigie-Mellon 
University,  1958. 

Arnold,  Douglas  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Brown  University,  1975; 
S.M.,  University  of  Chicago,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Arrighi,  Margarite  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Westhampton 
College,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
(Greensboro),  1974. 

Assad,  Arjang  J.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1971;  M.S.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Atchison,  William  F.  Professor,  Computer  Science.  A.B..  Georgetown  College 
(Kentucky),  1938;  M.A.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1943. 

Auchard,  John  F.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  New  York  University,  1970;  M.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1980. 

Auslander,  Joseph  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1952;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Austing,  Richard  H.  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  Xavier  University, 
1953;  M.S.,  Saint  Louis  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1963. 

Axelson,  Marta  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration. 
B.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1979. 

Axley,  John  H.  Professor,  Agronomy.    B.A.,   University  of  Wisconsin,   1937;  Ph.D., 

1945. 

Aycock,  Marvin  K.,  Jr.  Professor,  Agronomy.    B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University, 

1959;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1966. 

Ayyub,  Biial  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Kuwait  University,  1980; 
M.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1981;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Azar,  Edward  E.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics;  Director,  Center  for  International 
Studies.  B.A.,  American  University  of  Beirut,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  the  Pacific, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1969. 


522     Babuska,  Ivo 


Babuska,  Ivo  Research  Professor,  Mathematics  and  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.  Dipl.  Ing.,  Technical  University  of  Prague,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1951;  Ph.D., 
Czechoslovak  Academy  of  Sciences,  1955;  D.Sc,  1960. 

Baer,  Ferdinand  Professor  and  Chairman,  Meteorology.  B.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1950;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Bailey,  Martin  J.  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles), 
1951;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Bailey,  William  J.  Research  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.Chem.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1946. 

Baker,  Donald  J.  Associate  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.  B.S.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Ball,  Michael  O.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.E.S., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1972;  M.S.E.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1977. 

Bandel,  Vernon  A.  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S., 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Banerjee,  Manoj  K.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Patna  University,  1949; 
M.S.,  Calcutta  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Baras,  John  S.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  DipI.E.E.,  National  Technical 
University  of  Athens,  1970;  S.M.,  Harvard  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Barbe,  David  F.  Associate  Director  for  Energy  Research  Center;  Professor,  Electrical 
Engineering.  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1962;  M.S.,  ,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1969. 

Barbera,  Anthony  J.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S., 
Loyola  College,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Barbosa,  Pedro  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1966;  M.S., 
University  of  Massachusetts,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Bardasis,  Angelo  Associate  Professor  and  Associate  Chairman,  Physics  and 
Astronomy.  B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1959; 
Ph.D.,  ,  1962. 

Barker,  Donald  B.  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.M.E.,  University 
of  Washington,  1969;  M.S.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1976. 

Barkin,  Steve  M.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1965;  M.A.,  ,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1977. 

Barlow,  Jewel  B.  Associate  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.E.,  Auburn 
University,  1963;  M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto,  1970. 

Barnett,  Audrey  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Wilson  College,  1955;  M.A., 
Indiana  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Barnett,  Neal  M.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.-  B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1959;  Ph.D., 
Duke  University,  1966. 

Barry,  Jackson  G.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Yale  University,  1950;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Case-Western  Reserve  University,  1963. 


Belz,  Herman  J.     523 


Bartol,  Kathryn  M.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  Marygrove 
College,  1963;  M.A.,  Univeristy  of  Michigan,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University, 
1972. 

Basham,  Ray  S.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  United  States 
Military  Academy,  1945;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1952;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Basili,  Victor  R.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  Fordham 
University,  1961;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1970. 

Bean,  George  A.  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Beasley,  Maurine  H.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A.,  University  of 
Missouri,  1958;  B.J.,  1958;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  George  Washington 
University,  1974. 

Beaton,  John  R.  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration;  Dean, 
College  of  Human  Ecology.   B.A.,  University  of  Toronto,  1949;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Beatty,  Charles  J.  Associate  Professor,  Industrial  Education.  B.S.,  Northern  Michigan 
University,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1966. 

Bechhoefer,  William  B.  Associate  Dean  for  Graduate  Studies;  Associate  Professor, 
School  of  Architecture.  A.B.;  B.  Arch.,  Harvard  College,  1963;  M.  Arch.,  Harvard 
Graduate  School  of  Design,  1967. 

Beck,  Kenneth  H.  Associate  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1972;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Beckjord,  Peter  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.F.,  University  of  West 
Virginia,  1972;  M.S.F.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  U.,  1978. 

Beckman,  Paula  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  Hastings  College, 
1974;  M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1980. 

Beckmann,  Robert  B.  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  University 
of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1944. 

Bedingfield,  James  P.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.B.A.,  1968;  D.B.A.,  1972. 

Behall,  Kay  McCague  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  B.S.,  University  of  Arizona,  1965;  M.S.,  Oregon  State  University,  1968; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1982. 

Beicken,  Peter  U.  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages.  M.A., 
University  of  Munich  (Germany),  1968;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1971. 

Bell,  Roger  A.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.Sc,  University  of  Melbourne, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  Australian  National  University,  1961;  Ph.D.  (honoris  causa),  Uppsala 
University,  1982. 

Bellama,  John  M.  Professor,  Chemistry.  A.B.,  Allegheny  College,  1960;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1966. 

Belz,  Herman  J.  Professor,  History.  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1959;  M.A.,  University 
of  Washington,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 


524     Bender,  Filmore  E. 


Bender,  Filmore  E.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  University 
of  California  (Davis),  1961;  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Benedetto,  John  J.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Boston  College,  1960;  M.A. 
Harvard  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto,  1964. 

Benesch,  William  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  B.A., 
Lehigh  University,  1942;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Bennett,  Maurice  J.  Associate  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1971; 
M.A.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Bennett,  Ralph  D.  Associate  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.A.  Arch.,  Princeton 
University,  1961;  M.F.A.  Arch,  1966. 

Bennett,  Robert  L.  Associate  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1951; 
M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Bennett,  Stanley  W.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  Iowa  State 
University,  1959;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1970. 

Benson,  Jeri  Assistant  Professor,  Measurement,  Statistics  and  Evaluation.  B.A., 
University  of  Florida,  1973;  M.A.E.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Bentley,  Eric  Professor,  Comparative  Literature  and  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre. 
B.A..,  Oxford  University,  1938;  B.  Litt.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1941;  D.  Lift., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1975;  ,  University  of  East  Anglia,  1979. 

Berdahl,  Robert  O.  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration;  Director, 
Institute  for  Research  in  Higher  and  Adult  Education.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles),  1949;  M.Sc,  London  School  of  Economics  and  Political  Science,  1957;  M.A., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Berenstein,  Carlos  A.  Professor,  Mathematics.  Licenciado  En  Matematicas,  University 
of  Buenos  Aires,  1966;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Berg,  Kenneth  R.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1960;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Berg,  Linda  R.  Lecturer,  Botany.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.,  1976; 
Ph.D.,  1983. 

Berger,  Bruce  S.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1954;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Bergmann,  Barbara  R.  Professor,  Economics.  A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1948;  M.A., 
Harvard  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Berke,  Deborah  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.F.A.,  Rhode  Island 
School  of  Design,  1975;  B.  Arch.,  ,  1977;  M.U.P.,  City  University  of  New  York,  1984. 

Berlin,  Adele  Associate  Professor,  Hebrew  and  East  Asian.  B.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Berlin,  Ira  Professor,  History.  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963;  M.A.,  1966;  Ph.D., 
1970. 

Berman,  Joel  H.  Professor,  Music.  B.S.,  Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1951;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1953;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1957. 


Block,  Ira     525 

Berman,  Louise  M.  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration.  A.B., 
Wheaton  College,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1953;  Ed.D.,  1960. 

Bernard,  Peter  S.  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  BE.  (ME),  City 
College  of  the  City  University  of  New  York,  1972;  M.S.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California,  Berkeley,  1977. 

Bernstein,  Melvin  Professor,  Music;  Administrative  Dean  for  Summer  Programs.  A.B., 
Southwestern  University,  1947;  B.  Mus.,  1948;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1949; 
M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Berry,  Bradford  W.  Adjunct  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration. 
B.S.,  Washington  State  University,  1963;  M.S.,  New  Mexico  State  University,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  Texas  A  &  M  University,  1972. 

Berry,  Thomas  E.  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and 
Literatures.  B.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1966. 

Best,  Otto  F.  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literature.  Ph.D., 
University  of  Munich  (Germany),  1963. 

Beste,  C.  Edward  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1961; 
M.S.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Betancourt,  Roger  R.  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Georgetown  University,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1969. 

Bhagat,  Satindar  M.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Jammu  and  Kashmir 
University,  1950;  M.Sc,  University  of  Delhi,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Bickley,  William  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Entomology.  B.A.,  University  of  Tennessee, 
1934;  M.S.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1940. 

Billig,  Frederick  S.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.E.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1955.  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Birdsall  Esther  K.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Central  Michigan  University, 
1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Arizona,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

Birk,  Janice  M.  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  Sacred  Heart 
College,  1963;  M.A.,  Loyola  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1970. 

Birkner,  Francis  B.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering  and  Chemical  and  Nuclear 
Engineering.  B.S.,  Newark  College  of  Engineering,  1961;  M.S.E.,  University  of  Florida, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Black,  Cordell  W.  Associate  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  B.A.,  St,  Augustine's 
College,  1965;  M.  A.,  Wayne  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1976. 

Blankenship,  Gilmer  L.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1967;  M.S.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Blitz,  Leo  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1967; 
M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1975;  M.Phil.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Block,  Ira  Associate  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1971. 


526     Bloom,  Paul  N. 


Bloom,  Paul  N.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.    B.S., 

Lehigh  University,  1968;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern 

University,  1974. 

Blumler,  Jay  G.  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.    B.A.,  Antioch  College,  1947;  D. 

Phil,  University  of  Oxford,  1962. 

Bobrow,  Davis  B.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.    B.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 

1955;     B.A.,     1956;     B.A.,     Queen's     College,     Oxford     University,     1958;     Ph.D., 

Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1962. 

Bockstael,  Nancy  E.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics. 
A.B.,  Connecticut  College,  1971;  M.A.,  Brown  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Rhode  Island,  1976. 

Bodin,  Lawrence  D.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S., 
Northeastern  University,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1966;  Ph.D., 
1967. 

Bodwell,  C.E.  Adjunct  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration.  B.S., 
Oklahoma  State  University,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Cambridge  (England),  1959; 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1964. 

Boldt,  Elihu  A.  Adjunct  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Bonar,  Dale  B.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Whitman  College,  1967;  M.S., 
University  of  the  Pacific,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1973. 

Bonta,  Juan  P.  Professor,  Housing  and  Design.  B.H.,  Collegio  Nacional  de  Buenos 
Aires,  1951;  M.Arch.,  University  of  Buenos  Aires,  1959. 

Booth,  Nancy  M.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education. 
B.S.,  Seton  Hall  University,  1971;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1973;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1979. 

Borgia,  Gerald  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  A.B.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley), 
1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Bottino,  Paul  J.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  Utah  State  University,  1964;  M.S., 
1965;  Ph.D.,  Washington  State  University,  1969. 

Bourexis,  Patricia  A.  Research  Associate,  Part-time,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  Hood 
College,  1967;  M.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1979. 

Bouwkamp,  John  C.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Bowker,  Albert  H.  Acting  Executive  Vice  President,  School  of  Public  Affairs;  Dean, 
School  of  Public  Affairs;  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  MIT,  1941;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1949. 

Boyce,  Jeanann  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational 
Education.  B.A.,  Douglass  College-Rutgers' University,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of 
Massachusetts  (Amherst),  1974;  Ed.D.,  ,  1981. 

Boyd,  Alfred  C.  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Canisius  College,  1951; 
M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 


Brodsky,  Harold     527 


Boyd,  Derek  A.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Cape  Town  (S. 
Africa),  1964;  B.S.,  (Hons.),  1965;  M.Sc,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology, 
1973. 

Boyd,  Vivian  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A., 
Antioch  College,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland 
(Far  East  Division),  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975. 

Boyle,  Regis  L.  Visiting  Professor,  Part-time,  College  of  Journalism.  A.B.,  Trinity 
College,  1933;  M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1939. 

Brace,  John  W.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1949;  M.A., 
Cornell  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Bradbury,  Miles  L.  Assistant  Professor,  History.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1960;  A.M., 
1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Bradford,  William  D.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  Howard 
University,  1967;  M.B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Brand,  Charles  F.  Director,  M.  Lucia  James  Curriculum  Laboratory.  B.S.,  West  Liberty 
State  College,  1964;  M.Ed.,  Kent  State  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Brandt,  John  C.  Adjunct  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B.,  Washington 
University  (St.  Louis),  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1960. 

Brannigan,  Vincent  M.  Associate  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1973;  J.D.,  Georgetown  University,  1975. 

Brauth,  Steven  E.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic 
Institute,  1967;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1973. 

Brechling,  Frank  P.  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Freiburg,  1951;  Ph.D., 
Trinity  College,  1955. 

Brecht,  Richard  D.  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman,  Germanic  and  Slavic 
Languages  and  Literatures.  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1965;  M.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Breslow,  Marvin  A.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1957; 
A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Brigham,  Bruce  H.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  SUNY 
(Brockport),  1949;  M.A.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University,  1967. 

Brill,  Dieter  R.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Princeton  University,  1954; 
Ph.D.,  1959. 

Brin,  Michael  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Moscow  State  University,  1970; 
Ph.D.,  Kharkov  State  University,  1975. 

Brinkley,  Howard  J.  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1958;  M.S., 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Brinsfield,  Russell  B.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1971;  M.S.,  ,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Brodsky,  Harold  Associate  Professor,  Geography.  B.S.,  City  University  of  New  York 
(Brooklyn  College),  1954;  M.S.,  Colorado  College,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Washington,  1966. 


528     Brown,  Charles  C. 


Brown,  Charles  C.  Associate  Professor,  Economics.  A.B.,  Boston  College,  1970; 
M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1974. 

Brown,  Earl  H.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics;  Dean,  College  of 
Agriculture;  Associate  Provost,  Division  of  Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences.  B.S., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1961. 

Brown,  Elizabeth  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut, 
1974;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Brown,  Elizabeth  Y.  Lecturer,  Physical  Education  and  Secondary  Education.  B.S., 
Kent  State  University,  1965;  M.Ed.,  1967;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Houston,  1973. 

Brown,  John  H.  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1952; 
MA,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Brown,  Peter  G.  Acting  Assistant  Executive  Vice  President  and  Professor,  School  of 
Public  Affairs.  B.A.,  Haverford  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1964;  Ph.D., 
1969. 

Brown,  Richard  H.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1961;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (San 
Diego),  1973. 

Brown,  Robert  A.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  University  of  Richmond, 
1958;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Bruns,  Herbert  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1972; 
M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1981. 

Brush,  Stephen  G.  Professor,  History  and  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.   A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Oxford  University,  1958. 

Brusilow,  William  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Chemistry.  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  , 
1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1980. 

Bryer,  Jackson  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965. 

Buckley,  Frank  T.,  Jr.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Bundy,  Mary  L.  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  A.B.,  State 
University  College  (Potsdam),  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1960. 

Burke,  Philip  J.  Chairman  and  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.S.,  University  of 
Scranton,  1963;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1970. 

Burnham,  Jack  W.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Art.  B.F.A.,  Yale  University,  1959;  M.F.A., 
1961. 

Burt,  John  J.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Health  Education.  B.A.,  Duke  University,  1956; 
M.Ed.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Oregon,  1960;  Ed.D., 
1962. 

Butterworth,  Charles  E.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1959;  Doct.,  University  of  Nancy  (France),  1961;  M.A.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 


Celarier,  James  L.     529 


Cadman,  Theodore  W.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering. 
B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Cain,  Jarvis  L.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  Purdue 
University,  1955;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Calabrese,  Richard  V.  Assistant  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  of  Rochester,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Caldwell,  Robert  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Wheaton  College,  1981; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1984. 

Callcott,  George  H.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1950;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina.  1956. 

Campbell,  Elwood  G.  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction;  Assistant  to  the  Dean, 
College  of  Education.  B.S.,  Northeast  Missouri  State  College,  1949;  M.A., 
Northwestern  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Campbell,  Patricia  F.  Assistant  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  College  of 
Saint  Frances,  1970;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1972;  Ph.D..  Florida  State 
University,  1976. 

Candela,  Philip  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Geology.  B.S..  CUNY  (Brooklyn  College). 
1977;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1982. 

Caramello,  Charles  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Wesleyan  University.  1970; 
M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Milwaukee),  1973;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Carbone,  Robert  F.  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration.  B.A.. 
Eastern  Montana  College,  1953;  M.S.,  Emory  University,  1958;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Chicago,  1961. 

Carr,  John  C.  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S..  District  of  Columbia 
Teachers  College,  1952;  M.F.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1953;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Carretta,  Vincent  Associate  Professor.  English.  B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York 
(Binghamton),  1968;  M.A.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa,  1977. 

Carroll,  Stephen  J.,  Jr.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S.. 
University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1957;  M.A..  University  of  Minnesota,  1959;  Ph. 
D.,  1964. 

Carter,  Everett  C.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute, 
1958;  M.E.,  University  of  California,  1959:  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University.  1969. 

Cassidy,  Claire  M.  Lecturer,  Anthropology.  B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin.  1965:  M.S., 
1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Castellan,  Gilbert  W.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S..  Regis  College,  1945;  Ph.D..  Catholic 
University,  1949. 

Cate,  George  A.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A..  Rutgers-The  State  University, 
1960;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Caughey,  John  L.  Assistant  Professor,  American  Studies.  B.A.,  Harvard  College, 
1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1967;  Ph.D..  1970. 

Celarier,  James  L.  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  A.B..  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1956;  M.A..  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1960. 


530     Chambers,  Erve  J. 


Chambers,  Erve  J.  Chairman,  Anthropology.  B.A.,  West  Washington  State  College, 
1969;  M.A.,  University  of  Oregon,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Chambers,  Robert  G.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics. 
B.S.F.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1978. 

Chander,  Suresh  Lecturer  Part-time,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S.,  Banaras  Hindu 
University,  1964;  M.S.,  Indian  Institute  of  Science,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1971;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Chang,  Chia-Cheh  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Tunghai 
University  (Taiwan),  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Chang,  Chung  Yun  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan 
University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1965. 

Chang,  Luke  L.  Y.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Geology.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan 
University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1963. 

Chang,  Peter  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Texas  A  &  M  University, 
1975;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1979;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Chant,  Nicholas  S.  Professor  and  Associate  Chairman,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A., 
University  of  Cambridge,  1962;  M.A.,  Downing  College  (Cambridge  University),  1966; 
Ph.D.,  Lincoln  College  (Oxford  University),  1966. 

Chaves,  Antonio  F.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Geography.  Doctor  of  Law,  University  of 
Havana,  1941;  Ph.D.,  1946;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1948. 

Chen,  Alexander  Assistant  Professor,  Housing  and  Design.  B.A.,  New  York  University, 
1973;  M.U.P.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1980. 

Chen,  Hsing-Hen  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan 
University,  1968;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Chen,  Son-Nan  Associate  Professor,  Finance.  B.A.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1964; 
M.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1971;  Ph.D.,  ,  1975. 

Chern,  Wen  S.  Associate  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics;  Affiliate 
Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  National 
Chang-Hsing  University,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1971;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Choi,  Kyu-Yong  Assistant  Professor,  Chemical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Seoul  National 
University,  1976;  M.S.,  ,  1978;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1984. 

Chopra,  Inderjit  Associate  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.Sc,  Punjab 
Engineering  College,  1965;  M.E.,  Indian  Institute  of  Science,  1968;  Ph.D.,  MIT,  1977. 

Christian,  Charles  M.  Associate  Professor,  Geography  and  Urban  Studies.  B.A., 
Northeastern  State  College,  1966;  M.A.A.T.,  1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1970;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Chu,  Hsin  Professor,  Mathematics.  M.S.,  Tulane  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1959. 

Chu,  Yaohan  Professor,  Computer  Science  and  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S., 
Chiao-Tung  University  (China),  1942;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1945;  Sc.D.,  1953. 


Cohen,  Joel  M.     531 


Churaman,  Charlotte  V.  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and  Community  Development.  B 
Sc,  Berea  College,  1942;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1964;  Ed.D.,  1969. 

Church,  Kenneth  R.  Associate  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  University  of 
Northern  Iowa,  1946;  M.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1963. 

Church,  Marilyn  G.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  Indiana 
University,  1962;  M.S.,  1963;  Ed.D.,  1969. 

Churchill,  John  W.  Associate  Professor,  Recreation.  B.S.,  State  University  College 
(Cortland),  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1968. 

Clabaugh,  Susan  R.  Director,  Educational  Technology  Center.  B.S.,  Oklahoma  State 
University,  1970;  M.S.,  1975;  Ed.D.,  1977. 

Clague,  Christopher  K.  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Lafayette  College,  1961;  Ph.D., 
Harvard  University,  1966. 

Clague,  Monique  W.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and 
Administration.    B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1969. 

Clark,  Eugenie  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1942;  M.A.,  New  York 
University,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Clark,  Jane  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  State  University  of  New 
York  (Brockport),  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Washington  (Seattle),  1970;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1976. 

Clarke,  David  H.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Physical  Education.  B.A.,  Springfield 
College,  1952;  M.S.,  ,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon,  1959. 

Claude,  Richard  P.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  College  of  Saint 
Thomas,  1956;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1964. 

Clearwater,  Harvey  E.  Associate  Professor,  Health  Education.  A.B.,  State  University  of 
New  York  (Albany),  1955;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1967;  Ed.D.,  1970. 

Cleghorn,  Reese  Professor  and  Dean,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A.,  Emory  University, 
1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1956. 

Clignet,  Remi  P.  Professor,  Family  and  Community  Development.  B.Phil.,  University  of 
Paris,  1948;  Licence  es  Lettres,  1951;  Licence  es  Law,  1953;  Licence  es  Psychology, 
1958;  Diplome,  L'ecole  nationale  de  la  France  d'outre  mer,  1954. 

Cline,  Rebecca  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1971;  M.A.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Cobb,  Richard  Brian  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  University  of 
Vermont,  1970;  M.Ed.,  1980;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1983. 

Cockburn,  James  S.  Professor,  History.  LL.B.,  Leeds  University,  1959;  LL.M.,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  1970. 

Coffindaffer,  Billy  L.  Affiliate  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension 
Education.  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1961. 

Cohen,  Joel  M.  Professor,  Mathematics.  Sc.B.,  Brown  University,  1963;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1966. 


532     Cole,  Wayne  S. 


Cole,  Wayne  S.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College,  1946;  M.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Coleman,  Linda  K.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1973; 
M.A.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1982. 

Coletti,  Theresa  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1971; 
M.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Coley,  Thomas  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration; 
Assistant  Provost,  Human  and  Community  Resources.  B.A.,  Moorhead  State  College, 
1971;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1974;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Collmer,  Alan  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany.  B.A.,  Antioch  College,  1973;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1981. 

Colombini,  Marco  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  McGill  University,  1970;  Ph.D., 
1974. 

Colville,  James  Professor,  Civil  Engineering;  Associate  Dean,  College  of  Engineering. 
B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1959;  M.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  1970. 

Colweil,  Rita  R.  Professor,  Microbiology;  Director,  Sea  Grant  Program;  Vice  President 
for  Academic  Affairs.  B.  S.,  Purdue  University,  1956;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Washington,  1961. 

Conger,  Joseph  H.,  Ill  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A., 
University  of  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill),  1973;  M.F.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
(Greensboro),  1975. 

Conway,  M.  Margaret  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1957;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1960;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1965. 

Coogan,  Robert  M.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  lona  College,  1954;  M.A., 
DePaul  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Loyola  University,  1967. 

Cook,  Clarence  H.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1948;  M.S., 
1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  1962. 

Cook,  Thomas  M.  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  M.S., 
1957;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers-The  State  University,  1963. 

Cooke,  Todd  J.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  Antioch  College,  1974;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1979. 

Cooper,  David  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education.  A.B.,  Brown  University, 
1975;  M.Ed.,  University  of  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill,  1980;  Ph.D.,  ,  1984. 

Cooper,  Elmer  L.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education;  Affiliate 
Associate  Professor,  Industrial,  Technological  &  Occupational  Education.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1956;  M.S.,  1965;  Ed.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  &  State 
Unversity,  1974. 

Cooper,  Jeffrey  M.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Haverford  College,  1962;  M.S., 
University  of  Illinois  (Chicago),  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Cooper,  Sherod  M.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.S.,  Temple  University,  1951; 
M.A.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1963. 


Currier,  Albert  W.     533 


Coplan,  Michael  A.  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.A., 
Williams  College,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1963. 

Corbett,  M.  Kenneth.  Professor,  Botany.  B.Sc,  McGill  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1954. 

Corey,  Kenneth  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of 
Massachusetts,  1977;  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Corey,  Kenneth  E.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Geography;  Director,  Urban  Studies. 
A.B.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1961;  M.A.,  ,  1962;  M.C.P.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Corliss,  John  O.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Zoology.  B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1944; 
B.A.,  University  of  Vermont,  1947;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1951. 

Correl,  Ellen  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Douglass  College,  1951;  M.S.,  Purdue 
University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Corsl,  Thomas  M.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
Case-Western  Reserve  University,  1971;  M.A.,  Kent  Stae  University,  1974;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1976. 

Coughlin,  Peter  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York 
at  Albany,  1973;  M.A.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Coursey,  Robert  D.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  Spring  Hill  College,  1966; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1970. 

Courtright,  Benjamin  F.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management.    B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Coyne,  Jerry  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  College  of  William  and  Mary, 
1971;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1978. 

Craig,  Patrick  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Art.  B.F.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1974; 
M.F.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1976. 

Craig,  Randall  J.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  Morgan  State 
University,  1955;  M.F.A.,  Temple  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1974. 

Cropper,  Maureen  Associate  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1969; 
M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Cross,  Richard  K.  Professor  and  Chair,  English.  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1962; 
M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Cumberland,  John  H.  Professor,  Economics;  Director,  Bureau  of  Business  and 
Economic  Research.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947;  M.A.,  Harvard  University, 
1949;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Cunniff,  Patrick  F.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.C.E.,  Manhattan  College, 
1955;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Currie,  Douglas  G.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.E.P.,  Cornell  University, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1962. 

Currier,  Albert  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa, 
1954;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1968. 


534     Oager,  Edward  Z. 


Dager,  Edward  Z.  Professor,  Sociology.  A.B.,  Kent  State  University,  1950;  A.M.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Damrosch,  Leopold,  Jr.  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Yale  University,  1963;  M.A., 
Cambridge  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1968. 

Dancis,  Jerome  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of 
Brooklyn,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Darden,  Lindley  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy  and  History.  B.A.,  Southwestern 
University,  1968;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago,  1969;  S.M.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Dardis,  Rachel  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S.,  Saint  Mary's 
College  (Dublin),  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Das  Sarma,  Sankar  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Presidency 
College  (Calcutta),  1973;  Sc.M.,  Brown  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Davey,  H.  Beth  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  University  of 
Miami,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1969;  Ph.D.,  Case-Western  Reserve 
University,  1971. 

David,  Deirdre  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1972;  M.A., 
1973;  M.Phil.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Davidson,  John  A.  Professor,  Entomology.  B.A.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1955;  M.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Davidson,  Neil  A.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  Case 
Institute  of  Technology,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1963;  Ph.D., 
1970. 

Davis,  Christopher  C.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.A.,  Cambridge 
University,  1965;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Manchester  University  (England),  1970. 

Davis,  Larry  S.  Associate  Professor  and  Associate  Chairman,  Computer  Science. 
B.A.,  Colgate  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Davis,  Richard  F.  Professor,  Animal  Science;  Associate  to  the  Provost,  Division  of 
Agricultural  and  Life  Sciences.  B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1950;  M.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Davis,  Shelley  G.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  A.B.,  New  York  University,  1957;  M.A., 
1960;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Davisson,  Lee  D.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.E.,  Princeton 
University,  1958;  M.S.E.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Dawson,  Townes  L.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.B.A., 
University  of  Texas,  1943;  B.S.,  United  States  Merchant  Marine  Academy,  1946; 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1950;  J.D.,  1954. 

Dayton,  C.  Mitchell.  Professor,  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation.  B.A., 
University  of  Chicago,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Dean,  Mary  A.  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  "Architecture.  B.A.,  Carleton  College, 
1968;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1970;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Dean,  Shirley  R.  Lecturer,  Housing  and  Design.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958; 
M.F.A.,  American  University,  1966. 


Dillard,  Dudley     535 


DeBarthe,  Jerry  V.  Associate  Professor,  Animal  Science.  B.S.,  Iowa  State  University, 
1961;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Decker,  A.  Morris  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Colorado  State  University,  1949;  M.S., 
Utah  State  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 

DeClaris,  Nicholas  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Texas  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical  University,  1952;  S.M.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1954;  Sc.D., 
1959. 

DeLio,  Thomas  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Music.  B.M.,  New  England  Conservatory  of 
Music,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University,  1979. 

DeLorenzo,  William  E.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.A., 
Montclair  State  College,  1959;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1971. 

Demaitre,  Ann  Associate  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  B.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1950;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1951;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

DeMonte,  Claudia  A.  Associate  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  College  of  Notre  Dame  of 
Maryland.  1969;  M.F.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1971. 

Denno,  Robert  F.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  University  of  California 
(Davis),  1967;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Denny,  Don  W.  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1959;  M.A.,  New  York 
University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Dent,  Richard  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Anthropology.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1975;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1979. 

Dernoeden,  Peter  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Colorado  State  University, 
1970;  M.S.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1980. 

DeSilva,  Alan  W.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles),  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

Destler,  William  W.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Stevens  Institute 
of  Technology,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1972. 

DeVoe,  Howard  J.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1955; 
Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1960. 

Dickerson,  Russell  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1975;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Dies,  Robert  R.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  Carroll  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Bowling 
Green  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1968. 

Dieter,  George  E.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering;  Dean,  College  of  Engineering. 
B.S.,  Drexel  University,  1950;  Sc.D.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1953. 

DiFederico,  Frank  R.  Associate  Professor  of  Art.  B.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts, 
1955;  M.A.,  Boston  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1970. 

Dillard,  Dudley  Professor  Emeritus,  Economics.  B.S.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1935;  Ph.D.,  1940. 


536     Dillion,  George  L. 


Dillion,  George  L.  Professor,  English.    B.A.,  Yale  University,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of 

California  (Berkeley),  1966;  Ph.D.,  ,  1969. 

diMarzo,    Marino   Assistant    Professor,    Mechanical    Enginering;    Adjunct    Professor, 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.    Dr.lng.,  University  of  Naples  (Italy), 

1976;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1982. 

Diner,  Hasia  R.  Assistant  Professor,  American  Studies.    B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 

1968;  MAT.,  University  of  Chicago,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1975. 

Dingwall,  William  O.  Associate  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.  B.S., 
Georgetown  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

DiRocco,  Joseph  Patrick  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Ithaca 
College,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  Oregon,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Dively,  Galen  P.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  Juniata  College,  1966;  M.S., 
Rutgers  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Dixon,  Jack  R.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S., 
Case-Western  Reserve  University,  1948;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1956. 

Diz,  Marta  Ana  Assistant  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Doerr,  John  A.  Associate  Professor,  Poultry  Science.  B.A.,  Washington  and  Lee 
University,  1968;  B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1972;  M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Doetsch,  Raymond  N.  Professor,  Emeritus,  Microbiology.  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1942;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

Donaldson,  Bruce  K.  Associate  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.  A.B.,  Columbia 
University,  1954;  B.S.,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Wichita,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1968. 

Donawerth,  Jane  L.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Miami  University,  1969;  M.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Dooling,  Robert  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  Creighton  University,  1967; 
M.S.,  St.  Louis  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  ,  1975. 

Dorfman,  J.  Robert  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Director,  Institute  for  Physical 
Sciences  and  Technology.   A.B.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Dotson,  Charles  O.  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.A.,  Morehead  State  University, 
1963;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Douglass,  Larry  W.  Associate  Professor,  Animal  Science.  B.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University,  1969. 

Douglis,  Avron.  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M.S.,  New 
York  University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

Dragt,  Alex  J.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B.,  Calvin  College,  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1963. 

Dreher,  M.  Jean  Assistant  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.A.,  University  of 
California  (Riverside),  1970;  M.A.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1980. 


Edmister.  Robert  O.     537 


Drew,  H.  Dennis.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1968. 

Driskell,  David  C.  Professor,  Art.  A.B.,  Howard  University,  1955;  M.F.A.,  The  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1962;  Doctor  of  Fine  Arts,  Tougaloo  College,  ;  Doctors  of 
Letters,  David  Payne  College, 

Dudley,  James  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration;  Director, 
Center  for  Education  Research  and  Development.  B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University, 
1951;  M.S.,  1957;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1964. 

Duffey,  Dick  Professsor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1939;  M.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

Duffy,  John  Professor  Emeritus,  History.  B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1941;  M.A., 
1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1946. 

Duffy,  John  M.  Associate  Professor,  Classics.   B.A.,  Maynooth  College  (Ireland),  1965; 

M.A.,  National  University  of  Ireland,  1967;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Buffalo), 

1975. 

Dunaway-Mariano,  Debra  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.    B.S.,  Texas  A&M,  1973; 

Ph.D,  ,  1975. 

Dungey,  Kevin  R.  Assistant  Professor,  English.    A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 

1972;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1980. 

Dunn,  Norma  E.  Assistant  Professor,  English.    B.A.,  Madison  College,   1946;  M.A., 

University  of  Pennsylvania,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

DuPuy,  Karl  F.G.  Associate  Professor,  Associate  Dean  Undergraduate  Studies,  School 
of  Architecture.  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1964;  M.Arch.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1967;  M.  Arch.,  Delft  University  of  Technology  (The  Netherlands),  1969. 

Durelli,    August    J.    Visiting    Professor,    Part-time,    Mechanical    Engineering.     B.S., 

University  of  Buenos  Aires,  1932;  Soc.Sc.D.,  Catholic  University  of  Paris,  1936;  D.Eng., 

Unievsrity  of  Paris  (Sorbonne),  1936. 

Dutta,    Sukanta    K.    Associate    Professor,    Veterinary    Medicine.     B.Sc,    Bombay 

University  (India),  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Eads,  George  C.  Acting  Dean  and  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs.   B.A.,  University 

of  Colorado,  1964;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  ,  1968. 

Earl,  James  A.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.    B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 

Technology,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Eckstein,  Arthur  M.  Assistant  Professor,  History.    B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los 

Angeles),  1968;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1978. 

Edelstein,  Stewart  L.  Assistant  Provost,  Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences; 
Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Gov.  and  Politics  and  Educ.  Policy,  Planning  and 
Administration.  B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Buffalo),  1968;  M.A.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1973;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Edmister,  Robert  O.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management. 
B.S.,  Miami  University,  1964;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1970. 


538     Edmundson,  Harold 


Edmundson,  Harold  Professor,  Mathematics  and  Computer  Science.    B.A.,  University 

of  California,  1946;  M.A.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Egel,  Andrew  L.  Associate  Professor,  Special  Education.   B.A.,  University  of  California, 

1976;  M.A.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Ehrlich,    Gertrude    Professor,    Mathematics.     B.S.,    Georgia    College,    1943;    M.A., 

University  of  North  Carolina,  1945;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1953. 

Eichler,  David  S.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  S.B.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology  (Physics),  1972;  S.B.,  (Math),  1972;  Ph.D.,  ,  1969. 

Einstein,  Theodore  L.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.    B.A.,  Harvard 

University,  1969;  M.A.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1973. 

Elam,   Harry  J.   Jr.   Assistant   Professor,   Communication   Arts   and   Theatre.    A.B., 

Harvard  University,  1978;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1983. 

Eley,  George,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.    B.S.,  Ohio  State 

University,  1952;  M.Ed.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Eliot,  John  Professor,  Human  Development.    A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1956;  A.M.T., 

1958;  Ed.D.,  Stanford  University,  1966. 

Elkin,    Stephen    L.    Associate    Professor,    Government    and    Politics.     B.A.,    Alfred 

University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1969. 

Elkins,  Richard  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Industrial  Education.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1958;  Ed.D.,  1972. 

Ellingson,  R.  G.  Associate  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.S.,  Florida  State  University, 
1967;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Ellis,  Richard  F.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Cornell  University, 
1966;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Ellis,  Robert  L.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Miami  University  (Ohio), 
1960;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1966. 

Elliston,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1970;  M.S.,  1973. 

Elsanadidi,  Medy  Y.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.E.E.,  Alexandria 
University,  1971;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1981. 

Emad,  Fawzi  P.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.E.E.,  American 
University  (Beirut),  1961;  M.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Engram,  Barbara  E.  Lecturer,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  College  of 
William  and  Mary,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Ephremides,  Anthony  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  National  Technical 
University  of  Athens,  1967;  M.A.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1971. 

Erdman,  Richard  A.  Assistant  Professor,  -Animal  Science.  B.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Erickson,  William  C.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1951;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1956. 


Favero,  Phillip  G.     539 


Etlin,  Richard  A.  Associate  Professor,  Architecture.    A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1969; 
M.  Arch.,  ,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Ettenson,  Thomas  Richard  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics. 
B.A.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1978;  M.S.,  Kansas  State  University,  1981. 

Evans,  Emory  G.  Professor  and  Chairman,  History.    B.A.,  Randolph-Macon  College, 
1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Evans,  Lawrence  Craig  Professor,  Mathematics.    B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,   1971; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  1975. 

Ewert,  D.  Merrill  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education.    B.A., 
Tabor  College,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1971;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Eyler,  Marvin  H.  Professor  Emeritus,  Physical  Education;  Dean  Emeritus,  College  of 

Physical   Education,   Recreation,  and   Health.    A.B.,   Houghton  College,   1942;   M.S., 

University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1948;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Fabunmi,  James  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.    M.E.,  Kiev  Institute 

of  Civil  Aviation  Engineers,  USSR,  1974;  M.Sc,  1974;  Ph.D.,  MIT,  1978. 

Fahnestock,  Jeanne  Assistant  Professor,  English.    B.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1966; 

M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  London,  1970. 

Falabella,  Gonzalo  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.    B.A.,  Universidad,  Catolica  De 
Chile,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1970;  Ph,D.,  University  of  Sussex,  1981. 

Falcione,  Raymond  L.  Associate  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.    B.A., 
University  of  Akron,  1965;  M.A.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Kent  State  University,  1972. 

Falk,   David   S.   Professor,    Physics   and   Astronomy;   Assistant  Vice  Chancellor  for 

Academic  Affairs.    B.Eng.Phys.,  Cornell   University,   1954;   M.S.,   Harvard  University, 

1955;  Ph.D.,  ,  1959. 

Faller,  Alan  J.  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology. 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  D.Sc,  1957. 

Fanara,  Phillip,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.    B.S., 

University  of  Rhode  Island,  1971;  M.A.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1980. 

Fanning,  Delvin  S.  Professor,  Agronomy.    B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1954;  M.S.,  1959; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

Farquhar,  James  D.  Associate  Professor,  Art.    B.A.,  Washington  and  Lee  University, 
1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Farrell,  Richard  T.  Associate  Professor,  History  and  Curriculum  and  Instruction.    B.A., 
Wabash  College,  1954;  M.S.,  Indiana  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Farsaie,  Ali.  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering.    B.S.,  Pahlavi  University, 
Iran,  1974;  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 
Farvardin,   Nariman   Assistant   Professor,    Electrical   Engineering.     B.S.,    Rensselaer 
Polytechnic  Institute,  1979;  M.S.,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Favero,  Phillip  G.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics. 
B.A.,  University  of  Montana,  1965;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1977. 


540     Fedler,  Anthony  J. 


Fedler,  Anthony  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Recreation.  B.S.,  Oregon  State  University, 
1972;  MA,  Texas  A  &  M  University,  1978;  Ph.S.,  1981. 

Fein,  Greta  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.A.,  Queens  College,  1951;  M.S., 
Bank  Street  College  of  Education,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1969. 

Felaco,  Vittorio  Assistant  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  A.B.,  Barrington  College, 
1963;  A.M.,  Brown  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Feldman,  Robert  H.L.  Associate  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.A.,  City  University  of 
New  York,  1964;  M.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University, 
1972;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Ferraioli,  Joseph  Assistant  Professor,  Art.  B.I.D.,  Pratt  Institute  of  Art,  1964;  M.F.A., 
Columbia  University,  1970. 

Ferrell,  Richard  A.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  and  Inst,  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.  B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1948;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D., 
Princeton  University,  1952. 

Fertziger,  Allen  Phillip  Assistant  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.S.,  City  University  of 
New  York,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1968. 

Fey,  James  T.  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1962;  M.A.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1968. 

Fields,  James  E.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A.,  Seattle  Pacific 
College,  1961;  M.A.,  California  State  University  (Fullerton),  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Missouri  (Colombia),  1980. 

Fink,  Beatrice  C.  Associate  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  B.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College, 
1953;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1966. 

Fink,  Edward  Associate  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1969;  Ph.D.,  ,  1975. 

Finkelstein,  Barbara  J.  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration; 
Director,  Center  for  the  Study  of  Education  Policy  and  Human  Values.  B.A.,  Barnard 
College,  1959;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1970. 

Finley,  Fred  Assistant  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1969;  M.S.,  SUNY  (Cortland),  1973;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1977. 

Finsterbusch,  Kurt  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  Princeton  University,  1957; 
B.D.,  Grace  Theological  Seminary,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1969. 

Fitzgibbons,  Peter  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.  B.S.,  Tufts 
University,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1969;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern 
University,  1979. 

Fitzpatrick,  Patrick  M.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1966;  Ph.D., 
1971. 

Fivel,  Daniel  I.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Flack,  James  K.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Albion  College,  1959;  M.A., 
Wayne  State  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 


Fraistat,  Neil  R.     541 


Flatter,  Charles  H.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  DePauw 
University,  1961;  E.Ed.,  University  of  Toledo,  1965;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968. 

Fleck,  Jere  Associate  Professor,   Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literature. 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Munich,  1966. 

Flelg,    Albert    J.    Lecturer,    Part-time,    Aerospace    Engineering.     B.S.E.S.,    Purdue 

University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University,  1968. 

Fleishman,  John  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.    B.A.,  Brown  University,   1970; 

M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Florestano,  Patricia  S.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Urban  Studies;  Director,  Institute 

for  Governmental  Services.    B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1958;  M.A.,   1970;  Ph.D., 

1974. 

Flyger,    Vagn    Professor,    Animal    Science.     B.S.,    Cornell    University,    1948;    M.S., 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1952;  Sc.D.,  John  Hopkins  University,  1956. 

Folsom,  Kenneth  E.  Associate  Professor,  History.  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1943; 
A.B.,  Instructor,  California  (Berkeley),  1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Folstrom,  Roger  J.  Professor,  Music  and  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  College  of 
Saint  Thomas,  1956;  M.Ed.,  1959;  M.Mus.,  Northwestern  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Fonaroff,  L.  Schuyler  Professor,  Geography.  B.A.,  University  of  Arizona,  1955;  Ph.D., 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961. 

Fontecilla,  Rodrigo  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science  &  Institute  of  Physical 
Science  and  Technology;  ,  Institute  of  Physical  Sciences  and  Technology.  B.S., 
Universite  de  Grenoble  (France),  1978;  Ph.D.,  Rice  University,  1983. 

Forbes,  James  Associate  Professor,  Art.    B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.A., 

1966. 

Ford,  Gary  T.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.    B.B.A., 

Clarkston  College  of  Technology,  1966;  M.B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Buffalo), 

1968;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Foreman,  Christopher  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.    B.A.,  Harvard 

University,  1974;  M.A.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Forseth,  Irwin  N.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany.    B.A.,  Hamline  University,  1976;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Utah,  1982. 

Foster,  Phillips  W.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.    B.S.,  Cornell 

University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Fourney,  William  L.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Mechanical  Engineering.   B.S.A.E.,  West 

Virginia  University,  1962;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1966. 

Foust,  Clifford  M.  Professor,  History.   B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1949;  M.A.,  University 

of  Chicago,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Fox,  Nathan  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development.    A.B.,  Williams  College, 

1970;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1975. 

Fraistat,  Neil  R.  Associate  Professor,  English.    B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1974; 

M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 


542     Francescato,  Guido 


Francescato,  Guido  Professor  and  Chairman,  Housing  and  Design.  B.A.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1959;  M.Arch.,  1966. 

Frederiksen,  Elke  P.  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and 
Literature.  M.A.,  University  of  Keil  (Germany),  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado,  1973. 

Freedman,  Morris  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York  (City  College), 
1941;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Freeman,  David  H.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1952;  M.S., 
Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1957. 

Freeman,  Robert  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Haverford  College,  1951; 
M.A.,  Wesleyan  College,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

Freimuth,  Vicki  S.  Associate  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S., 
Eastern  Illinois  University,  1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State 
University,  1974. 

Fretz,  Bruce  R.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Frey,  Barry  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.A.E.,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute,  1971;  M.S.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1979. 

Friedel,  Robert  D.  Associate  Professor,  History.   B.,  ,  . 

Fromovitz,  Stan  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.Sc, 
University  of  Toronto,  1960;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1965. 

Fry,  Gladys-Marie  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Howard  University,  1952;  M.A., 
1954;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1967. 

Fuegi,  John  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages;  Director,  Comparative 
Literature  Program.  B.A.,  Pomona  College,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern 
California,  1967. 

Galloway,  Kenneth  F.  Professor,  Part-time,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.A.,  Vanderbilt 
University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1966. 

Gambrell,  Linda  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Early  Childhood  Elementary  Education.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.Ed.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Gammon,  R.  W.  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology. 
A.B.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961;  M.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1967. 

Gannon,  John  D.  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science.  A.B.,  Brown  University, 
1970;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Toronto,  1975. 

Gannon,  Martin  J.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  University 
of  Scranton,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1969.      - 

Garber,  Daniel  L.  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1952;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Gardner,  Albert  H.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.S.,  State  University 
of  New  York  (Cortland),  1958;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 


Gillespie,  Patti  P.     543 


Gardner,  Bruce  L.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  University 
of  Illinois,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1968. 

Garner,  Ruth  A.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  an  Instruction.  B.S..  University  of 
Wisconsin  (Madison),  1967;  M.S.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Garvey,  Evelyn  F.  Professor,  Music.  B.S.,  Temple  University,  1943;  MM.,  University  of 
Rochester,  1946. 

Gasner,  Larry  L.  Associate  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1965;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1967; 
Ph.D.,  1971. 

Gass,  Saul  I.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  Boston 
University,  1949;  M.A.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  ofCalifornia  (Berkeley),  1965. 

Gates,  S.  James  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.    B.S.,  Massachusetts 

Institute  of  Technology,  1973;  PhD,,  ,  1977. 

Gaylin,  Ned  L.  Professor,  Family  and  Community  Development.    B.A.,  University  of 

Chicago,  1956;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Geddes,  Margaret  Anne  Lecturer,  Housing  and  Design.    B.A.,  University  of  Alberta, 

1964;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1967;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1968. 

Gelman,  Ellen  P.  Associate  Professor,  Art.    A.B.,  Brandeis  University,  1961;  M.F.A., 

Columbia  University,  1964. 

Gelso,  Charles  J.  Professor,  Psychology.    B.S.,  Bloomburg  State  College,  1963;  M.S., 

Florida  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1970. 

Gentry,  James  W.  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Eng.,  Inst,  for  Physical  Science 

and    Technology.      B.S.,    Oklahoma    State    University,    1961;    M.S.,    University    of 

Birmingham,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1969. 

Geraci,   Philip  C.  Associate  Professor,   College  of  Journalism.    B.S.,   University  of 

Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1961. 

Gerlt,  John  A.  Professor,  Chemistry.    B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,   1969;  A.M., 

Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1974. 

Gessow,  Alfred  Professor  and  Chairman,  Aerospace  Engineering.    B.E.,  City  College 

of  New  York,  1943;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1944. 

Gibson,  George  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education.    B.S., 

University  of  Maryland,  1968;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1982;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Gibson,  Robert  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Music.    B.M.,  University  of  Miami,  1972;  M.M., 

Catholic  University,  1975;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1980. 

Gilbert,  James  B.  Professor,  History.    B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of 

Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Gill,  Douglas  E.  Professor,  Zoology.    B.S.,  Marietta  College,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of 

Michigan,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Gillespie,  Patti  P.  Professor  and  Chairperson,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.    B.S., 

University  of  Kentucky,  1958;  M.A.,  Western  Kentucky  University,  1962;  Sp.Ed.,  1964; 

Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1970. 


544     Gilmour.  Joseph  E. 


Gilmour,  Joseph  E.  Executive  Assistant  to  the  Chancellor;  Affiliated  Assistant 
Professor.  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration.  B.A.,  University  of  Delaware, 
1970;  M.Ed..  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1974. 

Ginter,  Marshall  L.  Professor.  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  A.B., 
Chico  State  College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1961. 

Gist,  John  R.  Visiting  Associate  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs.  B.S.,  Loyola 
University,  1967;  M.A.,  Washington  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  ,  1973. 

Glad,  John  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures. 
B.A.,  Indiana  University,  1962;  M.A..  1964;  Ph.D..  New  York  University,  1970. 

Glade,  Michael  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Animal  Science.  B.S.,  MIT,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University.  1980. 

Glass,  James  M.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1961;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Glasser,  Robert  G.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1948;  B.S..  1950;  M.S..  1952;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

Glendenlng,  Parris  N.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  Florida 
State  University,  1964;  M.A.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Glenn,  Donald  S.  Associate  Professor.  Agronomy.  B.S..  University  of  Kentucky,  1975; 
Ph.D..  1979. 

Glick,  Arnold  J.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York 
(Brooklyn),  1955;  Ph.D..  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

Gligor,  Virgil  D.  Associate  Professor.  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1972;  M.S.,  ,  1973;  Ph.D..  1976. 

Gloeckler,  George  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S..  University  of  Chicago, 
1960;  S.M..  1961;  Ph.D..  1965. 

Glover,  Rolfe  E.,  III.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B.,  Bowdoin  College,  1948; 
B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology.  1948;  Ph.D..  University  of  Goettingen 
(Germany),  1953. 

Gluckstern,  Robert  L.  Professor.  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.E.E.,  City  University  of 
New  York  (City  College),  1944;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1948. 

Gokel,  George  Professor.  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Tulane  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Southern  California,  1971. 

Goldberg,  Andrew  P.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.    B.A.,  Clark  University,  1965;  M.D.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1969. 

Goldberg,  Seymour  Professor.  Mathematics.  A.B,  Hunter  College.  1950;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  U.C.L.A.,  1958. 

Golden,  Bruce  L.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1972;  S.M.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Goldenbaum,  George  C.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Muhlenberg 
College,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 


Gordon-Salant,  Sandra  M.     545 


Goldenberg,  David  H.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management. 
B.A.,  University  of  Toronto,  1970;  M.Sc,  Brown  University,  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Florida,  1981. 

Goldfarb,  Allan  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Brooklyn  College, 
1972;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Goldhaber,  Jacob  K.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York 
(Brooklyn  College),  1944;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1945;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1950. 

Goldman,  Harvey  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 
B.A.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1960;  M.A.,  John  Carroll  University,  1962;  Ed.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1966. 

Goldstein,  Irwin  L.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Psychology.  B.B.A.,  City  University  of 
New  York  (City  College),  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964 

Gollub,  Lewis  R.  Professor,  Psychology.  A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955; 
Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1958. 

Gomery,  J.  Douglas  Associate  Professor,  Communications  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S., 
Lehigh  University,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1970;  Ph.D.,  ,  1975. 

Gomezplata,  Albert  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.Ch.E., 
Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1952;  M.Ch.E.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Rennselaer  Polytechnic 
Institute,  1959. 

Gonzalez,  Nancie  L.  Professor,  Anthropology.  B.S.,  University  of  North  Dakota,  1951; 
M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Good,  Richard  A.  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Ashland  College,  1939;  M.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1940;  Ph.D.,  1945. 

Goode,  M.  Dennis  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.    B.S.,  University  of  Kansas,  1963; 

Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1967. 

Goodings,   Deborah  J.  Assistant   Professor,   Civil   Engineering.    B.S.,   University  of 

Toronto,  1975;  Ph.D.,  Cambridge  University,  1979. 

Goodman,  Jordan  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.    B.S.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1973;  M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Gordon,  Donald  C.  Professor  Emeritus,  History.    B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary, 

1934;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1947. 

Gordon,   Glen    E.    Professor,    Chemistry.     B.S.,    University  of   Illinois,    1956;    Ph.D., 

University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1960. 

Gordon,  Lawrence  A.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.    B.S.,  State 

University  of  New  York  (Albany),  1966;  M.B.A.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Rennsealer  Polytechnic 

Institute,  1973. 

Gordon,  Stewart  L.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Music.   B.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1953; 

M.A.,  1954;  D.M.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1965. 

Gordon-Salant,  Sandra  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.  B.A., 
State  University  of  New  York  (Albany),  1974;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1976; 
Ph.D.,  1980. 


546     Gorham,  Sammy  L. 


Gorham,  Sammy  L.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S., 
Tuskegee  Institute,  Alabama,  1976;  D.V.M.,  ,  1978;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University, 
1983. 

Gorman,  Raymond  F.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management. 

B.A.,  Brown  University,  1973;  M.B.A.,  Duke  University,  1975;  D.B.A.,  Indian  University, 

1982. 

Gorovitz,  Samuel  Professor,  Philosophy.   B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 

1960;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1963. 

Gossage,  John  R.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Art.   Walden  School,  ,  1965. 

Gouin,  Francis  R.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of  New 
Hampshire,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Gould,  William,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.A.,  Albion  College,  1940; 
M.L.A.,  University  of  Georgia,  1975. 

Goward,  Samuel  N.  Assistant  Research  Scholar,  Geography.  B.A.,  Boston  University, 
1967;  M.A.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  State  University,  1979. 

Gowen,  Bradford  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.M.,  Eastern  School  of  Music,  1968; 
M.M.,  ,  1969. 

Graefe,  Alan  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Recreation.  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1973; 
M.S.,  Texas  A&M  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Graham,  Steven  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  Valdosta  State  College, 
1972;  M.S.,  1975;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Kansas,  1978. 

Gramberg,  Eduard  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  M.A.,  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles),  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1957. 

Grambs,  Jean  D.  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  Reed  College,  1940;  M.A., 
Stanford  University,  1941;  Ed.D.,  1948. 

Granatstein,  Victor  L.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Columbia  University, 
1960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Grant,  Lee  P.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering;  Affiliate  Associate 
Professor,  Industrial,  Technological  &  Occupational  Education.  B.S.,  University  of 
Connecticut,  1962;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Gray,  Alfred  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1960;  M.A.,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1964. 

Green,  Harry  B.,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  University  of 
Virginia,  1959;  M.Ed.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Green,  Paul  S.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1959; 
M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1964. 

Green,  Willard  W.  Professor  Emeritus,  Animal  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1933;  M.S.,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1939. 

Greenberg,  Jerrold  S.  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York, 
1964;  M.S.,  1965;  Ed.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1969. 


Grybauskas,  Arvydas  P.      547 


Greenberg,  Kenneth  R.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services. 
B.S..  Ohio  State  University,  1951;  MA,  1952;  Ph.D..  Case-Western  Reserve  University, 
1960. 

Greenberg,  Leon  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  City  University  of  New  York  (City 
College),  1953;  MA,  Yale  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Greenberg,  Louis  M.  Associate  Professor,  History.  A.B.,  City  University  of  New  York 
(Brooklyn  College),  1954;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Greenberg,  Oscar  W.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Rutgers-The  State 
University,  1952;  A.M.,  Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Greenfeld,  Alexander  Lecturer,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A.,  University  of  Delaware, 
1949;  J.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania  Law  School,  1953. 

Greenspan,  Patricia  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  A.B.,  Columbia  University, 
1966;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Greer,  Sandra  C.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Furman  University,  1966;  M.S., 
University  of  Chicago,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Greer,  Thomas  V.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  University 
of  Texas,  1953;  M.B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1964. 

Griem,  Hans  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  Bach.,  Max  Planck  Schule,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Kiel,  1954. 

Griffin,  James  J.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Villanova  College,  1952; 
M.S.,  Princeton  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Grim,  Samuel  O.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1956: 
Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1960. 

Grimes,  D.  Jay  Research  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.A.,  Drake  University, 
1966;  M.A.,  ,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Colorado  State  University,  1971. 

Grimm,  Curtis  M.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1975;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Grimsted,  David  A.  Associate  Professor,  History.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1957; 
M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1958;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Gross,  Alan  E.  Professor,  Psychology.   B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1959;  M.B.A.,  Stanford 

University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Grove,  Karsten  Professor,  Mathematics.    Cand.  Scient.,  University  of  Aarhus,  1971; 

Lie.  Scient.,  1974. 

Groves,  Paul  A.  Associate  Professor,  Geography.    B.S.,  University  of  London,  1956; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1969. 

Gruchy,  Allan  G.  Professor  Emeritus,  Economics.   B.A.,  University  of  British  Columbia, 

1926;  M.A.,  McGill  University,  1929;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1931. 

Grunig,  James  E.  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.    B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1964; 

M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Grybauskas,   Arvydas   P.   Assistant   Professor,    Botany.     B.S.,    University  of   Illinois 

(Urbana),  1976;  M.S.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University,  1982. 


548     Gulick,  Sidney  L, 


Gulick,  Sidney  L.,  Ill  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A..  Oberlin  College,  1958;  MA,  Yale 
University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Gullickson,  Gay  L.  Assistant  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Pomona  College,  1965;  B.D., 
Yale  University  Divinity  School,  1968;  S.T.M.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 
(Chapel  Hill),  1978. 

Gurevitch,  Michael  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A.,  Hebrew  University  of 
Jerusalem,  1953;  MA,  University  of  Chicago,  1958;  Ph.D.,  MIT,  1961. 

Guthrie,  John  T.  Professor;  Director  of  CERD.  B.A.,  Earlham  College,  1964;  M.A., 
University  of  Illinois,  1966;  Ph.D.,  ,  1968. 

Guthrie,  Robert  B.  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.  Arch.,  Nova  Scotia 
Technical  College,  1973;  M.Sc,  University  of  Kansas,  1981. 

Haber,  Francis  C.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1948;  MA, 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Hacklander,  Effie  Assistant  Dean,  College  of  Human  Ecology;  Assistant  Professor, 
Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota  (Minneapolis-St. 
Paul),  1962;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Hage,  Jerald  Professor.  Sociology.  B.B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1955;  Ph.D., 
Columbia  University,  1963. 

Haley,  A.  James  Professor  Emeritus,  Zoology.  B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire, 
1949;  M.S.,  1950;  Sc.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955. 

Hall,  William  S.  Professor,  Psychology;  Affiliate  Professor.  Hearing  and  Speech 
Sciences.   A.B.,  Roosevelt  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1968. 

Hallett,  Judith  P.  Associate  Professor,  Classics.  B.A..  Wellesley  College,  1966;  A.M., 
Harvard  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Hallfrisch,  Judith  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor.  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  B.A..  Indiana  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978; 
Ph.D.,  ,  1982. 

Hamer,  Michelle  M.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1968;  M.B.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Hamilton,  David  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.Sc,  Tasmania  University, 
1977;  M.Sc,  University  of  London,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Hamilton,  Donna  B.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Saint  Olaf  College,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

Hamilton,  Gary  D.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Saint  Olaf  College,  1962;  MA, 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Hamlet,  Sandra  L.  Chairman,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.  B.A.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1959;  M.A.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1970. 

Hammond,  Eugene  R.  Associate  Professor,  English.  'B.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame, 
1969;  B.A.,  Oxford  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1977. 

Hammond,  Robert  C.  Associate  Dean,  Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1943;  V.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1948. 


Harrison,  Floyd  P.     549 


Hamosh,  Margit  Adjunct  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration. 
M.Sc  Hebrew  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Handelman,  Susan  Associate  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  Smith  College,  1971;  M.A., 
State  University  of  New  York  (Buffalo),  1977;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Hanna,  William  J.  Professor,  Family  and  Community  Development.  B.S.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1957;  M.A.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Hansen,  J.  Norman  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles),  1968. 

Hao,  Oliver  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Cheng  Kung  University, 
Taiwan,  1980;  M.S.,  Colorado  State  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1982. 

Hardie,  Ian  W.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S., 
University  of  California  (Davis),  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1965. 

Hardy,  Robert  C.  Professor  and  Director,  Human  Development.  B.S.Ed.,  Bucknell 
University,  1961;  M.S.Ed.,  Indiana  University,  1964;  Ed.D.,  1969. 

Harger,  Robert  O.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1955;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Hargrove,  June  E.  Associate  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley, 
1968;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Harlan,  Louis  R.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Emory  University,  1943;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt 
University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955. 

Harley,  Sharon  Assistant  Professor,  Afro-American  Studies.  B.A.,  St,  Mary  of  The 
Woods  College,  1970;  M.A.,  Antioch  College,  1971;  Ph.D.,  Howard  University,  1978. 

Harper,  Glenn  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.  B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1958;  M.S., 
1961;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Harper,  Robert  A.  Professor,  Geography.  Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1946;  B.S., 
1947;  M.S.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

Harrington,  J.  Patrick  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1961;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Harris,  Curtis  C.  Professor,  Economics  and  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic 
Research.  B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1956;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1959;  Ph.D., 
1960. 

Harris,  James  F.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.S.,  Loyola  University,  1962;  M.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Harris,  Karen  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  University  of  Northern 
Colorado,  1974;  M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1978;  Ed.D.,  Auburn  University,  1981. 

Harris,  Wesley  L.  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering,  Director  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station.  B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Georgia,  1953;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1969. 

Harrison,  Floyd  P.  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1951; 
M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 


550     Hartquist,  Thomas  W. 


Hartquist,  Thomas  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Rice 
University,  1974;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Hartsock,  Thomas  G.  Associate  Professor,  Animal  Science.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1968;  M.S.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Haslem,  John  A.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  A.B.,  Duke 
University,  1956;  M.B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Hassam,  Adil  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  SB/SM,  MIT,  1974; 
M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Hatfield,  Agnes  B.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  University  of 
California,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Hatfield,  Bradley  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.P.E.,  University  of  New 
Brunswick,  1975;  B.A.,  1975;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Hawk,  Harold  W.  Adjunct  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1952;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Hayleck,  Charles  R.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949. 

Head,  Emerson  W.  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1957;  M.Mus., 
1961;  D.M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1980. 

Healy,  Edward  William  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1977;  M.S.,  ,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Heath,  James  L.  Professor,  Poultry  Science.  B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1963; 
M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Hebeler,  Jean  R.  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York 
(Albany),  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1956;  Ed.D.,  Syracuse  University, 
1960. 

Heckman,  Timothy  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington  (Seattle),  1978. 

Heidelbach,  Ruth  A.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1949;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Florida,  1957;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College, 
Columbia  University,  1967. 

Heikkinen,  Henry  W.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry  and  Curriculum  and  Instruction. 
B.Eng.,  Yale  University,  1956;  M.A.,  Columbia  University  Teacher's  College,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Heim,  Norman  M.  Professor,  Music.  B.M.Ed.,  University  of  Evansville,  1951;  M.Mus., 
University  of  Rochester,  1952;  D.M.A.,  1962. 

Heins,  Maurice  H.  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1937;  A.M., 
1939;  Ph.D.,  1940;  A.M.,  Brown  University,  1947. 

Heisler,  Martin  O.  Associate  Professor,  Government"  and  Politics.  B.A.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1960;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph,D.,  1969. 

Heller,  Nancy  Assistant  Professor,  Art.  A.B.,  Middlebury  College,  1970;  M.A.,  Rutgers 
University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1982. 


Hill,  John  W.     551 


Hellman,  John   L.  Associate  Professor,   Entomology.    B.S.,   University  of  Maryland, 
1966;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Helm,  Eugene  E.  Professor,  Music.    B.Mu.Ed.,  Southeastern  Louisiana  College,  1950; 
M.Mu.Ed.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1955;  Ph.D.  North  Texas  State  Univer,  1958. 

Helz,    George    R.    Professor,    Chemistry.     A.B.,    Princeton    University,    1964;    Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1971. 

Helzer,  Garry  A.  Associate  Professor,   Mathematics.    B.A.,   Portland  State  College, 
1959;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Henery-Logan,   Kenneth   R.   Professor,   Chemistry.    B.Sc,   McGill   University,    1942; 
Ph.D.,  1946. 

Henkel,  Ramon  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.    Ph.B.,  University  of  North  Dakota, 
1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Henkelman,  James  Associate   Professor,   Curriculum  and   Instruction.    B.S.,   Miami 
University  (Ohio),  1954;  M.Ed.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University,  1965 

Herb,   Rebecca  A.  Associate  Professor,   Mathematics.    B.A.,   University  of  Oregon, 
1969;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1974. 

Herin,  Christoph  A.  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literature.   Ph.D., 
University  of  Bonn,  1950. 

Herman,  Harold  J.  Associate  Professor,  English.    B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960. 

Herman,  Wayne  L.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.    B.A.,  Ursinus 
College,  1955;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1965. 

Herschbach,  Dennis  R.  Associate  Professor,  Industrial  Education.    A.B.,  San  Jose 
State  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Hershenson,  David  B.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services. 
A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1955;  A.M.,  Boston  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Hetrick,  Frank  M.  Professor,   Microbiology.    B.S.,   Michigan  State  University,   1954; 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Hevner,  Alan  R.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.    B.S., 
Purdue  University,  1973;  M.S.,  ,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Hiebert,  Ray  E.  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.    B.A.,  Stanford  University,   1954; 
M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Higgins,  William  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.    B.S.,  Boston  College,  1969;  Ph.D., 
Florida  State  University,  1973. 

Highton,    Richard    Professor,    Zoology.     B.A.,    New    York    University,    1950;    M.S., 
University  of  Florida,  1953;  M.A.,  1956. 

Hill,  Clara  E.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.   B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1970; 
M.A.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Hill,  John  W.  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.    B.A.,  Rice  University,  1951;  B.  Arch., 
1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1959. 


552     Hill,  Wendell  T., 


Hill,  Wendell  T.,  Ill  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology. 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Irvine),  1974;  M.S.,  Stanford  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  , 

1980. 

Hirzel,  Robert  K.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.    B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 

1946;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1954. 

Ho,  Ping-Tong  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  S.B.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1973;  S.M.,  ,  1975;  Sc.D.,  1978. 

Hochuli,  Urs  E.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Technikum  Biel,  Switzerland, 
1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1962. 

Hodos,  William  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn 
College),  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Hoffman,  John  D.  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  Franklin  and 
Marshall  College,  1942;  M.S.,  Princeton  University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

Hoffman,  Mary  Ann  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A., 
Macalester  College,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1975. 

Hoffman,  Ronald  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  George  Peabody  College,  1964; 
M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Holcomb,  John  L.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
Augustana  College,  1967;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1972;  J.D.,  Georgetown 
University  Law  Center,  1977. 

Hollander,  Roberta  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.A.,  Boston  University, 
1967;  M.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1971;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1977;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1979. 

Hollies,  Norman  R.  S.  Professor,,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S.,  University 
of  Alberta  (Canada),  ;  Ph.D.,  McGill  University  (Montreal),  1947. 

Holloway,  David  C.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1966;  M.S.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Holloway,  Susan  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  University  of 
California  (Santa  Cruz),  1976;  Education  Specialist,  Stanford  University,  1982;  Ph.D., 
1983. 

Holman,  Benjamin  F.  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.S.,  University  of  Kansas, 
1952. 

Holmgren,  Harry  D.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1949;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

Holmlund,  Chester  E.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute, 
1943;  M.S.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1954. 

Holton,  W.  Milne  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1954;  L.L.B.,  Harvard 
University,  1957;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Holum,  Kenneth  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Augustana  College,  1961;  M.A., 
University  of  Chicago,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Hong,  Juan  Assistant  Professor,  Chemical  &  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  Seoul 
National  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1979. 


Hudson,  Spencer     553 


Hopkins,  Richard  L.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Education. 
B.S.,  Stanford  University,  1962;  M.S..  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles),  1969. 

Hopkins,  Thomas  D.  Visiting  Associate  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs  B.S., 
Oberlin  College,  1964;  MA,  Yale  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  ,  1971. 

Hornbake,  R.  Lee  Professor  Emeritus.  Industrial  Education;  Vice  President  for 
Academic  Affairs  Emeritus.  B.S.,  California  State  College  (Pennsylvania),  1934;  MA, 
Ohio  State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942;  LL.D.,  Eastern  Michigan  University,  1963. 

Hornyak,  William  F.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.E.E,  City  University  of  New 
York  (City  College),  1944;  M.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

Horton,  David  L.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1955;  M.A., 
1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Horvath,  John  M.  Professor,  Mathematics.   Ph.D.,  University  of  Budapest,  1947. 

Hovey,  Richard  B.  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1942;  MA, 
Harvard  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

Howard,  John  D.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Washington  College  (Maryland), 
1956;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Howarth,  John  L.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Director,  General  Honors 
Program.  B.A.,  University  of  Cambridge,  1945;  M.A.,  1948;  B.Sc,  University  of 
London,  1948;  M.Sc,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Howland,  Marie  Assistant  Professor,  Urban  Studies.  B.A.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1972;  M.C.P.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  MIT,  1981. 

Hoyert,  John  H.  Professor  Emeritus,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943; 
M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Hsu,  Yih-Yun  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  Taiwan  University, 
China,  1952;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Hsueh,  Chun-Tu  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  L.L.B.,  Chaoyang  University 
(China),  1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Hu,  Bei-Lok  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1967;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Hubbard,  Bert  E.  Research  Professor,  Mathematics  and  Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.  B.S.,  Western  Illinois  University,  1949;  M.S..  State  University  of  Iowa, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

Hubbe,  Rolf  O.  Associate  Professor,  Classics.  B.A.,  Hamilton  College,  1947;  M.A., 
Princeton  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

Huden,  Daniel  P.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 
B.S.,  University  of  Vermont,  1954;  M.A.,  Columbia  Teachers  College.  1958;  Ed.D., 
1967. 

Hudson,  Spencer  Assistant  Professor,  Animal  Sciences.  B.Sc,  University  of 
Newcastle-upon  Tyne,  1977;  M.Sc,  University  of  Guelph,  1980;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1983. 


554     Hudson,  William  L. 


Hudson,  William  L.  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Philadelphia  Music  Academy,  1954; 
A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  M.Mus.,  Yale  University,  1961. 

Huebner,  Robert  W.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.S.,  Concordia 
Teachers  College,  1957;  M.A.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

Hueth,  Darrell  L.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics. 
B.S.,  Montana  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  ,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1973. 

Huffman,  George  Assistant  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1976; 
Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1981. 

Huheey,  James  E.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1957;  M.S., 
University  of  Illinois,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Hula,  Richard  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and  Community  Development.  B.A., 
Michigan  State  University,  1969;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Hult,  Joan  S.  Associate  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Indiana  University,  1954; 
M.Ed.,  University  of  North  Carolina  (Greensboro),  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern 
California,  1967. 

Hultgren,  Francine  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational 
Education.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1968;  M.S.,  North  Dakota  State  University, 
1977;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1982. 

Hummel,  James  A.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology, 
1949;  M.A.,  Rice  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

Humphrey,  Fred  Professor  and  Chairman,  Recreation.  B.A.,  Tarkio  College,  1946; 
M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973. 

Humphrey,  James  H.  Professor  Emeritus,  Physical  Education.  A.B.,  Denison 
University,  1933;  M.A.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1946;  Ed.D.,  Boston  University, 
1951. 

Hunt,  E.  Joan  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development.  A.B.,  University  of  Redlands, 
1954;  M.A.,  Fresno  State  College,  1964;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

Hunt,  Janet  G.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.  University  of  Redlands,  ,  1962; 
M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Hunt,  Larry  L.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.S.,  Ball  State  University,  1961;  M.A., 
Indiana  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Hunter,  Alain  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational 
Education.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1973;  M.Ed.,  1974;  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1980. 

Hurley,  Bernard  F.,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.A.,  University  of 
South  Florida,  1972;  M.A.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University,  1981. 

Husman,  Burris  F.  Professor  Emeritus,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1941;  M.S.,  1948;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

Huss,  H.  Fenwick  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1972;  M.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1975;  D.B.A., 
University  of  Tennessee,  1982. 


Jantz.  Richard  K.     555 


Hutcheson,  Steven  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany.  B.A.,  University  of  California 
(Santa  Cruz),  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1982 

Hynes,  Cecil  V.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
Michigan  State  University,  1948;  MA,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Igel,  Regina  Associate  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  MA,  State  University  of 
Iowa,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1973. 

Imamura,  Anne  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  Ohio  Dominican  College, 
1968;  MA,  University  of  Hawaii,  1979;  MA,  Columbia  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Inana,  Marjorie  Assistant  Professor,  Industrial  Education/Home  Ec.  Ed..  B.S.,  Hood 
College,  1971;  M.Ed.,  National  College  of  Education,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1981. 

Ingling,  Allen  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Veterinary  Science.  B.S.E.E.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1963;  V.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1969. 

Ingraham,  Barton,  L.  Associate  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1952;  J.D.,  1957;  M.Crim.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1968;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Ingram,  Anne  G.  Professor,  Physical  Education.  A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Georgia,  1948;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University,  1962. 

Inouye,  David  W.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1971; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1976. 

Intriligator,  Barbara  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and 
Administration.  A.B.,  Syracuse  University,  1962;  M.Ed.,  Tufts  University,  1963;  Ed.D., 
Boston  University,  1978. 

loannou,  Dimitris  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of 
Thessaloniki,  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  Manchester,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978: 

Irwin,  George  R.  Professor,  Part-time,  Mechanical  Engineering.  A.B.,  Knox  College, 
1930;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1933;  Ph.D.,  1937;  Hon.  Doctor  of 
Engineering,  Lehigh  University,  1977. 

Iso-Ahola,  Seppo  Associate  Professor,  Recreation.  B.S.,  University  of  Jyvaskyla, 
Finland,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  lllinos,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Jyvaskyla,  Finland, 
1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1976. 

Ja'Ja',  Joseph  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  American  University 
(Beirut),  1974;  M.S.,  Harvard  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

James,  Edward  F.  Assistant  Professor,  English  and  Secondary  Education.  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1969. 

Jamieson,  Kathleen  M.  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  Marquette 
University,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Janes,  Robert  W.  Professor  Emeritus,  Sociology  and  Institute  for  Urban  Studies.  A.B., 
University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M.A.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1942. 

Jantz,  Richard  K.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  Indiana 
University,  1968;  M.S.,  1970;  Ed.D.,  Ball  State  University,  1972. 


556     Jaquith,  Richard  H. 


Jaquith,  Richard  H.  Professor,  Chemistry;  Assistant  Vice  Chancellor,  Academic 
Affairs.  B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1940;  M.S.,  1942;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1955. 

Jarvis,  Bruce  B.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Colorado,  1966. 

Jashemski,  Wilhelmina  F.  Professor  Emerita,  History.  B.A.,  York  College,  1931;  M.A., 
University  of  Nebraska,  1933;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1942. 

Jellema,  Roderick  H.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Calvin  College,  1951;  M.A., 
1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Edinburgh,  1962. 

Jensen,  Helen  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.A., 
Carleton  College,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1980. 

Johns,  Ferdinand  S.  Associate  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.Arch.,  University 
of  Virginia,  1971;  M.S.  Arch,  and  Urban  Design,  Columbia  University,  1975. 

Johnson,  Arthur  T.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.A.E.,  Cornell 
University,  1964;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Johnson,  Charles  E.  Associate  Professor,  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation. 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Johnson,  Charles  R.  Associate  Professor,  Economics  and  Institute  of  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  California 
Institute  of  Technology,  1972. 

Johnson,  Conrad  D.  Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman,  Philosophy.  A.B., 
Stanford  University,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Johnson,  Cynthia  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A., 
California  State  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1983. 

Johnson,  Elton  L.  Associate  Professor,  Poultry  Science.  B.S.A.,  Oklahoma  State 
University,  1940;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

Johnson,  Janet  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  A.B.,  George  Washington 
University,  1951;  A.M.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Johnson,  Martin  L.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  Morris 
College,  1961;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Georgia,  1968;  Ed.D.,  1971. 

Johnson,  Raymond  L.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  Rice  University,  1969. 

Johnson,  Roy  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  University  of  Rochester,  1949;  M.Mus.,  1951; 
D.M.A.,  1960. 

Jolson,  Marvin  A.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.E.E.,  George 
Washington  University,  1949;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1965;  D.B.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1969. 

Jones,  Everett  Associate  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.A.E.,  Rensselaer 
Polytechnic  Institute,  1956;  M.A.E.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1968. 

Jones,  George  F.  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  B.A., 
Emory  University,  1938;  M.A.,  Oxford  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University, 
1951. 


Kelly,  James  J.     557 


Joseph,  Sam  W.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Microbiology  B.S.,  University  of  Florida, 
1956;  M.S.,  St.  John's  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  ,  1970. 

Joyce,  Joyce  A.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Val  Dosta  State  College,  1972 
M.A.,  University  of  Georgia,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Kacser,  Claude  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Oxford  University 
1955;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Kaminiski,  Bartlomiej  K.  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  M.S. 
University  of  Warsaw,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Kammeyer,  Kenneth  C.  W.  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  University  of  Northern  Iowa 
1953;  MA,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1960 

Kanal,  Laveen  N.  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1951 
M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960. 

Kantzes,  James  G.  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  1954 
Ph.D.,  1957. 

Karlander,  Edward  P.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  University  of  Vermont,  1960 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962,  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Kasler,  Franz  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  Doctorandum,  University  of  Vienna 
1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Katok,  Anatoly  B.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Moscow  State  University,  1965 
Ph.D.,  1968. 

Kaufman,  Stuart  B.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1962 
M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University,  1970. 

Kearney,  Michael  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Geography.  B.S.,  Univeristy  of  Illinois,  1973 
M.A.,  Western  Illinois  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Western  Ontario,  1981. 

Kedem,  Benjamin  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Roosevelt  University 
1968;  M.S.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Kehoe,  Patrice  Assistant  Professor,  Art.  B.F.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1973 
M.F.A.,  Washington  University  (St,  Louis),  1977. 

Kelejian,  Harry  H.  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Hofstra  College,  1962;  M.A.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Kelleher,  Catherine  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs;  Affiliate  Professor,  Government 
&  Politics.  A.B.,  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1960;  Ph.D.,  MIT,  1967;  D.  Litt.,  Mount 
Holyoke  College,  1980. 

Kelley,  David  L.  Professor,  Physical  Education.  A.B.,  San  Diego  State  College,  1957; 
M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Kellogg,  R.  Bruce  Research  Professor,  Mathematics  and  Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1959. 

Kelly,  James  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  California  Institute 
of  Technology,  1977;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1981. 


558     Kelly,  R.  Gordon 


Kelly,  R.  Gordon  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman,  American  Studies.  B.A., 
Depauw  University,  1961;  MA,  Claremont  Graduate  School,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Iowa,  1970. 

Kelsay,  June  L.  Adjunct  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration.  B.S., 
North  Texas  State  College,  1946;  M.S.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1967. 

Kenny,  Shirley  S.  Professor,  English;  Provost,  Division  of  Arts  and  Humanities.  B.A., 
B.J.,  University  of  Texas,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1964. 

Kent,  George  O.  Professor,  History.  B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  Oxford  University,  1958. 

Kenworthy,  William  J.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1970; 
M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Kerkham,  H.  Eleanor  Associate  Professor,  Hebrew  and  East  Asian.  B.A.,  Pomona 
College,  1961;  M.A.  Stanford  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1974. 

Kerley,  Ellis  R.  Professor,  Anthropology.  B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1950;  M.S., 
University  of  Michigan,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Kern,  Dona  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Animal  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1965;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Kerr,  Frank  J.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Provost,  Mathematical  and  Physical 
Sciences  and  Engineering.  B.Sc,  University  of  Melbourne,  1938;  M.Sc,  1939;  M.A., 
Harvard  University,  1951;  D.Sc,  University  of  Melbourne,  1962. 

Kessides,  loannis  N.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.S.,  California  Institute  of 
Technology,  1974;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1980;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1984. 

Khanna,  Raj  K.  Professor,  Chemistry.  M.Sc,  University  of  Delhi,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Indian 
Institute  of  Science  (Banglore),  1962. 

Kidd,  Jerry  S.  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  B.S.,  Illinois 
Wesleyan  University,  1950;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Kiguel,  Miguel  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.  (Licenciatura),  University  of 
Buenos  Aires,  1976;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Kim,  Hyun-Sik  Assistant  Professor,  Urban  Studies.  B.S.,  Seoul  National  University, 
1975;  M.U.P.,  Princeton  University,  1978;  MA,  1979;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Kim,  Young  Suh  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Carnegie 
Institute  of  Technology,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1961. 

King,  Henry  C.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Brown  University,  1969;  MA, 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1973;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

King,  Nancy  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 
B.A.,  Antioch  College,  1964;  M.Ed.,  Harvard  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1976. 

King,  Raymond  L.  Professor,  Animal  Sciences.  A.B.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 


Kolker,  Robert  P.     559 


Kirk,  James  A.  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1967;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Kirkley,  Donald  H.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1967. 

Kirkpatrick,  Theodore  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.  B.S.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1977;  Ph.D.,  Rockefeller 
University,  1981. 

Kirwan,  William  E.  Professor,  Mathematics;  Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs. 
A.B.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1960;  M.S.,  Rutgers-The  State  University,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

Kisabeth,  Kathryn  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.A.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1968;  M.Ed.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
North  Carolina  (Greensboro),  1980. 

Kjaer,  Bodil  Professor,  Housing  and  Design.  Dip.lnt.Arch.,  State  College  of  Denmark, 
1954. 

Klank,  Richard  Associate  Professor,  Art.  B.  Arch.,  Catholic  University  of  America, 
1962;  M.F.A.,  1964. 

Kleiman,  Devra  Gail  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  London,  1969. 

Kleine,  Don  W.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1950;  M.A., 
1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1961. 

Klemm,  Francis  J.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S.,  Florida  Institute 
of  Technology,  1971;  M.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Kleppner,  Adam  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Yale  University,  1953;  M.A.,  University 
of  Michigan,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1960. 

Knefelkamp,  L.  Lee  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A., 
Macalester  College,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Knifong,  James  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Early  Childhood  Elementary  Education.  B.S., 
Northern  Illinois  University,  1964;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1968;  Ph.D., 
1971. 

Knight,  Robert  E.L.  Associate  Professor,  Economics.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1948; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1958. 

Knott,  Gary  D.  Visiting  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Computer  Science.  B.A.,  American 
University,  1964;  M.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Stanford 
University,  1975. 

Kohl,  Frances  L.  Associate  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1973;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1979. 

Kole,  Linda  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1979; 
Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1984. 

Kolker,  Robert  P.  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  City  University  of 
New  York  (Queens  College),  1962;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1969. 


560     Kolodny,  Annette 


Kolodny,  Annette  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Brooklyn  College  (CUNY),  1962; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1969. 

Kolodny,  Richard  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S.B.A., 
Northwestern  University,  1965;  M.B.A.,  New  York  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Konjoian,  Peter  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of  New 
Hampshire,  1975;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Koopman,  Elizabeth  Janssen  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  A.B., 
University  of  Michigan,  1960;  M.A.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Korenman,  Victor  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Princeton  University, 
1958;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Kornblatt,  Joyce  R.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University, 
1966;  M.A.,  Case-Western  Reserve  University,  1968. 

Koscianski,  Leonard  Assistant  Professor,  Art.  B.F.A.,  Cleveland  Institute  of  Art,  1977; 
M.F.A.,  University  of  California  (Davis),  1979. 

Kotz,  Samuel  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  M.S.,  Hebrew 
Univerity,  Jerusalem,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1960. 

Kozarich,  John  W.  B.S.,  Boston  College,  1971;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1975. 

Kralj,  Mary  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  College  of  William  and  Mary, 
1973;  M.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Kramer,  George  F.  Professor,  Physical  Education;  Acting  Dean,  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation,  and  Health.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1967. 

Krapfel,  Robert  E.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
University  of  Connecticut,  1970;  M.B.A.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1979. 

Krisher,  Lawrence  C.  Professor,  Part-time,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.  A.B.,  Syracuse  University,  1955;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1957;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

Krishnaprasad,  P.S.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.Tech.,  Indian 
Institute  of  Technology,  1972;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University,  1977. 

Krusberg,  Lorin  R.  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1954;  M.S.,  North 
Carolina  State  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Krushenick,  Nicholas  Associate  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  Art  Students'  League,  1950; 
M.A.,  Hans  Hofmann  School,  1951. 

Kudla,  Stephen  S.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1971; 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  (StonyBrook),  1975. 

Kuehl,  Philip  G.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S., 
Miami  University  (Ohio),  1965;  M.B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Kueker,  David  W.  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles),  1964;  M.A.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1967. 


Lay,  David  C.     561 


Kuenzel,  Wayne  J.  Professor,  Poultry  Science.  B.S.,  Bucknell  University,  1964;  M.S., 
1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia,  1969. 

Kundt,  John  F.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1972. 

Kundu,  Mukul  R.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Director,  Astronomy  Program. 
B.Sc.  Calcutta  University,  1949;  M.Sc,  1951;  D.Sc,  University  of  Paris,  1957. 

Kuss,  Fred  R.  Associate  Professor,  Recreation.  B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire, 
1948;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1968. 

L  achler,  Ulrich  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Brown  University,  1972;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Lai,  Poh-Chin  Assistant  Professor,  Geography.  B.E.S.,  University  of  Waterloo,  1978; 
M.A.,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Laidlaw,  Charles  D.  Lecturer,  Urban  Studies.  B.A.,  Colgate  University,  1952;  M.A., 
Yale  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968. 

Lamone,  Rudolph  P.  Professor  and  Dean,  College  of  Business  and  Managemennt. 
B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Lampe,  John  R.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1957;  M.A., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1971. 

Landry,  L.  Bartholomew  Associate  Professor,  Sociology  and  Afro-American  Studies. 
B.A.,  Saint  Mary's  Seminary,  1961;  B.A.,  Xavier  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1971. 

Landsberg,  Helmut  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.    Ph.D.,  University  of  Frankfurt,  1930. 

Lanning,  Eldon  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.S.,  Northwestern 
University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1965. 

Lapinski,  Tadeusz  Professor,  Art.  M.F.A.,  Academy  of  Fine  Arts,  Warsaw  ,  Poland, 
1955. 

Larkin,  Willard  D.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana), 
1967. 

LaSota,  Leo  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  B. Music,  West  Virgina  University, 
1966;  M.F.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1968;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1969;  B.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Lawrence,  Richard  E.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.S., 
Michigan  State  University,  1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Lawrence,  Robert  G.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics. 
B.S.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1957;  M.B.A.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Texas  Agricultural  and 
Mechanical  University,  1969. 

Lawson,  Lewis  A.  Professor,  English.  B.S.,  East  Tennessee  State  University,  1957; 
M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

Lay,  David  C.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Aurora  College,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1965;  Ph.D.,  1966. 


562     Layman,  John  W. 


Layman,  John  W.  Professor.  Curriculum  and  Instruction  and  Physics  and  Astronomy. 

A.B.,  Park  College,  1955;  M.S.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1961;  Ed.D.,  Oklahoma  State 

University.  1970. 

Leatherman,  Stephen  P.  Associate  Professor,  Geography.    B.S.,  North  Carolina  State 

University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1975. 

Lee,  Chi  H.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.   B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University  (Taipei), 

1959;  M.S.,  Harvard  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Lee,  Hugh  M.  Assistant  Professor.  Classics.    B.A.,  St,  Mary's  College  of  California, 

1966;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Lee,   Sung  W.  Associate   Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.    B.S.,   Seoul   National 

University,  1966;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Lee,  Yee-Chun  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University, 
1966;  Ph.D.,  Dartmouth  College,  1970. 

Leedy,  Charlotte  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Recreation.  B.S..  University  of  Maryland, 
1960;  M.A.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Temple  University,  1975. 

Leete,  Burt  A.  Professor.  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S.,  Juniata 
College.  1962;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  J.D.,  American  University.  1969. 

Leffel,  Emory  C.  Professor  Emeritus,  Animal  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1943;  M.S.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Lehner,  Guydo  R.  Professor.  Mathematics.  B.S..  Loyola  University,  1951;  M.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  Ph.D..  1958. 

Leifer,  Jeane  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education  and  Curriculum  and 
Instruction.  B.A.,  SUNY  (Binghamton),  1973;  M.A..  Princeton  University,  1975;  Ph.D., 
1979. 

Leighton,  Eldin  A.  Assistant  Professor.  Animal  Sciences.  B.S.,  New  Mexico  State 
University,  1970;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Leinwand,  Theodore  B.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A..  Hamilton  College,  1973; 
M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Lejins,  Peter  P.  Professor  Emeritus,  Sociology  and  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology. 
M.Phil.,  University  of  Latvia,  1930;  M.L..  1933;  Ph.D..  University  of  Chicago,  1938. 

Lengermann,  Joseph  J.  Associate  Professor.  Sociology.  B.A.,  University  of  Notre 
Dame,  1958;  S.T.B.,  Gregorian  University,  1960;  S.T.L.,  1962;  MA,  University  of  Notre 
Dame,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1969. 

Leonard,  Mary  M.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.S., 
Boston  College.  1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1971;  Ph.D..  1974. 

Leone,  Mark  Associate  Professor,  Anthropology.  B.A.,  Tufts  University,  1963;  MA, 
University  of  Arizona,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Leone,  Peter  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  University  of  Iowa, 
1972;  M.A.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1981. 

Leong,  David  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A., 
University  of  New  Hampshire,  1973;  M.F.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina  (Greensboro), 
1975. 


Lindsay,  Rao  H.     563 


Lesher,  James  H.  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1962;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Rochester,  1966. 

Lessley,  Billy  V.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  University  of 
Arkansas,  1957;  M.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1965. 

Levine,  Marvin  J.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1952;  J.D.,  1954;  MA,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Levine,  Robert  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1975;  Ph.D., 
Stanford  University,  1981. 

Levine,  William  S.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Levinson,  Jerrold  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1974. 

Levinson,  John  Z.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  University  of  Toronto,  1939;  M.A., 
1940;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

Levitan,  Herbert  Professor,  Zoology.    B.E.E.,  Cornell  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Levitine,  George  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  University  of  Paris,  1938;  MA,  Boston 
University,  1946;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1952. 

Leviton,  Daniel  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.S.,  George  Washington  University, 
1953;  M.A.,  Springfield  College,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

Levy,  Frank  S.  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs.  B.S.,  MIT,  1963;  M.A.,  Yale 
University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Levy,  Mark  R.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1964;  M.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1965;  M.  Phil.,  Columbia  University,  1975; 
Ph.D.,  1977. 

Lewis,  Roger  K.  Associate  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.  Arch.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1964;  M.  Arch.,  1967. 

Lichty,  Lawrence  W.  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  A.B.,  University  of 
Southern  California,  1959;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Liesener,  James  W.  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  B.A., 
Wartburg  College,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Northern  Iowa,  1960;  A.M.L.S.,  University 
of  Michigan,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Ligomenides,  Panos  A.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Athens, 
1951;  M.S.,  1952;  M.S.E.E.,  Stanford  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Lin,  Hung  Chang  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Chiao-Tung  University,  1941; 
M.S.E.,  University  of  Michigan,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1956. 

Linder,  Harris  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  Long  Island  University,  1951; 
M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Lindsay,  Rao  H.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 
B.A.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 


564     Linduska,  James  J. 


Linduska,  James  J.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1965;  M.S.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Link,  Conrad  B.  Professor  Emeritus,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1933; 
M.S.,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

Linkow,  Irving  Associate  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  University 
of  Denver,  1937;  M.A.,  1938. 

Lipsman,  Ronald  L.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  City  University  of  New  York  (City 
College),  1964;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1967. 

Lissitz,  Robert  W.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation; 
Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse 
University,  1969. 

Liu,  Chuan  Sheng  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Tunghai  University 
(Taiwan),  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1964;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Liu,  Tai-Ping  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1968;  M.S., 
Oregon  State  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1973. 

Lockard,  J.  David  Professor,  Botany  and  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1951;  M.Ed.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Locke,  Edwin  A.  Professor,  Psychology  and  College  of  Business  and  Management. 
B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1960;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Loeb,  Stephen  E.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S.,  University 
of  Pennsylvania,  1961;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Loftin,  Colin  Associate  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A., 
University  of  North  Carolina  at  Chapel  Hill,  1964;  M.A.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Loizeaux,  Elizabeth  B.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Mount  Holyhoke  College, 
1972;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Longest,  James  W.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education.  B.S.,  University 
of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1957. 

Lopez,  Ramon  S.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S., 
University  of  Chile,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  British  Columbia,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Lopez-Escobar,  Edgar  G.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Cambridge  University,  1958; 
M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Loss,  John  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.  Arch.,  University  of  Michigan,  1954; 
M.  Arch.,  1960. 

Lounsbury,  Myron  O.  Associate  Professor,  American  Studies.  B.A.,  Duke  University, 
1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Lu,  Paul  C.K.  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.S.,  Chung-Kung  University,  1954; 
B.Arch.,  Kansas  State  University,  1958;  M.Arch.,  1962;  M.L.A.,  Harvard  Graduate 
School  of  Design,  1967. 

Luetkemeyer,  Joseph  F.  Professor,  Industrial  Education.  B.S.,  Stout  State  College, 
1953;  M.S.,  1954;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1961. 


Mallinson,  Edward  T.     565 


Lynn,  Jeffrey  W.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1969;  M.S.,  1970; 
Ph.D.,  1974. 

Ma,  Michael  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison),  1973;  M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

MacBain,  William  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  M.  A.,  Honors,  Saint  Andrews 
University  (Scotland),  1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

MacDonald,  William  M.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1955. 

Mack,  Maynard,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Yale  University,  1964;  M.Phil., 
1969;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

MacLeod,  Anne  S.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services. 
B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1949;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

MacQuillan,  Anthony  M.  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.S.A.,  University  of 
British  Columbia,  1956;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1962. 

Macready,  George  B.  Associate  Professor,  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation. 
B.A.,  Williamette  University,  1965;  M.A.,  University  of  Oregon,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1972. 

Madison,  John  P.  Assistant  Professor,  Early  Childhood  Elementary  Education.  B.S., 
State  University  College  of  New  York  (Geneseo),  1962;  M.S.,  1965;  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1972. 

Magette,  William  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute  &  State  University  ,  1974;  M.E.,  ,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Magoon,  Thomas  M.  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  and  Psychology; 
Director,  Counseling  Center.  B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

Maida,  Peter  R.  Associate  Professor,  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A.,  St, 
Vincent  College,  1960;  M.A.,  Fordham  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1969. 

Majeska,  George  P.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York 
(Brooklyn  College),  1961;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Majeskie,  J.  Lee  Associate  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State  University,  1970. 

Makowski,  Armand  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Univ.  Libre 
de  Bruxelles,  Belgium,  1975;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1976;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Kentucky,  1981. 

Male,  George  A.  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration.  B.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1948;  M.A.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Maley,  Donald  Professor  and  Chairman,  Industrial  Education.  B.S.,  California  State 
College  (Pennsylvania),  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

Mallinson,  Edward  T.  Associate  Professor,  Veterinary  Science.  V.M.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1956. 


566     Malouf,  David  B. 


Malouf,  David  B.  Research  Associate,  Special  Education.    B.A.,  University  of  Utah, 

1968;  M.Ed.,  ,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon,  1976. 

Mann,  Patricia  H.  Lecturer,  Health  Education.    B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1977; 

MA,  1979;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Mansfield,  Marc  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.    B.A., 

University  of  Utah,  1977;  Ph.D.,  Dartmouth  College,  1980. 

Manspeaker,  Joe  E.  Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Medicine.   V.M.D.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania,  1952. 

Marando,  Vincent  L.  Professor,  Urban  Studies.   B.S.,  State  University  at  Buffalo,  1960; 

M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Marchionini,  Gary  J.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services. 
B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1971;  M.Ed.,  Wayne  State  University,  1974;  Ph.D., 
1981. 

Marcus,  Robert  F.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  Montclair  State 
College,  1965;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1973. 

Marcuse,  Michael  J.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1966; 
M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Mariano,  Patrick  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1964; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1969. 

Markham,  Paul  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.A.,  Utah  State 
University,  1976;  M.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1977;  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State 
University,  1984. 

Markley,  Nelson  G.  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Lafayette  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Yale 
University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Marks,  Colin  H.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of 
Technology,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

Marquardt,  Warren  W.  Professor,  Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1959;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Marra-Lopez,  Jose  R.  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.A.,  (Licenciatura), 
University  of  Madrid  (Spain),  1959. 

Martin,  James  G.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  University  of  North  Dakota,  1951;  M.A., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Martin,  L.  John  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  A.B.,  American  University  (Cairo), 
1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

Martin,  Raymond  F.  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1962;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1968. 

Martindale,  Melanie  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1967; 
M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1979. 

Marx,  George  L.  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services;  Assistant  Provost, 
Division  of  Human  and  Community  Resources.  B.A.,  Yankton  College,  1953;  M.A., 
State  University  of  Iowa,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1959. 


McCusker.  John  J.     567 


Mason,  Glenn  M.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Associate  Chairman. 
B.A  ,  Harvard  University,  1965;  M.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1967;  Ph.D..  1971. 

Mather,  Ian  H.  Associate  Professor,  Animal  Science.  B.Sc,  University  College  of 
North  Wales,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Matossian,  Mary  K.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A..  Stanford  University,  1951; 
M.A.,  American  University  (Beirut),  1952;  Ph.D..  Stanford  University,  1955. 

Matteson,  Richard  L.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  Knox  College. 
1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  Ed.D.,  1962 

Matthews,  David  L.  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.  B.S.,  Queens  University  (Canada).  1949;  PhD..  Princeton  University, 
1959. 

Matthews,  Thomas  A.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  University 
of  Toronto,  1950;  M.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University, 
1956. 

Mayergoyz,  Isaak  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  E.E.Dipl..  Polytechnical  Institute. 
Novocherkask.USSR,  1963;  Kanaidat  Nauk.  1968;  Doctor  Nauk  E.E..  Cybernetics  Inst. 
of  the  Ukrainian  Acad,  of  Sci.,  1975. 

Mayo,  Marlene  J.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Wayne  State  University,  1954; 
M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Mazzocchi,  Paul  H.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Chemistry.  B.Sc,  Queens  College, 
1961;  Ph.D.,  Fordham  University.  1965. 

McAvoy,  Thomas  J.  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S..  Brooklyn 
Polytechnic  institute,  1961;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

McCaleb,  Joseph  L.  Associate  Professor.  Curriculum  and  Instruction  and 
Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  Abilene  Christian  College,  1969;  M.Ed., 
University  of  Texas  (Austin),  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

McCall,  Gerald  N.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.  B.S., 
Florida  State  University,  1959;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

McCarrick,  Earleen  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  Louisiana 
State  University,  1953;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1964. 

McClure,  L.  Morris  Professor  Emeritus,  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration. 
B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1946;  Ed.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

McClurg,  Charles  A.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Iowa  State  University, 
1966;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

McConnell,  Kenneth  E.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.A., 
University  of  Florida,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

McCuen,  Richard  H.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University, 
1967;  M.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

McCusker,  John  J.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Saint  Bernards  College,  1961;  M.A., 
University  of  Rochester,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1970. 


568     McDonald,  James 


McDonald,  James  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.M.,  Morningside  College,  1962; 
MA,  University  of  Iowa,  1964;  D.M.A.,  1974. 

McGuire,  Martin  C.  Professor,  Economics.  B.S.,  United  States  Military  Academy, 
1955;  M.A.,  Oxford  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1964. 

Mcllrath,  Thomas  J.  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.S., 
Michigan  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1966. 

Mclntire,  Roger  W.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1958;  M.A., 
Louisiana  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Mcintosh,  Maria  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1974; 
M.S.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Mclntyre,  Jennie  J.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  A.B.,  Howard  College,  1960; 
M.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

McKay,  Ruth  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1954; 
MA,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965;  M.P.H.,  Johns  Hopkins  School  of 
Hygiene  &  Public  Health,  1980. 

McKee,  Claude  G.  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S., 
1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

McKenna,  Mary  Catherine  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.    B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1968;  Ph.D.,  ,  1978. 

McLoone,  Eugene  P.  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration.  B.A., 
LaSalle  College,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Denver,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1961. 

McNelly,  Theodore  H.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1941;  M.A.,  1942;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1952. 

McWhinnie,  Harold  J.  Associate  Professor,  Housing  and  Design  and  Curriculum  and 
Instruction.  B.A.E.,  Art  Institute  of  Chicago,  1953;  M.F.A.,  1957;  Ed.D.,  Stanford 
University,  1965. 

McWilliams,  John  P.  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1962;  A.M., 
Harvard  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  ,  1968. 

Medvene,  Arnold  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services;  Counselor, 
University  Counseling  Center.  B.S.,  Temple  University,  1959;  M.Ed.,  1963;  Ed.D., 
University  of  Kansas,  1968. 

Meeker,  Barbara  F.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1961; 
M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Meersman,  Roger  L.  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre;  Associate  Dean, 
Graduate  Studies  and  Research.  B.A.,  Saint  Ambrose  College,  1952;  M.A.,  University 
of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Mehl,  Jane  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures. 
B.A.,  Douglass  College,  1967;  M.A.,  Middlebury.  College,  1968;  Ph.D.,  State  University 
of  New  York  (Binghamton),  1974. 

Meijer,  Marianne  S.  Associate  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  Romance  Language, 
University  of  Leiden  (Holland),  1948;  M.A.,  Catholic  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1972. 


Miller,  Catherine  M.     569 


Meisinger,  John  J.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Iowa  State 
University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1976. 

Meisinger,  Richard  J.,  Jr.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management;  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration.  B.S.,  Cornell  University, 
1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1975. 

Meizlik,  Jeffrey  N.  Assistant  Professor,  Art.  B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1969; 
M.F.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1972. 

Melnlk,  Walter  L.  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Mench,  Joy  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Poultry  Science.  B.A.,  California  State  University, 
1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Sussex,  1982. 

Menzer,  Robert  E.  Professor,  Entomology;  Director,  Marine-Estuarine-Environmental 
Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

Messersmith,  Donald  H.  Professor,  Entomology.  B.Ed.,  University  of  Toledo,  1951; 
M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1962. 

Meyer,  Paul  A.  Associate  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
1961;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1966. 

Michaelis,  Otho  E.,  IV  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  B.S.,  Gannon  College,  1964;  M.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1970; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973. 

Mietus,  Walter  S.  Associate  Professor,  Industrial  Education.  B.S.,  Chicago  Teachers 
College,  1957;  M.Ed.,  Illinois  State  Teachers  College,  1959;  Ed.D.,  Loyola  University, 
1966. 

Mignerey,  Alice  C.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Rochester, 
1971;  M.S.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Mikulski,  Piotr  W.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Lyceum  (Warsaw),  1942;  M.S., 
School  of  Planning  and  Statistics,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

Miles,  Carolyn  W.  Research  Associate,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration. 
B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and  State  Univ.,  1969;  M.S.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Milhollan,  Frank  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  Colorado  College, 
1949;  M.P.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1966. 

Millay,  Michael  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany.  B.A.,  Wittenberg  University,  1967; 
M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Chicago),  1977;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Miller,  Alden  D.  Associate  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology. 
B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1962;  M.A.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Miller,  Arthur  G.  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  Colby  College,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University, 
1969. 

Miller,  Catherine  M.  Associate  Professor,  Health  Education.  B.S.,  Illinois  State 
University,  1956;  M.A.,  Colorado  State  College,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1967. 


570     Miller,  Douglass  R. 


Miller,  Douglass  R.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  University  of 
California  (Davis),  1964;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Miller,  Gerald  R.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958; 
M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Miller,  James  R.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Miller,  Mary  R.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1941;  M.A., 
University  of  Denver,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University,  1969. 

Mills,  Harlan  D.  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1948;  M.S., 
1950;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Mills,  Judson  R.,  Jr.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953; 
Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1958. 

Minker,  Jack  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York 
(Brooklyn  College),  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1959. 

Minor,  Carole  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A., 
Michigan  State  University,  1968;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1980. 

Mintz,  Lawrence  E.  Associate  Professor,  American  Studies.  B.A.,  University  of  South 
Carolina,  1966;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Misner,  Charles  W.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Notre 
Dame,  1952;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Mitchell,  Robert  D.  Associate  Professor,  Geography.  M.A.,  University  of  Glasgow, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

Mitter,  Charles  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  Stanford  University,  1970; 
Ph.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Stony  Brook),  1977. 

Mityga,  Henry  G.  Lecturer,  Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture.  B.S.,  Cornell  University, 
1966;  M.S.  Purdue  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 

Modarres,  Mohammed  Assistant  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S., 
Tehran  Polytechnic  Institute,  1974;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1976; 
Ph.D.,  1979. 

Mohan,  Judith  Lanum  Instructor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  DePauw  University,  1977;  M.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1980. 

Mohanty,  Sashi  B.  Professor,  Veterinary  Medicine.  B.V.S.,  Bihar  University,  1956; 
M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Mohapatra,  Rabindra  Nath  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.Sc,  Uktal  University 
(India),  1964;  M.Sc,  Delhi  University  (India),  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester, 
1969. 

Montgomery,  William  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Cornell  College,  1953;  M.Mus., 
Catholic  University  of  America,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Moore,  John  H.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1963; 
M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 


Murrell,  Peter     571 


Moore,  John  R.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics,  Assistant  Provost, 
Division  of  Agriculture  and  Life  Sciences.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1951;  M.S., 
Cornell  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1959. 

Morakis,  James  C.  Instructor  Part-time,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.E.E.,  City  College 
of  New  York,  1953;  M.S.E.E.,  Columbia  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1967. 

Morariu,  Janis  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  B.A  , 
Indiana  University,  1973;  M.S.,  1976;  Ed.S.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1982. 

Morris,  Louis  A.  Lecturer,  part-time,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.A.,  Boston 
University,  1968;  M.A.,  New  School  of  Social  Research,  1971,  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University, 
1974. 

Morrison,  Keith  Professor,  Art.    B.F.A.,  Art  Institute  of  Chicago,  1963;  M.F.A.,  1965. 

Morton,  Eugene  S.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  Denison  University, 
1962;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1969. 

Moser,  Phylis  B.  Associate  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969;  M.S.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Moses,  Claire  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Women's  Studies  Program.  A.B.,  Smith  College, 
1963;  M.  Phil.,  George  Washington  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  ,  1978. 

Moss,  Alfred  A.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Lake  Forest  College,  1965;  M.Div., 
Episcopal  Divinity  School,  1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Moss,  Lawrence  Professor,  Music.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1949; 
M.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1957. 

Motta,  Jerome  J.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  A.B.,  San  Francisco  State  College, 
1959;  M.A.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1968. 

Mount,  David  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.Tech,  Indian  Institute  of 
Technology,  1975;  M.E.,  Indian  Institute  of  Science  India,  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Texas  at  Austin,  1983. 

Mueller,  Dennis  C.  Professor,  Economics.  B.S.,  Colorado  College,  1962;  Ph.D., 
Princeton  University,  1966. 

Mulchi,  Charles  L.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  North  Carolina  State 
University,  1964;  M.S.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Muller,  Robert  E.,  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.A.E., 
University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1981. 

Munn,  Robert  J.  Professor,  Chemistry.   B.Sc,  University  of  Bristol,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Munno,  Frank  J.  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  Waynesburg 
College,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Murphy,  Thomas  J.  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  Rockefeller  University,  1968. 

Murrell,  Peter  Associate  Professor,  Economics.  B.Sc,  London  School  of  Economics, 
1971;  M.Sc,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1977. 


572     Muse,  Stephen  A. 


Muse,  Stephen  A.  Lecturer,  School  of  Architecture.  B.  Arch.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1973;  M.Arch.  in  Urban  Design,  Cornell  University,  1976. 

Myers,  Robert  M.  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1941;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1942;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University, 
1948. 

Myricks,  Noel  Associate  Professor,  Family  and  Community  Development.  B.A.,  San 
Francisco  University,  1955;  M.S.,  1967;  J.D.,  Howard  University,  1970;  Ed.D.,  American 
University,  1974. 

Nacht,  Michael  Visiting  Associate  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs.  B.S.,  New  York 
University,  1963;  M.S.,  Case  Western  Reserve  University,  1966;  M.S.,  New  York 
University,  1969;  M.A.,  New  School  of  Social  Research,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1973. 

Nakajima,  Kazuo  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Osaka  University, 
1973;  M.S.,  ,  1975;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1979. 

Nam,  Sunwoo  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A.,  Hankuk  University, 
Seoul  ,  Korea,  1961;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1965;  M.A.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin  (Madison),  1969. 

Narayan,  Prakash  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.  Tech.,  Indian 
Institute  of  Technology,  1976;  M.S.,  Washington  University  (St.  Louis),  1978;  D.Sc, 
1981. 

Nau,  Dana  S.  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Missouri, 
1974;  A.M.,  Duke  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Neef,  Nancy  Visiting  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  Western  Michigan 
University,  1972;  M.A.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Nelson,  Clifford  L.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education; 
Professor,  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education.  B.S.,  Washington 
State  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1966. 

Nelson,  Judd  O.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1969;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Nemes,  Graciela  P.  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.S.,  Trinity  College 
(Vermont),  1942;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Nepote,  Kathryn  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S.,  Rutgers  University, 
1969;  V.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1973. 

Neri,  Umberto  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1961;  M.S.,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  1966. 

Neumann,  Walter  Professor,  Mathematics  and  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.  B.A.,  Adelaide  University  (Australia),  1966;  M.A.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Bonn  (West  Germany),  1969. 

Newcomb,  Robert  W.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering^  B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1955; 
M.S.,  Stanford  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1960. 

Newell,  Clarence  A.  Professor  Emeritus,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and 
Administration.  B.A.,  Hastings  College,  1935;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1939;  Ph.D., 
1943. 


Ogle,  Peggy  A     573 


Ng,  Timothy  J.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture,  B.S.,  University  of  California,  1969; 
M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1976 

Nickels,  William  G.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management. 
B.S.B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1962;  MB. A.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1966;  Ph.D., 
Ohio  State  University,  1969. 

Nicklason,  Fred  H.  Assistant  Professor,  History.  B.S.,  Gustavus  Adolphus  College, 
1953;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1967. 

Nielsen,  Roger  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Geology.  B.S.,  University  of  Arizona,  1976; 
M.S.,  1978;  Ph.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University,  1982. 

Niese,  Henry  Associate  Professor,  Art.  Cert.,  The  Cooper  Union,  1949;  Cert., 
Academie  Grande  Chaumiere  (Paris),  1949;  B.F.A.,  Columbia,  1955. 

Niles,  Lyndrey  A.  Lecturer  Part-time,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A., 
Columbia  Union  College,  1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Temple 
University,  1973. 

Noel,  Margaret  M.  Research  Associate,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  University  of  Denver, 
1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Northern  Colorado,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1977. 

Noll,  James  Wm.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 

B.A.,   University  of  Wisconsin  (Milwaukee),   1954;  M.S.,   ,   1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

Chicago,  1978. 

Norman,    Kent    L.    Associate    Professor,    Psychology.     B.A.,    Southern    Methodist 

University,  1969;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

North,  Gerald  R.  Visiting  Professor,  NASA/Department  of  Meteorology.   B.S.,  University 

of  Tennessee,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1966. 

Norton,  Virgil  J.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.    B.S.,  Kansas  State 

University,  195/;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University,  1964. 

Norton,   Virginia   P.   Lecturer,   Food,   Nutrition   and   Institution  Administration.     B.S., 

University  of  Colorado,  1958;  Dietetic  Internship  Cert.,  Brooke  General  Hospital,  1960; 

M.Ed.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974. 

Nossal,  Ralph  J.  Adjunct  Professor,  part-time,  Chemical  Physics  Program;  Adjunct 

Professor,   part-time,   Physics  and  Astronomy.    B.A.,  Cornell  University,   1959;  M.S., 

University  of  Michigan,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Oates,  Wallace  E.  Professor,   Economics  and  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic 

Research.    M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

O'Connell,  Donald  W.  Professor  and  Acting  Chairman,  Economics.    B.A.,  Columbia 

University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Odell,  Stanley  J.  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.    B.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1960; 

M.A.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1962;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Ogden,  Lanell  Assistant  Professor,,  College  of  Veterinary  Medicine.    B.S.  Fort  Valley 

State  Colleg  ,  e,  1977;  D.V.M.  Tuskegee  Institute,  Al  ,  abama,  1981. 

Ogle,  Peggy  A  Research  Associate,  Special  Education.    B.S.,  University  of  Georgia, 

Athens,  1973;  M.H.E.,  1975;  Ed.S.,  1979;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  Chapel 

Hill,  1982. 


574     O'Grady,  Kevin  E. 


O  Grady,  Kevin  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Washington  and  Lee 
University,  1972;  M.S.,  Old  Dominion  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut, 
1980. 

O'Haver,  Thomas  C.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Spring  Hill  College,  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Florida,  1968. 

O'Leary,  Dianne  P.  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science  and  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University, 
1976. 

O'Leary,  Ronald  T.  Associate  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S., 
Bowling  Green  State  University,  1960;  M.A.,  1961;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Olek,  Anthony  T.  Assistant  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Oakland  University,  1973;  Ph.D., 
State  University  of  New  York,  1978. 

Olian,  Judith  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
Hebrew  University,  Jerusalem,  1974;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1977; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconson  (Madison),  1980. 

Oliver,  James  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  University  of 
Washington,  1959;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1968. 

Olson,  Alison  G.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1952; 
M.A.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Oxford  University  (England),  1956. 

Olson,  Keith  W.  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Albany),  1957; 
M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

Olson,  Mancur  L.  Jr.  Professor,  Economics.  B.S.,  North  Dakota  State  University, 
1954;  B.A.,  Oxford  University,  1956;  M.A.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1963. 

Olver,  Frank  W.  Research  Professor,  Mathematics  and  Institute  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.    B.Sc,  University  of  London,  1945;  M.Sc,  1948;  D.Sc,  1961. 

Oneda,  Sadao  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Tohoku  Imperial  University, 
1946;  M.S.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Nagoya  University,  1953. 

Oppenheimer,  Joe  A.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  A.B.,  Cornell  University, 
1963;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1971. 

Ordonez,  Margaret  T.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics. 
B.A.,  University  of  Tennesee,  1961;  M.S.,  ,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University,  1978. 

Osborn,  John  E.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1958;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Oster,  Rose-Marie  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and  Literatures.  M.A., 
Stockholm  University,  1956;  Dr.  Phil.,  Kiel  University  (Germany),  1958. 

Ott,  Edward  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering  and  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  The 
Cooper  Union,  1963;  M.S.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Ottinger,  Mary  Ann  Associate  Professor,  Poultry  Science.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1972;  M.S.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Owens,  Robert  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Penn  State 
University,  1970;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  &  State  University  ,  1976;  Ph.D., 
Penn  State  University,  1980. 


Patterson,  Annabel  M.     575 


Owings,  James  C.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Dartmouth  College,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1966. 

Paape,  Max  J.  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Dairy  Science  B.S  ,  Michigan  State 
University,  1959;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D..  1967 

Pai,  Shin  I.  Professor  Emeritus,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S.,  National  Central 
University  (China),  1935;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1938;  Ph.D., 
California  Institute  of  Technology,  1940. 

Paik,  Ho  Jung  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S..  Seoul  National 
University,  1966;  M.S.,  Stanford  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  ,  1974. 

Palmer,  Milton  E.,  Ill  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1976;  M.S.,  1978. 

Panagariya,  Arvind  Associate  Professor,  Economics  B.A.,  University  Rajasthan, 
1971;  M.A.,  1973;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Pandelidis,  loannis  O.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University 
of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1976;  M.S.,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Panichas,  George  A.  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  American  International  College,  1951: 
M.A.,  Trinity  College  (Connecticut),  1952;  Ph.D.,  Nottingham  University,  1961. 

Paoletti,  Jo  B.  Lecturer,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S.,  Syracuse 
University,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1980. 

Papadopoulos,  Konstantinos  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.Sc,  University  of 
Athens,  1960;  M.Sc,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1968. 

Park,  Robert  L.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Texas  (Austin), 
1958;  M.A.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University,  1964. 

Parker,  Dennis  A.  Lecturer,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1964;  M.A.,  1968;  M.F.A.,  1982. 

Parming,  Tonu  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.  Princeton  University,  ,  1964; 
M.A.,  Yale  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Pasch,  Alan  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1949;  M.A.,  New 
School  for  Social  Research,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1955. 

Paternoster,  Raymond  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and 
Criminology.  B.A.,  University  of  Delaware,  1973;  M.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University, 
1975;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University,  1978. 

Pati,  Jogesh  C.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Ravenshaw  College,  1955; 
M.Sc,  Delhi  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

Patrick,  W.  Lawrence  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A., 
University  of  Kentucky,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1973,  Ph.D.,  Ohio 
University,  1975;  J.D.,  Georgetown  University  Law  Center,  1979. 

Patterson,  Annabel  M.  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  University  of  Toronto,  1961;  M.A., 
University  of  London,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 


576     Patterson,  Glenn  W. 


Patterson,  Glenn  W.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Botany.  B.S.,  North  Carolina  State 
University,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Patterson,  William  V.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.F.A., 
University  of  Oklahoma,  1970;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Utah,  1972. 

Patton,  Sharon  F.  Assistant  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  Roosevelt  University,  1966;  M.A., 
University  of  Illinois,  1969;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1979. 

Payerle,  Laszlo  Assistant  Professor.  Music.  B.Mus.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960; 
M.Mus.,  University  of  Texas,  1962. 

Pearl,  Martin  H.  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn 
College),  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1955. 

Pearson,  Barry  L.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1968; 
M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1977.  - 

Pearson,  Carol  Associate  Professor,  Women's  Studies  Program  and  American  Studies. 
B.A.,  Rice  University,  1966;  M.A.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Pease,  John  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.S.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1960; 
M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Pecht,  Michael  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin  (Madison),  1976;  M.S.,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Peckerar,  Martin  C.  Professor,  part-time,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  SUNY  at 
Stonybrook,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976.  • 

Penner,  Merrilynn  J.  Professor,  Psychology;  Professor  (affiliate),  Hearing  and  Speech 
Science.  B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (San  Diego), 
1970. 

Pennington,  Kenneth  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.A.,  Friends  University,  1949; 
B.Mus.,  1950;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1953;  D.Mus.,  Indiana  University,  1961. 

Perinbam,  B.  Marie  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  London  University,  1955;  M.A., 
University  of  Toronto,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Georgetown  University,  1969. 

Perkins,  Hugh  V.  Professor  Emeritus,  Human  Development.  A.B.,  Oberlin  College, 
1941;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1949;  Ed.D.,  New  York  University, 
1956. 

Perkins,  Moreland  Professor,  Philosophy.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1948;  A.M.,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  1953. 

Perl,  Jossef  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Ben  Gurion  University  of  the 
Negev,  1974;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern 
University,  1982. 

Perlis,  Donald  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1981. 

Pertmer,  Gary  A.  Associate  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S.,  Iowa 
State  University,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri  (Columbia),  1973;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Peters,  Robert  Morgan  Associate  Professor,  Industrial,  Technological  and 
Occupational  Education.  B.S.,  Mankato  State  College,  1955;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1965. 


Pogue,  Stephanie  E.     577 


Peters,  Robert  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1973;  M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1980. 

Peterson,  Carla  L.  Associate  Professor,  Comparative  Literature  and  English.  B.A., 
Radcliffe  College,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1976. 

Peterson,  William  S.  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Walla  Walla  College,  1961;  M.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1968. 

Petzold,  Donald  E.  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Geography.  B.Sc,  McGill  University, 
1971;  M.Sc,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Pfister,  Guenter  G.  Associate  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and 
Literatures.  B.S.,  Bowling  Green  State  University,  1963;  M.A.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kansas,  1970. 

Phillips,  Sally  J.  Associate  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Slippery  Rock  State 
College,  1964;  M.Ed.,  Colorado  State  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1978. 

Phillips,  Warren  R.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  Northwestern  University, 
1963;  M.S.,  California  State  University  (San  Francisco),  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Hawaii,  1969. 

Philport,  Joseph  C.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A., 
William  Patterson  College,  1971;  M.A.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Bowling  Green  State  University, 
1975. 

Phipps,  Tim  T.  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  &  Resource  Economics.  B.A., 
University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  California,  Davis,  1977; 
Ph.D.,  1982. 

Pierce,  Sidney  K.,  Jr.  Professor,  Zoology.  B.Ed.,  University  of  Miami,  1966;  Ph.D., 
Florida  State  University,  1970. 

Pike,  Nancy  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  Washington  State 
University,  1969;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  West,  1970;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1980. 

Pinker,  Rachel  Associate  Professor,  Meteorology.  M.Sc,  Hebrew  University  (Israel), 
1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1976. 

Piper,  Don  C.  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954; 
M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1961. 

Pirages,  Dennis  A.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1958. 

Pitt,  David  G.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York 
(Syracuse),  1970;  M.L.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1974. 

Pitter,  Richard  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Meteorology.  A.B.,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles),  1969;  M.S.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Plotkin,  Allen  Professor,  Aerospace  Engineering.  B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1963; 
M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1968. 

Pogue,  Stephanie  E.  Associate  Professor,  Art.  B.F.A.,  Howard  University,  1966; 
M.F.A.,  Cranbrook  Academy  of  Art,  1968;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1980. 


578     Poist,  Richard  F. 


Poist,  Richard  F.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1965;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1972. 

Polakoff,  Murray  E.  Professor,  Economics  and  College  of  Business  and  Management; 
Provost  &  Acting  Chairman,  Division  of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences.  Acting 
Chairman,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.  B.A.,  New  York  University,  1946;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

Ponnamperuma,  Cyril  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.A.,  University  of  Madras,  1948;  B.Sc, 
University  of  London,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1962. 

Potter,  Jane  H.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1942;  M.S., 
1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

Potter,  Michael  Adjunct  Professor,  Zoology.  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1945;  M.D., 
University  of  Virginia,  1949. 

Pourdeyhimi,  Benham  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  L.T.I. , 
Huddersfield  Polytechnic  (U.K.),  1976;  A.T.I. ,  ,  1978;  Ph.D.,  Leeds  University  (U.K.), 
1982. 

Power,  Daniel  J.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S., 
University  of  Iowa,  1974;  M.A.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1982. 

Power,  Paul  W.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  St, 
Paul's  College.  1953;  M.S.,  San  Diego  State  University,  1971;  Sc.D.,  Boston  University, 
1974. 

Prange,  Richard  E.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy;  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.   M.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Prather,  Elizabeth  S.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  B.S.,  Auburn  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University, 
1963. 

Presser,  Harriet  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1959; 
M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Univeristy  of  California  (Berkeley), 
1969. 

Preston,  Lee  E.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  Vanderbilt 
University,  1951;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Price,  Richard  Professor,  History.   B.A.,  University  of  Sussex,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Prindle,  Allen  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S., 
Wisconsin  State  University,  1970;  M.S.,  Purdue  Univesity,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1977. 

Prucha,  Ingmar  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  M.A.,  University  of  Vienna,  1973; 
Ph.D.,  1977. 

Pugliese,  Rudolph  E.  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  Miami 
University  (Ohio),  1947;  M.A.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1961. 

Pugsley,  James  M.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  A.B.,  Oberlin  College, 
1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1958;  Ph.D.,  1963. 


Rebuck,  Ernest  C.     579 


Pumroy,  Donald  K.  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  University  of 
Iowa,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1954. 

Quebedeaux,  Bruno,  Jr.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Louisiana  State 
University,  1962;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1968. 

Quester,  George  H.  Professor  and  Chairperson,  Government  and  Politics.  A.B., 
Columbia  College,  1958;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Rabenhorst,  Martin  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1975;  M.S.,  1978;  Ph.D.,  Texas  A  &  M  University,  1983. 

Rabin,  Herbert  Director  of  Energy  Research  Center;  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering. 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950;  M.S.,  ,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

Racusen,  Richard  H.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  University  of  Vermont,  1970; 
M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Radermacher,  Reinhard  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Technical 
University  Munich,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Rado,  George  T.  Adjunct  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  S.B.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1939;  S.M.,  1941;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

Ragan,  Robert  M.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Virginia  Military  Institute,  1955; 
M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1965. 

Ramakrishnan,  I.  V.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  Indian  Institute  of 
Technology,  1975;  M.S.,  Indian  Institute  of  Science,  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at 
Austin,  1983. 

Ramaty,  Reuven  Adjunct  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.Sc,  Tel-Aviv 
University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1966. 

Ranald,  Ralph  A.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  A.B.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1952;  M.A.,  1954;  A.M.,  Princeton  University,  1958;  Ph.D., 
1961. 

Rao,  Desirajo  B.  Adjunct  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.Sc,  Andrah  University,  1956; 
M.Sc,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Ratner,  Nan  Bernstein  Assistant  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.  B.A., 
Jackson  College,  Tufts  University,  1974;  M.A.,  Temple  University,  1976;  Ed.D.,  Boston 
University,  1982. 

Raupp,  Michael  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  Cook  College,  Rutgers 
University,  1975;  M.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1981. 

Ray,  Philip  B.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services;  Counselor, 
Counseling  Center.  B.A.,  Antioch  College,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1962. 

Reaka,  Marjorie  L.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1965; 
M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1975. 

Rearick,  W.  R.  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  New  York  University,  1953;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D., 
Harvard  University,  1968. 

Rebuck,  Ernest  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania 
State  University,  1966;  M.S.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arizona,  1972. 


580     Redish,  Edward  F. 


Redish,  Edward  F.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Physics  and  Astronomy.    A.B.,  Princeton 

University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1968. 

Reeves,  Mavis  M.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.    B.A.,  West  Virginia 

University,  1942;  M.A.,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1947. 

Regan,   Thomas   M.   Professor,   Chemical   and   Nuclear  Engineering.     B.S.,   Tulane 

University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Reggia,    James    A.    Assistant    Professor,    Computer   Science.     B.S.,    University   of 

Maryland,  1971;  M.D.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Reichelderfer,  Charles  F.  Associate  Professor,  Entomology.    B.S.,  Saint  Cloud  State 

College,   1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 

(Riverside),  1968. 

Reinhart,   Bruce  L.   Professor,   Mathematics.    B.A.,   Lehigh   University,   1952;   M.A., 

Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

Reiser,  Martin  P.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy  and  Electrical  Engineering.  B.Sc, 
Johannes  Gutenberg  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Reiser,  Sheldon  Adjunct  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration. 
B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Reveal,  James  L.  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  Utah  State  University,  1963;  M.S.,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1969. 

Reynolds,  Michael  M.  Professor  and,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services. 
B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1950;  M.S.L.S.,  Columbia  University,  1952;  M.A.,  American 
University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1964. 

Reynolds,  Robert  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.   B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1971. 

Rhee,  Moon-Jhong  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Seuol  University,  1958; 
M.S.,  Seoul  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1970. 

Rhoads,  David  J.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A., 
Temple  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

Rib,  Harold  Senior  Research  Associate,  Civil  Engineering.  B.C.E.,  City  College  of  New 
York,  1953;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1967. 

Richard,  Jean-Paul  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Universite  Laval,  1956; 
B.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Paris,  1963. 

Richardson,  Diana  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Recreation.  B.S.,  West  Chester  State 
College,  1967;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Miami,  1983. 

Richardson,  Suzanne  Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition,  &  Inst.  Admin..  B.A.,  Lewis 
&  Clark  College,  1974;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1979;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Rickett,  Adele  A.  Associate  Professor  and  Director,  Hebrew  and  East  Asian.  B.A., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1939;  B.S.,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1948; 
Ph.D.,  1967. 

Riddick,  Carol  Assistant  Professor,  Recreation.  B.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1970; 
M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Pennyslvania  State  University,  1980. 


Rosen,  Meriam     581 


Ridgway,  Whitman  H.  Associate  Professor,  History.  A.B.,  Kenyon  College,  1963; 
M.A.,  San  Francisco  State  College,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1973. 

Ridky,  Robert  W.  Associate  Professor,  Secondary  Education  and  Geology.  B.S.,  State 
University  of  New  York,  1966;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Rinke,  Wolf  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Part-time,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  B.S.,  Drexel  University,  1968;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1973;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1979. 

Ritter,  Ronald  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1975; 
M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Ritzer,  George  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1962;  M.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1968. 

Rivera,  William  M.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education.  B.A., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1955;  M.A.,  American  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Syracuse 
University,  1974. 

Roberson,  Bob  S.  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.A.,  University  North  Carolina, 
1951;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Robertson,  Carol  E.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.S.,  Indiana  University,  1970;  M.A., 
1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Robertson-Tchabo,  Elizabeth  A.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A., 
University  of  Calgary,  1966;  M.Sc,  1967;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1972. 

Robinson,  Eugene  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A., 
University  of  Maryland,  1973;  M.A.,  ,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1984. 

Robinson,  James  A.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Kenyon  College,  1967;  M.A., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1968;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1975. 

Robl,  Martin  Assistant  Professor,  Pathology.  D.V.M.,  Kansas  State  University,  1964; 
M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Robock,  Alan  Associate  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin 
(Madison),  1970;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Rodenhuis,  David  R.  Associate  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.S.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1959;  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Washington,  1967. 

Roderick,  Jessie  A.  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  Wilkes  College,  1956; 
M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1957;  Ed.D.,  Temple  University,  1967. 

Rogolsky,  Saul  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  Harvard  University, 
1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1953;  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University,  1963. 

Roos,  Philip  G.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University, 
1960;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Techonology,  1964. 

Rose,  William  K.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  A.B.,  Columbia  University,  1957; 
Ph.D.,  1963. 

Rosen,  Meriam  Associate  Professor,  Dance.  B.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1948;  M.A., 
1965. 


582     Rosenberg,  Jonathan  M. 


Rosenberg,  Jonathan  M.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.   A.B.,  Harvard  University, 

1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,  Berkeley,  1976. 

Rosenberg,    Morris    Professor,    Sociology.     B.A.,    Brooklyn    College,    1946;    M.A., 

Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Rosenberg,  Theodore  J.   Research   Professor,   Institute  for  Physical   Science  and 

Technology.    B.E.E.,  City  University  of  New  York  (City  College),  1960;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  California  (Berkeley),  1965. 

Rosenfeld,    Azriel    Research    Professor,    Computer    Science;    Director,    Center   for 

Automation  Research.    B.A.,  Yeshiva  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 

University,  1957. 

Ross,  George  Associate  Professor,  Music.   B.Mus.,  Virginia  State  College,  1961;  M.M., 

Eastman  School  of  Music,  1966;  D.M.A.,  1975. 

Roth,  Froma  P.  Assistant  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences.    B.A.,  Hunter 

College,  1970;  M.A.,  Queens  College,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Roush,  Marvin  L.  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering  and  Physics  and 

Astronomy.    B.Sc,  Ottawa  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

Roussopoulos,    Nicholas   Affiliate   Assistant    Professor,    College   of    Business    and 

Management;   Assistant   Professor,   Computer  Science.    B.A.,   University  of  Athens, 

1969;  M.S.,  University  of  Toronto,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Rowland,  Robert  J.,  Jr.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Classics.    B.A.,  La  Salle  College, 

1959;  M.A.,  Univeristy  of  Pennsylvania,  1961;  Ph.D.,  ,  1964. 

Rozenblit,  Marsha  L.  Assistant  Professor,  History.    B.A.,  Barnard  College,  1971;  M.A., 

Columbia  University,  1974;  M.  Phil.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Rubin,  Roger  H.  Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Chairperson,  Family  and  Community 
Development.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York  (Brooklyn  College),  1965;  MA, 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Rubin,  Vivien  Assistant  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  B.A.,  London  University,  1955; 
M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1970. 

Rudolph,  Daniel  J.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  California  Institute  of 
Technology,  1972;  M.S.,  Stanford  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Russek,  Estelle  Associate  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.S.,  State  University  of  New 
York  (Stony  Brook),  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1979. 

Russell,  Charles  C.  Associate  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  B.A.,  Oberlin  College, 
1956;  M.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1964;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1970. 

Russell,  John  D.  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  Colgate  University,  1951;  M.A.,  University 
of  Washington,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers-The  State  University,  1959. 

Rutherford,  Charles  S.  B.A.,  Carleton  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1966; 
Ph.D.,  1970. 

Ryder,  Margaret  N.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  University  of  North 
Carolina  of  Greensboro,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1972. 


Schafer,  James  A.     583 


Sahin,  Haluk  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.  Law,  Istanbul  University, 
1964;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Sahni,  Carolyn  J.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology;  Assistant  Provost,  Division 
of  Behavioral  and  Social  Sciences.  B.A.,  University  of  Arizona,  1970;  M.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Sailer,  John  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A.,  University 
of  Northern  Iowa,  1973;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1980. 

Saklas,  James  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1969;  B.S.,  ,  1969;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1974;  Ph.D., 
Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1978. 

Salamanca,  Jack  H.  Professor,  English.  Grad.,  Royal  Academy  of  Dramatic  Art 
(London),  1952;  Dipt.,  University  of  London,  1953;  Licentiate,  Graduate  School  of 
Drama  (Royal  Academy  of  Music)  ,  1954. 

Sallet,    Dlrse    W.    Professor,    Mechanical    Engineering.     B.S.,    George   Washington 
University,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Kansas,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Stuttgart,  1966. 
Samet,  Hanan  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science.    B.S.,  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles),  1970;  M.S.,  Stanford  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Sammons,  David  J.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy.    B.S.,  Tufts  University,   1968; 

A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1978. 

Sampugna,  Joseph  Associate  Professor,  Chemistry.    B.A.,  University  of  Connecticut, 

1959;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Sands,  Doris  W.  Lecturer,  Health  Education.    B.S.,  Jersey  City  State  College,  1948; 

M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1970;  Ph.D.,,  1981. 

Sanford,  Robert  J.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.    B.M.E.,  George  Washington 

University,  1962;  M.S.,  ,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1971. 

Santa  Maria,  D.  Laine  Associate  Professor,  Physical  Education.    B.A.,  University  of 

Pennsylvania,  1953;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1962;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Oregon,  1968. 

Saracho,  Olivia  N.  Associate  Professor,  Curiculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  Texas 
Woman's  University,  1967;  M.Ed.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1978. 

Sargent,  Stuart  H.  Assistant  Professor,  Hebrew  and  East  Asian.    B.A.,  University  of 

Oregon,  1968;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Sarma,  Sankar  Das  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  &  Astronomy.    B.S.,  University  of 

Calcutta,  1973;  M.S.,  Brown  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Sather,  Jerome  O.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.    B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 

1957;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Sawyer,  Stephen  W.  Jr.  Assistant  Professor,  Geography.    B.A.,  Middlebury  College, 

1971;  M.A.,  Clark  Univeristy,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Clark  University,  1980. 

Sayre,  Clifford  L.,  Jr.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.   B.S.,  Duke  University,  1947; 

M.S.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

Schafer,  James  A.   Professor,   Mathematics.    B.S.,   University  of  Rochester,   1961; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1965. 


584     Schafer,  William  D. 


Schafer,  William  D.  Associate  Professor,  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation. 
B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1964;  MA,  1965;  Ed.D.,  1969. 

Schales,  Franklin  D.  Associate  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Louisiana  State 
University,  1959;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Schelling,  David  R.  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Lehigh  University, 
1961;  M.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1969. 

Schick,  Allen  Professor.  School  of  Public  Affairs;  Affiliate  Professor,  Government  & 
Politics.    B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1956;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Schiraldi,  Glenn  R.  Lecturer,  Health  Education.  B.S.,  U.S.  Military  Academy  (West 
Point),  1969;  M.S.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1983. 

Schlaretzki,  Walter  E.  Professor,  Philosophy.  A.B.,  Monmouth  College,  1941;  MA, 
University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1942;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1948. 

Schleidt,  Wolfgang  Professor,  Zoology.   Ph.D.,  University  of  Vienna,  1951. 

Schlesinger,  B.  Frank  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1950;  M.  Arch.,  Harvard  Graduate  School  of  Design,  1954. 

Schlimme,  Donald  V.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1956;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Schlossberg,  Nancy  K.  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A.,  Barnard 
College,  1951;  Ed.D.,  Columbia  University,  1961. 

Schmidtlein,  Frank  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and 
Administration.  B.S.,  Kansas  State  University,  1954;  M.A..  University  of  California, 
Berkeley,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Schneider,  Benjamin  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A..  Alfred  University,  1960;  M.B.A., 
University  of  City  of  New  York.  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1967. 

Schneider,  David  I.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1959; 
Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1964. 

Schneider,  Rita  Assistant  Professor,  Geography.  B.S.,  Aachen  Institute  of 
Technology,  1973;  B.A.,  1974;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Schneler,  Craig  E.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S., 
Ohio  State  University,  1969;  M.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1972;  D.B.A.,  1975. 

Schoenbaum,  Samuel  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1947;  M.A., 
Columbia  University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

Scholnick,  Ellin  D.  Professor.  Psychology,  A.B.,  Vassar  College,  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Rochester,  1963. 

Schonfeld,  Paul  M.  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,  1974;  M.S.,  ,  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California-Berkeley, 
1978. 

Schoorman,  F.  David  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Butler  University,  1976; 
M.S.,  Carnegie  Mellon,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1980. 


Shamma,  Shihab     585 


Schroeder,  Wilburn  C.  Professor,  Part-time,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.S., 
University  of  Michigan,  1930;  M.S.E.,  1931;  Ph.D.,  1933 

Schultze,  Charles  L.  Professor,  Part-time,  Economics.  B.A.,  Georgetown  University, 
1948;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

Schumacher,  Thomas  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Manhattan  College,  1958;  M.S., 
Juilliard  School  of  Music,  1962. 

Schwab,  Robert  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  Grinnell  College,  1969;  M.A., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1971;  Ph.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1980. 

Schwartz,  Charles  W.  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.C.E., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1974;  M.S.C.E.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Scott,  Leland  E.  Professor  Emeritus,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1927; 
M.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1929;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

Scott,  Thomas  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Entomology.  B.S.,  Bowling  Green  University, 
1973;  M.S.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1981. 

Sedlacek,  William  E.  Associate  Professor,  Measurement  and  Statistics.  B.S.,  Iowa 
State,  1960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State,  1966. 

Seefeldt,  Carol  A.  Professor,  Human  Development  and  Curriculum  and  Instruction. 
B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1956;  M.A.,  University  of  South  Florida,  1968;  Ph.D., 
Florida  State  University,  1971. 

Segal,  David  R.  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  Harpur  College,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Segal,  Mady  W.  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York 
(Queens  College),  1965;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Segovia,  Antonio  V.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.  B.S.,  Colorado  School  of  Mines, 
1956;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1963. 

Seibel,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education;  Director, 
Institute  of  Applied  Agriculture;  Associate  Professor,  Industrial,  Technological  & 
Occupational  Education.  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  (Urbana),  1957;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1972. 

Seidel,  Kathryn  L.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Manhattenville  College,  1970; 
M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Seidman,  Eric  Associate  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.S.,  New  York  University, 
1947;  M.A.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1964. 

Selden,  Steven  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 
B.S.,  SUNY  (Oswego),  1963;  M.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1967;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1970;  Ed.D.,  1971. 

Sengers,  Jan  V.  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.  B.Sc, 
University  of  Amsterdam,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Serwer,  Howard  Associate  Professor,  Music.   A.B.,  Yale  University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Shamma,  Shihab  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Imperial  College, 
1976;  M.S.r  Stanford,  1977;  Ph.D.,  ,  1980. 


586     Shankar,  Udaya  A. 


Shankar,  Udaya  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.  Tech.,  Indian  Institute 
of  Technology,  1976;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1978;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas 
(Austin),  1982. 

Shanks,  James  B.  Professor  Emeritus,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1939; 
M.S.,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

Shelley,  Shirley  Associate  Professor,  Music;  Assistant  Professor,  Curriculum  and 
Instruction.   B.M.,  University  of  Michigan,  1944;  M.Mus.,  1947. 

Sherman,  Lawrence  W.  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology.  B.A., 
Denison  University,  1970;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1970;  M.A.,  Yale  University, 
1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Shih,  Tien-Mo  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  National  Taiwan 
University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
California  (Berkeley),  1977. 

Shirley,  George  I.  Professor,  Music.   B.S.,  Wayne  State  University,  1955. 

Shneiderman,  Ben  Affiliate  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and 
Management;  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York, 
1968;  M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York  (Stony  Brook),  1972;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Shreeve,  Charles  A.  Professor,  Part-time,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.E.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1935;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

Shukla,  Jagadish  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.Sc,  Banaras  Hindu  University  (India), 
1962;  M.Sc,  ,  1971;  Sc.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1976. 

Shyles,  Leonard  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A., 
Brooklyn  College  (City  of  New  York),  1971;  M.S.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1981. 

Siegrist,  Henry  G.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.  B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1956; 
M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Sigall,  Harold  F.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  City  University  of  New  York  (City 
College),  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1968. 

Silbergeld,  Sam  Adjunct  Professor,  Part-time,  Sociology.  B.S.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1939;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1941;  Ph.D.,  1943;  M.D.,  Duke  University,  1954. 

Silio,  Charles  B.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.E.E.,  University 
of  Notre  Dame,  1965;  M.S.  E.E.,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Silverman,  Joseph  Professor,  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York 
(Brooklyn),  1944;  A.M.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Simms,  Betty  H.  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.A.,  Harris  Teachers  College,  1947; 
M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1955;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

Simon,  Julian  L.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1953;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Simons,  David  E.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1949;  M.S.,  1951. 

Sisler,  Hugh  D.  Professor,  Botany.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S.,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1953. 


Smith,  Mark  A.     587 


Skard,  John  Arthur  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  Cand.  Mag., 
University  of  Oslo,  1966;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Santa  Barbara),  1970;  Ph.D., 
1973. 

Skuja,  Andris  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.Sc,  University  of 
Toronto,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1972. 

Slater,  Robert  O.  Assistant  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 
A.B.,  Harris  Teachers  College,  1975;  Ed.M.,  Harvard  University,  1976,  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1983. 

Slater,  Wayne  H.  Assistant  Professor,  English  and  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S., 
University  of  Minnesota  (Diluth),  1967;  M.A.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota 
(Minneapolis),  1982. 

Slaughter,  John  B.  Chancellor.  B.S.,  Kansas  State  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University 
of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (San  Diego),  1971. 

Slawsky,  Zaka  I.  Professor,  Part-time,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Rensselaer 
Polytechnic  Institute,  1933;  M.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Michigan,  1938. 

Sloan,  Muriel  R.  Professor,  Physical  Education;  Provost,  Division  of  Human  and 
Community  Resources.  B.A.,  Hunter  College  (New  York),  ;  M.A.,  Teachers  College 
(Columbia  University),  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958. 

Slote,  Michael  Professor  and  Chairman,  Philosophy.  A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1961; 
Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1965. 

Slud,  Eric  V.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Harvard  College,  1972;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1976. 

Small,  Eugene  B.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.A.,  Wayne  State  University,  1953; 
M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1964. 

Smith,  Barry  D.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962; 
M.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1967. 

Smith,  Betty  F.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S., 
University  of  Arkansas,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Smith,  Carl  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Computer  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Vermont, 
1972;  M.S.,  SUNY  (Buffalo),  1975;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Smith,  Douglas  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology. 
A.B.,  Florida  Atlantic  University,  1978;  A.M.,  Indiana  University,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Smith,  Elbert  B.  Professor,  History.  A.B.,  Maryville  College,  1940;  A.M.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

Smith,  Gayle  S.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1948;  M.A., 
Cornell  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Smith,  Kenneth  G.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S., 
University  of  Rhode  Island,  1970;  M.B.A.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1983. 

Smith,  Mark  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Oklahoma  State 
University,  1980;  M.S.,  1981;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas  at  Austin,  1983. 


588     Smith,  Paul  J. 


Smith,  Paul  J.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology, 
1965;  M.S.,  Case-Western  Reserve  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Smith,  Ralph  W.  Lecturer,  Recreation.  B.S.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1965;  M.S., 
University  of  Illinois,  1967;  Ph.D.,  The  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1984. 

Smith,  Ruth  B.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
Agnes  Scott  College,  1970;  M.B.A.,  Georgia  State  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Smith,  Theodore  G.  Professor,  Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering.  B.E.S.,  John 
Hopkins  University,  1956;  M.E.S.,  1958;  D.Sc,  Washington  University,  1960. 

Smith-Gill  Sandra  J.  Associate  Professor,  Zoology.  B.S.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1965;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Snapp,  Audrey  N.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Westminster  Choir  College, 
1947. 

Snipp,  Matthew  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Sociology.  A.B.,  University  of  California,  1974; 
M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Snow,  George  A.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  City  University  of  New  York 
(City  College),  1945;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

Snyder,  David  B.  Assistant  Professor,  Virology  -  Veterinary  Medicine.  B.S.,  University 
of  West  Virginia,  1975;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Soares,  Joseph  H.  Jr.  Professor,  Poultry  Science;  Coordinator,  Nutritional  Sciences. 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Soergel,  Dagobert  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  B.S., 
University  of  Freiburg,  1960;  M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Soli,  Sigfrid  Assistant  Professor,  Psychology;  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Hearing  and 
Speech  Sciences.  B.A.,  St,  Olaf  College,  1968;  B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1974; 
Ph.D.,  1978. 

Solomos,  Theophanes  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  Athens  College  of  Agriculture 
(Greece),  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Cambridge  University  (England),  1963. 

Soltan,  Karol  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1972;  M.A.,  Sociology,  University  of  Chicago,  1978;  M.A.,  Public  Policy, 
1981;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Sosnowski,  Saul  Professor  and  Chairman,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.A.,  University 
of  Scranton,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Spangler,  Paul  J.  Lecturer,  Entomology.  A.B.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1949;  M.S., 
Ohio  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1960. 

Sparks,  David  S.  Professor,  History;  Vice  President  for  Graduate  Studies  and 
Research.  B.A.,  Grinnell  College,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1945;  Ph.D., 
1951. 

Spaulding,  Jeff  Assistant  Professor,  Art.  A.B.,  Central  Michigan  University,  1970; 
M.F.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1974. 

Speece,  Deborah  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Special  Education.  B.S.,  Bowling  Green 
State  University,  1974;  M.Ed.,  ,  1978;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina  (Chapel  Hill), 
1984. 


Stephenson,  Mary  J.     589 


Spekman,  Robert  E.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management. 
B.A.,  University  of  Massachustetts,  1969;  MB. A.,  Syracuse  University,  1971;  Ph.D., 
Northwestern  University,  1976. 

Spiegel,  Gabrielle  M.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A  ,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1964; 
M.A.T.,  Harvard  University,  1965;  M.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Spiro,  Marie  Associate  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  Wilson  College,  1957;  M.A.,  Institute  of 
Fine  Arts,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Spivak,  Steven  M.  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S.,  Philadelphia 
College  of  Textiles  and  Science,  1963;  M.S.,  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Manchester,  1967. 

Splaine,  John  E.  Associate  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration. 
B.A.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1963;  M.A.,  1965;  Ed.D.,  Boston  University,  1973. 

Spokane,  Arnold  R.  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  B.A., 
Ohio  University,  1970;  M.S.Ed.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State 
University,  1976. 

Stairs,  Allen  Associate  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  University  of  New  Brunswick, 
1973;  M.A.,  University  of  Western  Ontario,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Staley,  Gregory  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Classics.  B.A.,  Dickinson  College,  1970;  M.A., 
Princeton  University,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Steel,  Donald  H.  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.A.,  Trenton  State  College,  1955; 
M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1964. 

Steele,  Robert  E.  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Morehouse  College,  1965; 
M.Div.,  Episcopal  Theological  School,  1968;  M.P.H.,  Yale  University,  1971;  M.S.,  1974; 
Ph.D.,  1975. 

Steffian,  John  Ames  Dean  and  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.  Architecture, 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  M.  Architecture,  Harvard  University,  1967. 

Stein,  Daniel  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame, 
1977;  M.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1981;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Steinberg,  Phillip  H.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati, 
1954;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1959. 

Steiner,  Paul  W.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1964;  M.S., 
Cornell  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Steinhauer,  Allen  L.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Entomology.  B.S.A.,  University  of 
Manitoba,  1953;  M.S.,  Oregon  State  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Steinman,  Robert  M.  Professor,  Psychology.  D.D.S.,  Saint  Louis  University,  1948; 
M.A.,  New  School  For  Social  Research,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Stephens,  E.  Robert  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and  Administration.    B.S., 

Momingside  College,  1952;  M.S.,  Drake  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa, 

1966. 

Stephenson,  Mary  J.  Lecturer,  Family  and  Community  Development.    B.S.,  University 

of  Maryland,  1974;  M.S.,  1976. 


590     Stepp,  Carl  S. 


Stepp,  Carl  S.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.    B.A.,  University  of  South 

Carolina,  1970;  M.A.,  1972. 

Sternberg,  Yaron  M.  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.    B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1961; 

M.S.,  University  of  California  (Davis),  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Stemheim,  Charles  E.  Professor,   Psychology.    B.A.,  City  University  of  New  York 

(Brooklyn  College),  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1967. 

Stevens,  George  A.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.    B.S.,  Virginia 
Polytechnic  Institute,  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

Stewart,  Gilbert  W.  Professor,  Computer  Science  and  Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.   A.B.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1968. 

Stewart,  James  M.  Professor,  Chemistry.    B.A.,  Western  Washington  College,  1953; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1958. 

Stewart,    Larry    E.    Associate    Professor    and    Chairman,    Agricultural    Engineering. 

B.S.A.E.,  West  Virginia  University,   1960;  M.S.,   1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1972. 

Stlch,  Stephen   P.   Professor,   Philosophy.    B.A.,   University  of  Pennsylvania,   1964; 

Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1968. 

Stielow,  Frederick  J.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services. 

B.A.,   Indiana  University  (South  Bend),   1971;  M.A.,  Illinois  University  (Bloomington), 

1972;  Ph.D.,  1977;  M.L.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island  (Kingston),  1980. 

Stifel,  Peter  B.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.    B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1958;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Utah,  1964. 

Stimart,  Dennis  P.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.    B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 

1971;  M.S.,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Stone,  Clarence  N.  Professor,  Urban  Studies  and  Government  and  Politics.    A.B., 

University  of  South  Carolina,  1957;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Stough,  Kenneth  F.  Associate  Professor,  Industrial  Education.    B.S.,  Millersville  State 
College,    1954;    M.Ed.,    Pennsylvania   State    University,    1961;    Ed.D.,    University    of 
Maryland,  1969. 
Stowasser,  Karl  Associate  Professor,  History.   Ph.D.,  University  of  Muenster,  1966. 

Strand,  Ivar  E.  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.    B.A., 
University  of  Rochester,  1967;  M.A.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Straszheim,  Mahlon  R.  Professor,  Economics.    B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1961;  Ph.D., 

Harvard  University,  1965. 

Strein,    William    Assistant    Professor,    Counseling    and    Personnel    Services.     B.S., 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1970;  M.S.,  1973;  D.Ed.,  1979. 

Stricklin,    W.    Ray    Associate    Professor,    Animal    Science.     B.S.A.,    University    of 

Tennessee,  1968;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1975. 

Striffler,  Charles  D.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.    B.S.E.,  University  of 

Michigan,  1961;  M.S.E.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1972. 


Taff,  Charles  A.     591 


Strobed,  Adah,  P.  Associate  Professor,  Recreation  B.A.,  San  Francisco  State 
College,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois  (Urbana),  1968. 

Struna,  Nancy  L.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1972;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1979 

Stuart,  William  T.  Assistant  Professor,  Athropology.  B.A.,  George  Washington 
University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon,  1971. 

Stunkard,  Clayton  L.  Professor,  Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation.  B.S., 
University  of  Minnesota,  1948;  M.A.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Sublett,  Henry  L.  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  A.B.,  Duke  University,  1951; 
M.Ed.,  University  of  Virginia,  1953;  Ed.D.,  1959 

Succar,  Patricia  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  the  Andes, 
1976;  M.A.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1983. 

Sucher,  Joseph  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1957. 

Sullivan,  Denis  F.  Assistant  Professor,  Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational 
Education.  A.B.,  Tufts  University,  1966;  M.S.,  Catholic  University,  1975;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1972. 

Sumida,  Jon  T.  Assistant  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Santa 
Cruz),  1971;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Suppe,  F.  R.  Professor,  Philosophy.  A.B.,  University  of  California  (Riverside),  1962; 
M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Sutton,  Timothy  G.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
University  of  Sussex  (England),  1969;  M.B.A.,  Cranfield  Institute  of  Technology 
(England),  1973;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1979. 

Svenonius,  Lars  Professor,  Philosophy.  Filosofie  Kandidat,  Uppsala  University,  1950; 
Filosofie  Magister,  1955;  Filosofie  Licentiat,  1955;  Filosofie  Doktor,  1960. 

Swartz,  B.  Katherine  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1972;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Swartz,  Harry  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.    B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York 

(Buffalo),  1973;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1979. 

Sweet,  Daniel  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.    B.S.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University, 

1965;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University,  1969. 

Syski,    Ryszard    Professor,    Mathematics.     B.S.,    Chelsea    College,    1954;    Ph.D., 

University  of  London  (Chelsea),  1960. 

Sze,  Heven  Assistant  Professor,  Botany.    B.S.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1968;  M.S., 

University  of  California  (Davis),  1970;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1975. 

Szepesi,  Bela  Adjunct  Associate  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.  B.A.,  Albion  College,  1961;  M.S.,  Colorado  State  University,  1964; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Davis),  1968. 

Taff,  Charles  A.  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.S.C.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1937;  M.A.,  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 


592     Talaat,  Mostafa  E. 


Talaat,  Mostafa  E.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Cairo,  1946; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

Talaga,  Richard  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  &  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  San 
Francisco,  1971;  M.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1977. 

Tarica,  Ralph  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman,  French  and  Italian.  B.A.,  Emory 
University,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1966. 

Taylor,  Angela  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  Stanford  University, 
1971;  M.S.,  San  Jose  State  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  Urbana,  1983. 

Taylor,  Dalmas  A.  Professor,  Psychology;  Associate  Dean  for  Research.  B.A., 
Western  Reserve  University,  1959;  M.S.,  Howard  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Delaware,  1965. 

Taylor,  Leonard  S.  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1951; 
M.S.,  New  Mexico  State  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Taylor,  Mary  S.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management.  B.A., 
University  of  South  Alabama,  1973;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  Purdue 
University,  1978. 

Teague,  Gerald  V.  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Education  Policy,  Planning,  and 
Administration;  Director,  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services.  B.A., 
Barrington  College,  1968;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Teramura,  Alan  H.  Associate  Professor,  Botany.  B.A.,  California  State  University, 
1971;  M.A.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1978. 

Terchek,  Ronald  J.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1958;  M.A.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

Therrien,  Madeleine  B.  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  Licence  d'enseignement, 
University  of  Paris,  Sorbonne  (France),  1959;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1966. 

Thomas,  Owen  P.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Poultry  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Natal, 
1954;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

Thomas,  William  Affiliate  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services; 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Student  Affairs.  B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1955;  M.S.,  1965; 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1970. 

Thomison,  Peter  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.A.,  Duke  University,  1977; 
M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1983. 

Thompson,  Arthur  H.  Professor  Emeritus,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1945. 

Thompson,  Derek  Associate  Professor,  Geography.  B.A.,  Manchester  University, 
1960;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1969. 

Thompson,  Harvey  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.S., 
Wayne  State  University,  1966;  M.F.A.,  Columbia  University,  1972. 

Thompson,  Owen  E.  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1961;  M.S., 
1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Tits,  Andre  Leon  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  E.E.,  University  of  Liege, 
Belgium,  1974;  M.S.,  Univeristy  of  California  (berkeley),  1979;  Ph.D.,  1980. 


Twigg,  Bernard  A.     593 


Toll,  John  S.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy;  President  of  the  University.  B.S., 
Yale  University,  1944;  A.M.,  Princeton  University,  1948,  Ph.D.,  1952 

Tolllver,  Joseph  Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1972, 
M.A.,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1979 

Torney-Purta,  Judith  Professor,  Institute  for  Child  Study/Department  of  Human 
Development.  A.B.,  Stanford  University,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

Tossell,  John  A.  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1966,  M.A., 
Harvard  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1972. 

Totaro,  Joseph  Associate  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  A.B.,  DePauw 
University,  1964;  M.F.A.,  Columbia  University  (New  York),  1969. 

Traver,  Paul  P.  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1955; 
M.Mus.,  1957;  D.M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1967. 

Tretter,  Steven  A.  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Trickett,  Edison  J.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Trinity  College,  1963;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1967. 

Trimble,  Virginia  L.  Visiting  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  University  of 
California  (Los  Angeles),  1962;  M.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1965;  Ph.D., 
1968;  M.S.,  Cambridge  University,  1969. 

Troth,  Eugene  W.  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  DePaul  University,  1947;  M.Mus.,  1950; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1958. 

Trousdale,  Marion  S.  Associate  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1951;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  London 
(England),  1975. 

Trout,  David,  L.  Adjunct  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration.  B.A., 
Swarthmore  College,  1951;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

True,  Nelita  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1958;  M.Mus.,  1960; 
D.M.A.,  Peabody  Conservatory  of  Music,  1976. 

Truitt,  Anne  Professor,  Art.   B.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1943. 

Tsakiris,  George  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  &  Astronomy.  B.S.,  National 
Technical  University  of  Athens,  1968;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  C.P.,  1975;  Ph.D., 
1976. 

Tsui,  Chung  Y.  Assistant  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.S.,  University  of  Hong 
Kong,  1953;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1967 

Turner,  Thomas  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute, 
1973;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Tuthill,  Dean  F.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.  B.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Twigg,  Bernard  A.  Professor  Emeritus,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1952;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 


594     Tyler,  Bonnie  B. 


Tyler,  Bonnie  B.  Associate  Professor,  Human  Development.  B.A.,  DePauw  University, 
1948;  MA,  Ohio  State  University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

Tyler,  Forrest  B.  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  Depauw  University,  1948;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

Tyler,  Robert  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  A.B.,  Drury  College,  1957 
M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Uchida,  Craig  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology 
B.A.,  University  of  California  (San  Diego),  1976;  M.A.,  SUNY  (Stony  Brook),  1978;  M.A. 
SUNY  (Albany),  1979;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Ulmer,  Melville  J.  Professor  Emeritus,  Economics.  B.S.,  New  York  University,  1937 
MA.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1948. 

Urban,  Louise  McClelland  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.A.,  College  of  Wooster, 
1957;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1959. 

Uslaner,  Eric  M.  Associate  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.A.,  Brandeis 
University,  1968;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Vaccaro,  Paul  Associate  Professor,  Physical  Education  and  Secondary  Education. 
B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1970;  M.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1973;  Ed.D.,  1976. 

Valadez,  Joseph  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Family  and  Community  Development.  B.A., 
Northwestern  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Lancaster  (England),  1978. 

Van  Alstine,  John  Lecturer,  Art.  B.F.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1974;  M.F.A.,  Cornell 
University,  1976. 

Vandersall,  John  H.  Professor,  Animal  Sciences.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950; 
M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

VanderVelden,  Lee  Assistant  Professor,  Physical  Education.  B.S.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Van  Egmond,  Peter  G.  Assistant  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Mississippi  College,  1959; 
M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1966. 

Vann,  R.  Lindley  Associate  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.A.,  University  of 
Texas  (Austin),  1968;  Ph.D. Arch. Hist.,  Cornell  University,  1976. 

Vanneman,  Reeve  Associate  Professor,  Sociology.  A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1967; 
Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1975. 

Vannoy,  Donald  W.  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  West  Virginia 
Institute  of  Technology,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  Virginia,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Van  Orden,  J.  Wallace  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Utah  State 
University,  1973;  M.S.,  Stanford  University,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Van  Valkenburg,  Shirley  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany.  B.A.,  Washington  State 
University,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Varner,  Mark  A.  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota, 
1975;  M.S.,  Washington  State  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  University, 
1981. 


Walston,  Claude  E.     595 


Venit,  Marjorie  Assistant  Professor.  Art.  B.F.A..  San  Francisco  Art  Institute,  1962; 
M.A.,  Institute  of  Fine  Arts,  New  York  University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  1982 

Verbeke,  Karen  A.  Research  Associate,  Special  Education.  B  A.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1970;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1971,  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Verdaguer,  Pierre  Assistant  Professor,  French  and  Italian.  Licence/Maitrise, 
Sorbonne,  Paris  III,  1972;  Agregation,  ,  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1980. 

Verhoven,  Peter  J.  Associate  Professor,  Recreation.  B.A.,  Morehead  State  College, 
1963;  M.S.,  Indiana  University,  1965;  Re.D.,  1969. 

Vermeij,  Geerat  J.  Professor,  Zoology.  A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1968;  M.Phil  ,  Yale 
University,  1970;  Ph.D.,  1971. 

Vernekar,  Anandu  D.  Professor,  Meteorology.  B.Sc,  University  of  Michigan,  1956; 
M.Sc,  1959;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Vijay,  Inder  K.  Associate  Professor,  Dairy  Science.  B.S.,  Punjab  University  (India), 
1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Saskatchewan,  1966;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Davis), 
1971. 

Vitzthum,  Richard  C.  Professor,  English.  B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1957;  M.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1963. 

Voll,  Mary  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.  A.,  Mount  Saint  Agnes  College, 
1955;  M.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1964. 

Vough,  L.R.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 
1966;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1969;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1972. 

Wagner,  Janet  Assistant  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.  B.S.,  Cornell 
University,  1970;  M.A.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Kansas  State  University,  1982. 

Wakefield,  John  E.  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963; 
M.Mus.,  1964. 

Waldo,  Michael  Assistant  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services.  A. A., 
College  of  San  Mateo,  1973;  A.B.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1976;  M.S., 
University  of  Utah,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Walker,  Richard  E.  Assistant  Professor,  Germanic  and  Slavic  Languages  and 
Literatures.  B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,  1966;  M.A.,  1968;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Chicago,  1973. 

Wallace,  James  M.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.C.E.,  Georgia  Institute  of 
Technology,  1962;  M.S.,  1964;  D.  Phil.,  Oxford  University,  1969. 

Wallace,  Stephen  J.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Case  Institute  of 
Technology,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Washington  (Seattle),  1969;  Ph.D.,  ,  1971. 

Wallis,  John  J.  Assistant  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1975; 
M.A.,  1978;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Walsh,  Christopher  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.A.,  Middlebury  College, 
1969;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1980. 

Walston,  Claude  E.  Dean,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  B.S., 
University  of  South  Carolina,  1946;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1953. 


596     Walston,  William  H.,  Jr. 


Walston,  William  H.,  Jr.  Associate  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.  B.M.E., 
University  of  Delaware,  1959;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Walters,  Richard  W.  Assistant  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Carnegie-Mellon 
University,  1977;  M.S.,  MIT,  1978;  Ph.D.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1981. 

Walters,  William  B.  Professor  and  Associate  Chairman,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Kansas  State 
University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1964. 

Wang,  Ching-Ping  Shih  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Tung-Hai 
University,  1969;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Ward,  Gerald  M.  Director  of  Laboratory  Animal  Care;  Associate  Professor,  Veterinary 
Science.   D.V.M.,  Cornell  University,  1949;  M.S.,  1968. 

Ward,  Veda  E.  Lecturer,  Recreation.  B.A.,  Bucknell  University,  1972;  M.S.,  University 
of  Baltimore,  1977;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1984. 

Warner,  Charles  R.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  University  of  Toronto, 
1955;  B.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Warren,  Anne  Associate  Professor,  Dance.  B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1966;  M.Ed., 
Wayne  State  University,  1969. 

Warren,  Donald  R.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Education  Policy,  Planning  and 
Administration.  B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1957;  Th.M.,  Harvard  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Chicago,  1968. 

Warren,  J.  Benedict  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  Duns  Scotus  College,  1953;  M.A., 
University  of  New  Mexico,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Warren,  Lawrence.  Associate  Professor,  Dance.  B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles),  1953;  M.A.,  1968. 

Washburn,  Wilcomb  E.  Adjunct  Professor,  American  Studies.  B.A.,  Dartmouth 
College,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1955. 

Washington,  Lawrence  C.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  1971;  M.A.,  1971;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1974. 

Wasserman,  Paul  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  B.B.A.,  City 
University  of  New  York  (City  College),  1948;  M.S.L.S.,  Columbia  University,  1949;  M.S., 
1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

Weaver,  V.  Phillips  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  A.B.,  College  of  William 
and  Mary,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1956;  Ed.D.,  1962. 

Webb,  Kevin  Assistant  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.Eng.,  Royal  Melbourne 
Institute  of  Technology,  1977;  M.Eng.,  ,  1980;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (Santa 
Barbara),  1981;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1981. 

Weber,  Joseph  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  United  States  Naval 
Academy,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1951. 

Webster,  James  G.  Assistant  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.  B.A., 
Trinity  College,  1973;  M.A.,  1977;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University,  1980. 

Wei,  Ching-Zong  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.A.,  National  Tsing-Hua 
University,  1971;  M.A.,  1973;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1980. 


Wheelock,  Arthur  K.     597 


Weidner,  Jerry  R.  Associate  Professor,  Geology  A.B.,  Miami  University  (Ohio),  1960; 
M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1968. 

Weil,  Raymond  R.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Michigan  State  University, 
1970;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1972;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1977. 

Weiner,  John  Professor,  Chemistry.  B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1964;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Chicago,  1970. 

Weiner,  Ronald  M.  Associate  Professor,  Microbiology.  B.S.,  CUNY  (Brooklyn  College), 
1964;  M.S.,  Long  Island  University,  1967;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1970. 

Weinstein,  Paul  A.  Associate  Professor,  Economics.  B.A.,  College  of  William  and 
Mary,  1954;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

Weiser,  Mark  Associate  Professor,  Computer  Science.  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1979;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Weismiller,  Richard  A.  Associate  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  Purdue  University, 
1964;  M.S.,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State,  1969. 

Weissman,  Ronald  F.  E.  Associate  Professor,  History.  B.A.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1972;  M.A.,  1973;  C.Phil.,  1975;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Wellford,  Charles  F.  Professor  and  Director,  Institute  for  Criminal  Justice  & 
Criminology;  Professor  Emeritus,  Lejins*(Sociology).  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1961;  M.A.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1969. 

Wellisch,  Hans  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services.  M.L.S., 
University  of  Maryland,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1975. 

Welsh,  Susan  O.  Adjunct  Assistant  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution 
Administration.    B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966;  M.S.,  ,  1967;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Welterlen,  Mark  S.  Assistant  Professor,  Agronomy.  B.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island, 
1977;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1980;  Ph.D.,  1982. 

Wentzel,  Dohat  G.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1954;  B.S.,  1955;  M.S.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Werlinich,  Carol  Ann  Instructor,  Family  and  Community  Development.  B.S., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1974. 

West,  Hollie  I.  Lecturer,  College  of  Journalism.   B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1959. 

Westbrook,  Franklin  Associate  Professor,  Counseling  and  Personnel  Services; 
Counseling  Center.  B.S.,  Chicago  State  University,  1961;  M.S.,  City  University  of  New 
York,  1969;  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University,  1971. 

Westhoff,  Dennis  C.  Professor  and  Interim  Chairman,  Animal  Science.  B.S., 
University  of  Georgia,  1966;  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1968;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Wexler,  Richard  Associate  Professor,  Music.  B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963; 
M.A.,  New  York  University,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Wheaton,  Frederick  W.  Professor,  Agricultural  Engineering.  B.S.A.E.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1964;  M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1969. 

Wheelock,  Arthur  K.  Associate  Professor,  Art.  B.A.,  Williams  College,  1955;  Ph.D., 
Harvard  University,  1973. 


598     White,  Marilyn  D. 


White,  Marilyn  D.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services. 
B.A.,  Our  Lady  of  the  Lake  College,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois,  1971. 

Widhelm,  William  B.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Business  and  Management. 
B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959;  M.S.E.,  1960;  M.S. M.S.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Wiedel,  Joseph  W.  Associate  Professor,  Geography.  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1958;  M.A.,  1963. 

Wiedemann,  Gregory  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Architecture.  B.A.,  Tufts 
University,  1972;  B.S.C.E.,  1973;  M.Arch.,  1977. 

Wiggin,  Gladys  A.  Professor  Emerita,  Administration,  Supervision,  and  Curriculum. 
B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1929;  M.A.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

Wiley,  Robert  C.  Professor,  Horticulture.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S., 
1950;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University,  1953. 

Wilkenfeld,  Jonathan  Professor,  Government  and  Politics.  B.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1964;  M.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1966;  Ph.D.,  Indiana  University, 
1969. 

Wilkerson,  Thomas  D.  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and 
Technology.   B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Williams,  Aubrey  W.,  Jr.  Professor,  Anthropology.  B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arizona,  1964. 

Williams,  David  L.  Associate  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  Bradley 
University,  1953;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1956;  Ed.D.,  1964. 

Williams,  Eleanor  Associate  Professor,  Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration. 
B.S.,  Texas  Woman's  University,  1945:  M.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1963. 

Williams,  Ellen  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Michigan  State 
University,  1976;  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1981. 

Williams,  Helen  E.  Assistant  Professor,  College  of  Library  and  Information  Services. 
B.A.,  Morris  College,  1954;  M.S.,  Atlanta  University,  1960;  C.A.S.,  University  of  Illinois 
(Urbana),  1969;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin  (Madison),  1982. 

Williams,  Melvin  D.  Professor,  Anthropology;  Director  and  Professor,  Afro-American 
Studies  Program.   A.B.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1955;  M.A.,  1969;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Williams,  Walter  F.  Professor,  Animal  Science.  B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1951; 
M.S.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

Williams,  William  H.  Assistant  Professor,  History.  A.B.,  Washington  and  Lee 
University,  1956;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Wilson,  Andrew  S.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.A.,  Cambridge 
University,  1969;  M.A.,  1073;  Ph.D.,  1973. 

Wilson,  Gayle  E.  Associate  Professor,  English,.  B.A.,  Wayne  State  University,  1960; 
M.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

Wilson,  Leda  A.  Associate  Professor,  Family  and  Community  Development.  B.S., 
Lander  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1950;  Ed.D.,  1954. 


Wrenn,  Jerry  P.     599 


Wilson,  Mark  Associate  Professor,  Music  A.B.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles), 
1970;  M.S.,  1972;  Ph.D.,  1974. 

Wilson,  Robert  M.  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction.  B.S.,  California  State 
College  (PA),  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1956;  Ed.D.,  1960. 

Wiltz,  Alcine  J.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Dance.  B.A..  University  of  Southwestern 
Louisiana,  1964;  M.F.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1967. 

Winer,  Mark  D.  Assistant  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs;  Affiliate  Assistant 
Professor,  Government  and  Politics  B.A.,  Carnegie-Mellon  University,  1973;  Ph.D., 
1979. 

Winkelnkemper,  H.  E.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics  B.A.,  National  University  of 
Mexico,  1963;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1970. 

Winton,  Calhoun  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  University  of  the  South  (Sewanee),  1948; 
M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1950;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

Witczak,  Matthew  W.  Professor  and  Chairman,  Civil  Engineering.  B.S.,  Purdue 
University,  1962;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Wittreich,  Joseph  A.  Professor,  English.  A.B.,  University  of  Louisville,  1961;  M.A., 
1962;  Ph.D.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1966. 

Wolde-Tinsae,  Amde  M.  Associate  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.E.S.,  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1970;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1971;  Ph.D.,  State 
University  of  New  York  (Buffalo),  1976. 

Wolf,  Susan  Assistant  Professor,  Philosophy.  B.A.,  Yale  University,  1974;  MA, 
Princeton  University,  1977;  Ph.D.,  1978. 

Wolfe,  Peter  Professor,  Mathematics;  Director,  Applied  Mathematics  Program.  B.S., 
Saint  Lawrence  University,  1959;  B.S.E.E.,  Renssalaer  Polytechnic,  1959;  M.S., 
Northwestern  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1965. 

Wolman,  William  W.  Visiting  Professor,  Civil  Engineering.  B.B.A.,  City  University  of 
New  York,  1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1960. 

Wolniak,  Stephen  M.  Assistant  Professor,  Botany.    B.A.,  SUNY  (Oswego),  1972;  M.S., 

University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1974;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Calfornia  (Berkeley),  1979. 

Wolpert,  Scott  A.  Associate  Professor,  Mathematics.    B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University, 

1972;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1974;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Wolvin,  Andrew  D.  Professor,  Communication  Arts  and  Theatre.    B.S.,  University  of 

Nebraska,  1962;  M.A.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1968. 

Wonnacott,  Paul  Professor,  Economics.    B.A.,  University  of  Western  Ontario,  1955; 

M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Woo,  Ching  Hung  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.    B.S.,  Louisiana  Technological 

Institute,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1960;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

Wood,  Francis  E.  Professor,  Entomology.    B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1958;  M.S., 

1962;  University  of  Maryland,  1970. 

Wrenn,  Jerry  P.  Associate  Professor  and  Assistant  Chairman,  Physical  Education. 

B.S.,   East  Carolina   University,    1961;   M.S.,   University  of  Tennessee,    1963;   Ph.D., 

University  of  Maryland,  1970. 


600     Wright,  Winthrop  R. 


Wright,  Winthrop  R.  Associate  Professor,  History.    B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1958; 

MA,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

Wu,  C.S.  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology.    B.S.E., 

National  Taiwan  University  (Taipei),   1954;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1956; 

Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1959. 

Wylie,  Ann  G.  Associate  Professor,  Geology.    B.S.,  Wellesley  College,  1966;  Ph.D., 

Columbia  University,  1972. 

Wysong,  John  W.  Professor,  Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics.    B.S.,  Cornell 

University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois  (Urbana),  1954;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University, 

1957. 

Yaney,  George  L.  Professor,  History.    B.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,   1952; 

M.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1961. 

Yang,  Grace  L.  Professor,  Mathematics.    B.A.,  National  Taiwan  University,  1960;  M.A., 

University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Yang,  Jackson  C.S.  Professor,  Mechanical  Engineering.    B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1958;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Yao,   S.   Bing  Associate   Professor,   College  of  Business  and   Management.    B.S., 

National  Taiwan   University,   1968;   MA,  Western   Michigan  University,   1969;   Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan,  1974. 

Yeck,    Robert   G.   Visiting    Professor,   Agricultural   Engineering.     B.S.,    University   of 

Wisconsin,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

Yeh,  Kwan-nan  Professor,  Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics.    B.S.,  National  Taiwan 

University,  1961;  M.S.,  Tulane  University,  1965;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Georgia,  1970. 

Yeh,  Raymond  T.  Professor,  Computer  Science.    B.S.,  University  of  lllinios,   1961; 

M.A.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

Yeni-Komshian,  Grace  H.  Associate  Professor,  Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences; 
Affiliate  Associate  Professor,  Psychology.  B.A.,  American  University  of  Beirut, 
Lebanon,  1957;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  McGill  University,  1965. 

Yodh,  Gaurang  B.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.Sc,  University  of  Bombay, 
1948;  M.Sc,  University  of  Chicago,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

Yorke,  James  A.  Research  Professor,  Mathematics  and  Institute  for  Physical  Science 
and  Technology.   A.B.,  Columbia  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

Young,  Edgar  P.  Professor,  Animal  Science.  B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1954;  M.S., 
1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Young,  H.  Peyton  Professor,  School  of  Public  Affairs.  B.A.,  Harvard  University,  1966; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1970. 

Young,  Judith  C.  Assistant  Professor,  Curriculum  and  Instruction  and  Physical 
Education.  B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1965; 'MA,  University  of  Maryland, 
1969;  Ph.D.,  1981. 

Young,  Vernetta  D.  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology. 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1972;  M.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1974;  Ph.D.,  SUNY 
(Albany),  1981. 


Zwanzig,  Robert  W.     601 


Zagier,  Don  Professor,  Mathematics.  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1968;  Diploma  Adv.  Math.,  Oxford  University,  1969;  D.  Phil.  Math.,  1972;  Habilitation 
Math,  University  of  Bonn,  1975. 

Zaki,  Kawthar  Associate  Professor,  Electrical  Engineering.  B.S.,  Ain  Shams  University 
(Cairo),  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1966;  Ph.D.,  1969. 

Zalcman,  L.  A.  Professor,  Mathematics.  A.B.,  Dartmouth  College,  1964;  Ph.D., 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1968. 

Zanot,  Eric  J.  Associate  Professor,  College  of  Journalism.  B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1965;  M.A.,  1970;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1977. 

Zappala,  Michael  O.  Assistant  Professor,  Spanish  and  Portuguese.  B.A.,  Queen 
College  of  CUNY,  1969;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1970;  Ph.  D.,  ,  1975. 

Zedek,  Mishael  Professor,  Mathematics.  M.S.,  Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1956. 

Zeiger,  Robyn  S.  Lecturer,  Part-time,  Women's  Studies.  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1972;  M.S.,  ,  1973;  Ph.D.,  1979. 

Zelkowitz,    Marvin    M.    Associate    Professor    and    Associate    Chairman,    Computer 

Science.    B.S.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1967;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1969; 

PhD.,  1971. 

Zilfi,  Madeline  C.  Associate  Professor,  History.    A.B.,  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1964; 

M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1971;  Ph.D.,  1976. 

Zipoy,  David  M.  Associate  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.    B.S.,  University  of 

Minnesota,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

Zorn,  Bice  S.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.   Ph.D.,  University  of  Cagliari,  1951. 

Zorn,  Gus  T.  Professor,  Physics  and  Astronomy.  B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University, 
1948;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Padua,  1954. 

Zwanzig,  Robert  W.  Distinguished  Professor  of  Physical  Science,  Institute  for  Physical 
Science  and  Technology.  B.S.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1948;  M.S.,  University 
of  Southern  California,  1950;  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1952. 


602     Zwanzig,  Robert  W. 


THIS  PAGE  INTENTIONALLY  LEFT  BLANK. 


603 


Other 
Campuses 


UM  BALTIMORE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL  (UMBGS) 

In  addition  to  programs  leading  to  professional  degrees,  the  University  of  Maryland 
Baltimore  Graduate  School  has  established  graduate  programs  in  many  fields  in  the 
arts  and  humanities,  the  social  sciences,  and  the  natural  sciences.  The  Graduate 
School,  which  represents  a  merger  of  graduate  programs  at  the  Baltimore  City 
Campus  and  the  Baltimore  County  Campus,  has  more  than  450  graduate  faculty  and 
40  graduate  programs  offering  masters  and  Ph.D.  degrees. 

For  information  and  to  request  a  catalog,  write: 
University  of  Maryland 
Baltimore  Graduate  School 
5401  Wilkens  Avenue 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21228 

EASTERN  SHORE  (UMES) 

For  information  on  programs  offered  at  UMES,  contact 
Vice  Chancellor  for  Academic  Affairs 
University  of  Maryland  Eastern  Shore 
Princess  Anne,  Maryland,  21853 
(301)  651-2200 

UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE  (UMUC) 

University  of  Maryland  University  College  (UMUC)  is  the  continuing  education  campus 
of  the  University  system,  offering  courses  and  programs  of  study  designed  primarily  to 
meet  the  unique  needs  of  the  part-time  student.  The  following  degree  programs  are 
offered: 

For  information  write  to: 
Dean  for  Graduate  Studies 
University  of  Maryland 
University  College 

University  Boulevard  and  Adelphi  Road 
College  Park,  Maryland,  20742 
(301)454-^755 


605 


Appendices 


University  Policy  Statements 

The  provisions  of  this  publication  are  not  to  be  regarded  as  an  irrevocable  contract 
between  the  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland.  Changes  are  effected  from  time 
to  time  in  the  general  regulations  and  in  the  academic  requirements.  There  are 
established  procedures  for  making  changes,  procedures  which  protect  the  institution's 
integrity  and  the  individual  student's  interest  and  welfre.  A  curriculum  or  graduation 
requirement,  when  altered,  is  not  made  retroactive  unless  the  alteration  is  to  the 
student's  advantage  and  can  be  accommodated  within  the  span  of  years  normally 
required  for  graduation.  When  the  actions  of  a  student  are  judged  by  competent 
authority,  using  established  procedure,  to  be  detrimental  to  the  interests  of  the 
university  community,  that  person  may  be  required  to  withdraw  from  the  university. 

It  is  university  policy  that  smoking  in  classrooms  is  prohibited  unless  all  participants 
agree  to  the  contrary.  Any  student  has  the  right  to  remind  the  instructor  of  this  policy 
throughout  the  duration  of  the  class. 

Policies  on  Nondiscrimination 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  an  equal  opportunity  institution  with  respect  to  both 
education  and  employment.  The  University's  policies,  programs,  and  activities  are  in 
conformance  with  pertinent  federal  and  state  laws  and  regulations  on 
non-discrimination  regarding  race,  color,  religion,  age,  national  origin,  sex  and 
handicap.  Inquiries  regarding  compliance  with  Title  VI  of  the  Civil  Rights  Act  of  1964, 
as  amended,  Title  IX  of  the  1972  Education  Amendments,  Section  504  of  the 
Rehabilition  Act  of  1973,  or  related  legal  requirements  should  be  directed  to  the 
appropriate  individual  designated  below. 

Director,  Human  Relations  Program 

Main  Administration  Building 

UMCP 

Resolution  on  Academic  Integrity 

May  8,  1981  WHEREAS,  it  is  the  responsibility  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  maintain 

integrity  in  teaching  and  learning  as  a  fundamental  principle  on  which  a  university  is 

built;  and 

WHEREAS,  all  members  of  the  university  community  share  in  the  responsibility  for 

academic  integrity;  therefore 

BE  IT  RESOLVED,  that  the  University  of  Maryland  Board  of  Regents  hereby  adopts  the 

following  Statement  of  Faculty,  Student  and  Institutional  Rights  and  Responsibilities  for 

Academic  Integrity. 


606 

Statement  of  Faculty,  Student  and  Institutional  Rights  and 
Responsibilities  for  Academic  Integrity 

Preamble  At  the  heart  of  the  academic  enterprise  are  learning,  teaching,  and 
scholarship.  In  universities  these  are  exemplified  by  reasoned  discussion  between 
student  and  teacher,  a  mutual  respect  for  the  learning  and  teaching  process,  and 
intellectual  honesty  in  the  pursuit  of  new  knowledge.  In  the  traditions  of  the  academic 
enterprise,  students  and  teachers  have  certain  rights  and  responsibilities  which  they 
bring  to  the  academic  community.  While  the  following  statements  do  not  imply  a 
contract  between  the  teacher  or  the  University  and  the  student,  they  are  nevertheless 
conventions  which  the  University  believes  to  be  central  to  the  learning  and  teaching 
process. 
Faculty  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1 .  Faculty  shall  share  with  students  and  administration  the  responsibility  for  academic 
integrity. 

2.  Faculty  are  accorded  freedom  in  the  classroom  to  discuss  subject  matter 
reasonably  related  to  the  course.  In  turn  they  have  the  responsibility  to  encourage 
free  and  honest  inquiry  and  expression  on  the  part  of  students. 

3.  Faculty  are  responsible  for  the  structure  and  content  of  their  courses,  but  they  have 
the  responsibility  to  present  courses  that  are  consistent  with  their  descriptions  in 
the  University  catalog.  In  addition,  faculty  have  the  obligation  to  make  students 
aware  of  the  expectations  in  the  course,  the  evaluation  procedures,  and  the 
grading  policy. 

4.  Faculty  are  obligated  to  evaluate  students  fairly  and  equitably  in  a  manner 
appropriate  to  the  course  and  its  objectives.  Grades  shall  be  assigned  without 
prejudice  or  bias. 

5.  Faculty  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  academic 
dishonesty  through  the  appropriate  design  and  administration  of  assignements  and 
examinations,  through  the  careful  safeguarding  of  courses  materials  and 
examinations,  and  through  regular  reassessment  of  evaluation  procedures. 

6.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesty  are  suspected,  faculty  shall  have  the  right 
and  responsibility  to  see  that  appropriate  action  is  taken  in  accordance  with 
University  regulations. 

Student  Rights  and  Responsibilities 

1 .  Students  shall  share  with  faculty  and  administration  the  responsibility  for  academic 
integrity. 

2.  Students  shall  have  the  right  of  inquiry  and  expression  in  their  courses  without 
prejudice  or  bias.  In  addition,  students  shall  have  the  right  to  know  the 
requirements  of  their  courses  and  to  know  the  manner  in  which  they  will  be 
evaluated  and  graded. 

3.  Students  shall  have  the  obligation  to  complete  the  requirements  of  their  courses  in 
the  time  and  manner  prescribed  and  to  submit  to  evaluation  of  their  work. 

4.  Students  shall  have  the  right  to  be  evaluated  fairly  and  equitably  in  a  manner 
appropriate  to  the  courese  and  its  objectives. 

5.  Students  shall  not  submit  as  their  own  work  any  work  which  has  been  prepared  by 
others.  Outside  assistance  in  the  preparation  of  this  work,  such  as  librarian 
assistance,  tutorial  assistance,  typing  assistance,  or  such  assistance  as  may  be 
specified  or  approved  by  the  instructor  is  allowed. 

6.  Students  shall  make  all  reasonable  efforts  to  prevent  the  occurrence  of  academic 


607 

dishonesty.    They  shall  by  their  own  example  encourage  academic  integrity  and 

shall  themselves  refrain  from  acts  of  cheating  and  plagiarism  or  other  acts  of 

academic  dishonesty. 
7.  When  instances  of  academic  dishonesty  are  suspected,  students  shall  have  the 

right   and    responsibility   to   bring   this   to   the   attention   of   the   faculty   or   other 

appropriate  authority. 
Institutional  Responsibility 

1 .  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units  of  the  University  of  Maryland  shall 
take  appropriate  measures  to  foster  academic  integrity  in  the  classroom. 

2.  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units  shall  take  steps  to  define  acts  of 
academic  dishonesty,  to  insure  procedures  for  due  process  for  students  accused 
or  suspected  of  acts  of  academic  dishonesty,  and  to  impose  appropriate  sanctions 
on  students  guilty  of  acts  of  academic  dishonesty. 

3.  Campuses  or  appropriate  administrative  units  shall  take  steps  to  determine  how 
admission  or  matriculation  shall  be  affected  by  acts  of  academic  dishonesty  on 
another  campus  or  at  another  institution.  No  student  suspended  for  disciplinary 
reasons  at  any  campus  of  the  University  of  Maryland  shall  be  admitted  to  any  other 
University  of  Maryland  campus  during  the  period  of  suspension. 

AND,  BE  IT  FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that  campuses  or  appropriate  administrative 
units  of  the  University  of  Maryland  will  publish  the  above  Statement  of  Faculty,  Student 
and  Institutional  Rights  and  Responsibilities  for  Academic  Integrity  in  faculty 
handbooks  and  in  student  handbooks  and  catalogs;and 

BE  IT  FURTHER  RESOLVED,  that  the  Board  of  Regents  hereby  directs  each 
campus  or  appropriate  administrative  unit  to  review  existing  procedures  or  to 
implement  new  procedures  for  carrying  out  the  institutional  responsibilities  for 
academic  integrity  cited  in  the  above  Statement;  and 

BE  IT  FINALLY  RESOLVED,  that  the  Board  of  Regents  hereby  directs  each  campus 
or  appropriate  administrative  unit  to  submit  to  the  President  or  a  designee  for  approval 
the  campus'  or  unit's  procedure  for  implementation  of  the  institutional  responsibility 
provisions  of  the  above  Statement. 

Code  of  Student  Conduct 

A  Code  of  Student  Conduct  was  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Regents  on  January  25, 
1980,  and  is  applicable  to  both  graduate  and  undergraduate  students.  The  Code  is 
reproduced  in  the  Undergraduate  Catalog  and  is  available  in  the  Office  of  the  Dean  for 
Graduate  Studies  and  Research  and  in  the  Office  of  Judicial  Programs. 

Charges  of  academic  dishonesty  are  handled  by  the  Graduate  School,  and 
procedural  guidelines  for  dealing  with  these  matters  are  available  in  the  Dean's  office. 

University  Policy  on  Disclosure  of  Student  Records 

(Buckley  Amendment) 

The  University  of  Maryland  adheres  to  a  policy  of  compliance  with  the  Family 
Educational  Rights  and  Privacy  Act  (Buckely  Amendment).  As  such,  it  is  the  policy  of 
the  University  (1)  to  permit  students  to  inspect  their  education  records,  (2)  to  limit 
disclosure  to  others  of  personally  identifiable  information  from  education  records 
without  students'  prior  written  consent,  and  (3)  to  provide  students  the  opportunity  to 


608 

seek  correction  of  their  education  records  where  appropriate. 
I.  Definitions 
A.  "Student"  means  an  individual  who  is  or  who  has  been  in  attendance  at  the 
University  of  Maryland.  It  does  not  include  any  applicant  for  admission  to  the 
University  who  does  not  matriculate,  even  if  he  or  she  previously  attended  the 
University.  (Please  note,  however,  that  such  an  applicant  would  be  considered  a 
"student"  with  respect  to  his  or  her  records  relating  to  that  previous  attendance.) 


B. 


"Education  records"  include  those  records  which  contain  information  directly 
related  to  a  student  and  which  are  maintained  as  official  working  files  by  the 
University.  The  following  are  not  educational  records: 

(1)  records  about  students  made  by  professors  and  administrators  for  their  own 
use  and  not  shown  to  others; 

(2)  campus  police  records  maintained  solely  for  law  enforcement  purposes  and 
kept  separate  from  the  education  records  described  above; 

(3)  employment  records,  except  where  a  currently  enrolled  student  is  employed 
as  a  result  of  his  or  her  status  as  a  student; 

(4)  records  of  a  physician,  psychologist,  or  other  recognized  professional  or 
paraprofessional  made  or  used  only  for  treatment  purposes  and  available 
only  to  persons  providing  treatment.  However,  these  records  may  be 
reviewed  by  an  appropriate  professional  of  the  student's  choice; 

(5)  records  which  contain  only  information  relating  to  a  person's  activities  after 
that  person  is  no  longer  a  student  at  the  University. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  permit  students  to  inspect  their 
education  records. 

A.  Right  of  Access 

Each  student  has  a  right  of  access  to  his  or  her  education  records,  except 
confidential  letters  of  recommendation  received  prior  to  January  1,  1975,  and 
financial  records  of  the  student's  parents. 

B.  Waiver 

A  student  may,   by  a  signed  writing,  waive  his  or  her  rights  of  access  to 
confidential    recommendations   in   three   areas:   admission   to   an   educational 
institution,  job  placement,  and  receipt  of  honors  and  awards.   The  University  will 
not  require  such  waivers  as  a  condition  for  admission  or  receipt  of  any  service 
or  benefit  normally  provided  to  students.  If  the  student  chooses  to  waive  his  or 
her  right  of  access,  he  or  she  will  be  notified,  upon  written  request,  of  the 
names     of     all     persons     making     confidential     recommendations.      Such 
recommendations   will   be   used   only  for  the   purpose  for  which   they  were 
specifically  intended.    A  waiver  may  be  revoked  in  writing  at  any  time,  and  the 
revocation    will    apply    to    all    subsequent    recommendations,    but    not    to 
recommendations  received  while  the  waiver  was  in  effect. 
C   Types  and  Locations  of  Education  Records,  Titles  of  Records  Custodians 
Please  note  that  all  requests  for  access  to  records  should  be  routed  through  the 
Registrations  Office  (see  II.  D.  below). 
(1)  Admissions 

Applications  and  transcripts  from  institutions  previously  attended. 

a.  Undergraduate — Director      of      Undergraduate      Admissions,       North 
Administration. 

b.  Graduate— Director  of  Graduate  Records,  South  Administration 


609 

(2)  Registrations 

All  on-going  academic  and  biographical  records.  Graduate  and 
Undergraduate — Director  of  Registrations,  North  Administration. 

(3)  Departments 

Departmental  offices;  the  Department  Chair  (Check  first  with  the  Director  of 
Registrations.)  (Miscellaneous  records  kept  vary  with  the  department.) 

(4)  Deans  and  Provosts 

Deans  and  Provosts  offices  of  each  school.   Miscellaneous  records. 

(5)  Resident  Life 

North  Administration,  Director  of  Resident  Life  Student's  housing  records. 

(6)  Advisors 

Pre-law  Advisor:  Undergraduate  Library  Pre-Dental  Advisor:  Turner 
Laboratory  Pre-Medical  Advisor:  Turner  Laboratory  Letters  of  evaluation, 
personal  information  sheet,  transcript,  test  scores  (if  student  permits). 

(7)  Judicial  Affairs 

North  Administration  Building,  Director  of  Judicial  Affairs.  Students'  judicial 
and  disciplinary  records. 

(8)  Counseling  Center 
Shoemaker  Hall,  Director. 

Biographical  data,  summaries  of  conversations  with  student,  test  results. 
(Where  records  are  made  and  used  only  for  treatment  purposes,  they  are  not 
education  records  and  are  not  subject  to  this  policy.) 

(9)  Financial  Aid 

a.  Undergraduate — North  Administration,  Director  of  Financial  Aid. 

b.  Graduate  and  Professional  Schools— Located  in  Dean's  Offices. 
Financial   aid   applications,    need   analysis   statements,   awards   made   (no 
student  access  to  parents'  confidential  statements). 

(10)  Career  Development  Center 

Terrapin  Hall,  Director.  Recommendations,  copies  of  academic  records, 
(unofficial)  (note  WAIVER  section). 

(11)  Business  Services 

South  Administration   Building,   Director.    All  student  accounts  receivable, 
records  of  students'  financial  charges,  and  credits  with  the  University. 
D.  Procedure  to  be  Followed 

Requests  for  access  should  be  made  in  writing  to  the  Office  of  Registrations. 
The  University  will  comply  with  a  request  for  access  within  a  reasonable  time,  at 
ieast  within  45  days.  In  the  usual  case,  arrangements  will  be  made  for  the 
student  to  read  his  or  her  records  in  the  presence  of  a  staff  member.  If  facilities 
permit,  a  student  may  ordinarily  obtain  copies  of  his  or  her  records  by  paying 
reproduction  costs.  The  fee  for  copies  is  $.25  per  page.  No  campus  will  provide 
copies  of  any  transcripts  in  the  student's  records  other  than  the  student's 
current  University  transcript  from  that  campus.  Official  University  transcripts 
(with  University  seal)  will  be  provided  at  a  higher  charge. 

III. 
It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  limit  disclosure  of  personally 
identifiable  information  from  education  records  unless  it  has  the  student's  prior 
written  consent,  subject  to  the  following  limitations  and  exclusions. 
A.  Directory  Information 

(1)  The  following   categories  of  information   have   been   designated   directory 


610 


information: 
Name 
Address 

Telephone  listing 
Date  and  place  of  birth 
Photograph 
Major  field  of  study 

Participation  in  officially  recognized  activities  and  sports 
Weight  and  height  of  members  of  athletic  teams 
Dates  of  attendance 
Degrees  and  awards  received 
Most  recent  previous  educational  institution  attended 
(2)  This  information  will  be  disclosed  even  in  the  absence  of  consent  unless  the 
student  files  written  notice  informing  the  University  not  to  disclose  any  or  all 
of  the  categories  within  three  weeks  of  the  first  day  of  the  semester  in  which 
the  student  begins  each  school  year.    This  notice  must  be  filed  annually 
within  the  above  alloted  time  to  avoid  automatic  disclosure  of  directory 
information.  The  notice  should  be  filed  with  the  campus  registrations  office. 
See  II.  C. 
(2)  The  University  will  give  annual  public  notice  to  students  of  the  categories  of 

information  designated  as  directory  information. 
(4)  Directory  information  may  appear  in  public  documents  and  otherwise  be 
disclosed  without  student  consent  unless  the  student  objects  as  provided 
above. 
B.  Prior  Consent  not  Required 

Prior  consent  will  not  be  required  for  disclosure  of  education  records  to  the 
following  parties: 

(1)  School  officials  of  the  University  of  Maryland  who  have  been  determined  to 
have  legitimate  educational  interests; 

a.  "School  officials"  include  instructional  or  administrative  personnel  who  are 
or  may  be  in  a  position  to  use  the  information  in  furtherance  of  a 
legitimate  objective; 

b.  "legitimate  educational  interests"  include  those  interests  directly  related  to 
the  academic  environment; 

(2)  Officials  of  other  schools  in  which  a  student  seeks  or  intends  to  enroll  or  is 
enrolled.  Upon  request,  and  at  his  or  her  expense,  the  student  will  be 
provided  with  a  copy  of  the  records  which  have  been  transferred; 

(3)  Authorized  representatives  of  the  Comptroller  General  of  the  U.S.,  the 
Secretary  of  HEW,  the  Commissioner  of  the  Office  of  Education,  the  Director 
of  the  National  Institute  of  Education,  the  Administrator  of  the  Veterans' 
Administration,  the  Assistant  Secretary  of  HEW  for  Education,  and  State 
educational  authorities,  but  only  in  connection  with  the  audit  or  evaluation  of 
federally  supported  education  programs,  or  in  connection  with  the 
enforcement  of  or  compliance  with  federal,  legal  requirements  relating  to 
these  programs.  Subject  to  controlling  Federal  law  or  prior  consent,  these 
officials  will  protect  information  received  so  as  not  to  permit  personal 
identification  of  students  to  outsiders; 

(4)  Authorized  persons  and  organizations  which  are  given  work  in  connection 
with  a  student's  application  for,  or  receipt  of,  financial  aid,  but  only  to  the 


GU 

extent    necessary   for   such    purposes   as   determining   eligibility,    amount, 
conditions  and  enforcement  of  terms  and  conditions; 

(5)  State  and  local  officials  to  which  such  information  is  specifically  required  to 
be  reported  by  effective  state  law  adopted  prior  to  November  19,  1974; 

(6)  Organizations  conducting  educational  studies  for  the  purposes  of 
developing,  validating,  or  administering  predictive  tests,  administering 
student  aid  programs,  and  improving  instruction.  The  studies  shall  be 
conducted  so  as  not  to  permit  personal  identification  of  students  to 
outsiders,  and  the  information  will  be  destroyed  when  no  longer  needed  for 
these  purposes; 

(7)  Accrediting  organizations  for  purposes  necessary  to  carry  out  their  functions; 

(8)  Parents  of  a  student  who  is  a  dependent  for  income  tax  purposes.  (Note: 
The  University  may  require  documentation  of  dependent  status  such  as 
copies  of  income  tax  forms.) 

(9)  Appropriate  parties  in  connection  with  an  emergency,  where  knowledge  of 
the  information  is  necessary  to  protect  the  health  or  safety  of  the  student  or 
other  individuals; 

(10)  In    response   to   a   court   order   or   subpoena.    The    University   wili    make 
reasonable  efforts  to  notify  the  student  before  complying  with  the  court  order. 

C.  Prior  Consent  Required 

In  all  other  cases,  the  University  will  not  release  personally  identifiable 
information  in  education  records  or  allow  access  to  those  records  without  prior 
consent  of  the  student.  Unless  disclosure  is  to  the  student  himself  or  herself,  the 
consent  must  be  written,  signed,  and  dated,  and  must  specify  the  records  to  be 
disclosed,  the  identity  of  the  recipient,  and  the  purpose  of  disclosure.  A  copy  of 
the  records  disclosed  will  be  provided  to  the  student  upon  request  and  at  his  or 
her  expense. 

D    Record  of  Disclosures 

The  University  will  maintain  with  the  student's  education  records  a  record  for 
each  request  and  each  disclosure,  except  for  the  following: 

(1)  disclosures  to  the  student  himself  or  herself; 

(2)  disclosures  pursuant  to  the  written  consent  of  the  student  (the  written 
consent  itself  will  suffice  as  a  record); 

(3)  disclosures  to  instructional  or  administrative  officials  of  the  University; 

(4)  disclosures  of  directory  information. 

This  record  of  disclosures  may  be  inspected  by  the  student,  the  official 
custodian  of  the  records,  and  other  University  and  governmental  officials. 

IV. 
It  is  the  policy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  to  provide  students  the  opportunity  to 
seek  correction  of  their  education  records. 
A.  Request  to  Correct  Records 

A  student  who  believes  that  information  contained  in  his  or  her  education 
records  is  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  violative  of  privacy  or  other  rights  may 
submit  a  written  request  to  the  Office  of  Registrations  specifying  the 
document(s)  being  challenged  and  the  basis  for  the  complaint.  The  request  will 
be  sent  to  the  person  responsible  for  any  amendments  to  the  record  in 
question.  Within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  of  receipt  of  the  request,  the 
University  will  decide  whether  to  amend  the  records  in  accordance  with  the 
request.  If  the  decision  is  to  refuse  to  amend,  the  student  will  be  so  notified  and 


612  

will  be  advised  of  the  right  to  a  hearing.  He  or  she  may  then  exercise  that  right 
by  written  request  to  the  Office  of  the  Chancellor. 

B.  Right  to  a  Hearing 

Upon  request  by  a  student,  the  University  will  provide  an  opportunity  for  a 
hearing  to  challenge  the  content  of  the  student's  records.  A  request  for  a 
hearing  should  be  in  writing  and  submitted  to  the  Office  of  Registrations.  Within 
a  reasonable  time  of  receipt  of  the  request,  the  student  will  be  notified  in  writing 
of  the  date,  place,  and  time  reasonably  in  advance  of  the  hearing. 

(1)  Conduct  of  the  hearing 

The  hearing  will  be  conducted  by  a  University  official  who  does  not  have  a 
direct  interest  in  the  outcome.  The  student  will  have  a  full  and  fair  opportunity 
to  present  evidence  relevant  to  the  issues  raised  and  may  be  assisted  or 
represented  by  individuals  of  his  or  her  choice  at  his  or  her  expense, 
including  an  attorney. 

(2)  Decision 

Within  a  reasonable  period  of  time  after  the  conclusion  of  the  hearing,  the 
University  will  notify  the  student  in  writing  of  its  decision.  The  decision  will  be 
based  solely  upon  evidence  presented  at  the  hearing  and  will  include  a 
summary  of  the  evidence  and  the  reasons  for  the  decision.  If  the  University 
decides  that  the  information  is  inaccurate,  misleading,  or  otherwise  in 
violation  of  the  privacy  or  other  rights  of  students,  the  University  will  amend 
the  records  accordingly. 

C.  Right  to  Place  an  Explanation  in  the  Records 

If,  as  a  result  of  the  hearing,  the  University  decides  that  the  information  is  not 
inaccurate,  misleading,  or  otherwise  in  violation  of  the  student's  rights,  the 
University  will  inform  the  student  of  the  right  to  place  in  his  or  her  record  a 
statement  commenting  on  the  information  and/or  explaining  any  reasons  for 
disagreeing  with  the  University's  decision.  Any  such  explanation  will  be  kept  as 
part  of  the  student's  record  as  long  as  the  contested  portion  of  the  record  is 
kept  and  will  be  disclosed  whenever  the  contested  portion  of  the  record  is 
disclosed. 
V.  Right  to  File  Complaint 

A  student  alleging  University  noncompliance  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and 
Privacy  Act  may  file  a  written  complaint  with  the  Family  Educational  Rights  and 
Privacy  Act  Office  (FERPA),  Department  of  HEW,  330  Independence  Avenue,  S.W., 
Washington,  D.C.   20201. 


613 


Index 


Academic  Calendar  /  26 

Access  to  and  Release  of  Student  Data,  Policy  on  /  607 

Accounting  (Tax),  course  in  /  129 

Acoustics  for  Musicians,  course  in  /  404 

Activation  Analysis,  course  in  /  410 

Additional  Graduate  Level  Course  Offerings  /  507 

Administration,  Education  Policy,  and  Planning  /  223 

Administration,  Institution  /  262 

Administrative  Law,  course  in  /  298 

Admission  to  Candidacy,  Doctoral  Degree  /  37 

Admission,  Categories  of  / 13 

Admission,  General  /  11 

Admission,  Non-degree  Categories  /  13 

Admission,  Offer  of  /  16 

Admission,  Termination  of  /  16 

Adolescent  Development,  course  in  /  333 

Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  Certificate  /  13 

Advanced  Special  Student  Status  /  14 

Advertising  Design,  courses  in  /  509 

Advertising,  course  in  /  132 

Aerodynamics  and  High-Speed  Flight,  course  in  /  61 

Aerospace  Vehicle  Design,  course  in  /  60 

Africa:  Art,  courses  in  /  109 

Africa:  Ethnology,  course  in  /  89 

Africa:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  301 

Africa:  Ideologies  (Contemporary),  course  in  /  508 

Africa:  Politics,  courses  in  /  300 

Afro-American  Folklore  and  Culture,  course  in  /  251 

Afro-American  Literature,  course  in  /  250 

Aging,  Center  on  /  45 

Agricultural  Business  Management,  course  in  /  68 

Agricultural  Commodities  (Economics  of  Marketing  Systems  for),  /  68 

Agricultural  Engineering  Program  /  71 

Agricultural  Materials  Handling  and  Environmental  Control,  course  /  72 

Agricultural  Prices,  course  in  /  68 

Agricultural  Production  Equipment,  course  in  /  72 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Education  Program  /  63 

Agricultural  and  Resource  Economics  Program  /  67 


614     Index 

Agriculture  (Econometrics  in),  course  in  /  69 

Agronomy  Program  /  74 

Air  Pollution,  course  in  /  159,  392 

Aircraft  Design,  course  in  /  60 

Alger 

Algor 

Amer 

Amer 

Amer 

Amer 

Amer 

Amer 

Amer 

Amer 


an  History,  course  in  /  322 

thms  and  Logic,  courses  in  /  377 

ca:  Drama,  course  in  /  250 

ca:  English,  course  in  /  251 

ca:  Foreign  Relations,  course  in  /  300 

ca:  Poetry,  course  in  /  250 

ca:  Political  Theory,  course  in  /  299 

ca:  Workers,  Cultural  and  Social  History,  course  in  /  320 

ca:  Writers,  course  in  /  250 

can  Studies  Program  /  78 
Animal  Behavior,  course  in  /  442 
Animal  Ecology,  course  in  /  503 
Animal  Sciences  Program  /  81 
Antennas,  course  in  /  238 
Anthropology  /  88 
Anthropology  Program  /  88 
Application  Instructions  /  17 
Application,  Forms  /  17 
Application,  international  student/ 18 
Applied  Mathematics  Program  /  92 
Aquatic  Biology,  course  in  /  504 
Archaeology,  courses  in  /  90,  108 
Architecture  History,  courses  in  /  102 
Architecture  Program  /  100 

Architecture  and  Engineering  Performance  Information  Center  /  45 
Argentine  History,  course  in  /  321 
Aristotle  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  417 
Art  Program  /  106 
Asia:  Geography,  course  in  /  279 
Asia:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  301 
Assistantships  /  23 

Association  of  Sea  Grant  Program  Institutions  /  54 
Astronomy  Program  /  113 
Atmospheric  Dynamics,  course  in  /  392 
Atmospheric  and  Space  Physics,  course  in  /  433 
Atomic  Physics,  courses  in  /  432 
Audiology,  courses  in  /  31 1 
Auditing  (BMGT),  courses  in  /  129 
Automatic  Controls,  course  in  /  382 
Avian  Anatomy,  course  in  /  86 
Avian  Physiology,  course  in  /  85 
Axiomatics  Set  Theory,  course  in  /  369 

B 

Balkan  History,  course  in  /  319 


Index     615 


Baltimore  City  and  Baltimore  County  Graduate  Programs  /  603 

Bank  Management,  course  in  /  131 

Beef  Production,  courses  in  /  84 

Behavior  Analysis  (Applied),  course  in  /  442 

Behavior  Modification,  course  in  /  192 

Biochemical  Engineering,  courses  in  /  145 

Biochemistry  Program  /  117 

Biology  (History  of),  course  in  /  316 

Biology  (Marine  and  Estuarine  Invertebrates),  course  in  /  504 

Biology  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  418 

Biomedical  Engineering,  courses  in  /  237 

Biophysics  and  Theoretical  Biology,  course  in  /  433 

Biophysics,  courses  in  /  501 

Biostatistics,  course  in  /  363 

Black  Resistance  Movements,  course  in  /  508 

Blacks  in  American  Life,  course  in  /  320 

Botany  (Teaching  of),  course  in  /  120 

Botany  Program  /  119 

Brazilian  History,  course  in  /  321 

Breeding  (Principles  of),  course  in  /  84 

British  History,  courses  in  /  318 

British  Literature,  course  in  /  250 

British  Writers,  courses  in  /  249 

Broadcast  Criticism,  course  in  /  170 

Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research  /  52 

Business  (Statistical  Models  in),  course  in  / 130 

Business  Cycles,  course  in  /  216 

Business  Policies,  course  in  /  134 

Business  and  Government,  course  in  / 133 

Business  and  Management  Program  /  124 

Business  and  Society,  course  in  / 134 

Byzantine  Empire,  courses  in  /  318 


Camp  Management,  course  in  /  461 

Campuses  of  the  University  /  603 

Canon  and  Fugue,  course  in  /  403 

Career  Development  Center  /  56 

Cartography:  History  and  Theory,  courses  in  /  281 

Celestial  Mechanics,  course  in  / 115 

Cell  Biology,  course  in  /  501 

Cell  Differentiation,  course  in  /  501 

Center  for  Business  and  Public  Policy  /  46 

Center  for  Curriculum  Development  and  Change  /  46 

Center  for  Educational  Research  and  Development  (CERD)  /  46 

Center  for  International  Development  /  48 

Center  for  Language  and  Cognition  /  48 

Center  for  Philosophy  and  Public  Policy  /  49 

Center  for  Renaissance  and  Baroque  Studies  /  50 


616     Index 

Center  for  Young  Children  /  52 

Center  for  the  Study  of  Education  Policy  and  Human  Values  /  47 

Cereal  and  Oil  Crops,  course  in  /  76 

Cervantes,  courses  in  /  476 

Changes,  Courses  and  Credits  /  32 

Chaucer,  course  in  /  249 

Chemical  Engineering  Program  /  143 

Chemical  Physics  Program  /  148 

Chemical  Physics,  courses  in  /  150 

Chemical  Process  Analysis  and  Optimization,  course  in  / 144 

Chemical  Process  Development,  course  in  /  144 

Chemical  Synthesis,  course  in  /  152 

Chemical,  Liquid  and  Power  Processing  of  Engineering  Materials,  /  245 

Chemistry  (Physical),  courses  in  /  152 

Chemistry  Program  /  150 

Chesapeake  Research  Consortium  /  54 

Child  Growth  and  Development,  course  in  /  333 

Child  Study  /  331 

China:  Communism,  course  in  /  322 

China:  Economy,  course  in  /  218 

China:  History,  courses  in  /  321 

Choral  Techniques  and  Repertoire,  course  in  /  401 

City,  course  in  /  468 

Civil  Engineering  Planning,  course  in  /  158 

Civil  Engineering  Program  /  157 

Civil  Engineering  Systems,  course  in  /  159 

Civil  Rights  and  U.S.  Constitution,  course  in  /  299 

Civil  War,  course  in  /  320 

Climatology,  courses  in  /  280 

Clinical  Psychology,  course  in  /  443 

Clothing  and  Human  Behavior,  course  in  /  492 

Cognitive  Psychology,  course  in  /  443 

Collegium  Musicum,  course  in  /  402 

Combinatorics  and  Graph  Theory,  courses  in  / 186,  370 

Commencement  /  40 

Communication  (Nonverbal),  course  in  /  173 

Communication  Arts  and  Theatre  Program  /  167 

Communication  Theory,  course  in  /  173 

Communication,  Public  /  458 

Community  Development  Program  /  257 

Comparative  Education  Center  /  47 

Comparative  Literature  Program  /  180 

Comparative  Literature,  courses  in  /  181 

Compiler  Writing,  course  in  /  184 

Composition,  courses  in  /  404 

Computational  Methods,  course  in  /  95,  185 

Computer  Architecture,  course  in  / 184 

Computer  Languages  and  Systems,  course  in  /  184 

Computer  Science  Program  /  183 


Index     617 


Concentration  in  the  History  and  Philosophy  of  Science  /  326 

Conducting,  courses  in  /  404 

Conservation,  courses  in  /  65 

Consortia  /  53 

Consortium,  Washington  Area  /  29 

Constitutional  Law,  course  in  /  299 

Consumer  Analysis,  course  in  /  131 

Consumer  Behavior,  course  in  /  491 

Consumer  Economics  Program  /  189 

Consumer  Economics  and  Textiles  /  489 

Consumer  Problems,  course  in  /  259 

Consumer  Techology:  Product  Safety  /  491 

Consumer  Techology:  Product  Standards,  course  in  /  491 

Consumer  and  Law,  course  in  /  491 

Contemporary  Authors,  course  in  /  182 

Continental  Novel,  course  in  /  181 

Control  Systems,  course  in  /  237 

Cost  Accounting,  course  in  /  130 

Counseling  Center  /  56 

Counseling  and  Personnel  Services  Program  /  189 

Course  Numbering  System  /  27 

Course  Requirements  /  31 

Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary  School,  course  in  /  400 

Creative  Writing,  courses  in  /  252 

Creative  and  Performing  Arts  /  41 

Credit  by  Examination  /  31 

Credit,  Transfer  of  /  31 

Credit,  Undergraduate  for  Graduate  Courses  /  30 

Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention,  course  in  /  198 

Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  Program  /  197 

Crop  Breeding,  course  in  /  75 

Cropping  Systems,  course  in  /  77 

Cultural  Geography,  course  in  /  280 

Curriculum  and  Instruction  Program  /  200 


Dairy  Cattle  Breeding,  course  in  /  85 

Dairy  Production  Systems  (Analysis  of),  course  in  /  85 

Data  Structures,  course  in  /  184 

Deadlines,  Application  /  17 

Death  Education,  course  in  /  307 

Degree  Requirements  /  34 

Degree-Level  or  Program,  Change  of  / 16 

Design  (Concrete  Structures),  course  in  /  159 

Design  (Steel  Structures),  course  in  /  159 

Design,  (Highway  and  Airfield  Pavement)  courses  in  /  159 

Design,  (Machinery  and  Equipment)  courses  in  /  73 

Design,  courses  in  /  177 

Deviant  Behavior,  course  in  /  466 


618     Index 

Differential  Equations,  courses  in  /  369 

Differential  Geometry,  course  in  /  369 

Digital  Computer  Design,  course  in  /  237 

Digital  Systems  (Logic  Design  of),  course  in  /  237 

Discrete  Structures,  course  in  /  237 

Diseases  of  Animals,  course  in  /  83 

Dissertation  /  37 

Dissertation,  Doctoral  /  39 

Doctor  of  Education  Requirements  /  39 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  Requirements  /  38 

Doctoral  Candidates,  Minimum  Registration  Requirements  /  28 

Doctoral  Degree,  Requirements  for  /  37 

Drama  (English),  courses  in  /  251 

Drama  (Modern),  course  in  /  251 

Dual  Master's  Degrees  Program  in  Geographic  Information  Systems  /  284 


East  Asian  Politics,  course  in  /  300 

Eastern  Shore  Campus  /  603 

Ecology  (Marsh  and  Dune  Vegetation),  course  in  / 121 

Economic  Development  of  Underdeveloped  Areas,  courses  in  /  216 

Economic  Geography,  courses  in  /  280 

Economic  Statistics,  course  in  /  216 

Economics  (International),  course  in  /  217 

Economics  (Mathematical),  course  in  /  217 

Economics  (Urban),  course  in  /  218 

Economics  Program  /  214 

Economics  of  Consumption,  course  in  /  491 

Economics,  Agricultural  and  Resource  /  67 

Economics,  Consumer  /  489 

Education  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  468 

Education  Policy,  Planning,  and  Administration  Program  /  223 

Education  and  Racism,  course  in  / 193 

Education,  Agricultural  /  63 

Education,  Health  /  306 

Education,  Human  Development  /  331 

Education,  Industrial  /  338 

Education,  Measurement  and  Statistics,  courses  in  /  377 

Education,  Physical  /  420 

Education,  Secondary — see  Curriculum  and  Instruction  Program  /  200 

Education,  Special  /  480 

Education,  elementary —  see  Curriculum  and  Instruction  Program  /  200 

Education,  secondary  —  see  Curriculum  and  Instruction  Program  /  200 

Electrical  Engineering  Program  /  233 

Electricity  and  Magnetism  (Physics),  course  in  /  431 

Electrochemical  Engineering,  course  in  / 145 

Electrodes  and  Electrical  Processes  in  Biology  and  Medicine,  /  236 

Electromagnetic  Measurements  Lab,  course  in  /  238 

Electronic  Composition,  course  in  /  403 


Index     619 

Electronics  Circuits,  course  in  /  433 

Elementary  Education,  Early  Childhood  —  see  Curriculum  and  Instruction  Program  / 

200 
Eligibility  for  Admission,  Notes  about  /  1 1 
Embryology  (Vertebrate),  course  in  /  502 
Endocrinology,  course  in  /  502 
Energy  Conversion,  courses  in  /  382 
Engineering  Acoustics,  course  in  /  384 
Engineering  Economics  and  System  Analysis,  course  in  /  160 
Engineering  Experimentation,  courses  in  /  384 
Engineering  Hydrology,  course  in  /  73 
Engineering  Materials  Program  /  244 

Engineering  Psychology  and  Training  Models,  course  in  /  444 
Engineering  and  Physiological  Systems,  course  in  /  145 
Engineering,  Aerospace  /  59 
Engineering,  Agricultural  /  71 
Engineering,  Chemical  /  143 
Engineering,  Civil  /  157 
Engineering,  Electrical  /  233 
Engineering,  Mechanical  /  380 
Engineering:  Aquacultural,  course  in  /  73 
English  (Old),  course  in  /  251 
English  Language  (History  of),  course  in  /  251 
English  Language  and  Literature  Program  /  248 
English  Proficiency  Test  /  18 
Entomology  (Veterinary),  course  in  /  255 
Entomology  Program  /  253 
Entomology  for  Science  Teachers,  course  in  /  254 
Environmental  Engineering,  course  in  /  383 
Environmental  Sciences  -  Marine  /  358 
Epidemiology  and  Public  Health,  course  in  /  396 
Ethical  Theory,  course  in  /  417 
Ethnology  (Field  Methods),  course  in  /  90 
European  History,  courses  in  /  319 
European  Ideas  (History  of),  courses  in  /  317 
Evolution,  course  in  /  502 
Expository  Writing,  course  in  /  252 
Extension  Education  /  63 


Family  Counseling,  course  in  /  259 

Family  Crises  and  Rehabilitation,  course  in  /  258 

Family  and  Community  Development  Program  /  257 

Family  and  Society,  course  in  /  467 

Family=Community  Advocacy,  course  in  /  259 

Far  East  Anthropology,  course  in  /  89 

Fee,  Application  /  18 

Fees  and  Expenses  /  19 

Fees,  Determination  of  In-State  Status  /  21 


620     Index 

Fellowships  /  22 

Fellowships,  Assistantships  and  Financial  Assistance  /  22 

Fertilizers  (Commercial),  course  in  /  76 

Finance  (Personal  and  Family),  Course  in  /  258 

Financial  Management,  course  in  /  131 

Fish  and  Wildlife  Management,  course  in  /  86 

Flight  Propulsion,  courses  in  /  61 

Flight  Structures,  courses  in  /  60 

Fluid  Dynamics,  course  in  /  432 

Folk  Narrative,  course  in  /  251 

Folklore,  courses  in  /  251 

Folksong  and  Ballad,  course  in  /  251 

Food  Additives,  course  in  /  264 

Food  Chemistry,  course  in  /  271 

Food  Microbiology,  course  in  /  271 

Food  Processing,  courses  in  /  271 

Food  Product  Research  and  Development,  course  in  /  271 

Food  Quality  Control,  course  in  /  271 

Food  Science  Program  /  269 

Food  Services  /  56 

Food,  Nutrition  and  Institution  Administration  Program  /  262 

Forage  Crop  Production,  course  in  /  76 

Foreign  Policy  of  U.S.S.R.,  course  in  /  300 

Forensic  Anthropology  Laboratory,  course  /  90 

Fourier  Analysis,  course  in  /  369 

Fracture  Mechanics,  course  in  /  384 

French  Civilization,  courses  in  /  275 

French  History,  courses  in  /  319 

French  Language  and  Literature  Program  /  273 

French  Linguistics,  course  in  /  274 

French:  Oral  Practice  for  Teachers,  course  in  /  274 

Fruits  (Technology  of),  course  in  /  329 

Full-time  Students,  Designation  of  /  27 

Fusion,  courses  in  /  410 


Galactic  Research,  course  in  /  115 

General  Education,  courses  in  /  294 

Genetics  (Molecular),  course  in  /  502 

Geochemistry  of  Fuels,  course  in  /  287 

Geochemistry,  courses  in  /  152,  286 

Geographic  Concepts  and  Source  Materials,  course  in  /  282 

Geographic  Information  Systems-Dual  Master's  Degrees  Program  /  284 

Geography  Program  /  277 

Geography:  Europe,  courses  in  /  279 

Geological  Remote  Sensing,  course  in  /  287 

Geology  (Economic),  course  in  /  287 

Geology  (Engineering),  course  in  /  287 

Geology  (Groundwater),  course  in  /  287 


Index     621 


Geology  Program  /  285 

Geology:  North  America,  course  in  /  286 

Geometric  Transformations,  course  in  /  369 

Geomorphology,  courses  in  /  280 

Geophysics,  course  in  /  286 

German  History,  courses  in  /  319 

Germanic  Language  and  Literature  Program  /  291 

Germanic  Philology,  courses  in  /  294 

Gerontology  Certificate,  see  Center  on  Aging  /  45 

Gerontology,  course  in  /  332 

Golden  Identification  Card  Program  /  25 

Government  and  Politics  Program  /  297 

Governmental  Organization  and  Management,  course  in  /  298 

Grades  /  33 

Graduate  Credit  for  Senior  Undergraduates  /  30 

Graduate  Fees  /  20 

Graduate  Management  Admissions  Test  /  12 

Graduate  Record  Examinations  (GRE)  /  12 

Graduate  Status,  Full  /  13 

Graduate  Status,  Provisional  / 13 

Graduate  Student,  Visiting  /  15 

Graphic  Arts,  courses  in  /  109 

Greek  Comedy,  course  in  /  513 

Greek  Drama,  course  in  /  181 

Greek  Oratory,  course  in  /  513 

Greek  Tragedy,  cousre  in  /  513 

Greenhouse  Crop  Production,  courses  in  /  329 

Ground  Water  Hydrology,  course  in  /  158 

Group  Dynamics,  course  in  /  64,  192 

Guide  to  Graduate  Life  /  58 

H 

Handicapped  Students,  Partial  Credit  Registration  /  28 

Hatchability  (Physiology  of),  course  in  /  85 

Health  Education  Program  /  306 

Health  Insurance  /  57 

Health  Service  /  57 

Hearing  and  Speech  Sciences  Program  /  309 

Herpetology,  course  in  /  84 

Highway  Engineering,  course  in  /  160,  512 

Hispanic  World:  Historical  Geography,  course  in  /  280 

History  Program  /  314 

History:  Latin  America,  courses  in  /  321 

History:  Maryland,  course  in  /  321 

Horse  Farm  Management,  course  in  /  85 

Horticulture  Program  /  328 

Housing  /  55 

Human  Development  Education  Program  (Institute  for  Child  Study)  /  331 

Human  Growth  and  Constitution,  course  in  /  90 


622     Index 

Human  Osteology  Laboratory,  course  /  90 
Human  Population  Biology  Laboratory  /  90 
Hydrology,  courses  in  /  73,  158 

I 

Ibsen,  course  in  /  181 

Immunology,  course  in  /  396 

In-State  Status,  Fees  /  19 

Individual  Differences,  course  in  /  444 

Induction  and  Probability,  course  in  /  419 

Industrial  Employee  Recreation,  course  in  /  461 

Industrial  Engineering,  course  in  /  382 

Industrial  Marketing,  course  in  / 131 

Industrial  Organization,  course  in  /  217 

Industrial  Sociology,  course  in  /  468 

Industrial,  Technological  and  Occupational  Education  /  338 

Information  Theory,  course  in  /  236 

Inorganic  Chemistry,  course  in  /  152 

Insecticides,  course  in  /  255 

Institute  for  Child  Study  /  43,  331 

Institute  for  Physical  Science  and  Technology  /  43 

Institute  for  Research  in  Higher  and  Adult  Education  /  43 

Institute  for  the  Study  of  Exceptional  Children  and  Youth  /  44 

Institute  of  Criminal  Justice  and  Criminology  /  43 

Institute  of  Urban  Studies  /  495 

Institutes,  Centers,  and  Bureaus  /  43 

Institutional  Recreation,  course  in  /  462 

Instrumental  Music  Program,  course  in  /  400 

Inter-Campus  Student  /  29 

Inter-University  Communications  Council  (EDUCOM)  /  53 

Inter-University  Consortium  for  Political  and  Social  Research  /  53 

International  Law,  course  in  /  298 

International  Marketing,  course  in  /  132 

International  Student  Application  /  18 

Interviewing,  course  in  /  172 

Italian  Renaissance,  course  in  /  277 

J 

Jewish  History,  courses  in  /  317 
Journalism  Program  /  346 
Judicial  Behavior,  course  in  /  299 
Judicial  Process,  course  in  /  299 
Juvenile  Delinquency,  courses  in  /  198 

K 

Keyboard  Music,  courses  in  /  403 
Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases,  course  in  /  431 

L 

Labor  Economics,  courses  in  /  218 


Index     623 


Labor  Legislation,  course  in  /  132 

Laboratory  Animal  Management,  course  in  /  84 

Lactation,  course  in  /  85 

Lasers  and  Electro  Optic  Devices,  course  in  /  238 

Latin  America:  Civilization,  courses  in  /  477 

Latin  America:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  301 

Law  (Business),  course  in  /  133 

Law  (Corrections),  course  in  /  198 

Law  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  418 

Law  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  468 

Law,  Family  Problems,  course  in  /  259 

Leadership  Techniques  and  Practices,  course  in  /  462 

Learning  (Psychology  of),  course  in  /  443 

Learning  and  Motivation,  course  in  /  441 

Legislatures  and  Legislation,  course  in  /  300 

Libraries  /  42 

Library  Science  and  History  /  327 

Library  and  Information  Services  Program  /  350 

Linear  Analysis  for  Engineers,  course  in  /  370 

Listening,  course  in  /  173 

Literary  Criticism,  course  in  /  251 

Literature  (Middle  Ages),  course  in  /  181 

Literature  (Renaissance),  courses  in  /  249 

Literature  (Romantic),  courses  in  /  181,  249 

Literature  (Victorian),  courses  in  /  249 

Literature,  English  /  248 

Literature,  French  /  273 

Literature,  German  /  291 

Literature,  Spanish  /  474 

Living  Experiences  with  Families,  course  in  /  259 

Logic  and  Algorithms,  courses  in  /  185,  369 

Logistics  Management,  course  in  /  133 

M 

Machine  Design  Technology,  courses  in  /  382 

Machine  Design,  course  in  /  384 

Mammalian  Histology,  course  in  /  85,  504 

Marine  Ecology,  course  in  /  503 

Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology,  course  in  /  504 

Marine-Estuarine-Environmental  Sciences  Program  /  358 

Marketing  Research  Methods,  course  in  / 131 

Marketing,  courses  in  /  132 

Master  of  Arts,  Requirements  /  35 

Master  of  Education,  Requirements  /  36 

Master  of  Science,  Requirements  /  35 

Master's  Degree  Requirements  /  34 

Materials  (Strength  of),  courses  in  /  158 

Mathematical  Logic,  course  in  /  370 

Mathematical  Psychology,  course  in  /  444 


624     Index 

Mathematical  Statistics  Program  /  361 

Mathematics  Program  /  365 

Mathematics,  Applied  /  92 

Matrix  Methods  in  Computational  Mechanics,  course  in  /  60 

Matter  (Properties  of),  course  in  /  432 

Measurement,  Statistics,  and  Evaluation  Program  /  376 

Meat  Processing,  course  in  /  272 

Meats,  course  in  /  84 

Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  (Oceanic  Environment),  course  /  383 

Mechanical  Engineering  Program  /  380 

Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  (Underwater  Operations),  courses  /  383 

Mechanical  Engineering  Systems  Design,  course  in  /  382 

Mechanics  (Theoretical),  courses  in  /  431 

Mental  Hygiene,  course  in  /  192 

Mentally  Retarded  Children,  courses  in  /  485 

Meteorology  Program  /  389 

Metropolitan  Administration,  course  in  /  300 

Microbial  Fermentations,  courses  in  /  397 

Microbiology  (History  of),  course  in  /  396 

Microbiology  Program  /  394 

Micropaleontology,  course  in  /  286 

Middle  East:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  300,  301 

Middle  East:  History,  courses  in  /  322 

Military  Sociology,  courses  in  /  468 

Miller  Analogies  Test  /  12 

Milton,  course  in  /  249 

Music  (Childhood  Education),  course  in  /  400 

Music  (Form),  course  in  /  403 

Music  Pedagogy,  course  in  /  402 

Music  Program  /  398 

Mycology,  course  in  /  121 

N 

NSF  Institute  Status/  15 

National  Income  Analysis,  course  in  /  216 

Natural  Resources  (Economic  Analysis  of),  course  in  /  69 

Natural  Resources  Policy,  course  in  /  69 

Network  Analysis,  course  in  /  235 

Network  Synthesis,  course  in  /  235 

Neural  Networks  and  Signals,  course  in  /  236 

Neurophysiology,  course  in  /  501 

Neutron  Reactor  Physics,  course  in  /  432 

New  Testament  as  Literature,  course  in  /  181 

Non-Thesis  Option  /  36 

Nonparametric  Statistics,  course  in  /  363 

North  America:  Historical  Geography,  course  in  /  89 

Nuclear  Engineering  Program  /  409 

Nuclear  Fuel  and  Power  Management,  course  in  /  410 

Nuclear  Heat  Transport,  course  in  /  410 


Index     625 


Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering,  courses  in  /  410 
Nuclear  Technology  Lab,  course  in  /  410 
Number  Theory,  courses  in  /  368,  370 
Numerical  Mathematics,  courses  in  /  95,  185 


Nutr 
Nutr 
Nutr 
Nutr 
Nutr 
Nutr 
Nutr 


tion  (Animal),  course  in  /  413 
tion  (Community),  course  in  /  265 
tion  (International),  course  in  /  413 
tion,  courses  in  /  83 
tional  Biochemistry,  course  in  /  265 
tional  Science,  courses  in  /  413 
tional  Sciences  Program  /  412 


Oak  Ridge  Associated  Universities,  Inc.  (ORAU)  /  53 

Ocean  Waves  and  Tides,  course  in  /  383,  392 

Oceania  (Peoples  and  Cultures  of),  course  in  /  89 

Oceanography  (Physical  and  Dynamical),  course  in  /  392 

Oceanography  (Physical  and  Dynamical),  courses  in  /  383 

Oceanography,  course  in  /  288 

Old  Testament  as  Literature,  course  in  / 181 

Opera  Theater,  course  in  /  402 

Operations  Research,  course  in  /  382 

Operations  Research,  courses  in  /  130 

Optimization,  courses  in  /  96,  186 

Orchestration,  courses  in  /  404 

Organisms  (Form  and  Pattern),  course  in  /  504 

Organizational  Behavior,  course  in  /  132 

Outdoor  Education,  course  in  /  462 


Painting,  courses  in  /  108 

Parasitology,  course  in  /  503 

Part-time  Students,  Designation  of  /  27 

Particle  Accelerators,  course  in  /  238,  433 

Particles,  course  in  /  432 

Pathogenic  Microbiology,  course  in  /  396 

Perceptual  Learning  Problems,  course  in  /  486 

Personality  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  467 

Personality,  course  in  /  443 

Personnel  Management,  courses  in  /  132 

Personnel  Services  and  Counseling  Program  / 189 

Persuasion  in  Speech,  course  in  /  173 

Petrography,  course  in  /  286 

Petrology,  course  in  /  286 

Pharmacology  (Behavioral),  course  in  /  442 

Philosophy  Program  /  415 

Philosophy  of  Science  /  326 

Philosophy  of  Science,  course  in  /  418 

Phonetic  Science,  course  in  /  31 1 


626     Index 

Photography  (History  of),  course  in  / 109 

Photography,  courses  in  / 103 

Phycology,  course  in  /  122 

Physical  Education  Program  /  420 

Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health,  courses  in  /  422 

Physical  Fitness,  courses  in  /  423 

Physical  Science,  course  in  /  316 

Physics  (Nuclear),  course  in  /  432 

Physics  Program  /  428 

Physics  and  Thermodynamics  of  the  Atmosphere,  course  in  /  392 

Physics,  Chemical  /  148 

Physics,  courses  in  /  418 

Physiological  Psychology,  course  in  /  441 

Physiology  (Environmental),  course  in  /  83 

Physiology  (Vertebrate),  course  in  /  502 

Piano  Pedagogy,  courses  in  /  404 

Plant  Anatomy,  courses  in  /  121 

Plant  Ecology,  course  in  / 121 

Plant  Genetics,  course  in  /  120 

Plant  Geography,  course  in  /  120 

Plant  Pathology,  courses  in  /  121 

Plant  Physiology,  course  in  /  121 

Plants  (Medicinal  and  Poisonous),  course  in  /  120 

Plasma  Physics,  course  in  /  433 

Plato  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  417 

Playwriting,  course  in  /  251 

Pol 

Pol 

Pol 

Pol 

Pol 

Pol 

Pol 

Pol 


cy  Studies  Program  (see  School  of  Public  Affairs)  /  439 

tical  Behavior,  courses  in  /  299 

tical  Parties,  course  in  /  301 

tical  Sociology,  course  in  /  299 

tical  Theory,  courses  in  /  299 

tics  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  468 

tics  and  Government  /  297 

tics  and  Government,  courses  in  /  90 
Polymer  Materials  (Processing  of),  courses  in  / 145 
Polymer  Science,  courses  in  /  145 
Polymeric  Engineering  Materials,  course  in  /  246 
Polymers  (Physical  Chemistry  of),  course  in  / 145 
Population,  courses  in  /  466 
Poultry  Breeding  and  Feeding,  course  in  /  86 
Poultry  Hygiene,  course  in  /  85 
Poultry  Products  and  Marketing,  course  in  /  86 
Poultry  Science  Program  /  439 
Power  Systems,  course  in  /  73 
Power  and  Environment,  course  in  /  512 
Presidency  and  Executive  Branch,  course  in  /  301 
Price  Theory,  course  in  /  216 
Primate  Anatomy  Laboratory,  course  /  90 
Primate  Studies,  course  in  /  90 


Index     627 


Primitive  Technology  and  Economy,  course  in  /  90 
Process  Engineering  and  Design,  course  in  /  144 
Production  Management,  courses  in  /  133 
Protozoology,  courses  in  /  503 
Psychological  Testing,  course  in  /  443 
Psychology  (Educational),  course  in  /  333 
Psychology  Program  /  440 


c  Address,  courses  in  /  172 

c  Administration,  courses  in  /  298 

c  Affairs,  courses  in  /  454 

c  Communication  Program  /  458 

c  Finance,  course  in  /  217 

c  Opinion,  course  in  /  299 

c  Utilities,  course  in  /  133 

cations,  Graduate  School  /  58 


Publ 
Publ 
Publ 
Publ 
Publ 
Publ 
Publ 
Publ 

Q 

Quantitative  Analysis  (CHEM),  courses  in  /  152 
Quantum  Physics,  course  in  /  432 

R 

Race  Relations  (SOCY),  course  in  /  466 

Race  Relations  and  Public  Law,  course  in  /  299 

Radiochemistry,  course  in  /  152 

Radioisotope  Power  Sources,  course  in  /  409 

Reactor  Core  Design,  course  in  /  410 

Readers  Theatre,  course  in  /  172 

Reading  Center  /  49 

Record,  Academic  /  34 

Recorder,  course  in  /  403 

Records  Maintenance  and  Disposition  /  19 

Recreation  Program  /  460 

Refund  Statement  /  20 

Registration  /  26 

Registration  Requirements,  Minimum  /  28 

Regression  and  Variance  Analysis,  course  in  /  363 

Religion  (Primitive  Peoples),  course  in  /  90 

Religion  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  466 

Requirements,  Doctor  of  Education  /  39 

Requirements,  Doctor  of  Philosophy  /  38 

Requirements,  Doctoral  Degrees  /  37 

Research  Resources  /  40 

Research  and  Development  Laboratory  on  School-Based  Administration  /  50 

Residence  Requirement  /  37 

Rheology  of  Engineering  Materials,  course  in  /  246 

Rural  Education,  courses  in  /  65 

Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society,  courses  in  /  64 

Rural-Urban  Relations,  course  in  /  468 

Russia:  History,  courses  in  /  318 


628     Index 

Russian  Political  Thought,  courses  in  /  299 


Sales  Management,  course  in  /  132 

Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis  and  Design,  course  in  /  159 

Satire,  course  in  /  250 

Scenic  Design,  course  in  /  177 

School  of  Public  Affairs  (Public  Management  and  Public  Policy  Programs)  /  452 

Science  Fiction  and  Fantasy,  course  in  /  251 

Science  Teaching  Center  /  50 

Science-History  and  Philosophy  /  326 

Scientific  Revolution,  course  in  /  316 

Scientific  Thought,  courses  in  /  418 

Sculpture,  courses  in  /  109 

Seafood  Products  Processing,  course  in  /  272 

Security  Administration,  courses  in  /  199 

Security  Analysis  and  Valuation,  course  in  /  131 

Sensory  Processes,  courses  in  /  442 

Sex  Education,  course  in  /  308 

Social  Control,  course  in  /  467 

Social  Organization  of  Primitive  Peoples,  course  in  /  89 

Social  Sciences  (Philosophy  of),  course  in  /  418 

Sociology  Program  /  464 

Software  Engineering,  course  in  /  237 

Soil  Biochemistry,  course  in  /  76 

Soil  Chemistry,  course  in  /  76 

Soil  Classification  and  Geography,  course  in  /  76 

Soil  Fertility  Principles,  course  in  /  76 

Soil  Physics,  course  in  /  76 

Soil  Survey  and  Land  Use,  course  in  /  76 

Soil  and  Water  Conservation,  course  in  /  76 

Soil  and  Water  Engineering,  course  in  /  73 

Soil-Foundation  Systems,  courses  in  /  159 

Soil-Water  Pollution,  course  in  /  77 

Solar  Energy  Applications  for  Buildings,  courses  in  /  512 

Solar  System,  course  in  /  115 

Solid  State  Electronics,  course  in  /  238 

Sound,  course  in  /  431 

South  Asia:  Government  and  Politics,  course  in  /  301 

Southern  U.S.  History,  courses  in  /  89 

Soviet  Union:  Economics,  course  in  /  218 

Soviet  Union:  Government  and  Administration,  course  in  /  301 

Soviet  Union:  History,  course  in  /  319 

Spanish  Civilization,  courses  in  /  476 

Spanish  Language  and  Literature  Program  /  474 

Special  Education  Program  /  480 

Special  Student/  15 

Speech  Behavior,  course  in  /  173 

Speech  Disorders,  course  in  /  31 1 


Index     629 


Speech  and  Language  Development  of  Children,  course  in  /  31 1 

Speechwriting,  course  in  /  172 

Spenser  (Edmund),  course  in  /  249 

State  and  Local  Administration,  course  in  /  300 

State  and  Local  Finance,  course  in  /  217 

Statistical  Analysis  (BMGT),  course  in  /  131 

Statistical  Decision  Theory  in  Business,  course  in  /  130 

Statistical  Experiments  in  Business,  course  in  /  130 

Statistics  and  Measurement  /  376 

Statistics,  Mathematical  /  361 

Stochastic  Processes,  course  in  /  362 

Stress  Analysis  (Experimental),  course  in  /  158 

Stuart  England,  course  in  /  318 

Student  Loans  /  24 

Student  Services  /  55 

Studies  Leading  to  the  M.A.  in  History  and  the  M.L.S  /  327 

Summer  School  /  18 

Survey  Research  Center  /  51 

Symbiology,  course  in  /  503 

Systems  Programming,  course  in  /  184 

Systems,  Control  and  Computation,  course  in  /  238 


Technological  Assessment,  course  in  /  512 

Technology  (History  of),  course  in  /  317 

Telemetry  Systems,  course  in  /  235 

Television  and  Politics,  course  in  /  170 

Test  of  English  as  a  Second  Language  (TOEFL)  /  18 

Textile  Science,  course  in  /  492 

Textiles  and  Consumer  Economics  Program  /  489 

The  Maryland  Center  for  Productivity  and  Quality  of  Working  Life  /  49 

Theatre  and  Communication  Arts  /  167 

Thesis  Option  /  35 

Thesis  Requirement  /  35 

Time  Limits  for  Degree  /  16 

Tobacco  Production,  course  in  /  75 

Topology,  courses  in  /  369 

Toxicology  /  495 

Toxicology  Program  /  495 

Transcript  /  34 

Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery,  courses  in  /  238 

Transfer  and  Transport  Processes,  courses  in  /  144 

Transfer  of  Credit  /  31 

Transportation  Studies  Center  /  51 

Transportation  Systems,  courses  in  /  132 

Tree  Management,  course  in  /  329 

Truck  Crop  Management,  course  in  /  329 

Tudor  England,  course  in  /  318 

Turf  Management,  course  in  /  75 


630     Index 


U 


Undergraduate/Non-degree  Student  /  15 

United  States  History,  courses  in  /  319 

Universities  Council  on  Water  Resources  /  54 

Universities  Research  Association  (URA)  /  53 

Universities  Space  Research  Association  (USRA)  /  53 

University  Corporation  for  Atmospheric  Research  (UCAR)  /  53 

University  Policy  Statements  /  605 

University  Refund  Statement  /  20 

Urban  Design  Seminar  /  103 

Urban  Economics,  courses  in  /  218 

Urban  Folklore,  course  in  /  251 

Urban  Land  Management,  course  in  /  133 

Urban  Law,  courses  in  /  498 

Urban  Literature,  course  in  /  497 

Urban  Planning,  course  in  /  103 

Urban  Politics,  course  in  /  300 

Urban  Problems  Seminar  /  104 

Urban  Studies  Program  /  495 

Urban  Theory  and  Simulation,  course  in  /  498 

Urban  Transport  and  Urban  Development  /  133 


Vectors  and  Matrices,  course  in  /  368 

Vegetables  (Technology  of),  course  in  /  329 

Veterans  Benefits  /  25 

Virology,  course  in  /  396 

Viscous  Flow  and  Aerodynamic  Heating,  course  in  /  61 

Visual  Processes,  course  in  /  1 1 1 

Vocal  Music,  course  in  /  403 

W 

Waiver  of  Regulations  /  39 

War  (Sociology  of),  course  in  /  468 

Water  Resource  Planning,  course  in  /  281 

Water  Resources  Center  /  51 

Weed  Control,  course  in  / 11 

West  African  History,  courses  in  /  322 

Wildlife  Management,  course  in  /  84 

Women's  Health,  course  in  /  307 

Women:  Legal  Status,  course  in  /  299 

Woody  Plants,  courses  in  /  330 

World  Agricultural  Development,  course  in  /  69 

World  Politics,  course  in  /  298 

Writing  (Dramatic)  for  Film,  course  in  /  169 


Zoology  (Vertebrate),  course  in  /  504 
Zoology  Program  /  500 


Index     631 


n 


r\ 


vj 


\J 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


*°»A 


College    Park   Campus 


Jewnh    Student   Center 


Cillili  p'k 

iniittti  »t  itW" 


ft 


"K 


10 


11 


12 


13 


^O  >-'/■,  X  book  . 

-<<^;  .~£fc\  eichjuge       y15! 

*»<»  4,  -     -  *  -^^^C^V  (Utnmr 


/? 


>t%*    " 


--:,-■.-■  ,  y  -. 


e»s' 


PROOUCED  BV 

Department  of  Geography 
Un<«era<t,  o'  Midland.  College  Park 


M  N 


O 


(J 


10 


11 


12 


13 


M 


N  O 


Q 


Building  Directory 


(see  College  Park  Campus  Map  on  reverse  side) 


Bldg    No. 


Bldg.  No. 


Bldg.  No. 


Location 


102 

024 

104 

142 

103 

008 

060 

156 

145 

146 

092 

095 

016 

099 

143 

119 

300— 

307 

177 

178 

161 

302 

015 

096 

070 

065 

110 

017 

345 

087 

001 

206 

098 

025 

090 

091 


Agriculture  Shed 
Allegany  Hall  (Dorm) 
Animal  Science  Annex 
Animal  Science  Bldg 
Animal  Science  Service  Bldg 
Annapolis  Hall 
Anne  Arundel  Hall  (Dorm) 
Apiary 

Architecture  Bldg 
Art-Sociology  Bldg. 
Asphalt  Institute 
Asphalt  Institute  Garage 
Baltimore  Hall  (Dorm) 
Bel  Air  Hall  (Dorm) 
Benjamin  Bldg. 
Blacksmith  Shop 


Q-9 

E-6 

Q-10 

P-9 

R-9 

F-7 

L-4 

S-5 

K-4 

K-4 

N-10 

O-10 

F-6 

s-a 

M-4 
R-9 


Byrd  Stadium  Bldgs  Q-5 

Byrd  Stadium  South  Bldg.  P-5 

Byrd  Stadium  North  Bldg  Q-6 

Byrd  Stadium  Center  Bldg  P-6 

Byrd  Stadium  Press  Box  P-5 

Calvert  Hall  (Dorm)  G-6 

Cambridge  Hail  (Dorm)  R-8 

Caroline  Hall  (Dorm)  I-4 

Carroll  Hall  (Dorm)  J-5 

Cattle  Barn  R-10 

Cecil  Hall  (Dorm)  G-6 

Center  of  Adult  Education  N-2 
Central  Animal  Resources  Facility    P-11 

Central  Heating  Plant  H-11 

Central  Receiving  Warehouse  C-12 

Centreville  Hall  (Dorm)  R-8 

Charles  Hall  (Dorm)  E-6 
Chemical  and  Nuclear  Engineering 


Bldg  O-10 

Chemistry  Bldg  N-9 

121  Chestertown  Hall  (Dorm)  S-8 
162      Cole  Student  Activities  Bldg. 

(Cole  Fieldhouse)  N-5 
224      Computer  and  Space  Sciences 

Bldg  P-8 

122  Cumberland  Hall  (Dorm)  R-7 
107  Dairy  Science  Annex  Q-9 
105      Dairy  Science  Office  P-10 

252  Denton  Hall  (Dorm)  S-4 
097  Dining  Hall  (Cambridge)  R-8 
251  Dining  Hall  (Denton)  T-5 
026  Dining  Hall  (South  Campus)  H-5 
257  Dining  Hall  (Ellicott)  S-6 
064       Dorchester  Hall  (Dorm)  M-5 

253  Easton  Hall  (Dorm)  U-5 
066      Education  Annex,  West  H-5 

254  Elkton  Hall  (Dorm)  T-5 
256  Ellicott  Hall  (Dorm)  S-6 
223       Energy  Research  Facility  P-12 

088  Engineering  Classroom  Bldg.  L-10 

089  Engineering  Laboratory  Bldg  M-10 


018 

007 

158 

048 

126— 

132 

138— 

139 

029 

031 

299 

237 

166 

002 

258 

064 

002 

140 

074 

027 

147 

108 

112 

028 

104 

085 

045 

034 

059 

227 

022 

259 

038 

250 

238— 

243 

244— 

249 

201 

260— 

285 

077 

046 

084 

035 

009 

231 

032 

040 

011 

052 

116 

179 

073 

083 

255 

082 

100 


Environmental  Safety  Office  Bldg  D-9 
Fire  and  Rescue  Inst ,  Md.(MFRI)       E-9 

Football  Bldg  P-6 

Francis  Scott  Key  Hall  J-6 

Fraternity  Houses  E-10 

Fraternity  Houses  E-9 

Frederick  Hall  (Dorm)  E-7 

Garrett  Hall  (Dorm)  H-6 

Gate  House  K-1 1 

Geology  Bldg  M-8 

Golf  Course  Club  House  S-3 

Greenhouses  1-1 1 

Hagerstown  Hall  (Dorm)  S-6 

Harford  Hall  (Dorm)  F-7 

Harrison  Laboratory  1-11 

Health  Center  M-6 

Holzapfel  Hall  (Dorm)  K-7 

Home  Management  House  E-6 

Hornbake  Library  M-7 

Horse  Barn  Q-9 

Hospital  Barn  Q10 

Howard  Hall  (Dorm)  F-6 

Inst,  of  Applied  Agriculture  Q-10 
Inst,  for  Physical  Science  and 

Technology  P-9 

Instructional  Television  Facility  M-10 

Jimenez  Hall  L-6 

Journalism  Bldg.  K-5 

Jull  Hall  Q7 

Kent  Hall  (Dorm)  G-6 

LaPlata  Hall  (Dorm)  S-6 

LeFrak  Hall  I-6 
Leonardtown  Community  Center       D-1 1 

Leonardtown  Apartments  C-1 1 

Leonardtown  Apartments  E-11 

Leonardtown  Office  Bldg  D-12 

Lord  Calvert  Apartments  A-6 

Main  Administration  Bldg.  I-8 

Mane  Mount  Hall  I-7 

Mathematics  Bldg.  L-9 

McKeldin  Library  K-5 

Memorial  Chapel  H-7 

Microbiology  Bldg  M-7 

Montgomery  Hall  (Dorm)  E-7 

Morriir  Hall  I-5 

Motor  Transportation  Facility  G-12 

North  Administration  Bldg.  J-8 

Nugent  House  E-7 

Parking  Garage  N-5 

H.  J.  Patterson  Hall  L-7 

J.  M.  Patterson  Bldg.  0-9 
Physical  Education.  Recreation 

and  Hearth  Bldg.  (PERH)  T-8 

Physics  Bldg  M-8 
Physics  and  Astronomy  Research 

Facility  H-1 1 


006 


328 

003 

113 

093 

229 

228 

181— 

191 

054 

164 

021 

061 

078 

334— 

337 

339— 

341 

004 

080 

003 

109 

159 

037 

075 

013 

044 

063 

133— 

137 

170— 

176 

071 

062 

163 

094 

232 

118 

076 

030 

043 

141 

053 

058 

079 

042 

286- 

292 

005 


023 
069 
081 
047 
051 


Plant  Operations  and  Maintenance 

Shops  G-1 1 
Plant  Operations  and  Maintenance 

Shops  H-11 
Plant  Operations  and  Maintenance 

Vehicle  Storage  Bldg  N-12 

Police  (Service  Bldg.)  H-10 

Police  Substation  E-6 
Post  Office  and  Custodial  Bldg        N-11 

Poultry  Laboratory,  East  Q-7 

Poultry  Laboratory,  West  Q7 

Poultry  Complex  Q7 

Preinkert  Field  House  J-5 

Presidents  Residence  P-3 

Prince  George's  Hall  (Dorm)  G-6 

Queen  Anne's  Hall  K-5 

Reckord  Armory  1-8 

Relocatable  Bldgs  P-1 1 

Relocatable  Bldgs  P-11 

Ritchie  Coliseum  G-9 

Rossborough  Inn  H-9 

Service  Bldg  H-10 

Sheep  Barn  Q-9 

Shipley  Field  House  N-6 

Shoemaker  Bldg.  H-6 

Shriver  Laboratory  L-7 

Shuttle  Bus  Facility  H-12 

Skinner  Bldg  1-6 

Somerset  Hall  (Dorm)  J-5 

Sorority  Houses  D-10 

Sorority  Houses  B-9 

South  Administration  Bldg.  I-8 

St.  Mary's  Hall  (Dorm)  M-5 
Stamp  Union  (formerly  Student 

Union  Bldg.)  N-6 

Surge  Facility  0-11 

Surge  Facility  M-7 

Swine  Barn  T-10 

Symons  Hail  K-fl 

Talbot  Hall  (Dorm)  H-6 

Taliaferro  Hall  1-6 

Tawes  Fine  Arts  Bldg.  L-4 
Temporary  Classroom  Bldg.  AA         G-6 

Temporary  Classroom  Bldg.  EE  G-6 

Turner  Laboratory  1-9 

Tydings  Hall  J-6 

University  Hills  Apartments  N-l 
University  Press  and  Plant 
Opera  tions  and  Maintenance 

Shops  H-11 

Washington  Hall  (Dorm)  F-6 

Wicomico  Hall  (Dorm)  I-5 

Wind  Tunnel  Bldg.  M-11 

Woods  Hall  I-7 

Worcester  Hall  (Dorm)  J-5 

Zootogy-Psychoiogy  Bldg.  N-7 


Area  Map  and  Directions  to  University  of  Maryland  College  Park  (UMCP) 


©     =  UMCP  North  Gate 
(§)      =  UMCP  South  Gate 


Beltway  Interchange 
West  Entrances  to  UMCP 


From  Baltimore: 

1-95  South  to  Capital  Beltway  (495).  follow 
signs  to  College  Park.  U  S   1  South  (Inter- 
change 25)   Proceed  approx  2  mi   south 
on  U  S    1  to  UMCP  s  North  Gate   Right  turn 
into  campus 

B-W  Parkway  (295)  south  to  Greenbelt  Rd 
(193).  west  on  Greenbelt  Rd  to  U  S    1 
Take  U  S    1  South  to  UMCP's  North  Gate 
Right  turn  into  campus 

From  Bowie/Annapolis  Areas  and 
Points  East: 

Rt  50  to  Capital  Beltway  (495),  north  on 
495  to  College  Park,  exit  Beltway  at  Inter- 
change 25  (U  S    1  South)   proceed  approx 
2  mi   on  U  S    1    Right  turn  into  campus 

From  Montgomery  County  and 

Points  West: 

Capital  Beltway  (495)  to  U  S  1  South  (Inter 
change  25)  proceed  approx  2  mi  on  U  S 
1    Right  turn  into  UMCP  North  Gate 


From  Washington: 

Rhode  Island  Ave  (U  S  1  North)  to  College 
Park  Enter  UMCP  by  turning  left  off  U  S  1 
at  UMCP  South  Gate 

New  Hampshire  Ave  (29)  or  Riggs  Rd 
(212)  to  East-West  Hwy   (410).  right  on  410 
to  Queen's  Chapel  Rd  (500)  left  on  500  to 
US   1    Left  on  U  S   1  to  UMCP  South  Gate 
Left  into  campus 

N  Y    Ave   (50)  to  B-W  Pkwy   (295)   exit  at 
Riverdale  Road  West  (410).  proceed  to  U  S 
1  and  turn  right  Continue  to  College  Park 
Enter  campus  by  turning  left  off  U  S    1  at 
UMCP  South  Gate 


The  University's  Central  Administra- 
tion is  located  in  the  Elkins 
Building,  3300  Metzerott  Road. 
Adelphi,  Md.  To  reach  the  Elkins 
Building  from  the  UMCP  campus: 
Take  U  S   1  North  to  University  Blvd 
(193  West),  proceed  west  on  193  to 
Metzerott  Rd  .  turn  right  on  Metzerott. 
right  turn  ofl  Metzerott  into  parking  lot 


NOTES 


NOTES 


NOTES 


NOTES 


NOTES